70-236

Number: 000-000 Passing Score: 700 Time Limit: 180 min File Version: 1.0 Microsoft 70-236

70-236 TS: Exchange Server 2007, Configuring Practice Test Updated: Jan 12, 2010 Version 6.0 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam

Exam A QUESTION 1 You work as the exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. The Active Directory structure of CertKiller.com consists of a root domain and a single child domain. The root domain is in CertKiller1 and the child domain in CertKiller2. You are in the process of installing Exchange Server 2007 in the child domain. In order to accomplish this task you decide to run the Setup / PrepareAD command in the root domain. In your solution you need to ensure that Exchange can be installed on the child domain as well. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. You should run the Setup /ForestPrep command in the root domain. You should run the Setup /PrepareAllDomains command in the root domain. You should run the Setup /PrepareDomain command in the root domain. You should run the Setup /PrepareDomain command in the child domain.

Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 2 You work as the exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. The Active Directory forest of CertKiller.com contains a single site named CertKillerA. CertKillerA consists of a root domain and a single child domain. You have received instruction from the CIO to prepare the Active Directory as well as the domains. This task needs to be accomplished before you install the Exchange Server 2007 server. ActualTests.com What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. You should run the Setup /PrepareAllDomains command. You should run the Setup /ForestPrep command. You should run the Setup /PrepareAD command. You should run the Setup /DomainPrep command.

Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 3 "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 2 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. CertKiller.com has its headquarters in Stockholm where you are located.

Due to company growth CertKiller.com opens a branch office in Athens and hires another administrator named Amy Wilson. You have received instruction from the CIO to configure the least amount permissions necessary for Amy Wilson who must be enabled to prepare Active Directory for Exchange Server 2007. What should you do? A. You must add the user account of the administrator to an Enterprise Admins group. You must add the administrator to an Exchange Full Administrator at the organizational level. B. You must add the user account of the administrator to the Exchange Enterprise Server group. You must add the user account of the administrator to the Domain Admins group. C. You must add the user account of the administrator to an Enterprise Admins group. You must add the user account of the administrator to a Schema Admins group. D. You must add the user account of the administrator to the Domain Admins group. You must add the administrator to an Exchange Full Administrator at the organizational level. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Explanation: The user is required to be a domain admin and Exchange Full Administrator. Does not require to be a member of the schema admins group as it does not mention having to extend the schema due to Windows 2008 upgrade etc.

QUESTION 4 ActualTests.com You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com Exchange Server network has just been migrated to Exchange Server 2007. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. Every mailbox server on the CertKiller.com network is configured with two storage groups as well as two databases for each of the storage groups. You have received instruction from the CIO to ensure that the CertKiller.com Exchange Server network is fault tolerant. You thus decide to implement local continuous replication (LCR). Now you need to configure the Mailbox server with LCR. What should you do? A. First change the ratio to a single database per storage group. Then run the Enable-DatabaseCopy cmdlet. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 3 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam Then run the Enable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. B. First run the Disable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. Then change the databases into a single storage group. Then run the Enable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. C. First change the database ratio to a single database per storage group. Then run the Disable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. Then run the Enable-DatabaseCopy cmdlet. D. First run the Disable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. Then change the databases ratio into a single storage group. Then run the Enable-DatabaseCopy cmdlet. Answer: A Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 5 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. Your job function includes deploying Exchange Server 2007 in the network environment. You need to determine the appropriate checks that should be executed prior to deployment. You decide to make use of Exchange Best Practices Analyzer to accomplish this. What should you do? A. B. C. D. E. You should consider executing an Exchange 2007 readiness check. You should consider executing a Connectivity test. You should consider executing a Health check. You should consider executing a Permissions check. You should consider executing a Baseline check.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: ActualTests.com

QUESTION 6 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com Exchange Server network has just been migrated to Exchange Server 2007. Your job function includes managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. The mailbox servers on the company network are configured with two storage groups as well as two databases per storage group. To ensure productivity management wants you to make sure that the network is fault tolerant. To accomplish this you decide to implement local continuous replication (LCR). What should you do? "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 4 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam A. Your first step should be to change the database ratio to a single database per storage group. Then the Disable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet should be run. Thereafter the Enable-DatabaseCopy cmdlet should be run. B. Your first step should be to change the ratio to a single database per storage group. Then the Enable-DatabaseCopy cmdlet should be run. Thereafter the Enable-StorageGroupCopy should be run. C. Your first step should be to run the Disable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. Then the ratio of the databases should be changed to a single storage group. Thereafter the Enable-DatabaseCopy cmdlet should be run. D. Your first step should be to run the Disable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. Then the databases should be changed into a single storage group. Thereafter the Enable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet should be run. Answer: B Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 7 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. CertKiller.com has its headquarters in Stockholm where you are located. You receive an instruction from management to restore the Active Directory settings on a mailbox server on the network. You thus need to determine a way to accomplish this. What should you do? A. Your best option would be to make use of the Setup/mode:RecoverServer command. B. Your best option would be to execute a System State restore. C. Your best option would be to restore the entire server. ActualTests.com D. Your best option would be make use of the Eseutil CLI utility. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 8 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. CertKiller.com has headquarters in London and opened a branch office in Paris. Management deploys an administrator to the Paris office. Management wants you to make sure that the administrator has the minimum of permissions necessary to prepare the Active Directory for the Exchange Server 2007. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 5 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam What should you do? A. Your best option would be to add the user account of the administrator to an Enterprise Admins group as well as the Schema Admins group. B. Your best option would be to add the user account of the administrator to the Domain Admins group as well as adding the administrator to an Exchange Full Administrator at organizational level. C. Your best option would be to add the user account of the administrator to the Exchange Enterprise Server group as well as the Domain Admins group. D. Your best option would be to add the user account of the administrator to an Enterprise Admins group as well as adding the administrator to an Exchange Full Administrator at organizational level. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 9

You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. You are responsible for managing the Exchange 2007 Organization for CertKiller.com. CertKiller.com headquarters is located in Stockholm and the branch office in Athens. The root domain is located at Stockholm and the single child domain in Athens. You receive an instruction to install Exchange Server 2007 in the child domain. You thus decide to run the Setup /PrepareADcommand in the root domain. You have to make sure that Exchange is able to be installed on the child domain. What should you do? (Choose all that apply.) ActualTests.com A. B. C. D. In the child domain you should consider running the Setup /PrepareDomain command. In the root domain you should consider running the Setup /ForestPrep command. In the root domain you should consider running the Setup /PrepareDomain command. In the root domain you should consider running the Setup /PrepareAllDomains command.

Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Explanation: Part 2: Prepare the servers for Exchange installation (5 Questions)

QUESTION 10 "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 6 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. You are in the process of installing a new Exchange Server 2007 Organization. The native Exchange Server 2007 environment of CertKiller.com has the following server roles installed: One Edge Transport server named CERTKILLER-EX01One Hub Transport server named CERTKILLER-EX02 You have received instruction from the CIO to configure the e-mail routing. In your solution you need to ensure that CERTKILLER-EX01 is configured is such a way so as to route e-mail between the Exchange organization and the Internet; and that CERTKILLER-EX02 is configured in such a way so as to route Internet e-mail to CERTKILLER-EX01. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. On CERTKILLER-EX02, first open the Exchange Management Console. Then import the Edge Subscription file. B. On CERTKILLER-EX01, first create a new Send connector named CKEdge - Internet. Then add the *domain as an address space and specify to use DNS to route e-mail automatically. Then add CERTKILLER-EX01 as a source server. C. On CERTKILLER-EX02, first create a new Send connector named CKHub. Then add the *domain as an address space and specify to use DNS to route e-mail automatically. Then add CERTKILLER-EX02 as a source server. D. On CERTKILLER-EX01, first open the Exchange Management Shell. Then export a new Edge Subscription file. Answer: AD Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference: ActualTests.com

QUESTION 11 You work as the exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. You are currently preparing your Exchange 2007 organization in order to install the Mailbox server role on a newly purchased Exchange Server 2007 server named CERTKILLER-EX10. You have received instruction from the CIO to ensure that the CERTKILLER-EX10 read and write performance is optimal. In addition you also need to implement redundancy on CERTKILLER- EX10. You thus have to choose the appropriate type of array on which the mailbox database should be placed. What should you do? "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 7 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam A. B. C. D. Make use of Make use of Make use of Make use of a dedicated RAID 10 array. a dedicated RAID 0 array. a dedicated RAID 1 array. a RAID 1 array that contains the operating system partition.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 12 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. You are in the process of converting your Exchange 2000 Server environment to Exchange Server 2007. The CertKiller.com network contains a Windows 2000 native mode Active Directory domain as well as an Exchange 2000 organization. The Exchange 2000 organization is configured to run in mixed mode. You have been informed by the CIO that the schema master, the domain naming master as well as the PDC emulator all run on a Microsoft Windows 2000 Server domain controller. You receive instructions to prepare the environment for Exchange 2007. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. You should change the mixed mode Exchange 2000 organization to native mode. B. You should move the PDC emulator role to a Windows Server 2003 domain controller that has Service Pack 1 installed. C. You should move the schema master role to a Windows Server 2003 domain controller that has Service Pack 1. D. You should move the domain naming master role to a Windows Server 2003 domain controller that has Service Pack 1. Answer: AC Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference: ActualTests.com

QUESTION 13 You work as the exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are in the process of installing the Client Access, Hub Transport as well as the Mailbox server roles on a workstation in the network environment. You thus need to determine the appropriate command that will accomplish this. What should you do? "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 8 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam A. B. C. D. E. You should use the setup /mode:install /r::Mailbox,UnifiedMessaging,ClientAccess command. You should use the setup /mode:install /roles:ClientAccess,Mailbox,EdgeTransport command. You should use the setup /mode:install /r:C,M,H,U command. You should use the setup /mode:install /r:C,E,M,H command. You should use the setup /mode:upgrade /r:C,E,M,H command.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 14 You are the newly appointed exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. Your job function will include managing the Exchange environment. You receive notification from management stating that they plan on using the Outlook 2007 MAPI client, Outlook Web Access, Outlook 2003 MAPI client as well as the Entourage IMAP4 client for Macintosh in your environment for e-mail access. Thereafter you receive an instruction from management to install the first Mailbox server. You thus need to determine what you should install during the installation of the server in the Exchange environment. What should be installed? A. B. C. D. You should consider installing the Forefront antivirus application. You should consider installing Error reporting. You should consider installing the Client Access server role. You should consider installing the Public folders.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Explanation: ActualTests.com Part 3: Install Exchange (12 Questions)

QUESTION 15 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. You decide to install a two-node Single Copy Cluster (SCC) Mailbox server on the Exchange Server 2007 organization of CertKiller.com. You then name the network adapters CKPublic and CKPrivate. You have received instruction from the CIO to configure the TCP/IP binding order for the cluster servers. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 9 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam What should you do? A. You should move the Public connection to the top of the Adapters and Bindings tab. B. You should move the Private connection to the top of the Adapters and Bindings tab. C. You should open the properties of the cluster and move the CKPrivate network to the top of the Network Priority tab. D. You should open the properties of the cluster and move the CKPublic network to the top of the Network Priority tab. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Explanation: The Public connection must be first in order in the binding tab.

QUESTION 16 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. CertKiller.com has its headquarters in Chicago and a branch office in Dallas. You have been assigned to the Dallas site office. Your instructions are to install Exchange Server 2007 on the new server. To ensure that no problems occur that might hinder the users of the Dallas site to perform their duties you decide to install the required components on the new server before you install Exchange Server 2007. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose THREE.) A. Install Windows PowerShell 1.0. B. Install Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP). ActualTests.com C. Install Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP). D. Install Microsoft Management Console (MMC) 3.0. E. Install Microsoft .NET Framework 1.1. F. Install Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0 Answer: ADF Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 17 You work as the exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 10 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam The CertKiller.com network contains a stand-alone server named CERTKILLER-EX01. You have received instruction from the CIO to install the appropriate Exchange Server 2007 server role on CERTKILLER-EX01. What should you do? A. B. C. D. The Hub Transport server role should be installed on CERTKILLER-EX01. The Mailbox server role should be installed on CERTKILLER-EX01. The Client Access server role should be installed on CERTKILLER-EX01. The Edge Transport server role should be installed on CERTKILLER-EX01.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 18 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the CertKiller.com network. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Mailbox server named CERTKILLER- EX01. Management wants you to devise a plan to install a Hub Transport server role on CERTKILLER-EX01. Management does not want any of the users to be inconvenienced by the installation. You then proceed as follows: Check that Exchange Server 2007 is installed on CERTKILLER-EX01 at C:\Program Files\Microsoft\Exchange Server.Check that a copy of the Exchange Server installation files is located in the root directory of drive C. Create a new file named CKinstall.bat in the drive C root directory. ActualTests.com Now you need to schedule the installation of the Hub Transport server role on CERTKILLER-EX01 so that it does not interfere with the users' accessibility to CERTKILLER-EX01. What should you do? A. Schedule the installation of the KTinstall.bat file for after business hours by typing "C:\Program Files \Microsoft\Exchange Server\Setup" /mode RecoverServer / roles Hub Transport Create a scheduled Task to run the executable. B. Schedule the installation of the KTinstall.bat file for after business hours by typing "C:\InstallFiles\Setup" /mode RecoverServer /roles Hub Transport Create a scheduled Task to run the executable. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 11 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam C. Schedule the installation of the KTinstall.bat file for after business hours by typing "C:\InstallFiles\Setup" /mode Install / roles Hub Transport Create a scheduled Task to run the executable. D. Schedule the installation of the CKinstall.bat file for after business hours by typing "C:\Program Files \Microsoft\Exchange Server\Setup" /mode Install /roles Hub Transport Create a scheduled Task to run the executable.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 19 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named CERTKILLER-EX01. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. You have been informed that the server running Exchange Server 2007 has failed. You need to get the server operational and thus proceeded as follows: You rebuild the server.You recover the information in the mailbox database as well as the log directories. After the rebuild and recovery the CertKiller.com users complained that CERTKILLER-EX01 is unacceptably slow and does not return the expected results either. You need to address the situation by rebuilding the full text index catalog for all databases on the Mailbox server role. What should you do? A. First delete the full-text index catalog directory. Then run the Mount-Database cmdlet. Then start the Microsoft Exchange Search Service. ActualTests.com B. First run the Dismount-Database cmdlet. Then delete the full-text index catalog directory. Then start the Microsoft Exchange Search Service. C. First stop the Microsoft Exchange Search Service. Then delete the full-text index catalog directory. Then start the Microsoft Exchange Search Service. D. First stop the Microsoft Exchange Search Service. Then run the Set-MailboxDatabase -IndexEnabled:$true cmdlet. Then start the Microsoft Exchange Search Service. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 12 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam

QUESTION 20 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. Management request that you configure Outlook Web Access on the Exchange Server 2007 servers on the CertKiller.com network. However the following requirements should be met: Users must be able to open Microsoft Office documents on the public workstations.Users must NOT be able to save the opened Microsoft Office documents on the public workstations. You need to configure Outlook Web Access to fulfill these requirements. What should you do?

A. You should ensure that the office file formats are added to the direct file access Block List. B. You should ensure that direct file access is enabled for the public workstations. C. You ensure that Force WebReady Document Viewing is enabled as soon as a converter is available for public workstations. D. You should ensure that Office file formats are added to the supported document types for WebReady Document Viewing. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

Exam B QUESTION 1 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. ActualTests.com You are currently setting up Exchange Server 2007 on the CertKiller.com network. To this end you installed an Edge Transport server named CERTKILLER-EX01 and a Hub Transport server named CERTKILLER-EX02. You need to configure the e-mail routing. However the following requirements should be met: CERTKILLER-EX01 should be configured to route e-mail between the Exchange organization and the Internet. CERTKILLER-EX02 should be configured to route Internet e-mail to CERTKILLER- EX01 What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. You should open the Exchange Management Console on CERTKILLER-EX02 and import the Edge Subscription file. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 13 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam B. You should create a new Send Connector named CKEdgeInternet on CERTKILLER-EX01. Then you can add the *domain as an address space and indicate to make use of DNS to route e- mail automatically. Then CERTKILLER-EX01 can be added as a source server. C. You should create a new Send Connector named CKHubEdge on CERTKILLER-EX02. Then you can add the *domain as an address space and indicate to make use of DNS to route e- mail automatically. Then CERTKILLER-EX02 can be added as a source server. D. You have to open the Exchange Management Shell on CERTKILLER-EX01. Then you will be able to export a new Edge Subscription file. Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 2 You work as the exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named CERTKILLER-EX01 and a hot standby server named CERTKILLER-EX02. During routine maintenance you discover that that CERTKILLER-EX01 has failed. You need to address the situation and proceed as follows: You take the CERTKILLER-EX01 .edb database offline on CERTKILLER-EX01.You create a new storage group named CKStore and a database named CERTKILLER-EX02 edb on CERTKILLER- EX02.You copy CERTKILLER-EX01 .edb database from CERTKILLER-EX01 to CERTKILLER- EX02.You rename the copied database from CERTKILLER-EX01 .edb to CERTKILLER-EX02 .edb on CERTKILLER-EX02. However you are unable to mount the database on the new server after executing the actions. You ActualTests.com need to make sure that the copied database mounts on the new server. What should you do? A. You should rename the database on CERTKILLER-EX02 to CERTKILLER-EX01.edb. B. You should set the This database can be overwritten by restore attribute on the database properties. C. You should run the Move-Mailbox -ConfigurationOnly - TargetDatabase CERTKILLER- EX01.edb cmdlet.

D. You should rename CERTKILLER-EX02 to CERTKILLER-EX01. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 14 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam

QUESTION 3 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. There are two similar servers on the network. The servers are named CERTKILLER-EX02 and CERTKILLER-EX03. CERTKILLER-EX02 is configured to run Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition as well as Exchange Server 2007. CERTKILLER-EX03 is configured to run Windows Server 2003 Enterprise. You are unable to configure single copy clustering on CERTKILLEREX03. You receive an instruction from management to ensure that single copy clustering is configured on CERTKILLER-EX03. What should you do? A. This can be accomplished by uninstalling all the roles except the mailbox role on CERTKILLER- EX02. Then the installation should be rerun and the role for the Active Cluster Mailbox selected. Then CERTKILLER-EX03 should be installed and the Passive Cluster Mailbox Role selected. Then Single Copy Cluster should be selected. Thereafter the installation should run to completion. B. This can be accomplished by reformatting and rebuilding CERTKILLER-EX02 only to have the operating system on it. Then clustering should be configured. Thereafter single copy clustering should be used to install Exchange Server 2007. C. This can be accomplished by selecting the Custom installation method on CERTKILLER-EX03. Then the Passive Cluster Mailbox Role should be selected and Single Copy Cluster afterwards. Thereafter the installation should run to completion. ActualTests.com D. This can be accomplished by rerunning the Exchange install on top of the existing server. Then the role should be selected for the Active Cluster Mailbox. CERTKILLER-EX03 should then be installed and the Passive Cluster Mailbox Role selected. Then Single Copy Cluster should be selected. Thereafter the installation should run to completion. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 4 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. You receive an instruction from management to install Exchange Server 2007 on the network "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 15 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam

using the command line. You thus need to determine the modes of setup that are available for Exchange Server 2007. What should you identify? (Choose all that apply) A. B. C. D. E. F. The RemoveServer mode is available for Exchange Server 2007. The Upgrade mode is available for Exchange Server 2007. The Uninstall mode is available for Exchange Server 2007. The RemoveOrg mode is available for Exchange Server 2007. The RecoverServer mode is available for Exchange Server 2007. The Install mode is available for Exchange Server 2007.

Answer: BCDE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 5 You work as a junior administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. The senior administrator just finished the installation of a Mailbox server on one of the servers. You need to locate the files for the First Storage Group after the installation. What should you do? A. You should consider checking in C:\Program B. You should consider checking in C:\Program C. You should consider checking in C:\Program ActualTests.com D. You should consider checking in C:\Program Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Files\Microsoft\Exchange Server\First Storage Group. Files\Microsoft\Exchange Server\Mailbox\First Storage Group. Files\Microsoft\ExchSvr\First Storage Group. Files\Microsoft\Exchange\Mailbox\First Storage Group.

QUESTION 6 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. The Exchange network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named CERTKILLER-EX02. During routine monitoring you discover that CERTKILLER-EX02 has failed. To ensure productivity "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 16 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam management wants you to make sure that the server is operational as soon as possible. You thus decide to rebuild the server and recover the data in the mailbox database and the log directories. You

check and discover that CERTKILLER-EX02 is very slow and is not returning the expected results. You then rebuild the full - text index catalog for the databases on the Mailbox server role in order to resolve the error What should you do? A. Your first step should be to stop the Microsoft Exchange Search Service. Then the full-text index catalog directory should be deleted. Thereafter the Microsoft Exchange Search Service should be started. B. Your first step should be to stop the Microsoft Exchange Search Service. Then the Set-MailboxDatabase -IndexEnabled:$true cmdlet should be run. Thereafter the Microsoft Exchange Search Service should be started. C. Your first step should be to run the Dismount-Database cmdlet. Then the full-text index catalog directory should be deleted. Thereafter the Microsoft Exchange Search Service should be started. D. The first step should be to delete the full-text index catalog directory. Then the Mount-Database cmdlet should be run. Thereafter the Microsoft Exchange Search Service should be started. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Explanation: Part 4: Configure Exchange server roles (21 Questions)

QUESTION 7 ActualTests.com You employed as the exchange Administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. The CertKiller.com network consists of four Active Directory sites. The four sites are named CertKillerA, CertKillerB, CertKillerC and CertKillerD respectively. There is a Hub Transport server role and a Mailbox server role installed on each of these Active Directory sites. The Active Directory sites on the CertKiller.com network are configured as shown in the exhibit below. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 17 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam

CertKiller.com management decided that all messages between the CertKillerA and CertKillerD sites should be routed through the Exchange server that is installed in the CertKillerC site. You need to ensure that the messages between the CertKillerA and CertKillerD sites are routed through CERTKILLER-EX03 in the CertKillerC site. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should run the Set- AdSiteLink -Identity A-C - ExchangeCost 25 cmdlet. You should run the Set- AdSiteLink -Identity A-C - ExchangeCost 5 cmdlet. You should run the Set- AdSite - Identity CertKillerC - HubsiteEnabled $true cmdlet. You should run the Set- AdSite - Identity CertKillerC - HubsiteEnabled $false cmdlet. ActualTests.com

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 8 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The Exchange Server 2007 Organization of CertKiller.com contains a Client Access Server as well as a Hub Transport server. The server hosting the Client Access Server role is named CERTKILLER-EX01 and the server hosting the Hub Transport Server role is named CERTKILLER-EX02. You discover that CERTKILLER-EX01 has failed. You

need to add the Client Access Server role to the existing CERTKILLER-EX02. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 18 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam What should you do? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. You should run the exsetup /mode:Install /roles:ClientAccess,HubTransport command. You should run the exsetup /mode:Install /roles:ClientAccess command. You should use the Add or Remove Programs applet in the Control Panel. You should configure the server as a front-end server using the Exchange System Manager.

Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 9 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. You need to create a cluster continuous replication (CCR) cluster on the CertKiller.com network. You thus proceed as follows: create a failover clusterinstall the Mailbox server role named CKMailbox02 on the active node Now you need to complete the CCR cluster installation. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. Install the Mailbox server role on CKMailbox2 on the passive node by running the Setup /roles:Mailbox command. B. Install the Mailbox server role on CKMailbox2 on the passive node by running the Setup /newcms / CMSname:CKMailbox02 command. C. Install the Mailbox server role on CKMailbox2 on the passive node by enabling the Passive Clustered Mailbox Role check box in the Exchange Server 2007 Setup wizard. ActualTests.com D. Install the Mailbox server role on CKMailbox2 on the passive node by enabling the Mailbox Role check box in the Exchange Server 2007 Setup wizard. Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 10 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. You need to install an Exchange Server 2007 Edge Transport server role as well as a Hub Transport server role on the CertKiller.com network. A server named CERTKILLER-EX02 is located in an Active Directory site named CertKillerA. At present the Hub Transport server role is

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 19 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam installed on CERTKILLER-EX02. The Edge Transport server role is installed on CERTKILLER- EX01. Now the CertKiller.com Active Directory information must be synchronized to the server that will be hosting the Edge Transport server role. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. On CERTKILLER-EX01 you should run the ADAMSync command. B. On CERTKILLER-EX02 you should run the New-EdgeSubscription -Filename "C:\EdgeServerSubscription.xml"?site "CertKillerA" cmdlet. C. On CERTKILLER-EX01 you should run the New-EdgeSubscription -Filename "C:\EdgeServerSubscription.xml" cmdlet. D. On CERTKILLER-EX01 you should run the ImportEdgeConfig - CloneConfigData "C:\CloneConfigData.xml" command. Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 11 You are employed as an Exchange Administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the CertKiller.com Exchange network. CertKiller.com has its headquarters in Paris and a branch office in Berlin. Due to company growth CertKiller.com decides to open another branch office in Madrid. You have received instruction from the CIO to add an Exchange Server 2007 server role on a stand-alone server named CERTKILLER-EX09. What should you do? A. You should install ActualTests.com B. You should install C. You should install D. You should install Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: the Hub Transport server role on CERTKILLER-EX09. the Client Access server role on CERTKILLER-EX09. the Mailbox server role on CERTKILLER-EX09. the Edge Transport server role on CERTKILLER-EX09.

QUESTION 12 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. The Exchange Server 2007 organization of CertKiller.com contains a Mailbox server and a Client

"Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 20 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam Access server. The Mailbox server is named CERTKILLER-EX01 and the Client Access server is named CERTKILLER-EX02. The default offline address book (OAB) is available for use via Web- based distribution. It has been brought to you attention that CERTKILLER-EX02 does not have an updated OAB. You need to ensure that CERTKILLER-EX02 is able to retrieve the updated OAB from CERTKILLER-EX01. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should enable the Microsoft Exchange File Distribution service on CERTKILLER-EX02. You should enable the Microsoft Exchange Replication service on the CERTKILLER-EX01. You should enable the Microsoft Exchange Service Host service on the CERTKILLER-EX01. You should enable Microsoft Exchange Service Host service on the CERTKILLER-EX02.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 13 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. The Edge Transport Server role is installed on a server named CERTKILLER-EX01 and the Hub Transport Server role is installed on a server named CERTKILLER-EX02. It has been brought to your attention that CERTKILLER-EX01 failed. Consequently you need to make alternative arrangements regarding the Edge Transport server role and thus decide to install a new Microsoft Windows Server 2003 server as well as reinstalling the Edge Transport Server role on CERTKILLER-EX01. You discover that the address rewrites configured before on CERTKILLER-EX01 is not ActualTests.com functioning. It is imperative that you recover the address rewrite capabilities. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should import the Edge Subscription file on the CERTKILLER-EX02. You should run the Setup /m:RecoverServer command on the new server. You should copy the Edge Subscription file to the CERTKILLER-EX02. You should run the ImportEdgeConfig.ps 1 script on the new server.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 14 "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 21 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com.

The Exchange Server 2007 organization is configured with cluster continuous replication (CCR). The clustered mailbox server is named CERTKILLER-EX02. You have received instruction from the CIO to implement a failover operation. In your solution you need to ensure that there are offline times are kept to a minimum as well as ensure that no information is lost during the failover operation. What should you do? A. You should consider running the Set- MailboxDatabase -Identity "Mailbox Database" RetainDeletedItemsUntilBackup $true cmdlet. B. You should consider running the Set- MailboxServer CERTKILLER-EX02 - AutoDatabaseMountDial: BestAvailability cmdlet C. You should consider running the Set- MailboxServer CERTKILLER-EX02 - AutoDatabaseMountDial: Lossless cmdlet. D. You should consider running the Set- MailboxServer CERTKILLER-EX02 - ForceDatabaseMountAfter: Unlimited cmdlet. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 15 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. ActualTests.com A server named CERTKILLER-EX04 has Exchange Server 2007 installed. You have received instruction from the CIO to create a backup of the Edge Transport role that is currently on CERTKILLER-EX04. What should you do? A. You should run the ExportEdgeConfig.ps1 script with the -CloneConfigAnswer parameter. B. You should select the Microsoft Exchange server option in the Microsoft Windows Backup utility. C. You should select the file system location \TransportRoles\data\* option in the Microsoft Windows Backup Utility. D. You should run the ExportEdgeConfig.ps1 script with the -CloneConfigData parameter. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 22 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 16 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. A server named CERTKILLER-EX02 has Exchange server 2007 installed. The CertKiller.com security policy is one that adheres to the principle of least privilege. Consequently no user is to be granted more permissions

that is required to perform his or her tasks. You need to accommodate the newly appointed CertKiller.com user named Kara Lang who was hired to configure the mailbox databases on CERTKILLER.EX02. What should you do? A. The Kara Lang user account must be added to the Exchange Recipient Administrators role. B. The Kara Lang user account must be added to the Exchange Organization Administrators role. C. The Kara Lang user account must be delegated Exchange Administrators privileges at an organizational level. D. The Kara Lang user account must be added to the Exchange Server Administrators role. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 17 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network ActualTests.com for CertKiller.com. At present the CertKiller.com network contains several Exchange servers. These servers:have the Mailbox server role installedare configured to backup the existing Windows event logsare configured to backup mailbox databases The Hub Transport server role is added to the Exchange servers and consequently you need to reconfigure the backups for the servers because you need to backup the Hub Transport Server role. In your solution you need to comply with the CertKiller.com written security policy that states: sufficient data must be retained to accommodate the execution of a root cause analysis on lost or corrupted email messagesas much information as possible must be recovered in the event of a failure "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 23 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should add \TransportRoles\data\Queue\ directory to the backups. You should add \TransportRoles\Logs\ directory to the backups. You should add the IIS metabase to the backups. You should add the Microsoft Information Store to the backups.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 18 You work as the exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. The Active Directory structure of CertKiller.com consists of a root domain and a single child domain.

You receive an instruction from management to create an EdgeSync subscription file. You thus need to determine the appropriate PowerShell cmdlet that will accomplish this. What should you identify? A. B. C. D. You should make use of You should make use of You should make use of You should make use of the Configure-EdgeSubscription. the New-EdgeSubscription. the Enable-EdgeSubscription. the Create-EdgeSubscription.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 19 ActualTests.com You are the newly appointed Exchange Administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. CertKiller.com has headquarters in London and branch offices in Paris, Berlin and Athens. During routine monitoring you discover that the previous administrator has shut down a clustered mailbox server. The previous administrator accomplished this using the Stop- ClusteredMailboxServer command. You need to ensure that the clustered mailbox server is restarted. You thus need to determine the appropriate steps that will accomplish this. What should you identify? A. Your best option would be to make use of the Move-ClusteredMailboxServer cmdlet. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 24 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam B. Your best option would be to restart the server. C. Your best option would be to make use of the Stop-ClusteredMailboxServer cmdlet. D. Your best option would be to make use of the Start-ClusteredMailboxServer cmdlet. Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 20 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network consists of a single forest with no exchange organization. You are informed by management that only a single Exchange Server 2007 server will be used. The organization consists of Outlook 2007 users. Management wants you to make sure that Outlook 2007 Autodiscover is available to the users. You thus need to determine the appropriate command that will accomplish this. Which command should you use?

A. B. C. D.

You should use the setup /mode:Install You should use the setup /mode:Install You should use the setup /mode:Install You should use the setup /mode:Install

/roles:HT, CA, MB command. /roles:HT, CA, MB /OrganizationName:name command. /OrganizationName:name command. /roles:HT, MB /OrganizationName:name command.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

Exam C QUESTION 1 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. You are responsible for managing the ActualTests. com Exchange network for CertKiller.com. You are in the process of adding a second Edge Transport server to the perimeter network. You configure DNS round-robin to support the server. You discover that the new server is not transporting mail in the same manner that the existing Edge Transport server does. You need to determine a way to resolve this error. What should you do? A. Your best option would be to re-create the Edge subscription for the existing Edge Transport server. B. Your best option would be to create an Edge subscription for the new Edge Transport server. C. Your best option would be to configure a Receive connector. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 25 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam D. Your best option would be to configure a Send connector. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 2 You are the newly appointed exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. You are in the process of upgrading the network from Exchange Server 2003 to Exchange Server 2007. At present the network consists of three Mailbox servers as well as two front-end servers. These servers provide Outlook Web Access. You notice that incoming mail from the Internet is routed straight to one of the Mailbox servers. You need to persuade management regarding the benefits of using Edge Transport servers in the Exchange Server 2007 upgrade plan. What should you inform management? (Choose all that apply.) A. B. C. D. E. You should inform You should inform You should inform You should inform You should inform management that fewer servers will be required. management that it will lessen the load on the front-end servers. management that the front-end servers will have no direct Internet connectivity. management that it will reduce the load on the Mailbox servers. management that the Mailbox servers will have no direct Internet connectivity.

Answer: CD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 3 ActualTests.com You work as the exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization.

The EdgeSync process has been completed on the network. The ADAM instance on the Edge Transport server has completed replication. You need to determine which items the Edge Transport server is now aware of that it did not have before. Identify the items? (Choose all that apply.) A. B. C. D. It will be aware of all the configured receive connectors. It will be aware of all the configured internal accepted domains. It will be aware of all the configured remote domains. It will be aware of all the configured send connectors. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 26 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam E. It will be aware of all the mailbox-enabled users in the domain. F. It will be aware of all the external domains. G. It will be aware of all the configured message classifications. Answer: Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Answer: B,C,D,E,G

QUESTION 4 You are the newly appointed exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. Your job function entails managing the Exchange environment. The CertKiller.com network contains four Exchange Server 2007 workstations named CERTKILLER-EX01, CERTKILLER-EX02, CERTKILLER-EX03 and CERTKILLER-EX04. The network also contains a Windows Server 2003 standby server named CERTKILLER-EX05. The workstations are configured as follows: CERTKILLER-EX01 is s Mailbox Server.CERTKILLER-EX02 is a Client Access ServerCERTKILLER-EX03 is a Hub Transport ServerCERTKILLER-EX04 is a Hub Transport server. During routine maintenance you discover that CERTKILLER-EX04 experienced hardware failure. To ensure productivity you need to replace CERTKILLER-EX04 as soon as possible. You need to ensure that the new workstation has the same configuration as CERTKILLER-EX03 prior to failure. What should you do? A. This can be accomplished by renaming CERTKILLER-EX05 to CERTKILLER-EX04. Thereafter Setup /m:Install /role: HT should be run on the server. ActualTests.com B. This can be accomplished by renaming CERTKILLER-EX05 to CERTKILLER-EX04. Thereafter Setup /m:RecoverServer should be run on the server. C. This can be accomplished by running the Setup /m:Install /role:HT command on CERTKILLER- EX03. D. This can be accomplished by running the Setup /m:RecoverServer command on CERTKILLER- EX03. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 5 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. Your job function encompasses maintaining the Exchange "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." www.actualtests.com 27 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam environment. The CertKiller.com organization contains a Hub Transport server and a Mailbox server. During routine monitoring you notice that the server is operating as normal and the MS Exchange AD Access Processes Performance Monitor displays normal results. Even though the results display that everything is operating as normal you still receive complaints from users regarding the slow e- mail delivery. To ensure productivity you need to make sure that this problem is addresses as soon as possible. You check and discover that the slow e-mail delivery take place when e-mail is delivered to large dynamic distribution groups. You thus decide to improve the delivery time for messages sent to the dynamic distribution groups. What should you do? A. You should consider deploying an additional global catalog server. Thereafter you need to configure the Hub Transport server to query the new global catalog. B. You should consider adding additional Random Access Memory (RAM) to the Mailbox server. C. You should consider deploying an additional Hub Transport server. Thereafter you should configure the dynamic distribution groups to use the new Hub Transport server as the expansion server. D. You should consider adding additional RAM to the domain controllers of CertKiller.com. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 6 You are the newly appointed exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. You have to determine the appropriate ActualTests.com Exchange Server 2007 transport roles Queue Viewer will focus on. What should you identify? A. B. C. D. E. It will It will It will It will It will focus on the Client Access role. focus on the Edge Transport role. focus on the Hub Transport role. focus on the Mailbox role. focus on the Unified Messaging role.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 7 "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 28 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam

You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. Your job function includes managing the Exchange environment. A CertKiller.com user named Mia Hamm is the newly appointed junior administrator. Mia Hamm will be responsible for ensuring that search is enabled as well as ensuring that the messages are indexed on the mailbox servers of CertKiller.com. Mia Hamm needs to accomplish this using the Test-ExchangeSearch cmdlet. You thus need to determine the appropriate role her user account should be added in order to accomplish this. It is important that you don't grant Mia Hamm unnecessary rights or privileges. What should you do? (Choose all that apply) A. Mia Hamm's user account should be added to the Exchange Recipient Administrator role. B. Mia Hamm's user account should be added to the Exchange Server Administrator on all mailbox servers role. C. Mia Hamm's user account should be added to the Exchange Organization Administrator role. D. Mia Hamm's user account should be added to the Membership of Local Administrators group on all mailbox servers role. E. Mia Hamm's user account should be added to the Exchange View Only Administrator role. Answer: ABD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 8 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The Exchange 2007 Organization of CertKiller.com network contains a server named CERTKILLER-EX01 that holds the Mailbox server role and a server named CERTKILLER-EX02 that holds the Hub Transport server role. All the CertKiller.com Exchange servers are located on subnet3. ActualTests.com All CertKiller.com users have been assigned mailboxes on CERTKILLER-EX01. Two users named Andy Reid and Rory Allen must communicate regularly via their mailboxes since Andy Reid is located on subnet1 and Rory Allen on subnet2. Andy Reid informs you that he sent an e-mail message to Rory Allen which was never delivered. You need to troubleshoot the situation. Thus you check and discover that the message left the Andy Reid Outbox and was listed in the Sent Items folder. You need to identify the reason for the error. What should you do? A. You should run the Test-MAPIConnectivity -Server CERTKILLER-EX01 cmdlet on CERTKILLER-EX01. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 29 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam B. You should run the Test-MAPIConnectivity -Server CERTKILLER-EX01 cmdlet on a workstation on subnet1. C. You should run the Test-ServiceHealth cmdlet on CERTKILLER-EX01. D. You should run the Test-ServiceHealth cmdlet on CERTKILLER-EX02. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 9 You work as the exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization that has four Exchange servers. Two of the Exchange servers host the Mailbox server role, and the other two Exchange servers host the Hub Transport server role. A user in the marketing department sent an e-mail message to a customer outside the CertKiller.com network. The e-mail address of the customer is roryallen@willowbridge.com. The e- mail message contains the latest product line. However the e-mail never reached the intended recipient. You need to determine whether the email did indeed leave the CertKiller.com Exchange organization. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should run the Get-Queue - Filter {status - eq "retry" cmdlet. You should run the Get- Recipient - Filter { PrimarySmtpAddress - eq roryallen@willowbridge.com} cmdlet. You should run the Get-Queue -Filter { NextHopDomain - eq "willowbridge.com"} cmdlet. You should run the Get-Message -Filter {Subject - eq "Latest Production Line"} cmdlet.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: ActualTests.com

QUESTION 10 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. CertKiller.com recently acquired a new company named TestLabs, Inc. The CertKiller.com management wants all e-mail that is currently sent to TestLabs, Inc. to be accepted by the CertKiller.com e-mail servers in future. The e-mail servers of TestLabs Inc will thus be decommissioned and you will have to make the necessary arrangements regarding the TestLabs, Inc e-mail. You need to ensure that the Exchange Server 2007 organization of CertKiller.com is configured to "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 30 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam accept e-mail messages sent to testlabs.com. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should consider adding testlabs.com to the accepted domains as an internal relay domain. You should consider adding testlabs.com to the accepted domains as an external relay domain. You should consider adding a new e-mail address generation policy for testlabs.com. You should consider adding testlabs.com to the accepted domains as an authoritative domain.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 11 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. The entire Exchange Server 2007 network of CertKiller.com is configured with default settings. The Security Manager has been assigned the CKManager@CertKiller.com e-mail address. In lieu of a security breach the Security manager wants a copy of all e-mail messages that are sent and received by tempuser@CertKiller. com. You need to make the necessary configuration changes to ensure that all e-mail messages that are sent and received by tempuser@CertKiller.com is sent to CKManager@CertKiller.com. What should you do? A. You should consider running the Set-JournalRule -Name:'tempuser' JournalEmailAddress:'tempuser@CertKiller.com' -Scope:'Global' -Enabled:$true Recipient:'CKManager@CertKiller.com' cmdlet. ActualTests.com B. You should consider running the New-JournalRule -Name:'tempuser' JournalEmailAddress:'tempuser@CertKiller.com' -Scope:'Global' -Enabled:$true Recipient:'CKManager@CertKiller.com' cmdlet. C. You should consider running the New-JournalRule -Name:'tempuser' JournalEmailAddress:'tempuser@CertKiller.com' -Scope:'Internal' -Enabled:$true Recipient:'CKManager@CertKiller.com' cmdlet. D. You should consider configuring e-mail forwarding on the tempusers account. Thereafter you will be allowed to change the setting to forward e-mail to CKManager@CertKiller.com. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 31 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam

QUESTION 12 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. CertKiller.com merged with a company named TestLabs Inc. Both companies have a mixed e-mail system that contains Exchange Server 2003 servers, Exchange Server 2007 servers, Outlook 2003 clients as well as Outlook 2007 clients. At present the CertKiller.com Exchange network has one remote SMTP domain for * that is configured with the Allow none option. You need to configure the delivery of out-of-office (OOF) messages to the testlabs.com domain. In your solution you need to make sure that no users outside of the merged companies can receive OOF messages. What should you do? A. You should consider adding a new remote domain for *.testlabs.com. Then select the Allow Internal out-of-office and out-of-office set by Outlook 2003 for earlier clients and set on Exchange 2003 or earlier servers' option. B. You should consider adding a new remote domain for *.testlabs.com. Then you should enable the Allow external out-of -office only option. C. You should consider enabling the Allow external out-of-office only option on the remote domain *

D. You should consider selecting the Allow external out-of-office and out-of-office set by Outlook 2003 or earlier clients. Then you can enable the Exchange 2003 or earlier servers option. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: ActualTests.com

QUESTION 13 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. At present the CertKiller.com users make use of Microsoft Outlook Web Access and Outlook Anywhere on the CertKiller.com Exchange 2007 network. You create a new mailbox at 10:00. At 12:00 you received complaints from some CertKiller.com users that they are unable to see the new mailbox in the Global Address List (GAL). You investigate the issue and find that it is the users that are running Outlook Anywhere that are unable to see the new mailbox whereas the "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 32 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam users running Outlook Web Access are able to see the new mailbox and use it. You need to ensure that clients running Outlook Anywhere is able to see the new mailbox in GAL within four hours after it was created. You thus decide to configure the Exchange Server 2007 server to accomplish the task. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should enable the Public Folder distribution for the offline address book. You should customize an update schedule for the offline address book. You should enable the Web-based distribution for the offline address book. You should enable the Public Folder distribution in order to support the Outlook 2003 Service Pack 2 or later clients on the offline address book.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 14 You work as the exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. The marketing department works closely with a Graphic Design institution. Electronic messages are thus often sent to Kara Lang. You receive numerous requests from the marketing personnel to Kara Lang the Exchange organization. The marketing personnel wants to select the alias kara_lang in the to line rather than having to enter her e-mail address constantly. What should you do?

ActualTests.com A. B. C. D. Your best option would be to add her as a mail contact. Your best option would be to add her as a mailbox-enabled user with her mailbox disabled. Your best option would be to add her as a mail-enabled user. Your best option would be to add her as a mailbox-enabled user.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 15 You are the newly appointed exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. A CertKiller.com user named Rory Allen is a member of the Research and Development "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 33 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam department. You receive an instruction from management to prohibit Rory Allen from sending out- of office messages to recipients outside the company. You thus need to determine the appropriate command that will accomplish this. Which command should you execute? A. Your best choice would be to make use of External command. B. Your best choice would be to make use of command. C. Your best choice would be to make use of command. D. Your best choice would be to make use of command. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Explanation: Part 2: Configure mail-enabled groups (7 Questions) the Set-RemoteDomain "Rory Allen" - AllowedOOFType the Set-Mailbox "Rory Allen" -ExternalOofOptions External the Set-RemoteDomain "Rory Allen" - AllowedOOFType None the Set-Mailbox "Rory Allen" -ExternalOofOptions InternalOnly

QUESTION 16 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. The default settings on the CertKiller.com network are of such a nature that all CertKiller.com users can receive e-mail directly from the Internet. Further configurations also ensure that there is a distribution group that can receive e-mail messages from other CertKiller.com users. This ActualTests.com distribution group is named CKResponse. The CertKiller.com users can make use of Microsoft Office Outlook

to send e-mail messages to users in the CKResponse distribution group. When checking the network, you notice that all messages sent to the distribution group from the Internet are rejected. You need to ensure that email messages from internal as well as Internet clients are sent to the SMTP address of CKResponse. What should you do? A. Make the group visible from the Outlook global address list by modifying the properties of CKResponse. B. Make the Hub Transport servers allow permit anonymous clients by modifying the SMTP Receive connectors. C. Ensure that the Everyone group has the Send As permission property by modifying the properties of the CKResponse distribution group. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 34 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam D. Ensure that the CKResponse distribution group does not require all senders to be authenticated by modifying the properties of the CKResponse distribution group. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 17 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named CERTKILLER- EX05. You need to configure CERTKILLER-EX05 to ensure that the particular distribution group to permit out-of-office responses from the mailboxes of members of the distribution group. What should you do? A. You should recreate the distribution group as a security group. B. You should enable the out-of-office responses checkbox on the default remote domain policy. C. You should enable the delivery reports to be sent to message senders checkbox on the properties of the distribution group. D. You should enable the out-of-office responses to be sent to message senders checkbox on the distribution group properties. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 18 ActualTests.com You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named CERTKILLER-EX01. A CertKiller.com user named Andy Reid complains one morning that he is unable to access his mailbox. You need to address the situation. You thus check his e-mail account and notice that his e-mail account is

configured to use POP3 and that it had been purged from CERTKILLER-EX01 by accident. You thus restore a backup copy of the database that holds the mailbox recovery storage group on CERTKILLER-EX01. However Andy Reid reports that he still unable to access his mailbox. You need to make sure that Andy Reid is able to access his mailbox. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 35 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam What should you do? A. Prior to reconnecting the mailbox B. Prior to reconnecting the mailbox order to connect to the mailbox. C. Prior to reconnecting the mailbox the mailbox. D. Prior to reconnecting the mailbox Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: you should move the mailbox to a standard storage group. you should instruct the client to make use of Outlook Web Access in you should instruct the client to make use of IMAP in order to connect to you should enable POP3 access on the mailbox.

QUESTION 19 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. You have received instruction from the CIO to ensure that the owners of every distribution group within the organization are able to modify the membership of that particular group. However, you need to ensure that the owner is not allowed to make any other changes by making the appropriate configuration changes to each distribution group. What should you do? A. You should assign the Exchange Recipient Administrator role to the user accounts of the distribution group owners'. B. You should assign the Write permission to the owners user account. C. You should assign the Send As permission to the owners user account. D. You should add the owner on the Managed By tab of every distribution group. ActualTests.com Then select the Manager can update membership list check box. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 20 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com.

You were compelled to restore the directory objects and settings from a backup that was taken on Monday, October 13 after the CertKiller.com Active Directory environment became corrupted on the Friday, October 18. However, after the restoration a number of users reported that they are "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 36 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam unable to access their mailboxes and they were assigned mailboxes between the Monday, October 13 and the corruption of the Active Directory environment on Friday October 18. These users all require access to their mailboxes and you thus need to address the issue. What should you do? A. B. C. D. The most recent System State backup should be restored. You should run the Enable-Mailbox cmdlet on the Exchange server. You should run the Connect-Mailbox cmdlet from the Exchange server. The most recent mailbox database backup should be restored.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

Exam D QUESTION 1 You are the newly appointed exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You discover that all CertKiller users are able to receive e-mail straight from the Internet. There is also a distribution group that is able to receive e-mail messages from other CertKiller users. The previous administrator named this group CKUsers. CertKiller.com users make use of Microsoft Office Outlook to sent email messages to clients in CKUsers. You notice that messages sent from the Internet to CKUsers are rejected. To ensure productivity management wants you to make sure that e-mail messages from the Internet users as well as internal users are sent to the SMTP address of CKUsers. What should you do? ActualTests.com A. You should make sure that the Everyone group has the Send As permission property by configuring the properties of CKUsers. B. You should ensure that the group is noticeable from the Outlook global address list by changing the properties of CKUsers. C. You should make sure that not all CKUsers senders need to be authenticated by changing the properties of CKUsers. D. You should make sure that the Hub Transport servers allow permit anonymous users by changing the SMTP Receive connectors. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 2 "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 37 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. The Research and Development department works closely with the marketing group of Courseware Publishers. This marketing group has mail enabled accounts in the Active Directory of CertKiller.com. You often create and remove the accounts due to the group membership changing on a continuous basis. Management wants you to make sure that electronic mail sent to this group goes to all users who have mailenabled accounts. You need to ensure that the electronic mail is not sent to users who no longer have user accounts. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should consider creating a dynamic distribution group. You should consider creating a universal security group but disable its mailbox. You should consider creating a universal distribution group. You should consider creating a mail-enabled universal security group.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Explanation: Part 3: Configure resource mailboxes (9 Questions)

QUESTION 3 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. ActualTests.com The Exchange Server 2007 Organization of CertKiller.com network contains a conference room mailbox named CKMailbox. You need to move CKMailbox from an Exchange Server 2003 server to an Exchange Server 2007 server. In your solution you must ensure that CKMailbox can be scheduled as a resource when you convert it to an Exchange 2007 resource mailbox. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. You should run the Set- MAilboxCalendarSettings -Identity " CKMailbox "- AutomateProcessing Auto Update cmdlet. B. You should run the Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " CKMailbox "- AutomateProcessing AutoAccept cmdlet. C. You should run the Set-Mailbox -Identity "CKMailbox "-Type Room cmdlet. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 38 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam D. You should run the Set-Mailbox-Identity " CKMailbox "-Type Regular cmdlet. Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 4 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. The Exchange Server 2007 organization of CertKiller.com contains a resource mailbox. The resource mailbox is named CKResource. Currently all users on the CertKiller.com network are capable of scheduling meetings for CKResource. Due to Staff shuffling only Dean Austin and Kara Lang must be able to schedule meetings for CKResource in future. You need to configure the appropriate settings for CKResource that will allow only Dean Austin and Kara Lang to schedule meetings. What should you do? A. You should run the Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity"CKResource"-ResourceDelegates DeanAustin , KaraLang cmdlet. B. You should run the Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity"CKResource"-RequestOutof Policy DeanAustin , KaraLang - AllBookInPolicy cmdlet. C. You should run the Set-MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " CKResource "-BookInPolicy DeanAustin , KaraLang - AllBookInPolicy $false cmdlet.

D. You should run the Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity" CKResource"-Request InPolicy DeanAustin , KaraLang cmdlet. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: ActualTests.com

QUESTION 5 DRAG DROP You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 clustered mailbox server named CERTKILLER-EX01. CERTKILLER-EX01 is installed on a single Copy Cluster (SCC). Management requests that you add an additional storage group and database to the clustered mailbox server. What should you do? (To answer, select the correct answer from the column on the left and place "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 39 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam it in the column on the right.)

A. B. C.

D. Answer: Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

ActualTests.com

QUESTION 6 You work as the exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization named CERTKILLER-EX01. Your main job function includes managing the CertKiller.com network. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 40 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam A new CertKiller.com policy states that all attached files should be removed from meeting requests. You thus need to configure the conference room resource mailboxes in CERTKILLER- EX01 to remove attached files from meeting requests so as to comply with the policy. What should you do? A. You should consider running the Get-Mailbox - RecipientTypeDetails RoomMailbox | SetMailboxCalendarSettings -DeleteAttachments: $true cmdlet. B. You should consider running the Get-Mailbox - RecipientTypeDetails RoomMailbox | SetMailboxCalendarSettings -DeleteNonCalendarItems: $true cmdlet. C. You should consider running the Get-Mailbox - RecipientTypeDetails RoomMailbox ; SetMailboxCalendarSettings - DeleteAttachments : $true cmdlet.

D. You should consider running the Get-Mailbox - RecipientTypeDetails RoomMailbox ; SetMailboxCalendarSettings - DeleteNonCalendarItems : $true cmdlet. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 7 You work as the exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. Your job function includes managing the Exchange environment. The CertKiller.com network contains a conference mailbox named DataMail. You receive an instruction from management to move DataMail from an Exchange Server 2003 workstation to an Exchange Server 2007 workstation. You thus decide to convert DataMail to an Exchange 2007 resource mailbox. To ensure productivity in the environment you need to make sure that DataMail can be scheduled as a resource. What should you do? (Choose all that apply.) ActualTests.com A. You should consider running the Set-Mailbox -Identity " DataMail " -Type Regular cmdlet. B. You should consider running the Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " DataMail " - AutomateProcessing Auto Update cmdlet. C. You should consider running the Set-Mailbox -Identity " DataMail " -Type Room cmdlet. D. You should consider running the Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " DataMail " - AutomateProcessing AutoAccept cmdlet. Answer: CD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 8 "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 41 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You need to inform management about the sizes of all the mailboxes in the Exchange Organization. You thus need to determine the appropriate Exchange Management Shell cmdlets that should be used in order for you to view the sizes of the mailboxes. What should you use? (Choose all that apply) A. B. C. D. E. F. You should use the Get-MailboxStatistics cmdlet. You should use the Get-Mailbox cmdlet. You should use the Show-MailboxStatistics cmdlet. You should use the Select-Object cmdlet. You should use the Get-MailboxInformation cmdlet. You should use the List-Mailbox cmdlet.

G. You should use the Show-Information cmdlet. Answer: ABD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 9 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com Exchange Server network has just been migrated to Exchange Server 2007. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. You make use of the New-Mailbox cmdlet to create a new resource mailbox from the Exchange Management Shell. As soon as you create the resource mailbox you are asked to supply a password. You instruct a junior administrator to configure the calendar options for the resource mailbox in Outlook Web Access. The junior administrator informs you that these options are not available. ActualTests.com What is the cause of the problem? A. The error occurred since you failed to indicate that the mailbox was a resource mailbox when using the -Room or -Equipment switch with the New-Mailbox cmdlet B. The error occurred since you failed to indicate that the mailbox was a resource mailbox when using the -Resource switch with the New-Mailbox cmdlet. C. The error occurred since you used the New-ResourceMailbox cmdlet to generate resource mailboxes not the New-Mailbox cmdlet. D. The error occurred since you are unable to execute the initial creation of a resource mailbox from the Exchange Management Shell. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 42 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 10 You work as the exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for maintaining the Exchange environment of CertKiller.com. You are in the process of a dial tone recovery that recovers the mailbox database from the backup. The dial tone recovery needs to be recovered into the RSG created on CERTKILLER- EX01. You need to use the restored database as the production database on the same server. What should you do? A. Your first step should be to copy the log files from the failed database to the RSG and play them against the restored database. Then the databases should be swapped in order for the restored database to become the active database. Then the dial tone database should be places in the RSG and the restored database mounted. Thereafter the content from the dial tone database should be merged with the active recovered database.

B. Your first step should be to merge the content from the dial tone database with the recovered database. Then the log files should be copied from the failed database to the RSG and played against the restored database. Then the restored database should be mounted. Thereafter the databases should be swapped in order for the restored database to become the active database and the dial tone database is placed in the RSG. ActualTests.com C. Your first step should be to mount the restored database and copy the log files from the failed database to the RSG and play them against the restored database. Then the databases should be swapped in order for the restored database to become the active database. The dial tone database should then be placed in the RSG. Thereafter the content from the dial tone database should be merged with the active recovered database. D. Your first step should be to copy log files from the failed database to the RSG and play it against the restored database. Then the restored database should be mounted. Then the databases should be swapped in order for the restored database to become the active database. Thereafter the dial tone database should be placed in the RSG and the content from the dial tone database merged to that of the active recovered database. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 43 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 11 You are the newly appointed Exchange Administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. The network contains a resource mailbox named TestResources. At present all users are able to schedule meeting for TestResources. A new company policy states that only Kara Lang and Mia Hamm are permitted to schedule meeting for TestResources. You thus need to determine a way to accomplish this. What should you do? A. This can be accomplished by running the Set- MailboxCalendarSettings- Identity"TestResources"RequestOutof Policy KaraLang , MiaHamm - AllBookInPolicy cmdlet. B. This can be accomplished by running the Set-MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " TestResources"BookInPolicy KaraLang , MiaHamm - AllBookInPolicy $false cmdlet. C. This can be accomplished by running the Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity" TestResources"-Request InPolicy KaraLang , MiaHamm cmdlet. D. This can be accomplished by running the Set- MailboxCalendarSettings- Identity"TestResources"ResourceDelegates KaraLang , MiaHamm cmdlet. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Explanation: Part 4: Configure public folders (7 Questions) ActualTests.com

QUESTION 12 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains a mail-enabled public folder named CKMonitor. CKMonitor is configured to receive automated alerts from the CertKiller.com monitoring system. Certain users at CertKiller.com send email messages to CKMonitor by selecting it from the global access list (GAL) which is located in Microsoft Office Outlook. Due to a breach in security you have received instruction from the CIO to stop the users from selecting the CKMonitor from the global access list while ensuring that your solution does not affect the monitoring alerts that should be received by CKMonitor. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 44 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam What should you do? A. You should consider removing the Folder visible feature for the Default name using the Outlook client on CKMonitor. B. You should consider running the Set-MailPublicFolder cmdlet with the DisplayName parameter set to $false. C. You should consider running the Set-MailPublicFolder cmdlet with the HiddenFromAddressListsEnabled parameter set to $true. D. You should consider running the Set-AddressList"Public Folders" -RecipientFilter "DisplayName -is 'CKMonitor'" cmdlet. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 13 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com marketing department required a public folder. You have received instruction to configure a public folder for the marketing department. You want the public folder to replicate on Fridays and Saturdays as well as ensuring that posts to the public folder will be denied after the folders size reaches 300 MB. You thus have to determine the appropriate cmdlet to accomplish the task. What should you do? A. You should run the Set- PublicFolder - PostStorageQuota 300MB - ActualTests.com UseDatabaseRetentionDefaults : $true cmdlet. B. You should run the Set- PublicFolder - MaxItemSize 300MB - RelicationSchedule "Friday.06:00 AMSunday.05:59 PM" cmdlet. C. You should run the Set- PublicFolder - StorageQuota 300MB - ReplicationSchedule "Friday.06:00 AMSaturday.05:59 PM" cmdlet. D. You should run the Set- PublicFolder - PostStorageQuota 300MB - ReplicationSchedule "Friday.06:00 AMSaturday.05:59 PM" cmdlet. Answer: D

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 14 "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 45 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains a conference room mailbox named CKMail which is currently run on an Exchange Server 2003 server. You need to move CKMail from the Exchange Server 2003 server to an Exchange Server 2007 server. Consequently you need to convert CKMail to an Exchange 2007 resource mailbox. You also have to make sure that the mailbox can be listed as a resource. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. You should run the Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " CKMail "- AutomateProcessing Auto Update cmdlet. B. You should run the Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " CKMail "- AutomateProcessing AutoAccept cmdlet. C. You should run the Set-Mailbox-Identity " CKMail "-Type Regular cmdlet. D. You should run the Set-Mailbox -Identity " CKMail "-Type Room cmdlet. Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 15 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. CertKiller.com has headquarters in London and a branch office in Paris. The sales representatives of CertKiller.com are situated in the London and Paris offices. The Exchange Server 2007 server ActualTests. com in the Paris office is named CERTKILLER-EX07. Due to rapid company growth CertKiller.com opened another branch office in Madrid. The Madrid office is then equipped with an Exchange Server 2007 server named CERTKILLER-EX10. CertKiller.com employs an additional group of sales representatives for the Madrid office. The sales manager in the Madrid office requests a local replica of the Sales public folder. This public folder is positioned in the root of the public folder tree. You need to ensure that a replica of the folder is added to the Exchange server in the Madrid office. What should you do? "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 46 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam A. You should run the Set- PublicFolder "CERTKILLER-EX07\Sales" -replicas "CERTKILLER- EX10 \Public Folder Database" cmdlet.

B. You should run the Set- PublicFolder "\Sales" -replicas "CERTKILLER-EX07\Public Folder Database","CERTKILLER-EX10 \Public Folder Database" cmdlet. C. You should run the Set- PublicFolder "\Sales" -replicas "CERTKILLER-EX10 \Public Folder Database" cmdlet. D. You should run the Set- PublicFolder "CERTKILLER-EX10\Sales" -replicas "CERTKILLER- EX10 \Public Folder Database" cmdlet. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 16 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange Server 2007 workstation named CERTKILLER- EX02. CERTKILLER-EX02 01 contains two mail enabled public folders. These folders are named Sales and Sales Reports. Management wants you to obtain the mail-related information about these public folders. Sales are a top-level folder and Sales Reports is the child of Sales. You need to determine a way to accomplish this in a single command. What should you do? A. You should use the Get-PublicFolder "Sales" -GetChildren command. B. You should use the Get-PublicFolder "Sales" -Recurse command. C. You should use the Get-MailPublicFolder "Sales" -Recurse command. ActualTests.com D. You should use the Get-MailPublicFolder -Filter { (Name -eq "Sales") -or (Name -eq "Sales Reports") } command. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 17 You work as the exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. You are in the process of planning to upgrade your organization from Exchange Server 2003 to Exchange Server 2007. At present CertKiller.com extensively makes use of public folders. The company is not ready to move the public folders into Microsoft Office SharePoint Server (MOSS). Management wants you to create a CCR cluster of mailbox servers in Exchange Server 2007. You thus need to determine "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 47 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam the appropriate choices you have to accomplish this. What should you do? (Choose all that apply. Every answer presents a complete solution.)

A. This can be accomplished by moving the public folders to an Exchange Server 2007 mailbox server whilst configuring multiple replicas for the public folders. Then a CCR cluster should be created with additional Exchange Server 2007 mailbox servers that only contain mailbox databases. B. This can be accomplished by moving the public folders to an Exchange Server 2007 mailbox server without configuring replicas for the public folders. Then a CCR cluster should be created that encompasses this server. C. This can be accomplished by creating one or more Exchange Server 2007 mailbox servers that will only house the public folders without any mailbox databases. Then a CCR cluster should be created with additional Exchange Server 2007 mailbox servers that have only mailbox databases. D. This can be accomplished by leaving the public folders on Exchange Server 2003 servers. Then a CCR cluster should be created with additional Exchange Server 2007 mailbox servers that have only mailbox databases. Answer: BCD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 18 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. You receive an instruction from management to configure the mail related settings of mail enabled public folders. You thus need to determine the appropriate Exchange Management Shell cmdlets that will ActualTests.com accomplish this. What should you identify? A. B. C. D. You should use the Add-PublicFolderClientPermission cmdlet. You should use the Enable-MailPublicFolder cmdlet. You should use the Set-MailPublicFolder cmdlet. You should use the Set-PublicFolderDatabase cmdlet.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Explanation: Part 5: Move mailboxes (6 Questions) "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 48 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam

QUESTION 19 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. There are two Exchange servers on the Exchange Server 2007 organization. The servers are named CERTKILLER-EX01 and CERTKILLER-EX02 respectively. You need to move the mailboxes located on

CERTKILLER-EX01 to CERTKILLER-EX02. Management wants this to happen Friday at 10 PM so that none of the CertKiller.com users are inconvenienced. However, you will not be at the office at that particular time since it will be after business hours. What should you do? A. You should run the Get-Mailbox -server CERTKILLER-EX01 | Move-mailbox - TargetDatabase "CERTKILLER-EX02\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database" cmdlet from the Exchange Management Shell on Friday at 10PM using the Microsoft Windows scheduler. B. You should run the Get-Mailbox | Move-mailbox - TargetDatabase "CERTKILLER-EX02\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database" cmdlet from the Exchange Management Shell on Friday at 10PM using Microsoft Windows scheduler. C. You should run the Get-Mailbox -server CERTKILLER-EX01 | Move-mailbox - TargetDatabase "CERTKILLER-EX02\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database" cmdlet with the StartDate parameter set for Friday at 10PM. D. You should run the Get-Mailbox | Move-mailbox - TargetDatabase "CERTKILLER-EX02\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database" cmdlet with the StartDate parameter set for Friday at 10PM. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: ActualTests.com

QUESTION 20 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. The Exchange Server 2007 organization contains two servers. The servers are named CERTKILLER-EX01 and CERTKILLER-EX02 respectively. You discover that CERTKILLER-EX01 failed and need to address the situation. However it seems that CERTKILLER-EX01 cannot be restored to service. You thus need to move the mailboxes from CERTKILLER-EX01 to CERTKILLER-EX02. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 49 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam What should you do? A. You should run the Get-Mailbox-Server CERTKILLER-EX01 | Move-Mailbox - ConfigurationOnly TargetDatabase "CERTKILLER-EX02\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database" cmdlet. B. You should run the Get-Mailbox-Server CERTKILLER-EX01 | Move-Mailbox - IgnorePolicyMatch TargetDatabase "CERTKILLER-EX02\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database" cmdlet. C. You should run the Get-Mailbox-Server CERTKILLER-EX01 | Move-Mailbox - IgnoreRuleLimitErrors TargetDatabase "CERTKILLER-EX02\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database" cmdlet. D. You should run the Get-Mailbox-Server CERTKILLER-EX01 | Move-Mailbox - Server CERTKILLER_EX01 | Move-Mailbox - ValidateOnly - TargetDatabase "CERTKILLER-EX02\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database" cmdlet. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

Exam E QUESTION 1 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. CertKiller.com has headquarters in London and a branch office in Paris. The Exchange Server 2007 server in the London office is named CERTKILLER-EX07 and the Exchange Server 2003 server in the London office is names CERTKILLER-EX08. At present the CERTKILLER-EX07 server contains a mailbox that has 25 KB of mailbox rules. You need to move the mailbox from CERTKILLER-EX07 to CERTKILLER-EX08. What should you do? ActualTests.com A. B. C. D. You should run the move-Mailbox cmdlet with the IgnorePolicyMatch parameter. You should run the Move-Mailbox cmdlet with the IgnoreRuleLimitErrors parameter. You should use the Exchange Server 2003 Exchange Task wizard. You should use the Exchange Server 2007 Move Mailbox wizard.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 2 The CertKiller.com network consists of a single Active Directory forest that contains two domains named CertKiller-north.com and CertKiller-south.com. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 50 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam You are the Exchange administrator at CertKiller-north.com and Kara Lang the Exchange administrator at CertKiller-south.com. You have been informed to move certain mailboxes from the CertKiller-north.com to CertKiller-south.com. You decide to make use of the $c = Get-Credential command in order to acquire the credentials needed by the Move-Mailbox command. You thus need to determine who should enter the command as well as which credentials should be supplied. What should you identify? A. B. C. D. Your best option would be for you to enter the command and provide your own credentials. Your best option would be for Kara Lang to enter the command and provide her own credentials. Your best option would be for Kara Lang to enter the command and provide your credentials. Your best option would be for you to enter the command and provide the credentials of Kara Lang.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 3 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains a mailbox named DataBox. You receive an instruction from management to move DataBox from Exchange Server 2003 to Exchange Server 2007. You have to make sure that DataBox is able to be scheduled as a resource as soon as you convert it to an Exchange 2007 resource mailbox. ActualTests.com What should you do? (Choose all that apply.) A. This can be accomplished running the Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " DataBox "AutomateProcessing AutoAccept cmdlet. B. This can be accomplished running the Set-Mailbox-Identity " DataBox "-Type Regular cmdlet. C. This can be accomplished running the Set- MAilboxCalendarSettings -Identity " DataBox "AutomateProcessing Auto Update cmdlet. D. This can be accomplished running the Set-Mailbox -Identity "DataBox "-Type Room cmdlet. Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 51 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam

QUESTION 4 You work as the exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. The Active Directory structure of CertKiller.com consists of a root domain and a single child domain. You need to explain to the junior technicians in the department what the subsequent command will accomplish Get-User -Filter { Department eq Sales } | Move-Mailbox -TargetDatabase Second Storage Group\Mailbox Database. What will the result be? A. Executing this command will move the mailboxes of users with accounts in the Sales OU to the database Mailbox Database in the storage group Second Storage Group. B. Executing this command will move the mailboxes of users with accounts in the Sales OU from the database Mailbox Database in the storage group Second Storage Group to the database Mailbox Database in the storage group First Storage Group. C. Executing this command will move the mailboxes of users with a Department feature "Sales" from the database Mailbox Database in the storage group Second Storage Group to the database Mailbox Database in the storage group First Storage Group. D. Executing this command will move the mailboxes of users with a Department feature "Sales" to the database Mailbox Database in the storage group Second Storage Group. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Explanation: Part 6: Implement bulk management of mail-enabled objects (5 Questions)

QUESTION 5 ActualTests.com You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. You have received several reports from clients in various departments stating that important e-mail messages pertaining their work are delivered to their Microsoft Office Outlook Junk E-mail folders. They need these emails to continue with their duties. You need to address the situation. You check and detect that the e-mail addresses of the message senders were on the Outlook Safe Senders List. Now you need to ensure that user defined Safe Senders Lists are used during the Exchange Edge Transport server message delivery so the e-mail messages are not delivered to the Microsoft Office Outlook Junk E-mail folders. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 52 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam What should you do? A. The authenticated message bypass on the Edge Transport server content filter configuration should be enabled. B. The Update-SafeList cmdlet should be run on the Mailbox server for each mailbox. C. The Outlook E-mail Postmark validation on the Mailbox server content filter configuration should be enabled. D. The anti-spam updates on the Edge Transport server should be enabled. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 6 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. You have just completed a migration to Exchange Server 2007 on the CertKiller. com network. You configure every mailbox server on the CertKiller.com network with two storage groups as well as two databases per storage group. You need to provide fault tolerance and thus have to implement local continuous replication (LCR) by configuring the Mailbox server with LCR. What should you do? A. You should change the database ratio to one database per storage group. Then run the Enable-DatabaseCopy cmdlet. Then run the Update-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. B. You should change the database ratio to one database per storage group. ActualTests.com Then run the Enable-DatabaseCopy cmdlet. Then run the Enable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. C. You should run the Disable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. Then run the Enable-DatabaseCopy cmdlet. Then run the Update-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet.

D. You should move the databases to a single storage group. Then run the Enable-DatabaseCopy cmdlet. Then run the Update-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 7 "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 53 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. During routine maintenance of the Exchange server you discover that the settings that indicate the storage limits for the mailbox stores differ. You need to ensure that the Exchange server mailbox stored have similar storage limits and thus have to create an Exchange Management Shell script to accomplish this. What should you do? A. Create the script by ensuring that the output of the Get-MailboxDatabase cmdlet is redirected to the SetMailboxDatabase cmdlet with the correct parameters. B. Create the script by ensuring that the output of the Get-Mailbox cmdlet is redirected to the SetMailboxDatabase cmdlet with the correct parameters. C. Create the script by ensuring that the output of the Get-ExchangeServer cmdlet is redirected to the SetMailboxDatabase cmdlet with the correct parameters. D. Create the script by ensuring that the output of the Get-MailboxDatabase cmdlet is redirected to the SetMailbox cmdlet with the correct parameters. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 8 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. The manager of the CertKiller.com IP department wants to know the total size of the mailboxes. ActualTests.com You need to supply the relevant information. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should run the Get-Mailbox cmdlet. You should run the Database Troubleshooter in the Exchange Troubleshooting Assistant. You should run the Get-MailboxDatabase cmdlet. You should run the Get-MailboxStatistics cmdlet.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 9 "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 54 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. You are in the process of installing a new Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange environment. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named CERTKILLER- EX02. Management wants you obtain detailed mailbox statistics for mailboxes on CERTKILLER- EX02 that are 2 GB or larger or that contain 6,000 items. You need to determine a way to accomplish this. What should you do? A. You should consider executing the Get-MailboxStatistics -Server "CERTKILLER-EX02" | Where {($_. TotalItemSize -eq 2GB) -and ($_.ItemCount -eq 6000)} | Format-List command. B. You should consider executing the Get-MailboxStatistics -Server "CERTKILLER-EX02" | Where {($_. TotalItemSize -ge 2GB) -and ($_.ItemCount -ge 6000)} | Format-List command. C. You should consider executing the Get-MailboxStatistics -Server "CERTKILLER-EX02" | Where {($_. TotalItemSize -ge 2GB) -or ($_.ItemCount -ge 6000)} | Format-List command. D. You should consider executing the Get-MailboxStatistics -Server "CERTKILLER-EX02" | Where {($_. TotalItemSize -eq 2GB) -or ($_.ItemCount -eq 6000)} | Format-List command. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 10 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. CertKiller.com employs another administrator to assist with the workload. You need to make sure ActualTests. com that the new administrator, Rory Allen will be able to create a Send connector on a Hub transport server. In your solution you must remember the CertKiller.com written security policy of least privilege and must thus assign Rory Allen the least amount of permissions required to fulfill his duties. What should you do? A. You should consider delegating Exchange Full Administrator privileges at the organizational level to Rory Allen. B. You should consider adding Rory Allen to the Domain Admins group to enable him to create a Send connector. C. You should consider running the Add-ExchangeAdminstrator -Role ServerAdmin -Identity RoryAllen cmdlet. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 55 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam

D. You should consider running the Add-ExchangeAdministrator -Role OrgAdmin -Identity RoryAllen cmdlet. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Explanation: Reference: technet.microsoft.com/de-de/library/bb124709.aspx

QUESTION 11 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains a Hub server named CERTKILLER-EX01. CERTKILLER- EX01 is equipped with a foreign connector named CKConnector. CKConnector connects to a fax server named CKFax. You need to move the existing Drop directory for CKFax and thus proceed as follows: You create a new directory named CKDirectory on CKFax.You run the Set-ForeignConnector "CKConnector' DropDirectory "CKDirectory" cmdlet.You run the Set-TransportServer CERTKILLER-EX01 RootDropDirectoryPath \\CKFax\Drop Directory cmdlet. Now you need to ensure that the messages that are pending are delivered. What should you do? A. You should run the Set-ForeignConnector cmdlet with the correct parameter to set the CKDirectory size. ActualTests.com B. You should add the administrators group with Full Control permission to CKDirectory. C. You should run the Set-ForeignConnector cmdlet with the correct parameter to set the maximum message size. D. You should ensure that all the messages are copied in the old Drop directory to CKDirectory. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 12 You work as the Exchange Administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. CertKiller.com has acquired a business partner named Willow Bridge Ltd. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 56 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam The CertKiller.com written security policy states that employees are not permitted to send out-of- office messages to users outside the companies Exchange 2007 organization. After the acquisition of the new partner CertKiller.com were compelled to make an exception to this policy to allow an operational arrangement of the Exchange Server organization. The SMTP domain for Willow Bridge Ltd is willowbridge.com. You need to configure the Exchange organization of CertKiller.com. You thus have to ensure that out-of-office messages can be sent to the e-mail addresses in the willowbridge.com domain. What should you do?

A. B. C. D.

First create a Send connector for willowbridge.com. Then set the correct options. First add willowbridge.com as an accepted domain. Then set the correct options. First add willowbridge.com as a remote domain. Then set the correct options. First create a transport rule. Then set the correct options.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 13 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. CertKiller.com has its headquarters in Athens where you are located. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named CERTKILLER- EX06. CERTKILLER-EX06 has the Hub Transport Role installed on it. Management wants you to enable protocol logging on the intra-organization Send connector on CERTKILLER-EX06. What should you do? ActualTests.com A. You should consider entering the Set-SendConnector "IntraOrgConnector" - ProtocolLoggingLevel $True command in the Exchange Management Shell of CERTKILLER- EX06. B. You should consider entering the SendConnector "IntraOrgConnector" -ProtocolLoggingLevel Verbose command in the Exchange Management Shell of CERTKILLER-EX06. C. You should consider entering the Set-TransportServer CERTKILLER-EX06 IntraOrgConnectorProtocolLoggingLevel $True command in the Exchange Management Shell of CERTKILLER-EX06. D. You should consider entering the Set-TransportServer CERTKILLER-EX06 IntraOrgConnectorProtocolLoggingLevel Verbose command in the Exchange Management Shell of CERTKILLER-EX06. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 57 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 14 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. CertKiller.com has its headquarters in Stockholm where you are located. It has come to your attention that a junior administrator entered the Set-MailboxCalendarSettings Minutes AutomateProcessing:None command. You need to determine what the result of this command will be. Identify the result? A. The command resulted in the scheduling of a resource mailbox named Minutes being disabled. B. The command resulted in the scheduling of a resource mailbox named Minutes being enabled.

C. The command resulted in a custom property in the Minutes mailbox being created. D. The command resulted in a custom property called minutes being created. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Explanation: Part 2: Configure the antivirus and anti-spam system (5 Questions)

QUESTION 15 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for ActualTests.com CertKiller.com. A new CertKiller.com security policy requires that you increase the anti-spam restrictions for your Exchange Server 2007 organization. You send an e-mail message to the CertKiller.com associates to forward all e-mail messages that are blocked by the content filters to anti- spam@CertKiller.com. A team of technicians will review the messages in order for modifications to be made to the Safe Senders List. This will prevent the legitimate e-mails from being blocked in the future. At present messages from external users are being sent to anti-spam@CertKiller.com. However, no messages from the external users appear in the anti-spam mailbox. You need to configure the anti-spam mailbox to receive e-mail messages that are categorized as spam. What should you do? "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 58 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam A. You should run the Set- ContentFilterConfig - BypassedRecipients anti-spam@CertKiller.com cmdlet. B. You should run the Set- RecipientFilterConfig - BlockListEnabled $false - BlockedRecipients antispam@CertKiller.com cmdlet. C. You should run the Set- ContentFilterConfig - RecipientValidationEnabled $false cmdlet. D. You should run the Set- ContentFilterConfig - BypassedSenders anti-spam@CertKiller.com cmdlet. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 16 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Edge Transport server named CERTKILLER-EX01. CERTKILLEREX01 is configured with a spam quarantine mailbox. You have received several instructions from the CIO regarding the configuration of CERTKILLER-EX01 spam quarantine mailbox. These instructions compel you to: Minimize the amount of spam that reaches the Inboxes of the usersEnsure that you will be able to review the marked messagesMonitor the messages for false positives. What should you do? A. You should minimize the spam confidence level (SCL) threshold value for quarantining e-mail.

B. You should increase the spam confidence level (SCL) threshold value for deleting e-mail. C. You should increase the spam confidence level (SCL) threshold value for quarantining e-mail. D. You should minimize the spam confidence level (SCL) threshold value for rejecting e-mail. ActualTests.com Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Explanation: The SCL on the Server needs to be increased so that lesser spam reaches the Inboxes of the Users.

QUESTION 17 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 59 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam During routine maintenance you detect a new virus with an .ext file extension manifested itself on the Exchange 2007 organization. The existing attachment filtering settings of the CertKiller.com network are configured to delete specified attachments as well as to permit the message to be delivered. You discover that the virus files are not being filtered. You thus need to address the issue. You need to:stop the virus from spreadingensure that the e-mail recipient receives neither the attachment nor the e-mail messageensure that the message containing the virus do not produce a non-delivery report (NDR) add a filter for the .ext file extension of the virus What should you do? Select two answers. A. B. C. D. You should run the Set -AttachmentFiterListConfig -Action Reject -RejectMessage "None" cmdlet. You should run the Set -AttachmentFilterListConfig -Action SilentDelete cmdlet. You should add the Set -AttachmentFilterEntry -Name *.ext -type ContentType cmdlet. You should add the Set -AttachmentFilterEntry -Name *.ext -type FileName cmdlet.

Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 18 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. CertKiller is the leading institute in courseware development. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Edge Transport server named CERTKILLEREX03. Management wants you to make sure those messages containing the word "Courseware" in the header or body is not rejected as spam by CERTKILLER-EX03. ActualTests.com What should you do?

A. Your best option would be to configure the address courseware@CertKiller.com on the Exceptions tab of the Content Filtering Properties. B. Your best option would be to disable anti-spam updates on CERTKILLER-EX03. C. Your best option would be to configure the word "Courseware" as a nonblocked word on the Custom Words tab of Content Filtering Properties. D. Your best option would be to configure the word "Courseware" as a blocked word on the Custom Words tab of Content Filtering Properties. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 60 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam

QUESTION 19 You are the newly appointed exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You delegate the task of adding numerous new words to the content filtering anti-spam agent on the Edge Transport servers of CertKiller.com to a junior administrator. This needs to be accomplished in order for those words not to be considered in the SCL score. You receive numerous complaints from users stating that they are receiving a large amount of spam messages. You check the messages and discover that the words you gave to the junior administrator to add are not contained in the messages. You thus need to determine which options in the content filtering agent the junior administrator changed. What should you identify? A. B. C. D. The actions that need to be taken at various SCL levels was changed. The list of custom words that were always permitted was changed. The list of recipients that will not have content filtered was changed. The list of custom words that are always blocked was changed.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Explanation: Part 3: Configure transport rules and message compliance (5 Questions)

QUESTION 20 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains ActualTests. com an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network consists of five Active Directory sites. The sites are named CertKillerA, CertKillerB, CertKillerC, CertKillerD, and CertKillerE respectively. These sites are configured as shown in the exhibit below. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 61 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam

All the sites are equipped with an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server as well as a Hub Transport server. The CertKiller.com management wants the mail flow to be reconfigured because at present all the outbound email traffic goes via the CertKillerA site. The purpose of the reconfiguration is to ensure that all outbound email messages sent from the clients in the CertKillerC office will be sent out of your Exchange organization via CERTKILLER-EX05 in the CertKillerE office. You need to perform the appropriate reconfiguration. What should you do? A. You should consider making use of the New- SendConnector -Name 'CertKillerE' - AddressSpaces:'smtp : *;1'- DNSRoutingEnabled:$true -SourceTransportServers:'CERTKILLER- EX05' command. B. You should consider making use of the Set- AdsiteLink -Id CertKillerD-CertKillerE - ADCost 5 command. ActualTests.com C. You should consider making use of the Set- SendConnector -Identity 'CertKillerC' - AddressSpaces:'smtp : *,1'- DNSRoutingEnabled:$false -SourceTransportServers:'CERTKILLER- EX01' command. D. You should consider making use of the Set- AdSite -Identity CertKillerE - HubSiteEnabled:$true command. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

Exam F QUESTION 1 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains a native Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 62 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam Following are the server roles currently installed on the CertKiller.com network: Four Mailbox serversOne Edge Transport server named CERTKILLER-EX01One Hub Transport server named CERTKILLER-EX02 The CertKiller.com Sales department makes use of a Windows SMTP relay with an IP address of 192.168.10.200. A new policy in the Sales department states that e-mail from the department to personnel must be sent from this SMTP relay. You thus need to make the necessary configuration changes so that the Exchange environment to accept e-mail messages from the internal sales SMTP relay. What should you do? A. You should run the New- ReceiveConnector -Name 'Sales e-mail'-Server CERTKILLER-EX01 RemoteIPRanges 192.168.10.25 - AuthMechanism BasicAuth -Usage Partner cmdlet. B. You should run the New- ReceiveConnector -Name 'Sales e-mail'-Server CERTKILLER-EX01 RemoteIPRanges 192.168.10.25 - AuthMechanism BasicAuth -Usage External cmdlet. C. You should run the New- ReceiveConnector -Name 'Sales e-mail'-Server CERTKILLER-EX02 RemoteIPRanges 192.168.10.25 - AuthMechanism BasicAuth -Usage Partner cmdlet. D. You should run the New- ReceiveConnector -Name 'Sales e-mail' -Server CERTKILLER-EX02 - RemoteIPRanges 192.168.10.25 - AuthMechanism BasicAuth -Usage Internal cmdlet. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 2 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. ActualTests.com The CertKiller.com management wants a new message classification that will be for exclusive use inside the company. To this end you then create this new message classification and name it CKData. You need to ensure that CKData is not sent outside the company. Now you need to redirect all outbound e-mail messages that have the CKData classification to the CKDocs mailbox. What should you do? A. You should run the Set-MessageClassification -Identity'CKData' - RetainClassificationEnabled:$true cmdlet. B. You should run the Set-MessageClassification -Identity'CKData'-UserDisplayEnabled:$true cmdlet. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 63 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam C. You should redirect all messages sent from internal clients to clients outside the company as well as messages marked CKData to the CKDocs mailbox by creating a new transport rule. D. You should run the Set-MessageClassification cmdlet to add read permissions to CKData.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 3 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. All the Exchange workstations in the organization are allocated a single Exchange Server role. At present four workstations on the network is configured to run Exchange Server 2007. The workstations are allocated the following server roles: CERTKILLER-EX01 is allocated the Unified Messaging server roleCERTKILLER-EX02 is allocated the Mailbox server roleCERTKILLER-EX03 is allocated the Hub Transport server roleCERTKILLER-EX04 is allocated the Edge Transport server role Management wants you to make sure that messages containing spam or viruses are dealt with prior to being forwarded to the employee mailboxes. You thus decide to deploy Forefront Security for Exchange Server on the workstations. Identify the workstations you should deploy it to? (Choose all that apply.) A. B. C. D. You should deploy it on CERTKILLER-EX01. You should deploy it on CERTKILLER-EX02. You should deploy it on CERTKILLER-EX03. You should deploy it on CERTKILLER-EX04. ActualTests.com

Answer: CD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 4 You work as the exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You receive an instruction from management to create a new message classification that will be used exclusively be used for CertKiller.com. You create a new message classification named TestMsg. For security purposes you need to make sure that TestMsg is not sent to users outside the company. Thereafter you redirect the outgoing e-mail messages that contain the TestMsg classification to the mailbox named CKData. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 64 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam What should you do? A. Your best option would be to run the Set-MessageClassification cmdlet to add read permissions to TestMsg. B. Your best option would be to create a new transport rule that will redirect messages sent from internal users to users outside the company as well as messages marked TestMsg to CKData.

C. Your best option would be to run the Set-MessageClassification -Identity'TestMsg'RetainClassificationEnabled:$true cmdlet. D. Your best option would be to run the Set-MessageClassification-Identity'TestMsg'- UserDisplayEnabled: $true cmdlet. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Explanation: Part 4: Configure policies (7 Questions)

QUESTION 5 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. CertKiller.com makes use of Microsoft ActiveSync policy. As a security measure the Microsoft ActiveSync policy is configured to ensure that idle clients provide their password every 20 minutes. You therefore decide to configure an inactivity timer on the network computers. You receive a request from the Marketing manager named Amy Wilson, to ensure that her laptop computer is not affected by the inactivity timer. Her laptop computer is named CERTKILLER-WS236. You need to ensure that CERTKILLER-WS236 is not affected by the timeout policy. However, you ActualTests. com need to take care that the other corporate policy settings are maintained. What should you do? A. You should consider reconfiguring CERTKILLER-WS236 for ActiveSync. Then ensure that the corporate ActiveSync policy is not applied. B. You should consider removing the ActiveSync policy from the Amy Wilson mailbox. C. You should create a new ActiveSync policy that contains all the necessary settings. Then apply it to Amy Wilson's mailbox. D. You should change the password setting on CERTKILLER-WS236 in order to override the ActiveSync policy. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 65 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam

QUESTION 6 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains of an Exchange Server 2007 server named CERTKILLER- EX01. You need to prepare and configure e-mail retention on four custom managed folders for all mailboxes on CERTKILLER-EX01. To accomplish this task you proceed as follows: configure the managed folder assistant for CERTKILLER-EX01create four managed custom folderscreate a new managed folder mailbox policy named CKMailadd all the custom managed folders to the CKMail policycreate managed content settings for every folder as well as configuring the required retention settingscomplete the configuration of the messaging records management (MRM) retention settings

Now you need to make these four mailboxes available for the mailboxes on CERTKILLER-EX01. What should you do? A. You have to create a new managed folder mailbox policy for the managed custom folders. B. You have to ensure that the managed custom content settings are added to the four managed custom folders. C. You have to ensure that the CKMail policy is added for every mailbox on CERTKILLER-EX01. D. You have to ensure that the enable retention hold for items in the mailbox check box is selected for all mailboxes on CERTKILLER-EX01. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: ActualTests.com

QUESTION 7 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network is configured with a custom Security Configuration Wizard (SCW) policy. You apply the SCW policy to an Exchange Server 2007 Edge Transport server named CERTKILLER-EX04. Management informs you to apply the policy to a new Edge Transport server named CERTKILLER-EX05. Following is the procedure that you followed: Install the custom Security Configuration Wizard on CERTKILLER-EX05.Copy the existing Security Configuration Wizard policy to CERTKILLER-EX05 as C:\ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 66 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam Now you need to apply the custom policy to CERTKILLER-EX05. What should you do? A. You should run the Scwcmd register /kbname:" Ex2007KB "/ kbfile:" %programfiles %\Microsoft\Exchange Server\scripts\Exchange2007 Edge .xml" command. Then apply the C:\ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml policy using the SCW. B. You should run the Scwcmd register /kbname:"Ex2007EdgeKB "/ kbfile:" %programfiles %\Microsoft \Exchange Server\scripts\Exchange2007 .xml" command. Then apply the C:\ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml policy using the SCW. C. You should apply the C:\ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml policy using the SCW. Then run the Scwcmd register /kbname:"Ex2007EdgeKB "/ kbfile:"%programfiles%\Microsoft\Exchange Server\scripts\Exchange2007 .xml" command. D. You should apply the C:\ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml policy using the SCW. Then run the Scwcmd register /kbname:"Ex2007KB "/ kbfile:"%programfiles %\Microsoft\Exchange Server \scripts\Exchange2007Edge .xml" command. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 8 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are in the process of installing a Microsoft ActiveSync policy in the Marketing department. For security purposes management wants you to ensure that information on mobile devices used by the marketing team be deleted in the event of an incorrect password being entered three times in succession. You thus need to determine the appropriate policy properties you need to configure to ActualTests.com accomplish this. What should you do? A. Your best option would be to configure the Require Encryption On Device policy property. B. Your best option would be to configure the Time without User Input Before Password Must Be Re-Entered policy property. C. Your best option would be to configure the Number Of Failed Attempts Allowed policy property. D. Your best option would be to configure the Password Expiration policy property. E. Your best option would be to configure the Enable Password Recovery policy property. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 67 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam

QUESTION 9 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are currently explaining to the junior technicians in your department the properties that can be configured using the public store system policy. Which properties should you identify? (Choose all that apply) A. B. C. D. E. You are able to configure the public folder tree linked with the store. You are able to configure the Storage limits. You are able to configure the Replication intervals. You are able to configure the database linked with a store. You are able to configure the support for S/MIME signatures.

Answer: BCE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 10 You are the newly appointed junior administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. CertKiller.com has its headquarters in Chicago and a branch office in Dallas.

You are in the process of creating a mailbox for the marketing department. You need to identify the appropriate settings that are configurable to accomplish this task. What should you identify? ActualTests.com A. B. C. D. E. F. You should consider configuring the MaxReceiveSize setting. You should consider configuring the IssueWarningQuota setting. You should consider configuring the ActiveSyncMailboxPolicy setting. You should consider configuring the RejectMessagesFrom setting. You should consider configuring the ManagedFolderMailboxPolicy setting. You should consider configuring the ManagedFolderMailboxPolicyAllowed setting.

Answer: CEF Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 11 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. Your job function includes managing the Exchange environment. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 68 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam Microsoft ActiveSync is configured on the Exchange servers at present. However, it is disabled for users in the Exchange environment. You are in the process of assigning a new notebook computer to Rory Allen in the sales department. This notebook computer is named CERTKILLER- EX05. The sales manager wants CERTKILLER-EX05 to be synchronized with the Exchange servers over a wireless network in order to accommodate the research tasks. You thus decide to grant Rory Allen the necessary permission to make use of the ActiveSync feature. What should you do? (Choose all that apply.) A. Your best option would be to run the Set-CASMailbox cmdlet in order to enable Microsoft ActiveSync. B. Your best option would be to make use of Active Directory Users and Computers console in order to enable Microsoft ActiveSync. C. Your best option would be to run the Set-Mailbox cmdlet in order to enable Microsoft ActiveSync. D. Your best option would be to make use of the Exchange Management Console in order to enable Microsoft ActiveSync. Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Explanation: Part 5: Configure public folders (2 Questions)

QUESTION 12

You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains ActualTests. com an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. The Exchange Server organization contains a mail-enabled public folder. This folder is named CKMonitor and is configured to receive automated alerts. All automated alerts are sent by an external monitoring system. The clients of CertKiller.com are able to send e-mail messages to CKMonitor. You receive numerous complaints from clients stating that the mail from the monitoring system is returned with a non-delivery report. You need to make sure that the clients receive monitoring alerts in CKMonitor. What should you do? "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 69 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam A. You should run the Add-PublicFolderClientPermission -AccessRights: EditOwnedItems cmdlet for anonymous users for CKMonitor. B. You should run the Set-MailPublicFolder -RequireSenderAuthenticationEnabled: $true cmdlet for CKMonitor. C. You should use Microsoft Office Outlook to assign default clients the permission to create items in CKMonitor. D. You should use Microsoft Office Outlook to allocate anonymous clients the permission to create items in TestMonitor. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 13 You work as the exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. The network contains a top level public folder named TestData. Management wants you to acquire data about TestData as well as public folders in the hierarchy. There are numerous public folders under TestData. You need to limit the results to 40. What should you do? A. You can accomplish this using the Get-PublicFolder \NON_IPM_SUBTREE\TestData -Recurse -ResultSize 40 command. B. You can accomplish this using the Get-PublicFolder \TestData -Recurse -ResultSize 40 command. C. You can accomplish this using the Get-PublicFolder \TestData -Recurse -ResultSize Unlimited command. D. You can accomplish this using the Get-PublicFolder TestData -Recurse -ResultSize 40 ActualTests.com command. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Explanation: Part 6: Configure client connectivity (16 Questions)

QUESTION 14 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 70 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam The Exchange 2007 Organization contains a Mailbox server named CERTKILLER-EX01. You need to determine whether the clients in the Finance department are able to log on to CERTKILLER-EX01 directly by making use of Microsoft Office Outlook. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should run the Test- OutlookWebServices cmdlet on the client network. You should run the Test- MAPIConnectivity cmdlet on the client network. You should run the Test- WebServiceHealthConnectivity cmdlet on the client network. You should run the Test- ServiceHealth cmdlet on the client network.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 15 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. Clive Wilson is marketing manager of CertKiller.com. Kara Lang is promoted as the assistant of Clive Wilson. You have received instruction from the CIO to ensure that Kara Lang will be capable of viewing the folders and subfolders in the mailbox of Clive Wilson. One of the job functions of Kara Lang is to open and respond to the e-mails the marketing manager receives. For security reasons and to subscribe to the principle of least privilege you need to ensure that Kara Lang is assigned only the necessary permissions that will allow her to complete her tasks. What should you do? A. You should assign Kara Lang the Allow-Full Control permission for the user account of Clive ActualTests. com Wilson in the Active Directory Users and Computers. B. You should run the Add-ADPermission -Identity CliveWilson ?User KaraLang ?AccessRights Self? ExtendedRights Send-As cmdlet. C. You should run the Add-MailboxPermission ?Identity CliveWilson ?User KaraLang ?AccessRights ExternalAccount cmdlet. D. You should run the Add-MailboxPermissions ?Identity CliveWilson ?User KaraLang ?AccessRights FullAccess cmdlet. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 16 "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 71 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. At present Microsoft ActiveSync is configured on the Exchange servers but is presently disabled for user on the Exchange Server 2007 organization. A CertKiller.com employee named Kara Lang works in the Research and Development department. She is assigned a new laptop workstation named CERTKILLER-WS236. She requests that CERTKILLER-WS236 is synchronized with the Exchange servers over a wireless network so as to accommodate her research tasks. You need to allow ONLY Kara Lang to use the ActiveSync feature. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. You should enable Microsoft ActiveSync using the Active Directory Users and Computers console. You should enable Microsoft ActiveSync using the Exchange Management Console. You should enable Microsoft ActiveSync by running the Set-CASMailbox cmdlet. You should enable Microsoft ActiveSync by running the Set-Mailbox cmdlet.

Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 17 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named CERTKILLER-EX01. During routine maintenance you notice that an inappropriate message with ActualTests.com the subject line of Exchange is sent to all clients on CERTKILLER-EX01. You need to ensure that the message is deleted from the mailboxes on CERTKILLER-EX01. What should you do? A. First create a new mailbox named CKMail that contains a folder named Export. Then run the Get-Mailbox -Server CERTKILLER-EX01 | Export-Mailbox - TargetMailbox CKMail TargetFolder Export -SubjecCKeywords "Exchange"-DeleteContent cmdlet. B. First locate the message ID of the original message on CERTKILLER-EX01. Then run the Export-Message -Identity <IDnumber> c:\temp cmdlet. Then delete the messages in the directory. C. First create a new transport rule named CKExcDel from the Exchange Management Console. Then set the condition to "when the Subject field contains CKExcDel". "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 72 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam Then set the action to "silently drop the message". D. First locate the message ID of the original message on CERTKILLER-EX01. Then run the Remove-Message -Identity <IDnumber> cmdlet. Answer: A

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 18 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. CertKiller.com has headquarters in London and a branch office in Berlin. Management has decided to close the Berlin office due to lack of performance. Personnel in the Berlin office have mailbox-enabled user accounts. The user accounts make use of the value Berlin in the City attribute. The user accounts of the Berlin office staff must be disabled and their mailboxes must be disconnected. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose TWO.) A. You should use the Exchange Management Console to apply a filter to the City attribute to contain Berlin staff user accounts and mailboxes. Then highlight the filtered users and select Disable. B. You should use the Exchange Management Console to apply a filter to the City attribute to contain Berlin staff user accounts and mailboxes. Then highlight the filtered users and select Remove. C. You should consider running the Get-User -Filter "City-like'Berlin'"| Remove-Mailbox cmdlet. D. You should consider running the Get-User -Filter "City-like'Berlin'"| Disable-Mailbox cmdlet. ActualTests.com Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 19 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. The Human Resources manager at CertKiller.com required a list of all the newly appointed staff members. You complied with his request and provided him with an automatically generated CSV file that lists the newly appointed staff members. This file contains the data needed to create the mailboxes for newly appointed staff members. These newly appointed staff members have to be assigned user accounts and mailboxes. You thus need to create new user accounts as well as "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 73 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam mailboxes directly from the CSV file. What should you do? A. The output of the Import-CSV cmdlet should be redirected to the Enable-Mailbox cmdlet with the suitable parameters. B. The output of the Import-Alias cmdlet should be redirected to the New-Mailbox cmdlet with the suitable parameters. C. The output of the Import-CSV cmdlet should be redirected to the New-Mailbox cmdlet with the suitable parameters.

D. The output of the Export-CSV cmdlet should be redirected to the New-Mailbox cmdlet with the suitable parameters. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 20 You work as the exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. Your job function encompasses managing the Exchange network of the company. Due to company growth CertKiller.com has appointed several new employees. You receive a list of all the new employees from the Human Resources manager. You supply the HR manager with an automatically generated CSV file that lists the new employees. The CSV file contains all the information required to create mailboxes for the new employees. You thus have to assign user accounts as well as mailboxes to these employees. You then decide to create the user accounts and mailboxes from the CSV file. What should you do? A. Your best option would be to redirect the output of the suitable parameters. B. Your best option would be to redirect the output of with the suitable parameters. C. Your best option would be to redirect the output of the suitable parameters. D. Your best option would be to redirect the output of com cmdlet with the suitable parameters. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: the Import-CSV cmdlet to the New-Mailbox cmdlet with the Import-CSV cmdlet to the Enable- Mailbox cmdlet the Export-CSV cmdlet to the New-Mailbox cmdlet with the Import-Alias cmdlet to the New-Mailbox ActualTests.

Exam G QUESTION 1 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. By default Exchange make uses of the SSL certificate for Outlook Web Access. Identify the problem that is caused by the SSL certificate? "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 75 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam A. The certificate will expire 30 days after the Client Access server role is installed, thus rendering OWA inaccessible after that time B. The certificate cannot be validated against a trusted root resulting in the users receiving warning messages. C. The certificate is only applicable in North America therefore users at other locations will be unable to make use of Outlook Web Access on the server. D. The certificate will not provide you with true SSL security and should therefore only be used for testing forms-based authentication. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 2 You work as the junior exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. CertKiller.com contains a mailbox database named TESTDATA. You receive an instruction from your senior administrator to ensure that the disconnected mailbox of Kara Lang in TESTDATA is connected to the Active Directory user account Kara Lang. You thus need to determine the appropriate Exchange Management Shell command that will accomplish this. What should you identify? A. You should use the Connect-Mailbox -Database "Mailbox Database" -Identity "Kara Lang" - User "Kara Lang" command. B. You should use the Get-MailboxStatistics -Server TESTDATA | where { $_.DisconnectDate -ne $null } | select DisplayName,DisconnectDate command. ActualTests.com C. You should use the Connect-Mailbox -Database "TESTDATA" -Identity "Kara Lang" -User "Kara Lang" command. D. You should use the Get-User "Kara Lang" | Format-List command. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 3

You work as the exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. Your job function encompasses managing the Exchange environment. Employees at CertKiller.com all make use of Microsoft Outlook Web Access and Outlook "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 76 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam Anywhere. You receive numerous complaints from users that they are unable to see the newly created mailbox in the Global Address List after you created it an hour ago. You check and discover that Outlook Anywhere users are unable to see the mailbox. Users running Outlook Web Access is able to see the mailbox as well as use it. To ensure productivity management wants you to make sure that the users currently using Outlook Anywhere is able to see the mailbox within four hours after it was created. You thus decide to configure the Exchange 2007 server in order to accomplish this. What should you do? A. Your best option would be to enable the Web-based distribution for the offline address book. B. Your best option would be to enable the Public Folder distribution for the offline address book. C. Your best option would be to enable the Public Folder distribution to support the Outlook 2003 Service Pack 2 as well as later clients on the offline address book. D. Your best option would be to customize an update schedule for the offline address book. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 4 You are the newly appointed exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. Your job function encompasses maintaining the Exchange environment. It has come to your attention that the previous administrator executed the Set- OfflineAddressBook -Identity NewOAB -IsDefault %true Exchange Management Shell command. What will the result be? ActualTests.com A. B. C. D. The command will The command will The command will The command will reindex the default Offline Address Book. move the default Offline Address Book. update the contents of the default Offline Address Book. change the default Offline Address Book.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 5 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange

2007 Organization. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 77 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam CertKiller.com has its headquarters in Paris where you are located. The mail servers of the organization are located in a DNS zone. You need to determine the appropriate tools that should be used to locate these mail servers. What should you identify? A. B. C. D. E. You should use Pathping. You should use Nslookup. You should use Tracert. You should use Ping. You should use Telnet.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 6 You work as the exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You receive an instruction from management to stop users of Windows Mobile 6.0 who are subject to the CertKiller Exchange ActiveSync policy from accessing Windows File Shares with the devices. However you need to ensure that they are able to access the companies SharePoint sites with those devices. What should you do? A. You should consider executing the Set-ActiveSyncMailboxPolicy Identity CertKiller UNCAccessEnabled $true WSSAccessEnabled $false command. B. You should consider executing the Set-ActiveSyncMailboxPolicy Identity CertKiller ActualTests.com UNCAccessEnabled $false WSSAccessEnabled $true command. C. You should consider executing the Set-ActiveSyncMailboxPolicy Identity CertKiller UNCAccessEnabled $false WSSAccessEnabled $false command. D. You should consider executing the Set-ActiveSyncMailboxPolicy Identity CertKiller UNCAccessEnabled $true WSSAccessEnabled $true command. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 7 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 78

Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam A CertKiller.com employee named Rory Allen works in the Research and Development department. You receive an instruction from management to ensure that Rory Allen has access to POP3. You thus need to determine the appropriate command that will accomplish this. What should you do? A. You should make use of command. B. You should make use of command. C. You should make use of command. D. You should make use of command. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: the Set-CASMailbox -identity Rory.Allen @CertKiller.com - POPEnabled:$false the Set-Mailbox -identity Rory.Allen @CertKiller.com - POPDisabled:$false the Set-Mailbox -identity Rory.Allen @CertKiller.com - POPEnabled:$true the Set-CASMailbox -identity Rory.Allen @CertKiller.com - POPEnabled:$true

QUESTION 8 You work as the Exchange Administrator at CertKiller.com. You are in the process of deploying Exchange Server 2007 in the environment. CertKiller.com is the leading institute in courseware development. The deployment entails a single computer named CERTKILLER-EX02. CERTKILLER-EX02 id configured to run Exchange Server 2007 with the Hub Transport Role, Mailbox as well as the Client Access roles. You receive a complaint from the sales manager stating that numerous clients complained that their e-mails bounced back. ActualTests.com You have a suspicion that the messages were sent to Courseware.com. This address was previously used by the company. At present any messages addressed to users in the CertKiller.com domain is received. Management wants you to make sure that e-mails from clients do not bounce. You thus need to make the appropriate configuration changes to Exchange Server 2007. What should you do? A. Your best option would be to configure Courseware.com as an internal relay domain in accepted domains. B. Your best option would be to configure Courseware.com as a remote domain. C. Your best option would be to configure Courseware.com as an authoritative domain in accepted domains. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 79 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam D. Your best option would be to configure CertKiller.com as a remote domain. E. Your best option would be to configure CertKiller.com.com as an authoritative domain in accepted domains. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 9 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. A short network outage occurred on the CertKiller.com network. Soon after the outage you receive numerous alerts from the monitoring system bringing to your attention that there are quite a number of sent e-mails were queued up. This is evident in the number of SMTP queues on the Hub Transport server that are being displayed in a retry status. You need to force the Hub Transport server in order to send the queued e-mail without delay. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should make use of You should make use of You should make use of You should make use of the Resume-queue -filter {status - eq "retry"} cmdlet. the Resume-queue -filter {status - eq "suspended"} cmdlet. the Retry-queue -filter {status - eq "retry"} cmdlet. the Retry-queue -filter {status - eq "suspended"} cmdlet.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 10 ActualTests.com You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. The Exchange Server 2007 organization of CertKiller.com contains one Edge Transport server role named CERTKILLER-EX08. CERTKILLER-EX08 currently has an Edge Subscription with a Hub Transport role that is located on an Exchange server named CERTKILLER-EX10. Due to a lengthy power outage the network connection from CERTKILLER-EX08 to the Internet was disrupted for a long period. Thus after the power outage you restored the connection. Then the CertKiller.com users report that messages are not being delivered. You need to restore the message flow to ensure that the Exchange network can function without any hiccups. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 80 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should consider running the Resume-Queue cmdlet on CERTKILLER-EX08 You should consider running the Resume-Queue cmdlet on CERTKILLER-EX10 You should consider running the Retry-Queue cmdlet on CERTKILLER-EX08 You should consider running the Retry-Queue cmdlet on CERTKILLER-EX10

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 11 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. CertKiller.com has its headquarters in Athens where you are located. You need to view the properties of a certain message in a queue that has a subject of "RE:Lunch with vendor". You thus decide to make use of the subsequent cmdlet: Get-Message -Filter {Subject - eq "RE: Lunch with vendor?"} | format-list. Identify whether the cmdlet is true or false? A. True B. False Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 12 You work as the Exchange Administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains ActualTests. com an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. Your job function encompasses maintaining the Exchange organization. You have to ensure that an alert is triggered when a certain amount of messages in the mailbox store receives queue on the Exchange Server 2007 server reaches a particular value. You thus need to determine the appropriate counter that will accomplish this. What should you identify? (The question makes use of the notation <performance object>:<counter name>.) A. You should consider selecting the MSExchangeIS Mailbox:Receive Queue Size counter. B. You should consider selecting the MSExchangeIS:Receive Queue Size counter. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 81 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam C. You should consider selecting the MSExchangeIS:Messages Queued For Submission counter. D. You should consider selecting the MSExchangeIS Mailbox:Messages Queued For Submission counter. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Explanation: Part 2: Monitor system performance (5 Questions)

QUESTION 13 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. Each of the CertKiller.com departments' members has membership of a distribution group as well as a security group. Consequently both groups in each department contain the same members. Whenever new staff joins the company they are added to both groups in the various departments. This result in an unnecessary long

period of time spent to manage the groups. You need to reduce the amount of time required to manage the groups. In your solution you need to take care not to disrupt mail capabilities unnecessarily as well as not affecting any of the previously assigned access permissions. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. You should ensure that all departmental security groups are mail-enabled. B. You should ensure that all departmental security groups are deleted. C. You should ensure that all departmental security groups are converted to a global security group. ActualTests.com D. You should ensure that all departmental distribution groups are deleted. E. You should ensure that the converted global security groups are mail-enabled. Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 14 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. All staff in the CertKiller.com Marketing department has been assigned a laptop computer to perform their duties. All these laptop computers have Microsoft Office Outlook 2007 installed. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 82 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam Connectivity to the CertKiller.com Exchange network is via Outlook Anywhere. You need to ensure that the mobile users are able to connect to the Exchange environment. In your solution you need to bear in mind that the laptop computer performance should either meet or surpass the CertKiller. com standard. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. E. F. You should run the Test- Service Health cmdlet. You should run the Test _WebServicesConnectivity cmdlet. You should run the Test -OutlookWebServices cmdlet. You should run the Set _CASMailbox cmdlet. You should run the Test -MAPIConnectivity cmdlet. You should run the Set -WebServicesVirtualDirectory cmdlet.

Answer: BE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 15 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com.

Within the Exchange Server 2007 organization there are three Edge transport servers named CERTKILLEREX01, CERTKILLER-EX02 and CERTKILLER-EX03 respectively. These servers are currently configured to accept e-mail via the Internet. There are various tasks that you need to carry out. These tasks include: Configure CERTKILLER-EX01 as a backup serverLoad balance CERTKILLER-EX02 and CERTKILLER-EX03 ActualTests.com You thus need to identify the MX record that should be specified. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose THREE.) A. You should specify CertKiller.com MX preference = 20, mail exchanger = CERTKILLER- EX01.CertKiller. com B. You should specify CertKiller.com MX preference = 10, mail exchanger = CERTKILLER- EX01.CertKiller. com C. You should specify CertKiller.com MX preference =10, mail exchanger = CERTKILLER- EX02.CertKiller. com D. You should specify CertKiller.com MX preference = 20, mail exchanger = CERTKILLER- EX02.CertKiller. com "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 83 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam E. You should specify CertKiller.com MX preference =10, mail exchanger = CERTKILLER- EX03.CertKiller. com Answer: ACE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 16 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com Exchange Server 2007 environment contains a Hub Transport server as well as a Mailbox server. You carry out your normal duties and verify that the server is functioning as normal and that the MS Exchange AD Access Processes Performance Monitor exhibits normal results. Yet you still receive reports from various users from various departments stating that e- mail delivery is unacceptably slow. You need to address the situation. You then notice than the slow e-mail delivery only occurs when it is delivery e-mail to large dynamic distribution groups. You need to enhance the delivery time for messages that are sent to the dynamic distribution groups. What should you do? A. You should add more Random Access Memory (RAM) to the Mailbox server. B. You should add more RAM to the CertKiller.com domain controllers. C. You should deploy another global catalog server. Then the existing Hub Transport server should be configured to query the new global catalog. D. You should deploy another Hub Transport server. Then the dynamic distribution groups should be configured to use the new Hub Transport server as their expansion server. ActualTests.com Answer: D Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 17 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. CertKiller.com has headquarters in London and branch offices in Paris and Berlin. Your job function encompasses managing the Exchange environment. The marketing department is located at the Paris branch office. The personnel at this department use their laptop workstations to log onto the company's network. They accomplish this using Outlook Anywhere. The laptop workstations are configured to run Microsoft office Outlook 2007. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 84 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam To ensure productivity management wants you to make sure that the marketing personnel have access to the companies' network. You need to make sure that performance is maintained. What should you do? (Choose all that apply) A. B. C. D. E. This can be accomplished running the Test- MAPIConnectivity cmdlet. This can be accomplished running the Get-MailboxDatabase cmdlet. This can be accomplished running the Test- WebServicesConnectivity cmdlet. This can be accomplished running the Test- ServiceHealth cmdlet. This can be accomplished running the Get- MailboxStatistics cmdlet.

Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Explanation: Part 3: Perform message tracking (3 Questions)

QUESTION 18 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 computer named CERTKILLER- EX02. The Hub Transport server role resides on CERTKILLER-EX02. You notice that message tracking is enabled on CERTKILLER-EX02. A new CertKiller.com directive regarding company privacy policy states that the subject line of e-mail messages should be not stored in the tracking log. You need to track the e-mail messages from CERTKILLER-EX02 whilst ensuring that you comply with the CertKiller.com privacy policy. ActualTests.com What should you do? A. You should make use of the Set- ReceiveConnector - ProtocolLoggingLevel None cmdlet. B. You should make use of the Set- TransportServer CERTKILLER-EX02 - MessageTrackingLogEnabled : $false cmdlet. C. You should make use of the Get- MessageTrackingLog -Subject None cmdlet. D. You should make use of the Set- Transport Server CERTKILLER-EX02 C MessageTrackingLogSubjectLoggingEnabled : $false cmdlet.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 19 "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 85 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. The Exchange organization of CertKiller.com contains a Hub Transport server named CERTKILLER-EX01 as well as numerous mailbox servers. One Exchange server named CERTKILLER-EX02 holds the Edge Transport server role. At present the message tracking logs are retained for twenty-two days. A Mailbox server role is configured on a server named CERTKILLER-EX03. A CertKiller.com user named Andy Reid has an SMTP address of andyreid@CertKiller.com and has his mailbox on CERTKILLER-EX03. It is required of you to create a report that will specify the number of messages Andy sent during the last twenty-two day period. What should you do? A. You should consider running the Get-MailboxStatistics -Identity andyreid | export-csv -path c:\tmp\andyreid.csv cmdlet on CERTKILLER-EX01. B. You should consider running the Get-MailboxFolderStatistics -Identity andyreid -FolderScope SentItems | export-csv -c:\tmp\andyreid.csv cmdlet on CERTKILLER-EX01. C. You should consider running the Get-MailboxTrackingLog -Sender andyreid@CertKiller.com - EventId "Receive" | export-csv -c:\tmp\andyreid.csv cmdlet on CERTKILLER-EX01. D. You should consider running the Get-MessageTrackingLog -Sender andyreid@CertKiller.com - EventId "Receive" | export-csv -c:\tmp\andyreid.csv cmdlet on CERTKILLER-EX02. E. You should consider running the Get-MessageTrackingLog -Sender andyreid@CertKiller.com - EventId "Receive" | export-csv -c:\tmp\andyreid.csv cmdlet on CERTKILLER-EX01. Answer: E Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Explanation: ActualTests.com Not C: There no such command as Get-MailboxTrackingLog

QUESTION 20 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com management wants all staff to make use of Outlook Anywhere. You need to make the necessary preparations. Following is the current configuration: There is a Mailbox server named CERTKILLER-EX02. CERTKILLER-EX02 holds the mailboxes that will be accessed by clients who use Outlook Anywhere.There is a Client Access server named CERTKILLER-EX03.

CERTKILLER-EX03 is available from the Internet.All clients with mail.CertKiller.com as the host ActualTests. com (A) name will access Outlook Anywhere. You need to configure the Exchange organization to allow Microsoft Office Outlook clients from the Internet the ability to use Outlook Anywhere. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose THREE.) A. You should run the Enable-OutlookAnywhere -Server: CERTKILLER-EX03 - ExternalHostName:mail. CertKiller.com -SSLOffLoading:$false- ExternalAuthenticationMethod:Basic cmdlet. B. You should install RPC over the HTTP Proxy on CERTKILLER-EX02. C. You should run the Enable-OutlookAnywhere -Server:CERTKILLER-EX02 - ExternalHostName:mail. CertKiller.com -SSLOffLoading:$true-ExternalAuthenticationMethod:Basic "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." www.actualtests.com 74 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam cmdlet. D. You should install RPC over the HTTP Proxy on CERTKILLER-EX03. E. You should install a valid SSL certificate for CERTKILLER-EX03 on the default web site. Answer: ADE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

Exam H QUESTION 1 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. CertKiller.com has an Exchange Server 2007 server named CERTKILLER-EX04 which holds both the Mailbox server role and the Hub Transport Server role. A new CertKiller.com directive states that records of all tracking related issues on the network should be retained for a period of ten days. You thus need to configure CERTKILLER-EX04 in accordance with the new directive. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 86 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam What should you do? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose TWO.) A. You should run the Set- MailboxServer -Identity CERTKILLER-EX04 - MessageTrackingLogMaxAge 10.00:00:00 cmdlet to keep the tracking logs for the past ten days. B. You should run the Set- TransportConfig -Identity CERTKILLER-EX04 -MaxDumpsterTime 10.00:00:00 cmdlet to keep the tracking logs for the past ten days. C. You should run the Set- TransportServer -Identity CERTKILLER-EX04 - MessageTrackingLogEnables:$true cmdlet to keep the tracking logs for the past ten days. D. You should run the Set- TransportServer -Identity CERTKILLER-EX04 - MessageTrackingLogMaxAge 10.00:00:00 cmdlet to keep the tracking logs for the past ten days. E. You should use a system policy that is configured to remove log files that are older than 10 days. Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Explanation: Part 4: Monitor client connectivity (1 Question)

QUESTION 2 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. The Research and Development department is located at a remote site. They make use of their mobile workstations to log onto the company network by making use of Outlook Anywhere. The mobile workstations are all configured to run Microsoft Office Outlook 2007. ActualTests.com Top Management wants you to ensure that the personnel in the Research and Development department have access to the company network. You need to ensure that the Research and Development personnel maintain the performance set by CertKiller.com. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. E. You should run the Test- ServiceHealth cmdlet. You should run the Test- MAPIConnectivity cmdlet. You should run the Get-MailboxDatabase cmdlet. You should run the Get- MailboxStatistics cmdlet. You should run the Test- WebServicesConnectivity cmdlet.

Answer: BE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 87 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam Explanation: Part 5: Create server reports (4 Questions)

QUESTION 3 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains a native Exchange Server 2007 Organization that is made up of 7 Exchange servers. The roles of the servers are configured as follows:

You need to specify the number of disconnected mailboxes. You thus decide to generate the report and to determine the storage space the mailboxes use and report back to the CIO. You thus need to export the report to a file. What should you do? A. You should consider running the Get-Recipient -RecipientType MailboxUser | Export-Csv -Path c:\tmp\disconnect.csv cmdlet. Then open disconnect.csv and remove all entries for active mailboxes. ActualTests.com B. You should consider running the Get-Mailbox | Get-MailboxStatistics | Where {$_.DisconnectDate -ne $null} | Export-Csv -Path c:\tmp\disconnect.csv cmdlet. C. You should consider expanding the Recipient Configuration work center of the Exchange Management Console and select the Disconnected Mailboxes node. D. You should consider running the Get-MailboxServer | Get-MailboxStatistics | Where {$_.DisconnectDate ne $null} | Export-Csv -Path c:\tmp\disconnect.csv cmdlet. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 4 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 88 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam CertKiller.com. You need to create a report on the Exchange Server 2007 servers that are currently on the company network. In your report you need to take a number of aspects into consideration. These are: the amount of storage groups, the total physical memory, the operating system version, the amount of processors as well as the amount of mailbox databases. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Generate the report you need by running the Test-SystemHealth cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Health Check scan in the Exchange Best Practices Analyzer. Generate the report you need by running the Get-ExchangeServer | Format-List cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Get-OrganizationConfig cmdlet.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 5 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. You have received several complaints from CertKiller.com users in the various departments stating that they are unable to access their mailboxes. Their mailboxes are located on an Exchange Server 2007 server named CERTKILLER-EX01. Following is the procedure that you followed when addressing the issue: check and verify that the server is connectedcheck and verify that the server hardware is functioning normallycheck and verify that the global catalogs are functioning normally ActualTests.com Now you need tocompile a report on the status of all the Exchange-specific and Exchange- dependent services. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Generate the report you need by running the Test-SystemHealth cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the TestServiceHealth -Server CERTKILLER-EX01 cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Get-ExchangeServer -Identity CERTKILLER- EX01 cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Database Troubleshooter from the Exchange Troubleshooting Assistant. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 89 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam E. Generate the report you need by running the TestSystemHealth -Server CERTKILLER-EX01 cmdlet. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 6 You are the newly appointed exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named CERTKILLER- EX01. The mailboxes are located on CERTKILLER-EX01. You receive numerous complaints from users stating they are not able in accessing their mailboxes. You check and discover that: CERTKILLER-EX01 is connected.The server hardware is operating properly.The global catalogs are operating properly. You thus decide to compile a report on the status of the Exchange-specific and Exchange- dependent services. What should you do? A. You should consider running the Database Troubleshooter from the Exchange Troubleshooting Assistant in order to compile a report. B. You should consider running the Test-SystemHealth -Server CERTKILLER-EX01 cmdlet in order to compile a report. C. You should consider running the Test-SystemHealth cmdlet in order to compile a report. D. You should consider running the Test-ServiceHealth -Server CERTKILLER-EX01 cmdlet in order to compile a report. E. You should consider running the Get-ExchangeServer -Identity CERTKILLER-EX01 cmdlet in ActualTests. com order to compile a report. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Explanation: Part 6: Create usage reports (1 Question)

QUESTION 7 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 90 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named CERTKILLER-EX05. You must collect data regarding CERTKILLER-EX05 user connectivity. You need to produce a report of all the CERTKILLER-EX05 mailboxes on the CertKiller.com network that shows the most recent logon time. What should you do? A. B. C. D. E. Generate the report you need by running the Get-MailboxDatabase -Server CERTKILLER- EX05 cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Get-MailboxServer CERTKILLER-EX05 cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Get-LogonStatistics -Server CERTKILLER-EX05 cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Set-Mailbox cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Get-MailboxStatistics -Server CERTKILLER-EX05 cmdlet.

Answer: E Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 8 You work as an Exchange Administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named CERTKILLER-EX01. Very night a full backup of the mailbox database on CERTKILLER-EX01 is performed using the Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS). The backups are performed in a backup window between 21:00 and 24:00 on week days and between 20:00 and 24:00 on weekends. The backups require four hours to complete. You want to change the backup strategy to a weekly full backup. You want the new backup to occur in the same backup window and you want the logs to be truncated more than once a week. You need to ensure that that not more than two backup files are required to a database restore. ActualTests.com What should you do? (Each correct answer represents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. E. F. You need to perform daily copy backups. You need to throttle the database checksum. You need to perform daily full backups. You need to perform incremental backups on week days. You need to perform backups on weekends. You need to perform differential backups on week days.

Answer: EF Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 91 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam

QUESTION 9 You work as a network administrator at CertKiller.com. You add an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named CERTKILLER-EX01 to the CertKiller.com network. You decide to perform a full backup of the database before placing any users on CERTKILLER- EX01. You take the databases offline and use of the Microsoft Windows Backup utility to start the backup. However, the backup fails immediately and returns an error message. You want to complete the backup. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should run the backup command with the /FU switch from the command line. You should mount the databases on CERTKILLER-EX01 and then run the backup. You should run the backup command with the /SNAP:ON switch from the command line. You should disable the information store and then run the backup.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 10 You work as an Exchange Administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named CERTKILLER-EX01. CERTKILLER-EX01 experiences high usage between 6:00 A.M. and 4:00 P.M. and is currently configured to perform a full backup every night in a backup window between 6:00 P.M. and 9:00 P.M. The backup takes three hours to complete. Due to the growth of the company, CertKiller.com installs a second Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named CERTKILLER-EX02. You need to move CertKiller.com users in the Sales ActualTests.com and Marketing departments to CERTKILLER-EX02. You intend to perform the User move operation in the time window between 6:00 P.M. and 7:00 P.M. CERTKILLER-EX01 is also scheduled for online maintenance between 9:00 P.M. and 2:00 A.M. the next morning. The full backup duration is expected to increase to four hours. You need to ensure that the backups have little effect on the server. What should you do? Which time window should you identify? A. B. C. D. You should create a new backup window between 8:00 P.M. and 12:00 P.M. You should create a new backup window between 6:00 P.M. and 10:00 P.M. You should create a new backup window between 2:00 A.M. and 6:00 A.M. You should create a new backup window between 7:00 P.M. and 11:00 P.M. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 92 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 11 You work as an Exchange Administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 environment that is configured with cluster continuous replication (CCR). The Microsoft Windows Cluster service (MSCS) runs on two servers named CERTKILLER-SR01 and CERTKILLER-SR02 and the default cluster MSCS is named CKCluster. The cluster mailbox server (CMS) for the CKCluster is named CERTKILLER-EX02. Both CKCluster and CERTKILLER-EX02 are configured to run on the CERTKILLER-SR01 cluster node. However, the CCR replica is configured to run on the CERTKILLERSR02 cluster node. You must backup the CCR replica. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should specify CERTKILLER-EX02 in the backup operation. You should specify CERTKILLER-SR01 in the backup operation. You should specify CKCluster in the backup operation. You should specify CERTKILLER-SR02 in the backup operation.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 12 You work as an Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain named CertKiller.com that contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 server named CERTKILLER-EX01. ActualTests.com You need to design a backup strategy that uses a backup media device for database on CERTKILLER-EX01. The database needs to back up every weekday and on Saturdays. You need to ensure that no more than two backup media devices are required to restore the database. What is should you do? A. Run an incremental backup during the week and a full backup on Saturdays. B. Run a differential backup during the week, except Fridays. On Fridays and Saturday she needs to perform an incremental backup. C. Run a differential backup during the week and a full backup on Saturdays. D. Run a full backup every working day and then start with an incremental backup on Saturdays. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 93 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Explanation: You should do a differential backup during the week. This kind of backup will only backup those files created or changed since the last normal or incremental backup. The differential backup's log file will not be deleted after the backup where in the case if the incremental backup, the files is marked as being backed up. You only need two backup media devices, one for the Saturday and the other one for the weekdays. You do need one for the weekday, in case a failure occurs, and then she needs only to backup the previous day's differential backup. Incorrect Answers: A: There is no sense in making an incremental backup during the weekdays. The incremental backup marks files as having been backed up. Using the incremental backup will lead to that the log files are deleted after the backup. B: An incremental backup includes only those files created or changed since the last normal or incremental backup. The incremental backup marks files as having been backed up. Also, the log files are deleted after the backup is complete. With an incremental backup you will need a backup media device for the Friday and the Saturday and one for the other week days. D: A full backup every working day means that you will need five backup media device. The scenario stipulates that not more than two should be used.

QUESTION 13 You work as a network exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. A newly appointed CertKiller.com trainee named Rory Allen wants to know why he should restore a database to a recovery storage group not to a production storage group. What should you inform him? A. You are attempting to recover a single mailbox as it is the best way to do it. The production ActualTests. com database is not damaged. B. You are unable to recover a database to a recovery storage group. C. This is to prevent you from overwriting the production database since you want to recover information from it later.

D. You are only able to restore a database in Exchange 2007. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 14 You work as a network exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network consists of a single Exchange Server 2003 computer named CERTKILLER-EX01. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 94 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam CertKiller.com recently requested that you create a backup solution which requires no more than five minutes to complete to avoid e-mail data loss. CertKiller.com wants you to select the backup method which meets the requirements. What should you do? A. Your best option would be to make use of five minutes. B. Your best option would be to make use of backups every five minutes. C. Your best option would be to make use of five minutes. D. Your best option would be to make use of Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Explanation: Part 2: Recover messaging data (7 Questions) the Windows Server Backup data to stream full backups every the Windows Server Backup data to volume shadow copy the Windows Server Backup data to copy backups taken every Local continuous replication.

QUESTION 15 You work as an Exchange Administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. A CertKiller.com user named Mia Hamm complains that she cannot access her mailbox. You investigate and discover that Mia Hamm's mailbox was purged from an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named CERTKILLER-EX07. You need to recover Mia Hamm's mailbox. You thus restore the mailbox database to a recovery storage group. You must now recover Mia Hamm's mailbox to the production database. ActualTests.com What should you do? A. B. C. D. E. You should run the Enable-Mailbox cmdlet on CERTKILLER-EX05. You should run the Exmerge utility on CERTKILLER-EX05. You should run the ISInteg utility on CERTKILLER-EX05. You should run the Connect-Mailbox cmdlet on CERTKILLER-EX05. You should run the Restore-Mailbox cmdlet on CERTKILLER-EX05.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 16 "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 95 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam You work as an Exchange Administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization with a Hub Transport server named CERTKILLER-EX01. CERTKILLER-EX01 suffers a catastrophic hardware failure and is replaced with a new Exchange Server 2007 Hub Transport server named CERTKILLER-EX02. You restore all services on CERTKILLER-EX02. You now need to recover the e-mail messages that remained in the mail.que database on CERTKILLER-EX01. You thus flush the e-mail messages from the existing queue on CERTKILLER-EX02 and copy the mail.que database from CERTKILLER-EX01 to C:\recoveryQueue on CERTKILLER-EX02. What should you do next? (Each correct answer represents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. You should use the Eseutil utility to recover the mail.que database in on CERTKILLER-EX02. You should use the ISInteg utility to repair the mail.que database in on CERTKILLER-EX02. You should use the Eseutil utility to defragment the mail.que database in on CERTKILLER- EX02. You should use the Database Recovery Management tool to repair the mail.que database on CERTKILLER-EX02. E. You should use the Database Recovery Management tool to restore the mail.que database on CERTKILLER-EX02. Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 17 You work as an Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain named CertKiller.com. CertKiller.com contains a mail server named CERTKILLEREX01, which runs Microsoft Exchange Server 2007. The backup strategy of CERTKILLER-EX01 is a full backup that runs on Sunday and Wednesday nights; and differential ActualTests.com backups that run on Monday, Tuesday, Thursday, Friday and Saturday nights. One Friday at 5:30 AM CERTKILLER-EX01 suffers a hard drive failure. You replace the faulty hard drive and restore the database as soon as possible. What should you do? (Each correct answer represents part of the solution. Choose all that apply.) A. B. C. D. Restore the full backup from Sunday. Restore the full backup from Wednesday. Restore the differential backup from Monday. Restore the differential backup from Tuesday.

E. Restore the differential backup from Thursday. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 96 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam F. Restore the differential backup from Friday. Answer: BE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Explanation: You do need the full backup, which was running on Wednesday. This will be a full backup. Based on the information in the question the backup runs at 5:30 AM so the Friday backup hasn't run yet so the Thursday backup would be needed as the differential tape needed along with the Wednesday night full. Incorrect Answers: A: You do not need the full backup from Sunday as the full backup from Wednesday will include the data from the Sunday backup. C: You do not need the differential backups from Monday and Tuesday as the full backup from Wednesday will include the data from those backups. D: You do not need the differential backups from Monday and Tuesday as the full backup from Wednesday will include the data from those backups. F: Based on the information in the question the backup runs at 5:30 AM so the Friday backup hasn't run yet.

QUESTION 18 You work as an Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 mail server named CERTKILLER-EX01. CERTKILLER-EX01 has a logical database named CKStore01 and an Exchange database file named CK01.edb. CKStore01 also exists in a storage group named CKStorage1, which resides in the local drive. CERTKILLER-EX01 has one mailbox store on the server with users randomly assigned to a mailbox. CERTKILLER-EX01 suffers a hardware failure. You replace the server with a new Exchange Server 2007 mail server named CERTKILLER-EX02. ActualTests.com CERTKILLER-EX02 has of a mailbox store named CKStore02 and an Exchange database file named CK02. edb. CKStore02 resides in a storage group named CKStorage2, which resides on the local drive. You need to resort the database from CERTKILLER-EX01 to CERTKILLER-EX02. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. You need copy CK01.edb to the server, CERTKILLER-EX02. You should rename CKStorage2 to CKStorage1. You need to delete CK01.edb and renamed to CK02.edb to CK01.edb. You need to delete CK02.edb and renamed CK01.edb to CK02.edb.

Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 97 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam Explanation: Because the server named CERTKILLER-EX01 is down, you need to copy CK01.edb to CERTKILLER-EX02. With this move CERTKILLER-EX02 can access the file. You also need to retain the file named CK01.edb, delete CK02.edb and rename it to CK01.edb. Incorrect Answers: B: There is no need to rename CKStorage2 to CKStorage1. The only thing that is needed is that the file names

are not changed on the mailbox store. C: The file name, CK01.edb should not be deleted. You must rename CK01.edb to CK02.edb.

QUESTION 19 You work as the Exchange Administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You receive notification from law enforcement stating that the companies missing Exchange server was recovered. You check and discover that the server is no longer functioning. However, you are able to read information from the hard disks. Management wants you to determine what was done to the database. You thus decide to read the database header data on the database. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should consider running ISINteg -header. You should consider running Get-MailboxDatabase -name <Databae_Name> - DatabaseHeader. You should consider running ESEUtil /M. You should consider running ISINteg -header and ESEUtil /M.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: ActualTests.com

QUESTION 20 You are employed as the technician at CertKiller.com. You do not have any administrative rights on the CertKiller.com domain. A CertKiller.com user named Rory Allen resigned from the company. You receive a memo stating that the HR department needs access to the messages from Rory Allen's mailbox after you removed his mailbox the previous week. You thus need to recover the mailbox. You notice that the mailbox retention period has not been changed from its default value. You need to determine the most effortless manner to recover the mailbox. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 98 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam What should you do? A. Your best option would be to create a mailbox-enabled account for Dean Allen. B. Your best option would be to create an Active Directory account for Rory Allen that is not linked with a mailbox. Thereafter the disconnected mailbox should be connected to this account. C. Your best option would be to restore the mailbox of Rory Allen from backup. D. Your best option would be to request that the domain administrator of CertKiller.com create an Active Directory account for Rory Allen that is not linked with a mailbox. Thereafter the disconnected mailbox should be connected to this account. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

Exam I QUESTION 1 You are the newly appointed exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com office is located in Athens. It has come to your attention that the last Exchange 2003 Mailbox server in the Exchange Server 2007 environment is missing from the server room. You have a strong suspicion that it might be foul play. Management wants you to recover the missing mailboxes that were on the Exchange 2003 Mailbox server. You thus decide to implement a practical solution in recovering the mailboxes. What should you do? A. Your best choice would be to build an Exchange 2003 server with a similar name. Thereafter the database should be restored to that server. B. Your best choice would be to restore the databases to an Exchange Server 2007 storage ActualTests.com group. Thereafter you should merge them with the management groups. C. Your best choice would be to create new databases on one of your Exchange Server 2007 servers with a similar name as the missing databases. Then you should mark the databases in order for it to be overwritten. Thereafter the databases can be restored to that server. D. Your best choice would be to build a server with a similar name. Then you should reinstall Exchange Server 2007 with Setup /M:RecoverServer Thereafter the databases should be restored to that server. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Explanation: "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 99 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam Part 3: Recover server roles (6 Questions)

QUESTION 2 You work as an Exchange Administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named CERTKILLER-EX05. One day CERTKILLER-EX05 suffers catastrophic hardware failure. You replace CERTKILLER- EX05 with a new Microsoft Windows Server 2003 computer that you name as CERTKILLER- EX05. You need to configure CERTKILLER-EX05 with the Exchange Mailbox server role before you restore the mailbox databases from backup. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should run the Setup /NewProvisionedServer /role:Mailbox command on CERTKILLER- EX05. You should run the Setup /m:RecoverServer command on CERTKILLER-EX05. You should restore the System State information and Microsoft Information Store data from backup. You should run the Setup /m:Install /install /role:Mailbox command on CERTKILLER-EX05.

Answer: B

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 3 You work as an Exchange Administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains four Exchange Server 2007 computers named CERTKILLER-EX01, CERTKILLER-EX02, CERTKILLER-EX03, and CERTKILLER-EX04, as well as a Microsoft Windows Server 2003 ActualTests.com standby server named CERTKILLER-SR21. CERTKILLER-EX01 is configured as a Mailbox server, CERTKILLER-EX02 is configured as a Client Access server, and CERTKILLER-EX03 and CERTKILLER-EX04 are configured as Hub Transport servers. CERTKILLER-EX04 suffers a catastrophic hardware failure and need to be replaced. CertKiller.com wants the computer that will replace CERTKILLER-EX04 to have the same configuration that had CERTKILLER-EX03 before it failed. What should you do? A. You should run the Setup /m:RecoverServer command on CERTKILLER-EX03. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 100 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam B. You should run the Setup /m:Install /role:HT command on CERTKILLER-EX03. C. You should run the rename CERTKILLER-SR21 to CERTKILLER-EX04 and then run the Setup /m:Install / role: HT command on the server. D. You should run the rename CERTKILLER-SR21 to CERTKILLER-EX04 and then run the Setup /m: RecoverServer command on the server. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 4 You work as an Exchange Administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named CERTKILLER-EX04. All features of the Client Access server role are provided by CERTKILLER-EX04. CERTKILLER-EX04 suffers a catastrophic hardware failure and need to be replaced. You install a new Exchange Server 2007 server named CERTKILLER-EX05 on the CertKiller.com network. You then restore the System State data of CERTKILLER-EX04 onto CERTKILLER-EX05 and install the Client Access server role on CERTKILLER-EX05. You now need to restore the services as they were provided by CERTKILLER-EX04. What should you do? (Each correct answer represents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. You should run the Set-CASMailbox cmdlet on CERTKILLER-EX05. You should restore the \bin\ directory from CERTKILLER-EX04 onto CERTKILLER-EX05. You should run the Setup /m:RecoverServer command on CERTKILLER-EX05. You should restore the \ClientAccess\ directory from CERTKILLER-EX04 onto CERTKILLER- EX05.

Answer: CD Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference: ActualTests.com

QUESTION 5 You work as an Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network has a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment that contains two mail servers named CERTKILLER-EX01 and TESTINGEX02. CERTKILLER-EX01 is configured with the Hub Transport server role and CERTKILLER-EX02 is configured with the Edge Transport server role. CERTKILLER-EX01 experiences hardware failure but you can still access the files on the server. You need to recover the Hub Transport server role. What should you do? "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 101 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam A. You should install a new server and named it CERTKILLER-EX01. Then run the Setup /m:RecoverServer command on CERTKILLER-EX01. B. You should install a new server and named it CERTKILLER-EX01. Then run the Setup /m:RecoverCMS command on CERTKILLER-EX01. C. You should install a new server and named it CERTKILLER-EX03. Then copy the log files from CERTKILLER-EX01 over to CERTKILLER-EX03. D. You should run the Setup /m:RecoverServer command on CERTKILLER-EX02. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Explanation: You should use a new server and named it CERTKILLER-EX01 and run Setup /m :RecoverServer . Using this command will recover the server role. Incorrect Answers: B: You should create a new server with the same name and run the Setup /m:RecoverServer. This will recover the server role. C: You should create a new server with the same name and run the Setup /m:RecoverServer. This will recover the server role. D: You should not use the Setup /m:RecoverServer on the computer that is running the Edge Transport server role.

QUESTION 6 You work as the Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com Exchange Server network has just been migrated to Exchange Server 2007. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains a domain controller. The schema master role is located on this domain controller. You discover during routine maintenance that the domain controller has ActualTests.com failed. You need to determine what effect this will have on the normal operation of the Active Directory. What will happen? A. It will result in the Active Directory carry on operating normally; however, the intrasite replication will fail until the schema master role is brought back online.

B. It will result in the Active Directory stopping to function correctly until the schema master role is brought back online. C. It will result in the Active Directory carry on operating normally however, the schema modifications is unable to be processed until the schema master role is brought back online. D. It will result in the Active Directory will carry on operating normally however, down-level Windows NT 4.0 BDCs is unable to interact with the domain they are part of. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 102 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 7 You work as the exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. Your job function encompasses maintaining the Exchange environment. You inform the junior technicians of the importance of the Setup /M:RecoverServer tool in rebuilding the Exchange servers. Which statement is true? A. In order to recover a server using Setup /M:RecoverServer you should build the server with an identical server name as the server you are recovering. B. This utility is used to rebuild the CAS, Edge Transport and Mailbox server roles. You are however unable to use it to recover a Hub Transport server. C. This utility is used to extract server configuration data from the Configuration node of Active Directory. Then you can apply it to your Exchange servers. D. This utility is used to run Setup /M:RecoverServer you will require the installation files of Exchange Server 2007. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Explanation: Part 4: Configure high availability (4 Questions)

QUESTION 8 ActualTests.com You work as the Exchange Administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization with three load balanced Client Access Servers. CertKiller.com users have access to Outlook Anywhere in order for them to have access to the availability data. You have received instruction from the CIO to ensure that the users outside the CertKiller.com network who make use of Outlook Anywhere are also able to access the availability data. What should you do? A. You should use Microsoft Office Outlook client to add the Full Details read permission to the users' calendar properties. B. You should run the Set-CASMailbox cmdlet on every Client Access server. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 103 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam

C. You should run the Set-WebServicesVirtualDirectory cmdlet and set the external URL on every Client Access Server. D. You should make a replica of the Free/Busy public folder on one or more Mailbox servers in the same site as the Client Access servers. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 9 You work as the Exchange Administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization that is configured in two Active Directory sites named CertKillerA and CertKillerB. Each site is a separate subnet with CertKillerA consisting of the 192.168.1.0/24 subnet and CertKillerB consisting of the 192.168.2.0/24 subnet. CertKillerA has two Exchange servers named CERTKILLER-EX11 and CERTKILLER-EX12 while CertKillerB has three Exchange servers named CERTKILLER-EX23, CERTKILLER-EX24 and CERTKILLER-EX25. CERTKILLER-EX11 is configured as a Mailbox and Client Access server; CERTKILLER-EX12 and CERTKILLER-EX24 are configured as Hub Transport servers, CERTKILLER-EX23 is configured as a Clustered Mailbox server and CERTKILLER-EX25 is configured as a Client Access server. One morning CertKiller.com users in CertKillerB complain that they cannot access Microsoft Office Outlook Web Access (OWA). You investigate and discover that CERTKILLER-EX25 has suffered hardware failure. You need to ensure that CertKiller.com users in CertKillerB can access OWA. What should you do? A. You should create a new OWA virtual directory on CERTKILLER-EX11. B. You should move the mailbox configuration from CERTKILLER-EX23 to CERTKILLER-EX11. ActualTests.com C. You should configure CERTKILLER-EX24 with the Client Access server role. D. You should configure CERTKILLER-EX12 with the Client Access server role. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 10 You work as an Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. Company policy states that the Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment must be available at all times. To ensure that the access to the messaging data is not interrupted due to any failure, you must configure a high availability for the environment. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 104 Microsoft 70236: Practice Exam What should you do? A. Configure a single copy cluster.

B. Configure Cluster Continuous Replication (CCR). C. Configure Local Continuous Replication (LCR). D. Configure a normal backup and an incremental backup. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Explanation: A Cluster Continuous Replication uses an active and a passive node. In an event of a failure the one node will automatically take over the other node. Incorrect Answers: A: A single copy cluster is not the answer. It uses a shared storage. This will also lead to a interrupting in the messaging data. C: This move is not advisable. Local Continuous Replication uses only one server that stores a copy of a storage group on a second disk. D: You should not use backups for an interrupted free messaging data. Whenever doing a recover from a backup, it needs manual intervention. It is not automatically done.

QUESTION 11 You are the newly appointed exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. Your job function encompasses managing the Exchange network. You receive an instruction from management to create a cluster continuous replication (CCR) cluster. You create a failover cluster and install the Mailbox server role on the active node. You ActualTests.com name the Mailbox server role TestBox1. You need to determine the appropriate steps in order to complete the CCR cluster installation. What should you do? (Choose all that apply.) A. On the passive node you should consider enabling the Passive Clustered Mailbox Role check box in the Exchange Server 2007 Setup wizard. B. On the passive node you should consider running the Setup /roles:Mailbox command. C. On the passive node you should consider running the Setup /newcms /CMSname:TestBox1 command. D. On the passive node you should consider enabling the Mailbox Role check box in the Exchange Server 2007 Setup wizard. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 105 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam Answer: AB Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 12 You work as an Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to set up user TessKing.com's mailbox. You start by disconnecting it. Using a cmdlet command you now plan to reconnect it to the new AD DS (Active Directory Domain Services) user account. Which command should you use?

A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H.

Restore-Mailbox Enable- Recipient Update-Recipient Connect-Recipient Update-Mailbox Connect-Mailbox Restore- Recipient Enable-Mailbox

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 13 Exhibit: Enable-DatabaseCopy ActualTests.com You work as an Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. You upgrade the environment to SP1 (Service Pack 1). You run the command displayed in the exhibit as a first step in order to enable LCR (local continuous replication) for an existing storage group. What would be the second and last step? A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. L. M. N. O. P. Q. R. Run the Test-ReplicationHealth cmdlet Run the Suspend-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet No further steps are necessary. Run the Test-DatabaseHealth cmdlet Run the Test-ReplicationGroupCopy cmdlet Run the Test-StorageGroupHealth cmdlet "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 106 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam Run the Resume-ReplicationHealth cmdlet Run the Resume-DatabaseCopy cmdlet Run the Resume-ReplicationGroupCopy cmdlet Run the Resume-StorageGroupHealth cmdlet Run the Update-ReplicationHealth cmdlet Run the Update-DatabaseHealth cmdlet Run the Update-ReplicationGroupCopy cmdlet Run the Update-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet Run the Enable-ReplicationHealth cmdlet Run the Enable-DatabaseHealth cmdlet Run the Enable-ReplicationGroupCopy cmdlet Run the Enable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet

Answer: N Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 14 You work as an Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to choose action which boosts the prohibit send quota for all users. Select one. A. B. C. D. E. Run the Set-MailUser cmdlet Run the Set-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet Run the Set-Mailbox cmdlet Run the Set-ManagedContentSettings cmdlet Run the Set-MailboxDatabase cmdlet

Answer: E Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: ActualTests.com Explanation: The "Set-MailboxDatabase" cmdlet hat the "ProhibitSendQuota" parameter which (quote from TechNet) specifies the mailbox size at which users associated with mailboxes in this mailbox database can no longer send messages. This attribute applies to all mailboxes in this mailbox database that do not have their own prohibit send quota attributes set. Incorrect answer: The Set-ManagedContentSettings cmdlet doesn't even have a parameter to accomplish the requested task.

QUESTION 15 "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 107 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam You work as an Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network includes a MailboxServer CertKiller3 which operates in a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to create a public folder named Trainees in the Employees folder on CertKiller3. What should you do? Note: The Employees folder is a top-level public folder. A. B. C. D. E. F. G. Use the command Set-PublicFolder -Identity "Employees\Trainees" -Server CertKiller3 Use the command New-PublicFolder -Name "Trainees" -Path "Employees" -Server CertKiller3 Use Active Directory Users and Computers Use the command New-PublicFolder -Path "Employees\Trainees" -Server CertKiller3 Use the command New-PublicFolder -Identity "Employees\Trainees" -Server CertKiller3 Use the command Set-PublicFolder -Name "Trainees" -Path "Employees" -Server CertKiller3 Use the command Set-PublicFolder -Name "Trainees" -Path "Employees" -Server CertKiller3

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 16 You work as an Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to prevent external senders from sending to a specific distribution list. What action should you take? A. Modify the settings on your Hub Transport server to require authentication for SMTP transport. B. Modify the settings on your Edge Transport server to require authentication for POP transport. ActualTests.com C. No action is required. D. Modify the settings on your Hub Transport server to require authentication for POP transport. E. Modify the settings on your Edge Transport server to require authentication for SMTP transport. F. Modify the message delivery restrictions to require authentication on the distribution list. G. Modify the rejected senders list in Active Directory by using Active Directory Users and Computers. Answer: F Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 17 You work as an Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 108 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam You are personally responsible for one Exchange Server 2007 with SP1 (Service Pack 1). You get complaints from the users that they are unable the public folder Employees. You had earlier created and mail-enabled this folder. What should you do? A. B. C. D. E. Create a new security group and add all users to this group. Run the Update-PublicFolderHierarchy cmdlet. Run the Set-PublicFolder cmdlet. Run the Add-PublicFolderAdministratorPermission cmdlet. Run the Add-PublicFolderClientPermission cmdlet.

Answer: E Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Explanation: The question text is missing the action the users are unable to do and therefore it is difficult to determine the correct answer. But in our opinion "Run the Add-PublicFolderClientPermission cmdlet" is the correct answer, because this cmdlet handles the permissions usually needed by normal user and can be also set within Outlook. Incorrect answer:

There is no such cmdlet as Add-PublicFolderAdministratorPermission. There is a cmdlet named "AddPublicFolderAdministrativePermission" (pls note the difference), but that handles permissions users normally do not handle, like "ModifyPublicFolderQuotas".

QUESTION 18 You work as an Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. You administer a server named ActualTests.com CertKiller5. It is an Exchange Server 2007 mailbox server. You get complaints from users that they are receiving an unsuitable message. The subject line of this message is "CertKiller". You must now delete this message from all mailboxes in a fast an easy way. What should you do? A. First create a new mailbox named CertKillerMailbox that has a folder named Export. Then run the cmdlet. Get-Mailbox -CertKiller5 | Export-Mailbox -TargetMailbox CertKillerMailbox TargetFolder Export -"SubjecCKeywords" "CertKiller" -Deletecontent B. From the Exchange Management Console, create a new transport rule name Exchange delete. Set the condition to "When the Subject contains CertKiller". Set the action to "silently drop the message". "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 109 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam C. On CertKiller5, find the message ID of the original message and then run the cmdlet Export- MessageIdentify <IDnumber> C:\temp D. On CertKiller5, find the message ID of the original message and then run the cmdlet Remove- MessageIdentify <IDnumber> Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 19 You work as an Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. Three months you deployed the first Edge Transport server named CertKiller1. Now you add CertKiller2, which is also an Edge Transport server. Your task is to guarantee an equal distribution of inbound e-mail messages between CertKiller1 and CertKiller2. How can this be achieved? (Select two. Each answer is a separate solution) A. Disable netmask ordering on your public DNS servers. B. Configure a new transport rule on both CertKiller1 and CertKiller2. C. Connect CertKiller1 and CertKiller2 to the same switch. Runt he Edge Transport server cloned configuration scripts. D. Configure a new DNS MX record for CertKiller2 with the same Mail Server Priority value as the existing MX Record. E. Configure CertKiller1 and CertKiller2 in a Network Load Balancing (NLB) cluster. Configure the public DNS MX and A records for the NLB cluster name, and IP address. Answer: CD Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference: ActualTests.com

QUESTION 20 Exhibit:

You work as an Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. You study the exhibit carefully. The exhibit depicts the CertKiller network environment. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 110 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam You get complaints from users. They say that they receive error messages when they attempt to synchronize through Exchange ActiveSync. You discover that all these users have mailboxes on CertKiller1. You are required to all users are able to use Exchange ActiveSync. What action should you take? A. B. C. D. E. F. Enable Basic authentication on CertKiller3. Enable Integrated Windows authentication on CertKiller1. Enable Basic authentication on CertKiller2. Enable Integrated Windows authentication on CertKiller2. Enable Integrated Windows authentication on CertKiller3. Enable Basic authentication on CertKiller1.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 21 You work as an Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. Using message classification you plan to put a restriction on all outbound e-mail messages. You want to prevent specific e-mails from being sent outside the local intranet. You make a message classification and name it MC1, and you also create a mailbox MB1. You need to redirect all outbound e-mail messages with the MC1 classification to MB1. What action should you take? ActualTests.com

A. Run the Set-MessageClassification -Identity 'MC1' -RetainClassificationEnabled:$true cmdlet. B. Create a new transport rule to redirect to the MB1 mailbox all messages that are sent from internal users to only users outside the company and that are marked with the MC1 classification. C. Add read permissions to the Customer Data message classification by running the SetMessageClassifications cmdlet. D. Run the Set-MessageClassification -Identity 'MC1' -UserDisplayEnabled:$true cmdlet. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 22 "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 111 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam You work as an Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. The company domain is CertKiller.com. You install a new server CertKiller1. You configure it as a Client Access server and add it domain. You add a DNS A resource record linking Autodiscover.CertKiller.com to the external IP address of CertKiller1. Users reports problems with the Autodiscover service on CertKiller1. They report that though they are able to access Outlook Web Access on CertKiller1 but they are unable to use the Autodiscover service. How can you resolve this Atodiscover service on CertKiller1? A. B. C. D. E. Install a trusted encrypted certificate on CertKiller1. Install a trusted encrypted certificate on your Mailbox server. Create a DNS CNAME record that points autodiscovery.CertKiller.com to CertKiller1's DNS name. Create a DNS SRV record that point to autodiscovery.CertKiller.com. Create a DNS CNAME record that points autodiscovery.CertKiller.com to your Mailbox server's DNS name.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 23 You work as an Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. CertKiller1 has been set up as a Mailbox server. You are required to set up file-level anti-virus scanners on CertKiller1. Scan exclusions is only required for the Mailbox role. You set up scan exclusions for the Exchange database and Offline Address Book files. ActualTests.com What would be the next step? A. B. C. D. Define scan exclusions for the transaction logs and the database content indexes. Restart the Microsoft Exchange Information Store service. Define scan exclusions for the %Program Files%\Microsoft\Exchange Server\Public Folder. Restart the Microsoft Exchange Transport Log Search service.

Answer: A

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 24 You work as an Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. You set up CertKiller1 as a Hub Transport server "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 112 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam role and enable message tracking. Your boss, Mrs. Tess King, asks you to adjust the message tracking. The subject line of the e-mail messages must not be stored in the tracking log. What action should you take? A. Use the cmdlet Set-TransportServer CertKiller1 MessageTrackingLogSubjectLoggingEnabled:$false B. Use the cmdlet Get-MessageTrackingLog -Subject None C. Use the cmdlet Set-TransportServer CertKiller1 -MessageTrackingLogEnabled: $false D. Use the cmdlet Get-MessageTrackingLog -Subject None Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Explanation: The question states that the message tracking is to be adjusted to not log subject lines and not to turn message tracking off.

QUESTION 25 Server Exhibit:

ActualTests.com You work as an Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. For the network topology and the role of the servers please refer to the exhibit. "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 113 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam Tess King, a CertKiller trainee, tries to send a message to a second user. However, the message is received. How can you check the status of the message? A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. Examine the message tracking log on CertKillerA. Examine the queue on CertKillerC. Run the Exchange Best Practices Analyzer. Examine the message tracking log on CertKillerB. Examine the queue on CertKillerA. Examine the message tracking log on CertKillerE. Examine the message tracking log on CertKillerC. Examine the queue on CertKillerD. Examine the message tracking log on CertKillerD. Examine the queue on CertKillerE. Examine the queue on CertKillerB.

Answer: D Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference: Explanation: Check the message tracking log on the Edge Transport Server.

QUESTION 26 You work as an Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. Your boss has asked you to generate a report for all your Exchange Server 2007 computers. The report must for each server include the following: * Total physical memory ActualTests.com * Version of operating system * Number of / mailbox databases / storage groups / processors Which feature should you use? "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 114 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. Use the Exchange Best Practices Analyser. Run the Health Check scan. Use the Test-ExchangeServer | Format-List cmdlet. Use the Exchange Best Practices Analyser. Run the Report scan. Use the Test-Systemhealth cmdlet. Use the Get-ExchangeServer | Format-List cmdlet. Use the Set-OrganizationConfig cmdlet. Use the Get-Systemhealth cmdlet. Use the Get-OrganizationConfig cmdlet.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 27 You work as an Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. The environment includes CertKiller3, a Mailbox server. Two weeks ago you enabled subject logging and message tracking on CertKiller3. However, you are now required to disable the subject while keeping the message tracking active. You decide to resolve the problem by using the cmdlet Set-MailboxServer. Which parameters should you use? A. CertKiller3 -MessageTrackingLogEnabled 0 B. CertKiller3 -MessageTrackingLogSubjectLoggingEnabled $true C. CertKiller3 -MessageTrackingLogEnabled $false

D. CertKiller3 -MessageTrackingLogSubjectLoggingEnabled $false E. CertKiller3 -MessageTrackingLogSubjectLoggingEnabled 0 F. CertKiller3 -MessageTrackingLogEnabled $true ActualTests.com Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Explanation: The question text states that tracking is already active and the subject line is to be disabled.

QUESTION 28 You work as an Exchange administrator at CertKiller.com. The CertKiller.com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. Your boss has asked you to generate mailbox report for all your Exchange Server 2007 environment. The report must for each server include the following: * number of items per mailbox folder "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 115 Microsoft 70-236: Practice Exam What action should you take? A. Run the cmdlet Get-ExchangeServer | Get-Message | Export-Csv -Path c:\allmbfstats.csv B. Run the cmdlet Get-ExchangeServer | Get-Mailbox | Get-MailboxStatistics | Export-Csv -Path c:\allmbfstats.csv C. Run the cmdlet Get-ExchangeServer | Get-Mailbox | Get-MailboxFolderStatistics | Export-Csv - Path c: \allmbfstats.csv D. Run the cmdlet Get-Mailuser | Get-MailboxFolderstatistics | Export-Csv -Path c:\allmbfstats.csv Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Explanation: Incorrect answer: The cmdlet 'Get-ExchangeServer | Get-Mailbox | Get-MailboxStatistics | Export-Csv -Path c :\ allmbstats.csv' doesn't give you information on the "number of items per mailbox folder" as requested but only the total number of items per mailbox. ActualTests.com "Pass Any Exam. Any Time." - www.actualtests.com 116

Exam J QUESTION 1 You work as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. The Active Directory structure of Certkiller .com consists of a root domain and a single child domain. The root domain is in Certkiller 1 and the child domain in Certkiller 2. You are in the process of installing Exchange Server 2007 in the child domain. In order to accomplish this task you decide to run the Setup / PrepareADcommand in the root domain. In your solution you need to ensure that Exchange can be installed on the child domain as well. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. You should run the Setup /ForestPrep command in the root domain. You should run the Setup /PrepareAllDomains command in the root domain. You should run the Setup /PrepareDomain command in the root domain. You should run the Setup /PrepareDomain command in the child domain.

Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 2 You work as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. The Active Directory forest of Certkiller .com contains a single site named Certkiller A. Certkiller A consists of a root domain and a single child domain. You have receivedinstruction from the CIO to prepare the Active Directory as well as the domains. This task needs to be accomplished before you install the Exchange Server 2007 server. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. You should run the Setup /PrepareAllDomains command. You should run the Setup /ForestPrep command. You should run the Setup /PrepareAD command. You should run the Setup /DomainPrep command.

Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 3 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. Certkiller .com has its headquarters in Stockholm where you are located. Due to company growth Certkiller .com opens a branch office in Athens and hiresanother administrator named Amy Wilson. You have received instruction from the CIO to configure the least amount permissions necessary for Amy Wilson who must be enabled to prepare Active Directory for Exchange Server 2007. What should you do?

A. You must add the user account of the administrator to an Enterprise Admins group.You must add the administrator to an Exchange Full Administrator at the organizational level. B. You must add the user account of the administrator to the Exchange Enterprise Server group.You must add the user account of the administrator to the Domain Admins group. C. You must add the user account of the administrator to an Enterprise Admins group.You must add the user account of the administrator to a Schema Admins group. D. You must add the user account of the administrator to the Domain Admins group.You must add the administrator to an Exchange Full Administrator at the organizational level. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: The user is required to be a domain admin and Exchange Full Administrator. Does not require to be a member of the schema admins group as it does not mention having to extend the schema due to Windows 2008 upgrade etc.

QUESTION 4 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com Exchange Server network has just been migrated to Exchange Server 2007. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. Every mailbox server on the Certkiller .com network is configured with two storage groups as well as two databases for each of the storage groups. You have received instruction from the CIO to ensure that the Certkiller .com Exchange Server network is fault tolerant. You thus decide to implement local continuous replication (LCR). Now you need to configure the Mailbox server with LCR. What should you do? A. First change the ratio to a single database per storage group. Then run the Enable-DatabaseCopy cmdlet. Then run the Enable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. B. First run the Disable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. Then change the databases into a single storage group. Then run the Enable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. C. First change the database ratio to a single database per storage group. Then run the DisableStorageGroupCopy cmdlet. Then run the Enable-DatabaseCopy cmdlet. D. First run the Disable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet.Then change the databases ratio into a single storage group. Then run the Enable-DatabaseCopy cmdlet. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 5 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. You are in the process of installing a new Exchange Server 2007 Organization.The native Exchange Server 2007 environment of Certkiller .com has the following server roles installed: One Edge Transport server named Certkiller -EX01, One Hub Transport server named Certkiller -EX02. You have received instruction from the CIO to configure the e-mail routing. In your solution you need to ensure that Certkiller -EX01 is configured is such a way so as to route e-mail between the Exchange organization and the Internet; and that Certkiller -EX02 is configured in such a way so as to route Internet e-mail to Certkiller -EX01. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. On Certkiller -EX02, first open the Exchange Management Console. Then import the Edge Subscription file.

B. On Certkiller -EX01, first create a new Send connector named CKEdge - Internet. Then add the *domain as an address space and specify to use DNS to route e-mail automatically.Then add Certkiller -EX01 as a source server. C. On Certkiller -EX02, first create a new Send connector named CKHub. Then add the *domain as an address space and specify to use DNS to route e-mail automatically. Then add Certkiller -EX02 as a source server. D. On Certkiller -EX01, first open the Exchange Management Shell.Then export a new Edge Subscription file. Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 6 You work as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. You are currently preparing your Exchange 2007 organization in order to install the Mailbox server role on a newly purchased Exchange Server 2007 server named Certkiller EX10. You have received instruction from the CIO to ensure that the Certkiller -EX10 read and write performance is optimal. In addition you also need to implement redundancy on Certkiller -EX10. You thus have to choose the appropriate type of array on which the mailbox database should be placed. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Make use of Make use of Make use of Make use of a dedicated RAID 10 array. a dedicated RAID 0 array. a dedicated RAID 1 array. a RAID 1 array that contains the operating system partition.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 7 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. You are in the process of converting your Exchange 2000 Server environment to Exchange Server 2007. The Certkiller .com network contains a Windows 2000 native mode Active Directory domain as well as an Exchange 2000 organization. The Exchange 2000 organization is configured to run in mixed mode. You have been informed by the CIO that the schema master, the domain naming master as well as the PDC emulator all run on a Microsoft Windows 2000 Server domain controller. You receive instructions to prepare the environment for Exchange 2007. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. You should change the mixed mode Exchange 2000 organization to native mode. B. You should move the PDC emulator role to a Windows Server 2003 domain controller that has Service Pack 1 installed. C. You should move the schema master role to a Windows Server 2003 domain controller that has Service Pack 1. D. You should move the domain naming master role to a Windows Server 2003 domain controller that has Service Pack 1.

Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 8 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. You decide to install a two-node Single Copy Cluster (SCC) Mailbox server on the Exchange Server 2007 organization of Certkiller .com. You then name the network adapters CKPublic and CKPrivate. You have received instruction from the CIO to configure the TCP/IP binding order for the cluster servers. What should you do? A. You should move the Public connection to the top of the Adapters and Bindings tab. B. You should move the Private connection to the top of the Adapters and Bindings tab. C. You should open the properties of the cluster and move the CKPrivate network to the top of the Network Priority tab. D. You should open the properties of the cluster and move the CKPublic network to the top of the Network Priority tab. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: The Public connection must be first in order in the binding tab.

QUESTION 9 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. Certkiller .com has its headquarters in Chicago and a branch office in Dallas. You have been assigned to the Dallas site office. Your instructions are to install Exchange Server 2007 on the new server. To ensure that no problems occur that might hinder the users of the Dallas site to perform their duties you decide to install the required components on the new server before you install Exchange Server 2007. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose THREE.) A. B. C. D. E. F. Install Install Install Install Install Install Windows PowerShell 1.0. Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP). Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP). Microsoft Management Console (MMC) 3.0. Microsoft .NET Framework 1.1. Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0

Answer: ADF Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 10 You work as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The

Certkiller .com network contains a stand-alone server named Certkiller -EX01. You have received instruction from the CIO to install the appropriate Exchange Server 2007 server role on Certkiller -EX01. What should you do? A. B. C. D. The Hub Transport server role should be installed on Certkiller -EX01. The Mailbox server role should be installed on Certkiller -EX01. The Client Access server role should be installed on Certkiller -EX01. The Edge Transport server role should be installed on Certkiller -EX01.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 11 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Certkiller .com network. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Mailbox server named Certkiller -EX01. Management wants you to devise a plan to install a Hub Transport server role on Certkiller -EX01. Management does not want any of the users to be inconvenienced by the installation. You then proceed as follows: Check that Exchange Server 2007 is installed on Certkiller -EX01 at C:\Program Files\Microsoft\Exchange Server. Check that a copy of the Exchange Server installation files is located in the root directory of drive C. Create a new file named CKinstall.bat in the drive C root directory. Now you need to schedule the installation of the Hub Transport server role on Certkiller -EX01 so that it does not interfere with the users' accessibility to Certkiller EX01. What should you do? A. Schedule the installation of the KTinstall.bat file for after business hours by typing "C:\Program Files \Microsoft\Exchange Server\Setup" /mode RecoverServer / roles Hub Transport Create a scheduled Task to run the executable. B. Schedule the installation of the KTinstall.bat file for after business hours by typing "C:\InstallFiles\Setup" / mode RecoverServer /roles Hub Transport Create a scheduled Task to run the executable. C. Schedule the installation of the KTinstall.bat file for after business hours by typing "C:\InstallFiles\Setup" / mode Install / roles Hub Transport Create a scheduled Task to run the executable. D. Schedule the installation of the CKinstall.bat file for after business hours by typing "C:\Program Files \Microsoft\Exchange Server\Setup" /mode Install /roles Hub Transport Create a scheduled Task to run the executable. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 12 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named Certkiller -EX01. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. You have been informed that the server running Exchange Server 2007 has failed. You need to get the server operational and thus proceeded as follows: * You rebuild the server. You recover the information in the mailbox database as well as the log directories. After the rebuild and recovery the Certkiller .com users complained that Certkiller -EX01 is unacceptably slow and does not return the expected results either. You need to address the situation by rebuilding the full - text index catalog for all databases on

the Mailbox server role. What should you do? A. First delete the full-text index catalog directory. Then run the Mount-Database cmdlet. Then start the Microsoft Exchange Search Service. B. First run the Dismount-Database cmdlet. Then delete the full-text index catalog directory. Then start the Microsoft Exchange Search Service. C. First stop the Microsoft Exchange Search Service. Then delete the full-text index catalog directory. Then start the Microsoft Exchange Search Service. D. First stop the Microsoft Exchange Search Service. Then run the Set-MailboxDatabase -IndexEnabled:$true cmdlet. Then start the Microsoft Exchange Search Service. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 13 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller . com. Management request that you configure Outlook Web Access on the Exchange Server 2007 servers on the Certkiller .com network. However the following requirements should be met: Users must be able to open Microsoft Office documents on the public workstations. Users must NOT be able to save the opened Microsoft Office documents on the public workstations. You need to configure Outlook Web Access to fulfill these requirements. What should you do? A. You should ensure that the office file formats are added to the direct file access Block List. B. You should ensure that direct file access is enabled for the public workstations. C. You ensure that Force WebReady Document Viewing is enabled as soon as a converter is available for public workstations. D. You should ensure that Office file formats are added to the supported document types for WebReady Document Viewing. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 14 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. You are currently setting up Exchange Server 2007 on the Certkiller . com network. To this end you installed an Edge Transport server named Certkiller -EX01 and a Hub Transport server named Certkiller -EX02. You need to configure the e-mail routing. However the following requirements should be met: Certkiller -EX01 should be configured to route e-mail between the Exchange organization and the Internet. Certkiller -EX02 should be configured to route Internet e-mail to Certkiller -EX01 What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. You should open the Exchange Management Console on Certkiller -EX02 and import the Edge Subscription file.

B. You should create a new Send Connector named CKEdgeInternet on Certkiller -EX01. Then you can add the *domain as an address space and indicate to make use of DNS to route e-mail automatically. Then Certkiller -EX01 can be added as a source server. C. You should create a new Send Connector named CKHubEdge on Certkiller -EX02. Then you can add the *domain as an address space and indicate to make use of DNS to route e-mail automatically. Then Certkiller -EX02 can be added as a source server. D. You have to open the Exchange Management Shell on Certkiller -EX01. Then you will be able to export a new Edge Subscription file. Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 15 You work as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named Certkiller -EX01 and a hot standby server named Certkiller -EX02. During routine maintenance you discover that that Certkiller -EX01 has failed. You need to address the situation and proceed as follows: You take the Certkiller -EX01 .edb database offline on Certkiller -EX01. You create a new storage group named CKStore and a database named Certkiller -EX02 edb on Certkiller -EX02. You copy Certkiller EX01 .edb database from Certkiller -EX01 to Certkiller -EX02. You rename the copied database from Certkiller -EX01 .edb to Certkiller -EX02.edb on Certkiller -EX02. However you are unable to mount the database on the new server after executing the actions. You need to make sure that the copied database mounts on the new server. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should rename the database on Certkiller -EX02 to Certkiller -EX01.edb. You should set the This database can be overwritten by restore attribute on the database properties. You should run the Move-Mailbox -ConfigurationOnly - TargetDatabase Certkiller -EX01.edb cmdlet. You should rename Certkiller -EX02 to Certkiller -EX01.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 16 You employed as the exchange Administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. The Certkiller .com network consists of four Active Directory sites. The four sites are named Certkiller A, Certkiller B, Certkiller C and Certkiller D respectively. There is a Hub Transport server role and a Mailbox server role installed on each of these Active Directory sites. The Active Directory sites on the Certkiller .com network are configured as shown in the exhibit below.

Certkiller .com management decided that all messages between the Certkiller A and Certkiller D sites should be routed through the Exchange server that is installed in the Certkiller C site. You need to ensure that the messages between the Certkiller A and Certkiller D sites are routed through Certkiller -EX03 in the Certkiller C site. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should run the Set- AdSiteLink -Identity A-C - ExchangeCost 25 cmdlet. You should run the Set- AdSiteLink -Identity A-C - ExchangeCost 5 cmdlet. You should run the Set- AdSite - Identity Certkiller C - HubsiteEnabled $true cmdlet. You should run the Set- AdSite - Identity Certkiller C - HubsiteEnabled $false cmdlet.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 17 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Exchange Server 2007 Organization of Certkiller .com contains a Client Access Server as well as a Hub Transport server. The server hosting the Client Access Server role is named Certkiller -EX01 and the server hosting the Hub Transport Server role is named Certkiller -EX02. You discover that Certkiller -EX01 has failed. You need to add the Client Access Server role to the existing Certkiller -EX02. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. You should run the exsetup /mode:Install /roles:ClientAccess,HubTransport command. You should run the exsetup /mode:Install /roles:ClientAccess command. You should use the Add or Remove Programs applet in the Control Panel. You should configure the server as a front-end server using the Exchange System Manager.

Answer: BD Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 18 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. You need to create a cluster continuous replication (CCR) cluster on the Certkiller .com network. You thus proceed as follows: create a failover cluster install the Mailbox server role named CKMailbox02 on the active node. Now you need to complete the CCR cluster installation. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. Install the Mailbox server role on CKMailbox2 on the passive node by running the Setup /roles:Mailbox command. B. Install the Mailbox server role on CKMailbox2 on the passive node by running the Setup /newcms / CMSname:CKMailbox02 command. C. Install the Mailbox server role on CKMailbox2 on the passive node by enabling the Passive Clustered Mailbox Role check box in the Exchange Server 2007 Setup wizard. D. Install the Mailbox server role on CKMailbox2 on the passive node by enabling the Mailbox Role check box in the Exchange Server 2007 Setup wizard. Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 19 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. You need to install an Exchange Server 2007 Edge Transport server role as well as a Hub Transport server role on the Certkiller .com network. A server named Certkiller -EX02 is located in an Active Directory site named Certkiller A. At present the Hub Transport server role is installed on Certkiller -EX02. The Edge Transport server role is installed on Certkiller -EX01. Now the Certkiller .com Active Directory information must be synchronized to the server that will be hosting the Edge Transport server role. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. On Certkiller -EX01 you should run the ADAMSync command. B. On Certkiller -EX02 you should run the New-EdgeSubscription -Filename "C:\EdgeServerSubscription. xml"?site " Certkiller A" cmdlet. C. On Certkiller -EX01 you should run the New-EdgeSubscription -Filename "C:\EdgeServerSubscription.xml" cmdlet. D. On Certkiller -EX01 you should run the ImportEdgeConfig - CloneConfigData "C:\CloneConfigData.xml" command. Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 20 You are employed as an Exchange Administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an

Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Certkiller .com Exchange network. Certkiller .com has its headquarters in Paris and a branch office in Berlin. Due to company growth Certkiller . com decides to open another branch office in Madrid. You have received instruction from the CIO to add an Exchange Server 2007 server role on a stand-alone server named Certkiller -EX09. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should install You should install You should install You should install the Hub Transport server role on Certkiller -EX09. the Client Access server role on Certkiller -EX09. the Mailbox server role on Certkiller -EX09. the Edge Transport server role on Certkiller -EX09.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 21 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller . com. The Exchange Server 2007 organization of Certkiller .com contains a Mailbox server and a Client Access server. The Mailbox server is named Certkiller -EX01 and the Client Access server is named Certkiller -EX02. The default offline address book (OAB) is available for use via Web-based distribution. It has been brought to you attention that Certkiller -EX02 does not have an updated OAB. You need to ensure that Certkiller -EX02 is able to retrieve the updated OAB from Certkiller -EX01. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should enable the Microsoft Exchange File Distribution service on Certkiller -EX02. You should enable the Microsoft Exchange Replication service on the Certkiller -EX01. You should enable the Microsoft Exchange Service Host service on the Certkiller -EX01. You should enable Microsoft Exchange Service Host service on the Certkiller -EX02.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 22 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller . com. The Edge Transport Server role is installed on a server named Certkiller -EX01 and the Hub Transport Server role is installed on a server named Certkiller -EX02. It has been brought to your attention that Certkiller -EX01 failed. Consequently you need to make alternative arrangements regarding the Edge Transport server role and thusdecide to install a new Microsoft Windows Server 2003 server as well as reinstalling the Edge Transport Server role on Certkiller -EX01. You discover that the address rewrites configured before on Certkiller -EX01 is not functioning. It is imperative that you recover the address rewrite capabilities. What should you do? A. You should import the Edge Subscription file on the Certkiller -EX02. B. You should run the Setup /m:RecoverServer command on the new server. C. You should copy the Edge Subscription file to the Certkiller -EX02.

D. You should run the ImportEdgeConfig.ps 1 script on the new server. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 23 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller . com. The Exchange Server 2007 organization is configured with cluster continuous replication (CCR). The clustered mailbox server is named Certkiller -EX02. You have received instruction from the CIO to implement a failover operation. In your solution you need to ensure that there are offline times are kept to a minimum as well as ensure that no information is lost during the failover operation. What should you do? A. You should consider running the Set- MailboxDatabase -Identity "Mailbox Database" RetainDeletedItemsUntilBackup $true cmdlet. B. You should consider running the Set- MailboxServer Certkiller -EX02 AutoDatabaseMountDial: BestAvailability cmdlet C. You should consider running the Set- MailboxServer Certkiller -EX02 AutoDatabaseMountDial:Lossless cmdlet. D. You should consider running the Set- MailboxServer Certkiller -EX02 ForceDatabaseMountAfter:Unlimited cmdlet. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 24 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller . com. A server named Certkiller -EX04 has Exchange Server 2007 installed. You have received instruction from the CIO to create a backup of the Edge Transport role that is currently on Certkiller -EX04. What should you do? A. You should run the ExportEdgeConfig.ps1 script with the -CloneConfigAnswer parameter. B. You should select the Microsoft Exchange server option in the Microsoft Windows Backup utility. C. You should select the file system location \TransportRoles\data\* option in the Microsoft Windows Backup Utility. D. You should run the ExportEdgeConfig.ps1 script with the -CloneConfigData parameter. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 25

You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller . com. A server named Certkiller -EX02 has Exchange server 2007 installed. The Certkiller .com security policy is one that adheres to the principle of least privilege. Consequently no user is to be granted more permissions that is required to perform his or her tasks. You need to accommodate the newly appointed Certkiller .com user named Kara Lang who was hired to configure the mailbox databases on Certkiller .EX02. What should you do? A. The Kara Lang user account must be added to the Exchange Recipient Administrators role. B. The Kara Lang user account must be added to the Exchange Organization Administrators role. C. The Kara Lang user account must be delegated Exchange Administrators privileges at an organizational level. D. The Kara Lang user account must be added to the Exchange Server Administrators role. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 26 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller . com. At present the Certkiller .com network contains several Exchange servers. These servers: have the Mailbox server role installed are configured to backup the existing Windows event logs are configured to backup mailbox databases The Hub Transport server role is added to the Exchange servers and consequently you need to reconfigure the backups for the servers because you need to backup the Hub Transport Server role. In your solution you need to comply with the Certkiller .com written security policy that states:sufficient data must be retained to accommodate the execution of a root cause analysis on lost or corrupted e-mail messages as much information as possible must be recovered in the event of a failure What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should add \TransportRoles\data\Queue\ directory to the backups. You should add \TransportRoles\Logs\ directory to the backups. You should add the IIS metabase to the backups. You should add the Microsoft Information Store to the backups.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 27 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Exchange 2007 Organization of Certkiller .com network contains a server named Certkiller -EX01 that holds the Mailbox server role and a server named Certkiller -EX02 that holds the Hub Transport server role. All the Certkiller .com Exchange servers are located on subnet3. All Certkiller .com users have been assigned mailboxes on Certkiller -EX01. Two users named Andy Reid and Rory Allen must communicate regularly via their mailboxes since Andy Reid is located on subnet1 and Rory Allen on subnet2. Andy Reid informs you that he sent an e-mail message to Rory Allen which was never delivered. You need to troubleshoot the situation. Thus you check and discover that the message left the Andy Reid Outbox and was listed in the Sent Items folder. You need to identify the

reason for the error. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should run the Test-MAPIConnectivity -Server Certkiller -EX01 cmdlet on Certkiller -EX01. You should run the Test-MAPIConnectivity -Server Certkiller -EX01 cmdlet on a workstation on subnet1. You should run the Test-ServiceHealth cmdlet on Certkiller -EX01. You should run the Test-ServiceHealth cmdlet on Certkiller -EX02.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 28 You work as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization that has four Exchange servers. Two of the Exchange servers host the Mailbox server role, and the other two Exchange servers host the Hub Transport server role. A user in the marketing department sent an e-mail message to a customer outside the Certkiller .com network. The e-mail address of the customer is roryallen@willowbridge.com. The e-mail message contains the latest product line. However the e-mail never reached the intended recipient. You need to determine whether the e-mail did indeed leave the Certkiller .com Exchange organization. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should run the Get-Queue - Filter {status - eq "retry" cmdlet. You should run the Get- Recipient - Filter { PrimarySmtpAddress - eq roryallen@willowbridge.com} cmdlet. You should run the Get-Queue -Filter { NextHopDomain - eq "willowbridge.com"} cmdlet. You should run the Get-Message -Filter {Subject - eq "Latest Production Line"} cmdlet.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 29 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. Certkiller .com recently acquired a new company named TestLabs, Inc. The Certkiller .com management wants all e-mail that is currently sent to TestLabs, Inc. to be accepted by the Certkiller .com e-mail servers in future. The e-mail servers of TestLabs Inc will thus be decommissioned and you will have to make the necessary arrangements regarding the TestLabs, Inc e-mail. You need to ensure that the Exchange Server 2007 organization of Certkiller .com is configured to accept e-mail messages sent to testlabs.com. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should consider adding testlabs.com to the accepted domains as an internal relay domain. You should consider adding testlabs.com to the accepted domains as an external relay domain. You should consider adding a new e-mail address generation policy for testlabs.com. You should consider adding testlabs.com to the accepted domains as an authoritative domain.

Answer: D Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 30 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The entire Exchange Server 2007 network of Certkiller .com is configured with default settings. The Security Manager has been assigned the CKManager@ Certkiller .com e-mail address. In lieu of a security breach the Security manager wants a copy of all e-mail messages that are sent and received by tempuser@ Certkiller . com. You need to make the necessary configuration changes to ensure that all e-mail messages that are sent and received by tempuser@ Certkiller .com is sent to CKManager@ Certkiller .com. What should you do? A. You should consider running the Set-JournalRule -Name:?tempuser' -JournalEmailAddress:?tempuser@ Certkiller .com' -Scope:?Global' -Enabled:$true -Recipient:?CKManager@ Certkiller .com' cmdlet. B. You should consider running the New-JournalRule -Name:?tempuser' -JournalEmailAddress:?tempuser@ Certkiller .com' -Scope:?Global' -Enabled:$true -Recipient:?CKManager@ Certkiller .com' cmdlet. C. You should consider running the New-JournalRule -Name:?tempuser' -JournalEmailAddress:?tempuser@ Certkiller .com' -Scope:?Internal' -Enabled:$true -Recipient:?CKManager@ Certkiller .com' cmdlet. D. You should consider configuring e-mail forwarding on the tempusers account.Thereafter you will be allowed to change the setting to forward e-mail to CKManager@ Certkiller .com. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 31 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. Certkiller .com merged with a company named TestLabs Inc. Both companies have a mixed e-mail system that contains Exchange Server 2003 servers, Exchange Server 2007 servers, Outlook 2003 clients as well as Outlook 2007 clients. At present the Certkiller.com Exchange network has one remote SMTP domain for * that is configured with the Allow none option. You need to configure the delivery of out-of-office (OOF) messages to the testlabs.com domain. In your solution you need to make sure that no users outside of the merged companies can receive OOF messages. What should you do? A. You should consider adding a new remote domain for *.testlabs.com. Then select the Allow Internal out-ofoffice and out-of-office set by Outlook 2003 for earlier clients and set on Exchange 2003 or earlier servers' option. B. You should consider adding a new remote domain for *.testlabs.com. Then you should enable the Allow external out-of -office only option. C. You should consider enabling the Allow external out-of-office only option on the remote domain D. You should consider selecting the Allow external out-of-office and out-of-office set by Outlook 2003 or earlier clients.Then you can enable the Exchange 2003 or earlier servers option. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 32 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. At present the Certkiller .com users make use of Microsoft Outlook Web Access and Outlook Anywhere on the Certkiller .com Exchange 2007 network. You create a new mailbox at 10:00. At 12:00 you received complaints from some Certkiller .com users that they are unable to see the new mailbox in the Global Address List (GAL). You investigate the issue and find that it is the users that are running Outlook Anywhere that are unable to see the new mailbox whereas the users running Outlook Web Access are able to see the new mailbox and use it. You need to ensure that clients running Outlook Anywhere is able to see the new mailbox in GAL within four hours after it was created. You thus decide to configure the Exchange Server 2007 server to accomplish the task. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should enable the Public Folder distribution for the offline address book. You should customize an update schedule for the offline address book. You should enable the Web-based distribution for the offline address book. You should enable the Public Folder distribution in order to support the Outlook 2003 Service Pack 2 or later clients on the offline address book.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 33 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The default settings on the Certkiller .com network are of such a nature that all Certkiller .com users can receive email directly from the Internet. Further configurations also ensure that there is a distribution group that can receive e-mail messages from other Certkiller .com users. This distribution group is named CKResponse. The Certkiller .com users can make use of Microsoft Office Outlook to send e-mail messages to users in the CKResponse distribution group. When checking the network, you notice that all messages sent to the distribution group from the Internet are rejected. You need to ensure that e-mail messages from internal as well as Internet clients are sent to the SMTP address of CKResponse. What should you do? A. Make the group visible from the Outlook global address list by modifying the properties of CKResponse. B. Make the Hub Transport servers allow permit anonymous clients by modifying the SMTP Receive connectors. C. Ensure that the Everyone group has the Send As permission property by modifying the properties of the CKResponse distribution group. D. Ensure that the CKResponse distribution group does not require all senders to be authenticated by modifying the properties of the CKResponse distribution group. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 34 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named Certkiller -EX05. You need to configure Certkiller -EX05 to ensure that the particular distribution group to permit out-of-office responses from the mailboxes of members of the distribution group. What should you do? A. You should recreate the distribution group as a security group. B. You should enable the out-of-office responses checkbox on the default remote domain policy. C. You should enable the delivery reports to be sent to message senders checkbox on the properties of the distribution group. D. You should enable the out-of-office responses to be sent to message senders checkbox on the distribution group properties. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 35 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named Certkiller -EX01. A Certkiller .com user named Andy Reid complains one morning that he is unable to access his mailbox. You need to address the situation. You thus check his e-mail account and notice that his e-mail account is configured to use POP3 and that it had been purged from Certkiller -EX01 by accident. You thus restore a backup copy of the database that holds the mailbox recovery storage group on Certkiller -EX01. However Andy Reid reports that he still unable to access his mailbox. You need to make sure that Andy Reid is able to access his mailbox. What should you do? A. Prior to reconnecting the mailbox B. Prior to reconnecting the mailbox order to connect to the mailbox. C. Prior to reconnecting the mailbox the mailbox. D. Prior to reconnecting the mailbox Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: you should move the mailbox to a standard storage group. you should instruct the client to make use of Outlook Web Access in you should instruct the client to make use of IMAP in order to connect to you should enable POP3 access on the mailbox.

QUESTION 36 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. You have received instruction from the CIO to ensure that the owners of every distribution group within the organization are able to modify the membership of that particular group. However, you need to ensure that the

owner is not allowed to make any other changes by making the appropriate configuration changes to each distribution group. What should you do? A. You should assign the Exchange Recipient Administrator role to the user accounts of the distribution group owners'. B. You should assign the Write permission to the owners user account. C. You should assign the Send As permission to the owners user account. D. You should add the owner on the Managed By tab of every distribution group. Then select the Manager can update membership list check box. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 37 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. You were compelled to restore the directory objects and settings from a backup that was taken on Monday, October 13 after the Certkiller .com Active Directory environment became corrupted on the Friday, October 18. However, after the restoration a number of users reported that they are unable to access their mailboxes and they were assigned mailboxes between the Monday, October 13 and the corruption of the Active Directory environment on Friday October 18. These users all require access to their mailboxes and you thus need to address the issue. What should you do? A. B. C. D. The most recent System State backup should be restored. You should run the Enable-Mailbox cmdlet on the Exchange server. You should run the Connect-Mailbox cmdlet from the Exchange server. The most recent mailbox database backup should be restored.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 38 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Exchange Server 2007 Organization of Certkiller .com network contains a conference room mailbox named CKMailbox. You need to move CKMailbox from an Exchange Server 2003 server to an Exchange Server 2007 server. In your solution you must ensure that CKMailbox can be scheduled as a resource when you convert it to an Exchange 2007 resource mailbox. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. You should run the Set- MAilboxCalendarSettings -Identity " CKMailbox "AutomateProcessing Auto Update cmdlet. B. You should run the Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " CKMailbox "AutomateProcessing AutoAccept cmdlet.

C. You should run the Set-Mailbox -Identity "CKMailbox "-Type Room cmdlet. D. You should run the Set-Mailbox-Identity " CKMailbox "-Type Regular cmdlet. Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 39 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Exchange Server 2007 organization of Certkiller .com contains a resource mailbox. The resource mailbox is named CKResource. Currently all users on the Certkiller .com network are capable of scheduling meetings for CKResource. Due to Staff shuffling only Dean Austin and Kara Lang must be able to schedule meetings for CKResource in future. You need to configure the appropriate settings for CKResource that will allow only Dean Austin and Kara Lang to schedule meetings. What should you do? A. You should run the Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity"CKResource"-ResourceDelegates DeanAustin , KaraLang cmdlet. B. You should run the Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity"CKResource"-RequestOutof Policy DeanAustin , KaraLang - AllBookInPolicy cmdlet. C. You should run the Set-MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " CKResource "-BookInPolicy DeanAustin , KaraLang - AllBookInPolicy $false cmdlet. D. You should run the Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity" CKResource"-RequestInPolicy DeanAustin , KaraLang cmdlet. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 40 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 clustered mailbox server named Certkiller -EX01. Certkiller -EX01 is installed on a single Copy Cluster (SCC). Management requests that you add an additional storage group and database to the clustered mailbox server. What should you do? (To answer, select the correct answer from the column on the left and place it in the column on the right.)

Answer:

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 41 You work as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization named Certkiller -EX01. Your main job function includes managing the Certkiller . com network. A new Certkiller .com policy states that all attached files should be removed from meeting requests. You thus need to configure the conference room resource mailboxes in Certkiller -EX01 to remove attached files from meeting requests so as to comply with the policy. What should you do? A. You should consider running the Get-Mailbox - RecipientTypeDetails RoomMailbox | SetMailboxCalendarSettings -DeleteAttachments: $true cmdlet. B. You should consider running the Get-Mailbox - RecipientTypeDetails RoomMailbox | SetMailboxCalendarSettings -DeleteNonCalendarItems: $true cmdlet.

C. You should consider running the Get-Mailbox - RecipientTypeDetails RoomMailbox ; SetMailboxCalendarSettings - DeleteAttachments : $true cmdlet. D. You should consider running the Get-Mailbox - RecipientTypeDetails RoomMailbox ; SetMailboxCalendarSettings - DeleteNonCalendarItems : $true cmdlet. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 42 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com.The Certkiller .com network contains a mail-enabled public folder named CKMonitor. CKMonitor is configured to receive automated alerts from the Certkiller .com monitoring system. Certain users at Certkiller .com send email messages to CKMonitor by selecting it from the global access list (GAL) which is located in Microsoft Office Outlook. Due to a breach in security you have received instruction from the CIO to stop the users from selecting the CKMonitor from the global access list while ensuring that your solution does not affect the monitoring alerts that should be received by CKMonitor. What should you do? A. You should consider removing the Folder visible feature for the Default name using the Outlook client on CKMonitor. B. You should consider running the Set-MailPublicFolder cmdlet with the DisplayName parameter set to $false. C. You should consider running the Set-MailPublicFolder cmdlet with the HiddenFromAddressListsEnabled parameter set to $true. D. You should consider running the Set-AddressList"Public Folders" -RecipientFilter "DisplayName -is 'CKMonitor'" cmdlet. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 43 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com marketing department required a public folder. You have received instruction to configure a public folder for the marketing department. You want the public folder to replicate on Fridays and Saturdays as well as ensuring that posts to the public folder will be denied after the folders size reaches 300 MB. You thus have to determine the appropriate cmdlet to accomplish the task. What should you do? A. You should run the Set- PublicFolder - PostStorageQuota 300MB UseDatabaseRetentionDefaults : $true cmdlet. B. You should run the Set- PublicFolder - MaxItemSize 300MB - RelicationSchedule "Friday.06:00 AMSunday.05:59 PM" cmdlet. C. You should run the Set- PublicFolder - StorageQuota 300MB - ReplicationSchedule "Friday.06:00 AMSaturday.05:59 PM" cmdlet.

D. You should run the Set- PublicFolder - PostStorageQuota 300MB - ReplicationSchedule "Friday.06:00 AMSaturday.05:59 PM" cmdlet. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 44 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a conference room mailbox named CKMail which is currently run on an Exchange Server 2003 server. You need to move CKMail from the Exchange Server 2003 server to an Exchange Server 2007 server. Consequently you need to convert CKMail to an Exchange 2007 resource mailbox. You also have to make sure that the mailbox can be listed as a resource. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. You should run the Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " CKMail "AutomateProcessing Auto Update cmdlet. B. You should run the Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " CKMail "AutomateProcessing AutoAccept cmdlet. C. You should run the Set-Mailbox-Identity " CKMail "-Type Regular cmdlet. D. You should run the Set-Mailbox -Identity " CKMail "-Type Room cmdlet. Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 45 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. Certkiller .com has headquarters in London and a branch office in Paris. The sales representatives of Certkiller .com are situated in the London and Paris offices. The Exchange Server 2007 server in the Paris office is named Certkiller -EX07. Due to rapid company growth Certkiller .com opened another branch office in Madrid. The Madrid office is then equipped with an Exchange Server 2007 server named Certkiller -EX10. Certkiller .com employs an additional group of sales representatives for the Madrid office. The sales manager in the Madrid office requests a local replica of the Sales public folder. This public folder is positioned in the root of the public folder tree. You need to ensure that a replica of the folder is added to the Exchange server in the Madrid office. What should you do? A. You should run the Set- PublicFolder " Certkiller -EX07\Sales" -replicas " Certkiller -EX10 \Public Folder Database" cmdlet. B. You should run the Set- PublicFolder "\Sales" -replicas " Certkiller -EX07\Public Folder Database"," Certkiller -EX10 \Public Folder Database" cmdlet. C. You should run the Set- PublicFolder "\Sales" -replicas " Certkiller -EX10 \Public Folder Database" cmdlet. D. You should run the Set- PublicFolder " Certkiller -EX07\Sales" -replicas " Certkiller -EX10 \Public Folder Database" cmdlet. Answer: B

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 46 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. There are two Exchange servers on the Exchange Server 2007 organization. The servers are named Certkiller -EX01 and Certkiller -EX02 respectively. You need to move the mailboxes located on Certkiller -EX01 to Certkiller -EX02. Management wants this to happen Friday at 10 PM so that none of the Certkiller .com users are inconvenienced. However, you will not be at the office at that particular time since it will be after business hours. What should you do? A. You should run the Get-Mailbox -server Certkiller -EX01 | Move-mailbox - TargetDatabase " Certkiller EX02\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database" cmdlet from the Exchange Management Shell on Friday at 10PM using the Microsoft Windows scheduler. B. You should run the Get-Mailbox | Move-mailbox - TargetDatabase " Certkiller -EX02\First Storage Group \Mailbox Database" cmdlet from the Exchange Management Shell on Friday at 10PM using Microsoft Windows scheduler. C. You should run the Get-Mailbox -server Certkiller -EX01 | Move-mailbox - TargetDatabase " Certkiller EX02\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database" cmdlet with the StartDate parameter set for Friday at 10PM. D. You should run the Get-Mailbox | Move-mailbox - TargetDatabase " Certkiller -EX02\First Storage Group \Mailbox Database" cmdlet with the StartDate parameter set for Friday at 10PM. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 47 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Exchange Server 2007 organization contains two servers. The servers are named Certkiller -EX01 and Certkiller -EX02 respectively. You discover that Certkiller -EX01 failed and need to address the situation. However it seems that Certkiller -EX01 cannot be restored to service. You thus need to move the mailboxes from Certkiller -EX01 to Certkiller -EX02. What should you do? A. You should run the Get-Mailbox-Server Certkiller -EX01 | Move-Mailbox - ConfigurationOnly TargetDatabase " Certkiller -EX02\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database" cmdlet. B. You should run the Get-Mailbox-Server Certkiller -EX01 | Move-Mailbox - IgnorePolicyMatch TargetDatabase " Certkiller -EX02\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database" cmdlet. C. You should run the Get-Mailbox-Server Certkiller -EX01 | Move-Mailbox IgnoreRuleLimitErrors TargetDatabase " Certkiller -EX02\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database" cmdlet. D. You should run the Get-Mailbox-Server Certkiller -EX01 | Move-Mailbox - Server Certkiller _EX01 | MoveMailbox - ValidateOnly - TargetDatabase " Certkiller -EX02\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database" cmdlet. Answer: A Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 48 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. Certkiller .com has headquarters in London and a branch office in Paris. The Exchange Server 2007 server in the London office is named Certkiller -EX07 and the Exchange Server 2003 server in the London office is names Certkiller -EX08. At present the Certkiller -EX07 server contains a mailbox that has 25 KB of mailbox rules. You need to move the mailbox from Certkiller -EX07 to Certkiller EX08. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should run the move-Mailbox cmdlet with the IgnorePolicyMatch parameter. You should run the Move-Mailbox cmdlet with the IgnoreRuleLimitErrors parameter. You should use the Exchange Server 2003 Exchange Task wizard. You should use the Exchange Server 2007 Move Mailbox wizard.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 49 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. You have received several reports from clients in various departments stating that important e-mail messages pertaining their work are delivered to their Microsoft Office Outlook Junk E-mail folders. They need these emails to continue with their duties. You need to address the situation. You check and detect that the e-mail addresses of the message senders were on the Outlook Safe Senders List. Now you need to ensure that user defined Safe Senders Lists are used during the Exchange Edge Transport server message delivery so the e-mail messages are not delivered to the Microsoft Office Outlook Junk E-mail folders. What should you do? A. The authenticated message bypass on the Edge Transport server content filter configuration should be enabled. B. The Update-SafeList cmdlet should be run on the Mailbox server for each mailbox. C. The Outlook E-mail Postmark validation on the Mailbox server content filter configuration should be enabled. D. The anti-spam updates on the Edge Transport server should be enabled. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 50 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. You have just completed a migration to Exchange Server 2007 on the Certkiller .com network. You configure every mailbox server on the Certkiller .com network with two storage

groups as well as two databases per storage group. You need to provide fault tolerance and thus have to implement local continuous replication (LCR) by configuring the Mailbox server with LCR. What should you do? A. You should change the database ratio to one database per storage group. Then run the EnableDatabaseCopy cmdlet. Then run the Update-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. B. You should change the database ratio to one database per storage group. Then run the EnableDatabaseCopy cmdlet. Then run the Enable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. C. You should run the Disable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. Then run the Enable-DatabaseCopy cmdlet. Then run the Update-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. D. You should move the databases to a single storage group. Then run the Enable-DatabaseCopy cmdlet. Then run the Update-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 51 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. During routine maintenance of the Exchange server you discover that the settings that indicate the storage limits for the mailbox stores differ. You need to ensure that the Exchange server mailbox stored have similar storage limits and thus have to create an Exchange Management Shell script to accomplish this. What should you do? A. Create the script by ensuring that the output of the Get-MailboxDatabase cmdlet is redirected to the SetMailboxDatabase cmdlet with the correct parameters. B. Create the script by ensuring that the output of the Get-Mailbox cmdlet is redirected to the SetMailboxDatabase cmdlet with the correct parameters. C. Create the script by ensuring that the output of the Get-ExchangeServer cmdlet is redirected to the SetMailboxDatabase cmdlet with the correct parameters. D. Create the script by ensuring that the output of the Get-MailboxDatabase cmdlet is redirected to the SetMailbox cmdlet with the correct parameters. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 52 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The manager of the Certkiller .com IP department wants to know the total size of the mailboxes. You need to supply the relevant information. What should you do? A. You should run the Get-Mailbox cmdlet. B. You should run the Database Troubleshooter in the Exchange Troubleshooting Assistant. C. You should run the Get-MailboxDatabase cmdlet.

D. You should run the Get-MailboxStatistics cmdlet. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 53 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. Certkiller .com employs another administrator to assist with the workload. You need to make sure that the new administrator, Rory Allen will be able to create a Send connector on a Hub transport server. In your solution you must remember the Certkiller . com written security policy of least privilege and must thus assign Rory Allen the least amount of permissions required to fulfill his duties. What should you do? A. You should consider delegating Exchange Full Administrator privileges at the organizational level to Rory Allen. B. You should consider adding Rory Allen to the Domain Admins group to enable him to create a Send connector. C. You should consider running the Add-ExchangeAdminstrator ?Role ServerAdmin ?Identity RoryAllen cmdlet. D. You should consider running the Add-ExchangeAdministrator ?Role OrgAdmin ?Identity RoryAllen cmdlet. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 54 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a Hub server named Certkiller -EX01. Certkiller -EX01 is equipped with a foreign connector named CKConnector. CKConnector connects to a fax server named CKFax. You need to move the existing Drop directory for CKFax and thus proceed as follows: You create a new directory named CKDirectory on CKFax.You run the Set ForeignConnector "CKConnector' -DropDirectory "CKDirectory" cmdlet. You run the Set-TransportServer Certkiller -EX01 -RootDropDirectoryPath \\CKFax\Drop Directory cmdlet. Now you need to ensure that the messages that are pending are delivered. What should you do? A. You should run the Set-ForeignConnector cmdlet with the correct parameter to set the CKDirectory size. B. You should add the administrators group with Full Control permission to CKDirectory. C. You should run the Set-ForeignConnector cmdlet with the correct parameter to set the maximum message size. D. You should ensure that all the messages are copied in the old Drop directory to CKDirectory. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 55 You work as the Exchange Administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. Certkiller .com has acquired a business partner named Willow Bridge Ltd. The Certkiller .com written security policy states that employees are not permitted to send out-of-office messages to users outside the companies Exchange 2007 organization. After the acquisition of the new partner Certkiller . com were compelled to make an exception to this policy to allow an operational arrangement of the Exchange Server organization. The SMTP domain for Willow Bridge Ltd is willowbridge.com. You need to configure the Exchange organization of Certkiller .com. You thus have to ensure that out-of-office messages can be sent to the e-mail addresses in the willowbridge.com domain. What should you do? A. B. C. D. First create a Send connector for willowbridge.com. Then set the correct options. First add willowbridge.com as an accepted domain. Then set the correct options. First add willowbridge.com as a remote domain. Then set the correct options. First create a transport rule. Then set the correct options.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 56 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. A new Certkiller .com security policy requires that you increase the anti-spam restrictions for your Exchange Server 2007 organization. You send an e-mail message to the Certkiller .com associates to forward all e-mail messages that are blocked by the content filters to anti-spam@ Certkiller .com. A team of technicians will review the messages in order for modifications to be made to the Safe Senders List. This will prevent the legitimate e-mails from being blocked in the future. At present messages from external users are being sent to anti-spam@ Certkiller .com. However, no messages from the external users appear in the anti-spam mailbox. You need to configure the anti-spam mailbox to receive e-mail messages that are categorized as spam. What should you do? A. You should run the Set- ContentFilterConfig - BypassedRecipients anti-spam@ Certkiller .com cmdlet. B. You should run the Set- RecipientFilterConfig - BlockListEnabled $false BlockedRecipients anti-spam@ Certkiller .com cmdlet. C. You should run the Set- ContentFilterConfig - RecipientValidationEnabled $false cmdlet. D. You should run the Set- ContentFilterConfig - BypassedSenders anti-spam@ Certkiller .com cmdlet. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 57 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Edge Transport server named Certkiller -EX01. Certkiller -EX01 is

configured with a spam quarantine mailbox. You have received several instructions from the CIO regarding the configuration of Certkiller -EX01 spam quarantine mailbox. These instructions compel you to: Minimize the amount of spam that reaches the Inboxes of the users * Ensure that you will be able to review the marked messages * Monitor the messages for false positives. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should minimize the spam confidence level (SCL) threshold value for quarantining e-mail. You should increase the spam confidence level (SCL) threshold value for deleting e-mail. You should increase the spam confidence level (SCL) threshold value for quarantining e-mail. You should minimize the spam confidence level (SCL) threshold value for rejecting e-mail.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: The SCL on the Server needs to be increased so that lesser spam reaches the Inboxes of the Users.

QUESTION 58 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. During routine maintenance you detect a new virus with an .ext file extension manifested itself on the Exchange 2007 organization. The existing attachment filtering settings of the Certkiller .com network are configured to delete specified attachments as well as to permit the message to be delivered. You discover that the virus files are not being filtered. You thus need to address the issue. You need to: * stop the virus from spreading * ensure that the e-mail recipient receives neither the attachment nor the e-mail message * ensure that the message containing the virus do not produce a non-delivery report (NDR) * add a filter for the .ext file extension of the virus What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should run the Set -AttachmentFiterListConfig -Action Reject -RejectMessage "None" cmdlet. You should run the Set -AttachmentFilterListConfig -Action SilentDelete cmdlet. You should add the Set -AttachmentFilterEntry -Name *.ext -type ContentType cmdlet. You should add the Set -AttachmentFilterEntry -Name *.ext -type FileName cmdlet.

Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 59 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network consists of five Active Directory sites. The sites are named Certkiller A, Certkiller B, Certkiller C, Certkiller D, and Certkiller E respectively. These sites are configured as shown in the exhibit below.

All the sites are equipped with an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server as well as a Hub Transport server. The Certkiller .com management wants the mail flow to be reconfigured because at present all the outbound email traffic goes via the Certkiller A site. The purpose of the reconfiguration is to ensure that all outbound email messages sent from the clients in the Certkiller C office will be sent out of your Exchange organization via Certkiller -EX05 in the Certkiller E office. You need to perform the appropriate reconfiguration. What should you do? A. You should consider making use of the New- SendConnector -Name ' Certkiller E' AddressSpaces:?smtp : *;1'- DNSRoutingEnabled:$true -SourceTransportServers:' Certkiller -EX05' command. B. You should consider making use of the Set- AdsiteLink -Id Certkiller D- Certkiller E ADCost 5 command. C. You should consider making use of the Set- SendConnector -Identity ' Certkiller C' -AddressSpaces:?smtp : *,1'- DNSRoutingEnabled:$false -SourceTransportServers:' Certkiller -EX01' command. D. You should consider making use of the Set- AdSite -Identity Certkiller E HubSiteEnabled:$true command. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 60 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a native Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller . com. Following are the server roles currently installed on the Certkiller .com network: * Four Mailbox servers * One Edge Transport server named Certkiller -EX01 * One Hub Transport server named Certkiller -EX02 The Certkiller .com Sales department makes use of a Windows SMTP relay with an IP address of 192.168.10.200. A new policy in the Sales department states that e-mail from the department to personnel must be sent from this SMTP relay. You thus need to make the necessary configuration changes so that the Exchange environment to accept e-mail messages from the internal sales SMTP relay. What should you do?

A. You should run the New- ReceiveConnector -Name ?Sales e-mail'-Server Certkiller -EX01 RemoteIPRanges 192.168.10.25 - AuthMechanism BasicAuth -Usage Partner cmdlet. B. You should run the New- ReceiveConnector -Name ?Sales e-mail'-Server Certkiller -EX01 RemoteIPRanges 192.168.10.25 - AuthMechanism BasicAuth -Usage External cmdlet. C. You should run the New- ReceiveConnector -Name ?Sales e-mail'-Server Certkiller -EX02 RemoteIPRanges 192.168.10.25 - AuthMechanism BasicAuth -Usage Partner cmdlet. D. You should run the New- ReceiveConnector -Name ?Sales e-mail' -Server Certkiller -EX02 RemoteIPRanges 192.168.10.25 - AuthMechanism BasicAuth -Usage Internal cmdlet. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 61 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com management wants a new message classification that will be for exclusive use inside the company. To this end you then create this new message classification and name it CKData. You need to ensure that CKData is not sent outside the company. Now you need to redirect all outbound e-mail messages that have the CKData classification to the CKDocs mailbox. What should you do? A. You should run the Set-MessageClassification -Identity?CKData' -RetainClassificationEnabled:$true cmdlet. B. You should run the Set-MessageClassification -Identity?CKData'-UserDisplayEnabled:$true cmdlet. C. You should redirect all messages sent from internal clients to clients outside the company as well as messages marked CKData to the CKDocs mailbox by creating a new transport rule. D. You should run the Set-MessageClassification cmdlet to add read permissions to CKData. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 62 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. Certkiller .com makes use of Microsoft ActiveSync policy. As a security measure the Microsoft ActiveSync policy is configured to ensure that idle clients provide their password every 20 minutes. You therefore decide to configure an inactivity timer on the network computers. You receive a request from the Marketing manager named Amy Wilson, to ensure that her laptop computer is not affected by the inactivity timer. Her laptop computer is named Certkiller -WS236. You need to ensure that Certkiller -WS236 is not affected by the timeout policy. However, you need to take care that the other corporate policy settings are maintained. What should you do? A. You should consider reconfiguring Certkiller -WS236 for ActiveSync.You should consider reconfiguring Certkiller -WS236 for ActiveSync. B. You should consider removing the ActiveSync policy from the Amy Wilson mailbox.

C. You should create a new ActiveSync policy that contains all the necessary settings. Then apply it to Amy Wilson's mailbox. D. You should change the password setting on Certkiller -WS236 in order to override the ActiveSync policy. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 63 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains of an Exchange Server 2007 server named Certkiller -EX01. You need to prepare and configure e-mail retention on four custom managed folders for all mailboxes on Certkiller -EX01. To accomplish this task you proceed as follows: * configure the managed folder assistant for Certkiller -EX01 * create four managed custom folders * create a new managed folder mailbox policy named CKMail * add all the custom managed folders to the CKMail policy * create managed content settings for every folder as well as configuring the required retention settings * complete the configuration of the messaging records management (MRM) retention settings Now you need to make these four mailboxes available for the mailboxes on Certkiller -EX01. What should you do? A. You have to create a new managed folder mailbox policy for the managed custom folders. B. You have to ensure that the managed custom content settings are added to the four managed custom folders. C. You have to ensure that the CKMail policy is added for every mailbox on Certkiller -EX01. D. You have to ensure that the enable retention hold for items in the mailbox check box is selected for all mailboxes on Certkiller -EX01. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 64 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network is configured with a custom Security Configuration Wizard (SCW) policy. You apply the SCW policy to an Exchange Server 2007 Edge Transport server named Certkiller -EX04. Management informs you to apply the policy to a new Edge Transport server named Certkiller -EX05. Following is the procedure that you followed: * Install the custom Security Configuration Wizard on Certkiller -EX05. * Copy the existing Security Configuration Wizard policy to Certkiller -EX05 as C:\ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml. Now you need to apply the custom policy to Certkiller -EX05. What should you do? A. You should run the Scwcmd register /kbname:" Ex2007KB "/ kbfile:" %programfiles%\Microsoft\Exchange Server\scripts\Exchange2007 Edge .xml" command.Then apply the C\ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml policy using the SCW.

B. You should run the Scwcmd register /kbname:"Ex2007EdgeKB "/ kbfile:"%programfiles %\Microsoft \Exchange Server\scripts\Exchange2007 .xml" command.Then apply the C:\ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml policy using the SCW. C. You should apply the C:\ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml policy using the SCW.Then run the Scwcmd register / kbname:"Ex2007EdgeKB "/kbfile:"%programfiles%\Microsoft\Exchange Server\scripts\Exchange2007 . xml"command. D. You should apply the C:\ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml policy using the SCW.Then run the Scwcmd register / kbname:"Ex2007KB "/ kbfile:"%programfiles%\Microsoft\Exchange Server\scripts\Exchange2007Edge . xml" command. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 65 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Exchange Server organization contains a mail-enabled public folder. This folder is named CKMonitor and is configured to receive automated alerts. All automated alerts are sent by an external monitoring system. The clients of Certkiller .com are able to send e-mail messages to CKMonitor. You receive numerous complaints from clients stating that the mail from the monitoring system is returned with a non-delivery report. You need to make sure that the clients receive monitoring alerts in CKMonitor. What should you do? A. You should run the Add-PublicFolderClientPermission -AccessRights: EditOwnedItems cmdlet for anonymous users for CKMonitor. B. You should run the Set-MailPublicFolder -RequireSenderAuthenticationEnabled: $true cmdlet for CKMonitor. C. You should use Microsoft Office Outlook to assign default clients the permission to create items in CKMonitor. D. You should use Microsoft Office Outlook to allocate anonymous clients the permission to create items in TestMonitor. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 66 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Exchange 2007 Organization contains a Mailbox server named Certkiller -EX01. You need to determine whether the clients in the Finance department are able to log on to Certkiller -EX01 directly by making use of Microsoft Office Outlook. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should run the Test- OutlookWebServices cmdlet on the client network. You should run the Test- MAPIConnectivity cmdlet on the client network. You should run the Test- WebServiceHealthConnectivity cmdlet on the client network. You should run the Test- ServiceHealth cmdlet on the client network.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 67 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. Clive Wilson is marketing manager of Certkiller .com. Kara Lang is promoted as the assistant of Clive Wilson. You have received instruction from the CIO to ensure that Kara Lang will be capable of viewing the folders and subfolders in the mailbox of Clive Wilson. One of the job functions of Kara Lang is to open and respond to the e-mails the marketing manager receives. For security reasons and to subscribe to the principle of least privilege you need to ensure that Kara Lang is assigned only the necessary permissions that will allow her to complete her tasks. What should you do? A. You should assign Kara Lang the Allow-Full Control permission for the user account of Clive Wilson in the Active Directory Users and Computers. B. You should run the Add-ADPermission -Identity CliveWilson ?User KaraLang ?AccessRights Self? ExtendedRights Send-As cmdlet. C. You should run the Add-MailboxPermission ?Identity CliveWilson ?User KaraLang ?AccessRights ExternalAccount cmdlet. D. You should run the Add-MailboxPermissions ?Identity CliveWilson ?User KaraLang ?AccessRights FullAccess cmdlet. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 68 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. At present Microsoft ActiveSync is configured on the Exchange servers but is presently disabled for user on the Exchange Server 2007 organization. A Certkiller .com employee named Kara Lang works in the Research and Development department. She is assigned a new laptop workstation named Certkiller -WS236. She requests that Certkiller -WS236 is synchronized with the Exchange servers over a wireless network so as to accommodate her research tasks. You need to allow ONLY Kara Lang to use the ActiveSync feature. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. You should enable Microsoft ActiveSync using the Active Directory Users and Computers console. You should enable Microsoft ActiveSync using the Exchange Management Console. You should enable Microsoft ActiveSync by running the Set-CASMailbox cmdlet. You should enable Microsoft ActiveSync by running the Set-Mailbox cmdlet.

Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 69 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named Certkiller -EX01. During routine maintenance you notice that an inappropriate message with the subject line of Exchange is sent to all clients on Certkiller -EX01. You need to ensure that the message is deleted from the mailboxes on Certkiller EX01. What should you do? A. First create a new mailbox named CKMail that contains a folder named Export. Then run the Get-Mailbox Server Certkiller -EX01 | Export-Mailbox - TargetMailbox CKMail - TargetFolder Export -SubjectKeywords "Exchange"-DeleteContent cmdlet. B. First locate the message ID of the original message on Certkiller -EX01. Then run the Export-Message Identity <IDnumber> c:\temp cmdlet. Then delete the messages in the directory. C. First create a new transport rule named CKExcDel from the Exchange Management Console. Then set the condition to "when the Subject field contains CKExcDel". Then set the action to "silently drop the message". D. First locate the message ID of the original message on Certkiller -EX01. Then run the Remove-Message Identity <IDnumber> cmdlet. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 70 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. Certkiller .com has headquarters in London and a branch office in Berlin. Management has decided to close the Berlin office due to lack of performance. Personnel in the Berlin office have mailbox-enabled user accounts. The user accounts make use of the value Berlin in the City attribute. The user accounts of the Berlin office staff must be disabled and their mailboxes must be disconnected. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose TWO.) A. You should consider using the Exchange Management Console to apply a filter to the City attribute to contain Berlin staff user accounts and mailboxes. Then highlight the filtered users and select Disable. B. You should consider using the Exchange Management Console to apply a filter to the City attribute to contain Berlin staff user accounts and mailboxes. Then highlight the filtered users and select Remove. C. You should consider running the Get-User -Filter "City-like?Berlin'"| Remove-Mailbox cmdlet. D. You should consider running the Get-User -Filter "City-like?Berlin'"| Disable-Mailbox cmdlet. Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 71 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Human Resources manager at Certkiller .com required a list of all the newly appointed staff members. You

complied with his request and provided him with an automatically generated CSV file that lists the newly appointed staff members. This file contains the data needed to create the mailboxes for newly appointed staff members. These newly appointed staff members have to be assigned user accounts and mailboxes. You thus need to create new user accounts as well as mailboxes directly from the CSV file. What should you do? A. The output of parameters. B. The output of parameters. C. The output of parameters. D. The output of parameters. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: the Import-CSV cmdlet should be redirected to the Enable-Mailbox cmdlet with the suitable the Import-Alias cmdlet should be redirected to the New-Mailbox cmdlet with the suitable the Import-CSV cmdlet should be redirected to the New-Mailbox cmdlet with the suitable the Export-CSV cmdlet should be redirected to the New-Mailbox cmdlet with the suitable

QUESTION 72 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com management wants all staff to make use of Outlook Anywhere. You need to make the necessary preparations. Following is the current configuration: * There is a Mailbox server named Certkiller -EX02.Certkiller -EX02 holds the mailboxes that will be accessed by clients who use Outlook Anywhere. * There is a Client Access server named Certkiller -EX03. Certkiller -EX03 is available from the Internet. * All clients with mail. Certkiller .com as the host (A) name will access Outlook Anywhere. You need to configure the Exchange organization to allow Microsoft Office Outlook clients from the Internet the ability to use Outlook Anywhere. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose THREE.) A. You should run the Enable-OutlookAnywhere -Server: Certkiller -EX03 -ExternalHostName:mail. Certkiller . com -SSLOffLoading:$false-ExternalAuthenticationMethod:Basic cmdlet. B. You should install RPC over the HTTP Proxy on Certkiller -EX02. C. You should run the Enable-OutlookAnywhere -Server: Certkiller -EX02 -ExternalHostName:mail. Certkiller . com -SSLOffLoading:$true-ExternalAuthenticationMethod:Basic cmdlet. D. You should install RPC over the HTTP Proxy on Certkiller -EX03. E. You should install a valid SSL certificate for Certkiller -EX03 on the default web site. Answer: ADE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 73 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. A short network outage occurred on the Certkiller .com network. Soon after the outage you receive numerous alerts from the monitoring system bringing to your attention that there are quite a number of sent e-mails were

queued up. This is evident in the number of SMTP queues on the Hub Transport server that are being displayed in a retry status. You need to force the Hub Transport server in order to send the queued e-mail without delay. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should make use of You should make use of You should make use of You should make use of the Resume-queue -filter {status - eq "retry"} cmdlet. the Resume-queue -filter {status - eq "suspended"} cmdlet. the Retry-queue -filter {status - eq "retry"} cmdlet. the Retry-queue -filter {status - eq "suspended"} cmdlet.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 74 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Exchange Server 2007 organization of Certkiller .com contains one Edge Transport server role named Certkiller -EX08. Certkiller -EX08 currently has an Edge Subscription with a Hub Transport role that is located on an Exchange server named Certkiller -EX10. Due to a lengthy power outage the network connection from Certkiller -EX08 to the Internet was disrupted for a long period. Thus after the power outage you restored the connection. Then the Certkiller .com users report that messages are not being delivered. You need to restore the message flow to ensure that the Exchange network can function without any hiccups. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should consider running the Resume-Queue cmdlet on Certkiller -EX08 You should consider running the Resume-Queue cmdlet on Certkiller -EX10 You should consider running the Retry-Queue cmdlet on Certkiller -EX08 You should consider running the Retry-Queue cmdlet on Certkiller -EX10

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 75 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. Each of the Certkiller .com departments' members has membership of a distribution group as well as a security group. Consequently both groups in each department contain the same members. Whenever new staff joins the company they are added to both groups in the various departments. This result in an unnecessary long period of time spent to manage the groups. You need to reduce the amount of time required to manage the groups. In your solution you need to take care not to disrupt mail capabilities unnecessarily as well as not affecting any of the previously assigned access permissions. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO) A. You should ensure that all departmental security groups are mail-enabled. B. You should ensure that all departmental security groups are deleted.

C. You should ensure that all departmental security groups are converted to a global security group. D. You should ensure that all departmental distribution groups are deleted. E. You should ensure that the converted global security groups are mail-enabled. Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 76 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. All staff in the Certkiller .com Marketing department has been assigned a laptop computer to perform their duties. All these laptop computers have Microsoft Office Outlook 2007 installed. Connectivity to the Certkiller .com Exchange network is via Outlook Anywhere. You need to ensure that the mobile users are able to connect to the Exchange environment. In your solution you need to bear in mind that the laptop computer performance should either meet or surpass the Certkiller .com standard. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. E. F. A. You should run the Test- Service Health cmdlet. You should run the Test _WebServicesConnectivity cmdlet. You should run the Test -OutlookWebServices cmdlet. You should run the Set _CASMailbox cmdlet. You should run the Test -MAPIConnectivity cmdlet. You should run the Set -WebServicesVirtualDirectory cmdlet.

Answer: BE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 77 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. Within the Exchange Server 2007 organization there are three Edge transport servers named Certkiller -EX10, Certkiller -EX11 and Certkiller -EX12 respectively. These servers are currently configured to accept e-mail via the Internet. There are various tasks that you need to carry out. These tasks include: * Configure Certkiller -EX01 as a backup server * Load balance Certkiller -EX02 and Certkiller -EX03 You thus need to identify the MX record that should be specified. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose THREE.) A. B. C. D. E. F. You should specify Certkiller .com You should specify Certkiller .com You should specify Certkiller .com You should specify Certkiller .com You should specify Certkiller .com You should specify Certkiller .com MX preference = 20, mail exchanger = Certkiller -EX01. Certkiller .com MX preference = 10, mail exchanger = Certkiller -EX01. Certkiller .com MX preference =10, mail exchanger = Certkiller -EX02. Certkiller .com MX preference = 20, mail exchanger = Certkiller -EX01. Certkiller .com MX preference =10, mail exchanger = Certkiller -EX01. Certkiller .com MX preference =10, mail exchanger = Certkiller -EX03. Certkiller .com

Answer: ACF Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 78 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com Exchange Server 2007 environment contains a Hub Transport server as well as a Mailbox server. You carry out your normal duties and verify that the server is functioning as normal and that the MS Exchange AD Access Processes Performance Monitor exhibits normal results. Yet you still receive reports from various users from various departments stating that e-mail delivery is unacceptably slow. You need to address the situation. You then notice than the slow e-mail delivery only occurs when it is delivery e-mail to large dynamic distribution groups. You need to enhance the delivery time for messages that are sent to the dynamic distribution groups. What should you do? A. You should add more Random Access Memory (RAM) to the Mailbox server. B. You should add more RAM to the Certkiller .com domain controllers. C. You should deploy another global catalog server. Then the existing Hub Transport server should be configured to query the new global catalog. D. You should deploy another Hub Transport server. Then the dynamic distribution groups should be configured to use the new Hub Transport server as their expansion server. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 79 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 computer named Certkiller -EX02. The Hub Transport server role resides on Certkiller -EX02. You notice that message tracking is enabled on Certkiller EX02. A new Certkiller .com directive regarding company privacy policy states that the subject line of e-mail messages should be not stored in the tracking log. You need to track the e-mail messages from Certkiller EX02 whilst ensuring that you comply with the Certkiller .com privacy policy. What should you do? A. You should make use of the Set- ReceiveConnector - ProtocolLoggingLevel None cmdlet. B. You should make use of the Set- TransportServer Certkiller -EX02 MessageTrackingLogEnabled : $false cmdlet. C. You should make use of the Get- MessageTrackingLog -Subject None cmdlet. D. You should make use of the Set- Transport Server Certkiller -EX02 C MessageTrackingLogSubjectLoggingEnabled : $false cmdlet. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 80 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Exchange organization of Certkiller .com contains a Hub Transport server named Certkiller -EX01 as well as numerous mailbox servers. One Exchange server named Certkiller -EX02 holds the Edge Transport server role. At present the message tracking logs are retained for twenty-two days. A Mailbox server role is configured on a server named Certkiller -EX03. A Certkiller .com user named Andy Reid has an SMTP address of andyreid@ Certkiller .com and has his mailbox on Certkiller -EX03. It is required of you to create a report that will specify the number of messages Andy sent during the last twenty-two day period. What should you do? A. You should consider running the Get-MailboxStatistics -Identity andyreid | export-csv -path c:\tmp\andyreid. csv cmdlet on Certkiller -EX01. B. You should consider running the Get-MailboxFolderStatistics -Identity andyreid -FolderScope SentItems | export-cs -c:\tmp\andyreid.csv cmdlet on Certkiller -EX01. C. You should consider running the Get-MailboxTrackingLog -Sender andyreid@ Certkiller .com -EventId "Receive" | export-csv -c:\tmp\andyreid.csv cmdlet on Certkiller -EX01. D. You should consider running the Get-MessageTrackingLog -Sender andyreid@ Certkiller .com -EventId "Receive" | export-csv -c:\tmp\andyreid.csv cmdlet on Certkiller -EX02 E. You should consider running the Get-MessageTrackingLog -Sender andyreid@ Certkiller .com -EventId "Receive" | export-csv -c:\tmp\andyreid.csv cmdlet on Certkiller -EX01 Answer: E Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 81 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. Certkiller .com has an Exchange Server 2007 server named Certkiller -EX04 which holds both the Mailbox server role and the Hub Transport Server role. A new Certkiller .com directive states that records of all tracking related issues on the network should be retained for a period of ten days. You thus need to configure Certkiller -EX04 in accordance with the new directive. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose TWO.) A. You should run the Set- MailboxServer -Identity Certkiller -EX04 -MessageTrackingLogMaxAge 10.00:00:00 cmdlet to keep the tracking logs for the past ten days. B. You should run the Set- TransportConfig -Identity Certkiller -EX04 -MaxDumpsterTime 10.00:00:00 cmdlet to keep the tracking logs for the past ten days. C. You should run the Set- TransportServer -Identity Certkiller -EX04 -MessageTrackingLogEnables:$true cmdlet to keep the tracking logs for the past ten days. D. You should run the Set- TransportServer -Identity Certkiller -EX04 -MessageTrackingLogMaxAge 10.00:00:00 cmdlet to keep the tracking logs for the past ten days. E. You should use a system policy that is configured to remove log files that are older than 10 days. Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 82 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Research and Development department is located at a remote site. They make use of their mobile workstations to log onto the company network by making use of Outlook Anywhere. The mobile workstations are all configured to run Microsoft Office Outlook 2007. Top Management wants you to ensure that the personnel in the Research and Development department have access to the company network. You need to ensure that the Research and Development personnel maintain the performance set by Certkiller .com. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. E. You should run the Test- ServiceHealth cmdlet. You should run the Test- MAPIConnectivity cmdlet. You should run the Get-MailboxDatabase cmdlet. You should run the Get- MailboxStatistics cmdlet. You should run the Test- WebServicesConnectivity cmdlet.

Answer: BE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 83 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a native Exchange Server 2007 Organization that is made up of 7 Exchange servers. The roles of the servers are configured as follows:

You need to specify the number of disconnected mailboxes. You thus decide to generate the report and to determine the storage space the mailboxes use and report back to the CIO. You thus need to export the report to a file. What should you do? A. You should consider running the Get-Recipient -RecipientType MailboxUser | Export-Csv -Path c:\tmp \disconnect.csv cmdlet.Then open disconnect.csv and remove all entries for active mailboxes. B. You should consider running the Get-Mailbox | Get-MailboxStatistics | Where {$_.DisconnectDate -ne $null} | Export-Csv -Path c:\tmp\disconnect.csv cmdlet. C. You should consider expanding the Recipient Configuration work center of the Exchange Management Console and select the Disconnected Mailboxes node.

D. You should consider running the Get-MailboxServer | Get-MailboxStatistics | Where {$_.DisconnectDate ne $null} | Export-Csv -Path c:\tmp\disconnect.csv cmdlet. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 84 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. You need to create a report on the Exchange Server 2007 servers that are currently on the company network. In your report you need to take a number of aspects into consideration. These are: the amount of storage groups, the total physical memory, the operating system version, the amount of processors as well as the amount of mailbox databases. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Generate the report you need by running the Test-SystemHealth cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Health Check scan in the Exchange Best Practices Analyzer. Generate the report you need by running the Get-ExchangeServer | Format-List cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Get-OrganizationConfig cmdlet.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 85 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. You have received several complaints from Certkiller .com users in the various departments stating that they are unable to access their mailboxes. Their mailboxes are located on an Exchange Server 2007 server named Certkiller -EX01. Following is the procedure that you followed when addressing the issue: * check and verify that the server is connected * check and verify that the server hardware is functioning normally * check and verify that the global catalogs are functioning normally Now you need tocompile a report on the status of all the Exchange-specific and Exchange-dependent services. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Generate the report you need by running the Test-SystemHealth cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the TestServiceHealth -Server Certkiller -EX01 cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Get-ExchangeServer -Identity Certkiller -EX01 cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Database Troubleshooter from the Exchange Troubleshooting Assistant. E. Generate the report you need by running the TestSystemHealth -Server Certkiller -EX01 cmdlet. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 86 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named Certkiller -EX05. You must collect data regarding Certkiller -EX05 user connectivity. You need to produce a report of all the Certkiller EX05 mailboxes on the Certkiller .com network that shows the most recent logon time. What should you do? A. B. C. D. E. Generate the report you need by running the Get-MailboxDatabase -Server Certkiller -EX05 cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Get-MailboxServer Certkiller -EX05 cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Get-LogonStatistics -Server Certkiller -EX05 cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Set-Mailbox cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Get-MailboxStatistics -Server Certkiller -EX05 cmdlet.

Answer: E Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 87 You work as an Exchange Administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named Certkiller -EX01. Very night a full backup of the mailbox database on Certkiller EX01 is performed using the Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS). The backups are performed in a backup window between 21:00 and 24:00 on week days and between 20:00 and 24:00 on weekends. The backups require four hours to complete. You want to change the backup strategy to a weekly full backup. You want the new backup to occur in the same backup window and you want the logs to be truncated more than once a week. You need to ensure that that not more than two backup files are required to a database restore. What should you do? (Each correct answer represents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. E. F. You need to perform daily copy backups. You need to throttle the database checksum. You need to perform daily full backups. You need to perform incremental backups on week days. You need to perform backups on weekends. You need to perform differential backups on week days.

Answer: EF Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 88 You work as a network administrator at Certkiller .com. You add an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named Certkiller -EX01 to the Certkiller .com network. You decide to perform a full backup of the database before placing any users on Certkiller -EX01. You take the databases offline and use of the Microsoft Windows Backup utility to start the backup. However, the backup fails immediately and returns an error message. You want to complete the backup. What should you do?

A. B. C. D.

You should run the backup command with the /FU switch from the command line. You should mount the databases on Certkiller -EX01 and then run the backup. You should run the backup command with the /SNAP:ON switch from the command line. You should disable the information store and then run the backup.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 89 You work as an Exchange Administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named Certkiller -EX01. Certkiller -EX01 experiences high usage between 6:00 A. M. and 4:00 P.M. and is currently configured to perform a full backup every night in a backup window between 6:00 P.M. and 9:00 P.M. The backup takes three hours to complete. Due to the growth of the company, Certkiller .com installs a second Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named Certkiller -EX02. You need to move Certkiller .com users in the Sales and Marketing departments to Certkiller -EX02. You intend to perform the User move operation in the time window between 6:00 P.M. and 7:00 P.M. Certkiller -EX01 is also scheduled for online maintenance between 9:00 P.M. and 2:00 A.M. the next morning. The full backup duration is expected to increase to four hours. You need to ensure that the backups have little effect on the server. What should you do? Which time window should you identify? A. B. C. D. You should create a new backup window between 8:00 P.M. and 12:00 P.M. You should create a new backup window between 6:00 P.M. and 10:00 P.M. You should create a new backup window between 2:00 A.M. and 6:00 A.M. You should create a new backup window between 7:00 P.M. and 11:00 P.M.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 90 You work as an Exchange Administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 environment that is configured with cluster continuous replication (CCR). The Microsoft Windows Cluster service (MSCS) runs on two servers named Certkiller -SR01 and Certkiller SR02 and the default cluster MSCS is named CKCluster. The cluster mailbox server (CMS) for the CKCluster is named Certkiller -EX02. Both CKCluster and Certkiller -EX02 are configured to run on the Certkiller -SR01 cluster node. However, the CCR replica is configured to run on the Certkiller -SR02 cluster node. You must backup the CCR replica. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should specify Certkiller -EX02 in the backup operation. You should specify Certkiller -SR01 in the backup operation. You should specify CKCluster in the backup operation. You should specify Certkiller -SR02 in the backup operation.

Answer: A

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 91 You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network consists of a single Active Directory domain named Certkiller .com that contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 server named Certkiller -EX01. You need to design a backup strategy that uses a backup media device for database on Certkiller -EX01. The database needs to back up every weekday and on Saturdays. You need to ensure that no more than two backup media devices are required to restore the database. What is should you do? A. Run an incremental backup during the week and a full backup on Saturdays. B. Run a differential backup during the week, except Fridays. On Fridays and Saturday she needs to perform an incremental backup. C. Run a differential backup during the week and a full backup on Saturdays. D. Run a full backup every working day and then start with an incremental backup on Saturdays. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Explanation: You should do a differential backup during the week. This kind of backup will only backup those files created or changed since the last normal or incremental backup. The differential backup's log file will not be deleted after the backup where in the case if the incremental backup, the files is marked as being backed up. You only need two backup media devices, one for the Saturday and the other one for the weekdays. You do need one for the weekday, in case a failure occurs, and then she needs only to backup the previous day's differential backup. Incorrect Answers: A: There is no sense in making an incremental backup during the weekdays. The incremental backup marks files as having been backed up. Using the incremental backup will lead to that the log files are deleted after the backup. B: An incremental backup includes only those files created or changed since the last normal or incremental backup. The incremental backup marks files as having been backed up. Also, the log files are deleted after the backup is complete. With an incremental backup you will need a backup media device for the Friday and the Saturday and one for the other week days. D: A full backup every working day means that you will need five backup media device. The scenario stipulates that not more than two should be used.

QUESTION 92 You work as an Exchange Administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. A Certkiller .com user named Mia Hamm complains that she cannot access her mailbox. You investigate and discover that Mia Hamm's mailbox was purged from an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named Certkiller -EX07. You need to recover Mia Hamm's mailbox. You thus restore the mailbox database to a recovery storage group. You must now recover Mia Hamm's mailbox to the production database. What should you do? A. You should run the Enable-Mailbox cmdlet on Certkiller -EX05. B. You should run the Exmerge utility on Certkiller -EX05. C. You should run the ISInteg utility on Certkiller -EX05.

D. You should run the Connect-Mailbox cmdlet on Certkiller -EX05. E. You should run the Restore-Mailbox cmdlet on Certkiller -EX05. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 93 You work as an Exchange Administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization with a Hub Transport server named Certkiller -EX01. Certkiller -EX01 suffers a catastrophic hardware failure and is replaced with a new Exchange Server 2007 Hub Transport server named Certkiller -EX02.You restore all services on Certkiller -EX02. You now need to recover the e-mail messages that remained in the mail.que database on Certkiller -EX01. You thus flush the e-mail messages from the existing queue on Certkiller -EX02 and copy the mail.que database from Certkiller -EX01 to C:\recoveryQueue on Certkiller -EX02. What should you do next? (Each correct answer represents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. You should use the Eseutil utility to recover the mail.que database in on Certkiller -EX02. You should use the ISInteg utility to repair the mail.que database in on Certkiller -EX02. You should use the Eseutil utility to defragment the mail.que database in on Certkiller -EX02. You should use the Database Recovery Management tool to repair the mail.que database on Certkiller EX02. E. You should use the Database Recovery Management tool to restore the mail.que database on Certkiller EX02. Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 94 You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network consists of a single Active Directory domain named Certkiller .com. Certkiller .com contains a mail server named Certkiller -EX01, which runs Microsoft Exchange Server 2007. The backup strategy of Certkiller -EX01 is a full backup that runs on Sunday and Wednesday nights; and differential backups that run on Monday, Tuesday, Thursday, Friday and Saturday nights. One Friday at 5:30 AM Certkiller -EX01 suffers a hard drive failure. You replace the faulty hard drive and restore the database as soon as possible. What should you do? (Each correct answer represents part of the solution. Choose all that apply.) A. B. C. D. E. F. Restore the full backup from Sunday. Restore the full backup from Wednesday. Restore the differential backup from Monday. Restore the differential backup from Tuesday. Restore the differential backup from Thursday. Restore the differential backup from Friday.

Answer: BE Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference: Explanation: You do need the full backup, which was running on Wednesday. This will be a full backup. Based on the information in the question the backup runs at 5:30 AM so the Friday backup hasn't run yet so the Thursday backup would be needed as the differential tape needed along with the Wednesday night full. Incorrect Answers: A: You do not need the full backup from Sunday as the full backup from Wednesday will include the data from the Sunday backup. C, D: You do not need the differential backups from Monday and Tuesday as the full backup from Wednesday will include the data from those backups. F: Based on the information in the question the backup runs at 5:30 AM so the Friday backup hasn't run yet.

QUESTION 95 You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 mail server named Certkiller -EX01. Certkiller -EX01 has a logical database named CKStore01 and an Exchange database file named CK0 1.edb. CKStore01 also exists in a storage group named CKStorage1, which resides in the local drive. Certkiller -EX01 has one mailbox store on the server with users randomly assigned to a mailbox. Certkiller -EX01 suffers a hardware failure. You replace the server with a new Exchange Server 2007 mail server named Certkiller EX02. Certkiller -EX02 has of a mailbox store named CKStore02 and an Exchange database file named CK0 2.edb. CKStore02 resides in a storage group named CKStorage2, which resides on the local drive. You need to resort the database from Certkiller -EX01 to Certkiller -EX02. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. You need copy CK0 1.edb to the server, Certkiller -EX02. You should rename CKStorage2 to CKStorage1. You need to delete CK0 1.edb and renamed to CK0 2.edb to CK0 1.edb. You need to delete CK0 2.edb and renamed CK0 1.edb to CK0 2.edb.

Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Because the server named Certkiller -EX01 is down, you need to copy CK0 1.edb to Certkiller -EX02. With this move Certkiller -EX02 can access the file. You also need to retain the file named CK0 1.edb, delete CK0 2.edb and rename it to CK0 1.edb. Incorrect Answers: B: There is no need to rename CKStorage2 to CKStorage1. The only thing that is needed is that the file names are not changed on the mailbox store. C: The file name, CK0 1.edb should not be deleted. You must rename CK0 1.edb to CK0 2.edb.

QUESTION 96 You work as an Exchange Administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named Certkiller -EX05. One day Certkiller -EX05 suffers catastrophic hardware failure. You replace Certkiller -EX05 with a new Microsoft Windows Server 2003 computer that you name as Certkiller -EX05. You need to configure Certkiller -EX05 with the Exchange Mailbox server role before you restore the mailbox databases from backup. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should run the Setup /NewProvisionedServer /role:Mailbox command on Certkiller -EX05. You should run the Setup /m:RecoverServer command on Certkiller -EX05. You should restore the System State information and Microsoft Information Store data from backup. You should run the Setup /m:Install /install /role:Mailbox command on Certkiller -EX05.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 97 You work as an Exchange Administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains four Exchange Server 2007 computers named Certkiller -EX01, Certkiller -EX02, Certkiller -EX03, and Certkiller -EX04, as well as a Microsoft Windows Server 2003 standby server named Certkiller -SR21. Certkiller -EX01 is configured as a Mailbox server, Certkiller -EX02 is configured as a Client Access server, and Certkiller -EX03 and Certkiller -EX04 are configured as Hub Transport servers. Certkiller -EX04 suffers a catastrophic hardware failure and need to be replaced. Certkiller .com wants the computer that will replace Certkiller -EX04 to have the same configuration that had Certkiller -EX03 before it failed. What should you do? A. You should run the Setup /m:RecoverServer command on Certkiller -EX03. B. You should run the Setup /m:Install /role:HT command on Certkiller -EX03. C. You should run the rename Certkiller -SR21 to Certkiller -EX04 and then run the Setup /m:Install /role: HT command on the server. D. You should run the rename Certkiller -SR21 to Certkiller -EX04 and then run the Setup /m:RecoverServer command on the server. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 98 You work as an Exchange Administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named Certkiller -EX04. All features of the Client Access server role are provided by Certkiller -EX04.Certkiller -EX04 suffers a catastrophic hardware failure and need to be replaced. You install a new Exchange Server 2007 server named Certkiller -EX05 on the Certkiller .com network. You then restore the System State data of Certkiller -EX04 onto Certkiller -EX05 and install the Client Access server role on Certkiller -EX05. You now need to restore the services as they were provided by Certkiller -EX04. What should you do? (Each correct answer represents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. You should run the Set-CASMailbox cmdlet on Certkiller -EX05. You should restore the \bin\ directory from Certkiller -EX04 onto Certkiller -EX05. You should run the Setup /m:RecoverServer command on Certkiller -EX05. You should restore the \ClientAccess\ directory from Certkiller -EX04 onto Certkiller -EX05.

Answer: CD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 99 You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network has a Microsoft

Exchange Server 2007 environment that contains two mail servers named Certkiller -EX01 and TESTINGEX02. Certkiller -EX01 is configured with the Hub Transport server role and Certkiller -EX02 is configured with the Edge Transport server role. Certkiller -EX01 experiences hardware failure but you can still access the files on the server. You need to recover the Hub Transport server role. What should you do? A. You should install a new server and named it Certkiller -EX01. Then run the Setup /m:RecoverServer command on Certkiller -EX01. B. You should install a new server and named it Certkiller -EX01. Then run the Setup /m:RecoverCMS command on Certkiller -EX01. C. You should install a new server and named it Certkiller -EX03. Then copy the log files from Certkiller -EX01 over to Certkiller -EX03. D. You should run the Setup /m:RecoverServer command on Certkiller -EX02. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: You should use a new server and named it Certkiller -EX01 and run Setup /m:RecoverServer. Using this command will recover the server role. Incorrect Answers: B, C: You should create a new server with the same name and run the Setup /m:RecoverServer. This will recover the server role. D: You should not use the Setup /m:RecoverServer on the computer that is running the Edge Transport server role.

QUESTION 100 You work as the Exchange Administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization with three load balanced Client Access Servers. Certkiller .com users have access to Outlook Anywhere in order for them to have access to the availability data. You have received instruction from the CIO to ensure that the users outside the Certkiller .com network who make use of Outlook Anywhere are also able to access the availability data. What should you do? A. You should use Microsoft Office Outlook client to add the Full Details read permission to the users' calendar properties. B. You should run the Set-CASMailbox cmdlet on every Client Access server. C. You should run the Set-WebServicesVirtualDirectory cmdlet and set the external URL on every Client Access Server. D. You should make a replica of the Free/Busy public folder on one or more Mailbox servers in the same site as the Client Access servers. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 101 You work as the Exchange Administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization that is configured in two Active Directory sites named Certkiller A and Certkiller B. Each site is a separate subnet with Certkiller A consisting of the 192.168.1.0/24 subnet and Certkiller B consisting of the 192.168.2.0/24 subnet. Certkiller A has two Exchange servers named Certkiller -EX11 and

Certkiller -EX12 while Certkiller B has three Exchange servers named Certkiller -EX23, Certkiller -EX24 and Certkiller -EX25. Certkiller -EX11 is configured as a Mailbox and Client Access server; Certkiller -EX12 and Certkiller -EX24 are configured as Hub Transport servers, Certkiller -EX23 is configured as a Clustered Mailbox server and Certkiller -EX25 is configured as a Client Access server. One morning Certkiller .com users in Certkiller B complain that they cannot access Microsoft Office Outlook Web Access (OWA). You investigate and discover that Certkiller EX25 has suffered hardware failure. You need to ensure that Certkiller .com users in Certkiller B can access OWA. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should create a new OWA virtual directory on Certkiller -EX11. You should move the mailbox configuration from Certkiller -EX23 to Certkiller -EX11. You should configure Certkiller -EX24 with the Client Access server role. You should configure Certkiller -EX12 with the Client Access server role.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 102 You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. Company policy states that the Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment must be available at all times. To ensure that the access to the messaging data is not interrupted due to any failure, you must configure a high availability for the environment. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Configure a single copy cluster. Configure Cluster Continuous Replication (CCR). Configure Local Continuous Replication (LCR). Configure a normal backup and an incremental backup.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: A Cluster Continuous Replication uses an active and a passive node. In an event of a failure the one node will automatically take over the other node. Incorrect Answers: A: A single copy cluster is not the answer. It uses a shared storage. This will also lead to a interrupting in the messaging data. C: This move is not advisable. Local Continuous Replication uses only one server that stores a copy of a storage group on a second disk. D: You should not use backups for an interrupted free messaging data. Whenever doing a recover from a backup, it needs manual intervention. It is not automatically done.

QUESTION 103 You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to set up user Certkiller's mailbox. You start by disconnecting it. Using a cmdlet command you now plan to reconnect it to the new AD DS (Active Directory Domain Services) user account.

Which command should you use? A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. Restore-Mailbox Enable- Recipient Update-Recipient Connect-Recipient Update-Mailbox Connect-Mailbox Restore- Recipient Enable-Mailbox

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 104 Exhibit: Enable-DatabaseCopy You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. You upgrade the environment to SP1 (Service Pack 1). You run the command displayed in the exhibit as a first step in order to enable LCR (local continuous replication) for an existing storage group. What would be the second and last step? A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. L. M. N. O. P. Q. R. Run the Test-ReplicationHealth cmdlet Run the Suspend-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet No further steps are necessary. Run the Test-DatabaseHealth cmdlet Run the Test-ReplicationGroupCopy cmdlet Run the Test-StorageGroupHealth cmdlet Run the Resume-ReplicationHealth cmdlet Run the Resume-DatabaseCopy cmdlet Run the Resume-ReplicationGroupCopy cmdlet Run the Resume-StorageGroupHealth cmdlet Run the Update-ReplicationHealth cmdlet Run the Update-DatabaseHealth cmdlet Run the Update-ReplicationGroupCopy cmdlet Run the Update-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet Run the Enable-ReplicationHealth cmdlet Run the Enable-DatabaseHealth cmdlet Run the Enable-ReplicationGroupCopy cmdlet Run the Enable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet

Answer: N Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 105 You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to choose action which boosts the prohibit send quota for all users. Select one. A. B. C. D. E. Run the Set-MailUser cmdlet Run the Set-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet Run the Set-Mailbox cmdlet Run the Set-ManagedContentSettings cmdlet Run the Set-MailboxDatabase cmdlet

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 106 You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network includes a MailboxServer Certkiller 3 which operates in a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to create a public folder named Trainees in the Employees folder on Certkiller 3. Which action should you take? Note: The Employees folder is a top-level public folder. A. B. C. D. E. F. G. Use the command Set-PublicFolder -Identity "Employees\Trainees" -Server Certkiller 3 Use the command New-PublicFolder -Name "Trainees" -Path "Employees" -Server Certkiller 3 Use Active Directory Users and Computers Use the command New-PublicFolder -Path "Employees\Trainees" -Server Certkiller 3 Use the command New-PublicFolder -Identity "Employees\Trainees" -Server Certkiller 3 Use the command Set-PublicFolder -Name "Trainees" -Path "Employees" -Server Certkiller 3 Use the command Set-PublicFolder -Name "Trainees" -Path "Employees" -Server Certkiller 3

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 107 You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to prevent external senders from sending to a specific distribution list. What action should you take? A. B. C. D. E. Modify the settings on your Hub Transport server to require authentication for SMTP transport. Modify the settings on your Edge Transport server to require authentication for POP transport. No action is required. Modify the settings on your Hub Transport server to require authentication for POP transport. Modify the settings on your Edge Transport server to require authentication for SMTP transport.

F. Modify the message delivery restrictions to require authentication on the distribution list. G. Modify the rejected senders list in Active Directory by using Active Directory Users and Computers. Answer: F Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 108 You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are personally responsible for one Exchange Server 2007 with SP1 (Service Pack 1). You get complaints from the users that they are unable the public folder Employees. You had earlier created and mail-enabled this folder. How should you help your users in this scenario? A. B. C. D. E. Create a new security group and add all users to this group. Run the Update-PublicFolderHierarchy cmdlet. Run the Set-PublicFolder cmdlet. Run the Add-PublicFolderAdministratorPermission cmdlet. Run the Add-PublicFolderClientPermission cmdlet.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 109 You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. You administer a server named Certkiller 5. It is a Exchange Server 2007 mailbox server. You get complaints from users that they are receiving an unsuitable message. The subject line of this message is " Certkiller ". You must now delete this message from all mailboxes in a fast an easy way. What action should you take? A. First create a new mailbox named Certkiller Mailbox that has a folder named Export. Then run the cmdlet. Get-Mailbox - Certkiller 5 | Export-Mailbox -TargetMailbox Certkiller Mailbox -TargetFolder Export -"SubjectKeywords" " Certkiller " -Deletecontent B. From the Exchange Management Console, create a new transport rule name Exchange delete.Set the condition to "When the Subject contains Certkiller ". Set the action to "silently drop the message". C. On Certkiller 5, find the message ID of the original message and then run the cmdlet Export-MessageIdentify <IDnumber> C:\temp D. On Certkiller 5, find the message ID of the original message and then run the cmdlet Remove-MessageIdentify <IDnumber> Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 110 You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. Three months you deployed the first Edge Transport server named Certkiller 1. Now you add Certkiller 2, which is also an Edge Transport server. Your task is to guarantee an equal distribution of inbound e-mail messages between Certkiller 1 and Certkiller 2. How can this be achieved? (Select two. Each answer is a separate solution) A. Disable netmask ordering on your public DNS servers. B. Configure a new transport rule on both Certkiller 1 and Certkiller 2. C. Connect Certkiller 1 and Certkiller 2 to the same switch. Runt he Edge Transport server cloned configuration scripts. D. Configure a new DNS MX record for Certkiller 2 with the same Mail Server Priority value as the existing MX Record. E. Configure Certkiller 1 and Certkiller 2 in a Network Load Balancing (NLB) cluster. Configure the public DNS MX and A records for the NLB cluster name, and IP address. Answer: CD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 111 Exhibit:

You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. You study the exhibit carefully. The exhibit depicts the Certkiller network environment. You get complaints from users. They say that they receive error messages when they attempt to synchronize through Exchange ActiveSync. You discover that all these users have mailboxes on Certkiller 1. You are required to all users are able to use Exchange ActiveSync. What action should you take? A. B. C. D. E. F. Enable Basic authentication on Certkiller 3. Enable Integrated Windows authentication on Certkiller 1. Enable Basic authentication on Certkiller 2. Enable Integrated Windows authentication on Certkiller 2. Enable Integrated Windows authentication on Certkiller 3. Enable Basic authentication on Certkiller 1.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 112 You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. Using message classification you plan to put a restriction on all outbound e-mail messages. You want to prevent specific e-mails from being sent outside the local intranet. You make a message classification and name it MC1, and you also create a mailbox MB1. You need to redirect all outbound e-mail messages with the MC1 classification to MB1. What action should you take? A. Run the Set-MessageClassification -Identity 'MC1' -RetainClassificationEnabled:$true cmdlet. B. Create a new transport rule to redirect to the MB1 mailbox all messages that are sent from internal users to only users outside the company and that are marked with the MC1 classification. C. Add read permissions to the Customer Data message classification by running the SetMessageClassifications cmdlet. D. Run the Set-MessageClassification -Identity 'MC1' -UserDisplayEnabled:$true cmdlet. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 113 You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. The company domain is Certkiller .com. You install a new server Certkiller 1. You configure it as a Client Access server and add it domain. You add a DNS A resource record linking Autodiscover. Certkiller .com to the external IP address of Certkiller 1. Users reports problems with the Autodiscover service on Certkiller 1. They report that though they are able to access Outlook Web Access on Certkiller 1 but they are unable to use the Autodiscover service. How can you resolve this Atodiscover service on Certkiller 1? A. B. C. D. E. Install a trusted encrypted certificate on Certkiller 1. Install a trusted encrypted certificate on your Mailbox server. Create a DNS CNAME record that points autodiscovery. Certkiller .com to Certkiller 1's DNS name. Create a DNS SRV record that point to autodiscovery. Certkiller .com. Create a DNS CNAME record that points autodiscovery. Certkiller .com to your Mailbox server's DNS name.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 114 You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. Certkiller 1 has been set up as a Mailbox server. You are required to set up file-level anti-virus scanners on Certkiller 1. Scan exclusions is only required for the Mailbox role. You set up scan exclusions for the Exchange database and Offline Address Book files. What would be the next step? A. Define scan exclusions for the transaction logs and the database content indexes.

B. Restart the Microsoft Exchange Information Store service. C. Define scan exclusions for the %Program Files%\Microsoft\Exchange Server\Public Folder. D. Restart the Microsoft Exchange Transport Log Search service. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 115 You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. You set up Certkiller 1 as a Hub Transport server role and enable message tracking. Your boss, Mrs. Certkiller, asks you to adjust the message tracking. The subject line of the e-mail messages must not be stored in the tracking log. What action should you take? A. B. C. D. Use the cmdlet Set-TransportServer Certkiller 1 -MessageTrackingLogSubjectLoggingEnabled:@false Use the cmdlet Get-MessageTrackingLog -Subject None Use the cmdlet Set-TransportServer Certkiller 1 -MessageTrackingLogEnabled:@false Use the cmdlet Get-MessageTrackingLog -Subject None

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 116 Server Exhibit:

You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. For the network topology and the role of the servers please refer to the exhibit. Certkiller, a Certkiller trainee, tries to send a message to a second user. However, the message is

received. How can you check the status of the message? A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. Examine the message tracking log on Certkiller A. Examine the queue on Certkiller C. Run the Exchange Best Practices Analyzer. Examine the message tracking log on Certkiller B. Examine the queue on Certkiller A. Examine the message tracking log on Certkiller E. Examine the message tracking log on Certkiller C. Examine the queue on Certkiller D. Examine the message tracking log on Certkiller D. Examine the queue on Certkiller E. Examine the queue on Certkiller B.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Explanation: Check the message tracking log on the Edge Transport Server.

QUESTION 117 You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. Your boss has asked you to generate a report for all your Exchange Server 2007 computers. The report must for each server include the following: * Total physical memory * Version of operating system * Number of / mailbox databases / storage groups / processors Which feature should you use?

A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H.

Use the Exchange Best Practices Analyser. Run the Health Check scan. Use the Test-ExchangeServer | Format-List cmdlet. Use the Exchange Best Practices Analyser. Run the Report scan. Use the Test-Systemhealth cmdlet. Use the Get-ExchangeServer | Format-List cmdlet. Use the Set-OrganizationConfig cmdlet. Use the Get-Systemhealth cmdlet. Use the Get-OrganizationConfig cmdlet.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 118 You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. The environment includes Certkiller 3, a Mailbox server. Two weeks ago you enabled subject logging and message tracking on Certkiller 3. However, you are now required to disable the subject while keeping the message tracking active. You decide to resolve the problem by using the cmdlet Set-MailboxServer. Which parameters should you use? A. B. C. D. E. F. Certkiller 3 -MessageTrackingLogEnabled 0 Certkiller 3 -MessageTrackingLogSubjectLoggingEnabled $true Certkiller 3 -MessageTrackingLogEnabled $false Certkiller 3 -MessageTrackingLogSubjectLoggingEnabled $false Certkiller 3 -MessageTrackingLogSubjectLoggingEnabled 0 Certkiller 3 -MessageTrackingLogEnabled $true

Answer: F Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 119 You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. Your boss has asked you to generate mailbox report for all your Exchange Server 2007 environment. The report must for each server include the following: * number of items per mailbox folder What action should you take? A. Run the cmdlet Get-ExchangeServer | Get-Message | Export-Csv -Path c:\allmbfstats.csv B. Run the cmdlet Get-ExchangeServer | Get-Mailbox | Get-MailboxStatistics | Export-Csv -Path c: \allmbfstats.csv C. Run the cmdlet Get-ExchangeServer | Get-Mailbox | Get-MailboxFolderStatistics | Export-Csv -Path c: \allmbfstats.csv D. Run the cmdlet Get-Mailuser | Get-MailboxFolderstatistics | Export-Csv -Path c:\allmbfstats.csv Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 120 When using a command-line installation method in a single domain forest with no existing Exchange organization, what would be the required command to use if only a single Exchange Server 2007 server will be used? There will be only Outlook 2007 clients in the organization, and Outlook 2007 Autodiscover is required to be available A. B. C. D. setup /mode:Install setup /mode:Install setup /mode:Install setup /mode:Install /roles:HT, MB /OrganizationName:name /roles:HT, CA, MB /roles:HT, CA, MB /OrganizationName:name /OrganizationName:name

Answer: Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 121 What PowerShell cmdlet will you need to use to create the EdgeSync subscription file? A. B. C. D. New-EdgeSubscription Configure-EdgeSubscription Create-EdgeSubscription Enable-EdgeSubscription

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 122 Where can you find the files for the First Storage Group immediately after the Mailbox server is first installed on a server? A. B. C. D. C:\Program C:\Program C:\Program C:\Program Files\Microsoft\Exchange\Mailbox\First Storage Group Files\Microsoft\ExchSvr\First Storage Group Files\Microsoft\Exchange Server\First Storage Group Files\Microsoft\Exchange Server\Mailbox\First Storage Group

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 123 What impact does the failure of the domain controller holding the schema master role have on the normal operations of Active Directory? A. Active Directory will cease to function properly until the schema master role has been brought back online B. Active Directory will continue to function normally except that schema modifications cannot be processed until the schema master role has been brought back online C. Active Directory will continue to function normally except that intrasite replication will fail until the schema master role has been brought back online D. Active Directory will continue to function normally except that down-level Windows NT 4.0 BDCs will not be able to interact with the domain they are part of Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 124 Which of the following tools can you use to locate the mail servers in a DNS zone? A. B. C. D. E. Ping Telnet Pathping Tracert Nslookup

Answer: E Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 125 You are currently planning an upgrade from Exchange Server 2003 to Exchange Server 2007. You currently have four Mailbox servers and two front-end servers providing Outlook Web Access. All inbound mail from the Internet is routed directly to one of your Mailbox servers currently. What benefits could you realize by using Edge Transport servers in your Exchange Server 2007 upgrade plan? (Choose all that apply.) A. B. C. D. E. Fewer physical servers are required Reduced load on the Mailbox servers Reduced load on the front-end servers No direct Internet connectivity to the Mailbox servers No direct Internet connectivity to the front-end servers.

Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 126 You want to trigger an alert when the number of messages in the mailbox store's receive queue on an Exchange Server 2007 server reaches a defined value. What counter do you select when configuring the alert? (The question uses the notation <performance object>:<counter name>.) A. B. C. D. MSExchangeIS:Messages Queued For Submission MSExchangeIS:Receive Queue Size MSExchangeIS Mailbox:Messages Queued For Submission MSExchangeIS Mailbox:Receive Queue Size

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 127 You need to restore Active Directory settings on a mailbox server. How should you do this? (Choose all that apply.) A. B. C. D. Restore the entire server Use the Eseutil CLI tool Carry out a System State restore Use the command Setup/mode:RecoverServer

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 128 You work for an email sales-based company. Missing any email is a horrible problem for your company, so you've been asked to support a backup solution where no more than five minutes of email data can be lost in the worst-case scenario. Which of the following backup methods would be the best fit to support this? A. B. C. D. Volume shadow copy backups every five minutes taken with Windows Server Backup Local continuous replication Streaming full backups every five minutes taken with Windows Server Backup Copy backups taken every five minutes with Windows Server Backup

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 129 To enable POP3 access for the user Roose Bolton , which of the following commands must you issue? A. B. C. D. Set-CASMailbox -identity Roose.Bolton @hi-tech.com -POPEnabled:$false Set-Mailbox -identity Roose.Bolton @hi-tech.com -POPEnabled:$true Set-CASMailbox -identity Roose.Bolton @hi-tech.com -POPEnabled:$true Set-Mailbox -identity Roose.Bolton @hi-tech.com -POPDisabled:$false

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 130 The police called saying that they have recovered your missing Exchange server. When you get it back, you determine that your server does not work anymore, but you can read data from the hard disks. You want to see what has been done to your databases. Which of the following would you run to read the database header

information on your databases? A. B. C. D. ESEUtil /M ISINteg -header Get-MailboxDatabase -name <Databae_Name> -DatabaseHeader Both A and C

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

Exam K QUESTION 1 You work as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. The Active Directory structure of Certkiller .com consists of a root domain and a single child domain. The root domain is in Certkiller 1 and the child domain in Certkiller 2. You are in the process of installing Exchange Server 2007 in the child domain. In order to accomplish this task you decide to run the Setup / PrepareADcommand in the root domain. In your solution you need to ensure that Exchange can be installed on the child domain as well. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. You should run the Setup /ForestPrep command in the root domain. You should run the Setup /PrepareAllDomains command in the root domain. You should run the Setup /PrepareDomain command in the root domain. You should run the Setup /PrepareDomain command in the child domain.

Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 2 You work as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. The Active Directory forest of Certkiller .com contains a single site named Certkiller A. Certkiller A consists of a root domain and a single child domain. You have receivedinstruction from the CIO to prepare the Active Directory as well as the domains. This task needs to be accomplished before you install the Exchange Server 2007 server. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. You should run the Setup /PrepareAllDomains command. You should run the Setup /ForestPrep command. You should run the Setup /PrepareAD command. You should run the Setup /DomainPrep command.

Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 3 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. Certkiller .com has its headquarters in Stockholm where you are located. Due to company growth Certkiller .com opens a branch office in Athens and hiresanother administrator named Amy Wilson. You have received instruction from the CIO to configure the least amount permissions necessary for Amy Wilson who must be enabled to prepare Active Directory for Exchange Server 2007. What should you do?

A. You must add the user account of the administrator to an Enterprise Admins group.You must add the administrator to an Exchange Full Administrator at the organizational level. B. You must add the user account of the administrator to the Exchange Enterprise Server group.You must add the user account of the administrator to the Domain Admins group. C. You must add the user account of the administrator to an Enterprise Admins group.You must add the user account of the administrator to a Schema Admins group. D. You must add the user account of the administrator to the Domain Admins group.You must add the administrator to an Exchange Full Administrator at the organizational level. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: The user is required to be a domain admin and Exchange Full Administrator. Does not require to be a member of the schema admins group as it does not mention having to extend the schema due to Windows 2008 upgrade etc.

QUESTION 4 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com Exchange Server network has just been migrated to Exchange Server 2007. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. Every mailbox server on the Certkiller .com network is configured with two storage groups as well as two databases for each of the storage groups. You have received instruction from the CIO to ensure that the Certkiller .com Exchange Server network is fault tolerant. You thus decide to implement local continuous replication (LCR). Now you need to configure the Mailbox server with LCR. What should you do? A. First change the ratio to a single database per storage group. Then run the Enable-DatabaseCopy cmdlet. Then run the Enable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. B. First run the Disable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. Then change the databases into a single storage group. Then run the Enable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. C. First change the database ratio to a single database per storage group. Then run the DisableStorageGroupCopy cmdlet. Then run the Enable-DatabaseCopy cmdlet. D. First run the Disable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet.Then change the databases ratio into a single storage group. Then run the Enable-DatabaseCopy cmdlet. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 5 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. You are in the process of installing a new Exchange Server 2007 Organization.The native Exchange Server 2007 environment of Certkiller .com has the following server roles installed: One Edge Transport server named Certkiller -EX01, One Hub Transport server named Certkiller -EX02. You have received instruction from the CIO to configure the e-mail routing. In your solution you need to ensure that Certkiller -EX01 is configured is such a way so as to route e-mail between the Exchange organization and the Internet; and that Certkiller -EX02 is configured in such a way so as to route Internet e-mail to Certkiller -EX01. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. On Certkiller -EX02, first open the Exchange Management Console. Then import the Edge Subscription file.

B. On Certkiller -EX01, first create a new Send connector named CKEdge - Internet. Then add the *domain as an address space and specify to use DNS to route e-mail automatically.Then add Certkiller -EX01 as a source server. C. On Certkiller -EX02, first create a new Send connector named CKHub. Then add the *domain as an address space and specify to use DNS to route e-mail automatically. Then add Certkiller -EX02 as a source server. D. On Certkiller -EX01, first open the Exchange Management Shell.Then export a new Edge Subscription file. Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 6 You work as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. You are currently preparing your Exchange 2007 organization in order to install the Mailbox server role on a newly purchased Exchange Server 2007 server named Certkiller EX10. You have received instruction from the CIO to ensure that the Certkiller -EX10 read and write performance is optimal. In addition you also need to implement redundancy on Certkiller -EX10. You thus have to choose the appropriate type of array on which the mailbox database should be placed. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Make use of Make use of Make use of Make use of a dedicated RAID 10 array. a dedicated RAID 0 array. a dedicated RAID 1 array. a RAID 1 array that contains the operating system partition.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 7 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. You are in the process of converting your Exchange 2000 Server environment to Exchange Server 2007. The Certkiller .com network contains a Windows 2000 native mode Active Directory domain as well as an Exchange 2000 organization. The Exchange 2000 organization is configured to run in mixed mode. You have been informed by the CIO that the schema master, the domain naming master as well as the PDC emulator all run on a Microsoft Windows 2000 Server domain controller. You receive instructions to prepare the environment for Exchange 2007. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. You should change the mixed mode Exchange 2000 organization to native mode. B. You should move the PDC emulator role to a Windows Server 2003 domain controller that has Service Pack 1 installed. C. You should move the schema master role to a Windows Server 2003 domain controller that has Service Pack 1. D. You should move the domain naming master role to a Windows Server 2003 domain controller that has Service Pack 1.

Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 8 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. You decide to install a two-node Single Copy Cluster (SCC) Mailbox server on the Exchange Server 2007 organization of Certkiller .com. You then name the network adapters CKPublic and CKPrivate. You have received instruction from the CIO to configure the TCP/IP binding order for the cluster servers. What should you do? A. You should move the Public connection to the top of the Adapters and Bindings tab. B. You should move the Private connection to the top of the Adapters and Bindings tab. C. You should open the properties of the cluster and move the CKPrivate network to the top of the Network Priority tab. D. You should open the properties of the cluster and move the CKPublic network to the top of the Network Priority tab. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: The Public connection must be first in order in the binding tab.

QUESTION 9 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. Certkiller .com has its headquarters in Chicago and a branch office in Dallas. You have been assigned to the Dallas site office. Your instructions are to install Exchange Server 2007 on the new server. To ensure that no problems occur that might hinder the users of the Dallas site to perform their duties you decide to install the required components on the new server before you install Exchange Server 2007. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose THREE.) A. B. C. D. E. F. Install Install Install Install Install Install Windows PowerShell 1.0. Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP). Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP). Microsoft Management Console (MMC) 3.0. Microsoft .NET Framework 1.1. Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0

Answer: ADF Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 10 You work as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The

Certkiller .com network contains a stand-alone server named Certkiller -EX01. You have received instruction from the CIO to install the appropriate Exchange Server 2007 server role on Certkiller -EX01. What should you do? A. B. C. D. The Hub Transport server role should be installed on Certkiller -EX01. The Mailbox server role should be installed on Certkiller -EX01. The Client Access server role should be installed on Certkiller -EX01. The Edge Transport server role should be installed on Certkiller -EX01.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 11 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Certkiller .com network. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Mailbox server named Certkiller -EX01. Management wants you to devise a plan to install a Hub Transport server role on Certkiller -EX01. Management does not want any of the users to be inconvenienced by the installation. You then proceed as follows: Check that Exchange Server 2007 is installed on Certkiller -EX01 at C:\Program Files\Microsoft\Exchange Server. Check that a copy of the Exchange Server installation files is located in the root directory of drive C. Create a new file named CKinstall.bat in the drive C root directory. Now you need to schedule the installation of the Hub Transport server role on Certkiller -EX01 so that it does not interfere with the users' accessibility to Certkiller EX01. What should you do? A. Schedule the installation of the KTinstall.bat file for after business hours by typing "C:\Program Files \Microsoft\Exchange Server\Setup" /mode RecoverServer / roles Hub Transport Create a scheduled Task to run the executable. B. Schedule the installation of the KTinstall.bat file for after business hours by typing "C:\InstallFiles\Setup" / mode RecoverServer /roles Hub Transport Create a scheduled Task to run the executable. C. Schedule the installation of the KTinstall.bat file for after business hours by typing "C:\InstallFiles\Setup" / mode Install / roles Hub Transport Create a scheduled Task to run the executable. D. Schedule the installation of the CKinstall.bat file for after business hours by typing "C:\Program Files \Microsoft\Exchange Server\Setup" /mode Install /roles Hub Transport Create a scheduled Task to run the executable. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 12 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named Certkiller -EX01. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. You have been informed that the server running Exchange Server 2007 has failed. You need to get the server operational and thus proceeded as follows: * You rebuild the server. You recover the information in the mailbox database as well as the log directories. After the rebuild and recovery the Certkiller .com users complained that Certkiller -EX01 is unacceptably slow and does not return the expected results either. You need to address the situation by rebuilding the full - text index catalog for all databases on

the Mailbox server role. What should you do? A. First delete the full-text index catalog directory. Then run the Mount-Database cmdlet. Then start the Microsoft Exchange Search Service. B. First run the Dismount-Database cmdlet. Then delete the full-text index catalog directory. Then start the Microsoft Exchange Search Service. C. First stop the Microsoft Exchange Search Service. Then delete the full-text index catalog directory. Then start the Microsoft Exchange Search Service. D. First stop the Microsoft Exchange Search Service. Then run the Set-MailboxDatabase -IndexEnabled:$true cmdlet. Then start the Microsoft Exchange Search Service. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 13 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller . com. Management request that you configure Outlook Web Access on the Exchange Server 2007 servers on the Certkiller .com network. However the following requirements should be met: Users must be able to open Microsoft Office documents on the public workstations. Users must NOT be able to save the opened Microsoft Office documents on the public workstations. You need to configure Outlook Web Access to fulfill these requirements. What should you do? A. You should ensure that the office file formats are added to the direct file access Block List. B. You should ensure that direct file access is enabled for the public workstations. C. You ensure that Force WebReady Document Viewing is enabled as soon as a converter is available for public workstations. D. You should ensure that Office file formats are added to the supported document types for WebReady Document Viewing. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 14 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. You are currently setting up Exchange Server 2007 on the Certkiller . com network. To this end you installed an Edge Transport server named Certkiller -EX01 and a Hub Transport server named Certkiller -EX02. You need to configure the e-mail routing. However the following requirements should be met: Certkiller -EX01 should be configured to route e-mail between the Exchange organization and the Internet. Certkiller -EX02 should be configured to route Internet e-mail to Certkiller -EX01 What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. You should open the Exchange Management Console on Certkiller -EX02 and import the Edge Subscription file.

B. You should create a new Send Connector named CKEdgeInternet on Certkiller -EX01. Then you can add the *domain as an address space and indicate to make use of DNS to route e-mail automatically. Then Certkiller -EX01 can be added as a source server. C. You should create a new Send Connector named CKHubEdge on Certkiller -EX02. Then you can add the *domain as an address space and indicate to make use of DNS to route e-mail automatically. Then Certkiller -EX02 can be added as a source server. D. You have to open the Exchange Management Shell on Certkiller -EX01. Then you will be able to export a new Edge Subscription file. Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 15 You work as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named Certkiller -EX01 and a hot standby server named Certkiller -EX02. During routine maintenance you discover that that Certkiller -EX01 has failed. You need to address the situation and proceed as follows: You take the Certkiller -EX01 .edb database offline on Certkiller -EX01. You create a new storage group named CKStore and a database named Certkiller -EX02 edb on Certkiller -EX02. You copy Certkiller EX01 .edb database from Certkiller -EX01 to Certkiller -EX02. You rename the copied database from Certkiller -EX01 .edb to Certkiller -EX02.edb on Certkiller -EX02. However you are unable to mount the database on the new server after executing the actions. You need to make sure that the copied database mounts on the new server. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should rename the database on Certkiller -EX02 to Certkiller -EX01.edb. You should set the This database can be overwritten by restore attribute on the database properties. You should run the Move-Mailbox -ConfigurationOnly - TargetDatabase Certkiller -EX01.edb cmdlet. You should rename Certkiller -EX02 to Certkiller -EX01.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 16 You employed as the exchange Administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. The Certkiller .com network consists of four Active Directory sites. The four sites are named Certkiller A, Certkiller B, Certkiller C and Certkiller D respectively. There is a Hub Transport server role and a Mailbox server role installed on each of these Active Directory sites. The Active Directory sites on the Certkiller .com network are configured as shown in the exhibit below.

Certkiller .com management decided that all messages between the Certkiller A and Certkiller D sites should be routed through the Exchange server that is installed in the Certkiller C site. You need to ensure that the messages between the Certkiller A and Certkiller D sites are routed through Certkiller -EX03 in the Certkiller C site. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should run the Set- AdSiteLink -Identity A-C - ExchangeCost 25 cmdlet. You should run the Set- AdSiteLink -Identity A-C - ExchangeCost 5 cmdlet. You should run the Set- AdSite - Identity Certkiller C - HubsiteEnabled $true cmdlet. You should run the Set- AdSite - Identity Certkiller C - HubsiteEnabled $false cmdlet.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 17 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Exchange Server 2007 Organization of Certkiller .com contains a Client Access Server as well as a Hub Transport server. The server hosting the Client Access Server role is named Certkiller -EX01 and the server hosting the Hub Transport Server role is named Certkiller -EX02. You discover that Certkiller -EX01 has failed. You need to add the Client Access Server role to the existing Certkiller -EX02. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. You should run the exsetup /mode:Install /roles:ClientAccess,HubTransport command. You should run the exsetup /mode:Install /roles:ClientAccess command. You should use the Add or Remove Programs applet in the Control Panel. You should configure the server as a front-end server using the Exchange System Manager.

Answer: BD Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 18 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. You need to create a cluster continuous replication (CCR) cluster on the Certkiller .com network. You thus proceed as follows: create a failover cluster install the Mailbox server role named CKMailbox02 on the active node. Now you need to complete the CCR cluster installation. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. Install the Mailbox server role on CKMailbox2 on the passive node by running the Setup /roles:Mailbox command. B. Install the Mailbox server role on CKMailbox2 on the passive node by running the Setup /newcms / CMSname:CKMailbox02 command. C. Install the Mailbox server role on CKMailbox2 on the passive node by enabling the Passive Clustered Mailbox Role check box in the Exchange Server 2007 Setup wizard. D. Install the Mailbox server role on CKMailbox2 on the passive node by enabling the Mailbox Role check box in the Exchange Server 2007 Setup wizard. Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 19 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. You need to install an Exchange Server 2007 Edge Transport server role as well as a Hub Transport server role on the Certkiller .com network. A server named Certkiller -EX02 is located in an Active Directory site named Certkiller A. At present the Hub Transport server role is installed on Certkiller -EX02. The Edge Transport server role is installed on Certkiller -EX01. Now the Certkiller .com Active Directory information must be synchronized to the server that will be hosting the Edge Transport server role. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. On Certkiller -EX01 you should run the ADAMSync command. B. On Certkiller -EX02 you should run the New-EdgeSubscription -Filename "C:\EdgeServerSubscription. xml"?site " Certkiller A" cmdlet. C. On Certkiller -EX01 you should run the New-EdgeSubscription -Filename "C:\EdgeServerSubscription.xml" cmdlet. D. On Certkiller -EX01 you should run the ImportEdgeConfig - CloneConfigData "C:\CloneConfigData.xml" command. Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 20 You are employed as an Exchange Administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an

Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Certkiller .com Exchange network. Certkiller .com has its headquarters in Paris and a branch office in Berlin. Due to company growth Certkiller . com decides to open another branch office in Madrid. You have received instruction from the CIO to add an Exchange Server 2007 server role on a stand-alone server named Certkiller -EX09. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should install You should install You should install You should install the Hub Transport server role on Certkiller -EX09. the Client Access server role on Certkiller -EX09. the Mailbox server role on Certkiller -EX09. the Edge Transport server role on Certkiller -EX09.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 21 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller . com. The Exchange Server 2007 organization of Certkiller .com contains a Mailbox server and a Client Access server. The Mailbox server is named Certkiller -EX01 and the Client Access server is named Certkiller -EX02. The default offline address book (OAB) is available for use via Web-based distribution. It has been brought to you attention that Certkiller -EX02 does not have an updated OAB. You need to ensure that Certkiller -EX02 is able to retrieve the updated OAB from Certkiller -EX01. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should enable the Microsoft Exchange File Distribution service on Certkiller -EX02. You should enable the Microsoft Exchange Replication service on the Certkiller -EX01. You should enable the Microsoft Exchange Service Host service on the Certkiller -EX01. You should enable Microsoft Exchange Service Host service on the Certkiller -EX02.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 22 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller . com. The Edge Transport Server role is installed on a server named Certkiller -EX01 and the Hub Transport Server role is installed on a server named Certkiller -EX02. It has been brought to your attention that Certkiller -EX01 failed. Consequently you need to make alternative arrangements regarding the Edge Transport server role and thusdecide to install a new Microsoft Windows Server 2003 server as well as reinstalling the Edge Transport Server role on Certkiller -EX01. You discover that the address rewrites configured before on Certkiller -EX01 is not functioning. It is imperative that you recover the address rewrite capabilities. What should you do? A. You should import the Edge Subscription file on the Certkiller -EX02. B. You should run the Setup /m:RecoverServer command on the new server. C. You should copy the Edge Subscription file to the Certkiller -EX02.

D. You should run the ImportEdgeConfig.ps 1 script on the new server. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 23 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller . com. The Exchange Server 2007 organization is configured with cluster continuous replication (CCR). The clustered mailbox server is named Certkiller -EX02. You have received instruction from the CIO to implement a failover operation. In your solution you need to ensure that there are offline times are kept to a minimum as well as ensure that no information is lost during the failover operation. What should you do? A. You should consider running the Set- MailboxDatabase -Identity "Mailbox Database" RetainDeletedItemsUntilBackup $true cmdlet. B. You should consider running the Set- MailboxServer Certkiller -EX02 AutoDatabaseMountDial: BestAvailability cmdlet C. You should consider running the Set- MailboxServer Certkiller -EX02 AutoDatabaseMountDial:Lossless cmdlet. D. You should consider running the Set- MailboxServer Certkiller -EX02 ForceDatabaseMountAfter:Unlimited cmdlet. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 24 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller . com. A server named Certkiller -EX04 has Exchange Server 2007 installed. You have received instruction from the CIO to create a backup of the Edge Transport role that is currently on Certkiller -EX04. What should you do? A. You should run the ExportEdgeConfig.ps1 script with the -CloneConfigAnswer parameter. B. You should select the Microsoft Exchange server option in the Microsoft Windows Backup utility. C. You should select the file system location \TransportRoles\data\* option in the Microsoft Windows Backup Utility. D. You should run the ExportEdgeConfig.ps1 script with the -CloneConfigData parameter. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 25

You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller . com. A server named Certkiller -EX02 has Exchange server 2007 installed. The Certkiller .com security policy is one that adheres to the principle of least privilege. Consequently no user is to be granted more permissions that is required to perform his or her tasks. You need to accommodate the newly appointed Certkiller .com user named Kara Lang who was hired to configure the mailbox databases on Certkiller .EX02. What should you do? A. The Kara Lang user account must be added to the Exchange Recipient Administrators role. B. The Kara Lang user account must be added to the Exchange Organization Administrators role. C. The Kara Lang user account must be delegated Exchange Administrators privileges at an organizational level. D. The Kara Lang user account must be added to the Exchange Server Administrators role. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 26 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller . com. At present the Certkiller .com network contains several Exchange servers. These servers: have the Mailbox server role installed are configured to backup the existing Windows event logs are configured to backup mailbox databases The Hub Transport server role is added to the Exchange servers and consequently you need to reconfigure the backups for the servers because you need to backup the Hub Transport Server role. In your solution you need to comply with the Certkiller .com written security policy that states:sufficient data must be retained to accommodate the execution of a root cause analysis on lost or corrupted e-mail messages as much information as possible must be recovered in the event of a failure What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should add \TransportRoles\data\Queue\ directory to the backups. You should add \TransportRoles\Logs\ directory to the backups. You should add the IIS metabase to the backups. You should add the Microsoft Information Store to the backups.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 27 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Exchange 2007 Organization of Certkiller .com network contains a server named Certkiller -EX01 that holds the Mailbox server role and a server named Certkiller -EX02 that holds the Hub Transport server role. All the Certkiller .com Exchange servers are located on subnet3. All Certkiller .com users have been assigned mailboxes on Certkiller -EX01. Two users named Andy Reid and Rory Allen must communicate regularly via their mailboxes since Andy Reid is located on subnet1 and Rory Allen on subnet2. Andy Reid informs you that he sent an e-mail message to Rory Allen which was never delivered. You need to troubleshoot the situation. Thus you check and discover that the message left the Andy Reid Outbox and was listed in the Sent Items folder. You need to identify the

reason for the error. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should run the Test-MAPIConnectivity -Server Certkiller -EX01 cmdlet on Certkiller -EX01. You should run the Test-MAPIConnectivity -Server Certkiller -EX01 cmdlet on a workstation on subnet1. You should run the Test-ServiceHealth cmdlet on Certkiller -EX01. You should run the Test-ServiceHealth cmdlet on Certkiller -EX02.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 28 You work as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization that has four Exchange servers. Two of the Exchange servers host the Mailbox server role, and the other two Exchange servers host the Hub Transport server role. A user in the marketing department sent an e-mail message to a customer outside the Certkiller .com network. The e-mail address of the customer is roryallen@willowbridge.com. The e-mail message contains the latest product line. However the e-mail never reached the intended recipient. You need to determine whether the e-mail did indeed leave the Certkiller .com Exchange organization. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should run the Get-Queue - Filter {status - eq "retry" cmdlet. You should run the Get- Recipient - Filter { PrimarySmtpAddress - eq roryallen@willowbridge.com} cmdlet. You should run the Get-Queue -Filter { NextHopDomain - eq "willowbridge.com"} cmdlet. You should run the Get-Message -Filter {Subject - eq "Latest Production Line"} cmdlet.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 29 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. Certkiller .com recently acquired a new company named TestLabs, Inc. The Certkiller .com management wants all e-mail that is currently sent to TestLabs, Inc. to be accepted by the Certkiller .com e-mail servers in future. The e-mail servers of TestLabs Inc will thus be decommissioned and you will have to make the necessary arrangements regarding the TestLabs, Inc e-mail. You need to ensure that the Exchange Server 2007 organization of Certkiller .com is configured to accept e-mail messages sent to testlabs.com. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should consider adding testlabs.com to the accepted domains as an internal relay domain. You should consider adding testlabs.com to the accepted domains as an external relay domain. You should consider adding a new e-mail address generation policy for testlabs.com. You should consider adding testlabs.com to the accepted domains as an authoritative domain.

Answer: D Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 30 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The entire Exchange Server 2007 network of Certkiller .com is configured with default settings. The Security Manager has been assigned the CKManager@ Certkiller .com e-mail address. In lieu of a security breach the Security manager wants a copy of all e-mail messages that are sent and received by tempuser@ Certkiller . com. You need to make the necessary configuration changes to ensure that all e-mail messages that are sent and received by tempuser@ Certkiller .com is sent to CKManager@ Certkiller .com. What should you do? A. You should consider running the Set-JournalRule -Name:?tempuser' -JournalEmailAddress:?tempuser@ Certkiller .com' -Scope:?Global' -Enabled:$true -Recipient:?CKManager@ Certkiller .com' cmdlet. B. You should consider running the New-JournalRule -Name:?tempuser' -JournalEmailAddress:?tempuser@ Certkiller .com' -Scope:?Global' -Enabled:$true -Recipient:?CKManager@ Certkiller .com' cmdlet. C. You should consider running the New-JournalRule -Name:?tempuser' -JournalEmailAddress:?tempuser@ Certkiller .com' -Scope:?Internal' -Enabled:$true -Recipient:?CKManager@ Certkiller .com' cmdlet. D. You should consider configuring e-mail forwarding on the tempusers account.Thereafter you will be allowed to change the setting to forward e-mail to CKManager@ Certkiller .com. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 31 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. Certkiller .com merged with a company named TestLabs Inc. Both companies have a mixed e-mail system that contains Exchange Server 2003 servers, Exchange Server 2007 servers, Outlook 2003 clients as well as Outlook 2007 clients. At present the Certkiller.com Exchange network has one remote SMTP domain for * that is configured with the Allow none option. You need to configure the delivery of out-of-office (OOF) messages to the testlabs.com domain. In your solution you need to make sure that no users outside of the merged companies can receive OOF messages. What should you do? A. You should consider adding a new remote domain for *.testlabs.com. Then select the Allow Internal out-ofoffice and out-of-office set by Outlook 2003 for earlier clients and set on Exchange 2003 or earlier servers' option. B. You should consider adding a new remote domain for *.testlabs.com. Then you should enable the Allow external out-of -office only option. C. You should consider enabling the Allow external out-of-office only option on the remote domain D. You should consider selecting the Allow external out-of-office and out-of-office set by Outlook 2003 or earlier clients.Then you can enable the Exchange 2003 or earlier servers option. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 32 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. At present the Certkiller .com users make use of Microsoft Outlook Web Access and Outlook Anywhere on the Certkiller .com Exchange 2007 network. You create a new mailbox at 10:00. At 12:00 you received complaints from some Certkiller .com users that they are unable to see the new mailbox in the Global Address List (GAL). You investigate the issue and find that it is the users that are running Outlook Anywhere that are unable to see the new mailbox whereas the users running Outlook Web Access are able to see the new mailbox and use it. You need to ensure that clients running Outlook Anywhere is able to see the new mailbox in GAL within four hours after it was created. You thus decide to configure the Exchange Server 2007 server to accomplish the task. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should enable the Public Folder distribution for the offline address book. You should customize an update schedule for the offline address book. You should enable the Web-based distribution for the offline address book. You should enable the Public Folder distribution in order to support the Outlook 2003 Service Pack 2 or later clients on the offline address book.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 33 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The default settings on the Certkiller .com network are of such a nature that all Certkiller .com users can receive email directly from the Internet. Further configurations also ensure that there is a distribution group that can receive e-mail messages from other Certkiller .com users. This distribution group is named CKResponse. The Certkiller .com users can make use of Microsoft Office Outlook to send e-mail messages to users in the CKResponse distribution group. When checking the network, you notice that all messages sent to the distribution group from the Internet are rejected. You need to ensure that e-mail messages from internal as well as Internet clients are sent to the SMTP address of CKResponse. What should you do? A. Make the group visible from the Outlook global address list by modifying the properties of CKResponse. B. Make the Hub Transport servers allow permit anonymous clients by modifying the SMTP Receive connectors. C. Ensure that the Everyone group has the Send As permission property by modifying the properties of the CKResponse distribution group. D. Ensure that the CKResponse distribution group does not require all senders to be authenticated by modifying the properties of the CKResponse distribution group. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 34 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named Certkiller -EX05. You need to configure Certkiller -EX05 to ensure that the particular distribution group to permit out-of-office responses from the mailboxes of members of the distribution group. What should you do? A. You should recreate the distribution group as a security group. B. You should enable the out-of-office responses checkbox on the default remote domain policy. C. You should enable the delivery reports to be sent to message senders checkbox on the properties of the distribution group. D. You should enable the out-of-office responses to be sent to message senders checkbox on the distribution group properties. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 35 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named Certkiller -EX01. A Certkiller .com user named Andy Reid complains one morning that he is unable to access his mailbox. You need to address the situation. You thus check his e-mail account and notice that his e-mail account is configured to use POP3 and that it had been purged from Certkiller -EX01 by accident. You thus restore a backup copy of the database that holds the mailbox recovery storage group on Certkiller -EX01. However Andy Reid reports that he still unable to access his mailbox. You need to make sure that Andy Reid is able to access his mailbox. What should you do? A. Prior to reconnecting the mailbox B. Prior to reconnecting the mailbox order to connect to the mailbox. C. Prior to reconnecting the mailbox the mailbox. D. Prior to reconnecting the mailbox Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: you should move the mailbox to a standard storage group. you should instruct the client to make use of Outlook Web Access in you should instruct the client to make use of IMAP in order to connect to you should enable POP3 access on the mailbox.

QUESTION 36 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. You have received instruction from the CIO to ensure that the owners of every distribution group within the organization are able to modify the membership of that particular group. However, you need to ensure that the

owner is not allowed to make any other changes by making the appropriate configuration changes to each distribution group. What should you do? A. You should assign the Exchange Recipient Administrator role to the user accounts of the distribution group owners'. B. You should assign the Write permission to the owners user account. C. You should assign the Send As permission to the owners user account. D. You should add the owner on the Managed By tab of every distribution group. Then select the Manager can update membership list check box. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 37 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. You were compelled to restore the directory objects and settings from a backup that was taken on Monday, October 13 after the Certkiller .com Active Directory environment became corrupted on the Friday, October 18. However, after the restoration a number of users reported that they are unable to access their mailboxes and they were assigned mailboxes between the Monday, October 13 and the corruption of the Active Directory environment on Friday October 18. These users all require access to their mailboxes and you thus need to address the issue. What should you do? A. B. C. D. The most recent System State backup should be restored. You should run the Enable-Mailbox cmdlet on the Exchange server. You should run the Connect-Mailbox cmdlet from the Exchange server. The most recent mailbox database backup should be restored.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 38 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Exchange Server 2007 Organization of Certkiller .com network contains a conference room mailbox named CKMailbox. You need to move CKMailbox from an Exchange Server 2003 server to an Exchange Server 2007 server. In your solution you must ensure that CKMailbox can be scheduled as a resource when you convert it to an Exchange 2007 resource mailbox. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. You should run the Set- MAilboxCalendarSettings -Identity " CKMailbox "AutomateProcessing Auto Update cmdlet. B. You should run the Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " CKMailbox "AutomateProcessing AutoAccept cmdlet.

C. You should run the Set-Mailbox -Identity "CKMailbox "-Type Room cmdlet. D. You should run the Set-Mailbox-Identity " CKMailbox "-Type Regular cmdlet. Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 39 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Exchange Server 2007 organization of Certkiller .com contains a resource mailbox. The resource mailbox is named CKResource. Currently all users on the Certkiller .com network are capable of scheduling meetings for CKResource. Due to Staff shuffling only Dean Austin and Kara Lang must be able to schedule meetings for CKResource in future. You need to configure the appropriate settings for CKResource that will allow only Dean Austin and Kara Lang to schedule meetings. What should you do? A. You should run the Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity"CKResource"-ResourceDelegates DeanAustin , KaraLang cmdlet. B. You should run the Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity"CKResource"-RequestOutof Policy DeanAustin , KaraLang - AllBookInPolicy cmdlet. C. You should run the Set-MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " CKResource "-BookInPolicy DeanAustin , KaraLang - AllBookInPolicy $false cmdlet. D. You should run the Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity" CKResource"-RequestInPolicy DeanAustin , KaraLang cmdlet. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 40 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 clustered mailbox server named Certkiller -EX01. Certkiller -EX01 is installed on a single Copy Cluster (SCC). Management requests that you add an additional storage group and database to the clustered mailbox server. What should you do? (To answer, select the correct answer from the column on the left and place it in the column on the right.)

Answer:

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 41 You work as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization named Certkiller -EX01. Your main job function includes managing the Certkiller . com network. A new Certkiller .com policy states that all attached files should be removed from meeting requests. You thus need to configure the conference room resource mailboxes in Certkiller -EX01 to remove attached files from meeting requests so as to comply with the policy. What should you do? A. You should consider running the Get-Mailbox - RecipientTypeDetails RoomMailbox | SetMailboxCalendarSettings -DeleteAttachments: $true cmdlet. B. You should consider running the Get-Mailbox - RecipientTypeDetails RoomMailbox | SetMailboxCalendarSettings -DeleteNonCalendarItems: $true cmdlet.

C. You should consider running the Get-Mailbox - RecipientTypeDetails RoomMailbox ; SetMailboxCalendarSettings - DeleteAttachments : $true cmdlet. D. You should consider running the Get-Mailbox - RecipientTypeDetails RoomMailbox ; SetMailboxCalendarSettings - DeleteNonCalendarItems : $true cmdlet. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 42 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com.The Certkiller .com network contains a mail-enabled public folder named CKMonitor. CKMonitor is configured to receive automated alerts from the Certkiller .com monitoring system. Certain users at Certkiller .com send email messages to CKMonitor by selecting it from the global access list (GAL) which is located in Microsoft Office Outlook. Due to a breach in security you have received instruction from the CIO to stop the users from selecting the CKMonitor from the global access list while ensuring that your solution does not affect the monitoring alerts that should be received by CKMonitor. What should you do? A. You should consider removing the Folder visible feature for the Default name using the Outlook client on CKMonitor. B. You should consider running the Set-MailPublicFolder cmdlet with the DisplayName parameter set to $false. C. You should consider running the Set-MailPublicFolder cmdlet with the HiddenFromAddressListsEnabled parameter set to $true. D. You should consider running the Set-AddressList"Public Folders" -RecipientFilter "DisplayName -is 'CKMonitor'" cmdlet. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 43 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com marketing department required a public folder. You have received instruction to configure a public folder for the marketing department. You want the public folder to replicate on Fridays and Saturdays as well as ensuring that posts to the public folder will be denied after the folders size reaches 300 MB. You thus have to determine the appropriate cmdlet to accomplish the task. What should you do? A. You should run the Set- PublicFolder - PostStorageQuota 300MB UseDatabaseRetentionDefaults : $true cmdlet. B. You should run the Set- PublicFolder - MaxItemSize 300MB - RelicationSchedule "Friday.06:00 AMSunday.05:59 PM" cmdlet. C. You should run the Set- PublicFolder - StorageQuota 300MB - ReplicationSchedule "Friday.06:00 AMSaturday.05:59 PM" cmdlet.

D. You should run the Set- PublicFolder - PostStorageQuota 300MB - ReplicationSchedule "Friday.06:00 AMSaturday.05:59 PM" cmdlet. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 44 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a conference room mailbox named CKMail which is currently run on an Exchange Server 2003 server. You need to move CKMail from the Exchange Server 2003 server to an Exchange Server 2007 server. Consequently you need to convert CKMail to an Exchange 2007 resource mailbox. You also have to make sure that the mailbox can be listed as a resource. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. You should run the Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " CKMail "AutomateProcessing Auto Update cmdlet. B. You should run the Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " CKMail "AutomateProcessing AutoAccept cmdlet. C. You should run the Set-Mailbox-Identity " CKMail "-Type Regular cmdlet. D. You should run the Set-Mailbox -Identity " CKMail "-Type Room cmdlet. Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 45 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. Certkiller .com has headquarters in London and a branch office in Paris. The sales representatives of Certkiller .com are situated in the London and Paris offices. The Exchange Server 2007 server in the Paris office is named Certkiller -EX07. Due to rapid company growth Certkiller .com opened another branch office in Madrid. The Madrid office is then equipped with an Exchange Server 2007 server named Certkiller -EX10. Certkiller .com employs an additional group of sales representatives for the Madrid office. The sales manager in the Madrid office requests a local replica of the Sales public folder. This public folder is positioned in the root of the public folder tree. You need to ensure that a replica of the folder is added to the Exchange server in the Madrid office. What should you do? A. You should run the Set- PublicFolder " Certkiller -EX07\Sales" -replicas " Certkiller -EX10 \Public Folder Database" cmdlet. B. You should run the Set- PublicFolder "\Sales" -replicas " Certkiller -EX07\Public Folder Database"," Certkiller -EX10 \Public Folder Database" cmdlet. C. You should run the Set- PublicFolder "\Sales" -replicas " Certkiller -EX10 \Public Folder Database" cmdlet. D. You should run the Set- PublicFolder " Certkiller -EX07\Sales" -replicas " Certkiller -EX10 \Public Folder Database" cmdlet. Answer: B

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 46 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. There are two Exchange servers on the Exchange Server 2007 organization. The servers are named Certkiller -EX01 and Certkiller -EX02 respectively. You need to move the mailboxes located on Certkiller -EX01 to Certkiller -EX02. Management wants this to happen Friday at 10 PM so that none of the Certkiller .com users are inconvenienced. However, you will not be at the office at that particular time since it will be after business hours. What should you do? A. You should run the Get-Mailbox -server Certkiller -EX01 | Move-mailbox - TargetDatabase " Certkiller EX02\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database" cmdlet from the Exchange Management Shell on Friday at 10PM using the Microsoft Windows scheduler. B. You should run the Get-Mailbox | Move-mailbox - TargetDatabase " Certkiller -EX02\First Storage Group \Mailbox Database" cmdlet from the Exchange Management Shell on Friday at 10PM using Microsoft Windows scheduler. C. You should run the Get-Mailbox -server Certkiller -EX01 | Move-mailbox - TargetDatabase " Certkiller EX02\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database" cmdlet with the StartDate parameter set for Friday at 10PM. D. You should run the Get-Mailbox | Move-mailbox - TargetDatabase " Certkiller -EX02\First Storage Group \Mailbox Database" cmdlet with the StartDate parameter set for Friday at 10PM. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 47 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Exchange Server 2007 organization contains two servers. The servers are named Certkiller -EX01 and Certkiller -EX02 respectively. You discover that Certkiller -EX01 failed and need to address the situation. However it seems that Certkiller -EX01 cannot be restored to service. You thus need to move the mailboxes from Certkiller -EX01 to Certkiller -EX02. What should you do? A. You should run the Get-Mailbox-Server Certkiller -EX01 | Move-Mailbox - ConfigurationOnly TargetDatabase " Certkiller -EX02\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database" cmdlet. B. You should run the Get-Mailbox-Server Certkiller -EX01 | Move-Mailbox - IgnorePolicyMatch TargetDatabase " Certkiller -EX02\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database" cmdlet. C. You should run the Get-Mailbox-Server Certkiller -EX01 | Move-Mailbox IgnoreRuleLimitErrors TargetDatabase " Certkiller -EX02\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database" cmdlet. D. You should run the Get-Mailbox-Server Certkiller -EX01 | Move-Mailbox - Server Certkiller _EX01 | MoveMailbox - ValidateOnly - TargetDatabase " Certkiller -EX02\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database" cmdlet. Answer: A Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 48 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. Certkiller .com has headquarters in London and a branch office in Paris. The Exchange Server 2007 server in the London office is named Certkiller -EX07 and the Exchange Server 2003 server in the London office is names Certkiller -EX08. At present the Certkiller -EX07 server contains a mailbox that has 25 KB of mailbox rules. You need to move the mailbox from Certkiller -EX07 to Certkiller EX08. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should run the move-Mailbox cmdlet with the IgnorePolicyMatch parameter. You should run the Move-Mailbox cmdlet with the IgnoreRuleLimitErrors parameter. You should use the Exchange Server 2003 Exchange Task wizard. You should use the Exchange Server 2007 Move Mailbox wizard.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 49 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. You have received several reports from clients in various departments stating that important e-mail messages pertaining their work are delivered to their Microsoft Office Outlook Junk E-mail folders. They need these emails to continue with their duties. You need to address the situation. You check and detect that the e-mail addresses of the message senders were on the Outlook Safe Senders List. Now you need to ensure that user defined Safe Senders Lists are used during the Exchange Edge Transport server message delivery so the e-mail messages are not delivered to the Microsoft Office Outlook Junk E-mail folders. What should you do? A. The authenticated message bypass on the Edge Transport server content filter configuration should be enabled. B. The Update-SafeList cmdlet should be run on the Mailbox server for each mailbox. C. The Outlook E-mail Postmark validation on the Mailbox server content filter configuration should be enabled. D. The anti-spam updates on the Edge Transport server should be enabled. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 50 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. You have just completed a migration to Exchange Server 2007 on the Certkiller .com network. You configure every mailbox server on the Certkiller .com network with two storage

groups as well as two databases per storage group. You need to provide fault tolerance and thus have to implement local continuous replication (LCR) by configuring the Mailbox server with LCR. What should you do? A. You should change the database ratio to one database per storage group. Then run the EnableDatabaseCopy cmdlet. Then run the Update-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. B. You should change the database ratio to one database per storage group. Then run the EnableDatabaseCopy cmdlet. Then run the Enable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. C. You should run the Disable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. Then run the Enable-DatabaseCopy cmdlet. Then run the Update-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. D. You should move the databases to a single storage group. Then run the Enable-DatabaseCopy cmdlet. Then run the Update-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 51 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. During routine maintenance of the Exchange server you discover that the settings that indicate the storage limits for the mailbox stores differ. You need to ensure that the Exchange server mailbox stored have similar storage limits and thus have to create an Exchange Management Shell script to accomplish this. What should you do? A. Create the script by ensuring that the output of the Get-MailboxDatabase cmdlet is redirected to the SetMailboxDatabase cmdlet with the correct parameters. B. Create the script by ensuring that the output of the Get-Mailbox cmdlet is redirected to the SetMailboxDatabase cmdlet with the correct parameters. C. Create the script by ensuring that the output of the Get-ExchangeServer cmdlet is redirected to the SetMailboxDatabase cmdlet with the correct parameters. D. Create the script by ensuring that the output of the Get-MailboxDatabase cmdlet is redirected to the SetMailbox cmdlet with the correct parameters. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 52 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The manager of the Certkiller .com IP department wants to know the total size of the mailboxes. You need to supply the relevant information. What should you do? A. You should run the Get-Mailbox cmdlet. B. You should run the Database Troubleshooter in the Exchange Troubleshooting Assistant. C. You should run the Get-MailboxDatabase cmdlet.

D. You should run the Get-MailboxStatistics cmdlet. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 53 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. Certkiller .com employs another administrator to assist with the workload. You need to make sure that the new administrator, Rory Allen will be able to create a Send connector on a Hub transport server. In your solution you must remember the Certkiller . com written security policy of least privilege and must thus assign Rory Allen the least amount of permissions required to fulfill his duties. What should you do? A. You should consider delegating Exchange Full Administrator privileges at the organizational level to Rory Allen. B. You should consider adding Rory Allen to the Domain Admins group to enable him to create a Send connector. C. You should consider running the Add-ExchangeAdminstrator ?Role ServerAdmin ?Identity RoryAllen cmdlet. D. You should consider running the Add-ExchangeAdministrator ?Role OrgAdmin ?Identity RoryAllen cmdlet. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 54 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a Hub server named Certkiller -EX01. Certkiller -EX01 is equipped with a foreign connector named CKConnector. CKConnector connects to a fax server named CKFax. You need to move the existing Drop directory for CKFax and thus proceed as follows: You create a new directory named CKDirectory on CKFax.You run the Set ForeignConnector "CKConnector' -DropDirectory "CKDirectory" cmdlet. You run the Set-TransportServer Certkiller -EX01 -RootDropDirectoryPath \\CKFax\Drop Directory cmdlet. Now you need to ensure that the messages that are pending are delivered. What should you do? A. You should run the Set-ForeignConnector cmdlet with the correct parameter to set the CKDirectory size. B. You should add the administrators group with Full Control permission to CKDirectory. C. You should run the Set-ForeignConnector cmdlet with the correct parameter to set the maximum message size. D. You should ensure that all the messages are copied in the old Drop directory to CKDirectory. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 55 You work as the Exchange Administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. Certkiller .com has acquired a business partner named Willow Bridge Ltd. The Certkiller .com written security policy states that employees are not permitted to send out-of-office messages to users outside the companies Exchange 2007 organization. After the acquisition of the new partner Certkiller . com were compelled to make an exception to this policy to allow an operational arrangement of the Exchange Server organization. The SMTP domain for Willow Bridge Ltd is willowbridge.com. You need to configure the Exchange organization of Certkiller .com. You thus have to ensure that out-of-office messages can be sent to the e-mail addresses in the willowbridge.com domain. What should you do? A. B. C. D. First create a Send connector for willowbridge.com. Then set the correct options. First add willowbridge.com as an accepted domain. Then set the correct options. First add willowbridge.com as a remote domain. Then set the correct options. First create a transport rule. Then set the correct options.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 56 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. A new Certkiller .com security policy requires that you increase the anti-spam restrictions for your Exchange Server 2007 organization. You send an e-mail message to the Certkiller .com associates to forward all e-mail messages that are blocked by the content filters to anti-spam@ Certkiller .com. A team of technicians will review the messages in order for modifications to be made to the Safe Senders List. This will prevent the legitimate e-mails from being blocked in the future. At present messages from external users are being sent to anti-spam@ Certkiller .com. However, no messages from the external users appear in the anti-spam mailbox. You need to configure the anti-spam mailbox to receive e-mail messages that are categorized as spam. What should you do? A. You should run the Set- ContentFilterConfig - BypassedRecipients anti-spam@ Certkiller .com cmdlet. B. You should run the Set- RecipientFilterConfig - BlockListEnabled $false BlockedRecipients anti-spam@ Certkiller .com cmdlet. C. You should run the Set- ContentFilterConfig - RecipientValidationEnabled $false cmdlet. D. You should run the Set- ContentFilterConfig - BypassedSenders anti-spam@ Certkiller .com cmdlet. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 57 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Edge Transport server named Certkiller -EX01. Certkiller -EX01 is

configured with a spam quarantine mailbox. You have received several instructions from the CIO regarding the configuration of Certkiller -EX01 spam quarantine mailbox. These instructions compel you to: Minimize the amount of spam that reaches the Inboxes of the users * Ensure that you will be able to review the marked messages * Monitor the messages for false positives. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should minimize the spam confidence level (SCL) threshold value for quarantining e-mail. You should increase the spam confidence level (SCL) threshold value for deleting e-mail. You should increase the spam confidence level (SCL) threshold value for quarantining e-mail. You should minimize the spam confidence level (SCL) threshold value for rejecting e-mail.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: The SCL on the Server needs to be increased so that lesser spam reaches the Inboxes of the Users.

QUESTION 58 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. During routine maintenance you detect a new virus with an .ext file extension manifested itself on the Exchange 2007 organization. The existing attachment filtering settings of the Certkiller .com network are configured to delete specified attachments as well as to permit the message to be delivered. You discover that the virus files are not being filtered. You thus need to address the issue. You need to: * stop the virus from spreading * ensure that the e-mail recipient receives neither the attachment nor the e-mail message * ensure that the message containing the virus do not produce a non-delivery report (NDR) * add a filter for the .ext file extension of the virus What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should run the Set -AttachmentFiterListConfig -Action Reject -RejectMessage "None" cmdlet. You should run the Set -AttachmentFilterListConfig -Action SilentDelete cmdlet. You should add the Set -AttachmentFilterEntry -Name *.ext -type ContentType cmdlet. You should add the Set -AttachmentFilterEntry -Name *.ext -type FileName cmdlet.

Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 59 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network consists of five Active Directory sites. The sites are named Certkiller A, Certkiller B, Certkiller C, Certkiller D, and Certkiller E respectively. These sites are configured as shown in the exhibit below.

All the sites are equipped with an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server as well as a Hub Transport server. The Certkiller .com management wants the mail flow to be reconfigured because at present all the outbound email traffic goes via the Certkiller A site. The purpose of the reconfiguration is to ensure that all outbound email messages sent from the clients in the Certkiller C office will be sent out of your Exchange organization via Certkiller -EX05 in the Certkiller E office. You need to perform the appropriate reconfiguration. What should you do? A. You should consider making use of the New- SendConnector -Name ' Certkiller E' AddressSpaces:?smtp : *;1'- DNSRoutingEnabled:$true -SourceTransportServers:' Certkiller -EX05' command. B. You should consider making use of the Set- AdsiteLink -Id Certkiller D- Certkiller E ADCost 5 command. C. You should consider making use of the Set- SendConnector -Identity ' Certkiller C' -AddressSpaces:?smtp : *,1'- DNSRoutingEnabled:$false -SourceTransportServers:' Certkiller -EX01' command. D. You should consider making use of the Set- AdSite -Identity Certkiller E HubSiteEnabled:$true command. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 60 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a native Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller . com. Following are the server roles currently installed on the Certkiller .com network: * Four Mailbox servers * One Edge Transport server named Certkiller -EX01 * One Hub Transport server named Certkiller -EX02 The Certkiller .com Sales department makes use of a Windows SMTP relay with an IP address of 192.168.10.200. A new policy in the Sales department states that e-mail from the department to personnel must be sent from this SMTP relay. You thus need to make the necessary configuration changes so that the Exchange environment to accept e-mail messages from the internal sales SMTP relay. What should you do?

A. You should run the New- ReceiveConnector -Name ?Sales e-mail'-Server Certkiller -EX01 RemoteIPRanges 192.168.10.25 - AuthMechanism BasicAuth -Usage Partner cmdlet. B. You should run the New- ReceiveConnector -Name ?Sales e-mail'-Server Certkiller -EX01 RemoteIPRanges 192.168.10.25 - AuthMechanism BasicAuth -Usage External cmdlet. C. You should run the New- ReceiveConnector -Name ?Sales e-mail'-Server Certkiller -EX02 RemoteIPRanges 192.168.10.25 - AuthMechanism BasicAuth -Usage Partner cmdlet. D. You should run the New- ReceiveConnector -Name ?Sales e-mail' -Server Certkiller -EX02 RemoteIPRanges 192.168.10.25 - AuthMechanism BasicAuth -Usage Internal cmdlet. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 61 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com management wants a new message classification that will be for exclusive use inside the company. To this end you then create this new message classification and name it CKData. You need to ensure that CKData is not sent outside the company. Now you need to redirect all outbound e-mail messages that have the CKData classification to the CKDocs mailbox. What should you do? A. You should run the Set-MessageClassification -Identity?CKData' -RetainClassificationEnabled:$true cmdlet. B. You should run the Set-MessageClassification -Identity?CKData'-UserDisplayEnabled:$true cmdlet. C. You should redirect all messages sent from internal clients to clients outside the company as well as messages marked CKData to the CKDocs mailbox by creating a new transport rule. D. You should run the Set-MessageClassification cmdlet to add read permissions to CKData. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 62 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. Certkiller .com makes use of Microsoft ActiveSync policy. As a security measure the Microsoft ActiveSync policy is configured to ensure that idle clients provide their password every 20 minutes. You therefore decide to configure an inactivity timer on the network computers. You receive a request from the Marketing manager named Amy Wilson, to ensure that her laptop computer is not affected by the inactivity timer. Her laptop computer is named Certkiller -WS236. You need to ensure that Certkiller -WS236 is not affected by the timeout policy. However, you need to take care that the other corporate policy settings are maintained. What should you do? A. You should consider reconfiguring Certkiller -WS236 for ActiveSync.You should consider reconfiguring Certkiller -WS236 for ActiveSync. B. You should consider removing the ActiveSync policy from the Amy Wilson mailbox.

C. You should create a new ActiveSync policy that contains all the necessary settings. Then apply it to Amy Wilson's mailbox. D. You should change the password setting on Certkiller -WS236 in order to override the ActiveSync policy. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 63 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains of an Exchange Server 2007 server named Certkiller -EX01. You need to prepare and configure e-mail retention on four custom managed folders for all mailboxes on Certkiller -EX01. To accomplish this task you proceed as follows: * configure the managed folder assistant for Certkiller -EX01 * create four managed custom folders * create a new managed folder mailbox policy named CKMail * add all the custom managed folders to the CKMail policy * create managed content settings for every folder as well as configuring the required retention settings * complete the configuration of the messaging records management (MRM) retention settings Now you need to make these four mailboxes available for the mailboxes on Certkiller -EX01. What should you do? A. You have to create a new managed folder mailbox policy for the managed custom folders. B. You have to ensure that the managed custom content settings are added to the four managed custom folders. C. You have to ensure that the CKMail policy is added for every mailbox on Certkiller -EX01. D. You have to ensure that the enable retention hold for items in the mailbox check box is selected for all mailboxes on Certkiller -EX01. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 64 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network is configured with a custom Security Configuration Wizard (SCW) policy. You apply the SCW policy to an Exchange Server 2007 Edge Transport server named Certkiller -EX04. Management informs you to apply the policy to a new Edge Transport server named Certkiller -EX05. Following is the procedure that you followed: * Install the custom Security Configuration Wizard on Certkiller -EX05. * Copy the existing Security Configuration Wizard policy to Certkiller -EX05 as C:\ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml. Now you need to apply the custom policy to Certkiller -EX05. What should you do? A. You should run the Scwcmd register /kbname:" Ex2007KB "/ kbfile:" %programfiles%\Microsoft\Exchange Server\scripts\Exchange2007 Edge .xml" command.Then apply the C\ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml policy using the SCW.

B. You should run the Scwcmd register /kbname:"Ex2007EdgeKB "/ kbfile:"%programfiles %\Microsoft \Exchange Server\scripts\Exchange2007 .xml" command.Then apply the C:\ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml policy using the SCW. C. You should apply the C:\ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml policy using the SCW.Then run the Scwcmd register / kbname:"Ex2007EdgeKB "/kbfile:"%programfiles%\Microsoft\Exchange Server\scripts\Exchange2007 . xml"command. D. You should apply the C:\ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml policy using the SCW.Then run the Scwcmd register / kbname:"Ex2007KB "/ kbfile:"%programfiles%\Microsoft\Exchange Server\scripts\Exchange2007Edge . xml" command. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 65 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Exchange Server organization contains a mail-enabled public folder. This folder is named CKMonitor and is configured to receive automated alerts. All automated alerts are sent by an external monitoring system. The clients of Certkiller .com are able to send e-mail messages to CKMonitor. You receive numerous complaints from clients stating that the mail from the monitoring system is returned with a non-delivery report. You need to make sure that the clients receive monitoring alerts in CKMonitor. What should you do? A. You should run the Add-PublicFolderClientPermission -AccessRights: EditOwnedItems cmdlet for anonymous users for CKMonitor. B. You should run the Set-MailPublicFolder -RequireSenderAuthenticationEnabled: $true cmdlet for CKMonitor. C. You should use Microsoft Office Outlook to assign default clients the permission to create items in CKMonitor. D. You should use Microsoft Office Outlook to allocate anonymous clients the permission to create items in TestMonitor. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 66 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Exchange 2007 Organization contains a Mailbox server named Certkiller -EX01. You need to determine whether the clients in the Finance department are able to log on to Certkiller -EX01 directly by making use of Microsoft Office Outlook. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should run the Test- OutlookWebServices cmdlet on the client network. You should run the Test- MAPIConnectivity cmdlet on the client network. You should run the Test- WebServiceHealthConnectivity cmdlet on the client network. You should run the Test- ServiceHealth cmdlet on the client network.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 67 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. Clive Wilson is marketing manager of Certkiller .com. Kara Lang is promoted as the assistant of Clive Wilson. You have received instruction from the CIO to ensure that Kara Lang will be capable of viewing the folders and subfolders in the mailbox of Clive Wilson. One of the job functions of Kara Lang is to open and respond to the e-mails the marketing manager receives. For security reasons and to subscribe to the principle of least privilege you need to ensure that Kara Lang is assigned only the necessary permissions that will allow her to complete her tasks. What should you do? A. You should assign Kara Lang the Allow-Full Control permission for the user account of Clive Wilson in the Active Directory Users and Computers. B. You should run the Add-ADPermission -Identity CliveWilson ?User KaraLang ?AccessRights Self? ExtendedRights Send-As cmdlet. C. You should run the Add-MailboxPermission ?Identity CliveWilson ?User KaraLang ?AccessRights ExternalAccount cmdlet. D. You should run the Add-MailboxPermissions ?Identity CliveWilson ?User KaraLang ?AccessRights FullAccess cmdlet. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 68 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. At present Microsoft ActiveSync is configured on the Exchange servers but is presently disabled for user on the Exchange Server 2007 organization. A Certkiller .com employee named Kara Lang works in the Research and Development department. She is assigned a new laptop workstation named Certkiller -WS236. She requests that Certkiller -WS236 is synchronized with the Exchange servers over a wireless network so as to accommodate her research tasks. You need to allow ONLY Kara Lang to use the ActiveSync feature. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. You should enable Microsoft ActiveSync using the Active Directory Users and Computers console. You should enable Microsoft ActiveSync using the Exchange Management Console. You should enable Microsoft ActiveSync by running the Set-CASMailbox cmdlet. You should enable Microsoft ActiveSync by running the Set-Mailbox cmdlet.

Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 69 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named Certkiller -EX01. During routine maintenance you notice that an inappropriate message with the subject line of Exchange is sent to all clients on Certkiller -EX01. You need to ensure that the message is deleted from the mailboxes on Certkiller EX01. What should you do? A. First create a new mailbox named CKMail that contains a folder named Export. Then run the Get-Mailbox Server Certkiller -EX01 | Export-Mailbox - TargetMailbox CKMail - TargetFolder Export -SubjectKeywords "Exchange"-DeleteContent cmdlet. B. First locate the message ID of the original message on Certkiller -EX01. Then run the Export-Message Identity <IDnumber> c:\temp cmdlet. Then delete the messages in the directory. C. First create a new transport rule named CKExcDel from the Exchange Management Console. Then set the condition to "when the Subject field contains CKExcDel". Then set the action to "silently drop the message". D. First locate the message ID of the original message on Certkiller -EX01. Then run the Remove-Message Identity <IDnumber> cmdlet. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 70 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. Certkiller .com has headquarters in London and a branch office in Berlin. Management has decided to close the Berlin office due to lack of performance. Personnel in the Berlin office have mailbox-enabled user accounts. The user accounts make use of the value Berlin in the City attribute. The user accounts of the Berlin office staff must be disabled and their mailboxes must be disconnected. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose TWO.) A. You should consider using the Exchange Management Console to apply a filter to the City attribute to contain Berlin staff user accounts and mailboxes. Then highlight the filtered users and select Disable. B. You should consider using the Exchange Management Console to apply a filter to the City attribute to contain Berlin staff user accounts and mailboxes. Then highlight the filtered users and select Remove. C. You should consider running the Get-User -Filter "City-like?Berlin'"| Remove-Mailbox cmdlet. D. You should consider running the Get-User -Filter "City-like?Berlin'"| Disable-Mailbox cmdlet. Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 71 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Human Resources manager at Certkiller .com required a list of all the newly appointed staff members. You

complied with his request and provided him with an automatically generated CSV file that lists the newly appointed staff members. This file contains the data needed to create the mailboxes for newly appointed staff members. These newly appointed staff members have to be assigned user accounts and mailboxes. You thus need to create new user accounts as well as mailboxes directly from the CSV file. What should you do? A. The output of parameters. B. The output of parameters. C. The output of parameters. D. The output of parameters. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: the Import-CSV cmdlet should be redirected to the Enable-Mailbox cmdlet with the suitable the Import-Alias cmdlet should be redirected to the New-Mailbox cmdlet with the suitable the Import-CSV cmdlet should be redirected to the New-Mailbox cmdlet with the suitable the Export-CSV cmdlet should be redirected to the New-Mailbox cmdlet with the suitable

QUESTION 72 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com management wants all staff to make use of Outlook Anywhere. You need to make the necessary preparations. Following is the current configuration: * There is a Mailbox server named Certkiller -EX02.Certkiller -EX02 holds the mailboxes that will be accessed by clients who use Outlook Anywhere. * There is a Client Access server named Certkiller -EX03. Certkiller -EX03 is available from the Internet. * All clients with mail. Certkiller .com as the host (A) name will access Outlook Anywhere. You need to configure the Exchange organization to allow Microsoft Office Outlook clients from the Internet the ability to use Outlook Anywhere. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose THREE.) A. You should run the Enable-OutlookAnywhere -Server: Certkiller -EX03 -ExternalHostName:mail. Certkiller . com -SSLOffLoading:$false-ExternalAuthenticationMethod:Basic cmdlet. B. You should install RPC over the HTTP Proxy on Certkiller -EX02. C. You should run the Enable-OutlookAnywhere -Server: Certkiller -EX02 -ExternalHostName:mail. Certkiller . com -SSLOffLoading:$true-ExternalAuthenticationMethod:Basic cmdlet. D. You should install RPC over the HTTP Proxy on Certkiller -EX03. E. You should install a valid SSL certificate for Certkiller -EX03 on the default web site. Answer: ADE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 73 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. A short network outage occurred on the Certkiller .com network. Soon after the outage you receive numerous alerts from the monitoring system bringing to your attention that there are quite a number of sent e-mails were

queued up. This is evident in the number of SMTP queues on the Hub Transport server that are being displayed in a retry status. You need to force the Hub Transport server in order to send the queued e-mail without delay. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should make use of You should make use of You should make use of You should make use of the Resume-queue -filter {status - eq "retry"} cmdlet. the Resume-queue -filter {status - eq "suspended"} cmdlet. the Retry-queue -filter {status - eq "retry"} cmdlet. the Retry-queue -filter {status - eq "suspended"} cmdlet.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 74 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Exchange Server 2007 organization of Certkiller .com contains one Edge Transport server role named Certkiller -EX08. Certkiller -EX08 currently has an Edge Subscription with a Hub Transport role that is located on an Exchange server named Certkiller -EX10. Due to a lengthy power outage the network connection from Certkiller -EX08 to the Internet was disrupted for a long period. Thus after the power outage you restored the connection. Then the Certkiller .com users report that messages are not being delivered. You need to restore the message flow to ensure that the Exchange network can function without any hiccups. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should consider running the Resume-Queue cmdlet on Certkiller -EX08 You should consider running the Resume-Queue cmdlet on Certkiller -EX10 You should consider running the Retry-Queue cmdlet on Certkiller -EX08 You should consider running the Retry-Queue cmdlet on Certkiller -EX10

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 75 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. Each of the Certkiller .com departments' members has membership of a distribution group as well as a security group. Consequently both groups in each department contain the same members. Whenever new staff joins the company they are added to both groups in the various departments. This result in an unnecessary long period of time spent to manage the groups. You need to reduce the amount of time required to manage the groups. In your solution you need to take care not to disrupt mail capabilities unnecessarily as well as not affecting any of the previously assigned access permissions. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO) A. You should ensure that all departmental security groups are mail-enabled. B. You should ensure that all departmental security groups are deleted.

C. You should ensure that all departmental security groups are converted to a global security group. D. You should ensure that all departmental distribution groups are deleted. E. You should ensure that the converted global security groups are mail-enabled. Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 76 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. All staff in the Certkiller .com Marketing department has been assigned a laptop computer to perform their duties. All these laptop computers have Microsoft Office Outlook 2007 installed. Connectivity to the Certkiller .com Exchange network is via Outlook Anywhere. You need to ensure that the mobile users are able to connect to the Exchange environment. In your solution you need to bear in mind that the laptop computer performance should either meet or surpass the Certkiller .com standard. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. E. F. A. You should run the Test- Service Health cmdlet. You should run the Test _WebServicesConnectivity cmdlet. You should run the Test -OutlookWebServices cmdlet. You should run the Set _CASMailbox cmdlet. You should run the Test -MAPIConnectivity cmdlet. You should run the Set -WebServicesVirtualDirectory cmdlet.

Answer: BE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 77 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. Within the Exchange Server 2007 organization there are three Edge transport servers named Certkiller -EX10, Certkiller -EX11 and Certkiller -EX12 respectively. These servers are currently configured to accept e-mail via the Internet. There are various tasks that you need to carry out. These tasks include: * Configure Certkiller -EX01 as a backup server * Load balance Certkiller -EX02 and Certkiller -EX03 You thus need to identify the MX record that should be specified. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose THREE.) A. B. C. D. E. F. You should specify Certkiller .com You should specify Certkiller .com You should specify Certkiller .com You should specify Certkiller .com You should specify Certkiller .com You should specify Certkiller .com MX preference = 20, mail exchanger = Certkiller -EX01. Certkiller .com MX preference = 10, mail exchanger = Certkiller -EX01. Certkiller .com MX preference =10, mail exchanger = Certkiller -EX02. Certkiller .com MX preference = 20, mail exchanger = Certkiller -EX01. Certkiller .com MX preference =10, mail exchanger = Certkiller -EX01. Certkiller .com MX preference =10, mail exchanger = Certkiller -EX03. Certkiller .com

Answer: ACF Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 78 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com Exchange Server 2007 environment contains a Hub Transport server as well as a Mailbox server. You carry out your normal duties and verify that the server is functioning as normal and that the MS Exchange AD Access Processes Performance Monitor exhibits normal results. Yet you still receive reports from various users from various departments stating that e-mail delivery is unacceptably slow. You need to address the situation. You then notice than the slow e-mail delivery only occurs when it is delivery e-mail to large dynamic distribution groups. You need to enhance the delivery time for messages that are sent to the dynamic distribution groups. What should you do? A. You should add more Random Access Memory (RAM) to the Mailbox server. B. You should add more RAM to the Certkiller .com domain controllers. C. You should deploy another global catalog server. Then the existing Hub Transport server should be configured to query the new global catalog. D. You should deploy another Hub Transport server. Then the dynamic distribution groups should be configured to use the new Hub Transport server as their expansion server. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 79 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 computer named Certkiller -EX02. The Hub Transport server role resides on Certkiller -EX02. You notice that message tracking is enabled on Certkiller EX02. A new Certkiller .com directive regarding company privacy policy states that the subject line of e-mail messages should be not stored in the tracking log. You need to track the e-mail messages from Certkiller EX02 whilst ensuring that you comply with the Certkiller .com privacy policy. What should you do? A. You should make use of the Set- ReceiveConnector - ProtocolLoggingLevel None cmdlet. B. You should make use of the Set- TransportServer Certkiller -EX02 MessageTrackingLogEnabled : $false cmdlet. C. You should make use of the Get- MessageTrackingLog -Subject None cmdlet. D. You should make use of the Set- Transport Server Certkiller -EX02 C MessageTrackingLogSubjectLoggingEnabled : $false cmdlet. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 80 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Exchange organization of Certkiller .com contains a Hub Transport server named Certkiller -EX01 as well as numerous mailbox servers. One Exchange server named Certkiller -EX02 holds the Edge Transport server role. At present the message tracking logs are retained for twenty-two days. A Mailbox server role is configured on a server named Certkiller -EX03. A Certkiller .com user named Andy Reid has an SMTP address of andyreid@ Certkiller .com and has his mailbox on Certkiller -EX03. It is required of you to create a report that will specify the number of messages Andy sent during the last twenty-two day period. What should you do? A. You should consider running the Get-MailboxStatistics -Identity andyreid | export-csv -path c:\tmp\andyreid. csv cmdlet on Certkiller -EX01. B. You should consider running the Get-MailboxFolderStatistics -Identity andyreid -FolderScope SentItems | export-cs -c:\tmp\andyreid.csv cmdlet on Certkiller -EX01. C. You should consider running the Get-MailboxTrackingLog -Sender andyreid@ Certkiller .com -EventId "Receive" | export-csv -c:\tmp\andyreid.csv cmdlet on Certkiller -EX01. D. You should consider running the Get-MessageTrackingLog -Sender andyreid@ Certkiller .com -EventId "Receive" | export-csv -c:\tmp\andyreid.csv cmdlet on Certkiller -EX02 E. You should consider running the Get-MessageTrackingLog -Sender andyreid@ Certkiller .com -EventId "Receive" | export-csv -c:\tmp\andyreid.csv cmdlet on Certkiller -EX01 Answer: E Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 81 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. Certkiller .com has an Exchange Server 2007 server named Certkiller -EX04 which holds both the Mailbox server role and the Hub Transport Server role. A new Certkiller .com directive states that records of all tracking related issues on the network should be retained for a period of ten days. You thus need to configure Certkiller -EX04 in accordance with the new directive. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose TWO.) A. You should run the Set- MailboxServer -Identity Certkiller -EX04 -MessageTrackingLogMaxAge 10.00:00:00 cmdlet to keep the tracking logs for the past ten days. B. You should run the Set- TransportConfig -Identity Certkiller -EX04 -MaxDumpsterTime 10.00:00:00 cmdlet to keep the tracking logs for the past ten days. C. You should run the Set- TransportServer -Identity Certkiller -EX04 -MessageTrackingLogEnables:$true cmdlet to keep the tracking logs for the past ten days. D. You should run the Set- TransportServer -Identity Certkiller -EX04 -MessageTrackingLogMaxAge 10.00:00:00 cmdlet to keep the tracking logs for the past ten days. E. You should use a system policy that is configured to remove log files that are older than 10 days. Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 82 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Research and Development department is located at a remote site. They make use of their mobile workstations to log onto the company network by making use of Outlook Anywhere. The mobile workstations are all configured to run Microsoft Office Outlook 2007. Top Management wants you to ensure that the personnel in the Research and Development department have access to the company network. You need to ensure that the Research and Development personnel maintain the performance set by Certkiller .com. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. E. You should run the Test- ServiceHealth cmdlet. You should run the Test- MAPIConnectivity cmdlet. You should run the Get-MailboxDatabase cmdlet. You should run the Get- MailboxStatistics cmdlet. You should run the Test- WebServicesConnectivity cmdlet.

Answer: BE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 83 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a native Exchange Server 2007 Organization that is made up of 7 Exchange servers. The roles of the servers are configured as follows:

You need to specify the number of disconnected mailboxes. You thus decide to generate the report and to determine the storage space the mailboxes use and report back to the CIO. You thus need to export the report to a file. What should you do? A. You should consider running the Get-Recipient -RecipientType MailboxUser | Export-Csv -Path c:\tmp \disconnect.csv cmdlet.Then open disconnect.csv and remove all entries for active mailboxes. B. You should consider running the Get-Mailbox | Get-MailboxStatistics | Where {$_.DisconnectDate -ne $null} | Export-Csv -Path c:\tmp\disconnect.csv cmdlet. C. You should consider expanding the Recipient Configuration work center of the Exchange Management Console and select the Disconnected Mailboxes node.

D. You should consider running the Get-MailboxServer | Get-MailboxStatistics | Where {$_.DisconnectDate ne $null} | Export-Csv -Path c:\tmp\disconnect.csv cmdlet. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 84 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. You need to create a report on the Exchange Server 2007 servers that are currently on the company network. In your report you need to take a number of aspects into consideration. These are: the amount of storage groups, the total physical memory, the operating system version, the amount of processors as well as the amount of mailbox databases. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Generate the report you need by running the Test-SystemHealth cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Health Check scan in the Exchange Best Practices Analyzer. Generate the report you need by running the Get-ExchangeServer | Format-List cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Get-OrganizationConfig cmdlet.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 85 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. You have received several complaints from Certkiller .com users in the various departments stating that they are unable to access their mailboxes. Their mailboxes are located on an Exchange Server 2007 server named Certkiller -EX01. Following is the procedure that you followed when addressing the issue: * check and verify that the server is connected * check and verify that the server hardware is functioning normally * check and verify that the global catalogs are functioning normally Now you need tocompile a report on the status of all the Exchange-specific and Exchange-dependent services. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Generate the report you need by running the Test-SystemHealth cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the TestServiceHealth -Server Certkiller -EX01 cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Get-ExchangeServer -Identity Certkiller -EX01 cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Database Troubleshooter from the Exchange Troubleshooting Assistant. E. Generate the report you need by running the TestSystemHealth -Server Certkiller -EX01 cmdlet. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 86 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named Certkiller -EX05. You must collect data regarding Certkiller -EX05 user connectivity. You need to produce a report of all the Certkiller EX05 mailboxes on the Certkiller .com network that shows the most recent logon time. What should you do? A. B. C. D. E. Generate the report you need by running the Get-MailboxDatabase -Server Certkiller -EX05 cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Get-MailboxServer Certkiller -EX05 cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Get-LogonStatistics -Server Certkiller -EX05 cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Set-Mailbox cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Get-MailboxStatistics -Server Certkiller -EX05 cmdlet.

Answer: E Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 87 You work as an Exchange Administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named Certkiller -EX01. Very night a full backup of the mailbox database on Certkiller EX01 is performed using the Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS). The backups are performed in a backup window between 21:00 and 24:00 on week days and between 20:00 and 24:00 on weekends. The backups require four hours to complete. You want to change the backup strategy to a weekly full backup. You want the new backup to occur in the same backup window and you want the logs to be truncated more than once a week. You need to ensure that that not more than two backup files are required to a database restore. What should you do? (Each correct answer represents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. E. F. You need to perform daily copy backups. You need to throttle the database checksum. You need to perform daily full backups. You need to perform incremental backups on week days. You need to perform backups on weekends. You need to perform differential backups on week days.

Answer: EF Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 88 You work as a network administrator at Certkiller .com. You add an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named Certkiller -EX01 to the Certkiller .com network. You decide to perform a full backup of the database before placing any users on Certkiller -EX01. You take the databases offline and use of the Microsoft Windows Backup utility to start the backup. However, the backup fails immediately and returns an error message. You want to complete the backup. What should you do?

A. B. C. D.

You should run the backup command with the /FU switch from the command line. You should mount the databases on Certkiller -EX01 and then run the backup. You should run the backup command with the /SNAP:ON switch from the command line. You should disable the information store and then run the backup.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 89 You work as an Exchange Administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named Certkiller -EX01. Certkiller -EX01 experiences high usage between 6:00 A. M. and 4:00 P.M. and is currently configured to perform a full backup every night in a backup window between 6:00 P.M. and 9:00 P.M. The backup takes three hours to complete. Due to the growth of the company, Certkiller .com installs a second Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named Certkiller -EX02. You need to move Certkiller .com users in the Sales and Marketing departments to Certkiller -EX02. You intend to perform the User move operation in the time window between 6:00 P.M. and 7:00 P.M. Certkiller -EX01 is also scheduled for online maintenance between 9:00 P.M. and 2:00 A.M. the next morning. The full backup duration is expected to increase to four hours. You need to ensure that the backups have little effect on the server. What should you do? Which time window should you identify? A. B. C. D. You should create a new backup window between 8:00 P.M. and 12:00 P.M. You should create a new backup window between 6:00 P.M. and 10:00 P.M. You should create a new backup window between 2:00 A.M. and 6:00 A.M. You should create a new backup window between 7:00 P.M. and 11:00 P.M.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 90 You work as an Exchange Administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 environment that is configured with cluster continuous replication (CCR). The Microsoft Windows Cluster service (MSCS) runs on two servers named Certkiller -SR01 and Certkiller SR02 and the default cluster MSCS is named CKCluster. The cluster mailbox server (CMS) for the CKCluster is named Certkiller -EX02. Both CKCluster and Certkiller -EX02 are configured to run on the Certkiller -SR01 cluster node. However, the CCR replica is configured to run on the Certkiller -SR02 cluster node. You must backup the CCR replica. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should specify Certkiller -EX02 in the backup operation. You should specify Certkiller -SR01 in the backup operation. You should specify CKCluster in the backup operation. You should specify Certkiller -SR02 in the backup operation.

Answer: A

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 91 You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network consists of a single Active Directory domain named Certkiller .com that contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 server named Certkiller -EX01. You need to design a backup strategy that uses a backup media device for database on Certkiller -EX01. The database needs to back up every weekday and on Saturdays. You need to ensure that no more than two backup media devices are required to restore the database. What is should you do? A. Run an incremental backup during the week and a full backup on Saturdays. B. Run a differential backup during the week, except Fridays. On Fridays and Saturday she needs to perform an incremental backup. C. Run a differential backup during the week and a full backup on Saturdays. D. Run a full backup every working day and then start with an incremental backup on Saturdays. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Explanation: You should do a differential backup during the week. This kind of backup will only backup those files created or changed since the last normal or incremental backup. The differential backup's log file will not be deleted after the backup where in the case if the incremental backup, the files is marked as being backed up. You only need two backup media devices, one for the Saturday and the other one for the weekdays. You do need one for the weekday, in case a failure occurs, and then she needs only to backup the previous day's differential backup. Incorrect Answers: A: There is no sense in making an incremental backup during the weekdays. The incremental backup marks files as having been backed up. Using the incremental backup will lead to that the log files are deleted after the backup. B: An incremental backup includes only those files created or changed since the last normal or incremental backup. The incremental backup marks files as having been backed up. Also, the log files are deleted after the backup is complete. With an incremental backup you will need a backup media device for the Friday and the Saturday and one for the other week days. D: A full backup every working day means that you will need five backup media device. The scenario stipulates that not more than two should be used.

QUESTION 92 You work as an Exchange Administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. A Certkiller .com user named Mia Hamm complains that she cannot access her mailbox. You investigate and discover that Mia Hamm's mailbox was purged from an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named Certkiller -EX07. You need to recover Mia Hamm's mailbox. You thus restore the mailbox database to a recovery storage group. You must now recover Mia Hamm's mailbox to the production database. What should you do? A. You should run the Enable-Mailbox cmdlet on Certkiller -EX05. B. You should run the Exmerge utility on Certkiller -EX05. C. You should run the ISInteg utility on Certkiller -EX05.

D. You should run the Connect-Mailbox cmdlet on Certkiller -EX05. E. You should run the Restore-Mailbox cmdlet on Certkiller -EX05. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 93 You work as an Exchange Administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization with a Hub Transport server named Certkiller -EX01. Certkiller -EX01 suffers a catastrophic hardware failure and is replaced with a new Exchange Server 2007 Hub Transport server named Certkiller -EX02.You restore all services on Certkiller -EX02. You now need to recover the e-mail messages that remained in the mail.que database on Certkiller -EX01. You thus flush the e-mail messages from the existing queue on Certkiller -EX02 and copy the mail.que database from Certkiller -EX01 to C:\recoveryQueue on Certkiller -EX02. What should you do next? (Each correct answer represents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. You should use the Eseutil utility to recover the mail.que database in on Certkiller -EX02. You should use the ISInteg utility to repair the mail.que database in on Certkiller -EX02. You should use the Eseutil utility to defragment the mail.que database in on Certkiller -EX02. You should use the Database Recovery Management tool to repair the mail.que database on Certkiller EX02. E. You should use the Database Recovery Management tool to restore the mail.que database on Certkiller EX02. Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 94 You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network consists of a single Active Directory domain named Certkiller .com. Certkiller .com contains a mail server named Certkiller -EX01, which runs Microsoft Exchange Server 2007. The backup strategy of Certkiller -EX01 is a full backup that runs on Sunday and Wednesday nights; and differential backups that run on Monday, Tuesday, Thursday, Friday and Saturday nights. One Friday at 5:30 AM Certkiller -EX01 suffers a hard drive failure. You replace the faulty hard drive and restore the database as soon as possible. What should you do? (Each correct answer represents part of the solution. Choose all that apply.) A. B. C. D. E. F. Restore the full backup from Sunday. Restore the full backup from Wednesday. Restore the differential backup from Monday. Restore the differential backup from Tuesday. Restore the differential backup from Thursday. Restore the differential backup from Friday.

Answer: BE Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference: Explanation: You do need the full backup, which was running on Wednesday. This will be a full backup. Based on the information in the question the backup runs at 5:30 AM so the Friday backup hasn't run yet so the Thursday backup would be needed as the differential tape needed along with the Wednesday night full. Incorrect Answers: A: You do not need the full backup from Sunday as the full backup from Wednesday will include the data from the Sunday backup. C, D: You do not need the differential backups from Monday and Tuesday as the full backup from Wednesday will include the data from those backups. F: Based on the information in the question the backup runs at 5:30 AM so the Friday backup hasn't run yet.

QUESTION 95 You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 mail server named Certkiller -EX01. Certkiller -EX01 has a logical database named CKStore01 and an Exchange database file named CK0 1.edb. CKStore01 also exists in a storage group named CKStorage1, which resides in the local drive. Certkiller -EX01 has one mailbox store on the server with users randomly assigned to a mailbox. Certkiller -EX01 suffers a hardware failure. You replace the server with a new Exchange Server 2007 mail server named Certkiller EX02. Certkiller -EX02 has of a mailbox store named CKStore02 and an Exchange database file named CK0 2.edb. CKStore02 resides in a storage group named CKStorage2, which resides on the local drive. You need to resort the database from Certkiller -EX01 to Certkiller -EX02. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. You need copy CK0 1.edb to the server, Certkiller -EX02. You should rename CKStorage2 to CKStorage1. You need to delete CK0 1.edb and renamed to CK0 2.edb to CK0 1.edb. You need to delete CK0 2.edb and renamed CK0 1.edb to CK0 2.edb.

Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Because the server named Certkiller -EX01 is down, you need to copy CK0 1.edb to Certkiller -EX02. With this move Certkiller -EX02 can access the file. You also need to retain the file named CK0 1.edb, delete CK0 2.edb and rename it to CK0 1.edb. Incorrect Answers: B: There is no need to rename CKStorage2 to CKStorage1. The only thing that is needed is that the file names are not changed on the mailbox store. C: The file name, CK0 1.edb should not be deleted. You must rename CK0 1.edb to CK0 2.edb.

QUESTION 96 You work as an Exchange Administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named Certkiller -EX05. One day Certkiller -EX05 suffers catastrophic hardware failure. You replace Certkiller -EX05 with a new Microsoft Windows Server 2003 computer that you name as Certkiller -EX05. You need to configure Certkiller -EX05 with the Exchange Mailbox server role before you restore the mailbox databases from backup. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should run the Setup /NewProvisionedServer /role:Mailbox command on Certkiller -EX05. You should run the Setup /m:RecoverServer command on Certkiller -EX05. You should restore the System State information and Microsoft Information Store data from backup. You should run the Setup /m:Install /install /role:Mailbox command on Certkiller -EX05.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 97 You work as an Exchange Administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains four Exchange Server 2007 computers named Certkiller -EX01, Certkiller -EX02, Certkiller -EX03, and Certkiller -EX04, as well as a Microsoft Windows Server 2003 standby server named Certkiller -SR21. Certkiller -EX01 is configured as a Mailbox server, Certkiller -EX02 is configured as a Client Access server, and Certkiller -EX03 and Certkiller -EX04 are configured as Hub Transport servers. Certkiller -EX04 suffers a catastrophic hardware failure and need to be replaced. Certkiller .com wants the computer that will replace Certkiller -EX04 to have the same configuration that had Certkiller -EX03 before it failed. What should you do? A. You should run the Setup /m:RecoverServer command on Certkiller -EX03. B. You should run the Setup /m:Install /role:HT command on Certkiller -EX03. C. You should run the rename Certkiller -SR21 to Certkiller -EX04 and then run the Setup /m:Install /role: HT command on the server. D. You should run the rename Certkiller -SR21 to Certkiller -EX04 and then run the Setup /m:RecoverServer command on the server. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 98 You work as an Exchange Administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named Certkiller -EX04. All features of the Client Access server role are provided by Certkiller -EX04.Certkiller -EX04 suffers a catastrophic hardware failure and need to be replaced. You install a new Exchange Server 2007 server named Certkiller -EX05 on the Certkiller .com network. You then restore the System State data of Certkiller -EX04 onto Certkiller -EX05 and install the Client Access server role on Certkiller -EX05. You now need to restore the services as they were provided by Certkiller -EX04. What should you do? (Each correct answer represents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. You should run the Set-CASMailbox cmdlet on Certkiller -EX05. You should restore the \bin\ directory from Certkiller -EX04 onto Certkiller -EX05. You should run the Setup /m:RecoverServer command on Certkiller -EX05. You should restore the \ClientAccess\ directory from Certkiller -EX04 onto Certkiller -EX05.

Answer: CD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 99 You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network has a Microsoft

Exchange Server 2007 environment that contains two mail servers named Certkiller -EX01 and TESTINGEX02. Certkiller -EX01 is configured with the Hub Transport server role and Certkiller -EX02 is configured with the Edge Transport server role. Certkiller -EX01 experiences hardware failure but you can still access the files on the server. You need to recover the Hub Transport server role. What should you do? A. You should install a new server and named it Certkiller -EX01. Then run the Setup /m:RecoverServer command on Certkiller -EX01. B. You should install a new server and named it Certkiller -EX01. Then run the Setup /m:RecoverCMS command on Certkiller -EX01. C. You should install a new server and named it Certkiller -EX03. Then copy the log files from Certkiller -EX01 over to Certkiller -EX03. D. You should run the Setup /m:RecoverServer command on Certkiller -EX02. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: You should use a new server and named it Certkiller -EX01 and run Setup /m:RecoverServer. Using this command will recover the server role. Incorrect Answers: B, C: You should create a new server with the same name and run the Setup /m:RecoverServer. This will recover the server role. D: You should not use the Setup /m:RecoverServer on the computer that is running the Edge Transport server role.

QUESTION 100 You work as the Exchange Administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization with three load balanced Client Access Servers. Certkiller .com users have access to Outlook Anywhere in order for them to have access to the availability data. You have received instruction from the CIO to ensure that the users outside the Certkiller .com network who make use of Outlook Anywhere are also able to access the availability data. What should you do? A. You should use Microsoft Office Outlook client to add the Full Details read permission to the users' calendar properties. B. You should run the Set-CASMailbox cmdlet on every Client Access server. C. You should run the Set-WebServicesVirtualDirectory cmdlet and set the external URL on every Client Access Server. D. You should make a replica of the Free/Busy public folder on one or more Mailbox servers in the same site as the Client Access servers. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 101 You work as the Exchange Administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization that is configured in two Active Directory sites named Certkiller A and Certkiller B. Each site is a separate subnet with Certkiller A consisting of the 192.168.1.0/24 subnet and Certkiller B consisting of the 192.168.2.0/24 subnet. Certkiller A has two Exchange servers named Certkiller -EX11 and

Certkiller -EX12 while Certkiller B has three Exchange servers named Certkiller -EX23, Certkiller -EX24 and Certkiller -EX25. Certkiller -EX11 is configured as a Mailbox and Client Access server; Certkiller -EX12 and Certkiller -EX24 are configured as Hub Transport servers, Certkiller -EX23 is configured as a Clustered Mailbox server and Certkiller -EX25 is configured as a Client Access server. One morning Certkiller .com users in Certkiller B complain that they cannot access Microsoft Office Outlook Web Access (OWA). You investigate and discover that Certkiller EX25 has suffered hardware failure. You need to ensure that Certkiller .com users in Certkiller B can access OWA. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should create a new OWA virtual directory on Certkiller -EX11. You should move the mailbox configuration from Certkiller -EX23 to Certkiller -EX11. You should configure Certkiller -EX24 with the Client Access server role. You should configure Certkiller -EX12 with the Client Access server role.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 102 You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. Company policy states that the Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment must be available at all times. To ensure that the access to the messaging data is not interrupted due to any failure, you must configure a high availability for the environment. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Configure a single copy cluster. Configure Cluster Continuous Replication (CCR). Configure Local Continuous Replication (LCR). Configure a normal backup and an incremental backup.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: A Cluster Continuous Replication uses an active and a passive node. In an event of a failure the one node will automatically take over the other node. Incorrect Answers: A: A single copy cluster is not the answer. It uses a shared storage. This will also lead to a interrupting in the messaging data. C: This move is not advisable. Local Continuous Replication uses only one server that stores a copy of a storage group on a second disk. D: You should not use backups for an interrupted free messaging data. Whenever doing a recover from a backup, it needs manual intervention. It is not automatically done.

QUESTION 103 You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to set up user Certkiller's mailbox. You start by disconnecting it. Using a cmdlet command you now plan to reconnect it to the new AD DS (Active Directory Domain Services) user account.

Which command should you use? A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. Restore-Mailbox Enable- Recipient Update-Recipient Connect-Recipient Update-Mailbox Connect-Mailbox Restore- Recipient Enable-Mailbox

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 104 Exhibit: Enable-DatabaseCopy You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. You upgrade the environment to SP1 (Service Pack 1). You run the command displayed in the exhibit as a first step in order to enable LCR (local continuous replication) for an existing storage group. What would be the second and last step? A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. L. M. N. O. P. Q. R. Run the Test-ReplicationHealth cmdlet Run the Suspend-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet No further steps are necessary. Run the Test-DatabaseHealth cmdlet Run the Test-ReplicationGroupCopy cmdlet Run the Test-StorageGroupHealth cmdlet Run the Resume-ReplicationHealth cmdlet Run the Resume-DatabaseCopy cmdlet Run the Resume-ReplicationGroupCopy cmdlet Run the Resume-StorageGroupHealth cmdlet Run the Update-ReplicationHealth cmdlet Run the Update-DatabaseHealth cmdlet Run the Update-ReplicationGroupCopy cmdlet Run the Update-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet Run the Enable-ReplicationHealth cmdlet Run the Enable-DatabaseHealth cmdlet Run the Enable-ReplicationGroupCopy cmdlet Run the Enable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet

Answer: N Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 105 You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to choose action which boosts the prohibit send quota for all users. Select one. A. B. C. D. E. Run the Set-MailUser cmdlet Run the Set-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet Run the Set-Mailbox cmdlet Run the Set-ManagedContentSettings cmdlet Run the Set-MailboxDatabase cmdlet

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 106 You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network includes a MailboxServer Certkiller 3 which operates in a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to create a public folder named Trainees in the Employees folder on Certkiller 3. Which action should you take? Note: The Employees folder is a top-level public folder. A. B. C. D. E. F. G. Use the command Set-PublicFolder -Identity "Employees\Trainees" -Server Certkiller 3 Use the command New-PublicFolder -Name "Trainees" -Path "Employees" -Server Certkiller 3 Use Active Directory Users and Computers Use the command New-PublicFolder -Path "Employees\Trainees" -Server Certkiller 3 Use the command New-PublicFolder -Identity "Employees\Trainees" -Server Certkiller 3 Use the command Set-PublicFolder -Name "Trainees" -Path "Employees" -Server Certkiller 3 Use the command Set-PublicFolder -Name "Trainees" -Path "Employees" -Server Certkiller 3

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 107 You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to prevent external senders from sending to a specific distribution list. What action should you take? A. B. C. D. E. Modify the settings on your Hub Transport server to require authentication for SMTP transport. Modify the settings on your Edge Transport server to require authentication for POP transport. No action is required. Modify the settings on your Hub Transport server to require authentication for POP transport. Modify the settings on your Edge Transport server to require authentication for SMTP transport.

F. Modify the message delivery restrictions to require authentication on the distribution list. G. Modify the rejected senders list in Active Directory by using Active Directory Users and Computers. Answer: F Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 108 You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are personally responsible for one Exchange Server 2007 with SP1 (Service Pack 1). You get complaints from the users that they are unable the public folder Employees. You had earlier created and mail-enabled this folder. How should you help your users in this scenario? A. B. C. D. E. Create a new security group and add all users to this group. Run the Update-PublicFolderHierarchy cmdlet. Run the Set-PublicFolder cmdlet. Run the Add-PublicFolderAdministratorPermission cmdlet. Run the Add-PublicFolderClientPermission cmdlet.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 109 You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. You administer a server named Certkiller 5. It is a Exchange Server 2007 mailbox server. You get complaints from users that they are receiving an unsuitable message. The subject line of this message is " Certkiller ". You must now delete this message from all mailboxes in a fast an easy way. What action should you take? A. First create a new mailbox named Certkiller Mailbox that has a folder named Export. Then run the cmdlet. Get-Mailbox - Certkiller 5 | Export-Mailbox -TargetMailbox Certkiller Mailbox -TargetFolder Export -"SubjectKeywords" " Certkiller " -Deletecontent B. From the Exchange Management Console, create a new transport rule name Exchange delete.Set the condition to "When the Subject contains Certkiller ". Set the action to "silently drop the message". C. On Certkiller 5, find the message ID of the original message and then run the cmdlet Export-MessageIdentify <IDnumber> C:\temp D. On Certkiller 5, find the message ID of the original message and then run the cmdlet Remove-MessageIdentify <IDnumber> Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 110 You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. Three months you deployed the first Edge Transport server named Certkiller 1. Now you add Certkiller 2, which is also an Edge Transport server. Your task is to guarantee an equal distribution of inbound e-mail messages between Certkiller 1 and Certkiller 2. How can this be achieved? (Select two. Each answer is a separate solution) A. Disable netmask ordering on your public DNS servers. B. Configure a new transport rule on both Certkiller 1 and Certkiller 2. C. Connect Certkiller 1 and Certkiller 2 to the same switch. Runt he Edge Transport server cloned configuration scripts. D. Configure a new DNS MX record for Certkiller 2 with the same Mail Server Priority value as the existing MX Record. E. Configure Certkiller 1 and Certkiller 2 in a Network Load Balancing (NLB) cluster. Configure the public DNS MX and A records for the NLB cluster name, and IP address. Answer: CD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 111 Exhibit:

You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. You study the exhibit carefully. The exhibit depicts the Certkiller network environment. You get complaints from users. They say that they receive error messages when they attempt to synchronize through Exchange ActiveSync. You discover that all these users have mailboxes on Certkiller 1. You are required to all users are able to use Exchange ActiveSync. What action should you take? A. B. C. D. E. F. Enable Basic authentication on Certkiller 3. Enable Integrated Windows authentication on Certkiller 1. Enable Basic authentication on Certkiller 2. Enable Integrated Windows authentication on Certkiller 2. Enable Integrated Windows authentication on Certkiller 3. Enable Basic authentication on Certkiller 1.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 112 You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. Using message classification you plan to put a restriction on all outbound e-mail messages. You want to prevent specific e-mails from being sent outside the local intranet. You make a message classification and name it MC1, and you also create a mailbox MB1. You need to redirect all outbound e-mail messages with the MC1 classification to MB1. What action should you take? A. Run the Set-MessageClassification -Identity 'MC1' -RetainClassificationEnabled:$true cmdlet. B. Create a new transport rule to redirect to the MB1 mailbox all messages that are sent from internal users to only users outside the company and that are marked with the MC1 classification. C. Add read permissions to the Customer Data message classification by running the SetMessageClassifications cmdlet. D. Run the Set-MessageClassification -Identity 'MC1' -UserDisplayEnabled:$true cmdlet. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 113 You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. The company domain is Certkiller .com. You install a new server Certkiller 1. You configure it as a Client Access server and add it domain. You add a DNS A resource record linking Autodiscover. Certkiller .com to the external IP address of Certkiller 1. Users reports problems with the Autodiscover service on Certkiller 1. They report that though they are able to access Outlook Web Access on Certkiller 1 but they are unable to use the Autodiscover service. How can you resolve this Atodiscover service on Certkiller 1? A. B. C. D. E. Install a trusted encrypted certificate on Certkiller 1. Install a trusted encrypted certificate on your Mailbox server. Create a DNS CNAME record that points autodiscovery. Certkiller .com to Certkiller 1's DNS name. Create a DNS SRV record that point to autodiscovery. Certkiller .com. Create a DNS CNAME record that points autodiscovery. Certkiller .com to your Mailbox server's DNS name.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 114 You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. Certkiller 1 has been set up as a Mailbox server. You are required to set up file-level anti-virus scanners on Certkiller 1. Scan exclusions is only required for the Mailbox role. You set up scan exclusions for the Exchange database and Offline Address Book files. What would be the next step? A. Define scan exclusions for the transaction logs and the database content indexes.

B. Restart the Microsoft Exchange Information Store service. C. Define scan exclusions for the %Program Files%\Microsoft\Exchange Server\Public Folder. D. Restart the Microsoft Exchange Transport Log Search service. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 115 You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. You set up Certkiller 1 as a Hub Transport server role and enable message tracking. Your boss, Mrs. Certkiller, asks you to adjust the message tracking. The subject line of the e-mail messages must not be stored in the tracking log. What action should you take? A. B. C. D. Use the cmdlet Set-TransportServer Certkiller 1 -MessageTrackingLogSubjectLoggingEnabled:@false Use the cmdlet Get-MessageTrackingLog -Subject None Use the cmdlet Set-TransportServer Certkiller 1 -MessageTrackingLogEnabled:@false Use the cmdlet Get-MessageTrackingLog -Subject None

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 116 Server Exhibit:

You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. For the network topology and the role of the servers please refer to the exhibit. Certkiller, a Certkiller trainee, tries to send a message to a second user. However, the message is

received. How can you check the status of the message? A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. Examine the message tracking log on Certkiller A. Examine the queue on Certkiller C. Run the Exchange Best Practices Analyzer. Examine the message tracking log on Certkiller B. Examine the queue on Certkiller A. Examine the message tracking log on Certkiller E. Examine the message tracking log on Certkiller C. Examine the queue on Certkiller D. Examine the message tracking log on Certkiller D. Examine the queue on Certkiller E. Examine the queue on Certkiller B.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Explanation: Check the message tracking log on the Edge Transport Server.

QUESTION 117 You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. Your boss has asked you to generate a report for all your Exchange Server 2007 computers. The report must for each server include the following: * Total physical memory * Version of operating system * Number of / mailbox databases / storage groups / processors Which feature should you use?

A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H.

Use the Exchange Best Practices Analyser. Run the Health Check scan. Use the Test-ExchangeServer | Format-List cmdlet. Use the Exchange Best Practices Analyser. Run the Report scan. Use the Test-Systemhealth cmdlet. Use the Get-ExchangeServer | Format-List cmdlet. Use the Set-OrganizationConfig cmdlet. Use the Get-Systemhealth cmdlet. Use the Get-OrganizationConfig cmdlet.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 118 You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. The environment includes Certkiller 3, a Mailbox server. Two weeks ago you enabled subject logging and message tracking on Certkiller 3. However, you are now required to disable the subject while keeping the message tracking active. You decide to resolve the problem by using the cmdlet Set-MailboxServer. Which parameters should you use? A. B. C. D. E. F. Certkiller 3 -MessageTrackingLogEnabled 0 Certkiller 3 -MessageTrackingLogSubjectLoggingEnabled $true Certkiller 3 -MessageTrackingLogEnabled $false Certkiller 3 -MessageTrackingLogSubjectLoggingEnabled $false Certkiller 3 -MessageTrackingLogSubjectLoggingEnabled 0 Certkiller 3 -MessageTrackingLogEnabled $true

Answer: F Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 119 You work as an Exchange administrator at Certkiller .com. The Certkiller .com network contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment. Your boss has asked you to generate mailbox report for all your Exchange Server 2007 environment. The report must for each server include the following: * number of items per mailbox folder What action should you take? A. Run the cmdlet Get-ExchangeServer | Get-Message | Export-Csv -Path c:\allmbfstats.csv B. Run the cmdlet Get-ExchangeServer | Get-Mailbox | Get-MailboxStatistics | Export-Csv -Path c: \allmbfstats.csv C. Run the cmdlet Get-ExchangeServer | Get-Mailbox | Get-MailboxFolderStatistics | Export-Csv -Path c: \allmbfstats.csv D. Run the cmdlet Get-Mailuser | Get-MailboxFolderstatistics | Export-Csv -Path c:\allmbfstats.csv Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 120 When using a command-line installation method in a single domain forest with no existing Exchange organization, what would be the required command to use if only a single Exchange Server 2007 server will be used? There will be only Outlook 2007 clients in the organization, and Outlook 2007 Autodiscover is required to be available A. B. C. D. setup /mode:Install setup /mode:Install setup /mode:Install setup /mode:Install /roles:HT, MB /OrganizationName:name /roles:HT, CA, MB /roles:HT, CA, MB /OrganizationName:name /OrganizationName:name

Answer: Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 121 What PowerShell cmdlet will you need to use to create the EdgeSync subscription file? A. B. C. D. New-EdgeSubscription Configure-EdgeSubscription Create-EdgeSubscription Enable-EdgeSubscription

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 122 Where can you find the files for the First Storage Group immediately after the Mailbox server is first installed on a server? A. B. C. D. C:\Program C:\Program C:\Program C:\Program Files\Microsoft\Exchange\Mailbox\First Storage Group Files\Microsoft\ExchSvr\First Storage Group Files\Microsoft\Exchange Server\First Storage Group Files\Microsoft\Exchange Server\Mailbox\First Storage Group

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 123 What impact does the failure of the domain controller holding the schema master role have on the normal operations of Active Directory? A. Active Directory will cease to function properly until the schema master role has been brought back online B. Active Directory will continue to function normally except that schema modifications cannot be processed until the schema master role has been brought back online C. Active Directory will continue to function normally except that intrasite replication will fail until the schema master role has been brought back online D. Active Directory will continue to function normally except that down-level Windows NT 4.0 BDCs will not be able to interact with the domain they are part of Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 124 Which of the following tools can you use to locate the mail servers in a DNS zone? A. B. C. D. E. Ping Telnet Pathping Tracert Nslookup

Answer: E Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 125 You are currently planning an upgrade from Exchange Server 2003 to Exchange Server 2007. You currently have four Mailbox servers and two front-end servers providing Outlook Web Access. All inbound mail from the Internet is routed directly to one of your Mailbox servers currently. What benefits could you realize by using Edge Transport servers in your Exchange Server 2007 upgrade plan? (Choose all that apply.) A. B. C. D. E. Fewer physical servers are required Reduced load on the Mailbox servers Reduced load on the front-end servers No direct Internet connectivity to the Mailbox servers No direct Internet connectivity to the front-end servers.

Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 126 You want to trigger an alert when the number of messages in the mailbox store's receive queue on an Exchange Server 2007 server reaches a defined value. What counter do you select when configuring the alert? (The question uses the notation <performance object>:<counter name>.) A. B. C. D. MSExchangeIS:Messages Queued For Submission MSExchangeIS:Receive Queue Size MSExchangeIS Mailbox:Messages Queued For Submission MSExchangeIS Mailbox:Receive Queue Size

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 127 You need to restore Active Directory settings on a mailbox server. How should you do this? (Choose all that apply.) A. B. C. D. Restore the entire server Use the Eseutil CLI tool Carry out a System State restore Use the command Setup/mode:RecoverServer

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 128 You work for an email sales-based company. Missing any email is a horrible problem for your company, so you've been asked to support a backup solution where no more than five minutes of email data can be lost in the worst-case scenario. Which of the following backup methods would be the best fit to support this? A. B. C. D. Volume shadow copy backups every five minutes taken with Windows Server Backup Local continuous replication Streaming full backups every five minutes taken with Windows Server Backup Copy backups taken every five minutes with Windows Server Backup

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 129 To enable POP3 access for the user Roose Bolton , which of the following commands must you issue? A. B. C. D. Set-CASMailbox -identity Roose.Bolton @hi-tech.com -POPEnabled:$false Set-Mailbox -identity Roose.Bolton @hi-tech.com -POPEnabled:$true Set-CASMailbox -identity Roose.Bolton @hi-tech.com -POPEnabled:$true Set-Mailbox -identity Roose.Bolton @hi-tech.com -POPDisabled:$false

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 130 The police called saying that they have recovered your missing Exchange server. When you get it back, you determine that your server does not work anymore, but you can read data from the hard disks. You want to see what has been done to your databases. Which of the following would you run to read the database header

information on your databases? A. B. C. D. ESEUtil /M ISINteg -header Get-MailboxDatabase -name <Databae_Name> -DatabaseHeader Both A and C

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

Exam L QUESTION 1 1 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech. com. There is a Mailbox server named S01 in the company. On S01, the mailbox transaction log volume has very little free disk space remaining. At the time that you move several large mailboxes to another Mailbox server, no additional free disk space is made available on the mailbox transaction log volume on S01. You plan to increase the amount of free disk space on the mailbox transaction log volume on S01. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. A full backup of the database should be performed. The deleted item retention period should be decreased. An online defragmentation of the database should be run. An offline defragmentation of the database should be run.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 2 2 You work as an Exchange Administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named Server01. All features of the Client Access server role are provided by Server01. Server01 suffers a catastrophic hardware failure and need to be replaced. You install a new Exchange Server 2007 server named Server02 on the Hi-Tech.com network. You then restore the System State data of Server01 onto Server02 and install the Client Access server role on Server02. You now need to restore the services as they were provided by Server01.What should you do? (Each correct answer represents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. You should run the Set-CASMailbox cmdlet on Server02. You should restore the \bin\ directory from Server01 onto Server02. You should run the Setup /mode: RecoverServer command on Server02. You should restore the \ClientAccess\ directory from Server01 onto Server02.

Answer: CD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 3 3 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Now you receive an order from the company. You are asked to convert multiple shared mailboxes to resource mailboxes. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. Run the Set-Mailbox cmdlet. Run the Connect-Mailbox cmdlet. Run the Set-ResourceConfig cmdlet. Use the Exchange Management Console.

E. Use Active Directory Users and Computers. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 4 4 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Your Exchange Server 2007 computers are configured with the default settings. You need to send copies of all e-mail messages that are sent and received by user@wiikigo.com to monitor@wiikigo.com. What action should you perform? A. E-mail forwarding should be configured on the users account. It should be set to forward e-mail to monitor@wiikigo.com. B. Run the Set-JournalRule -Name:&apos;User&apos; -JournalEmailAddress:&apos;user@wiikigo.com&apos; -Scope:&apos;Global&apos; -Enabled:$true -Recipient:&apos;monitor@wiikigo.com&apos; cmdlet. C. Run the New-JournalRule -Name:&apos;User&apos; -JournalEmailAddress:&apos;user@wiikigo. com&apos; -Scope:&apos;Global&apos; -Enabled:$true -Recipient:&apos;monitor@wiikigo.com&apos; cmdlet. D. Run the New-JournalRule -Name:&apos;User&apos; -JournalEmailAddress:&apos;user@wiikigo. com&apos; -Scope:&apos;Internal&apos; -Enabled:$true -Recipient:&apos;monitor@wiikigo.com&apos; cmdlet. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 5 5 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. The company decides to have selected users removed to a new Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server. You can see the time window for the user move and other current time windows from the table listed below.It takes three hours to finish the existing backups, and it is expected that time should be enhanced to four hours after the user moves start. You are required to have a new time window created for the backups, and the amount of impact should be minimized on the server. From the following four time windows, which one should be created for the backups?

A. B. C. D.

Time window 18:00 - 22:00 should be created for the backups Time window 02:00 - 06:00 should be created for the backups Time window 19:00 - 23:00 should be created for the backups Time window 20:00 - 24:00 should be created for the backups

Answer: B Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 6 6 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. You are required to provide the necessary but least allowance for a new administrator. The administrator should make preparations of Active Directory for Exchange Server 2007. What should you do to achieve the goal? (Choose more than one.) A. To achieve the goal, the new administrators user account should be added to the Enterprise Admins group. B. To achieve the goal, the new administrators user account should be added to the Schema Admins group. C. To achieve the goal, the new administrator should be added as an Exchange Full Administrator at the organization level. D. To achieve the goal, the new administrators user account should be added to the Exchange Enterprise Servers group. E. To achieve the goal, the new administrators user account should be added to the Domain Admins group. Answer: AB Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 7 7 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Several of your technicians use Microsoft Office Outlook Web Access from kiosk computers. Now you receive report from the technicians saying that they receive a message stating that their access is blocked for attachments that have the .bas file extension. Since you are the technical support, you have to make sure that the technicians are able to use Outlook Web Access to access files that have the .bas file extension. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. The direct file access settings should be customized for public computers. The settings on the /Exchange virtual directory should be modified. The Enable direct file access check box for public computers should be cleared. The Enable direct file access check box for private computers should be cleared.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 8 8 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. According to the company requirement, you are asked to prevent your users from sending e-mail messages that contain sensitive financial information to recipients outside your company. So what action should you perform?

A. B. C. D. E.

A journal rule that applies to internal and external users should be created. A transport rule that applies to all messages from external users should be created. A transport rule that applies to all messages to external users should be created. A journal rule that applies only to all internal users should be created. A journal rule that applies only to all external users should be created.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 9 9 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. There is a Mailbox server named S01 in this environment. You have to disable subject logging on S01. You need to be able to continue to usemessage tracking. Which cmdlet should be run? A. B. C. D. You should run Set-MailboxServer S01 -MessageTrackingLogEnabled $false You should run Set-MailboxServer S01 -MessageTrackingLogEnabled $true You should run Set-MailboxServer S01 -MessageTrackingLogSubjectLoggingEnabled $false You should run Set-MailboxServer S01 -MessageTrackingLogSubjectLoggingEnabled $true

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 10 10 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. A custom Security Configuration Wizard (SCW) policy is applied to an Exchange Server 2007 Edge Transport server named Exch01. You want to apply this policy to a new Edge Transport server named Exch02. You need to apply the custom policy to Exch02. You install SCW on Exch02.You have the existing SCW policy copied to Exch02 as C:\ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml. So what action should you perform? A. First, apply the C:\ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml policy by using SCW. Then, run the Scwcmd register / kbname:&quot;Ex2007EdgeKB&quot; /kbfile:&quot;%programfiles%\Microsoft\Exchange Server\scripts \Exchange2007.xml&quot; command. B. First, apply the C:\ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml policy by using SCW. Then, run the Scwcmd register / kbname:&quot;Ex2007KB&quot; /kbfile:&quot;%programfiles%\Microsoft\Exchange Server\scripts \Exchange2007Edge.xml&quot; command. C. First, run the Scwcmd register /kbname:&quot;Ex2007EdgeKB&quot; /kbfile:&quot;%programfiles% \Microsoft\Exchange Server\scripts\Exchange2007.xml&quot; command. Then, apply the C: \ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml policy by using SCW. D. First, run the Scwcmd register /kbname:&quot;Ex2007KB&quot; /kbfile:&quot;%programfiles%\Microsoft \Exchange Server\scripts\Exchange2007Edge.xml&quot; command. Then, apply the C: \ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml policy by using SCW. Answer: D

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 11 11 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Your company merges with Luxware, Ltd. Each companys mixed e-mail system includes Exchange Server 2003 servers and Exchange Server 2007 servers, and Outlook 2003 clients and Outlook 2007 clients. At present your company has a single remote SMTP domain for *, which is configured with the Allow none option. You have to configure the delivery of out-of-office (OOF) messages to the luxware.com domain, and you must make sure that no users outside of the two merged companies can receive OOF messages. So what action should you perform? A. Add a new remote domain for *.luxware.com, and choose the Allow external out-of-office only option. B. Choose the Allow external out-of-office only option on the remote domain *. C. Add a new remote domain for *. luxware.com, and choose the Allow internal out-of-office and out-of-office set by Outlook 2003 or earlier clients and set on Exchange 2003 or earlier servers option. D. Choose the Allow external out-of-office and out-of-office set by Outlook 2003 or earlier clients and set on Exchange 2003 or earlier servers option on the remote domain *. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 12 12 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. It is reported by a user that after the mailbox is deleted, the mailbox cannot be found in the deleted mailbox retention dumpster. Therefore, you are required to have the mailbox restored. Which two actions should be performed to achieve the goal? (Choose more than one.) A. B. C. D. E. F. To achieve the goal, the Database Troubleshooter tool should be utilized. To achieve the goal, a dial tone recovery should be performed. To achieve the goal, the Connect-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the Import-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the Restore-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the database in a recovery storage group should be restored.

Answer: EF Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 13 13 You employed as the exchange Administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. The Hi-Tech.com network consists of four Active Directory sites. The four sites are named A, B, C and D respectively. There is a Hub Transport server role and a Mailbox server role installed on each of these Active Directory sites. The Active Directory siteson the Hi-Tech.com network are configured

as shown in the exhibit below.Hi-Tech.com management decided that all messages between the A and D sites should be routed through the Exchange server that is installed in the C site. You need to ensure that the messages between the A and D sites are routed through -EX03 in the C site.What should you do?

A. B. C. D.

You should run the Set- AdSiteLink -Identity A-C - ExchangeCost 25 cmdlet. You should run the Set- AdSiteLink -Identity A-C - ExchangeCost 5 cmdlet. You should run the Set- AdSite - Identity C - HubsiteEnabled $true cmdlet. You should run the Set- AdSite - Identity C - HubsiteEnabled $false cmdlet.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 14 14 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. A full backup is implemented each night prior to the maintenance window. You set the deleted item retention period to 10 days. According to the company requirements, the total storage that is required for backups should be decreased. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the deleted item retention period should be enhanced to 15 days. B. To achieve the goal, the backups should be performed after the maintenance window. C. To achieve the goal, an incremental backup should be performed each night, and a full backup should be performed each weekend.

D. To achieve the goal, the deleted item retention period should be reduced to 5 days. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 15 15 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to have SMTP protocol logging enabled on the Exchange server for one of the Receive connectors. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, Performance Monitor should be utilized to add the MSExchangeTransport SmtpReceive object. B. To achieve the goal, the Set-ReceiveConnector cmdlet should be run. C. To achieve the goal, the Set-TransportServer cmdlet should be run. D. To achieve the goal, the MSExchangeTransport.exe.config file should be changed. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 16 16 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Now you receive an order from the company management. You are asked to reduce the total size that is required for the transaction log volume. What action should you perform? A. B. C. D. The deleted item retention period should be increased. The deleted item retention period should be decreased. A full backup should be run on the Mailbox server each night. A differential backup should be run on the Mailbox server each night.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 17 17 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You have an organizational unit (OU) named Marketing. You have to view a list of all users in the Marketing OU that have the word Manager in their title. Which cmdlet should you run? A. Get-Recipient should be run.

B. Get-User should be run. C. Get-Mailbox should be run. D. Get-MailUser should be run. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 18 18 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. Exchange Server 2007 is utilized by you. Full backups are performed each night. You are required to confirm that valid mailbox data is included by a backup. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the Clean-MailboxDatabase cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the restored database backup should be mounted in a recovery storage group. To achieve the goal, the Eseutil.exe command-line tool should be utilized. To achieve the goal, the Database Troubleshooter tool should be utilized.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 19 19 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Now you need to view a report that displays the mailbox quota status for all of your users. Which cmdlet should be run? A. B. C. D. Get-MailboxStatistics should be run. Get-MailboxDatabase | fl should be run. Get-MailboxDatabase -Status should be run. Get-MailboxStatistics | ft DisplayName, ItemCount should be run.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 20 20 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. As you can see from the diagram listed below, an Exchange Server 2007 single copy cluster (SCC) is being configured on Windows Server 2003. You are required to have the network adapters set on each server, and the two network adapters are respectively named NetAdp01 and NetAdp02. You set the adapters so as to make sure that theprivate network connection between the two servers is not a single point of failure. How

should you set the network adapters so as to achieve the goal?

A. NetAdp01 Client access only (public network)NetAdp02 All communications (mixed network) B. NetAdp01 Internal Cluster Communications only (private network)NetAdp02 All communications (mixed network) C. NetAdp01 Internal Cluster Communications only (private network) NetAdp02 Client access only (public network) D. NetAdp01 All communications (mixed network)NetAdp02 Client access only (public network) Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 21 21 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Your company issues a new e-mail policy to meet requirements in the compliance regulations. According to the company requirement, you have to retain a copy of all messages that are received from external senders and retain a copy of all messages that are sent between your legal department and all employees. Besides, you have to make sure that no other messages are archived. What should you do to achieve your goal? (Choose more than one) A. B. C. D. A journaling rule that has an internal scope should be created for all your employees. A journaling rule that has a global scope should be created for your legal department. A journaling rule that has an internal scope should be created for your legal department. A transport rule should be created on your Edge Transport servers to archive messages that are sent to your legal department. E. A transport rule should be created on your Edge Transport servers to archive messages that are sent to all of your employees. Answer: CE

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 22 22 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. There are four servers in the Exchange Server 2007 environment ofyour company. S01 plays the role of Mailbox server, S02 plays the role of Client Access server, S03 plays the role of Hub Transport Server, and S04 plays the role of Edge Transport Server. Users require Internet Message Access Protocol Version 4 rev1 (IMAP4) to access their e-mail. You have IMAP4 access enabled on the appropriate mailboxes. Since you are the technical support, you have to make sure that users are able to use IMAP4 to access their e-mail. On which server should you configure the IMAP4 service? A. B. C. D. IMAP4 service should be configured on S01. IMAP4 service should be configured on S02. IMAP4 service should be configured on S03. IMAP4 service should be configured on S04.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 23 23 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. There is a Hub Transport server named ExchHub1 in your Exchange Server 2007 organization. ExchHub1 has a Foreign connector named FaxCon that connects to a fax server named Fax1. You move the Drop directory for Fax1 by performing the following steps. On Fax1, create a new directory named FaxDir. Run theSet-ForeignConnector &quot;FaxCon&quot; -DropDirectory &quot;FaxDir&quot; cmdlet.Run the Set-TransportServer ExchHub1 RootDropDirectoryPath &quot;\\Fax1\Drop Directory&quot; cmdlet. You have to make sure that all messages pending delivery are delivered. So what action should you perform? A. In order to make sure of this, all messages in the old Drop directory should be copied to the new Drop directory. B. In order to make sure of this, the Administrators group with Full Control permission should be added to the new Drop directory. C. In order to make sure of this, the Set-ForeignConnector cmdlet should be run with the appropriate parameter to set the maximum message size. D. In order to make sure of this, the Set-ForeignConnector cmdlet should be run with the appropriate parameter to set the size of the Drop directory. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 24

24 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. During routine maintenance of the Exchange server you discover that the settings that indicate the storage limits for the mailbox stores differ. You need to ensure that the Exchange server mailbox stored have similar storage limits and thus have to create an Exchange Management Shell script to accomplish this.What should you do? A. Create the script by ensuring that the output of the Get-MailboxDatabase cmdlet is redirected to the SetMailboxDatabase cmdlet with the correct parameters. B. Create the script by ensuring that the output of the Get-Mailbox cmdlet is redirected to the SetMailboxDatabase cmdlet with the correct parameters. C. Create the script by ensuring that the output of the Get-ExchangeServer cmdlet is redirected to the SetMailboxDatabase cmdlet with the correct parameters. D. Create the script by ensuring that the output of the Get-MailboxDatabase cmdlet is redirected to the SetMailbox cmdlet with the correct parameters. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 25 25 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Two Exchange servers named Exch1 and Exch2 are contained in your Exchange Server 2007 organization. Exch1 fails and cannot be restored to service. All mailboxes need to be moved from Exch1 to Exch2. Which cmdlet should be run? A. You should run Get-Mailbox -Server Exch1 | Move-Mailbox \First Storage Group\Mailbox Database&quot; B. You should run Get-Mailbox -Server Exch1 | Move-Mailbox Exch2\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database&quot; C. You should run Get-Mailbox -Server Exch1 | Move-Mailbox Exch2\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database&quot; D. You should run Get-Mailbox -Server Exch1 | Move-Mailbox Exch2\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database&quot; Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: -ValidateOnly -TargetDatabase &quot;Exch2 -IgnoreRuleLimitErrors -TargetDatabase &quot; -ConfigurationOnly -TargetDatabase &quot; -IgnorePolicyMatch -TargetDatabase &quot;

QUESTION 26 26 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. There are three servers in your environment. S01 plays the role of Exchange Server 2003 Mailbox server, S02 plays the roles of Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox and Hub Tansport server, S03 plays the role of Exchange Server 2007 Client Access server. You receive report from users who have mailboxes on S01. They receive an error message when they attempt to synchronize through Exchange ActiveSync. Since you are the technical support, you have to make sure that all users can use Exchange ActiveSync. So what action should you perform?

A. B. C. D. E. F.

Basic authentication should be enabled on S01. Basic authentication should be enabled on S02. Basic authentication should be enabled on S03. Integrated Windows authentication should be enabled on S01. Integrated Windows authentication should be enabled on S02. Integrated Windows authentication should be enabled on S03.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 27 27 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Tom is John&apos;s assistant. Because of working requirements, Tom needs to be able to view all of the folders and subfolders in John&apos;s mailbox and to open and respond to John&apos;s e-mail. Since you are the technical support, you have to give Tom the appropriate permissions. So what action should you perform? A. The Add-ADPermission -Identity John -User Tom-AccessRights Self -ExtendedRights Send-As cmdlet should be run. B. The Add-MailboxPermission -Identity John -User Tom-AccessRights FullAccess cmdlet should be run. C. The Add-MailboxPermission -Identity John -User Tom-AccessRights ExternalAccount cmdlet should be run. D. The Allow-Full Control permission for Johns user account should be assigned to Tom in the Active Directory Users and Computers management console. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 28 28 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. The Hub Transport server role should be installed on an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server, the Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server is named Ex01. You must implement the installation during non-business hours. You confirm that the location of Exchange Server 2007 installation, it is installed on EX01 at C:\Program Files\Microsoft\Exchange Server. In addition, a copy of the Exchange installation files is in the C:\InstallFiles custom directory. A new file named install.bat is created in the root directory of drive C. Since you are exchange administrator, you are required to have the installation of the Hub Transport server role scheduled on EX01. Which action should you perform to achieve the goal? A. You should type the following command: &quot;C:\Program Files\Microsoft\Exchange Server\Setup&quot; / mode RecoverServer /roles HubTransportCreate a scheduled task to run the executable in the install.bat file.

B. You should type the following command: &quot;C:\InstallFiles\Setup&quot; /mode Install /roles HubTransportCreate a scheduled task to run the executable in the install.bat file. C. You should type the following command: &quot;C:\Program Files\Microsoft\Exchange Server\Setup&quot; / mode Install /roles HubTransportCreate a scheduled task to run the executable in the install.bat file. D. You should type the following command: &quot;C:\InstallFiles\Setup&quot; /mode RecoverServer /roles HubTransportCreate a scheduled task to run the executable in the install.bat file. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 29 29 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. Your company sets Exchange Server 2007 organization in two Active Directory sites named S01 and S02. S01 is set for the 10.10.5.0/24 subnet, and S02 is set for the 10.10.20.0/24 subnet. You can see the Exchange servers in the two sites from the table below.A problem occurs that ExCAS01 fails to work. It is reported by S02 users that Microsoft Office Outlook Web Access (OWA) cannot be accessed. You are required to recover OWA service to S02 users. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal?

A. B. C. D.

To achieve the goal, the Client Access server role should be added to ExHub02. To achieve the goal, the Client Access server role should be added to ExHub01. To achieve the goal, a new OWA virtual directory should be created on ExMbCAS1. To achieve the goal, the mailbox configuration of the users should be removed on ExCMS1 to ExMbCAS1.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 30 30 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. And a single Hub Transport server named Ser01 is contained. In addition, a legacy SMTP server is contained. The legacy SMTP server is set to deliver e-mail to the Internet through Ser01. However, you find a problem that the messages which are received by internet users are not from the legacy SMTP server. Since you are the exchange administrator, you are required to make sure that the legacy SMTP server should be enabled to deliver e-mail to the Internet through Ser01. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal?

A. A new Receive connector should be created. And then, the Anonymous permission should be added. At last, the Relay permission should be assigned to Anonymous users on the Receive connector. B. A new Receive connector should be created. And then, the Anonymous permission should be added. At last, the IP address of the legacy server should be added to the remote network settings on the Receive connector. C. The legacy server should be updated to deliver e-mail messages to Ser01 on port 587. D. The IP address of the legacy server should be added to the remote network settings on the Default Ser01 Receive connector. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 31 31 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Your companys Active Directory forest consists of a single site that has a root domain and one child domain. According to the company requirement, you have to prepare Active Directory and the domains before installing the first Exchange Server 2007 computer. Of the following commands, which should you run? (Choose more than one) A. B. C. D. Setup /PrepareAD should be run. Setup /DomainPrep should be run. Setup /ForestPrep should be run. Setup /PrepareAllDomains should be run.

Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 32 32 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. The servers listed below are included by your environment. They respectively are Mailbox server named ExMB01, Client Access server named ExCAS01, Standby Microsoft Windows Server 2003 computer named Ser02, and Two Hub Transport servers named ExHub01 and ExHub02.Now a problem occurs that ExHub01 cannot work. You are required to have ExHub01 recovered to its pre-failure configuration. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the Setup /m:RecoverServer command should be run on ExHub02. B. To achieve the goal, the Setup /m:Install /role:HT command should be run on ExHub02. C. To achieve the goal, Ser02 should be renamed to ExHub01, and the Setup /m:RecoverServer command should be run on ExHub01. D. To achieve the goal, Ser02 should be renamed to ExHub01, and the Setup /m:Install /role:HT command should be run on ExHub01. Answer: C Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 33 33 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youcomplete a new installation of the Client Access server role on an Exchange Server 2007 computer named Exch01. An SSL certificate for Exch01 is issued to mail.wiikigo.com. Users will use Outlook Anywhere with Microsoft Office Outlook 2007 to connect to their e-mail. You have to make sure that the Exchange Server 2007 Availability service can be accessed from the Internet. Which cmdlet should be run? A. You should run Set-AutodiscoverVirtualDirectory -Identity &quot;Exch01\autodiscover (default web site) &quot; -ExternalURL https://mail.wiikigo.com B. You should run Set-WebServicesVirtualDirectory -Identity &quot;Exch01\EWS (default web site)&quot; ExternalURL https://mail.wiikigo.com C. You should run Set-AutodiscoverVirtualDirectory -Identity &quot;Exch01\EWS (default web site)&quot; ExternalURL &quot;https://mail.wiikigo.com/EWS/Exchange.asmx&quot; D. You should run Set-WebServicesVirtualDirectory -Identity &quot;Exch01\EWS (default web site)&quot; ExternalURL https://mail.wiikigo.com/EWS/Exchange.asmx Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 34 34 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 clustered mailbox server, and it is installed on a Single Copy Cluster (SCC). According to the company requirements, you are asked to have another storage group and database added to the clustered mailbox server. The following actions are performed.1. On the active and passive nodes of the cluster, a new database drive is mounted to D:\mounts\SG5\DB5_1, and a new log drive is mounted to D: \mounts\SG5\Log5_1.2. A new storage group named SG5 is created, and the log path is pointed to D:\mounts \SG5\Log5_1.3. A new database should be created in SG5 named DB5_1, and the database path should be pointed to D:\mounts\SG5\DB5_1. You are required to have the storage group and database added to the clustered mailbox server. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the drives should be added as a cluster resource, and the Microsoft Information Store should be made dependent on those resources. B. To achieve the goal, the drives should be added as a cluster resource, and the storage group should be made dependent on those resources. C. To achieve the goal, the mount location of the database and log drives to drive letter locations on the active and passive nodes should be modified. D. To achieve the goal, the drives should be removed from the passive node until the active node is configured. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 35 35 You work as an Exchange Administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization.A Hi-Tech.com user named Mia Hamm complains that she cannot access her mailbox. You investigate and discover that Mia Hamm&apos;s mailbox was purged from an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named Server01. You need to recover Mia Hamm&apos;s mailbox. You thus restore the mailbox database to a recovery storage group. You must now recover Mia Hamm&apos;s mailbox to the productiondatabase.What should you do? A. B. C. D. E. You should run the Enable-Mailbox cmdlet on Server01. You should run the Exmerge utility on Server01. You should run the ISInteg utility on Server01. You should run the Connect-Mailbox cmdlet on Server01. You should run the Restore-Mailbox cmdlet on Server01.

Answer: E Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 36 36 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. In your company, there are two Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) forests with a current forest trust. An Exchange Server 2007 organization is contained by each forest. You are setting a cross-forest connector between the Hub Transport servers in the two Exchange 2007 organizations. You decide to utilize Basic authentication for the cross-forest connector. A service account named Acc01 is created in the first forest. You are required to make sure that Acc01 can be utilized to authenticate with the receiving server in the second forest. Which group should you add Acc01 to? A. B. C. D. Acc01 should be added to Exchange Recipient Administrators Acc01 should be added to Exchange Server Administrators Acc01 should be added to Exchange Servers Acc01 should be added to Exchange Organization Administrators

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 37 37 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. According to the company requirements, you should configure the custom resource property for each of your Exchange Server 2007 resource mailboxes. The training organizers shouldbe enabled to see whether a projector is present in a given training room. Before you can set the custom resource properties, which action should be performed? A. The Set-ResourceConfig -ResourcePropertySchema &quot;Room/Projector&quot; cmdlet should be run.

B. The Set-ResourceConfig -ResourcePropertySchema &quot;Equipment/Projector&quot; cmdlet should be run. C. A resource mailbox should be created for each projector as type Equipment and this resource mailbox should be assigned as a delegate for each training-room resource mailbox. D. The Set-Mailbox -ResourceCapacity 10 cmdlet should be run for each training-room resource mailbox. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 38 38 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 organization, and a Mailbox server and a Client Access server are included in the Exchange Server 2007 organization. Web-based distribution is utilized for the default offline address book (OAB). On the Client Access server, the OAB perform the update no more. You are required to have the Client Access server enabled to restore the updated OAB from the Mailbox server. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. On the Client Access server, the Microsoft Exchange Service Host service should be started. On the Client Access server, the Microsoft Exchange File Distribution service should be started. On the Mailbox server, the Microsoft Exchange Service Host service should be started. On the Mailbox server, the Microsoft Exchange Replication service should be started.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 39 39 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. According to the company requirements, you are required to have information exported from all mailboxes to a file named mailboxes.csv. Which action should be performed? A. B. C. D. The Get-MailUser | Export-Csv mailboxes.csv command should be run. The Get-Mailbox | Export-Csv mailboxes.csv command should be run. The Get-Mailbox Export-Csv &gt; mailboxes.csv command should be run. The Mailbox node under the Server Configuration node should be utilized in the Exchange Management Console.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 40

40 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. You are required to find out whether users can utilize Microsoft Office Outlook to log on to your Mailbox server directly. On the client network, which cmdlet should be run? A. B. C. D. On the client network, Test-SystemHealth should be run. On the client network, Test-MAPIConnectivity should be run. On the client network, Test-OutlookWebServices should be run. On the client network, Test-ServiceHealth should be run.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 41 41 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. According to the company requirements, you are required to terminate the circulation of an e-mail message which a virus is included within your company. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the Export-Mailbox cmdlet should be run with the -AllContentKeywords parameter. To achieve the goal, a transport rule should be created on all Edge Transport servers. To achieve the goal, a transport rule should be created on a single Hub Transport server. To achieve the goal, a recipient filter based should be created on the original sender of the first message that the virus is included.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 42 42 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. Microsoft Office Outlook Web Access is utilized by some of your technicians. According to the company requirements, you are required to make sure that the technicians are able to utilize can Outlook Web Access to access a specific file server. In the Exchange Management Console, which tab should be utilized to configure the proper settings? A. B. C. D. The Public Computer File Access tab should be utilized to configure the proper settings. The Remote File Servers tab should be utilized to configure the proper settings. The Segmentation tab should be utilized to configure the proper settings. The Private Computer File Access tab should be utilized to configure the proper settings.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 43 43 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. According to the company requirements, you are required to view IMAP4 settings for multiple users on the Client Access server. Which cmdlet should be run to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. E. To achieve the goal, Get-MailboxStatistics should be run. To achieve the goal, Get-IMAPSettings should be run. To achieve the goal, Get-CASMailbox should be run. To achieve the goal, Get-Mailbox should be run. To achieve the goal, Test-ImapConnectivity should be run.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 44 44 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. The mobile devices which are owned by all the users are installed with Windows Mobile 6.0. Since you are the Exchange administrator, you are required to permit users to securely synchronize e-mail and contact information; in addition, their mobile device doesn&apos;t need to connect to their client computer. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, Microsoft Office Outlook Web Access should be configured on the Exchange server. To achieve the goal, the mobile devices should be configured to use Microsoft ActiveSync. To achieve the goal, the mobile devices to use IMAP4 should be set. To achieve the goal, the mobile devices to use POP3 should be set.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 45 45 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to have a mail-enabled user created. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the Set-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the New-MailUser cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the Connect-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the Enable-MailUser cmdlet should be run.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 46 46 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.The Exchange Server 2007 organization of Hi-Tech.com contains a resource mailbox. The resource mailbox is named ResourceBox. Currently all users on the Hi-Tech.com network are capable of scheduling meetings for ResourceBox. Due to Staff shuffling only Dean Austin and Tom must be able to schedule meetings for ResourceBox in future. You need to configure the appropriate settings for ResourceBox that will allow only Dean Austin and Tom to schedule meetings.What should you do? A. You should run the Set- MailboxCalendarSettings-Identity&quot;ResourceBox&quot;-ResourceDelegates DeanAustin , ThomasKnepper cmdlet. B. You should run the Set- MailboxCalendarSettings-Identity&quot;ResourceBox&quot;-RequestOutof Policy DeanAustin , ThomasKnepper - AllBookInPolicycmdlet. C. You should run the Set-MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity &quot; ResourceBox&quot;-BookInPolicy DeanAustin , ThomasKnepper - AllBookInPolicy $false cmdlet. D. You should run the Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity&quot; ResourceBox&quot;-Request InPolicy DeanAustin , ThomasKnepper cmdlet. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 47 47 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. Three Exchange servers are contained by your Exchange Server 2007 environment, and the Mailbox server role is installed on the three Exchange servers. The servers are configured to back up the existing Windows event logs and mailbox databases. The Hub Transport server role is added to the Exchange servers. You are required to set the backups for the servers. According to the company requirements, you should keep enough information so as to perform a root cause analysis on lost or corrupted e-mail messages and to restore the maximum amount of data in case of a failure. The company requires you to have backups added for the Hub Transport server role. From the following four options, which one should be added to the present backups? A. B. C. D. The Microsoft Information Store should be added to the present backups. The IIS metabase should be added to the present backups. The \TransportRoles\Logs\ directory should be added to the present backups. The \TransportRoles\data\Queue\ directory should be added to the present backups.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 48 48 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. You set a users e-mail account to utilize POP3. It is reported by a user that the users mailbox happened to be removed from the Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server. A backup copy of the database is recovered, and the mailbox is included by the database to a recovery storage group on the same server. In addition, it is said by the user that his mailbox can not be accessed. Youare required to make sure that the mailbox is available to the user. Before the mailbox is reconnected, which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the user should be instructed to utilize Outlook Web Access to connect to the mailbox. To achieve the goal, POP3 access should be enabled on the mailbox. To achieve the goal, the mailbox should be moved to a standard storage group. To achieve the goal, the user should be instructed to utilize IMAP to connect to the mailbox.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 49 49 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server. A boot volume and a database volume are contained by the server. It is manifested by your benchmarks that your mailbox storage volume is not experiencing an optimal performance. You are required to implement track alignment on this Mailbox server. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. E. F. To achieve the goal, the shift.exe command should be run on the database volume. To achieve the goal, the diskpart.exe command should be run on the boot volume. To achieve the goal, the format.exe command should be run on the boot volume. To achieve the goal, the shift.exe command should be run on the boot volume. To achieve the goal, the diskpart.exe command should be run on the database volume. To achieve the goal, the format.exe command should be run on the database volume.

Answer: E Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 50 50 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. It is reported by users of Microsoft Office Outlook 2007 that the problem of connection timeouts happens frequently and e-mail messages are staying in their Outbox for too long time. You are required to utilize your administrative computer so as to confirm client performance and server functionality. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? (Choose more than one.) A. To achieve the goal, the Queue Viewer should be utilized in the Exchange Management Console. B. To achieve the goal, Performance Monitor should be utilized to view the MSExchangeIS Client object counters.

C. To achieve the goal, the Test-OutlookWebServices cmdlet should be run. D. To achieve the goal, the Test-MAPIConnectivity cmdlet should be run. E. To achieve the goal, the Test-Mailflow cmdlet should be run. Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 51 51 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You have a resource named Conference Room. Employees are allowed to book the Conference Room resource. You have to customize the response message that users will receive when they book the Conference Room resource. What action should you perform? A. B. C. D. Active Directory Users and Computers should be used. The Set-ResourceConfig cmdlet should be run. The Exchange Management Console should be used. The Set-MailboxCalendarSettings cmdlet should be run.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 52 52 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. At 9 A.M, a new mailbox is created. Users of Microsoft Office Outlook Web Access are able to see and use the new mailbox in the global address list (GAL) at 10 A.M. But users of Outlook Anywhere are not able to see the new mailbox in the GAL until the next day. The Exchange Server 2007 computer needs to be configured to allow users of Outlook Anywhere to see a new mailbox in the GAL within four hours after the mailbox is created. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. A custom update schedule should be set for the offline address book (OAB). Web-based distribution should be enabled for the offline address book (OAB). Public Folder distribution should be enabled for the offline address book (OAB). Support for Outlook 2003 with Service Pack 2 or later clients on the offline address book (OAB) should be enabled.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 53 53 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an

Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. The company requires you to set the necessary but least allowance for a user. The user should be enabled to have mailbox databases set on an Exchange Server 2007 computer. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the user account should be added to the Exchange Recipient Administrators role. B. To achieve the goal, the user account should be added to the Exchange Organization Administrators role. C. To achieve the goal, Exchange Administrator privileges should be delegated to the user account at the organization level. D. To achieve the goal, the user account should be added to the Exchange Server Administrators role. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 54 54 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to have a user mailbox transformed to a resource mailbox. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the Set-ResourceConfig cmdlet should be run. And then, the ResourcePropertySchema parameter should be set to be Room. B. To achieve the goal, the Set-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. And then, the Type value should be set to be Regular. C. To achieve the goal, the Set-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. And then, the Type value should be set to be Room. D. To achieve the goal, the Set-ResourceConfig cmdlet should be run. And then, the Instance parameter should be set to be Regular. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 55 55 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. There are two servers named Exch01 and Exch02 in your Exchange Server 2007 organization. All of the Exch01 mailboxes need to be moved to Exch02 next Saturday at 11:00 P.M. You will not be at the office at that time. So what action should you perform? A. You should run the Get-Mailbox | Move-mailbox -TargetDatabase &quot;Exch02\First Storage Group \Mailbox Database&quot; cmdlet with the StartDate parameter set for next Saturday at 11 P.M. B. You should run the Get-Mailbox -server Exch01 | Move-mailbox -TargetDatabase &quot;Exch02\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database&quot; cmdlet with the StartDate parameter set for next Saturday at11 P. M.

C. You should run the Get-Mailbox -server Exch01 | Move-mailbox -TargetDatabase &quot;Exch02\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database&quot; cmdlet from the Exchange Management Shell next Saturday at 11 P.M by using Windows scheduler. D. You should run the Get-Mailbox | Move-mailbox -TargetDatabase &quot;Exch02\First Storage Group \Mailbox Database&quot; cmdlet from the Exchange Management Shell next Saturday at 11 P.M by using Microsoft Windows scheduler. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 56 56 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. Your external e-mail client access should be set to utilize IMAP4. The external firewall is set to permit TCP port 993. According to the company requirements, you should make sure that your external e-mail clients are enabled to deliver messages safely from the Internet by utilizing your Exchange servers. An SSL certificate is set for secure authenticated SMTP. Which action should be performed next? A. The external firewall should be set to permit TCP port 25. B. The external firewall should be set to permit TCP port 587. C. The Enable Domain Security (Mutual Auth TLS) check box should be chosen on the default client Receive connector. D. The Externally Secured (for example, with IPsec) check box should be chosen on the default client Receive connector. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 57 57 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment for you. This environment contains a Client Access server named S01. Now S01 fails. It needs to be restored. So what action should you perform first? A. B. C. D. A dial tone recovery should be run. The Setup /NewCMS command should be run. The Setup /RecoverCMS command should be run. The Setup /m:RecoverServer command should be run.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 58 58 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You disconnect a users mailbox. According to the company requirement, you have to reconnect this mailbox to a new Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) user account. Which cmdlet should be run? A. B. C. D. Restore-Mailbox should be run. Update-Recipient should be run. Enable-Mailbox should be run. Connect-Mailbox should be run.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 59 59 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Your company is closing its Dallas office. The employees in the Dallas office have mailbox-enabled user accounts that use the value Dallas in the City attribute. You disable the user accounts of the Dallas employees. You have to disconnect their mailboxes. What action should you perform to achieve the goal? (Choose more than one) A. B. C. D. The Remove-Mailbox Dallas cmdlet should be run. The Get-User -Filter &quot;City -like &apos;Dallas&apos;&quot; | Disable-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. The Get-User -Filter &quot;City -like &apos;Dallas&apos;&quot; | Remove-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. From the Exchange Management Console, a filter should be applied to the City attribute to contain Dallas. Highlight all of the filtered users and choose Remove. E. From the Exchange Management Console, a filter should be applied to the City attribute to contain Dallas. Highlight all of the filtered users and choose Disable. Answer: BE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 60 60 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. All users are able to receive e-mail that is sent directly to them from the Internet. A distribution group named WebResponse is configured to accept e-mail from all users. All corporate users can use Microsoft Office Outlook to send messages to the WebResponse distribution group. All messages that are sent to the distribution group from the Internet are rejected. You have to allow e-mail frominternal and Internet users to be sent to the SMTP address of the WebResponse distribution group. So what action should you perform to achieve this? A. The SMTP Receive connectors on each Hub Transport server should be modified to allow anonymous users. B. The properties of the WebResponse distribution group should be modified so that the Everyone group has the Send As permission.

C. The properties of the WebResponse distribution group should be modified so that the group no longer requires all senders to be authenticated. D. The properties of the WebResponse distribution group should be modified so that the group is no longer hidden from the Outlook global address list (GAL). Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 61 61 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. A single Hub Transport server and a single Mailbox server are included by your Exchange Server 2007 environment. It is reported that they are experiencing a slow performance on e-mail delivery to large dynamic distribution groups. You verify that all MSExchangeADAccess Processes Performance Monitor counters on your Exchange servers are functioning normally. The company requires you to minimize the delivery time for messages which are delivered to dynamic distribution groups. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, an additional global catalog server should be deployed. And then, the existing Hub Transport server should be set to utilize the new global catalog server. B. To achieve the goal, a second Hub Transport server should be deployed. And then, the dynamic distribution groups should be set to utilize the new Hub Transport server as their expansion server. C. To achieve the goal, more RAM should be added to the existing Mailbox server. D. To achieve the goal, more RAM should be added to the existing domain controllers. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 62 62 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. For your Exchange Server 2007 organization, you increase the anti-spam restrictions. You inform your company&apos;s partners that they should forward any e-mail messages that are being blocked by the content filters to antispam@wiikigo.com. The forwarded messages will be reviewed so that modifications can be made to Safe Senders Lists to prevent the blocking problem in the future. External users are forwarding e-mail messages to anti-spam@wiikigo.com, but you find that no messages from external users are in the anti-spam mailbox. You have to allow the anti-spam mailbox to receive e-mail messages that are classified as spam. Which cmdlet should be run? A. Set-RecipientFilterConfig -BlockListEnabled $false -BlockedRecipients anti-spam@wiikigo.com should be run. B. Set-RecipientFilterConfig -RecipientValidationEnabled $false should be run. C. Set-ContentFilterConfig -BypassedRecipients anti-spam@wiikigo.com should be run. D. Set-ContentFilterConfig -BypassedSenders anti-spam@wiikigo.com should be run. Answer: C Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 63 63 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. A failure occurs on an Exchange Server 2007 Hub Transport server, which is named ExHub01. A new Hub Transport server is built to replace ExHub01, and it is named ExHub02. After you have service recovered, you plan to restore all e-mail messages that keep in the mail.que database on ExHub01. The actions listed below are performed on ExHub02.First, all messages are flushed from the current queue on ExHub02.Second, the mail.que database from the hard disk on ExHub01 should be replicated to C:\recoveryQueue on ExHub02. You have the recovery of the mail.que database restored from ExHub01. On ExHub02, which two actions should be performed? (Choose more than one.) A. A recovery of the mail.que database should be performed in C:\recoveryQueue by utilizing the Eseutil utility. B. A restore of the mail.que database should be performed in C:\recoveryQueue by utilizing the Eseutil utility. C. A defragmentation of the mail.que database should be performed in C:\recoveryQueue by utilizing the Eseutil utility,. D. A repair of the mail.que database should be performed in C:\recoveryQueue by utilizing the Database Recovery Management tool,. E. The mail.que database should be fixed in C:\recoveryQueue by utilizing the ISInteg utility. Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 64 64 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. It is reported by users that their mailboxes on an Exchange Server 2007 computer can not be accessed by them, and the Exchange Server 2007 computer is named EX01. You confirm that connectivity to the server works well and that server hardware also works well. In addition, access to global catalogs work well. The company requests you to report on the status of all required Exchange-specific and Exchange-dependent services. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the Test-SystemHealth -Server EX01 cmdlet should be run. B. To achieve the goal, the Get-ExchangeServer -Identity EX01 cmdlet should be run. C. To achieve the goal, the Database Troubleshooter should be run from the Exchange Troubleshooting Assistant. D. To achieve the goal, the Test-ServiceHealth -Server EX01 cmdlet should be run. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 65

65 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1 (SP1). You have a server named S01 in a cluster continuous replication (CCR) cluster. You have a single standby continuous replication (SCR) target server named S02 at a different location. S01 is configured to use SCR to replicate all of its storage groups to S02. S02 is not receiving a copy of the databases or log files. You find that the status of the SCR replication is Suspended. You have to make sure that SCR is functioning properly. Which cmdlet should you run? A. B. C. D. E. Resume-StorageGroupCopy should be run. Enable-ContinuousReplicationHostName should be run. Enable-DatabaseCopy should be run. Enable-StorageGroupCopy should be run. Restore-StorageGroupCopy should be run.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 66 66 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. This environment has a Hub Transport server named S01. Now S01 fails. Since you are the technical support, the company asks you to perform role recovery on S01. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. The Eseutil.exe command should be run. The Setup /RecoverCMS command should be run. The Setup /m:RecoverServer command should be run. Add or Remove Programs should be used in Control Panel.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 67 67 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youare in charge of a server. This server has Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 with Service Pack 1 (SP1) and Microsoft Windows Server 2008 installed. The mailbox database fails. You have to make surethat users are able to send and receive e-mail during the recovery of the mailbox database. In order to achieve this goal, what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. In order to achieve this, the New-MailboxDatabase cmdlet should be run. In order to achieve this, a dial tone recovery should be performed. In order to achieve this, a recovery storage group should be created. In order to achieve this, the Exchange Mail Flow Troubleshooter should be used.

Answer: B

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 68 68 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1 (SP1) environment for you. You have a Mailbox server role with a single database. According to the company order, you have to identify whether the server is completing its daily online defragmentation successfully. So what action should you perform to achieve this? A. B. C. D. The Get-MessageTrackingLog cmdlet should be. The Get-MailboxStatistics cmdlet should be run. The event log should be viewed. The Database Troubleshooter tool should be used.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 69 69 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. And two Mailbox servers, two Client Access servers, two Hub Transport servers, and two Edge Transport servers are included. The company requests you to offer high availability for the Availability service. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, Network Load Balancing on the Hub Transport servers should be set. To achieve the goal, Network Load Balancing on the Client Access servers should be set. To achieve the goal, Network Load Balancing on the Edge Transport servers should be set. To achieve the goal, clustering on the Mailbox servers should be set.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 70 70 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. The default e-mail address policy is changed. You are required to have the modified policy applied. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the New-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the Update-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the Microsoft Exchange Transport service should be restarted. To achieve the goal, the New E-Mail Address Policy Wizard should be utilized.

E. To achieve the goal, the Set-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet should be run. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 71 71 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is a single Exchange Server 2007 server. Backups of the database are performed every night from 10:00 P.M. to 1:00 A.M. A third-party application should be utilized, and the Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS) and virtual tape library (VTL) should be utilized. You start to recover a database in a recovery storage group at 9:30 P.M. The database cannot be recovered. Youare required to have the database restored. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the database at 10:00 A.M should be restored. B. To achieve the goal, the name of the active database should be changed, and then the recovery should be performed. C. To achieve the goal, the database should be restored in the active storage group. D. To achieve the goal, Windows Server Backup should be utilized. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 72 72 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. A single Edge transport server is contained by your native Exchange Server 2007 organization, and the single Edge transport server is named ExEdge01. On the ExEdge01, an Edge Subscription is created with a Hub Transport server named ExHub01. It lasts an extended period of time for the interruption of the network connection from ExEdge01 to the Internet. And later, youhave the network connection recovered, but no messages are being sent. You are required to have the message flow recovered instantly. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the Resume-Queue cmdlet should be run on ExEdge01. To achieve the goal, the Retry-Queue cmdlet should be run on ExEdge01. To achieve the goal, the Resume-Queue cmdlet should be run on ExHub01. To achieve the goal, the Retry-Queue cmdlet should be run on ExHub01.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 73 73 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an

Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. And there is a single Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) forest which is named wiikigo.com. You are required to have the mailbox and the AD DS user account deleted instantly for a resource named R01. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. In the Exchange Management Shell, the Remove-Mailbox -Identity wiikigo\R01 Permanent $True cmdlet should be run. B. In the Exchange Management Shell, the Disable-Mailbox -Identity wiikigo\R01 -Confirm cmdlet should be run. C. In Active Directory Users and Computers, the Exchange Tasks Wizard should be run. D. In Active Directory Users and Computers, the R01 object should be deleted. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 74 74 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youare creating a cluster continuous replication (CCR) cluster. You create a failover cluster, and have the Mailbox server role named ExchMB1 installed on the active node. According to the company requirement, the Mailbox server role needs to be installed on the passive node. So what action should you perform to achieve this? A. B. C. D. E. The Setup /roles:Mailbox command should be run. The Setup /newcms /CMSname:ExchMB1 command should be run. The Enable-StorageGroupCopy -Identity ExchMB1\SG1 command should be run. You should choose the Mailbox Role check box in the Exchange Server 2007 Setup wizard. You should choose the Passive Clustered Mailbox Role check box in the Exchange Server 2007 Setup wizard.

Answer: AE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 75 75 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. User accounts are set to stop users from delivering messages which are more than 10 MB. Since you are the Exchange administrator, you are required to enable only a user named Mary to deliver messages that are no more than 20 MB. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the Set-Mailbox -Identity &quot;Mary&quot;-ProhibitSendQuota 20480 cmdlet should be run. B. To achieve the goal, the Get-RoutingGroupConnector | Set-RoutingGroupConnector -MaxMessageSize unlimited cmdlet should be run. C. To achieve the goal, the Set-Mailbox -Identity &quot;Mary&quot; -MaxSendSize 20MB cmdlet should be run.

D. To achieve the goal, the Get-RoutingGroupConnector | Set-RoutingGroupConnector -MaxMessageSize 20MB cmdlet should be run. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 76 76 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. The place for a transaction log volume on a Mailbox server is too limited now. And it is reported by some users that their mailboxes arenot available. You should recover service to these users in the shortest time. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, 100 of the oldest transaction logs should be moved, and the Mount-Database cmdlet should be run. At last, a full backup of the database should be implemented. B. To achieve the goal, the database volume should be compressed, and the Mount-Database cmdlet should be run. At last, a full backup of the database should be performed. C. To achieve the goal, circular logging should be enabled, and the Mount-Database cmdlet should be run. D. To achieve the goal, the Clean-MailboxDatabase cmdlet should be run, and the Mount-Database cmdlet should be run. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 77 77 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to permit users to book a specific resource mailbox, and approval from an administrator or another resource delegate should not be requested. Which cmdlet should be run to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. E. To achieve the goal, Start-ManagedFolderAssistant should be run. To achieve the goal, Set-MailboxCalendarSettings should be run. To achieve the goal, Set-Resourceconfig should be run. To achieve the goal, Set-OrganizationConfig should be run. To achieve the goal, Set-ManagedFolderMailboxPolicy should be run.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 78 78 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Tom and Jason are

employees of wiikigo, Ltd. Their mailbox accounts are located on an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named Exch1. The Hub Transport server role also resides on Exch1. Jason sends a message to Tom, but Tom does not receive the message. You need to find all messages that were sent from Jason to Tom. What should you do? A. The Get-MailboxFolderStatistics -Identity Tom -FolderScope All cmdlet should be run. B. The Get-MessageTrackingLog -Recipients Tom@ wiikigo.com -Sender Marc@ wiikigo.com -Server Exch1 -EventID SEND cmdlet should be run. C. Open the Exchange Mail Flow Troubleshooter by running the Exchange Troubleshooting Assistant. Run the Expected messages from senders are delayed or are not received by some recipients test. D. Open the Message Tracking tool by using the Exchange Troubleshooting Assistant. Create a new search, and specify Jason@ wiikigo.com as the sender, Tom@ wiikigo.com as the recipient, and Exch1 as the server. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 79 79 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.You decide to install a two-node Single Copy Cluster (SCC) Mailbox server on the Exchange Server 2007 organization of Hi-Tech.com. You then name the network adapters APPublic and APPrivate. You have received instruction from the Manager to configure the TCP/IP binding order for the cluster servers.What should you do? A. You should move the Public connection to the top of the Adapters and Bindings tab. B. You should move the Private connection to the top of the Adapters and Bindings tab. C. You should open the properties of the cluster and move the APPrivate network to the top of the Network Priority tab. D. You should open the properties of the cluster and move the APPublic network to the top of the Network Priority tab. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 80 80 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youhave an Exchange Server 2007 Edge Transport server role and Hub Transport server role installed. The server that has the Hub Transport server role is located in an Active Directory site named Huston. You have to synchronize your companys Active Directory information to the server that has the Edge Transport server role. So what action should you perform? (Choose more than one) A. The ADAMSync command should be run on the server that has the Edge Transport server role. B. The ExportEdgeConfig -CloneConfigData &quot;C:\CloneConfigData.xml&quot; command should be run on the server that has the Edge Transport server role.

C. The ImportEdgeConfig -CloneConfigData &quot;C:\CloneConfigData.xml&quot; command should be run on the server that has the Edge Transport server role. D. The New-EdgeSubscription -FileName &quot;c:\EdgeServerSubscription.xml&quot;cmdlet should be run on the server that has the Edge Transport server role. E. The New-EdgeSubscription -FileName &quot;c:\EdgeServerSubscription.xml&quot; -site &quot; Huston&quot; cmdlet should be run on the server that has the Hub Transport server role. Answer: DE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 81 81 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Your company has a head office in New York. There is a group of accountants in this head office. The company hires a new group of accountants for the branch office in Huston. The Exchange Server 2007 computer in the New York office is named Exch1. The Exchange Server 2007 computer in the Huston office is named Exch2. The new accounting group requires a local replica of the Accounting public folder that is located in the root of the public folder tree. Now a replica of the Accounting folder has to be added to the Exchange server in the Huston office. Which cmdlet should be run? A. Set-PublicFolder &quot;\Accounting&quot; -replicas &quot;EXCH2\Public Folder Database&quot; should be run B. Set-PublicFolder &quot;EXCH1\Accounting&quot; -replicas &quot;EXCH2\Public Folder Database&quot; should be run. C. Set-PublicFolder &quot;EXCH2\Accounting&quot; -replicas &quot;EXCH1\Public Folder Database&quot; should be run D. Set-PublicFolder &quot;\Accounting&quot; -replicas &quot;EXCH1\Public Folder Database&quot;,&quot; EXCH2\Public Folder Database&quot; should be run. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 82 82 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 contained in your company environment. Message tracking is set to keep tracking logs for a month. When you try to have a message that was sent two weeks ago tracked, you find that no data for the message can be accessed on the Mailbox server. Therefore, you plan to make sure that message data can be tracked for a month. Which action should be performed to accomplish the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the maximum message tracking log file size should be enhanced. To achieve the goal, the maximum message tracking log directory size should be enhanced. To achieve the goal, the message tracking file retention should be set to be one and a half month. To achieve the goal, the message tracking log directory should be removed to a different volume.

Answer: B

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 83 83 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You set the mailbox database with 200-MB mailbox quotas. You are required to remove the quota from the mailbox of a user named Peter. Which action should you perform to achieve the goal? A. In the Exchange Management Shell, you should run the Set-Mailbox -Identity &quot;Peter&quot; IssueWarningQuota 0 -ProhibitSendQuota 0 -ProhibitSendReceiveQuota 0 -UseDatabaseQuotaDefaults $False cmdlet. B. In the Exchange Management Shell, you should run the Set-Mailbox -Identity &quot;Peter&quot; IssueWarningQuota 104857600 -ProhibitSendQuota 104857600 -ProhibitSendReceiveQuota 104857600 UseDatabaseQuotaDefaults $False cmdlet. C. In the Exchange Management Console, on the Storage quotas dialog box, you should clear the Use mailbox database defaults check box on Peters user account. And then, you should make sure that the Issue warning at (KB), Prohibit send at (KB), and Prohibit send and receive at (KB) check boxes are cleared. D. In the Exchange Management Console, on the Storage quotas dialog box, you should clear the Use mailbox database defaults check box on Peters user account. And then, you should choosethe Issue warning at (KB) check box and set its value to 0. And then, you should choose the Prohibit send at (KB) check box and set its value to 0. Select the Prohibit send and receive at (KB)check box and set its value to 0. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 84 84 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1 (SP1) environment. According to the company requirements, you are required to have a list of all e-mail messages displayed, and the messages were delivered by a specific user in the last week. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. E. To achieve the goal, the Exchange Queue Viewer should be viewed. To achieve the goal, the Routing Log Viewer should be viewed. To achieve the goal, the Message Tracking tool should be utilized. To achieve the goal, the Database Troubleshooter tool should be utilized. To achieve the goal, the Mail Flow Troubleshooter should be utilized.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 85 85 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. This environment has an Edge Transport server in the perimeter network and a Hub Transport server in the internal network. The company asks you to make sure that all external e-mail messages that are received by your Exchange environment are not impersonated. What action should you perform? A. B. C. D. In order to make sure of In order to make sure of In order to make sure of In order to make sure of modified. this, the Sender ID settings on the Hub Transport server should be modified. this, the Sender ID settings on the Edge Transport server should be modified. this, the Sender Filtering settings on the Hub Transport server should be modified. this, the Sender Filtering settings on the Edge Transport server should be

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 86 86 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You are deploying file-level anti-virus scanners on a Mailbox server. You need to define scan exclusions for only the Mailbox role on the Mailbox server. You define scan exclusions for the Offline Address Book files and the Exchange databases. What action should you perform next? A. B. C. D. The Microsoft Exchange Transport Log Search service should be restarted. The Microsoft Exchange Information Store service should be restarted. Scan exclusions for the transaction logs and the database content indexes should be defined. Scan exclusions for the %Program Files%\Microsoft\Exchange Server\Public folder should be defined.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 87 87 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Your nightly backups are scheduled to run on Mailbox servers at 1:00 A.M. Each backup takes approximately four hours. Your maintenance window is currently set to start at 10:00 P.M. and to end at 3:00 A.M. You find that online defragmentations are not finishing successfully. This operation typically takes 4.5 hours. You have to makesure that database backups and online defragmentations finish successfully before 6:00 A.M. each day. So what action should you perform? A. The backups should be configured to start at 10:00 P.M. B. The backups should be configured to start at 12:00 A.M. C. The maintenance window should be configured to end at 1:30 A.M.

D. The maintenance window should be configured to start at 8:00 P.M. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 88 88 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You can see the servers which are included by the environment from table below. However, hardware fails on Ser01. According to the company requirements, you are required to perform a role recovery to one or both of the other servers. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal?

A. To achieve the goal, the Client Access server role should be installed on Ser03. And then, the Mailbox server role should be installed on Ser02. B. To achieve the goal, the Client Access server role and the Mailbox server role should be installed on Ser02. C. To achieve the goal, the Client Access server role and the Mailbox server role should be installed on Ser03. D. To achieve the goal, the Client Access server role should be installed on Ser02. And then, the Mailbox server role should be installed on Ser03. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 89 89 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment and a single Client Access server is contained. The Autodiscover service is utilized. A failure happens on the Client Access server. You are required to have the Autodiscover service settings recovered to a new computer. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the Setup/m:RecoverServer command should be run. To achieve the goal, the Set-AcceptedDomain cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the Internet Information Services (IIS) configuration should be restored. To achieve the goal, the Register-ExchangeSCW.ps1 script should be run.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 90 90 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Exchange Server 2007 Organization of Hi-Tech.com contains a Client Access Server as well as a Hub Transport server.The server hosting the Client Access Server role is named Server01 and the server hosting the Hub Transport Server role is named Server02. You discover that Server01 has failed. You need to add the Client Access Server role to the existing Server02.What should you do? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. You should run the exsetup /mode:Install /roles:ClientAccess,HubTransport command. You should run the exsetup /mode:Install /roles:ClientAccess command. You should use the Add or Remove Programs applet in the Control Panel. You should configure the server as a front-end server using the Exchange System Manager.

Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 91 91 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) and Exchange Server 2007 in your company. There is a user in your company. He has an Exchange 2007 mailbox and an AD DS user account. They are respectively named kimi.george@wiikigo.com and wiikigo\kimi.george. It is reported by Kimi that he doesn&apos;t want to use his mailbox any more. However, his AD DS user account is still needed. Kimi&apos;s user account should be changed so that he won&apos;t have a mailbox but he should be permitted to log on to AD DS with his user account. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the Export-Mailbox -Identity kimi.george@wiikigo.com TargetMailbox ExportMailbox TargetFolder KimData command should be run B. To achieve the goal, the Remove-Mailbox Identity wiikigo\kimi.george command should be run. C. To achieve the goal, the Disable-Mailbox kimi.george@wiikigo.com command should be run. D. To achieve the goal, the Set-Mailbox Identity wiikigo\kimi.george -HiddenFromAddressListsEnabled $true command should be run Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 92 92 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Your company acquired a company which is named Wiikigo. Your company plans to accept e-mail messages that are sent to the wiikigo.com e-mail namespace on your company&apos;s existing e-mail servers. The Wiikigo, Ltd., e-mail servers will be decommissioned. According to the company requirement, your companys Exchange 2007 organization needs to be configured to accept all e-mail messages that are sent to wiikigo.com. So what action should you perform? A. A new e-mail address generation policy for wiikigo.com should be added. B. Wiikigo.com should be added to the accepted domains as an authoritative domain.

C. Wiikigo.com should be added to the accepted domains as an external relay domain. D. Wiikigo.com should be added to the accepted domains as an internal relay domain. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 93 93 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1 (SP1) environment. According to the company requirements, you should have a legal disclaimer contained in all external e-mail messages that are delivered by your users. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the appropriate Send connector should be changed. To achieve the goal, the Update-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the New Transport Rule Wizard should be run. To achieve the goal, the New Journal Rule Wizard should be run.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 94 94 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to have the e-mail address for a specific vendor contained in your company&apos;s global address list (GAL). In addition, you should avoid permitting the vendor access to your internal network resources. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, a Microsoft Exchange recipient object should be created. To achieve the goal, a mail contact should be created. To achieve the goal, a mailbox-enabled user should be created. To achieve the goal, a mail-enabled user should be created.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 95 95 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. There is a single Active Directory Domain Services(AD DS) domain in your company. The DNS name of the domain is corp. wiikigo.local. A stand-alone DNS server on the perimeter network has a standard primary DNS zone named wiikigo.local. A server on the corporate network has the Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox, Client Access, and Hub Transport server roles installed. You are preparing to deploy a stand-alone server on the perimeter

network that will have the Edge Transport server role installed. You have to make sure that the Edge Transport server will be able to resolve the DNS name of the Hub Transport server. What should you do? A. For the Hub Transport server, a host (A) resource record should be created manually in the wiikigo.local DNS zone. B. For the Hub Transport server, a service (SRV) resource record should be created manually in the corp. wiikigo.local DNS zone. C. For the Hub Transport server, a host (A) resource record should be created manually in the corp.wiikigo. local DNS zone. D. For the Hub Transport server, a service (SRV) resource record should be created manually in the wiikigo. local DNS zone. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 96 96 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Your company has several vendors that deliver license keys by using e-mail. You register a new e-mail address named licensing@wiikigo.com for the vendors to use. You have to create a single folder to which the vendors e-mail messages can be delivered. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. A new custom managed folder should be created. A new managed default folder should be created. A new mail-enabled public folder that has an e-mail address of licensing@wiikigo.com should be created. A mail-enabled group that has an e-mail address of licensing@wiikigo.com should be created.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 97 97 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. A mail-enabled public folder named Monitoring receives automated alerts from the monitoring system of your company. Some users send e-mail messages to the folder by selecting it from the global address list (GAL) in Microsoft Office Outlook. You have to prevent users from selecting the Monitoring folder from the GAL, and you have to make sure that the monitoring alerts will still be received. So what action should you perform? A. The Set-AddressList &quot;Public Folders&quot; -RecipientFilter &quot;DisplayName -is &apos; Monitoring&apos;&quot; cmdlet should be run. B. The Folder visible attribute for the Default name on the Monitoring public folder should be removed by using the Outlook client. C. The Set-MailPublicFolder cmdlet should be run and the DisplayName parameter should be set to $false. D. The Set-MailPublicFolder cmdlet and the HiddenFromAddressListsEnabled parameter should be set to $true.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 98 98 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You have a user named Tom. You have to make sure that a specific laptop is available as a resource mailbox. You have to make sure that Tom is able to control only the scheduling of the laptop, and you have to make sure that Tom is the only user who has that ability. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. A room mailbox should be created and Full Access permission should be assigned to Tom. An equipment mailbox should be created and Full Access permission should be assigned to Tom. An equipment mailbox should be created and the Set-ResourceConfig cmdlet should be run. An equipment mailbox should be created and Tom should be assigned as a resource delegate.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 99 99 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. And a single Hub Transport server is contained. Hardware fails on the Hub Transport server. A role recovery to a new computer is performed by you. You plan to view routing information for an e-mail message that was sent before the hardware fails. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the message tracking logs from backup should be restored. To achieve the goal, the GetMessageTrackingLogE2EWithTime.ps1 script should be run. To achieve the goal, the Setup /DisasterRecovery command should be run. To achieve the goal, the Setup /m:RecoverServer command should be run.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 100 100 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment, and servers and users at two locations named Loc01 and Loc02 are included. A attachment size for e-mail messages which are sent between the two locations should be set to the largest. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal?

A. To achieve the goal, the Set-MessageClassification cmdlet from either location should be run. B. To achieve the goal, the maximum message size should be set on the Active Directory site link between Loc01 and Loc02. C. To achieve the goal, the maximum message size should be set on the routing group connector. D. To achieve the goal, the Set-ContentFilterConfig cmdlet from Loc01 and Loc02 should be run. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 101 101 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named Server01. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.You have been informed that the server running Exchange Server 2007 has failed. You need to get the server operational and thus proceeded as follows: You rebuild the server; you recover the information in the mailbox database as well as the log directories.After the rebuild and recovery the Hi-Tech.com users complained that Server01 is unacceptably slow and does not return the expected results either. You need to address the situation by rebuilding the full - text index catalog for all databases on the Mailbox server role. What should you do? A. First delete the full-text index catalog directory. Then run the Mount-Database cmdlet. Then start the Microsoft Exchange Search Service. B. First run the Dismount-Database cmdlet. Then delete the full-text index catalog directory. Then start the Microsoft Exchange Search Service. C. First stop the Microsoft Exchange Search Service. Then delete the full-text index catalog directory. Then start the Microsoft Exchange Search Service. D. First stop the Microsoft Exchange Search Service. Then run the Set-MailboxDatabase -IndexEnabled:$true cm Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 102 102 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. There is a single Exchange organization and the following four servers in the Exchange Server 2007 environment of the company. The four servers are respectively the Mailbox server, Hub Transport server, Edge Transport server and Client Access server. A user in your Exchange organization sends a message to a recipient inside your company. But the recipient does not receive the message. Since you are the technical support, you are asked to find out the status of the message. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. The queue on the Edge Transport server should be viewed. The message tracking log on the Edge Transport server should be viewed. The Exchange Best Practices Analyzer should be used. The queue on the Hub Transport server should be viewed.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 103 103 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. A single Hub Transport server named ExHub01 and multiple Mailbox servers are included by your Exchange Server 2007 organization. And the company has a single Edge Transport server named ExEdge01 deployed. In addition, the company sets message tracking logs to be kept for a month. There is a mailbox for a user named Peter. The mailbox is located on a Mailbox server named ExMB01, and it has an SMTP address of Peter@wiikigo.com. Since you are the IT professional, you are required to generate a report. In the report, the total number of messages that Peter delivered during the last month should be indicated. Which action should you perform to achieve the goal? A. You should run the Get-MailboxFolderStatistics -Identity Peter -FolderScope SentItems | export-csv c:\tmp \Peter.csv cmdlet on ExHub01. B. You should run the Get-MessageTrackingLog -Sender Peter@wiikigo.com -EventId &quot;Receive&quot; | export-csv c:\tmp\Peter.csv cmdlet on ExHub01. C. You should run the Get-MessageTrackingLog -Sender Peter@wiikigo.com -EventId &quot;Receive&quot; | export-csv c:\tmp\Peter.csv cmdlet on ExEdge01. D. You should run the Get-MailboxStatistics -Identity Peter | export-csv -path c:\tmp\Peter.csv cmdlet on ExHub01. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 104 104 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Recently your company deployed Exchange Server 2007. Either Microsoft Office Outlook 2003 or Microsoft Office Outlook 2007 is installed on client computers. Now you receive report from Outlook2003 users saying that they cannot access the offline address book (OAB). But you find that Outlook 2007 users can access the OAB. You must make sure that all users are able to access the OAB. Which check box should you choose on the Offline Address Book properties? A. B. C. D. Custom Schedule should be used. Public folder distribution should be enabled. Web-based distribution should be enabled. The Default Global Address List should be included.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 105 105 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. You are making preparations to have an Exchange Server 2003 environment upgraded to an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to make sure that the mailboxes can be accessed by internal users and remote users during the upgrading. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the Exchange 2007 Mailbox server role should be installed. To achieve the goal, an Exchange 2003 front-end server should be installed. To achieve the goal, the Exchange 2007 Client Access server role should be installed. To achieve the goal, the Exchange 2007 Hub Transport server role should be installed.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 106 106 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1 (SP1). The environment has a single Mailbox server. Now you receive an order from the company management. According to the company requirement, local continuous replication (LCR) should be enabled for an existing storage group. You successfully run the EnableDatabaseCopy cmdlet on the storage group. Which cmdlet should be run next? A. B. C. D. E. Enable-StorageGroupCopy should be run next. Update-StorageGroupCopy should be run next. Test-ReplicationHealth should be run next. Resume-StorageGroupCopy should be run next. Suspend-StorageGroupCopy should be run next.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 107 107 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. There is a single Edge Transport server in your environment. You have an additional Edge Transport server deployed. You have to make sure that inbound e-mail messages are distributed between the two Edge Transport servers. What are two possible ways to achieve this goal? A. netmask ordering on your public DNS servers should be disabled. B. On each of the Edge Transport servers, a new transport rule should be configured. C. Both Edge Transport servers should be connected to the same switch. The Edge Transport server cloned configuration scripts should be run. D. A new DNS MX record should be configured for the new Edge Transport server with the same Mail Server Priority value as the existing MX record.

E. In a Network Load Balancing (NLB) cluster, both Edge Transport servers should be configured. The public DNS MX and A records should be configured for the NLB cluster name and IP address. Answer: DE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 108 108 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You create a dynamic distribution group named Sales Team that contains all users in the sales department. Now you receive report from users in the sales department. According to their report, external e-mail messages that are sent to the Sales Team distributiongroup are not being delivered. Since you are the technical support, you have to make sure that external e-mail that is sent to Sales Team is delivered to all users in the sales department. So what action should you perform? A. In order to make sure of this, the Reject messages should be cleared from check box on the Sales Team distribution group. B. In order to make sure of this, the Reject messages should be cleared from check box on the user accounts of all users in the sales department. C. In order to make sure of this, the Require that all senders are authenticated check box on the Sales Team distribution group should be cleared. D. In order to make sure of this, the Require that all senders are authenticated check box on the user accounts of all users in the sales department should be cleared. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 109 109 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You issue Microsoft Windows Mobile 6.0 devices to some of your users. A minimum password policy needs to be configured for all mobile device users. What action should you perform? A. The Set-ActiveSyncVirtualDirectory cmdlet should be run with the WindowsAuthEnabled parameter. B. A group policy for minimum password length should be created, and the group policy should be applied to all mobile device users. C. A Password Settings object (PSO) that has the minimum password length should be created, the PSO should be applied to a security group that contains all mobile device users. D. The minimum password length for the default ActiveSync mailbox policy should be configured, and the policy should be applied to all mobile device users. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 110 110 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment, and an Edge Transport server is contained in the perimeter network and a Hub Transport server is contained in the internal network. Exchange EdgeSync service should be set between the two servers. Your company corporate with a company named Green Mood. A third-party messaging server is utilized by Green Mood. The same address space will be shared by both companies. You will set E-mail for the combined companies to route through the Exchange 2007 environment. The public DNS records for Green Mood are updated to point to the Edge Transport server in your Exchange 2007 environment. The Green Mood domain is set as an accepted domain. You are required to make sure that external e-mail for Green Moods users is delivered to Green Moods third-party messaging server. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. An internal relay domain should be set on the Hub Transport server. And then, a Send connector should be created on the Hub Transport server that points to Green Moods messaging server. B. An external relay domain should be set on the Edge Transport server. And then, a Send connector should be created on the Edge Transport server that points to the Hub Transport server. C. An internal relay domain should be set on the Edge Transport server. And then, a Send connector should be created on the Hub Transport server that points to Green Moods messaging server. D. An external relay domain should be set on the Edge Transport server. And then, a Send connector should be created on the Edge Transport server that points to Green Moods messaging server. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 111 111 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to set external Out of Facility (OOF) messages on a per-user basis. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the Set-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlethould be run. To achieve the goal, the Exchange Management Console should be utilized. To achieve the goal, the Set-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the Set-MailUser cmdlethould be run.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 112 112 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is a single Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) forest for you. This forest contains many domains. You are making preparations for installing Exchange Server 2007 into your forest. An error message is sent to you at the time you try to run the setup /PrepareAD command. The error message says that you do not have the

necessary permissions to run this command. But you need to be able to run the setup /PrepareAD command. So what action should you perform? A. In order to achieve this, you should log on with an account that is a member of Administrators group. B. In order to achieve this, you should log on with an account that is a member of C. In order to achieve this, you should log on with an account that is a member of D. In order to achieve this, you should log on with an account that is a member of group. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: the Exchange Organization the Domain Admins group. the Schema Admins group. the Enterprise Admins

QUESTION 113 113 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment for you. According to the company requirement, you should be able to manage e-mail messages on the basis of the reputation of the senders e-mail address. Of the following types of filtering, which one should be used? A. B. C. D. E. sender filtering content filtering sender ID filtering recipient filtering connection filtering

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 114 114 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. Exchange Server 2007 is utilized by your company, and they are in four locations throughout the country. It is reported by users at two of the locations that Exchange experiences a slow response. You are required to implement a health check of each locations infrastructure. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the Test-ServiceHealth cmdlet on each Exchange server should be run. To achieve the goal, the Test-ExchangeSearch cmdlet on each Exchange server should be run. To achieve the goal, the Exchange Best Practices Analyzer should be utilized. To achieve the goal, the Get-EventLogLevel cmdlet on each Exchange server should be run.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 115 115 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Now you receive an order from the company management, you are asked to generate a report on all mailboxes in your Exchange Server 2007 organization. The report must detail the number of items per mailbox folder. Which cmdlet should be run? A. You should run Get-ExchangeServer | Get-Message | Export-Csv -Path c:\allmbfstats.csv B. You should run Get-Mailuser | Get-MailboxFolderStatistics | Export-Csv -Path c:\allmbfstats.csv C. You should run Get-ExchangeServer | Get-Mailbox | Get-MailboxStatistics | Export-Csv -Path c:\allmbstats. csv D. You should run Get-ExchangeServer | Get-Mailbox | Get-MailboxFolderStatistics | Export-Csv -Path c: \allmbfstats.csv Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 116 116 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Now you receive an order from the company management. According to the company requirement, the LDAP search time on your Hub Transport server should be decreased. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. Another Hub Transport server should be added. Another global catalog server should be added. Memory should be added on the Hub Transport server. An additional CPU should be added on the Hub Transport server.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 117 117 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You install a new Client Access server into this environment. Your company domain is named wiikigo.com. You create a new DNS A resource record that points autodiscover. wiikigo.com to the external IP address of the Client Access server. You receive report from users saying that they cannot use the Autodiscover service. But the users are able to access Outlook Web Access, which is on the same server as the Autodiscover service. Since you are the technical support, you have to make sure that all users are able to use the Autodiscover service. So what action should you perform? A. A trusted encryption certificate should be installed on your Client Access server. B. A trusted encryption certificate should be installed on your Mailbox server.

C. A DNS SRV record that points to autodiscover.wiikigo.com should be created. D. A DNS CNAME record that points autodiscover.wiikigo.com to your Mailbox servers DNS name should be created. E. A DNS CNAME record that points autodiscover.wiikigo.com to your Client Access servers DNS name should be created. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 118 118 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. Exchange Server 2007 is being installed on a new member server. Your login account joins the local administrators group. You enter the server, and try to have the Hub Transport server role installed. An error message is received, and the message says that the Hub Transport server role cannot be installed. You should install the Hub Transport server role successfully. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, your user account should be added to the Exchange Read-Only Administrators group. B. To achieve the goal, your user account should be added to the Exchange Organization Administrators group. C. To achieve the goal, the setup.exe /PrepareLegacyExchangePermissions command should be run. D. To achieve the goal, the computer account should be added to the Exchange Servers group. E. To achieve the goal, the computer account should be added to the Exchange Administrators group. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 119 119 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You should be enabled to have POP3 connections monitored. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the MSExchangeIS Client performance monitoring object should be added. To achieve the goal, the MSExchangePop3 performance monitoring object should be added. To achieve the goal, the Test-OutlookWebServices cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the MSExchangeIS Mailbox performance monitoring object should be added.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 120 120 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. Multiple databases on each logical unit number (LUN) contained by your Exchange Server 2007 environment. The individual database restores should be permitted, so that you must have the databases backed up in such a way that the databases can be recovered to a file server. You are required to choose a proper backup type. To satisfy the requirements, which backup types should be utilized? (Choose more than one.) A. B. C. D. To satisfy the requirements, streaming full backups should be utilized. To satisfy the requirements, streaming copy backups should be utilized. To satisfy the requirements, Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS) full backups should be utilized. To satisfy the requirements, Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS) copy backups should be utilized.

Answer: CD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 121 121 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. In your company, each branch office has a single dedicated organizational unit (OU). A branch office moves to a new location. The old street address is 101 Main Street. The new street address is 201 Main Street. Since you are the technical support, you are asked to update the street address in the global address list (GAL) for all employees in the relocated branch office. Which cmdlet should be run? A. Get-User -OrganizationalUnit &apos;100 Main Street&apos; | Set-User -StreetAddress &quot;201 Main Street&quot; B. Get-Mailbox -OrganizationalUnit &apos;100 Main Street&apos; | Set-User -StreetAddress &quot;201 Main Street&quot; C. Get-User -Filter &quot;StreetAddress -eq &apos;100 Main Street&apos;&quot; | Set-User -StreetAddress &quot;201 Main Street&quot; D. Get-User -Filter &quot;StreetAddress -eq &apos;100 Main Street&apos;&quot; &gt; Set-User -StreetAddress &quot;201 Main Street&quot; Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 122 122 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Now you receive an order from the company management. According to the company requiremement, new disk resources should be added toan existing Exchange Server 2007 Single Copy Cluster (SCC). Which tool should you choose to use? A. You should choose to use Cluster Administrator B. You should choose to use Exchange Setup utility

C. You should choose to use Exchange Management Shell D. You should choose to use Exchange Management Console Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 123 123 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Now you receive an order from the company management. According to the company requirement, Outlook Web Access needs to be configured to allow Microsoft Office documents to be opened but not saved on public computers. So what action should you perform? A. The Office file formats should be added to the direct file access Block list. B. Direct file access should be enabled for public computers. C. Force WebReady Document Viewing should be enabled when a converter is available for public computers. D. The Office file formats should be added to the supported document types for WebReady Document Viewing. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 124 124 You work as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization that has four Exchange servers.Two of the Exchange servers host the Mailbox server role, and the other two Exchange servers host the Hub Transport server role.A user in the marketing department sent an e-mail message to a customer outside the Hi-Tech.com network. The e-mail address of the customer is roryallen@Test-Tech.com. The e-mail message contains the latest product line.However the email never reached the intended recipient. You need to determine whether the e-mail did indeed leave the HiTech.com Exchange organization.What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should run the Get-Queue - Filter {status - eq &quot;retry&quot; cmdlet. You should run the Get- Recipient - Filter { PrimarySmtpAddress - eq roryallen@Test-Tech.com} cmdlet. You should run the Get-Queue -Filter { NextHopDomain - eq &quot;Test-Tech.com&quot;} cmdlet. You should run the Get-Message -Filter {Subject - eq &quot;Latest Production Line&quot;} cmdlet.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 125 125 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There

is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to confirm that full backups are completing successfully by utilizing your Mailbox server. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, you should confirm To achieve the goal, you should confirm To achieve the goal, you should confirm To achieve the goal, you should confirm that the message tracking logs have been flushed. that the mailbox database size has been reduced. that the transaction logs have been flushed. that the agent logs have been flushed.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 126 126 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You plan to have a new Hub Transport server added. You are required to set anti-spam agents on the new Hub Transport server beforethe e-mail is accepted by server. The current e-mail flow should not be interrupted. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the Background Intelligent Transfer Service (BITS) should be pervented, and then the setup command should be run. B. To achieve the goal, a new transport rule should be set on the current Hub Transport server. C. To achieve the goal, the setup /DoNotStartTransport command should be run. D. To achieve the goal, the setup /UpdatesDir command should be run. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 127 127 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. In the mailbox delivery queue, there is a great amount of e-mail messages queued for delivery. After viewing the queue, you find a problem that there are many unsolicited messages with the same subject, and they have been sent to multiple recipients. You are required to move all of the unsolicited e-mail messages which the same subject is included. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. In the Exchange Queue Viewer, a filter based on the sender criteria should be created, and then the messages should be deleted. B. In the Exchange Queue Viewer, a filter based on the subject criteria should be created, and then the messages should be deleted. C. In the Exchange Management Console, a managed folder mailbox policy should be created, and the policy to all users should be applied. D. In the Exchange Management Console, a connection filter for all users should be created, and then the messages should be deleted. Answer: B

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 128 128 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. You can see the configuration of your Exchange Server 2007 environment from the table listed below. It is reported by the users that a lot of spam e-mail messages are sent to them from the Internet. You are required to minimize the amount of unwanted messages from the Internet, and the internal messages should not be filtered. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal?

A. To achieve the goal, the value for the spam confidence level (SCL) threshold on the content filter should be enhanced on Ser01. B. To achieve the goal, the value for the spam confidence level (SCL) threshold on the content filter should be enhanced on Ser03. C. To achieve the goal, the anti-spam agents should be enabled on Ser01. D. To achieve the goal, the anti-spam agents should be installed and enabled on Ser03. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 129 129 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Tom is an administrator for Wiikigo, Ltd. In order to make sure that Tom is able to install the Hub Transport server role on an Exchange Server 2007 computer named ExchHub1, you have to assignthe minimum permissions necessary. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose two.) A. B. C. D. E. Tom should be added to the Domain Admins group. Tom should be added to the ExchHub1 local Administrators group. The Add-ExchangeAdministrator -Identity wiikigo\Tom -Role OrgAdmin cmdlet should be run. The Add-ExchangeAdministrator -Identity wiikigo\Tom -Role ServerAdmin cmdlet should be run. The Setup /NewProvisionedServer ExchHub1.wiikigo.com /ServerAdmin wiikigo\Maria command should be run.

Answer: BE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 130

130 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Now you receive an order from the company management. According to the company requirement, the prohibit send quota for all users should be increased. Which cmdlet should you run? A. B. C. D. E. Set-ManagedContentSettings should be run. Set-Mailbox should be run. Set-MailUser should be run. Set-MailboxDatabase should be run. Set-EmailAddressPolicy should be run.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 131 131 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youhave Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 deployed. Now you receive an order from the company management. Since you are the technical support, you are asked to make sure that users are able to access their e-mail by using POP3. So what action should you perform to achieve this? A. B. C. D. The Connection settings in the Exchange Management Console should be modified. The POP3 service Startup type should be configured to be Automatic, and start the POP3 service. The IMAP4 Mailbox Feature setting should be disabled. The Retrieval Settings for POP3 in the Exchange Management Console should be modified.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 132 132 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. Since you are the exchange administrator, you are required to have a snapshot of a mailbox database performed. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the Clean-MailboxDatabase cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the Set-StorageGroup cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the Vssadmin.exe command-line tool should be utilized. To achieve the goal, the Eseutil.exe command-line tool should be utilized.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 133 133 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. The table bellows shows the configuration of the servers in your companys environment.You have to prepare the environment for installing Exchange Server 2007. You type setup.exe at the command prompt. Which parameter should you add to the command?

A. B. C. D.

/DomainController:S02 should be added to the command. /DomainController:S01 should be added to the command. /NewProvisionedServer:S04 should be added to the command. /NewProvisionedServer:S03 should be added to the command.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 134 134 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. You can see the configuration of the servers in your Exchange Server 2007 organization from the table below.An Edge Transport server named Ser04 is added.You are required to have Ser04 linked with the Exchange organization. In addition, recipient and configuration data should be copied from Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS).What should be done to achieve the goal? (Choose the three correct actions, and then put them in the right order.)1. A Send connector should be added from Ser04 to the Internet. 2. The Edge subscription file should be exported on Ser04. 3. The Edge subscription file should be imported on Ser02. 4. A Receive connector on Ser02 should be added for Ser04. 5. The Edge subscription file should be copied to Ser02. 6. Active Directory Application Mode (ADAM) should be installed on Ser02.

A. B. C. D.

2??5??3 2??6??3 5??4??1 3??6??5

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 135 135 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. HiTech.com makes use of Microsoft ActiveSync policy.As a security measure the Microsoft ActiveSync policy is configured to ensure that idle clients provide their password every 20 minutes. You therefore decide to configure an inactivity timer on the network computers. You receive a request from the Marketing manager named Amy Wilson, to ensure that her laptop computer is not affected by the inactivity timer. Her laptop computer is named CL01.You need to ensure that CL01 is not affected by the timeout policy. However, you need to take care that the other corporate policy settings are maintained.What should you do? A. You should consider reconfiguring CL01 for ActiveSync. Then ensure that the corporate ActiveSync policy is not applied. B. You should consider removing the ActiveSync policy from the Amy Wilson mailbox. C. You should create a new ActiveSync policy that contains all the necessary settings. Then apply it to Amy Wilson&apos;s mailbox. D. You should change the password setting on CL01 in order to override the ActiveSync policy. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 136 136 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. You have an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You create a new e-mail address policy by utilizing the Exchange Management Shell. You are required to view the recipients which thenew e-mail address policy applies to. Which actions should be performed? (Choose more than one.) A. To achieve the goal, the Exchange Management Console should be utilized. B. To achieve the goal, the Group Policy Management Console should be utilized. C. To achieve the goal, the Get-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet should be run, and then the Get-Recipient cmdlet should be run. D. To achieve the goal, the Set-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet should be run, and then the Get-Recipient cmdlet should be run. E. To achieve the goal, the Get-AddressList cmdlet should be run. Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 137 137 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. The following servers in the tables below are included by your environment. Hardware fails on Ser02. You are required to restore the Hub Transport role to one or more of the other servers. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal?

A. To achieve the goal, the Hub Transport server role should be restored on Ser04. B. To achieve the goal, the Client Access server role should be removed to Ser01. And then, the Hub Transport server role should be restored on Ser03. C. To achieve the goal, the Hub Transport server role should be restored on Ser01. D. To achieve the goal, the Hub Transport server role should be restored on Ser03. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 138 138 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. You can see the servers which are included by your current Exchange Server 2003 environment from the table below. You are making preparations to have Exchange Server 2007 installed. The Exchange 2007 Edge Transport server role is installed on a server named Ser03. You plan to have Exchange 2007 Mailbox,Client Access, and Hub Transport server roles installed on a server named Ser04.wiikigo.com. You are required to perform an unattended installation of Exchange Server 2007. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal?

A. To achieve the goal, the Setup /mode:Install /roles:ClientAccess,HubTransport,Mailbox LegacyRoutingServer:ser04.wiikigo.com command should be run. B. To achieve the goal, the Setup /mode:Install /roles:ClientAccess,HubTransport,Mailbox LegacyRoutingServer:Ser01.wiikigo.com command should be run. C. To achieve the goal, the Setup /mode:Install /roles:ClientAccess,HubTransport,Mailbox LegacyRoutingServer:ser02.wiikigo.com command should be run. D. To achieve the goal, the Setup /mode:Install /roles:ClientAccess,HubTransport,Mailbox LegacyRoutingServer:Ser03 command should be run. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

/ / / /

QUESTION 139 139 You work as an Exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain named Hi-Tech.com that contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 server named Server01.You need to design a backup strategy that uses a backup media device for database on Server01. The database needs to back up every weekday and on Saturdays. You need to ensure that no more than two

backup media devices are required to restore the database.What is should you do? A. Run an incremental backup during the week and a full backup on Saturdays. B. Run a differential backup during the week, except Fridays. On Fridays and Saturday she needs to perform an incremental backup. C. Run a differential backup during the week and a full backup on Saturdays. D. Run a full backup every working day and then start with an incremental backup on Saturdays. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 140 140 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.The Exchange Server organization contains a mail-enabled public folder. This folder is named EOFolder and is configured to receive automated alerts. All automated alerts are sent by an external monitoring system. The clients of Hi-Tech.com are able to send e-mail messages to EOFolder.You receive numerous complaints from clients stating that the mail from the monitoring system is returned with a non-delivery report. You need to make sure that the clients receive monitoring alerts in EOFolder.What should you do? A. You should run the Add-PublicFolderClientPermission -AccessRights: EditOwnedItems cmdlet for anonymous users for EOFolder. B. You should run the Set-MailPublicFolder -RequireSenderAuthenticationEnabled: $true cmdlet for EOFolder. C. You should use Microsoft Office Outlook to assign default clients the permission to create items in EOFolder. D. You should use Microsoft Office Outlook to allocate anonymous clients the permission to create items in TestMonitor. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 141 141 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1 (SP1) environment for you. Two Exchange organizations are in this environment. The network connectivity between the organizationsis limited to TCP port 25 and TCP port 443. You receive an order from the company management. Mailboxes between the two Exchange organizations should be removed. So what should you do toachieve this? (Choose more than one) A. B. C. D. E. The Get-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. The enable-CrossForestConnector.ps1 script should be run. The Move-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. The Export-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. The Import-Mailbox cmdlet should be run.

Answer: DE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 142 142 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech. com.The Edge Transport Server role is installed on a server named Server01 and the Hub Transport Server role is installed on a server named Server02. It has been brought to your attention that Server01 failed. Consequently you need to make alternative arrangements regarding the Edge Transport server role and thusdecide to install a new Microsoft Windows Server 2003 server as well as reinstalling the Edge Transport Server role on Server01.You discover that the address rewrites configured before on Server01 is not functioning. It is imperative that you recover the address rewrite capabilities.What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should import the Edge Subscription file on the Server02. You should run the Setup /m: RecoverServer command on the new server. You should copy the Edge Subscription file to the Server02. You should run the ImportEdgeConfig.ps1 script on the new server.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 143 143 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. In your environment, there are servers that either Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange Server 2003 installed. For limiting the number of recipients that are allowed per message, a policy is created by you. You must make sure that the policy is enforced for all users. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. Server limits should be set. Global limits should be set. Connector limits should be set. Organizational limits should be set.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 144 144 You work as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech. com.You are currently preparing your Exchange 2007 organization in order to install the Mailbox server role on a newly purchased Exchange Server 2007 server named Server01. You have received instruction from the Manager to ensure that the Server01 read and write performance is optimal. In addition you also need to implement redundancy on Server01. You thus have to choose the appropriate type of array on which the

mailbox database should be placed.What should you do? A. B. C. D. Make use of Make use of Make use of Make use of a dedicated RAID 10 array. a dedicated RAID 0 array. a dedicated RAID 1 array. a RAID 1 array that contains the operating system partition.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 145 145 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is a single server named S01 for you. S01 has Exchange Server 2007 with Service Pack 1 (SP1) installed. Besides, S01 has three server roles installed: Mailbox, Client Access, and Hub Transport. You get report from users saying that they can send e-mail messages inside the company. But they cannot send e-mail messages outside the company. You have to solve this problem as soon as possible, making sure that all users can send e-mail messages outside the company. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. In order to achieve this, hightech.com should be added as an accepted domain. In order to achieve this, a Send connector should be created with a * address space. In order to achieve this, a Send connector should be created with a contoso.com address space. In order to achieve this, a Foreign connector should be created with a contoso.com address space.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 146 146 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1 (SP1) environment for you. You receive an order from the company management. You are asked to schedule replication for a public folder. Of the following cmdlets, which one should be run? A. B. C. D. E. Set-JournalRule should be run. Set-PublicFolder should be run. Set-MailPublicFolder should be run. Enable-ContinuousReplicationHostName should be run. Disable-ContinuousReplicationHostName should be run.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 147 147 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. In your Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment, there is a single Client Access server. Microsoft Office Outlook 2007 has been installed on all client computers. An external firewall is used by you. According to the company requirement, you must make sure that all users can access e-mail, free/busy information, and public folders from the Internet. So what action should you perform to make sure of this? A. Outlook Anywhere should be enabled on the Client Access server. B. A new Exchange ActiveSync Mailbox Policy should be created, and it should be assigned to all users. C. TCP port 993 connections from the Internet to the corporate network should be permitted on the firewall. Outlook should be configured to use IMAP over SSL. D. TCP port 995 connections from the Internet to the corporate network should be permitted on the firewall. Outlook should be configured to use POP3 over SSL. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 148 148 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. Hi-Tech.com has its headquarters in Chicago and a branch office in Dallas.You have been assigned to the Dallas site office. Your instructions are to install Exchange Server 2007 on the new server. To ensure that no problems occur that might hinder the users of the Dallas site to perform their duties you decide to install the required components on the new server before you install Exchange Server 2007.What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose THREE.) A. B. C. D. E. F. Install Install Install Install Install Install Windows PowerShell 1.0. Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP). Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP). Microsoft Management Console (MMC) 3.0. Microsoft .NET Framework 1.1. Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0

Answer: ADF Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 149 149 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.You were compelled to restore the directory objects and settings from a backup that was taken on Monday, November 13 after the Hi-Tech.com Active Directory environment became corrupted on the Friday, November 18. However, after the restoration a number of users reported that they are unable to access their mailboxes and they were assigned mailboxes between the Monday, November 13 and the corruption of the Active Directory environment on Friday November 18. These users all require access to their mailboxes and you thus need to address the issue.What should you do?

A. B. C. D.

The most recent System State backup should be restored. You should run the Enable-Mailbox cmdlet on the Exchange server. You should run the Connect-Mailbox cmdlet from the Exchange server. The most recent mailbox database backup should be restored.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 150 150 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named Server01. You must collect data regarding Server01 user connectivity. You need to produce a report of all the Server01 mailboxes on the Hi-Tech.com network that shows the most recent logon time.What should you do? A. B. C. D. E. Generate the report you need by running the Get-MailboxDatabase -Server Server01 cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Get-MailboxServer Server01 cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Get-LogonStatistics -Server Server01 cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Set-Mailbox cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Get-MailboxStatistics -Server Server01 cmdlet.

Answer: E Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 151 151 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.The Hi-Tech.com network contains of an Exchange Server 2007 server named ESERVER01. You need to prepare and configure e-mail retention on four custom managed folders for all mailboxes on ESERVER01. To accomplish this task you proceed as follows:1. Configure the managed folder assistant for ESERVER012. Create four managed custom folders3. Create a new managed folder mailbox policy named POMail4. Add all the custom managed folders to the POMail policy5. Create managed content settings for every folder as well as configuring the required retention settings6. Complete the configuration of the messaging records management (MRM) retention settingsNow you need to make these four mailboxes available for the mailboxes on ESERVER01.What should you do? A. You have to create a new managed folder mailbox policy for the managed custom folders. B. You have to ensure that the managed custom content settings are added to the four managed custom folders. C. You have to ensure that the POMail policy is added for every mailbox on ESERVER01. D. You have to ensure that the enable retention hold for items in the mailbox check box is selected for all mailboxes on ESERVER01. Answer: C Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 152 152 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network forHi-Tech.com.Your company has a separate business unit named Luxware Traders. All Luxware Traders employees have mailboxes on your companys Exchange Server 2007 computers. All Luxware Traders employee mailboxes have been assigned luxwaretraders.com e-mail addresses. The exhibit below shows the configuration of e-mail address policy. The Luxware Traders distribution groups have not been assigned Luxwaretraders.com e-mail addresses. You need to assign all of the Luxware Traders distribution groups an e-mail address from the Luxwaretraders.com domain by using an e-mail address policy. What action should you perform?

A. A unique custom attribute value should be assigned to each Luxware Traders distribution group. Add an additional e-mail address policy that filters for the assigned custom attribute. B. A unique custom attribute value should be assigned to each Luxware Traders distribution group. Modify the existing policy by adding the assigned custom attribute to the conditions list by using the Exchange Management Console. C. Each of the distribution group should be added to the existing e-mail address policy by running the SetEmailAddressPolicy cmdlet with the RecipientFilter parameter. The Update-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet should be run with appropriate parameters. D. Each of the distribution groups should be added to the existing e-mail address policy by running the SetEmailAddressPolicy cmdlet with the IncludedRecipients parameter. The Update-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet should be run with the appropriate parameters. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 153 153 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Exchange 2007 Organization of Hi-Tech.com network contains a server named Server01 that holds the Mailbox server role and a server named Server02 that holds the Hub Transport server role. All the Hi-Tech.com Exchange servers are located on subnet3.All Hi-Tech.com users have been assigned mailboxes on Server01. Two users named Martin

Sheen and Rory Allen must communicate regularly via their mailboxes since Martin Sheen is located on subnet1 and Rory Allen on subnet2. Martin Sheen informs you that he sent an e-mail message to Rory Allen which was never delivered. You need to troubleshoot the situation. Thus you check and discover that the message left the Martin Sheen Outbox and was listed in the Sent Items folder. You need to identify the reason for the error.What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should run the Test-MAPIConnectivity -Server Server01 cmdlet on Server01. You should run the Test-MAPIConnectivity -Server Server01 cmdlet on a workstation on subnet1. You should run the Test-ServiceHealth cmdlet on Server01. You should run the Test-ServiceHealth cmdlet on Server02.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 154 154 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There are two Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) forests in the company. The two forests are respectively named ForestA and ForestB. ForestA has domain controllers and member servers that are located on the corporate network. ForestB has domain controllers and member servers that are located on the perimeter network. You intend to have the Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1 (SP1) Edge Transport server role installed on a server named S01. S01 is a stand-alone server that has a Server Core installation of Windows Server 2008. You have to make preparations of S01 for installation of the Exchange 2007 SP1 Edge Transport server role. So what should you do? (Choose more than one) A. B. C. D. S01 should be joined to ForestB. S01 should be joined to ForestA. Windows Web Server 2008 should be installed on S01. Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Full Installation should be installed on S01.

Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 155 155 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. Help desk technicians are given with the permissions to manage mail-enabled groups. You receive report from them saying that they fail to mail-enable a specific group which is used to grant access to file shares. You have to solve this problem, making sure that they can mail-enable the group. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. In order to achieve your goal, the group should be converted to a universal security group. In order to achieve your goal, the group should be converted to a global distribution group. In order to achieve your goal, the group should be converted to a domain local security group. In order to achieve your goal, the group should be converted to a universal distribution group.

Answer: A

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 156 156 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.HiTech.com employs another administrator to assist with the workload. You need to make sure that the new administrator, Rory Allen will be able to create a Send connector on a Hub transport server. In your solution you must remember the Hi-Tech.com written security policy of least privilege and must thus assign Rory Allen the least amount of permissions required to fulfill his duties.What should you do? A. You should consider delegating Exchange Full Administrator privileges at the organizational level to Rory Allen. B. You should consider adding Rory Allen to the Domain Admins group to enable him to create a Send connector. C. You should consider running the Add-ExchangeAdminstrator -Role ServerAdmin-Identity RoryAllen cmdlet. D. You should consider running the Add-ExchangeAdministrator -Role OrgAdmin-Identity RoryAllen cmdlet. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 157 157 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.You have received several reports from clients in various departments stating that important e-mail messages pertaining their work are delivered to their Microsoft Office Outlook Junk E-mail folders.They need these emails to continue with their duties. You need to address the situation.You check and detect that the e-mail addresses of the message senders were on the Outlook Safe Senders List. Now you need to ensure that user defined Safe Senders Lists are used during the Exchange Edge Transport server message delivery so the email messages are not delivered to the Microsoft Office Outlook Junk E-mail folders.What should you do? A. The authenticated message bypass on the Edge Transport server content filter configuration should be enabled. B. The Update-SafeList cmdlet should be run on the Mailbox server for each mailbox. C. The Outlook E-mail Postmark validation on the Mailbox server content filter configuration should be enabled. D. The anti-spam updates on the Edge Transport server should be enabled. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 158 158 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There

are two load balanced Client Access servers in your Exchange Server 2007 organization. On the corporate network, outlook Anywhere users have access to availability information. According to the company requirement, you have to allow access to availability information for users outside the corporate network who connect by using Outlook Anywhere. What action should you perform? A. The Full Details read permission should be added to each users calendar properties by using the Microsoft Office Outlook client. B. The external URL should be set by running the Set-WebServicesVirtualDirectory cmdlet on each of the Client Access servers. C. On each of the Client Access servers, the Set-CASMailbox cmdlet should be run with the appropriate parameters. D. A replica of the Exchange organizations Free/Busy public folder should be added to at least one of the Mailbox servers in the same site as the Client Access servers. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 159 159 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.Hi-Tech.com has headquarters in London and a branch office in Paris. The Exchange Server 2007 server in the London office is named Server01 and the Exchange Server 2003 server in the London office is names Server02.At present the Server01 server contains a mailbox that has 25 KB of mailbox rules. You need to move the mailbox from Server01 to Server02.What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should run the move-Mailbox cmdlet with the IgnorePolicyMatch parameter. You should run the Move-Mailbox cmdlet with the IgnoreRuleLimitErrors parameter. You should use the Exchange Server 2003 Exchange Task wizard. You should use the Exchange Server 2007 Move Mailbox wizard.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 160 160 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named Server01. During routine maintenance you notice that an inappropriate message with the subject line of Exchangeis sent to all clients on Server01. You need to ensure that the message is deleted from the mailboxes on Server01.What should you do? A. First create a new mailbox named NewMail that contains a folder named Export. Then run the Get-Mailbox -Server Server01 | Export-Mailbox ????C TargetMailbox NewMail - TargetFolder Export -SubjectKeywords &quot;Exchange&quot;-DeleteContent cmdlet. B. First locate the message ID of the original message on Server01. Then run the Export-Message -Identity &lt;IDnumber&gt; c:\temp cmdlet. Then delete the messages in the directory.

C. First create a new transport rule named ExcRule from the Exchange Management Console. Then set the condition to &quot;when the Subject field contains ExcRule&quot;. Then set the action to &quot;silently drop the message&quot;. D. First locate the message ID of the original message on Server01. Then run the Remove-Message -Identity &lt;IDnumber&gt; cmdlet. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 161 161 You work as an Exchange Administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 environment that is configured with cluster continuous replication (CCR).The Microsoft Windows Cluster service (MSCS) runs on two servers named Server01 and Server02 and the default cluster MSCS is named DECluster. The cluster mailbox server (CMS) for the DECluster is named EXServer02. Both DECluster and EXServer02 are configured to run on the Server01 cluster node. However, the CCR replica is configured to run on the Server02 cluster node. Youmust backup the CCR replica.What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should specify EXServer02 in the backup operation. You should specify Server01 in the backup operation. You should specify DECluster in the backup operation. You should specify Server02 in the backup operation.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 162 162 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 computer named Server01. The Hub Transport server role resides on Server01.You notice that message tracking is enabled on Server01. A new Hi-Tech.com directive regarding company privacy policy states that the subject line of e-mail messages should be not stored in the tracking log. You need to track the e-mail messages from Server01 whilst ensuring that you comply with the Hi-Tech.com privacy policy.What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should make use of You should make use of You should make use of You should make use of the Set- ReceiveConnector - ProtocolLoggingLevel None cmdlet. the Set- TransportServer Server01 - MessageTrackingLogEnabled : $false cmdlet. the Get- MessageTrackingLog -Subject None cmdlet. the Set- Transport Server Server01 C MessageTrackingLogSubjectLoggin

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 163

163 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.You need to create a report on the Exchange Server 2007 servers that are currently on the company network. In your report you need to take a number of aspects into consideration. These are: the amount of storage groups, the total physical memory, the operating system version, the amount of processors as well as the amount of mailbox databases.What should you do? A. B. C. D. Generate the report you need by running the Test-SystemHealth cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Health Check scan in the Exchange Best Practices Analyzer. Generate the report you need by running the Get-ExchangeServer | Format-List cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Get-OrganizationConfig cmdlet.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 164 164 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com Exchange Server network has just been migrated to Exchange Server 2007. You are responsible for managing theExchange network for Hi-Tech.com.Every mailbox server on the Hi-Tech.com network is configured with two storage groups as well as two databases for each of the storage groups. You have received instruction from the Manager to ensure that the Hi-Tech.com Exchange Server network is fault tolerant. You thus decide to implement local continuous replication (LCR). Now you need to configure the Mailbox server with LCR.What should you do? A. First change the ratio to a single database per storage group. Then run the Enable-DatabaseCopy cmdlet. Then run the Enable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. B. First run the Disable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. Then change the databases into a single storage group. Then run the Enable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. C. First change the database ratio to a single database per storage group. Then run the DisableStorageGroupCopy cmdlet. Then run the Enable-DatabaseCopy cmdlet. D. First run the Disable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. Then change the databases ratio into a single storage group. Then run the Enable-DatabaseCopy cmdlet. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 165 165 You work as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization named Server01.Your main job function includes managing the Hi-Tech. com network. A new Hi-Tech.com policy states that all attached files should be removed from meeting requests. You thus need to configure the conference room resource mailboxes in Server01 to remove attached files from meeting requests so as to comply with the policy.What should you do? A. You should consider running the Get-Mailbox - RecipientTypeDetails RoomMailbox | SetMailboxCalendarSettings -DeleteAttachments: $true cmdlet. B. You should consider running the Get-Mailbox - RecipientTypeDetails RoomMailbox | SetMailboxCalendarSettings -DeleteNonCalendarItems: $true cmdlet.

C. You should consider running the Get-Mailbox - RecipientTypeDetails RoomMailbox ; SetMailboxCalendarSettings - DeleteAttachments : $true cmdlet. D. You should consider running the Get-Mailbox - RecipientTypeDetails RoomMailbox ; SetMailboxCalendarSettings - DeleteNonCalendarItems : $true cmdlet. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 166 166 You work as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech. com.The Hi-Tech.com network contains a stand-alone server named Server01. You have received instruction from the Manager to install the appropriate Exchange Server 2007 server role on Server01.What should you do? A. B. C. D. The Hub Transport server role should be installed on Server01. The Mailbox server role should be installed on Server01. The Client Access server role should be installed on Server01. The Edge Transport server role should be installed on Server01.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 167 167 You work as the Exchange Administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. Hi-Tech.com has acquired a business partner named Test-Tech Ltd.The Hi-Tech.com written security policy states that employees are not permitted to send out-of-office messages to users outside the companies Exchange 2007 organization. After the acquisition of the new partner Hi-Tech. com were compelled to make an exception to this policy to allow an operational arrangement of the Exchange Server organization. The SMTP domain for Willow Bridge Ltd is Test-Tech.com.You need to configure the Exchange organization of Hi-Tech.com. You thus have to ensure that out-of-office messages can be sent to the e-mail addresses in the Test-Tech.com domain.What should you do? A. B. C. D. First create a Send connector for Test-Tech.com. Then set the correct options. First add Test-Tech.com as an accepted domain. Then set the correct options. First add Test-Tech.com as a remote domain. Then set the correct options. First create a transport rule. Then set the correct options.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 168 168 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an

Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.The Research and Development department is located at a remote site. They make use of their mobile workstations to log onto the company network by making use of Outlook Anywhere. The mobile workstations are all configured to run Microsoft Office Outlook 2007.Top Management wants you to ensure that the personnel in the Research and Development department have access to the company network. You need to ensure that the Research and Developmentpersonnel maintain the performance set by Hi-Tech.com.What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. E. You should run the Test- ServiceHealth cmdlet. You should run the Test- MAPIConnectivity cmdlet. You should run the Get-MailboxDatabase cmdlet. You should run the Get- MailboxStatistics cmdlet. You should run the Test- WebServicesConnectivity cmdlet.

Answer: BE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 169 169 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.At present Microsoft ActiveSync is configured on the Exchange servers but is presently disabled for user on the Exchange Server 2007 organization. A Hi-Tech.com employee named Tom works in the Research and Development department. She is assigned a new laptop workstation named Client01. She requests that Client01 is synchronized with the Exchange servers over a wireless network so as to accommodate her research tasks. You need to allow ONLY Tom to use the ActiveSync feature.What should you do? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. You should enable Microsoft ActiveSync using the Active Directory Users and Computers console. You should enable Microsoft ActiveSync using the Exchange Management Console. You should enable Microsoft ActiveSync by running the Set-CASMailbox cmdlet. You should enable Microsoft ActiveSync by running the Set-Mailbox cmdlet.

Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 170 170 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains a native Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech. com.Following are the server roles currently installed on the Hi-Tech.com network:1. Four Mailbox servers2. One Edge Transport server named Server013. One Hub Transport server named Server02The Hi-Tech.com Sales department makes use of a Windows SMTP relay with an IP address of 192.168.10.200. A new policy in the Sales department states that e-mail from the department to personnel must be sent from this SMTP relay. You thus need to make the necessary configuration changes so that the Exchange environment to accept email messages from the internal sales SMTP relay.What should you do?FR198724 A. You should run the New- ReceiveConnector -Name &apos;Sales e-mail&apos;-Server Server01 RemoteIPRanges 192.168.10.25 - AuthMechanism BasicAuth -Usage Partner cmdlet.

B. You should run the New- ReceiveConnector -Name &apos;Sales e-mail&apos;-Server Server01 RemoteIPRanges 192.168.10.25 - AuthMechanism BasicAuth -Usage External cmdlet. C. You should run the New- ReceiveConnector -Name &apos;Sales e-mail&apos;-Server Server02 RemoteIPRanges 192.168.10.25 - AuthMechanism BasicAuth -Usage Partner cmdlet. D. You should run the New- ReceiveConnector -Name &apos;Sales e-mail&apos; -Server Server02 RemoteIPRanges 192.168.10.25 - AuthMechanism BasicAuth -Usage Internal cmdlet. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 171 171 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.The Hi-Tech.com management wants a new message classification that will be for exclusive use inside the company. To this end you then create this new message classification and name it InMessage. You need to ensure that InMessage is not sent outside the company. Now you need to redirect all outbound e-mail messages that have the InMessage classification to the Docs mailbox.What should you do? A. You should run the Set-MessageClassification -Identity&apos;InMessage&apos;RetainClassificationEnabled:$true cmdlet. B. You should run the Set-MessageClassification-Identity&apos;InMessage&apos;-UserDisplayEnabled:$true cmdlet. C. You should redirect all messages sent from internal clients to clients outside the company as well as messages marked InMessage to the Docs mailbox by creating a new transport rule. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 172 172 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment for you. You have a Mailbox server named Corp01. You have a toplevel public folder named Folder01. According to the company order, you have to create a public folder named Sales in Folder01 on Corp01. What action should you perform? A. B. C. D. Active Directory Users and Computers should be used. The New-PublicFolder -Path &quot;Folder01\Sales&quot; -Server Corp01 command should be run. The Set-PublicFolder -Identity &quot;Folder01\Sales&quot; -Server Corp01 command should be run. The New-PublicFolder -Name &quot;Sales&quot; -Path \Folder01 -Server Corp01 command should be run.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 173 173 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. In your Exchange Server 2007 environment, there is a Mailbox server named S01 and a Client Access server named S02. According to the company requirement, you have to view a list of all mailboxes. Besides, the list should include the protocols that are enabled for each mailbox. So what action should you perform to accomplish your task? A. B. C. D. E. The Get-User cmdlet should be run. The Get-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. The Get-CASMailbox cmdlet should be run. The Get-MailboxStatistics cmdlet should be run. The Get-ClientAccessServer cmdlet should be run with the -Identity Server2 parameter.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 174 174 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. Your company has an Exchange Server 2003 environment. Now the company performs the migration to Exchange Server 2007. Now the Exchange 2007 Client Access servers are used by all Outlook Web Access clients. Public folders can be viewed by users of the Microsoft Office Outlook client. But users of Outlook Web Access cannot view any public folders. You have to solve this problem immediately, providing access to the company??s public folders from both the Outlook clients and the Outlook Web Access clients. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. Replicas of all public folders should be added to an Exchange 2003 public folder server. Replicas of all public folders should be added to an additional Exchange 2007 public folder server. An Exchange 2003 front-end server should be installed for Outlook Web Access. The Client Access server role should be installed on the server that holds the mailboxes of the Outlook Web Access users.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 175 175 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.The Hi-Tech.com management wants all staff to make use of Outlook Anywhere. You need to make the necessary preparations. Following is the current configuration:1. There is a Mailbox server named SERVER02. SERVER02 holds the mailboxes that will be accessed by clients who use Outlook Anywhere.2. There is a Client Access server named SERVER03. SERVER03 is available from the Internet.3. All clients with mail. HiTech.com as the host (A) name will access Outlook Anywhere.You need to configure the Exchange organization to allow Microsoft Office Outlook clients from the Internet the ability to use Outlook Anywhere. What should you do?

A. You should run the Enable-OutlookAnywhere -Server: SERVER03-ExternalHostName:mail. Hi-Tech.comSSLOffLoading:$false-ExternalAuthenticationMethod:Basic cmdlet. B. You should install RPC over the HTTP Proxy on SERVER02. C. You should run the Enable-OutlookAnywhere -Server: SERVER02-ExternalHostName:mail. Hi-Tech.comSSLOffLoading:$true-ExternalAuthenticationMethod:Basic cmdlet. D. You should install RPC over the HTTP Proxy on SERVER03. E. You should install a valid SSL certificate for SERVER03 on the default web site. Answer: ADE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 176 176 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.The Exchange Server 2007 Organization of Hi-Tech.com network contains a conference room mailbox named MeetBox. You need to move MeetBox from an Exchange Server 2003 server to an Exchange Server 2007 server. In your solution you must ensure that MeetBox can be scheduled as a resource when you convert it to an Exchange 2007 resource mailbox.What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. You should run the Set- MAilboxCalendarSettings -Identity &quot; MeetBox &quot;- AutomateProcessing Auto Update cmdlet. B. You should run the Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity &quot; MeetBox &quot;- AutomateProcessing AutoAccept cmdlet. C. You should run the Set-Mailbox -Identity &quot;MeetBox &quot;-Type Room cmdlet. D. You should run the Set-Mailbox-Identity &quot; MeetBox &quot;-Type Regular cmdlet. Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 177 177 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named Server01. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. In your Exchange Server 2007 environment, there is a Mailbox server named S01. S01 is a node in a Single Copy Cluster (SCC). Now it fails. According to the company requirement, you have to restore S01. So what action should you perform first? A. B. C. D. First the Setup /RecoverCMS command should be run. First the Setup /m:RecoverServer command should be run. First the failed cluster node should be re-created, and then should be joined to the existing cluster. First the failed cluster node should be re-created, and then the Setup /DisasterRecovery command should be run.

Answer: C Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 178 178 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.You have received instruction from the Manager to ensure that the owners of every distribution group within the organization are able to modify the membership of that particular group. However, you need to ensure that the owner is not allowed to make any other changes by making the appropriate configuration changes to each distribution group.What should you do? A. You should assign the Exchange Recipient Administrator role to the user accounts of the distribution group owners&apos;. B. You should assign the Write permission to the owners user account. C. You should assign the Send As permission to the owners user account. D. You should add the owner on the Managed By tab of every distribution group. Then select the Manager can update membership list check box. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 179 179 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. In the Exchange Server 2007 environment, there are four servers. Server A plays the role of Hub Transport server, Server B plays the role of Edge Transport server, Server C plays the role of Mailbox server, Server D plays the role of Client Access server. You receive report from internal users saying that they are not receiving external e-mail. You investigate the problem by using the Exchange Queue Viewer on your desktop computer. You see no messages in the queue. You need to be able to view the undelivered messages. You need to be able to view the undelivered messages. What action should you perform to achieve this? A. B. C. D. The Number of items to display per page option in Queue Viewer Viewer should be modified. The Queue Viewer on ServerB should be opened. The Get-Queue -Identity ServerC cmdlet should be run. The Refresh interval (seconds) option in Queue Viewer should be modified.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 180 180 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.The Hi-Tech.com marketing department required a public folder. You have received instruction to configure a public folder for the marketing department. You want the public folder to replicate on Fridays and Saturdays as well as ensuring that posts to the public folder will be denied after the folders size reaches 300 MB. You thus have to determine the appropriate cmdlet to accomplish the task.What should you do?

A. You should run the Set- PublicFolder - PostStorageQuota 300MB -UseDatabaseRetentionDefaults : $true cmdlet. B. You should run the Set- PublicFolder - MaxItemSize 300MB - RelicationSchedule &quot;Friday.06:00 AMSunday.05:59 PM&quot; cmdlet. C. You should run the Set- PublicFolder - StorageQuota 300MB - ReplicationSchedule &quot;Friday.06:00 AM-Saturday.05:59 PM&quot; cmdlet. D. You should run the Set- PublicFolder - PostStorageQuota 300MB -ReplicationSchedule &quot;Friday.06:00 AM-Saturday.05:59 PM&quot; cmdlet. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 181 181 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is a single Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) forest. The forest has Exchange Server 2003 installed in the following domains. Look at the following table.According to the company requirement, you are transitioning from an Exchange Server 2003 environment to an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You need to ensure that after you update the AD DS schema for Exchange 2007, the Recipient Update Service functions properly. Your environment should be affected as little as possible when you try to achieve this. What action should you perform?

A. B. C. D.

The setup /PrepareSchema command should be run. The setup /PrepareAD command should be run. The setup /PrepareLegacyExchangePermissions command should be run. The setup /PrepareLegacyExchangePermissions:contoso.com command should be run.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 182 182 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.A short network outage occurred on the Hi-Tech.com network. Soon after the outage you receive numerous alerts from the monitoring system bringing to your attention that there are quite a number of sent e-mails were queued up. This is evident in the number of SMTP queues on the Hub Transport server that are being displayed in a retry status. You need to force the Hub Transport server in order to send the queued e-mail without delay.What should you do? A. You should make use of the Resume-queue -filter {status - eq &quot;retry&quot;} cmdlet.

B. You should make use of the Resume-queue -filter {status - eq &quot;suspended&quot;} cmdlet. C. You should make use of the Retry-queue -filter {status - eq &quot;retry&quot;} cmdlet. D. You should make use of the Retry-queue -filter {status - eq &quot;suspended&quot;} cmdlet. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 183 183 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment for the company. Your company has a customer named Luxware. There is also an Exchange Server 2007 environment for Luxware. Your company staffs often send e-mail to employees of Luxware through the internet. The company manager asks you to make sure that all e-mail that is sent by your company staffs to Luxware employees is encrypted using Transport Layer Security (TLS). What action should you perform to achieve this? A. B. C. D. A new remote domain should be created in the Exchange Management Console. A new Send connector should be created in the Exchange Management Console. A new transport rule should be configured in the Exchange Management Console. The New-SendConnector cmdlet should be run with the RedirectMessage parameter in the Exchange Management Shell.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 184 184 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. You receive an order from your company. You are asked to preserve a mail-enabled users account, and create a mailbox in your Exchange Server 2007 organization. Of the following cmdlets, which should be run? (Choose more than one) A. B. C. D. E. Set-Mailbox should be run. Enable-Mailbox should be run. Enable-MailUser should be run. Remove-MailUser should be run. Disable-MailUser should be run.

Answer: BE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 185

185 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. In your Exchange Server 2007 environment, there is an Edge Transport server in the perimeter network and a Hub Transport server in the internal network. You find out a specific IP address which is sending unsolicited email to your company. According to the company, all e-mail from this specific IP address should be rejected. You are assigned this task to make sure of this. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. On the Hub Transport server, the Sender Filtering settings should be modified. On the Edge Transport server, the Sender Filtering settings should be modified. On the Hub Transport server, the Connection Filtering settings should be modified. On the Edge Transport server, the Connection Filtering settings should be modified.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 186 186 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. Two Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) forests are contained in your company. Both forests have a forest functional level of Windows Server 2003 interim. In the two forests, all domains have a domain functional level of Windows 2000 Server native. All domain controllers have either Windows Server 2003 or Windows Server 2008 installed. You are making preparations of installing Exchange Server 2007 into both forests. You must make sure that users are able to choose the type of free/busy information that will be available to users in another forest. What shouldyou do? A. B. C. D. The forest functional level should be raised to Windows Server 2003 in both forests. The forest functional level should be raised to Windows Server 2008 in both forests. The domain functional level should be raised to Windows Server 2008 in all domains in both forests. The domain functional level should be raised to Windows Server 2003 in all domains in both forests.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 187 187 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment for you. In this environment, there is a Mailbox server named S01. Disk corruption occurs on S01. You have to repair the mailbox database, rebuild the indexes, defragment the database, and resolve problems at the application level. So what action should you perform? A. The Exchange Best Practices Analyzer should be used. B. The Performance Troubleshooter tool should be used. C. The Eseutil /P command should be run, the Eseutil /D command should be run, and then the defrag command should be run. D. The Eseutil /P command should be run, the Eseutil /D command should be run, and then the isinteg command should be run.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 188 188 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network forHi-Tech.com.The Hi-Tech.com network consists of five Active Directory sites. The sites are named A, B, C, D, and E respectively. These sites are configured as shown in the exhibit below.All the sites are equipped with an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server as well as a Hub Transport server. The Hi-Tech.com management wants the mail flow to be reconfigured because at present all the outbound e-mail traffic goes via the A site. The purpose of the reconfiguration is to ensure that all outbound e-mail messages sent from the clients in the C office will be sent out of your Exchange organization via -EX05 in the E office. You need to perform the appropriate reconfiguration.What should you do?

A. You should consider making use of the New- SendConnector -Name &apos; E&apos; -AddressSpaces: &apos;smtp :*;1&apos;- DNSRoutingEnabled:$true-SourceTransportServers:&apos; -EX05&apos; command. B. You should consider making use of the Set- AdsiteLink -Id D- E -ADCost 5 command. C. You should consider making use of the Set- SendConnector -Identity &apos; C&apos; -AddressSpaces: &apos;smtp :*,1&apos;- DNSRoutingEnabled:$false-SourceTransportServers:&apos; -EX01&apos; command. D. You should consider making use of the Set- AdSite -Identity E -HubSiteEnabled:$true command. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 189 189 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. You are in the process of converting your Exchange 2000 Server environment to Exchange Server 2007.The Hi-Tech.com network contains a Windows 2000 native mode Active Directory domain as well as an Exchange 2000 organization. The Exchange 2000 organization is configured to run in mixed mode. You have been informed by the Manager that the schema master, the domain naming master as well as the PDC emulator all run on a Microsoft Windows 2000 Server domain controller. You receive instructions to prepare the environment for Exchange 2007.What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. You should change the mixed mode Exchange 2000 organization to native mode. B. You should move the PDC emulator role to a Windows Server 2003 domain controller that has Service Pack 1 installed. C. You should move the schema master role to a Windows Server 2003 domain controller that has Service Pack 1. D. You should move the domain naming master role to a Windows Server 2003 domain controller that has Service Pack 1. Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 190 190 You work as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named Server01 and a hot standby server named Server02.During routine maintenance you discover that that Server01 has failed. You need to address the situation and proceed as follows: You take the Server01 .edb database offline on Server01; you create a new storage group named GStore and a database named Server02 edb on Server02; you copy Server01 .edb database from Server01 to Server02; you rename the copied database from Server01 .edb to Server02 .edb on Server02.However you are unable to mount the database on the new server after executing the actions. You need to make sure that the copied database mounts on the new server.What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should rename the database on Server02 to Server01.edb. You should set the database can be overwritten by restore attribute on the database properties. You should run the Move-Mailbox -ConfigurationOnly -TargetDatabase Server01.edb cmdlet. You should rename Server02 to Server01.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 191 191 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment for you. You receive an order from the company management. A performance baseline report needs to be created. So what action should you perform? A. The Health Check scan should be run in the Exchange Best Practices Analyzer.

B. The Connectivity Test scan should be run in the Exchange Best Practices Analyzer. C. The Exchange 2007 Readiness Check scan should be run in the Exchange Best Practices Analyzer. D. The Performance Troubleshooter tool should be used. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 192 192 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.The Exchange organization of Hi-Tech.com contains a Hub Transport server named Server01 as well as numerous mailbox servers. One Exchange server named Server02 holds the Edge Transport server role. At present the message tracking logs are retained for twenty-two days.A Mailbox server role is configured on a server named Server03. A Hi-Tech.com user named Martin Sheen has an SMTP address of Martinsheen@ Hi-Tech.com and has his mailbox on Server03. It isrequired of you to create a report that will specify the number of messages Andy sent during the last twenty-two day period.What should you do? A. You should consider running the Get-MailboxStatistics -Identity Martinsheen | export-csv -path c:\tmp \Martinsheen.csv cmdlet on Server01. B. You should consider running the Get-MailboxFolderStatistics -Identity Martinsheen -FolderScope SentItems | export-csv -c:\tmp\Martinsheen.csv cmdlet on Server01. C. You should consider running the Get-MailboxTrackingLog -Sender Martinsheen@ Hi-Tech.com -EventId &quot;Receive&quot; | export-csv -c:\tmp\Martinsheen.csv cmdlet on Server01. D. You should consider running the Get-MessageTrackingLog -Sender Martinsheen@ Hi-Tech.com -EventId &quot;Receive&quot; | export-csv -c:\tmp\Martinsheen.csv cmdlet on Server02. E. You should consider running the Get-MessageTrackingLog -Sender Martinsheen@ Hi-Tech.com -EventId &quot;Receive&quot; | export-csv -c:\tmp\Martinsheen.csv cmdlet on Server01. Answer: E Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 193 193 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. A server named S01 has the following roles installed in your Exchange Server 2007 environment: Client Access, Hub Transport and Mailbox. According to the company requirement, the Unified Messaging server role should be added to S01. The company assigns this task to you. So what action should you perform to achieve this? (Choose more than one) A. B. C. D. In order to achieve this, the Setup command-line tool should be used. In order to achieve this, the Exchange Management Console should be used. In order to achieve this, the Setup Wizard should be used. In order to achieve this, Add or Remove Programs from Control Panel should be used.

Answer: AD Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 194 194 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.The manager of the Hi-Tech.com IP department wants to know the total size of the mailboxes. You need to supply the relevant information.What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should run the Get-Mailbox cmdlet. You should run the Database Troubleshooter in the Exchange Troubleshooting Assistant. You should run the Get-MailboxDatabase cmdlet. You should run the Get-MailboxStatistics cmdlet.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 195 195 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network ontains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. During routine maintenance you detect a new virus with an .ext file extension manifested itself on the Exchange 2007 organization. The existing attachment filtering settings of the Hi-Tech.com network are configured to delete specified attachments as well as to permit the message to be delivered. You discover that the virus files are not being filtered. You thus need to address the issue. You need to:Stop the virus from spreading; ensure that the e-mail recipient receives neither the attachment nor the e-mail message; ensure that the message containing the virus do not produce a non-delivery report (NDR); add a filter for the .ext file extension of the virusWhat should you do? A. You should run the Set -AttachmentFiterListConfig -Action Reject -RejectMessage &quot;None&quot; cmdlet. B. You should run the Set -AttachmentFilterListConfig -Action SilentDelete cmdlet. C. You should add the Set -AttachmentFilterEntry -Name *.ext -type ContentType cmdlet. D. You should add the Set -AttachmentFilterEntry -Name *.ext -type FileName cmdlet. Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 196 196 You work as an Exchange Administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named Server01.One day Server01 suffers catastrophic hardware failure. You replace Server01 with a new Microsoft Windows Server 2003 computer that you name as Server01. You need to configure Server01 with the Exchange Mailbox server role before you restore the mailbox databases from backup.What should you do? A. You should run the Setup /NewProvisionedServer /role:Mailbox command on Server01.

B. You should run the Setup /m:RecoverServer command on Server01. C. You should restore the System State information and Microsoft Information Store data from backup. D. You should run the Setup /m:Install /install /role:Mailbox command on Server01. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 197 197 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech. com.A server named Server01 has Exchange Server 2007 installed. You have received instruction from the Manager to create a backup of the Edge Transport role that is currently on Server01.What should you do? A. You should run the ExportEdgeConfig.ps1 script with the -CloneConfigAnswer parameter. B. You should select the Microsoft Exchange server option in the Microsoft Windows Backup utility. C. You should select the file system location \TransportRoles\data\* option in the Microsoft Windows Backup Utility. D. You should run the ExportEdgeConfig.ps1 script with the -CloneConfigData parameter. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 198 198 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. You are in the process of installing a new Exchange Server 2007 Organization.The native Exchange Server 2007 environment of Hi-Tech.com has the following server roles installed:1. One Edge Transport server named Server012. One Hub Transport server named Server02You have received instruction from the Manager to configure the e-mail routing you&apos;re your solution you need to ensure that Server01 is configured is such a way so as to route e-mail between the Exchange organization and the Internet; and that Server02 is configured in such a way so as to route Internet e-mail to Server01.What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. On Server02, first open the Exchange Management Console. Then import the Edge Subscription file. B. On Server01, first create a new Send connector named CONNEdge - Internet. Then add the *domain as an address space and specify to use DNS to route e-mail automatically. Then add Server01 as a source server. C. On Server02, first create a new Send connector named CONNHub. Then add the *domain as an address space and specify to use DNS to route e-mail automatically.Then add Server02 as a source server. D. On Server01, first open the Exchange Management Shell. Then export a new Edge Subscription file. Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 199 199 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech. com.The Exchange Server 2007 organization is configured with cluster continuous replication (CCR). The clustered mailbox server is named Server01. You have received instruction from the Manager to implement a failover operation. In your solution you need to ensure that there are offline times are kept to a minimum as well as ensure that no information is lost during the failover operation.What should you do? A. You should consider running the Set- MailboxDatabase -Identity &quot;Mailbox Database&quot; RetainDeletedItemsUntilBackup $true cmdlet. B. You should consider running the Set- MailboxServer Server01 - AutoDatabaseMountDial:BestAvailability cmdlet C. You should consider running the Set- MailboxServer Server01 - AutoDatabaseMountDial:Lossless cmdlet. D. You should consider running the Set- MailboxServer Server01 - ForceDatabaseMountAfter:Unlimited cmdlet. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 200 200 You work as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. The Active Directory structure of Hi-Tech.com consists of a root domain and a single child domain.The root domain is in Site1 and the child domain in Site2. You are in the process of installing Exchange Server 2007 in the child domain. In order to accomplish this task you decide to run the Setup/PrepareADcommand in the root domain. In your solution you need to ensure that Exchange can be installed on the child domain as well.What should you do? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. You should run the Setup /ForestPrep command in the root domain. You should run the Setup /PrepareAllDomains command in the root domain. You should run the Setup /PrepareDomain command in the root domain. You should run the Setup /PrepareDomain command in the child domain.

Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 201 201 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. You have got a single server. This server has Exchange Server 2007 with Service Pack 1 (SP1) installed. You create and mail-enable a new public folder named Sales. But you receive report from users saying that they cannot view Sales. You have to solve this problem, making sure that Sales can be accessed by all users. So what action should you perform? A. A new security group should be created and all users should be added to this group. B. The Set-PublicFolder cmdlet should be run.

C. The Add-PublicFolderClientPermission cmdlet should be run. D. The Add-PublicFolderAdministratorPermission cmdlet should be run. E. The Update-PublicFolderHierarchy cmdlet should be run. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 202 202 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There are two Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) forests in the company. Exchange Server 2007 installed has been installed on both the forests. Now you receive an order fromthe company management. According to the company requirement, a mailbox should be moved from one forest to the other. So what action should you perform to achieve this? A. B. C. D. In order to achieve this, the Move-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. In order to achieve this, the Move Mailbox Wizard should be used. In order to achieve this, the dsmove.exe command-line utility should be used. In order to achieve this, Active Directory Users and Computers should be used.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 203 203 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. In your Exchange Server 2007 environment, there are some clustered Mailbox servers and several standard Mailbox servers. You need to obtain a report which lists all mailbox databases in your Exchange organization. Of the following cmdlets, which should be run? A. B. C. D. E. Get-StorageGroup should be run. Get-ExchangeServer should be run. Get-MailboxDatabase should be run. Get-OrganizationConfig should be run. Get-ClusteredMailboxServerStatus should be run.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 204 204 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. Two

Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) forests are contained in your company. The table below shows the configuration of the forests.You try to run the Move-Mailbox cmdlet to move the mailboxes from ForestA to ForestB. But it fails. As required by the company, mailboxes need to be moved from the Exchange organization in ForestA to the Exchange organization in ForestB. So what action should you perform to achieve this?

A. The Move Mailbox Wizard should be used. B. The Exchange Task Wizard should be used. C. A domain controller that has Windows Server 2003 with Service Pack 1 installed should be deployed in ForestA. D. A domain controller that has Windows Server 2003 with Service Pack 1 installed should be deployed in ForestB. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 205 205 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. Now you receive an order from your company management. According to the company requirement, the management of a distribution group should be delegated to a specific user. Sowhat action should you perform to achieve this? A. The user should be added to the Managed By property on the group by using the Exchange Management Console. B. The user should be added to the Managed By property on the group by using Active Directory Users and Computers. C. The user should be granted the WriteProperty permission on the Members attribute of the group by using the Exchange Management Shell. D. The user should be granted the WriteProperty permission on the MemberOf attribute of the group by using the Exchange Management Shell. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 206 206 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. Now you are deploying Exchange Server 2007. You have to perform an unattended installation of Exchange Server 2007 on multiple servers. What action should you perform?

A. B. C. D.

The Exchange Management Shell should be used. The ServerManagerCmd command-line tool should be used. The Setup Wizard should be used. The Setup command-line tool should be used.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 207 207 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Edge Transport server in your Exchange Server 2007 environment. A hardware fails. According to the company requirement, the Edge Transport server settings should be restored to a new computer. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. The Setup /m:RecoverServer command should be run. The Setup /m:RecoverCMS command should be run. The ImportEdgeConfig.ps1 script should be run. The Start-EdgeSynchronization cmdlet should be run on the new computer.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 208 208 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. For each department, both a distribution group and a security group are used in your company. Both groups contain the same members. All new users are added to both groups in their departments. Now you receive an order from the company management. You are asked to decrease the amount of time that is required to manage groups. When you try to achieve this, you have to reduce disruption to mail capabilities and to previously assigned access permissions. So what should you do to accomplish your task? (Choose more than one) A. B. C. D. The departmental security groups should be deleted. The departmental distribution groups should be deleted. The departmental security groups should be mail-enabled. The converted global security groups should be mail-enabled.

Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 209 209 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an

Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. A Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS) backs up your Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server. A problem occurs that the Mailbox server cannot work, so that you should restore the mailbox database. You confirm that the recent transaction log files are complete. And you are required to have the mailbox database restored and have all accessible transaction logs replayed into the database. From the following four options, which one should be run to finish the task? A. B. C. D. To finish the task, Set-MailboxDatabase -AllowFileRestore:$true should be run. To finish the task, Restore-Mailbox -TargetFolder should be run. To finish the task, Eseutil.exe /R should be run. To finish the task, Eseutil.exe /C should be run.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 210 210 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You have a distribution list that contains all employees. Now you receive an order from the company management. According to the companyrequirement, you have to make sure that only external senders are unable to send e-mail to this distribution list. So what action should you perform? A. The settings on your Edge Transport server should be modified to require authentication for SMTP transport. B. Use Active Directory Users and Computers to modify the rejected senders list in Active Directory. C. The message delivery restrictions should be modified to require authentication on the distribution list. D. The settings on your Hub Transport server should be modified to require authentication for SMTP transport. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 211 211 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007.Now you receive an order from the company management. Since you are the technical support, you are asked to make sure that a user is able to modify group membership of a distribution group. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. The Set-DistributionGroup cmdlet should be run. The Exchange Management Console should be used. The Set-Acl cmdlet should be run. The Add-ADPermission cmdlet should be run.

Answer: D Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 212 212 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment for you. This environment contains two Mailbox servers respectively named S01 and S02. You find that the mailbox database on S01 is in a Dirty Shutdown state. You have to perform a soft recovery on the mailbox database on S01. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. A recovery storage group should be created, and then mount the database. The isinteg dump command should be run. The isinteg fix command should be run. The Database Troubleshooter tool should be used.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 213 213 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Microsoft Windows XP Professional and Microsoft Office 2003 are installed on all client computers. You deploy Outlook Anywhere and publish the service to the Internet. Now you receive report from some of your remote users. They told you that report that they cannot use Outlook Anywhere to connect. You have to make sure that all remote users are able to use Outlook Anywhere to connect. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. All client computers should be updated to Office 2003 Service Pack 1 (SP1). Outlook Mobile Access should be published. The remote users should be added to the Remote Access user group. All client computers should should be updated to Windows XP Professional Service Pack 1 (SP1).

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 214 214 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youhave an automatically generated CSV file with a list of your companys newly hired employees. All of the information that is required to create the mailboxes for the new employees is contained in the CSV file. According to the company requirement, you have to create new user accounts and mailboxes directly from the CSV file. So what action should you perform? A. The output of the Import-Alias cmdlet should be redirected to the New-Mailbox cmdlet with the appropriate parameters.

B. The output of the Import-CSV cmdlet should be redirected to the Enable-Mailbox cmdlet with the appropriate parameters. C. The output of the Import-CSV cmdlet should be redirected to the New-Mailbox cmdlet with the appropriate parameters. D. The output of the Export-CSV cmdlet should be redirected to the New-Mailbox cmdlet with the appropriate parameters. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 215 215 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. An Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server is installed by you. You plan to have a full database backup created before users are placed on the system. All databases offline are taken so that they are consistent. You utilize the Microsoft Windows Backup utility to initiate a backup. On the event of the instant backup failure, an error message is received. You are required to finish a full backup of the databases. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the information store should be shut down, and the backup should be restarted. To achieve the goal, all databases should be mounted on the server, and the backup should be restart. To achieve the goal, the backup should be run from the command line, with the /SNAP:ON switch. To achieve the goal, the backup should be run from the command line, with the /FU switch.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 216 216 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. There is a single Edge Transport server in your Exchange Server 2007 organization. The server is configured with a spam quarantine mailbox. Since there are large quantities of spam that reach userInboxes, you are asked to reduce the amount of spam. Besides, you have to be able to review marked messages and to monitor them for false positives. So what action should you perform to achieve your goal? A. B. C. D. The spam The spam The spam The spam confidence level confidence level confidence level confidence level (SCL) threshold value for rejecting e-mail should be reduced. (SCL) threshold value for quarantining e-mail should be reduced. (SCL) threshold value for deleting e-mail should be increased. (SCL) threshold value for quarantining e-mail should be increased.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 217 217 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. The email domain of your company is wiikigo.com. Internet mail will be received by three Edge Transport servers in your Exchange Server 2007 organization, which are respectively named EX01, EX02, and EX03. The company requires you to load balance EX02 and EX03. In addition, you are required to set EX01 as a backup server. Which three MX records should be specified? (Choose more than one.) A. B. C. D. E. F. wiikigo.com wiikigo.com wiikigo.com wiikigo.com wiikigo.com wiikigo.com MX preference = 20, mail MX preference = 20, mail MX preference = 20, mail MX preference = 10, mail MX preference = 10, mail MX preference = 10, mail exchanger = EX02.wiikigo.com exchanger = EX01.wiikigo.com exchanger = EX03.wiikigo.com exchanger = EX01.wiikigo.com exchanger = EX03.wiikigo.com exchanger = EX02.wiikigo.com

Answer: BEF Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 218 218 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You receive a report from a user saying that he sent a message a week ago, but the message was not delivered to its intended recipient. You have to find out the delivery status of the message. Which cmdlet should you run? A. B. C. D. E. Get-MessageTrackingLog should be run. Get-NetworkConnectionInfo should be run. Get-Queue should be run. Test-Mailflow should be run. Test-ServiceHealth should be run.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 219 219 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is a Mailbox server role and a Hub Transport server role on an Exchange Server 2007 computer and it is named EX01. Since you are the technical report, you are required to set the server to keep the tracking logs for a week. Which action should be performed to achieve this goal? (Choose more than one.) A. To achieve the goal, the Set-TransportConfig -Identity EX01 -MaxDumpsterTime 07.00:00:00 cmdlet should be run. B. To achieve the goal, the Set-MailboxServer -Identity EX01 -MessageTrackingLogMaxAge 07.00:00:00 cmdlet should be run.

C. To achieve the goal, a system policy should be created to move log files that are older than seven days. D. To achieve the goal, the Set-TransportServer -Identity EX01 -MessageTrackingLogMaxAge 07.00:00:00 cmdlet should be run. E. To achieve the goal, the Set-TransportServer -Identify EX01 -MessageTrackingLogEnabled:$true cmdlet should be run. Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 220 220 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youhave a server that has Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 and Microsoft Windows Server 2003 installed. But now a hardware failure occurs on the server. Hence you have to restore Exchange to a new server. You have to maintain configuration information from Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS). Which command should you run? A. B. C. D. You should run Setup /r:MB You should run Setup /m:Install You should run Setup /m:RecoverServer You should run Setup /DisasterRecovery

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 221 221 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Now you receive order from the company management. Since you are the technical support, you are asked to recover a single mailbox. You restore a backup of the mailbox database in a recovery storage group. Next, which cmdlet should be run? A. B. C. D. Import-Mailbox should be run. Enable-Mailbox should be run. Connect-Mailbox should be run. Restore-Mailbox should be run.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 222 222 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the

environment of Exchange Server 2007. You create a new distribution group named Marketing. Users in the Marketing distribution group report that they are not receiving messages that are sent to the group from the Internet. Since you are the technical support, you have to make sure that the Marketing distribution group is able to receive messages from the Internet. So what action should you perform to make sure of this? A. In order to make sure of this, the Set-DistributionGroup -Identity &quot;Marketing&quot; RequireSenderAuthenticationEnabled $True cmdlet. B. In order to make sure of this, the Set-DistributionGroup -Identity"Marketing&quot; RequireSenderAuthenticationEnabled $False cmdlet. C. In order to make sure of this, the Message Delivery Restrictions properties for the Marketing distribution groupc should be configured to accept messages from All senders. D. In order to make sure of this, the Message Delivery Restrictions properties of the user accounts of the users in the Marketing distribution group should be configured to accept messages fromAll senders. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

Exam M QUESTION 1 223. drag to proper position

Answer:

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 2 223. drag to proper position

Answer:

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

Exam N QUESTION 1 1 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech. com. There is a Mailbox server named S01 in the company. On S01, the mailbox transaction log volume has very little free disk space remaining. At the time that you move several large mailboxes to another Mailbox server, no additional free disk space is made available on the mailbox transaction log volume on S01. You plan to increase the amount of free disk space on the mailbox transaction log volume on S01. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. A full backup of the database should be performed. The deleted item retention period should be decreased. An online defragmentation of the database should be run. An offline defragmentation of the database should be run.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 2 2 You work as an Exchange Administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named Server01. All features of the Client Access server role are provided by Server01. Server01 suffers a catastrophic hardware failure and need to be replaced. You install a new Exchange Server 2007 server named Server02 on the Hi-Tech.com network. You then restore the System State data of Server01 onto Server02 and install the Client Access server role on Server02. You now need to restore the services as they were provided by Server01.What should you do? (Each correct answer represents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. You should run the Set-CASMailbox cmdlet on Server02. You should restore the \bin\ directory from Server01 onto Server02. You should run the Setup /mode: RecoverServer command on Server02. You should restore the \ClientAccess\ directory from Server01 onto Server02.

Answer: CD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 3 3 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Now you receive an order from the company. You are asked to convert multiple shared mailboxes to resource mailboxes. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. Run the Set-Mailbox cmdlet. Run the Connect-Mailbox cmdlet. Run the Set-ResourceConfig cmdlet. Use the Exchange Management Console.

E. Use Active Directory Users and Computers. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 4 4 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Your Exchange Server 2007 computers are configured with the default settings. You need to send copies of all e-mail messages that are sent and received by user@wiikigo.com to monitor@wiikigo.com. What action should you perform? A. E-mail forwarding should be configured on the users account. It should be set to forward e-mail to monitor@wiikigo.com. B. Run the Set-JournalRule -Name:&apos;User&apos; -JournalEmailAddress:&apos;user@wiikigo.com&apos; -Scope:&apos;Global&apos; -Enabled:$true -Recipient:&apos;monitor@wiikigo.com&apos; cmdlet. C. Run the New-JournalRule -Name:&apos;User&apos; -JournalEmailAddress:&apos;user@wiikigo. com&apos; -Scope:&apos;Global&apos; -Enabled:$true -Recipient:&apos;monitor@wiikigo.com&apos; cmdlet. D. Run the New-JournalRule -Name:&apos;User&apos; -JournalEmailAddress:&apos;user@wiikigo. com&apos; -Scope:&apos;Internal&apos; -Enabled:$true -Recipient:&apos;monitor@wiikigo.com&apos; cmdlet. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 5 5 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. The company decides to have selected users removed to a new Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server. You can see the time window for the user move and other current time windows from the table listed below.It takes three hours to finish the existing backups, and it is expected that time should be enhanced to four hours after the user moves start. You are required to have a new time window created for the backups, and the amount of impact should be minimized on the server. From the following four time windows, which one should be created for the backups?

A. B. C. D.

Time window 18:00 - 22:00 should be created for the backups Time window 02:00 - 06:00 should be created for the backups Time window 19:00 - 23:00 should be created for the backups Time window 20:00 - 24:00 should be created for the backups

Answer: B Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 6 6 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. You are required to provide the necessary but least allowance for a new administrator. The administrator should make preparations of Active Directory for Exchange Server 2007. What should you do to achieve the goal? (Choose more than one.) A. To achieve the goal, the new administrators user account should be added to the Enterprise Admins group. B. To achieve the goal, the new administrators user account should be added to the Schema Admins group. C. To achieve the goal, the new administrator should be added as an Exchange Full Administrator at the organization level. D. To achieve the goal, the new administrators user account should be added to the Exchange Enterprise Servers group. E. To achieve the goal, the new administrators user account should be added to the Domain Admins group. Answer: AB Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 7 7 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Several of your technicians use Microsoft Office Outlook Web Access from kiosk computers. Now you receive report from the technicians saying that they receive a message stating that their access is blocked for attachments that have the .bas file extension. Since you are the technical support, you have to make sure that the technicians are able to use Outlook Web Access to access files that have the .bas file extension. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. The direct file access settings should be customized for public computers. The settings on the /Exchange virtual directory should be modified. The Enable direct file access check box for public computers should be cleared. The Enable direct file access check box for private computers should be cleared.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 8 8 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. According to the company requirement, you are asked to prevent your users from sending e-mail messages that contain sensitive financial information to recipients outside your company. So what action should you perform?

A. B. C. D. E.

A journal rule that applies to internal and external users should be created. A transport rule that applies to all messages from external users should be created. A transport rule that applies to all messages to external users should be created. A journal rule that applies only to all internal users should be created. A journal rule that applies only to all external users should be created.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 9 9 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. There is a Mailbox server named S01 in this environment. You have to disable subject logging on S01. You need to be able to continue to usemessage tracking. Which cmdlet should be run? A. B. C. D. You should run Set-MailboxServer S01 -MessageTrackingLogEnabled $false You should run Set-MailboxServer S01 -MessageTrackingLogEnabled $true You should run Set-MailboxServer S01 -MessageTrackingLogSubjectLoggingEnabled $false You should run Set-MailboxServer S01 -MessageTrackingLogSubjectLoggingEnabled $true

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 10 10 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. A custom Security Configuration Wizard (SCW) policy is applied to an Exchange Server 2007 Edge Transport server named Exch01. You want to apply this policy to a new Edge Transport server named Exch02. You need to apply the custom policy to Exch02. You install SCW on Exch02.You have the existing SCW policy copied to Exch02 as C:\ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml. So what action should you perform? A. First, apply the C:\ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml policy by using SCW. Then, run the Scwcmd register / kbname:&quot;Ex2007EdgeKB&quot; /kbfile:&quot;%programfiles%\Microsoft\Exchange Server\scripts \Exchange2007.xml&quot; command. B. First, apply the C:\ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml policy by using SCW. Then, run the Scwcmd register / kbname:&quot;Ex2007KB&quot; /kbfile:&quot;%programfiles%\Microsoft\Exchange Server\scripts \Exchange2007Edge.xml&quot; command. C. First, run the Scwcmd register /kbname:&quot;Ex2007EdgeKB&quot; /kbfile:&quot;%programfiles% \Microsoft\Exchange Server\scripts\Exchange2007.xml&quot; command. Then, apply the C: \ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml policy by using SCW. D. First, run the Scwcmd register /kbname:&quot;Ex2007KB&quot; /kbfile:&quot;%programfiles%\Microsoft \Exchange Server\scripts\Exchange2007Edge.xml&quot; command. Then, apply the C: \ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml policy by using SCW. Answer: D

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 11 11 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Your company merges with Luxware, Ltd. Each companys mixed e-mail system includes Exchange Server 2003 servers and Exchange Server 2007 servers, and Outlook 2003 clients and Outlook 2007 clients. At present your company has a single remote SMTP domain for *, which is configured with the Allow none option. You have to configure the delivery of out-of-office (OOF) messages to the luxware.com domain, and you must make sure that no users outside of the two merged companies can receive OOF messages. So what action should you perform? A. Add a new remote domain for *.luxware.com, and choose the Allow external out-of-office only option. B. Choose the Allow external out-of-office only option on the remote domain *. C. Add a new remote domain for *. luxware.com, and choose the Allow internal out-of-office and out-of-office set by Outlook 2003 or earlier clients and set on Exchange 2003 or earlier servers option. D. Choose the Allow external out-of-office and out-of-office set by Outlook 2003 or earlier clients and set on Exchange 2003 or earlier servers option on the remote domain *. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 12 12 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. It is reported by a user that after the mailbox is deleted, the mailbox cannot be found in the deleted mailbox retention dumpster. Therefore, you are required to have the mailbox restored. Which two actions should be performed to achieve the goal? (Choose more than one.) A. B. C. D. E. F. To achieve the goal, the Database Troubleshooter tool should be utilized. To achieve the goal, a dial tone recovery should be performed. To achieve the goal, the Connect-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the Import-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the Restore-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the database in a recovery storage group should be restored.

Answer: EF Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 13 13 You employed as the exchange Administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. The Hi-Tech.com network consists of four Active Directory sites. The four sites are named A, B, C and D respectively. There is a Hub Transport server role and a Mailbox server role installed on each of these Active Directory sites. The Active Directory siteson the Hi-Tech.com network are configured

as shown in the exhibit below.Hi-Tech.com management decided that all messages between the A and D sites should be routed through the Exchange server that is installed in the C site. You need to ensure that the messages between the A and D sites are routed through -EX03 in the C site.What should you do?

A. B. C. D.

You should run the Set- AdSiteLink -Identity A-C - ExchangeCost 25 cmdlet. You should run the Set- AdSiteLink -Identity A-C - ExchangeCost 5 cmdlet. You should run the Set- AdSite - Identity C - HubsiteEnabled $true cmdlet. You should run the Set- AdSite - Identity C - HubsiteEnabled $false cmdlet.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 14 14 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. A full backup is implemented each night prior to the maintenance window. You set the deleted item retention period to 10 days. According to the company requirements, the total storage that is required for backups should be decreased. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the deleted item retention period should be enhanced to 15 days. B. To achieve the goal, the backups should be performed after the maintenance window. C. To achieve the goal, an incremental backup should be performed each night, and a full backup should be performed each weekend.

D. To achieve the goal, the deleted item retention period should be reduced to 5 days. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 15 15 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to have SMTP protocol logging enabled on the Exchange server for one of the Receive connectors. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, Performance Monitor should be utilized to add the MSExchangeTransport SmtpReceive object. B. To achieve the goal, the Set-ReceiveConnector cmdlet should be run. C. To achieve the goal, the Set-TransportServer cmdlet should be run. D. To achieve the goal, the MSExchangeTransport.exe.config file should be changed. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 16 16 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Now you receive an order from the company management. You are asked to reduce the total size that is required for the transaction log volume. What action should you perform? A. B. C. D. The deleted item retention period should be increased. The deleted item retention period should be decreased. A full backup should be run on the Mailbox server each night. A differential backup should be run on the Mailbox server each night.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 17 17 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You have an organizational unit (OU) named Marketing. You have to view a list of all users in the Marketing OU that have the word Manager in their title. Which cmdlet should you run? A. Get-Recipient should be run.

B. Get-User should be run. C. Get-Mailbox should be run. D. Get-MailUser should be run. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 18 18 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. Exchange Server 2007 is utilized by you. Full backups are performed each night. You are required to confirm that valid mailbox data is included by a backup. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the Clean-MailboxDatabase cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the restored database backup should be mounted in a recovery storage group. To achieve the goal, the Eseutil.exe command-line tool should be utilized. To achieve the goal, the Database Troubleshooter tool should be utilized.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 19 19 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Now you need to view a report that displays the mailbox quota status for all of your users. Which cmdlet should be run? A. B. C. D. Get-MailboxStatistics should be run. Get-MailboxDatabase | fl should be run. Get-MailboxDatabase -Status should be run. Get-MailboxStatistics | ft DisplayName, ItemCount should be run.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 20 20 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. As you can see from the diagram listed below, an Exchange Server 2007 single copy cluster (SCC) is being configured on Windows Server 2003. You are required to have the network adapters set on each server, and the two network adapters are respectively named NetAdp01 and NetAdp02. You set the adapters so as to make sure that theprivate network connection between the two servers is not a single point of failure. How

should you set the network adapters so as to achieve the goal?

A. NetAdp01 Client access only (public network)NetAdp02 All communications (mixed network) B. NetAdp01 Internal Cluster Communications only (private network)NetAdp02 All communications (mixed network) C. NetAdp01 Internal Cluster Communications only (private network) NetAdp02 Client access only (public network) D. NetAdp01 All communications (mixed network)NetAdp02 Client access only (public network) Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 21 21 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Your company issues a new e-mail policy to meet requirements in the compliance regulations. According to the company requirement, you have to retain a copy of all messages that are received from external senders and retain a copy of all messages that are sent between your legal department and all employees. Besides, you have to make sure that no other messages are archived. What should you do to achieve your goal? (Choose more than one) A. B. C. D. A journaling rule that has an internal scope should be created for all your employees. A journaling rule that has a global scope should be created for your legal department. A journaling rule that has an internal scope should be created for your legal department. A transport rule should be created on your Edge Transport servers to archive messages that are sent to your legal department. E. A transport rule should be created on your Edge Transport servers to archive messages that are sent to all of your employees. Answer: CE

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 22 22 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. There are four servers in the Exchange Server 2007 environment ofyour company. S01 plays the role of Mailbox server, S02 plays the role of Client Access server, S03 plays the role of Hub Transport Server, and S04 plays the role of Edge Transport Server. Users require Internet Message Access Protocol Version 4 rev1 (IMAP4) to access their e-mail. You have IMAP4 access enabled on the appropriate mailboxes. Since you are the technical support, you have to make sure that users are able to use IMAP4 to access their e-mail. On which server should you configure the IMAP4 service? A. B. C. D. IMAP4 service should be configured on S01. IMAP4 service should be configured on S02. IMAP4 service should be configured on S03. IMAP4 service should be configured on S04.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 23 23 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. There is a Hub Transport server named ExchHub1 in your Exchange Server 2007 organization. ExchHub1 has a Foreign connector named FaxCon that connects to a fax server named Fax1. You move the Drop directory for Fax1 by performing the following steps. On Fax1, create a new directory named FaxDir. Run theSet-ForeignConnector &quot;FaxCon&quot; -DropDirectory &quot;FaxDir&quot; cmdlet.Run the Set-TransportServer ExchHub1 RootDropDirectoryPath &quot;\\Fax1\Drop Directory&quot; cmdlet. You have to make sure that all messages pending delivery are delivered. So what action should you perform? A. In order to make sure of this, all messages in the old Drop directory should be copied to the new Drop directory. B. In order to make sure of this, the Administrators group with Full Control permission should be added to the new Drop directory. C. In order to make sure of this, the Set-ForeignConnector cmdlet should be run with the appropriate parameter to set the maximum message size. D. In order to make sure of this, the Set-ForeignConnector cmdlet should be run with the appropriate parameter to set the size of the Drop directory. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 24

24 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. During routine maintenance of the Exchange server you discover that the settings that indicate the storage limits for the mailbox stores differ. You need to ensure that the Exchange server mailbox stored have similar storage limits and thus have to create an Exchange Management Shell script to accomplish this.What should you do? A. Create the script by ensuring that the output of the Get-MailboxDatabase cmdlet is redirected to the SetMailboxDatabase cmdlet with the correct parameters. B. Create the script by ensuring that the output of the Get-Mailbox cmdlet is redirected to the SetMailboxDatabase cmdlet with the correct parameters. C. Create the script by ensuring that the output of the Get-ExchangeServer cmdlet is redirected to the SetMailboxDatabase cmdlet with the correct parameters. D. Create the script by ensuring that the output of the Get-MailboxDatabase cmdlet is redirected to the SetMailbox cmdlet with the correct parameters. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 25 25 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Two Exchange servers named Exch1 and Exch2 are contained in your Exchange Server 2007 organization. Exch1 fails and cannot be restored to service. All mailboxes need to be moved from Exch1 to Exch2. Which cmdlet should be run? A. You should run Get-Mailbox -Server Exch1 | Move-Mailbox \First Storage Group\Mailbox Database&quot; B. You should run Get-Mailbox -Server Exch1 | Move-Mailbox Exch2\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database&quot; C. You should run Get-Mailbox -Server Exch1 | Move-Mailbox Exch2\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database&quot; D. You should run Get-Mailbox -Server Exch1 | Move-Mailbox Exch2\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database&quot; Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: -ValidateOnly -TargetDatabase &quot;Exch2 -IgnoreRuleLimitErrors -TargetDatabase &quot; -ConfigurationOnly -TargetDatabase &quot; -IgnorePolicyMatch -TargetDatabase &quot;

QUESTION 26 26 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. There are three servers in your environment. S01 plays the role of Exchange Server 2003 Mailbox server, S02 plays the roles of Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox and Hub Tansport server, S03 plays the role of Exchange Server 2007 Client Access server. You receive report from users who have mailboxes on S01. They receive an error message when they attempt to synchronize through Exchange ActiveSync. Since you are the technical support, you have to make sure that all users can use Exchange ActiveSync. So what action should you perform?

A. B. C. D. E. F.

Basic authentication should be enabled on S01. Basic authentication should be enabled on S02. Basic authentication should be enabled on S03. Integrated Windows authentication should be enabled on S01. Integrated Windows authentication should be enabled on S02. Integrated Windows authentication should be enabled on S03.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 27 27 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Tom is John&apos;s assistant. Because of working requirements, Tom needs to be able to view all of the folders and subfolders in John&apos;s mailbox and to open and respond to John&apos;s e-mail. Since you are the technical support, you have to give Tom the appropriate permissions. So what action should you perform? A. The Add-ADPermission -Identity John -User Tom-AccessRights Self -ExtendedRights Send-As cmdlet should be run. B. The Add-MailboxPermission -Identity John -User Tom-AccessRights FullAccess cmdlet should be run. C. The Add-MailboxPermission -Identity John -User Tom-AccessRights ExternalAccount cmdlet should be run. D. The Allow-Full Control permission for Johns user account should be assigned to Tom in the Active Directory Users and Computers management console. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 28 28 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. The Hub Transport server role should be installed on an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server, the Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server is named Ex01. You must implement the installation during non-business hours. You confirm that the location of Exchange Server 2007 installation, it is installed on EX01 at C:\Program Files\Microsoft\Exchange Server. In addition, a copy of the Exchange installation files is in the C:\InstallFiles custom directory. A new file named install.bat is created in the root directory of drive C. Since you are exchange administrator, you are required to have the installation of the Hub Transport server role scheduled on EX01. Which action should you perform to achieve the goal? A. You should type the following command: &quot;C:\Program Files\Microsoft\Exchange Server\Setup&quot; / mode RecoverServer /roles HubTransportCreate a scheduled task to run the executable in the install.bat file.

B. You should type the following command: &quot;C:\InstallFiles\Setup&quot; /mode Install /roles HubTransportCreate a scheduled task to run the executable in the install.bat file. C. You should type the following command: &quot;C:\Program Files\Microsoft\Exchange Server\Setup&quot; / mode Install /roles HubTransportCreate a scheduled task to run the executable in the install.bat file. D. You should type the following command: &quot;C:\InstallFiles\Setup&quot; /mode RecoverServer /roles HubTransportCreate a scheduled task to run the executable in the install.bat file. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 29 29 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. Your company sets Exchange Server 2007 organization in two Active Directory sites named S01 and S02. S01 is set for the 10.10.5.0/24 subnet, and S02 is set for the 10.10.20.0/24 subnet. You can see the Exchange servers in the two sites from the table below.A problem occurs that ExCAS01 fails to work. It is reported by S02 users that Microsoft Office Outlook Web Access (OWA) cannot be accessed. You are required to recover OWA service to S02 users. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal?

A. B. C. D.

To achieve the goal, the Client Access server role should be added to ExHub02. To achieve the goal, the Client Access server role should be added to ExHub01. To achieve the goal, a new OWA virtual directory should be created on ExMbCAS1. To achieve the goal, the mailbox configuration of the users should be removed on ExCMS1 to ExMbCAS1.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 30 30 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. And a single Hub Transport server named Ser01 is contained. In addition, a legacy SMTP server is contained. The legacy SMTP server is set to deliver e-mail to the Internet through Ser01. However, you find a problem that the messages which are received by internet users are not from the legacy SMTP server. Since you are the exchange administrator, you are required to make sure that the legacy SMTP server should be enabled to deliver e-mail to the Internet through Ser01. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal?

A. A new Receive connector should be created. And then, the Anonymous permission should be added. At last, the Relay permission should be assigned to Anonymous users on the Receive connector. B. A new Receive connector should be created. And then, the Anonymous permission should be added. At last, the IP address of the legacy server should be added to the remote network settings on the Receive connector. C. The legacy server should be updated to deliver e-mail messages to Ser01 on port 587. D. The IP address of the legacy server should be added to the remote network settings on the Default Ser01 Receive connector. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 31 31 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Your companys Active Directory forest consists of a single site that has a root domain and one child domain. According to the company requirement, you have to prepare Active Directory and the domains before installing the first Exchange Server 2007 computer. Of the following commands, which should you run? (Choose more than one) A. B. C. D. Setup /PrepareAD should be run. Setup /DomainPrep should be run. Setup /ForestPrep should be run. Setup /PrepareAllDomains should be run.

Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 32 32 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. The servers listed below are included by your environment. They respectively are Mailbox server named ExMB01, Client Access server named ExCAS01, Standby Microsoft Windows Server 2003 computer named Ser02, and Two Hub Transport servers named ExHub01 and ExHub02.Now a problem occurs that ExHub01 cannot work. You are required to have ExHub01 recovered to its pre-failure configuration. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the Setup /m:RecoverServer command should be run on ExHub02. B. To achieve the goal, the Setup /m:Install /role:HT command should be run on ExHub02. C. To achieve the goal, Ser02 should be renamed to ExHub01, and the Setup /m:RecoverServer command should be run on ExHub01. D. To achieve the goal, Ser02 should be renamed to ExHub01, and the Setup /m:Install /role:HT command should be run on ExHub01. Answer: C Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 33 33 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youcomplete a new installation of the Client Access server role on an Exchange Server 2007 computer named Exch01. An SSL certificate for Exch01 is issued to mail.wiikigo.com. Users will use Outlook Anywhere with Microsoft Office Outlook 2007 to connect to their e-mail. You have to make sure that the Exchange Server 2007 Availability service can be accessed from the Internet. Which cmdlet should be run? A. You should run Set-AutodiscoverVirtualDirectory -Identity &quot;Exch01\autodiscover (default web site) &quot; -ExternalURL https://mail.wiikigo.com B. You should run Set-WebServicesVirtualDirectory -Identity &quot;Exch01\EWS (default web site)&quot; ExternalURL https://mail.wiikigo.com C. You should run Set-AutodiscoverVirtualDirectory -Identity &quot;Exch01\EWS (default web site)&quot; ExternalURL &quot;https://mail.wiikigo.com/EWS/Exchange.asmx&quot; D. You should run Set-WebServicesVirtualDirectory -Identity &quot;Exch01\EWS (default web site)&quot; ExternalURL https://mail.wiikigo.com/EWS/Exchange.asmx Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 34 34 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 clustered mailbox server, and it is installed on a Single Copy Cluster (SCC). According to the company requirements, you are asked to have another storage group and database added to the clustered mailbox server. The following actions are performed.1. On the active and passive nodes of the cluster, a new database drive is mounted to D:\mounts\SG5\DB5_1, and a new log drive is mounted to D: \mounts\SG5\Log5_1.2. A new storage group named SG5 is created, and the log path is pointed to D:\mounts \SG5\Log5_1.3. A new database should be created in SG5 named DB5_1, and the database path should be pointed to D:\mounts\SG5\DB5_1. You are required to have the storage group and database added to the clustered mailbox server. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the drives should be added as a cluster resource, and the Microsoft Information Store should be made dependent on those resources. B. To achieve the goal, the drives should be added as a cluster resource, and the storage group should be made dependent on those resources. C. To achieve the goal, the mount location of the database and log drives to drive letter locations on the active and passive nodes should be modified. D. To achieve the goal, the drives should be removed from the passive node until the active node is configured. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 35 35 You work as an Exchange Administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization.A Hi-Tech.com user named Mia Hamm complains that she cannot access her mailbox. You investigate and discover that Mia Hamm&apos;s mailbox was purged from an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named Server01. You need to recover Mia Hamm&apos;s mailbox. You thus restore the mailbox database to a recovery storage group. You must now recover Mia Hamm&apos;s mailbox to the productiondatabase.What should you do? A. B. C. D. E. You should run the Enable-Mailbox cmdlet on Server01. You should run the Exmerge utility on Server01. You should run the ISInteg utility on Server01. You should run the Connect-Mailbox cmdlet on Server01. You should run the Restore-Mailbox cmdlet on Server01.

Answer: E Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 36 36 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. In your company, there are two Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) forests with a current forest trust. An Exchange Server 2007 organization is contained by each forest. You are setting a cross-forest connector between the Hub Transport servers in the two Exchange 2007 organizations. You decide to utilize Basic authentication for the cross-forest connector. A service account named Acc01 is created in the first forest. You are required to make sure that Acc01 can be utilized to authenticate with the receiving server in the second forest. Which group should you add Acc01 to? A. B. C. D. Acc01 should be added to Exchange Recipient Administrators Acc01 should be added to Exchange Server Administrators Acc01 should be added to Exchange Servers Acc01 should be added to Exchange Organization Administrators

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 37 37 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. According to the company requirements, you should configure the custom resource property for each of your Exchange Server 2007 resource mailboxes. The training organizers shouldbe enabled to see whether a projector is present in a given training room. Before you can set the custom resource properties, which action should be performed? A. The Set-ResourceConfig -ResourcePropertySchema &quot;Room/Projector&quot; cmdlet should be run.

B. The Set-ResourceConfig -ResourcePropertySchema &quot;Equipment/Projector&quot; cmdlet should be run. C. A resource mailbox should be created for each projector as type Equipment and this resource mailbox should be assigned as a delegate for each training-room resource mailbox. D. The Set-Mailbox -ResourceCapacity 10 cmdlet should be run for each training-room resource mailbox. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 38 38 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 organization, and a Mailbox server and a Client Access server are included in the Exchange Server 2007 organization. Web-based distribution is utilized for the default offline address book (OAB). On the Client Access server, the OAB perform the update no more. You are required to have the Client Access server enabled to restore the updated OAB from the Mailbox server. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. On the Client Access server, the Microsoft Exchange Service Host service should be started. On the Client Access server, the Microsoft Exchange File Distribution service should be started. On the Mailbox server, the Microsoft Exchange Service Host service should be started. On the Mailbox server, the Microsoft Exchange Replication service should be started.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 39 39 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. According to the company requirements, you are required to have information exported from all mailboxes to a file named mailboxes.csv. Which action should be performed? A. B. C. D. The Get-MailUser | Export-Csv mailboxes.csv command should be run. The Get-Mailbox | Export-Csv mailboxes.csv command should be run. The Get-Mailbox Export-Csv &gt; mailboxes.csv command should be run. The Mailbox node under the Server Configuration node should be utilized in the Exchange Management Console.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 40

40 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. You are required to find out whether users can utilize Microsoft Office Outlook to log on to your Mailbox server directly. On the client network, which cmdlet should be run? A. B. C. D. On the client network, Test-SystemHealth should be run. On the client network, Test-MAPIConnectivity should be run. On the client network, Test-OutlookWebServices should be run. On the client network, Test-ServiceHealth should be run.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 41 41 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. According to the company requirements, you are required to terminate the circulation of an e-mail message which a virus is included within your company. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the Export-Mailbox cmdlet should be run with the -AllContentKeywords parameter. To achieve the goal, a transport rule should be created on all Edge Transport servers. To achieve the goal, a transport rule should be created on a single Hub Transport server. To achieve the goal, a recipient filter based should be created on the original sender of the first message that the virus is included.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 42 42 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. Microsoft Office Outlook Web Access is utilized by some of your technicians. According to the company requirements, you are required to make sure that the technicians are able to utilize can Outlook Web Access to access a specific file server. In the Exchange Management Console, which tab should be utilized to configure the proper settings? A. B. C. D. The Public Computer File Access tab should be utilized to configure the proper settings. The Remote File Servers tab should be utilized to configure the proper settings. The Segmentation tab should be utilized to configure the proper settings. The Private Computer File Access tab should be utilized to configure the proper settings.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 43 43 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. According to the company requirements, you are required to view IMAP4 settings for multiple users on the Client Access server. Which cmdlet should be run to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. E. To achieve the goal, Get-MailboxStatistics should be run. To achieve the goal, Get-IMAPSettings should be run. To achieve the goal, Get-CASMailbox should be run. To achieve the goal, Get-Mailbox should be run. To achieve the goal, Test-ImapConnectivity should be run.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 44 44 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. The mobile devices which are owned by all the users are installed with Windows Mobile 6.0. Since you are the Exchange administrator, you are required to permit users to securely synchronize e-mail and contact information; in addition, their mobile device doesn&apos;t need to connect to their client computer. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, Microsoft Office Outlook Web Access should be configured on the Exchange server. To achieve the goal, the mobile devices should be configured to use Microsoft ActiveSync. To achieve the goal, the mobile devices to use IMAP4 should be set. To achieve the goal, the mobile devices to use POP3 should be set.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 45 45 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to have a mail-enabled user created. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the Set-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the New-MailUser cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the Connect-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the Enable-MailUser cmdlet should be run.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 46 46 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.The Exchange Server 2007 organization of Hi-Tech.com contains a resource mailbox. The resource mailbox is named ResourceBox. Currently all users on the Hi-Tech.com network are capable of scheduling meetings for ResourceBox. Due to Staff shuffling only Dean Austin and Tom must be able to schedule meetings for ResourceBox in future. You need to configure the appropriate settings for ResourceBox that will allow only Dean Austin and Tom to schedule meetings.What should you do? A. You should run the Set- MailboxCalendarSettings-Identity&quot;ResourceBox&quot;-ResourceDelegates DeanAustin , ThomasKnepper cmdlet. B. You should run the Set- MailboxCalendarSettings-Identity&quot;ResourceBox&quot;-RequestOutof Policy DeanAustin , ThomasKnepper - AllBookInPolicycmdlet. C. You should run the Set-MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity &quot; ResourceBox&quot;-BookInPolicy DeanAustin , ThomasKnepper - AllBookInPolicy $false cmdlet. D. You should run the Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity&quot; ResourceBox&quot;-Request InPolicy DeanAustin , ThomasKnepper cmdlet. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 47 47 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. Three Exchange servers are contained by your Exchange Server 2007 environment, and the Mailbox server role is installed on the three Exchange servers. The servers are configured to back up the existing Windows event logs and mailbox databases. The Hub Transport server role is added to the Exchange servers. You are required to set the backups for the servers. According to the company requirements, you should keep enough information so as to perform a root cause analysis on lost or corrupted e-mail messages and to restore the maximum amount of data in case of a failure. The company requires you to have backups added for the Hub Transport server role. From the following four options, which one should be added to the present backups? A. B. C. D. The Microsoft Information Store should be added to the present backups. The IIS metabase should be added to the present backups. The \TransportRoles\Logs\ directory should be added to the present backups. The \TransportRoles\data\Queue\ directory should be added to the present backups.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 48 48 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. You set a users e-mail account to utilize POP3. It is reported by a user that the users mailbox happened to be removed from the Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server. A backup copy of the database is recovered, and the mailbox is included by the database to a recovery storage group on the same server. In addition, it is said by the user that his mailbox can not be accessed. Youare required to make sure that the mailbox is available to the user. Before the mailbox is reconnected, which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the user should be instructed to utilize Outlook Web Access to connect to the mailbox. To achieve the goal, POP3 access should be enabled on the mailbox. To achieve the goal, the mailbox should be moved to a standard storage group. To achieve the goal, the user should be instructed to utilize IMAP to connect to the mailbox.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 49 49 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server. A boot volume and a database volume are contained by the server. It is manifested by your benchmarks that your mailbox storage volume is not experiencing an optimal performance. You are required to implement track alignment on this Mailbox server. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. E. F. To achieve the goal, the shift.exe command should be run on the database volume. To achieve the goal, the diskpart.exe command should be run on the boot volume. To achieve the goal, the format.exe command should be run on the boot volume. To achieve the goal, the shift.exe command should be run on the boot volume. To achieve the goal, the diskpart.exe command should be run on the database volume. To achieve the goal, the format.exe command should be run on the database volume.

Answer: E Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 50 50 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. It is reported by users of Microsoft Office Outlook 2007 that the problem of connection timeouts happens frequently and e-mail messages are staying in their Outbox for too long time. You are required to utilize your administrative computer so as to confirm client performance and server functionality. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? (Choose more than one.) A. To achieve the goal, the Queue Viewer should be utilized in the Exchange Management Console. B. To achieve the goal, Performance Monitor should be utilized to view the MSExchangeIS Client object counters.

C. To achieve the goal, the Test-OutlookWebServices cmdlet should be run. D. To achieve the goal, the Test-MAPIConnectivity cmdlet should be run. E. To achieve the goal, the Test-Mailflow cmdlet should be run. Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 51 51 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You have a resource named Conference Room. Employees are allowed to book the Conference Room resource. You have to customize the response message that users will receive when they book the Conference Room resource. What action should you perform? A. B. C. D. Active Directory Users and Computers should be used. The Set-ResourceConfig cmdlet should be run. The Exchange Management Console should be used. The Set-MailboxCalendarSettings cmdlet should be run.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 52 52 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. At 9 A.M, a new mailbox is created. Users of Microsoft Office Outlook Web Access are able to see and use the new mailbox in the global address list (GAL) at 10 A.M. But users of Outlook Anywhere are not able to see the new mailbox in the GAL until the next day. The Exchange Server 2007 computer needs to be configured to allow users of Outlook Anywhere to see a new mailbox in the GAL within four hours after the mailbox is created. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. A custom update schedule should be set for the offline address book (OAB). Web-based distribution should be enabled for the offline address book (OAB). Public Folder distribution should be enabled for the offline address book (OAB). Support for Outlook 2003 with Service Pack 2 or later clients on the offline address book (OAB) should be enabled.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 53 53 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an

Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. The company requires you to set the necessary but least allowance for a user. The user should be enabled to have mailbox databases set on an Exchange Server 2007 computer. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the user account should be added to the Exchange Recipient Administrators role. B. To achieve the goal, the user account should be added to the Exchange Organization Administrators role. C. To achieve the goal, Exchange Administrator privileges should be delegated to the user account at the organization level. D. To achieve the goal, the user account should be added to the Exchange Server Administrators role. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 54 54 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to have a user mailbox transformed to a resource mailbox. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the Set-ResourceConfig cmdlet should be run. And then, the ResourcePropertySchema parameter should be set to be Room. B. To achieve the goal, the Set-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. And then, the Type value should be set to be Regular. C. To achieve the goal, the Set-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. And then, the Type value should be set to be Room. D. To achieve the goal, the Set-ResourceConfig cmdlet should be run. And then, the Instance parameter should be set to be Regular. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 55 55 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. There are two servers named Exch01 and Exch02 in your Exchange Server 2007 organization. All of the Exch01 mailboxes need to be moved to Exch02 next Saturday at 11:00 P.M. You will not be at the office at that time. So what action should you perform? A. You should run the Get-Mailbox | Move-mailbox -TargetDatabase &quot;Exch02\First Storage Group \Mailbox Database&quot; cmdlet with the StartDate parameter set for next Saturday at 11 P.M. B. You should run the Get-Mailbox -server Exch01 | Move-mailbox -TargetDatabase &quot;Exch02\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database&quot; cmdlet with the StartDate parameter set for next Saturday at11 P. M.

C. You should run the Get-Mailbox -server Exch01 | Move-mailbox -TargetDatabase &quot;Exch02\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database&quot; cmdlet from the Exchange Management Shell next Saturday at 11 P.M by using Windows scheduler. D. You should run the Get-Mailbox | Move-mailbox -TargetDatabase &quot;Exch02\First Storage Group \Mailbox Database&quot; cmdlet from the Exchange Management Shell next Saturday at 11 P.M by using Microsoft Windows scheduler. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 56 56 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. Your external e-mail client access should be set to utilize IMAP4. The external firewall is set to permit TCP port 993. According to the company requirements, you should make sure that your external e-mail clients are enabled to deliver messages safely from the Internet by utilizing your Exchange servers. An SSL certificate is set for secure authenticated SMTP. Which action should be performed next? A. The external firewall should be set to permit TCP port 25. B. The external firewall should be set to permit TCP port 587. C. The Enable Domain Security (Mutual Auth TLS) check box should be chosen on the default client Receive connector. D. The Externally Secured (for example, with IPsec) check box should be chosen on the default client Receive connector. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 57 57 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment for you. This environment contains a Client Access server named S01. Now S01 fails. It needs to be restored. So what action should you perform first? A. B. C. D. A dial tone recovery should be run. The Setup /NewCMS command should be run. The Setup /RecoverCMS command should be run. The Setup /m:RecoverServer command should be run.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 58 58 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You disconnect a users mailbox. According to the company requirement, you have to reconnect this mailbox to a new Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) user account. Which cmdlet should be run? A. B. C. D. Restore-Mailbox should be run. Update-Recipient should be run. Enable-Mailbox should be run. Connect-Mailbox should be run.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 59 59 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Your company is closing its Dallas office. The employees in the Dallas office have mailbox-enabled user accounts that use the value Dallas in the City attribute. You disable the user accounts of the Dallas employees. You have to disconnect their mailboxes. What action should you perform to achieve the goal? (Choose more than one) A. B. C. D. The Remove-Mailbox Dallas cmdlet should be run. The Get-User -Filter &quot;City -like &apos;Dallas&apos;&quot; | Disable-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. The Get-User -Filter &quot;City -like &apos;Dallas&apos;&quot; | Remove-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. From the Exchange Management Console, a filter should be applied to the City attribute to contain Dallas. Highlight all of the filtered users and choose Remove. E. From the Exchange Management Console, a filter should be applied to the City attribute to contain Dallas. Highlight all of the filtered users and choose Disable. Answer: BE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 60 60 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. All users are able to receive e-mail that is sent directly to them from the Internet. A distribution group named WebResponse is configured to accept e-mail from all users. All corporate users can use Microsoft Office Outlook to send messages to the WebResponse distribution group. All messages that are sent to the distribution group from the Internet are rejected. You have to allow e-mail frominternal and Internet users to be sent to the SMTP address of the WebResponse distribution group. So what action should you perform to achieve this? A. The SMTP Receive connectors on each Hub Transport server should be modified to allow anonymous users. B. The properties of the WebResponse distribution group should be modified so that the Everyone group has the Send As permission.

C. The properties of the WebResponse distribution group should be modified so that the group no longer requires all senders to be authenticated. D. The properties of the WebResponse distribution group should be modified so that the group is no longer hidden from the Outlook global address list (GAL). Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 61 61 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. A single Hub Transport server and a single Mailbox server are included by your Exchange Server 2007 environment. It is reported that they are experiencing a slow performance on e-mail delivery to large dynamic distribution groups. You verify that all MSExchangeADAccess Processes Performance Monitor counters on your Exchange servers are functioning normally. The company requires you to minimize the delivery time for messages which are delivered to dynamic distribution groups. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, an additional global catalog server should be deployed. And then, the existing Hub Transport server should be set to utilize the new global catalog server. B. To achieve the goal, a second Hub Transport server should be deployed. And then, the dynamic distribution groups should be set to utilize the new Hub Transport server as their expansion server. C. To achieve the goal, more RAM should be added to the existing Mailbox server. D. To achieve the goal, more RAM should be added to the existing domain controllers. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 62 62 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. For your Exchange Server 2007 organization, you increase the anti-spam restrictions. You inform your company&apos;s partners that they should forward any e-mail messages that are being blocked by the content filters to antispam@wiikigo.com. The forwarded messages will be reviewed so that modifications can be made to Safe Senders Lists to prevent the blocking problem in the future. External users are forwarding e-mail messages to anti-spam@wiikigo.com, but you find that no messages from external users are in the anti-spam mailbox. You have to allow the anti-spam mailbox to receive e-mail messages that are classified as spam. Which cmdlet should be run? A. Set-RecipientFilterConfig -BlockListEnabled $false -BlockedRecipients anti-spam@wiikigo.com should be run. B. Set-RecipientFilterConfig -RecipientValidationEnabled $false should be run. C. Set-ContentFilterConfig -BypassedRecipients anti-spam@wiikigo.com should be run. D. Set-ContentFilterConfig -BypassedSenders anti-spam@wiikigo.com should be run. Answer: C Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 63 63 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. A failure occurs on an Exchange Server 2007 Hub Transport server, which is named ExHub01. A new Hub Transport server is built to replace ExHub01, and it is named ExHub02. After you have service recovered, you plan to restore all e-mail messages that keep in the mail.que database on ExHub01. The actions listed below are performed on ExHub02.First, all messages are flushed from the current queue on ExHub02.Second, the mail.que database from the hard disk on ExHub01 should be replicated to C:\recoveryQueue on ExHub02. You have the recovery of the mail.que database restored from ExHub01. On ExHub02, which two actions should be performed? (Choose more than one.) A. A recovery of the mail.que database should be performed in C:\recoveryQueue by utilizing the Eseutil utility. B. A restore of the mail.que database should be performed in C:\recoveryQueue by utilizing the Eseutil utility. C. A defragmentation of the mail.que database should be performed in C:\recoveryQueue by utilizing the Eseutil utility,. D. A repair of the mail.que database should be performed in C:\recoveryQueue by utilizing the Database Recovery Management tool,. E. The mail.que database should be fixed in C:\recoveryQueue by utilizing the ISInteg utility. Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 64 64 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. It is reported by users that their mailboxes on an Exchange Server 2007 computer can not be accessed by them, and the Exchange Server 2007 computer is named EX01. You confirm that connectivity to the server works well and that server hardware also works well. In addition, access to global catalogs work well. The company requests you to report on the status of all required Exchange-specific and Exchange-dependent services. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the Test-SystemHealth -Server EX01 cmdlet should be run. B. To achieve the goal, the Get-ExchangeServer -Identity EX01 cmdlet should be run. C. To achieve the goal, the Database Troubleshooter should be run from the Exchange Troubleshooting Assistant. D. To achieve the goal, the Test-ServiceHealth -Server EX01 cmdlet should be run. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 65

65 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1 (SP1). You have a server named S01 in a cluster continuous replication (CCR) cluster. You have a single standby continuous replication (SCR) target server named S02 at a different location. S01 is configured to use SCR to replicate all of its storage groups to S02. S02 is not receiving a copy of the databases or log files. You find that the status of the SCR replication is Suspended. You have to make sure that SCR is functioning properly. Which cmdlet should you run? A. B. C. D. E. Resume-StorageGroupCopy should be run. Enable-ContinuousReplicationHostName should be run. Enable-DatabaseCopy should be run. Enable-StorageGroupCopy should be run. Restore-StorageGroupCopy should be run.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 66 66 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. This environment has a Hub Transport server named S01. Now S01 fails. Since you are the technical support, the company asks you to perform role recovery on S01. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. The Eseutil.exe command should be run. The Setup /RecoverCMS command should be run. The Setup /m:RecoverServer command should be run. Add or Remove Programs should be used in Control Panel.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 67 67 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youare in charge of a server. This server has Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 with Service Pack 1 (SP1) and Microsoft Windows Server 2008 installed. The mailbox database fails. You have to make surethat users are able to send and receive e-mail during the recovery of the mailbox database. In order to achieve this goal, what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. In order to achieve this, the New-MailboxDatabase cmdlet should be run. In order to achieve this, a dial tone recovery should be performed. In order to achieve this, a recovery storage group should be created. In order to achieve this, the Exchange Mail Flow Troubleshooter should be used.

Answer: B

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 68 68 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1 (SP1) environment for you. You have a Mailbox server role with a single database. According to the company order, you have to identify whether the server is completing its daily online defragmentation successfully. So what action should you perform to achieve this? A. B. C. D. The Get-MessageTrackingLog cmdlet should be. The Get-MailboxStatistics cmdlet should be run. The event log should be viewed. The Database Troubleshooter tool should be used.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 69 69 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. And two Mailbox servers, two Client Access servers, two Hub Transport servers, and two Edge Transport servers are included. The company requests you to offer high availability for the Availability service. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, Network Load Balancing on the Hub Transport servers should be set. To achieve the goal, Network Load Balancing on the Client Access servers should be set. To achieve the goal, Network Load Balancing on the Edge Transport servers should be set. To achieve the goal, clustering on the Mailbox servers should be set.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 70 70 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. The default e-mail address policy is changed. You are required to have the modified policy applied. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the New-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the Update-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the Microsoft Exchange Transport service should be restarted. To achieve the goal, the New E-Mail Address Policy Wizard should be utilized.

E. To achieve the goal, the Set-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet should be run. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 71 71 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is a single Exchange Server 2007 server. Backups of the database are performed every night from 10:00 P.M. to 1:00 A.M. A third-party application should be utilized, and the Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS) and virtual tape library (VTL) should be utilized. You start to recover a database in a recovery storage group at 9:30 P.M. The database cannot be recovered. Youare required to have the database restored. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the database at 10:00 A.M should be restored. B. To achieve the goal, the name of the active database should be changed, and then the recovery should be performed. C. To achieve the goal, the database should be restored in the active storage group. D. To achieve the goal, Windows Server Backup should be utilized. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 72 72 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. A single Edge transport server is contained by your native Exchange Server 2007 organization, and the single Edge transport server is named ExEdge01. On the ExEdge01, an Edge Subscription is created with a Hub Transport server named ExHub01. It lasts an extended period of time for the interruption of the network connection from ExEdge01 to the Internet. And later, youhave the network connection recovered, but no messages are being sent. You are required to have the message flow recovered instantly. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the Resume-Queue cmdlet should be run on ExEdge01. To achieve the goal, the Retry-Queue cmdlet should be run on ExEdge01. To achieve the goal, the Resume-Queue cmdlet should be run on ExHub01. To achieve the goal, the Retry-Queue cmdlet should be run on ExHub01.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 73 73 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an

Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. And there is a single Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) forest which is named wiikigo.com. You are required to have the mailbox and the AD DS user account deleted instantly for a resource named R01. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. In the Exchange Management Shell, the Remove-Mailbox -Identity wiikigo\R01 Permanent $True cmdlet should be run. B. In the Exchange Management Shell, the Disable-Mailbox -Identity wiikigo\R01 -Confirm cmdlet should be run. C. In Active Directory Users and Computers, the Exchange Tasks Wizard should be run. D. In Active Directory Users and Computers, the R01 object should be deleted. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 74 74 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youare creating a cluster continuous replication (CCR) cluster. You create a failover cluster, and have the Mailbox server role named ExchMB1 installed on the active node. According to the company requirement, the Mailbox server role needs to be installed on the passive node. So what action should you perform to achieve this? A. B. C. D. E. The Setup /roles:Mailbox command should be run. The Setup /newcms /CMSname:ExchMB1 command should be run. The Enable-StorageGroupCopy -Identity ExchMB1\SG1 command should be run. You should choose the Mailbox Role check box in the Exchange Server 2007 Setup wizard. You should choose the Passive Clustered Mailbox Role check box in the Exchange Server 2007 Setup wizard.

Answer: AE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 75 75 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. User accounts are set to stop users from delivering messages which are more than 10 MB. Since you are the Exchange administrator, you are required to enable only a user named Mary to deliver messages that are no more than 20 MB. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the Set-Mailbox -Identity &quot;Mary&quot;-ProhibitSendQuota 20480 cmdlet should be run. B. To achieve the goal, the Get-RoutingGroupConnector | Set-RoutingGroupConnector -MaxMessageSize unlimited cmdlet should be run. C. To achieve the goal, the Set-Mailbox -Identity &quot;Mary&quot; -MaxSendSize 20MB cmdlet should be run.

D. To achieve the goal, the Get-RoutingGroupConnector | Set-RoutingGroupConnector -MaxMessageSize 20MB cmdlet should be run. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 76 76 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. The place for a transaction log volume on a Mailbox server is too limited now. And it is reported by some users that their mailboxes arenot available. You should recover service to these users in the shortest time. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, 100 of the oldest transaction logs should be moved, and the Mount-Database cmdlet should be run. At last, a full backup of the database should be implemented. B. To achieve the goal, the database volume should be compressed, and the Mount-Database cmdlet should be run. At last, a full backup of the database should be performed. C. To achieve the goal, circular logging should be enabled, and the Mount-Database cmdlet should be run. D. To achieve the goal, the Clean-MailboxDatabase cmdlet should be run, and the Mount-Database cmdlet should be run. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 77 77 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to permit users to book a specific resource mailbox, and approval from an administrator or another resource delegate should not be requested. Which cmdlet should be run to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. E. To achieve the goal, Start-ManagedFolderAssistant should be run. To achieve the goal, Set-MailboxCalendarSettings should be run. To achieve the goal, Set-Resourceconfig should be run. To achieve the goal, Set-OrganizationConfig should be run. To achieve the goal, Set-ManagedFolderMailboxPolicy should be run.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 78 78 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Tom and Jason are

employees of wiikigo, Ltd. Their mailbox accounts are located on an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named Exch1. The Hub Transport server role also resides on Exch1. Jason sends a message to Tom, but Tom does not receive the message. You need to find all messages that were sent from Jason to Tom. What should you do? A. The Get-MailboxFolderStatistics -Identity Tom -FolderScope All cmdlet should be run. B. The Get-MessageTrackingLog -Recipients Tom@ wiikigo.com -Sender Marc@ wiikigo.com -Server Exch1 -EventID SEND cmdlet should be run. C. Open the Exchange Mail Flow Troubleshooter by running the Exchange Troubleshooting Assistant. Run the Expected messages from senders are delayed or are not received by some recipients test. D. Open the Message Tracking tool by using the Exchange Troubleshooting Assistant. Create a new search, and specify Jason@ wiikigo.com as the sender, Tom@ wiikigo.com as the recipient, and Exch1 as the server. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 79 79 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.You decide to install a two-node Single Copy Cluster (SCC) Mailbox server on the Exchange Server 2007 organization of Hi-Tech.com. You then name the network adapters APPublic and APPrivate. You have received instruction from the Manager to configure the TCP/IP binding order for the cluster servers.What should you do? A. You should move the Public connection to the top of the Adapters and Bindings tab. B. You should move the Private connection to the top of the Adapters and Bindings tab. C. You should open the properties of the cluster and move the APPrivate network to the top of the Network Priority tab. D. You should open the properties of the cluster and move the APPublic network to the top of the Network Priority tab. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 80 80 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youhave an Exchange Server 2007 Edge Transport server role and Hub Transport server role installed. The server that has the Hub Transport server role is located in an Active Directory site named Huston. You have to synchronize your companys Active Directory information to the server that has the Edge Transport server role. So what action should you perform? (Choose more than one) A. The ADAMSync command should be run on the server that has the Edge Transport server role. B. The ExportEdgeConfig -CloneConfigData &quot;C:\CloneConfigData.xml&quot; command should be run on the server that has the Edge Transport server role.

C. The ImportEdgeConfig -CloneConfigData &quot;C:\CloneConfigData.xml&quot; command should be run on the server that has the Edge Transport server role. D. The New-EdgeSubscription -FileName &quot;c:\EdgeServerSubscription.xml&quot;cmdlet should be run on the server that has the Edge Transport server role. E. The New-EdgeSubscription -FileName &quot;c:\EdgeServerSubscription.xml&quot; -site &quot; Huston&quot; cmdlet should be run on the server that has the Hub Transport server role. Answer: DE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 81 81 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Your company has a head office in New York. There is a group of accountants in this head office. The company hires a new group of accountants for the branch office in Huston. The Exchange Server 2007 computer in the New York office is named Exch1. The Exchange Server 2007 computer in the Huston office is named Exch2. The new accounting group requires a local replica of the Accounting public folder that is located in the root of the public folder tree. Now a replica of the Accounting folder has to be added to the Exchange server in the Huston office. Which cmdlet should be run? A. Set-PublicFolder &quot;\Accounting&quot; -replicas &quot;EXCH2\Public Folder Database&quot; should be run B. Set-PublicFolder &quot;EXCH1\Accounting&quot; -replicas &quot;EXCH2\Public Folder Database&quot; should be run. C. Set-PublicFolder &quot;EXCH2\Accounting&quot; -replicas &quot;EXCH1\Public Folder Database&quot; should be run D. Set-PublicFolder &quot;\Accounting&quot; -replicas &quot;EXCH1\Public Folder Database&quot;,&quot; EXCH2\Public Folder Database&quot; should be run. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 82 82 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 contained in your company environment. Message tracking is set to keep tracking logs for a month. When you try to have a message that was sent two weeks ago tracked, you find that no data for the message can be accessed on the Mailbox server. Therefore, you plan to make sure that message data can be tracked for a month. Which action should be performed to accomplish the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the maximum message tracking log file size should be enhanced. To achieve the goal, the maximum message tracking log directory size should be enhanced. To achieve the goal, the message tracking file retention should be set to be one and a half month. To achieve the goal, the message tracking log directory should be removed to a different volume.

Answer: B

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 83 83 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You set the mailbox database with 200-MB mailbox quotas. You are required to remove the quota from the mailbox of a user named Peter. Which action should you perform to achieve the goal? A. In the Exchange Management Shell, you should run the Set-Mailbox -Identity &quot;Peter&quot; IssueWarningQuota 0 -ProhibitSendQuota 0 -ProhibitSendReceiveQuota 0 -UseDatabaseQuotaDefaults $False cmdlet. B. In the Exchange Management Shell, you should run the Set-Mailbox -Identity &quot;Peter&quot; IssueWarningQuota 104857600 -ProhibitSendQuota 104857600 -ProhibitSendReceiveQuota 104857600 UseDatabaseQuotaDefaults $False cmdlet. C. In the Exchange Management Console, on the Storage quotas dialog box, you should clear the Use mailbox database defaults check box on Peters user account. And then, you should make sure that the Issue warning at (KB), Prohibit send at (KB), and Prohibit send and receive at (KB) check boxes are cleared. D. In the Exchange Management Console, on the Storage quotas dialog box, you should clear the Use mailbox database defaults check box on Peters user account. And then, you should choosethe Issue warning at (KB) check box and set its value to 0. And then, you should choose the Prohibit send at (KB) check box and set its value to 0. Select the Prohibit send and receive at (KB)check box and set its value to 0. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 84 84 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1 (SP1) environment. According to the company requirements, you are required to have a list of all e-mail messages displayed, and the messages were delivered by a specific user in the last week. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. E. To achieve the goal, the Exchange Queue Viewer should be viewed. To achieve the goal, the Routing Log Viewer should be viewed. To achieve the goal, the Message Tracking tool should be utilized. To achieve the goal, the Database Troubleshooter tool should be utilized. To achieve the goal, the Mail Flow Troubleshooter should be utilized.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 85 85 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. This environment has an Edge Transport server in the perimeter network and a Hub Transport server in the internal network. The company asks you to make sure that all external e-mail messages that are received by your Exchange environment are not impersonated. What action should you perform? A. B. C. D. In order to make sure of In order to make sure of In order to make sure of In order to make sure of modified. this, the Sender ID settings on the Hub Transport server should be modified. this, the Sender ID settings on the Edge Transport server should be modified. this, the Sender Filtering settings on the Hub Transport server should be modified. this, the Sender Filtering settings on the Edge Transport server should be

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 86 86 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You are deploying file-level anti-virus scanners on a Mailbox server. You need to define scan exclusions for only the Mailbox role on the Mailbox server. You define scan exclusions for the Offline Address Book files and the Exchange databases. What action should you perform next? A. B. C. D. The Microsoft Exchange Transport Log Search service should be restarted. The Microsoft Exchange Information Store service should be restarted. Scan exclusions for the transaction logs and the database content indexes should be defined. Scan exclusions for the %Program Files%\Microsoft\Exchange Server\Public folder should be defined.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 87 87 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Your nightly backups are scheduled to run on Mailbox servers at 1:00 A.M. Each backup takes approximately four hours. Your maintenance window is currently set to start at 10:00 P.M. and to end at 3:00 A.M. You find that online defragmentations are not finishing successfully. This operation typically takes 4.5 hours. You have to makesure that database backups and online defragmentations finish successfully before 6:00 A.M. each day. So what action should you perform? A. The backups should be configured to start at 10:00 P.M. B. The backups should be configured to start at 12:00 A.M. C. The maintenance window should be configured to end at 1:30 A.M.

D. The maintenance window should be configured to start at 8:00 P.M. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 88 88 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You can see the servers which are included by the environment from table below. However, hardware fails on Ser01. According to the company requirements, you are required to perform a role recovery to one or both of the other servers. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal?

A. To achieve the goal, the Client Access server role should be installed on Ser03. And then, the Mailbox server role should be installed on Ser02. B. To achieve the goal, the Client Access server role and the Mailbox server role should be installed on Ser02. C. To achieve the goal, the Client Access server role and the Mailbox server role should be installed on Ser03. D. To achieve the goal, the Client Access server role should be installed on Ser02. And then, the Mailbox server role should be installed on Ser03. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 89 89 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment and a single Client Access server is contained. The Autodiscover service is utilized. A failure happens on the Client Access server. You are required to have the Autodiscover service settings recovered to a new computer. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the Setup/m:RecoverServer command should be run. To achieve the goal, the Set-AcceptedDomain cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the Internet Information Services (IIS) configuration should be restored. To achieve the goal, the Register-ExchangeSCW.ps1 script should be run.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 90 90 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Exchange Server 2007 Organization of Hi-Tech.com contains a Client Access Server as well as a Hub Transport server.The server hosting the Client Access Server role is named Server01 and the server hosting the Hub Transport Server role is named Server02. You discover that Server01 has failed. You need to add the Client Access Server role to the existing Server02.What should you do? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. You should run the exsetup /mode:Install /roles:ClientAccess,HubTransport command. You should run the exsetup /mode:Install /roles:ClientAccess command. You should use the Add or Remove Programs applet in the Control Panel. You should configure the server as a front-end server using the Exchange System Manager.

Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 91 91 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) and Exchange Server 2007 in your company. There is a user in your company. He has an Exchange 2007 mailbox and an AD DS user account. They are respectively named kimi.george@wiikigo.com and wiikigo\kimi.george. It is reported by Kimi that he doesn&apos;t want to use his mailbox any more. However, his AD DS user account is still needed. Kimi&apos;s user account should be changed so that he won&apos;t have a mailbox but he should be permitted to log on to AD DS with his user account. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the Export-Mailbox -Identity kimi.george@wiikigo.com TargetMailbox ExportMailbox TargetFolder KimData command should be run B. To achieve the goal, the Remove-Mailbox Identity wiikigo\kimi.george command should be run. C. To achieve the goal, the Disable-Mailbox kimi.george@wiikigo.com command should be run. D. To achieve the goal, the Set-Mailbox Identity wiikigo\kimi.george -HiddenFromAddressListsEnabled $true command should be run Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 92 92 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Your company acquired a company which is named Wiikigo. Your company plans to accept e-mail messages that are sent to the wiikigo.com e-mail namespace on your company&apos;s existing e-mail servers. The Wiikigo, Ltd., e-mail servers will be decommissioned. According to the company requirement, your companys Exchange 2007 organization needs to be configured to accept all e-mail messages that are sent to wiikigo.com. So what action should you perform? A. A new e-mail address generation policy for wiikigo.com should be added. B. Wiikigo.com should be added to the accepted domains as an authoritative domain.

C. Wiikigo.com should be added to the accepted domains as an external relay domain. D. Wiikigo.com should be added to the accepted domains as an internal relay domain. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 93 93 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1 (SP1) environment. According to the company requirements, you should have a legal disclaimer contained in all external e-mail messages that are delivered by your users. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the appropriate Send connector should be changed. To achieve the goal, the Update-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the New Transport Rule Wizard should be run. To achieve the goal, the New Journal Rule Wizard should be run.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 94 94 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to have the e-mail address for a specific vendor contained in your company&apos;s global address list (GAL). In addition, you should avoid permitting the vendor access to your internal network resources. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, a Microsoft Exchange recipient object should be created. To achieve the goal, a mail contact should be created. To achieve the goal, a mailbox-enabled user should be created. To achieve the goal, a mail-enabled user should be created.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 95 95 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. There is a single Active Directory Domain Services(AD DS) domain in your company. The DNS name of the domain is corp. wiikigo.local. A stand-alone DNS server on the perimeter network has a standard primary DNS zone named wiikigo.local. A server on the corporate network has the Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox, Client Access, and Hub Transport server roles installed. You are preparing to deploy a stand-alone server on the perimeter

network that will have the Edge Transport server role installed. You have to make sure that the Edge Transport server will be able to resolve the DNS name of the Hub Transport server. What should you do? A. For the Hub Transport server, a host (A) resource record should be created manually in the wiikigo.local DNS zone. B. For the Hub Transport server, a service (SRV) resource record should be created manually in the corp. wiikigo.local DNS zone. C. For the Hub Transport server, a host (A) resource record should be created manually in the corp.wiikigo. local DNS zone. D. For the Hub Transport server, a service (SRV) resource record should be created manually in the wiikigo. local DNS zone. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 96 96 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Your company has several vendors that deliver license keys by using e-mail. You register a new e-mail address named licensing@wiikigo.com for the vendors to use. You have to create a single folder to which the vendors e-mail messages can be delivered. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. A new custom managed folder should be created. A new managed default folder should be created. A new mail-enabled public folder that has an e-mail address of licensing@wiikigo.com should be created. A mail-enabled group that has an e-mail address of licensing@wiikigo.com should be created.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 97 97 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. A mail-enabled public folder named Monitoring receives automated alerts from the monitoring system of your company. Some users send e-mail messages to the folder by selecting it from the global address list (GAL) in Microsoft Office Outlook. You have to prevent users from selecting the Monitoring folder from the GAL, and you have to make sure that the monitoring alerts will still be received. So what action should you perform? A. The Set-AddressList &quot;Public Folders&quot; -RecipientFilter &quot;DisplayName -is &apos; Monitoring&apos;&quot; cmdlet should be run. B. The Folder visible attribute for the Default name on the Monitoring public folder should be removed by using the Outlook client. C. The Set-MailPublicFolder cmdlet should be run and the DisplayName parameter should be set to $false. D. The Set-MailPublicFolder cmdlet and the HiddenFromAddressListsEnabled parameter should be set to $true.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 98 98 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You have a user named Tom. You have to make sure that a specific laptop is available as a resource mailbox. You have to make sure that Tom is able to control only the scheduling of the laptop, and you have to make sure that Tom is the only user who has that ability. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. A room mailbox should be created and Full Access permission should be assigned to Tom. An equipment mailbox should be created and Full Access permission should be assigned to Tom. An equipment mailbox should be created and the Set-ResourceConfig cmdlet should be run. An equipment mailbox should be created and Tom should be assigned as a resource delegate.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 99 99 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. And a single Hub Transport server is contained. Hardware fails on the Hub Transport server. A role recovery to a new computer is performed by you. You plan to view routing information for an e-mail message that was sent before the hardware fails. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the message tracking logs from backup should be restored. To achieve the goal, the GetMessageTrackingLogE2EWithTime.ps1 script should be run. To achieve the goal, the Setup /DisasterRecovery command should be run. To achieve the goal, the Setup /m:RecoverServer command should be run.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 100 100 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment, and servers and users at two locations named Loc01 and Loc02 are included. A attachment size for e-mail messages which are sent between the two locations should be set to the largest. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal?

A. To achieve the goal, the Set-MessageClassification cmdlet from either location should be run. B. To achieve the goal, the maximum message size should be set on the Active Directory site link between Loc01 and Loc02. C. To achieve the goal, the maximum message size should be set on the routing group connector. D. To achieve the goal, the Set-ContentFilterConfig cmdlet from Loc01 and Loc02 should be run. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 101 101 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named Server01. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.You have been informed that the server running Exchange Server 2007 has failed. You need to get the server operational and thus proceeded as follows: You rebuild the server; you recover the information in the mailbox database as well as the log directories.After the rebuild and recovery the Hi-Tech.com users complained that Server01 is unacceptably slow and does not return the expected results either. You need to address the situation by rebuilding the full - text index catalog for all databases on the Mailbox server role. What should you do? A. First delete the full-text index catalog directory. Then run the Mount-Database cmdlet. Then start the Microsoft Exchange Search Service. B. First run the Dismount-Database cmdlet. Then delete the full-text index catalog directory. Then start the Microsoft Exchange Search Service. C. First stop the Microsoft Exchange Search Service. Then delete the full-text index catalog directory. Then start the Microsoft Exchange Search Service. D. First stop the Microsoft Exchange Search Service. Then run the Set-MailboxDatabase -IndexEnabled:$true cm Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 102 102 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. There is a single Exchange organization and the following four servers in the Exchange Server 2007 environment of the company. The four servers are respectively the Mailbox server, Hub Transport server, Edge Transport server and Client Access server. A user in your Exchange organization sends a message to a recipient inside your company. But the recipient does not receive the message. Since you are the technical support, you are asked to find out the status of the message. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. The queue on the Edge Transport server should be viewed. The message tracking log on the Edge Transport server should be viewed. The Exchange Best Practices Analyzer should be used. The queue on the Hub Transport server should be viewed.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 103 103 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. A single Hub Transport server named ExHub01 and multiple Mailbox servers are included by your Exchange Server 2007 organization. And the company has a single Edge Transport server named ExEdge01 deployed. In addition, the company sets message tracking logs to be kept for a month. There is a mailbox for a user named Peter. The mailbox is located on a Mailbox server named ExMB01, and it has an SMTP address of Peter@wiikigo.com. Since you are the IT professional, you are required to generate a report. In the report, the total number of messages that Peter delivered during the last month should be indicated. Which action should you perform to achieve the goal? A. You should run the Get-MailboxFolderStatistics -Identity Peter -FolderScope SentItems | export-csv c:\tmp \Peter.csv cmdlet on ExHub01. B. You should run the Get-MessageTrackingLog -Sender Peter@wiikigo.com -EventId &quot;Receive&quot; | export-csv c:\tmp\Peter.csv cmdlet on ExHub01. C. You should run the Get-MessageTrackingLog -Sender Peter@wiikigo.com -EventId &quot;Receive&quot; | export-csv c:\tmp\Peter.csv cmdlet on ExEdge01. D. You should run the Get-MailboxStatistics -Identity Peter | export-csv -path c:\tmp\Peter.csv cmdlet on ExHub01. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 104 104 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Recently your company deployed Exchange Server 2007. Either Microsoft Office Outlook 2003 or Microsoft Office Outlook 2007 is installed on client computers. Now you receive report from Outlook2003 users saying that they cannot access the offline address book (OAB). But you find that Outlook 2007 users can access the OAB. You must make sure that all users are able to access the OAB. Which check box should you choose on the Offline Address Book properties? A. B. C. D. Custom Schedule should be used. Public folder distribution should be enabled. Web-based distribution should be enabled. The Default Global Address List should be included.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 105 105 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. You are making preparations to have an Exchange Server 2003 environment upgraded to an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to make sure that the mailboxes can be accessed by internal users and remote users during the upgrading. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the Exchange 2007 Mailbox server role should be installed. To achieve the goal, an Exchange 2003 front-end server should be installed. To achieve the goal, the Exchange 2007 Client Access server role should be installed. To achieve the goal, the Exchange 2007 Hub Transport server role should be installed.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 106 106 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1 (SP1). The environment has a single Mailbox server. Now you receive an order from the company management. According to the company requirement, local continuous replication (LCR) should be enabled for an existing storage group. You successfully run the EnableDatabaseCopy cmdlet on the storage group. Which cmdlet should be run next? A. B. C. D. E. Enable-StorageGroupCopy should be run next. Update-StorageGroupCopy should be run next. Test-ReplicationHealth should be run next. Resume-StorageGroupCopy should be run next. Suspend-StorageGroupCopy should be run next.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 107 107 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. There is a single Edge Transport server in your environment. You have an additional Edge Transport server deployed. You have to make sure that inbound e-mail messages are distributed between the two Edge Transport servers. What are two possible ways to achieve this goal? A. netmask ordering on your public DNS servers should be disabled. B. On each of the Edge Transport servers, a new transport rule should be configured. C. Both Edge Transport servers should be connected to the same switch. The Edge Transport server cloned configuration scripts should be run. D. A new DNS MX record should be configured for the new Edge Transport server with the same Mail Server Priority value as the existing MX record.

E. In a Network Load Balancing (NLB) cluster, both Edge Transport servers should be configured. The public DNS MX and A records should be configured for the NLB cluster name and IP address. Answer: DE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 108 108 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You create a dynamic distribution group named Sales Team that contains all users in the sales department. Now you receive report from users in the sales department. According to their report, external e-mail messages that are sent to the Sales Team distributiongroup are not being delivered. Since you are the technical support, you have to make sure that external e-mail that is sent to Sales Team is delivered to all users in the sales department. So what action should you perform? A. In order to make sure of this, the Reject messages should be cleared from check box on the Sales Team distribution group. B. In order to make sure of this, the Reject messages should be cleared from check box on the user accounts of all users in the sales department. C. In order to make sure of this, the Require that all senders are authenticated check box on the Sales Team distribution group should be cleared. D. In order to make sure of this, the Require that all senders are authenticated check box on the user accounts of all users in the sales department should be cleared. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 109 109 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You issue Microsoft Windows Mobile 6.0 devices to some of your users. A minimum password policy needs to be configured for all mobile device users. What action should you perform? A. The Set-ActiveSyncVirtualDirectory cmdlet should be run with the WindowsAuthEnabled parameter. B. A group policy for minimum password length should be created, and the group policy should be applied to all mobile device users. C. A Password Settings object (PSO) that has the minimum password length should be created, the PSO should be applied to a security group that contains all mobile device users. D. The minimum password length for the default ActiveSync mailbox policy should be configured, and the policy should be applied to all mobile device users. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 110 110 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment, and an Edge Transport server is contained in the perimeter network and a Hub Transport server is contained in the internal network. Exchange EdgeSync service should be set between the two servers. Your company corporate with a company named Green Mood. A third-party messaging server is utilized by Green Mood. The same address space will be shared by both companies. You will set E-mail for the combined companies to route through the Exchange 2007 environment. The public DNS records for Green Mood are updated to point to the Edge Transport server in your Exchange 2007 environment. The Green Mood domain is set as an accepted domain. You are required to make sure that external e-mail for Green Moods users is delivered to Green Moods third-party messaging server. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. An internal relay domain should be set on the Hub Transport server. And then, a Send connector should be created on the Hub Transport server that points to Green Moods messaging server. B. An external relay domain should be set on the Edge Transport server. And then, a Send connector should be created on the Edge Transport server that points to the Hub Transport server. C. An internal relay domain should be set on the Edge Transport server. And then, a Send connector should be created on the Hub Transport server that points to Green Moods messaging server. D. An external relay domain should be set on the Edge Transport server. And then, a Send connector should be created on the Edge Transport server that points to Green Moods messaging server. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 111 111 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to set external Out of Facility (OOF) messages on a per-user basis. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the Set-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlethould be run. To achieve the goal, the Exchange Management Console should be utilized. To achieve the goal, the Set-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the Set-MailUser cmdlethould be run.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 112 112 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is a single Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) forest for you. This forest contains many domains. You are making preparations for installing Exchange Server 2007 into your forest. An error message is sent to you at the time you try to run the setup /PrepareAD command. The error message says that you do not have the

necessary permissions to run this command. But you need to be able to run the setup /PrepareAD command. So what action should you perform? A. In order to achieve this, you should log on with an account that is a member of Administrators group. B. In order to achieve this, you should log on with an account that is a member of C. In order to achieve this, you should log on with an account that is a member of D. In order to achieve this, you should log on with an account that is a member of group. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: the Exchange Organization the Domain Admins group. the Schema Admins group. the Enterprise Admins

QUESTION 113 113 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment for you. According to the company requirement, you should be able to manage e-mail messages on the basis of the reputation of the senders e-mail address. Of the following types of filtering, which one should be used? A. B. C. D. E. sender filtering content filtering sender ID filtering recipient filtering connection filtering

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 114 114 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. Exchange Server 2007 is utilized by your company, and they are in four locations throughout the country. It is reported by users at two of the locations that Exchange experiences a slow response. You are required to implement a health check of each locations infrastructure. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the Test-ServiceHealth cmdlet on each Exchange server should be run. To achieve the goal, the Test-ExchangeSearch cmdlet on each Exchange server should be run. To achieve the goal, the Exchange Best Practices Analyzer should be utilized. To achieve the goal, the Get-EventLogLevel cmdlet on each Exchange server should be run.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 115 115 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Now you receive an order from the company management, you are asked to generate a report on all mailboxes in your Exchange Server 2007 organization. The report must detail the number of items per mailbox folder. Which cmdlet should be run? A. You should run Get-ExchangeServer | Get-Message | Export-Csv -Path c:\allmbfstats.csv B. You should run Get-Mailuser | Get-MailboxFolderStatistics | Export-Csv -Path c:\allmbfstats.csv C. You should run Get-ExchangeServer | Get-Mailbox | Get-MailboxStatistics | Export-Csv -Path c:\allmbstats. csv D. You should run Get-ExchangeServer | Get-Mailbox | Get-MailboxFolderStatistics | Export-Csv -Path c: \allmbfstats.csv Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 116 116 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Now you receive an order from the company management. According to the company requirement, the LDAP search time on your Hub Transport server should be decreased. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. Another Hub Transport server should be added. Another global catalog server should be added. Memory should be added on the Hub Transport server. An additional CPU should be added on the Hub Transport server.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 117 117 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You install a new Client Access server into this environment. Your company domain is named wiikigo.com. You create a new DNS A resource record that points autodiscover. wiikigo.com to the external IP address of the Client Access server. You receive report from users saying that they cannot use the Autodiscover service. But the users are able to access Outlook Web Access, which is on the same server as the Autodiscover service. Since you are the technical support, you have to make sure that all users are able to use the Autodiscover service. So what action should you perform? A. A trusted encryption certificate should be installed on your Client Access server. B. A trusted encryption certificate should be installed on your Mailbox server.

C. A DNS SRV record that points to autodiscover.wiikigo.com should be created. D. A DNS CNAME record that points autodiscover.wiikigo.com to your Mailbox servers DNS name should be created. E. A DNS CNAME record that points autodiscover.wiikigo.com to your Client Access servers DNS name should be created. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 118 118 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. Exchange Server 2007 is being installed on a new member server. Your login account joins the local administrators group. You enter the server, and try to have the Hub Transport server role installed. An error message is received, and the message says that the Hub Transport server role cannot be installed. You should install the Hub Transport server role successfully. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, your user account should be added to the Exchange Read-Only Administrators group. B. To achieve the goal, your user account should be added to the Exchange Organization Administrators group. C. To achieve the goal, the setup.exe /PrepareLegacyExchangePermissions command should be run. D. To achieve the goal, the computer account should be added to the Exchange Servers group. E. To achieve the goal, the computer account should be added to the Exchange Administrators group. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 119 119 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You should be enabled to have POP3 connections monitored. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the MSExchangeIS Client performance monitoring object should be added. To achieve the goal, the MSExchangePop3 performance monitoring object should be added. To achieve the goal, the Test-OutlookWebServices cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the MSExchangeIS Mailbox performance monitoring object should be added.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 120 120 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. Multiple databases on each logical unit number (LUN) contained by your Exchange Server 2007 environment. The individual database restores should be permitted, so that you must have the databases backed up in such a way that the databases can be recovered to a file server. You are required to choose a proper backup type. To satisfy the requirements, which backup types should be utilized? (Choose more than one.) A. B. C. D. To satisfy the requirements, streaming full backups should be utilized. To satisfy the requirements, streaming copy backups should be utilized. To satisfy the requirements, Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS) full backups should be utilized. To satisfy the requirements, Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS) copy backups should be utilized.

Answer: CD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 121 121 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. In your company, each branch office has a single dedicated organizational unit (OU). A branch office moves to a new location. The old street address is 101 Main Street. The new street address is 201 Main Street. Since you are the technical support, you are asked to update the street address in the global address list (GAL) for all employees in the relocated branch office. Which cmdlet should be run? A. Get-User -OrganizationalUnit &apos;100 Main Street&apos; | Set-User -StreetAddress &quot;201 Main Street&quot; B. Get-Mailbox -OrganizationalUnit &apos;100 Main Street&apos; | Set-User -StreetAddress &quot;201 Main Street&quot; C. Get-User -Filter &quot;StreetAddress -eq &apos;100 Main Street&apos;&quot; | Set-User -StreetAddress &quot;201 Main Street&quot; D. Get-User -Filter &quot;StreetAddress -eq &apos;100 Main Street&apos;&quot; &gt; Set-User -StreetAddress &quot;201 Main Street&quot; Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 122 122 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Now you receive an order from the company management. According to the company requiremement, new disk resources should be added toan existing Exchange Server 2007 Single Copy Cluster (SCC). Which tool should you choose to use? A. You should choose to use Cluster Administrator B. You should choose to use Exchange Setup utility

C. You should choose to use Exchange Management Shell D. You should choose to use Exchange Management Console Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 123 123 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Now you receive an order from the company management. According to the company requirement, Outlook Web Access needs to be configured to allow Microsoft Office documents to be opened but not saved on public computers. So what action should you perform? A. The Office file formats should be added to the direct file access Block list. B. Direct file access should be enabled for public computers. C. Force WebReady Document Viewing should be enabled when a converter is available for public computers. D. The Office file formats should be added to the supported document types for WebReady Document Viewing. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 124 124 You work as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization that has four Exchange servers.Two of the Exchange servers host the Mailbox server role, and the other two Exchange servers host the Hub Transport server role.A user in the marketing department sent an e-mail message to a customer outside the Hi-Tech.com network. The e-mail address of the customer is roryallen@Test-Tech.com. The e-mail message contains the latest product line.However the email never reached the intended recipient. You need to determine whether the e-mail did indeed leave the HiTech.com Exchange organization.What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should run the Get-Queue - Filter {status - eq &quot;retry&quot; cmdlet. You should run the Get- Recipient - Filter { PrimarySmtpAddress - eq roryallen@Test-Tech.com} cmdlet. You should run the Get-Queue -Filter { NextHopDomain - eq &quot;Test-Tech.com&quot;} cmdlet. You should run the Get-Message -Filter {Subject - eq &quot;Latest Production Line&quot;} cmdlet.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 125 125 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There

is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to confirm that full backups are completing successfully by utilizing your Mailbox server. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, you should confirm To achieve the goal, you should confirm To achieve the goal, you should confirm To achieve the goal, you should confirm that the message tracking logs have been flushed. that the mailbox database size has been reduced. that the transaction logs have been flushed. that the agent logs have been flushed.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 126 126 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You plan to have a new Hub Transport server added. You are required to set anti-spam agents on the new Hub Transport server beforethe e-mail is accepted by server. The current e-mail flow should not be interrupted. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the Background Intelligent Transfer Service (BITS) should be pervented, and then the setup command should be run. B. To achieve the goal, a new transport rule should be set on the current Hub Transport server. C. To achieve the goal, the setup /DoNotStartTransport command should be run. D. To achieve the goal, the setup /UpdatesDir command should be run. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 127 127 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. In the mailbox delivery queue, there is a great amount of e-mail messages queued for delivery. After viewing the queue, you find a problem that there are many unsolicited messages with the same subject, and they have been sent to multiple recipients. You are required to move all of the unsolicited e-mail messages which the same subject is included. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. In the Exchange Queue Viewer, a filter based on the sender criteria should be created, and then the messages should be deleted. B. In the Exchange Queue Viewer, a filter based on the subject criteria should be created, and then the messages should be deleted. C. In the Exchange Management Console, a managed folder mailbox policy should be created, and the policy to all users should be applied. D. In the Exchange Management Console, a connection filter for all users should be created, and then the messages should be deleted. Answer: B

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 128 128 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. You can see the configuration of your Exchange Server 2007 environment from the table listed below. It is reported by the users that a lot of spam e-mail messages are sent to them from the Internet. You are required to minimize the amount of unwanted messages from the Internet, and the internal messages should not be filtered. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal?

A. To achieve the goal, the value for the spam confidence level (SCL) threshold on the content filter should be enhanced on Ser01. B. To achieve the goal, the value for the spam confidence level (SCL) threshold on the content filter should be enhanced on Ser03. C. To achieve the goal, the anti-spam agents should be enabled on Ser01. D. To achieve the goal, the anti-spam agents should be installed and enabled on Ser03. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 129 129 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Tom is an administrator for Wiikigo, Ltd. In order to make sure that Tom is able to install the Hub Transport server role on an Exchange Server 2007 computer named ExchHub1, you have to assignthe minimum permissions necessary. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose two.) A. B. C. D. E. Tom should be added to the Domain Admins group. Tom should be added to the ExchHub1 local Administrators group. The Add-ExchangeAdministrator -Identity wiikigo\Tom -Role OrgAdmin cmdlet should be run. The Add-ExchangeAdministrator -Identity wiikigo\Tom -Role ServerAdmin cmdlet should be run. The Setup /NewProvisionedServer ExchHub1.wiikigo.com /ServerAdmin wiikigo\Maria command should be run.

Answer: BE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 130

130 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Now you receive an order from the company management. According to the company requirement, the prohibit send quota for all users should be increased. Which cmdlet should you run? A. B. C. D. E. Set-ManagedContentSettings should be run. Set-Mailbox should be run. Set-MailUser should be run. Set-MailboxDatabase should be run. Set-EmailAddressPolicy should be run.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 131 131 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youhave Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 deployed. Now you receive an order from the company management. Since you are the technical support, you are asked to make sure that users are able to access their e-mail by using POP3. So what action should you perform to achieve this? A. B. C. D. The Connection settings in the Exchange Management Console should be modified. The POP3 service Startup type should be configured to be Automatic, and start the POP3 service. The IMAP4 Mailbox Feature setting should be disabled. The Retrieval Settings for POP3 in the Exchange Management Console should be modified.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 132 132 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. Since you are the exchange administrator, you are required to have a snapshot of a mailbox database performed. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the Clean-MailboxDatabase cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the Set-StorageGroup cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the Vssadmin.exe command-line tool should be utilized. To achieve the goal, the Eseutil.exe command-line tool should be utilized.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 133 133 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. The table bellows shows the configuration of the servers in your companys environment.You have to prepare the environment for installing Exchange Server 2007. You type setup.exe at the command prompt. Which parameter should you add to the command?

A. B. C. D.

/DomainController:S02 should be added to the command. /DomainController:S01 should be added to the command. /NewProvisionedServer:S04 should be added to the command. /NewProvisionedServer:S03 should be added to the command.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 134 134 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. You can see the configuration of the servers in your Exchange Server 2007 organization from the table below.An Edge Transport server named Ser04 is added.You are required to have Ser04 linked with the Exchange organization. In addition, recipient and configuration data should be copied from Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS).What should be done to achieve the goal? (Choose the three correct actions, and then put them in the right order.)1. A Send connector should be added from Ser04 to the Internet. 2. The Edge subscription file should be exported on Ser04. 3. The Edge subscription file should be imported on Ser02. 4. A Receive connector on Ser02 should be added for Ser04. 5. The Edge subscription file should be copied to Ser02. 6. Active Directory Application Mode (ADAM) should be installed on Ser02.

A. B. C. D.

2??5??3 2??6??3 5??4??1 3??6??5

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 135 135 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. HiTech.com makes use of Microsoft ActiveSync policy.As a security measure the Microsoft ActiveSync policy is configured to ensure that idle clients provide their password every 20 minutes. You therefore decide to configure an inactivity timer on the network computers. You receive a request from the Marketing manager named Amy Wilson, to ensure that her laptop computer is not affected by the inactivity timer. Her laptop computer is named CL01.You need to ensure that CL01 is not affected by the timeout policy. However, you need to take care that the other corporate policy settings are maintained.What should you do? A. You should consider reconfiguring CL01 for ActiveSync. Then ensure that the corporate ActiveSync policy is not applied. B. You should consider removing the ActiveSync policy from the Amy Wilson mailbox. C. You should create a new ActiveSync policy that contains all the necessary settings. Then apply it to Amy Wilson&apos;s mailbox. D. You should change the password setting on CL01 in order to override the ActiveSync policy. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 136 136 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. You have an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You create a new e-mail address policy by utilizing the Exchange Management Shell. You are required to view the recipients which thenew e-mail address policy applies to. Which actions should be performed? (Choose more than one.) A. To achieve the goal, the Exchange Management Console should be utilized. B. To achieve the goal, the Group Policy Management Console should be utilized. C. To achieve the goal, the Get-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet should be run, and then the Get-Recipient cmdlet should be run. D. To achieve the goal, the Set-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet should be run, and then the Get-Recipient cmdlet should be run. E. To achieve the goal, the Get-AddressList cmdlet should be run. Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 137 137 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. The following servers in the tables below are included by your environment. Hardware fails on Ser02. You are required to restore the Hub Transport role to one or more of the other servers. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal?

A. To achieve the goal, the Hub Transport server role should be restored on Ser04. B. To achieve the goal, the Client Access server role should be removed to Ser01. And then, the Hub Transport server role should be restored on Ser03. C. To achieve the goal, the Hub Transport server role should be restored on Ser01. D. To achieve the goal, the Hub Transport server role should be restored on Ser03. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 138 138 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. You can see the servers which are included by your current Exchange Server 2003 environment from the table below. You are making preparations to have Exchange Server 2007 installed. The Exchange 2007 Edge Transport server role is installed on a server named Ser03. You plan to have Exchange 2007 Mailbox,Client Access, and Hub Transport server roles installed on a server named Ser04.wiikigo.com. You are required to perform an unattended installation of Exchange Server 2007. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal?

A. To achieve the goal, the Setup /mode:Install /roles:ClientAccess,HubTransport,Mailbox LegacyRoutingServer:ser04.wiikigo.com command should be run. B. To achieve the goal, the Setup /mode:Install /roles:ClientAccess,HubTransport,Mailbox LegacyRoutingServer:Ser01.wiikigo.com command should be run. C. To achieve the goal, the Setup /mode:Install /roles:ClientAccess,HubTransport,Mailbox LegacyRoutingServer:ser02.wiikigo.com command should be run. D. To achieve the goal, the Setup /mode:Install /roles:ClientAccess,HubTransport,Mailbox LegacyRoutingServer:Ser03 command should be run. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

/ / / /

QUESTION 139 139 You work as an Exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain named Hi-Tech.com that contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 server named Server01.You need to design a backup strategy that uses a backup media device for database on Server01. The database needs to back up every weekday and on Saturdays. You need to ensure that no more than two

backup media devices are required to restore the database.What is should you do? A. Run an incremental backup during the week and a full backup on Saturdays. B. Run a differential backup during the week, except Fridays. On Fridays and Saturday she needs to perform an incremental backup. C. Run a differential backup during the week and a full backup on Saturdays. D. Run a full backup every working day and then start with an incremental backup on Saturdays. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 140 140 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.The Exchange Server organization contains a mail-enabled public folder. This folder is named EOFolder and is configured to receive automated alerts. All automated alerts are sent by an external monitoring system. The clients of Hi-Tech.com are able to send e-mail messages to EOFolder.You receive numerous complaints from clients stating that the mail from the monitoring system is returned with a non-delivery report. You need to make sure that the clients receive monitoring alerts in EOFolder.What should you do? A. You should run the Add-PublicFolderClientPermission -AccessRights: EditOwnedItems cmdlet for anonymous users for EOFolder. B. You should run the Set-MailPublicFolder -RequireSenderAuthenticationEnabled: $true cmdlet for EOFolder. C. You should use Microsoft Office Outlook to assign default clients the permission to create items in EOFolder. D. You should use Microsoft Office Outlook to allocate anonymous clients the permission to create items in TestMonitor. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 141 141 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1 (SP1) environment for you. Two Exchange organizations are in this environment. The network connectivity between the organizationsis limited to TCP port 25 and TCP port 443. You receive an order from the company management. Mailboxes between the two Exchange organizations should be removed. So what should you do toachieve this? (Choose more than one) A. B. C. D. E. The Get-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. The enable-CrossForestConnector.ps1 script should be run. The Move-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. The Export-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. The Import-Mailbox cmdlet should be run.

Answer: DE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 142 142 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech. com.The Edge Transport Server role is installed on a server named Server01 and the Hub Transport Server role is installed on a server named Server02. It has been brought to your attention that Server01 failed. Consequently you need to make alternative arrangements regarding the Edge Transport server role and thusdecide to install a new Microsoft Windows Server 2003 server as well as reinstalling the Edge Transport Server role on Server01.You discover that the address rewrites configured before on Server01 is not functioning. It is imperative that you recover the address rewrite capabilities.What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should import the Edge Subscription file on the Server02. You should run the Setup /m: RecoverServer command on the new server. You should copy the Edge Subscription file to the Server02. You should run the ImportEdgeConfig.ps1 script on the new server.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 143 143 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. In your environment, there are servers that either Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange Server 2003 installed. For limiting the number of recipients that are allowed per message, a policy is created by you. You must make sure that the policy is enforced for all users. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. Server limits should be set. Global limits should be set. Connector limits should be set. Organizational limits should be set.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 144 144 You work as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech. com.You are currently preparing your Exchange 2007 organization in order to install the Mailbox server role on a newly purchased Exchange Server 2007 server named Server01. You have received instruction from the Manager to ensure that the Server01 read and write performance is optimal. In addition you also need to implement redundancy on Server01. You thus have to choose the appropriate type of array on which the

mailbox database should be placed.What should you do? A. B. C. D. Make use of Make use of Make use of Make use of a dedicated RAID 10 array. a dedicated RAID 0 array. a dedicated RAID 1 array. a RAID 1 array that contains the operating system partition.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 145 145 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is a single server named S01 for you. S01 has Exchange Server 2007 with Service Pack 1 (SP1) installed. Besides, S01 has three server roles installed: Mailbox, Client Access, and Hub Transport. You get report from users saying that they can send e-mail messages inside the company. But they cannot send e-mail messages outside the company. You have to solve this problem as soon as possible, making sure that all users can send e-mail messages outside the company. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. In order to achieve this, hightech.com should be added as an accepted domain. In order to achieve this, a Send connector should be created with a * address space. In order to achieve this, a Send connector should be created with a contoso.com address space. In order to achieve this, a Foreign connector should be created with a contoso.com address space.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 146 146 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1 (SP1) environment for you. You receive an order from the company management. You are asked to schedule replication for a public folder. Of the following cmdlets, which one should be run? A. B. C. D. E. Set-JournalRule should be run. Set-PublicFolder should be run. Set-MailPublicFolder should be run. Enable-ContinuousReplicationHostName should be run. Disable-ContinuousReplicationHostName should be run.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 147 147 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. In your Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment, there is a single Client Access server. Microsoft Office Outlook 2007 has been installed on all client computers. An external firewall is used by you. According to the company requirement, you must make sure that all users can access e-mail, free/busy information, and public folders from the Internet. So what action should you perform to make sure of this? A. Outlook Anywhere should be enabled on the Client Access server. B. A new Exchange ActiveSync Mailbox Policy should be created, and it should be assigned to all users. C. TCP port 993 connections from the Internet to the corporate network should be permitted on the firewall. Outlook should be configured to use IMAP over SSL. D. TCP port 995 connections from the Internet to the corporate network should be permitted on the firewall. Outlook should be configured to use POP3 over SSL. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 148 148 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. Hi-Tech.com has its headquarters in Chicago and a branch office in Dallas.You have been assigned to the Dallas site office. Your instructions are to install Exchange Server 2007 on the new server. To ensure that no problems occur that might hinder the users of the Dallas site to perform their duties you decide to install the required components on the new server before you install Exchange Server 2007.What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose THREE.) A. B. C. D. E. F. Install Install Install Install Install Install Windows PowerShell 1.0. Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP). Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP). Microsoft Management Console (MMC) 3.0. Microsoft .NET Framework 1.1. Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0

Answer: ADF Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 149 149 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.You were compelled to restore the directory objects and settings from a backup that was taken on Monday, November 13 after the Hi-Tech.com Active Directory environment became corrupted on the Friday, November 18. However, after the restoration a number of users reported that they are unable to access their mailboxes and they were assigned mailboxes between the Monday, November 13 and the corruption of the Active Directory environment on Friday November 18. These users all require access to their mailboxes and you thus need to address the issue.What should you do?

A. B. C. D.

The most recent System State backup should be restored. You should run the Enable-Mailbox cmdlet on the Exchange server. You should run the Connect-Mailbox cmdlet from the Exchange server. The most recent mailbox database backup should be restored.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 150 150 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named Server01. You must collect data regarding Server01 user connectivity. You need to produce a report of all the Server01 mailboxes on the Hi-Tech.com network that shows the most recent logon time.What should you do? A. B. C. D. E. Generate the report you need by running the Get-MailboxDatabase -Server Server01 cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Get-MailboxServer Server01 cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Get-LogonStatistics -Server Server01 cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Set-Mailbox cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Get-MailboxStatistics -Server Server01 cmdlet.

Answer: E Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 151 151 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.The Hi-Tech.com network contains of an Exchange Server 2007 server named ESERVER01. You need to prepare and configure e-mail retention on four custom managed folders for all mailboxes on ESERVER01. To accomplish this task you proceed as follows:1. Configure the managed folder assistant for ESERVER012. Create four managed custom folders3. Create a new managed folder mailbox policy named POMail4. Add all the custom managed folders to the POMail policy5. Create managed content settings for every folder as well as configuring the required retention settings6. Complete the configuration of the messaging records management (MRM) retention settingsNow you need to make these four mailboxes available for the mailboxes on ESERVER01.What should you do? A. You have to create a new managed folder mailbox policy for the managed custom folders. B. You have to ensure that the managed custom content settings are added to the four managed custom folders. C. You have to ensure that the POMail policy is added for every mailbox on ESERVER01. D. You have to ensure that the enable retention hold for items in the mailbox check box is selected for all mailboxes on ESERVER01. Answer: C Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 152 152 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network forHi-Tech.com.Your company has a separate business unit named Luxware Traders. All Luxware Traders employees have mailboxes on your companys Exchange Server 2007 computers. All Luxware Traders employee mailboxes have been assigned luxwaretraders.com e-mail addresses. The exhibit below shows the configuration of e-mail address policy. The Luxware Traders distribution groups have not been assigned Luxwaretraders.com e-mail addresses. You need to assign all of the Luxware Traders distribution groups an e-mail address from the Luxwaretraders.com domain by using an e-mail address policy. What action should you perform?

A. A unique custom attribute value should be assigned to each Luxware Traders distribution group. Add an additional e-mail address policy that filters for the assigned custom attribute. B. A unique custom attribute value should be assigned to each Luxware Traders distribution group. Modify the existing policy by adding the assigned custom attribute to the conditions list by using the Exchange Management Console. C. Each of the distribution group should be added to the existing e-mail address policy by running the SetEmailAddressPolicy cmdlet with the RecipientFilter parameter. The Update-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet should be run with appropriate parameters. D. Each of the distribution groups should be added to the existing e-mail address policy by running the SetEmailAddressPolicy cmdlet with the IncludedRecipients parameter. The Update-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet should be run with the appropriate parameters. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 153 153 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Exchange 2007 Organization of Hi-Tech.com network contains a server named Server01 that holds the Mailbox server role and a server named Server02 that holds the Hub Transport server role. All the Hi-Tech.com Exchange servers are located on subnet3.All Hi-Tech.com users have been assigned mailboxes on Server01. Two users named Martin

Sheen and Rory Allen must communicate regularly via their mailboxes since Martin Sheen is located on subnet1 and Rory Allen on subnet2. Martin Sheen informs you that he sent an e-mail message to Rory Allen which was never delivered. You need to troubleshoot the situation. Thus you check and discover that the message left the Martin Sheen Outbox and was listed in the Sent Items folder. You need to identify the reason for the error.What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should run the Test-MAPIConnectivity -Server Server01 cmdlet on Server01. You should run the Test-MAPIConnectivity -Server Server01 cmdlet on a workstation on subnet1. You should run the Test-ServiceHealth cmdlet on Server01. You should run the Test-ServiceHealth cmdlet on Server02.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 154 154 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There are two Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) forests in the company. The two forests are respectively named ForestA and ForestB. ForestA has domain controllers and member servers that are located on the corporate network. ForestB has domain controllers and member servers that are located on the perimeter network. You intend to have the Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1 (SP1) Edge Transport server role installed on a server named S01. S01 is a stand-alone server that has a Server Core installation of Windows Server 2008. You have to make preparations of S01 for installation of the Exchange 2007 SP1 Edge Transport server role. So what should you do? (Choose more than one) A. B. C. D. S01 should be joined to ForestB. S01 should be joined to ForestA. Windows Web Server 2008 should be installed on S01. Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Full Installation should be installed on S01.

Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 155 155 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. Help desk technicians are given with the permissions to manage mail-enabled groups. You receive report from them saying that they fail to mail-enable a specific group which is used to grant access to file shares. You have to solve this problem, making sure that they can mail-enable the group. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. In order to achieve your goal, the group should be converted to a universal security group. In order to achieve your goal, the group should be converted to a global distribution group. In order to achieve your goal, the group should be converted to a domain local security group. In order to achieve your goal, the group should be converted to a universal distribution group.

Answer: A

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 156 156 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.HiTech.com employs another administrator to assist with the workload. You need to make sure that the new administrator, Rory Allen will be able to create a Send connector on a Hub transport server. In your solution you must remember the Hi-Tech.com written security policy of least privilege and must thus assign Rory Allen the least amount of permissions required to fulfill his duties.What should you do? A. You should consider delegating Exchange Full Administrator privileges at the organizational level to Rory Allen. B. You should consider adding Rory Allen to the Domain Admins group to enable him to create a Send connector. C. You should consider running the Add-ExchangeAdminstrator -Role ServerAdmin-Identity RoryAllen cmdlet. D. You should consider running the Add-ExchangeAdministrator -Role OrgAdmin-Identity RoryAllen cmdlet. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 157 157 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.You have received several reports from clients in various departments stating that important e-mail messages pertaining their work are delivered to their Microsoft Office Outlook Junk E-mail folders.They need these emails to continue with their duties. You need to address the situation.You check and detect that the e-mail addresses of the message senders were on the Outlook Safe Senders List. Now you need to ensure that user defined Safe Senders Lists are used during the Exchange Edge Transport server message delivery so the email messages are not delivered to the Microsoft Office Outlook Junk E-mail folders.What should you do? A. The authenticated message bypass on the Edge Transport server content filter configuration should be enabled. B. The Update-SafeList cmdlet should be run on the Mailbox server for each mailbox. C. The Outlook E-mail Postmark validation on the Mailbox server content filter configuration should be enabled. D. The anti-spam updates on the Edge Transport server should be enabled. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 158 158 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There

are two load balanced Client Access servers in your Exchange Server 2007 organization. On the corporate network, outlook Anywhere users have access to availability information. According to the company requirement, you have to allow access to availability information for users outside the corporate network who connect by using Outlook Anywhere. What action should you perform? A. The Full Details read permission should be added to each users calendar properties by using the Microsoft Office Outlook client. B. The external URL should be set by running the Set-WebServicesVirtualDirectory cmdlet on each of the Client Access servers. C. On each of the Client Access servers, the Set-CASMailbox cmdlet should be run with the appropriate parameters. D. A replica of the Exchange organizations Free/Busy public folder should be added to at least one of the Mailbox servers in the same site as the Client Access servers. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 159 159 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.Hi-Tech.com has headquarters in London and a branch office in Paris. The Exchange Server 2007 server in the London office is named Server01 and the Exchange Server 2003 server in the London office is names Server02.At present the Server01 server contains a mailbox that has 25 KB of mailbox rules. You need to move the mailbox from Server01 to Server02.What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should run the move-Mailbox cmdlet with the IgnorePolicyMatch parameter. You should run the Move-Mailbox cmdlet with the IgnoreRuleLimitErrors parameter. You should use the Exchange Server 2003 Exchange Task wizard. You should use the Exchange Server 2007 Move Mailbox wizard.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 160 160 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named Server01. During routine maintenance you notice that an inappropriate message with the subject line of Exchangeis sent to all clients on Server01. You need to ensure that the message is deleted from the mailboxes on Server01.What should you do? A. First create a new mailbox named NewMail that contains a folder named Export. Then run the Get-Mailbox -Server Server01 | Export-Mailbox ????C TargetMailbox NewMail - TargetFolder Export -SubjectKeywords &quot;Exchange&quot;-DeleteContent cmdlet. B. First locate the message ID of the original message on Server01. Then run the Export-Message -Identity &lt;IDnumber&gt; c:\temp cmdlet. Then delete the messages in the directory.

C. First create a new transport rule named ExcRule from the Exchange Management Console. Then set the condition to &quot;when the Subject field contains ExcRule&quot;. Then set the action to &quot;silently drop the message&quot;. D. First locate the message ID of the original message on Server01. Then run the Remove-Message -Identity &lt;IDnumber&gt; cmdlet. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 161 161 You work as an Exchange Administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 environment that is configured with cluster continuous replication (CCR).The Microsoft Windows Cluster service (MSCS) runs on two servers named Server01 and Server02 and the default cluster MSCS is named DECluster. The cluster mailbox server (CMS) for the DECluster is named EXServer02. Both DECluster and EXServer02 are configured to run on the Server01 cluster node. However, the CCR replica is configured to run on the Server02 cluster node. Youmust backup the CCR replica.What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should specify EXServer02 in the backup operation. You should specify Server01 in the backup operation. You should specify DECluster in the backup operation. You should specify Server02 in the backup operation.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 162 162 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 computer named Server01. The Hub Transport server role resides on Server01.You notice that message tracking is enabled on Server01. A new Hi-Tech.com directive regarding company privacy policy states that the subject line of e-mail messages should be not stored in the tracking log. You need to track the e-mail messages from Server01 whilst ensuring that you comply with the Hi-Tech.com privacy policy.What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should make use of You should make use of You should make use of You should make use of the Set- ReceiveConnector - ProtocolLoggingLevel None cmdlet. the Set- TransportServer Server01 - MessageTrackingLogEnabled : $false cmdlet. the Get- MessageTrackingLog -Subject None cmdlet. the Set- Transport Server Server01 C MessageTrackingLogSubjectLoggin

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 163

163 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.You need to create a report on the Exchange Server 2007 servers that are currently on the company network. In your report you need to take a number of aspects into consideration. These are: the amount of storage groups, the total physical memory, the operating system version, the amount of processors as well as the amount of mailbox databases.What should you do? A. B. C. D. Generate the report you need by running the Test-SystemHealth cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Health Check scan in the Exchange Best Practices Analyzer. Generate the report you need by running the Get-ExchangeServer | Format-List cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Get-OrganizationConfig cmdlet.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 164 164 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com Exchange Server network has just been migrated to Exchange Server 2007. You are responsible for managing theExchange network for Hi-Tech.com.Every mailbox server on the Hi-Tech.com network is configured with two storage groups as well as two databases for each of the storage groups. You have received instruction from the Manager to ensure that the Hi-Tech.com Exchange Server network is fault tolerant. You thus decide to implement local continuous replication (LCR). Now you need to configure the Mailbox server with LCR.What should you do? A. First change the ratio to a single database per storage group. Then run the Enable-DatabaseCopy cmdlet. Then run the Enable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. B. First run the Disable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. Then change the databases into a single storage group. Then run the Enable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. C. First change the database ratio to a single database per storage group. Then run the DisableStorageGroupCopy cmdlet. Then run the Enable-DatabaseCopy cmdlet. D. First run the Disable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. Then change the databases ratio into a single storage group. Then run the Enable-DatabaseCopy cmdlet. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 165 165 You work as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization named Server01.Your main job function includes managing the Hi-Tech. com network. A new Hi-Tech.com policy states that all attached files should be removed from meeting requests. You thus need to configure the conference room resource mailboxes in Server01 to remove attached files from meeting requests so as to comply with the policy.What should you do? A. You should consider running the Get-Mailbox - RecipientTypeDetails RoomMailbox | SetMailboxCalendarSettings -DeleteAttachments: $true cmdlet. B. You should consider running the Get-Mailbox - RecipientTypeDetails RoomMailbox | SetMailboxCalendarSettings -DeleteNonCalendarItems: $true cmdlet.

C. You should consider running the Get-Mailbox - RecipientTypeDetails RoomMailbox ; SetMailboxCalendarSettings - DeleteAttachments : $true cmdlet. D. You should consider running the Get-Mailbox - RecipientTypeDetails RoomMailbox ; SetMailboxCalendarSettings - DeleteNonCalendarItems : $true cmdlet. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 166 166 You work as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech. com.The Hi-Tech.com network contains a stand-alone server named Server01. You have received instruction from the Manager to install the appropriate Exchange Server 2007 server role on Server01.What should you do? A. B. C. D. The Hub Transport server role should be installed on Server01. The Mailbox server role should be installed on Server01. The Client Access server role should be installed on Server01. The Edge Transport server role should be installed on Server01.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 167 167 You work as the Exchange Administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. Hi-Tech.com has acquired a business partner named Test-Tech Ltd.The Hi-Tech.com written security policy states that employees are not permitted to send out-of-office messages to users outside the companies Exchange 2007 organization. After the acquisition of the new partner Hi-Tech. com were compelled to make an exception to this policy to allow an operational arrangement of the Exchange Server organization. The SMTP domain for Willow Bridge Ltd is Test-Tech.com.You need to configure the Exchange organization of Hi-Tech.com. You thus have to ensure that out-of-office messages can be sent to the e-mail addresses in the Test-Tech.com domain.What should you do? A. B. C. D. First create a Send connector for Test-Tech.com. Then set the correct options. First add Test-Tech.com as an accepted domain. Then set the correct options. First add Test-Tech.com as a remote domain. Then set the correct options. First create a transport rule. Then set the correct options.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 168 168 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an

Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.The Research and Development department is located at a remote site. They make use of their mobile workstations to log onto the company network by making use of Outlook Anywhere. The mobile workstations are all configured to run Microsoft Office Outlook 2007.Top Management wants you to ensure that the personnel in the Research and Development department have access to the company network. You need to ensure that the Research and Developmentpersonnel maintain the performance set by Hi-Tech.com.What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. E. You should run the Test- ServiceHealth cmdlet. You should run the Test- MAPIConnectivity cmdlet. You should run the Get-MailboxDatabase cmdlet. You should run the Get- MailboxStatistics cmdlet. You should run the Test- WebServicesConnectivity cmdlet.

Answer: BE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 169 169 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.At present Microsoft ActiveSync is configured on the Exchange servers but is presently disabled for user on the Exchange Server 2007 organization. A Hi-Tech.com employee named Tom works in the Research and Development department. She is assigned a new laptop workstation named Client01. She requests that Client01 is synchronized with the Exchange servers over a wireless network so as to accommodate her research tasks. You need to allow ONLY Tom to use the ActiveSync feature.What should you do? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. You should enable Microsoft ActiveSync using the Active Directory Users and Computers console. You should enable Microsoft ActiveSync using the Exchange Management Console. You should enable Microsoft ActiveSync by running the Set-CASMailbox cmdlet. You should enable Microsoft ActiveSync by running the Set-Mailbox cmdlet.

Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 170 170 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains a native Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech. com.Following are the server roles currently installed on the Hi-Tech.com network:1. Four Mailbox servers2. One Edge Transport server named Server013. One Hub Transport server named Server02The Hi-Tech.com Sales department makes use of a Windows SMTP relay with an IP address of 192.168.10.200. A new policy in the Sales department states that e-mail from the department to personnel must be sent from this SMTP relay. You thus need to make the necessary configuration changes so that the Exchange environment to accept email messages from the internal sales SMTP relay.What should you do?FR198724 A. You should run the New- ReceiveConnector -Name &apos;Sales e-mail&apos;-Server Server01 RemoteIPRanges 192.168.10.25 - AuthMechanism BasicAuth -Usage Partner cmdlet.

B. You should run the New- ReceiveConnector -Name &apos;Sales e-mail&apos;-Server Server01 RemoteIPRanges 192.168.10.25 - AuthMechanism BasicAuth -Usage External cmdlet. C. You should run the New- ReceiveConnector -Name &apos;Sales e-mail&apos;-Server Server02 RemoteIPRanges 192.168.10.25 - AuthMechanism BasicAuth -Usage Partner cmdlet. D. You should run the New- ReceiveConnector -Name &apos;Sales e-mail&apos; -Server Server02 RemoteIPRanges 192.168.10.25 - AuthMechanism BasicAuth -Usage Internal cmdlet. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 171 171 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.The Hi-Tech.com management wants a new message classification that will be for exclusive use inside the company. To this end you then create this new message classification and name it InMessage. You need to ensure that InMessage is not sent outside the company. Now you need to redirect all outbound e-mail messages that have the InMessage classification to the Docs mailbox.What should you do? A. You should run the Set-MessageClassification -Identity&apos;InMessage&apos;RetainClassificationEnabled:$true cmdlet. B. You should run the Set-MessageClassification-Identity&apos;InMessage&apos;-UserDisplayEnabled:$true cmdlet. C. You should redirect all messages sent from internal clients to clients outside the company as well as messages marked InMessage to the Docs mailbox by creating a new transport rule. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 172 172 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment for you. You have a Mailbox server named Corp01. You have a toplevel public folder named Folder01. According to the company order, you have to create a public folder named Sales in Folder01 on Corp01. What action should you perform? A. B. C. D. Active Directory Users and Computers should be used. The New-PublicFolder -Path &quot;Folder01\Sales&quot; -Server Corp01 command should be run. The Set-PublicFolder -Identity &quot;Folder01\Sales&quot; -Server Corp01 command should be run. The New-PublicFolder -Name &quot;Sales&quot; -Path \Folder01 -Server Corp01 command should be run.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 173 173 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. In your Exchange Server 2007 environment, there is a Mailbox server named S01 and a Client Access server named S02. According to the company requirement, you have to view a list of all mailboxes. Besides, the list should include the protocols that are enabled for each mailbox. So what action should you perform to accomplish your task? A. B. C. D. E. The Get-User cmdlet should be run. The Get-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. The Get-CASMailbox cmdlet should be run. The Get-MailboxStatistics cmdlet should be run. The Get-ClientAccessServer cmdlet should be run with the -Identity Server2 parameter.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 174 174 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. Your company has an Exchange Server 2003 environment. Now the company performs the migration to Exchange Server 2007. Now the Exchange 2007 Client Access servers are used by all Outlook Web Access clients. Public folders can be viewed by users of the Microsoft Office Outlook client. But users of Outlook Web Access cannot view any public folders. You have to solve this problem immediately, providing access to the company??s public folders from both the Outlook clients and the Outlook Web Access clients. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. Replicas of all public folders should be added to an Exchange 2003 public folder server. Replicas of all public folders should be added to an additional Exchange 2007 public folder server. An Exchange 2003 front-end server should be installed for Outlook Web Access. The Client Access server role should be installed on the server that holds the mailboxes of the Outlook Web Access users.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 175 175 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.The Hi-Tech.com management wants all staff to make use of Outlook Anywhere. You need to make the necessary preparations. Following is the current configuration:1. There is a Mailbox server named SERVER02. SERVER02 holds the mailboxes that will be accessed by clients who use Outlook Anywhere.2. There is a Client Access server named SERVER03. SERVER03 is available from the Internet.3. All clients with mail. HiTech.com as the host (A) name will access Outlook Anywhere.You need to configure the Exchange organization to allow Microsoft Office Outlook clients from the Internet the ability to use Outlook Anywhere. What should you do?

A. You should run the Enable-OutlookAnywhere -Server: SERVER03-ExternalHostName:mail. Hi-Tech.comSSLOffLoading:$false-ExternalAuthenticationMethod:Basic cmdlet. B. You should install RPC over the HTTP Proxy on SERVER02. C. You should run the Enable-OutlookAnywhere -Server: SERVER02-ExternalHostName:mail. Hi-Tech.comSSLOffLoading:$true-ExternalAuthenticationMethod:Basic cmdlet. D. You should install RPC over the HTTP Proxy on SERVER03. E. You should install a valid SSL certificate for SERVER03 on the default web site. Answer: ADE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 176 176 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.The Exchange Server 2007 Organization of Hi-Tech.com network contains a conference room mailbox named MeetBox. You need to move MeetBox from an Exchange Server 2003 server to an Exchange Server 2007 server. In your solution you must ensure that MeetBox can be scheduled as a resource when you convert it to an Exchange 2007 resource mailbox.What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. You should run the Set- MAilboxCalendarSettings -Identity &quot; MeetBox &quot;- AutomateProcessing Auto Update cmdlet. B. You should run the Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity &quot; MeetBox &quot;- AutomateProcessing AutoAccept cmdlet. C. You should run the Set-Mailbox -Identity &quot;MeetBox &quot;-Type Room cmdlet. D. You should run the Set-Mailbox-Identity &quot; MeetBox &quot;-Type Regular cmdlet. Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 177 177 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named Server01. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. In your Exchange Server 2007 environment, there is a Mailbox server named S01. S01 is a node in a Single Copy Cluster (SCC). Now it fails. According to the company requirement, you have to restore S01. So what action should you perform first? A. B. C. D. First the Setup /RecoverCMS command should be run. First the Setup /m:RecoverServer command should be run. First the failed cluster node should be re-created, and then should be joined to the existing cluster. First the failed cluster node should be re-created, and then the Setup /DisasterRecovery command should be run.

Answer: C Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 178 178 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.You have received instruction from the Manager to ensure that the owners of every distribution group within the organization are able to modify the membership of that particular group. However, you need to ensure that the owner is not allowed to make any other changes by making the appropriate configuration changes to each distribution group.What should you do? A. You should assign the Exchange Recipient Administrator role to the user accounts of the distribution group owners&apos;. B. You should assign the Write permission to the owners user account. C. You should assign the Send As permission to the owners user account. D. You should add the owner on the Managed By tab of every distribution group. Then select the Manager can update membership list check box. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 179 179 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. In the Exchange Server 2007 environment, there are four servers. Server A plays the role of Hub Transport server, Server B plays the role of Edge Transport server, Server C plays the role of Mailbox server, Server D plays the role of Client Access server. You receive report from internal users saying that they are not receiving external e-mail. You investigate the problem by using the Exchange Queue Viewer on your desktop computer. You see no messages in the queue. You need to be able to view the undelivered messages. You need to be able to view the undelivered messages. What action should you perform to achieve this? A. B. C. D. The Number of items to display per page option in Queue Viewer Viewer should be modified. The Queue Viewer on ServerB should be opened. The Get-Queue -Identity ServerC cmdlet should be run. The Refresh interval (seconds) option in Queue Viewer should be modified.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 180 180 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.The Hi-Tech.com marketing department required a public folder. You have received instruction to configure a public folder for the marketing department. You want the public folder to replicate on Fridays and Saturdays as well as ensuring that posts to the public folder will be denied after the folders size reaches 300 MB. You thus have to determine the appropriate cmdlet to accomplish the task.What should you do?

A. You should run the Set- PublicFolder - PostStorageQuota 300MB -UseDatabaseRetentionDefaults : $true cmdlet. B. You should run the Set- PublicFolder - MaxItemSize 300MB - RelicationSchedule &quot;Friday.06:00 AMSunday.05:59 PM&quot; cmdlet. C. You should run the Set- PublicFolder - StorageQuota 300MB - ReplicationSchedule &quot;Friday.06:00 AM-Saturday.05:59 PM&quot; cmdlet. D. You should run the Set- PublicFolder - PostStorageQuota 300MB -ReplicationSchedule &quot;Friday.06:00 AM-Saturday.05:59 PM&quot; cmdlet. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 181 181 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is a single Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) forest. The forest has Exchange Server 2003 installed in the following domains. Look at the following table.According to the company requirement, you are transitioning from an Exchange Server 2003 environment to an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You need to ensure that after you update the AD DS schema for Exchange 2007, the Recipient Update Service functions properly. Your environment should be affected as little as possible when you try to achieve this. What action should you perform?

A. B. C. D.

The setup /PrepareSchema command should be run. The setup /PrepareAD command should be run. The setup /PrepareLegacyExchangePermissions command should be run. The setup /PrepareLegacyExchangePermissions:contoso.com command should be run.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 182 182 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.A short network outage occurred on the Hi-Tech.com network. Soon after the outage you receive numerous alerts from the monitoring system bringing to your attention that there are quite a number of sent e-mails were queued up. This is evident in the number of SMTP queues on the Hub Transport server that are being displayed in a retry status. You need to force the Hub Transport server in order to send the queued e-mail without delay.What should you do? A. You should make use of the Resume-queue -filter {status - eq &quot;retry&quot;} cmdlet.

B. You should make use of the Resume-queue -filter {status - eq &quot;suspended&quot;} cmdlet. C. You should make use of the Retry-queue -filter {status - eq &quot;retry&quot;} cmdlet. D. You should make use of the Retry-queue -filter {status - eq &quot;suspended&quot;} cmdlet. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 183 183 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment for the company. Your company has a customer named Luxware. There is also an Exchange Server 2007 environment for Luxware. Your company staffs often send e-mail to employees of Luxware through the internet. The company manager asks you to make sure that all e-mail that is sent by your company staffs to Luxware employees is encrypted using Transport Layer Security (TLS). What action should you perform to achieve this? A. B. C. D. A new remote domain should be created in the Exchange Management Console. A new Send connector should be created in the Exchange Management Console. A new transport rule should be configured in the Exchange Management Console. The New-SendConnector cmdlet should be run with the RedirectMessage parameter in the Exchange Management Shell.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 184 184 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. You receive an order from your company. You are asked to preserve a mail-enabled users account, and create a mailbox in your Exchange Server 2007 organization. Of the following cmdlets, which should be run? (Choose more than one) A. B. C. D. E. Set-Mailbox should be run. Enable-Mailbox should be run. Enable-MailUser should be run. Remove-MailUser should be run. Disable-MailUser should be run.

Answer: BE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 185

185 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. In your Exchange Server 2007 environment, there is an Edge Transport server in the perimeter network and a Hub Transport server in the internal network. You find out a specific IP address which is sending unsolicited email to your company. According to the company, all e-mail from this specific IP address should be rejected. You are assigned this task to make sure of this. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. On the Hub Transport server, the Sender Filtering settings should be modified. On the Edge Transport server, the Sender Filtering settings should be modified. On the Hub Transport server, the Connection Filtering settings should be modified. On the Edge Transport server, the Connection Filtering settings should be modified.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 186 186 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. Two Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) forests are contained in your company. Both forests have a forest functional level of Windows Server 2003 interim. In the two forests, all domains have a domain functional level of Windows 2000 Server native. All domain controllers have either Windows Server 2003 or Windows Server 2008 installed. You are making preparations of installing Exchange Server 2007 into both forests. You must make sure that users are able to choose the type of free/busy information that will be available to users in another forest. What shouldyou do? A. B. C. D. The forest functional level should be raised to Windows Server 2003 in both forests. The forest functional level should be raised to Windows Server 2008 in both forests. The domain functional level should be raised to Windows Server 2008 in all domains in both forests. The domain functional level should be raised to Windows Server 2003 in all domains in both forests.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 187 187 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment for you. In this environment, there is a Mailbox server named S01. Disk corruption occurs on S01. You have to repair the mailbox database, rebuild the indexes, defragment the database, and resolve problems at the application level. So what action should you perform? A. The Exchange Best Practices Analyzer should be used. B. The Performance Troubleshooter tool should be used. C. The Eseutil /P command should be run, the Eseutil /D command should be run, and then the defrag command should be run. D. The Eseutil /P command should be run, the Eseutil /D command should be run, and then the isinteg command should be run.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 188 188 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network forHi-Tech.com.The Hi-Tech.com network consists of five Active Directory sites. The sites are named A, B, C, D, and E respectively. These sites are configured as shown in the exhibit below.All the sites are equipped with an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server as well as a Hub Transport server. The Hi-Tech.com management wants the mail flow to be reconfigured because at present all the outbound e-mail traffic goes via the A site. The purpose of the reconfiguration is to ensure that all outbound e-mail messages sent from the clients in the C office will be sent out of your Exchange organization via -EX05 in the E office. You need to perform the appropriate reconfiguration.What should you do?

A. You should consider making use of the New- SendConnector -Name &apos; E&apos; -AddressSpaces: &apos;smtp :*;1&apos;- DNSRoutingEnabled:$true-SourceTransportServers:&apos; -EX05&apos; command. B. You should consider making use of the Set- AdsiteLink -Id D- E -ADCost 5 command. C. You should consider making use of the Set- SendConnector -Identity &apos; C&apos; -AddressSpaces: &apos;smtp :*,1&apos;- DNSRoutingEnabled:$false-SourceTransportServers:&apos; -EX01&apos; command. D. You should consider making use of the Set- AdSite -Identity E -HubSiteEnabled:$true command. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 189 189 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. You are in the process of converting your Exchange 2000 Server environment to Exchange Server 2007.The Hi-Tech.com network contains a Windows 2000 native mode Active Directory domain as well as an Exchange 2000 organization. The Exchange 2000 organization is configured to run in mixed mode. You have been informed by the Manager that the schema master, the domain naming master as well as the PDC emulator all run on a Microsoft Windows 2000 Server domain controller. You receive instructions to prepare the environment for Exchange 2007.What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. You should change the mixed mode Exchange 2000 organization to native mode. B. You should move the PDC emulator role to a Windows Server 2003 domain controller that has Service Pack 1 installed. C. You should move the schema master role to a Windows Server 2003 domain controller that has Service Pack 1. D. You should move the domain naming master role to a Windows Server 2003 domain controller that has Service Pack 1. Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 190 190 You work as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named Server01 and a hot standby server named Server02.During routine maintenance you discover that that Server01 has failed. You need to address the situation and proceed as follows: You take the Server01 .edb database offline on Server01; you create a new storage group named GStore and a database named Server02 edb on Server02; you copy Server01 .edb database from Server01 to Server02; you rename the copied database from Server01 .edb to Server02 .edb on Server02.However you are unable to mount the database on the new server after executing the actions. You need to make sure that the copied database mounts on the new server.What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should rename the database on Server02 to Server01.edb. You should set the database can be overwritten by restore attribute on the database properties. You should run the Move-Mailbox -ConfigurationOnly -TargetDatabase Server01.edb cmdlet. You should rename Server02 to Server01.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 191 191 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment for you. You receive an order from the company management. A performance baseline report needs to be created. So what action should you perform? A. The Health Check scan should be run in the Exchange Best Practices Analyzer.

B. The Connectivity Test scan should be run in the Exchange Best Practices Analyzer. C. The Exchange 2007 Readiness Check scan should be run in the Exchange Best Practices Analyzer. D. The Performance Troubleshooter tool should be used. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 192 192 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.The Exchange organization of Hi-Tech.com contains a Hub Transport server named Server01 as well as numerous mailbox servers. One Exchange server named Server02 holds the Edge Transport server role. At present the message tracking logs are retained for twenty-two days.A Mailbox server role is configured on a server named Server03. A Hi-Tech.com user named Martin Sheen has an SMTP address of Martinsheen@ Hi-Tech.com and has his mailbox on Server03. It isrequired of you to create a report that will specify the number of messages Andy sent during the last twenty-two day period.What should you do? A. You should consider running the Get-MailboxStatistics -Identity Martinsheen | export-csv -path c:\tmp \Martinsheen.csv cmdlet on Server01. B. You should consider running the Get-MailboxFolderStatistics -Identity Martinsheen -FolderScope SentItems | export-csv -c:\tmp\Martinsheen.csv cmdlet on Server01. C. You should consider running the Get-MailboxTrackingLog -Sender Martinsheen@ Hi-Tech.com -EventId &quot;Receive&quot; | export-csv -c:\tmp\Martinsheen.csv cmdlet on Server01. D. You should consider running the Get-MessageTrackingLog -Sender Martinsheen@ Hi-Tech.com -EventId &quot;Receive&quot; | export-csv -c:\tmp\Martinsheen.csv cmdlet on Server02. E. You should consider running the Get-MessageTrackingLog -Sender Martinsheen@ Hi-Tech.com -EventId &quot;Receive&quot; | export-csv -c:\tmp\Martinsheen.csv cmdlet on Server01. Answer: E Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 193 193 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. A server named S01 has the following roles installed in your Exchange Server 2007 environment: Client Access, Hub Transport and Mailbox. According to the company requirement, the Unified Messaging server role should be added to S01. The company assigns this task to you. So what action should you perform to achieve this? (Choose more than one) A. B. C. D. In order to achieve this, the Setup command-line tool should be used. In order to achieve this, the Exchange Management Console should be used. In order to achieve this, the Setup Wizard should be used. In order to achieve this, Add or Remove Programs from Control Panel should be used.

Answer: AD Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 194 194 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.The manager of the Hi-Tech.com IP department wants to know the total size of the mailboxes. You need to supply the relevant information.What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should run the Get-Mailbox cmdlet. You should run the Database Troubleshooter in the Exchange Troubleshooting Assistant. You should run the Get-MailboxDatabase cmdlet. You should run the Get-MailboxStatistics cmdlet.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 195 195 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network ontains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. During routine maintenance you detect a new virus with an .ext file extension manifested itself on the Exchange 2007 organization. The existing attachment filtering settings of the Hi-Tech.com network are configured to delete specified attachments as well as to permit the message to be delivered. You discover that the virus files are not being filtered. You thus need to address the issue. You need to:Stop the virus from spreading; ensure that the e-mail recipient receives neither the attachment nor the e-mail message; ensure that the message containing the virus do not produce a non-delivery report (NDR); add a filter for the .ext file extension of the virusWhat should you do? A. You should run the Set -AttachmentFiterListConfig -Action Reject -RejectMessage &quot;None&quot; cmdlet. B. You should run the Set -AttachmentFilterListConfig -Action SilentDelete cmdlet. C. You should add the Set -AttachmentFilterEntry -Name *.ext -type ContentType cmdlet. D. You should add the Set -AttachmentFilterEntry -Name *.ext -type FileName cmdlet. Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 196 196 You work as an Exchange Administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named Server01.One day Server01 suffers catastrophic hardware failure. You replace Server01 with a new Microsoft Windows Server 2003 computer that you name as Server01. You need to configure Server01 with the Exchange Mailbox server role before you restore the mailbox databases from backup.What should you do? A. You should run the Setup /NewProvisionedServer /role:Mailbox command on Server01.

B. You should run the Setup /m:RecoverServer command on Server01. C. You should restore the System State information and Microsoft Information Store data from backup. D. You should run the Setup /m:Install /install /role:Mailbox command on Server01. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 197 197 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech. com.A server named Server01 has Exchange Server 2007 installed. You have received instruction from the Manager to create a backup of the Edge Transport role that is currently on Server01.What should you do? A. You should run the ExportEdgeConfig.ps1 script with the -CloneConfigAnswer parameter. B. You should select the Microsoft Exchange server option in the Microsoft Windows Backup utility. C. You should select the file system location \TransportRoles\data\* option in the Microsoft Windows Backup Utility. D. You should run the ExportEdgeConfig.ps1 script with the -CloneConfigData parameter. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 198 198 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. You are in the process of installing a new Exchange Server 2007 Organization.The native Exchange Server 2007 environment of Hi-Tech.com has the following server roles installed:1. One Edge Transport server named Server012. One Hub Transport server named Server02You have received instruction from the Manager to configure the e-mail routing you&apos;re your solution you need to ensure that Server01 is configured is such a way so as to route e-mail between the Exchange organization and the Internet; and that Server02 is configured in such a way so as to route Internet e-mail to Server01.What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. On Server02, first open the Exchange Management Console. Then import the Edge Subscription file. B. On Server01, first create a new Send connector named CONNEdge - Internet. Then add the *domain as an address space and specify to use DNS to route e-mail automatically. Then add Server01 as a source server. C. On Server02, first create a new Send connector named CONNHub. Then add the *domain as an address space and specify to use DNS to route e-mail automatically.Then add Server02 as a source server. D. On Server01, first open the Exchange Management Shell. Then export a new Edge Subscription file. Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 199 199 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech. com.The Exchange Server 2007 organization is configured with cluster continuous replication (CCR). The clustered mailbox server is named Server01. You have received instruction from the Manager to implement a failover operation. In your solution you need to ensure that there are offline times are kept to a minimum as well as ensure that no information is lost during the failover operation.What should you do? A. You should consider running the Set- MailboxDatabase -Identity &quot;Mailbox Database&quot; RetainDeletedItemsUntilBackup $true cmdlet. B. You should consider running the Set- MailboxServer Server01 - AutoDatabaseMountDial:BestAvailability cmdlet C. You should consider running the Set- MailboxServer Server01 - AutoDatabaseMountDial:Lossless cmdlet. D. You should consider running the Set- MailboxServer Server01 - ForceDatabaseMountAfter:Unlimited cmdlet. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 200 200 You work as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. The Active Directory structure of Hi-Tech.com consists of a root domain and a single child domain.The root domain is in Site1 and the child domain in Site2. You are in the process of installing Exchange Server 2007 in the child domain. In order to accomplish this task you decide to run the Setup/PrepareADcommand in the root domain. In your solution you need to ensure that Exchange can be installed on the child domain as well.What should you do? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. You should run the Setup /ForestPrep command in the root domain. You should run the Setup /PrepareAllDomains command in the root domain. You should run the Setup /PrepareDomain command in the root domain. You should run the Setup /PrepareDomain command in the child domain.

Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 201 201 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. You have got a single server. This server has Exchange Server 2007 with Service Pack 1 (SP1) installed. You create and mail-enable a new public folder named Sales. But you receive report from users saying that they cannot view Sales. You have to solve this problem, making sure that Sales can be accessed by all users. So what action should you perform? A. A new security group should be created and all users should be added to this group. B. The Set-PublicFolder cmdlet should be run.

C. The Add-PublicFolderClientPermission cmdlet should be run. D. The Add-PublicFolderAdministratorPermission cmdlet should be run. E. The Update-PublicFolderHierarchy cmdlet should be run. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 202 202 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There are two Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) forests in the company. Exchange Server 2007 installed has been installed on both the forests. Now you receive an order fromthe company management. According to the company requirement, a mailbox should be moved from one forest to the other. So what action should you perform to achieve this? A. B. C. D. In order to achieve this, the Move-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. In order to achieve this, the Move Mailbox Wizard should be used. In order to achieve this, the dsmove.exe command-line utility should be used. In order to achieve this, Active Directory Users and Computers should be used.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 203 203 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. In your Exchange Server 2007 environment, there are some clustered Mailbox servers and several standard Mailbox servers. You need to obtain a report which lists all mailbox databases in your Exchange organization. Of the following cmdlets, which should be run? A. B. C. D. E. Get-StorageGroup should be run. Get-ExchangeServer should be run. Get-MailboxDatabase should be run. Get-OrganizationConfig should be run. Get-ClusteredMailboxServerStatus should be run.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 204 204 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. Two

Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) forests are contained in your company. The table below shows the configuration of the forests.You try to run the Move-Mailbox cmdlet to move the mailboxes from ForestA to ForestB. But it fails. As required by the company, mailboxes need to be moved from the Exchange organization in ForestA to the Exchange organization in ForestB. So what action should you perform to achieve this?

A. The Move Mailbox Wizard should be used. B. The Exchange Task Wizard should be used. C. A domain controller that has Windows Server 2003 with Service Pack 1 installed should be deployed in ForestA. D. A domain controller that has Windows Server 2003 with Service Pack 1 installed should be deployed in ForestB. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 205 205 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. Now you receive an order from your company management. According to the company requirement, the management of a distribution group should be delegated to a specific user. Sowhat action should you perform to achieve this? A. The user should be added to the Managed By property on the group by using the Exchange Management Console. B. The user should be added to the Managed By property on the group by using Active Directory Users and Computers. C. The user should be granted the WriteProperty permission on the Members attribute of the group by using the Exchange Management Shell. D. The user should be granted the WriteProperty permission on the MemberOf attribute of the group by using the Exchange Management Shell. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 206 206 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. Now you are deploying Exchange Server 2007. You have to perform an unattended installation of Exchange Server 2007 on multiple servers. What action should you perform?

A. B. C. D.

The Exchange Management Shell should be used. The ServerManagerCmd command-line tool should be used. The Setup Wizard should be used. The Setup command-line tool should be used.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 207 207 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Edge Transport server in your Exchange Server 2007 environment. A hardware fails. According to the company requirement, the Edge Transport server settings should be restored to a new computer. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. The Setup /m:RecoverServer command should be run. The Setup /m:RecoverCMS command should be run. The ImportEdgeConfig.ps1 script should be run. The Start-EdgeSynchronization cmdlet should be run on the new computer.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 208 208 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. For each department, both a distribution group and a security group are used in your company. Both groups contain the same members. All new users are added to both groups in their departments. Now you receive an order from the company management. You are asked to decrease the amount of time that is required to manage groups. When you try to achieve this, you have to reduce disruption to mail capabilities and to previously assigned access permissions. So what should you do to accomplish your task? (Choose more than one) A. B. C. D. The departmental security groups should be deleted. The departmental distribution groups should be deleted. The departmental security groups should be mail-enabled. The converted global security groups should be mail-enabled.

Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 209 209 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an

Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. A Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS) backs up your Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server. A problem occurs that the Mailbox server cannot work, so that you should restore the mailbox database. You confirm that the recent transaction log files are complete. And you are required to have the mailbox database restored and have all accessible transaction logs replayed into the database. From the following four options, which one should be run to finish the task? A. B. C. D. To finish the task, Set-MailboxDatabase -AllowFileRestore:$true should be run. To finish the task, Restore-Mailbox -TargetFolder should be run. To finish the task, Eseutil.exe /R should be run. To finish the task, Eseutil.exe /C should be run.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 210 210 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You have a distribution list that contains all employees. Now you receive an order from the company management. According to the companyrequirement, you have to make sure that only external senders are unable to send e-mail to this distribution list. So what action should you perform? A. The settings on your Edge Transport server should be modified to require authentication for SMTP transport. B. Use Active Directory Users and Computers to modify the rejected senders list in Active Directory. C. The message delivery restrictions should be modified to require authentication on the distribution list. D. The settings on your Hub Transport server should be modified to require authentication for SMTP transport. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 211 211 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007.Now you receive an order from the company management. Since you are the technical support, you are asked to make sure that a user is able to modify group membership of a distribution group. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. The Set-DistributionGroup cmdlet should be run. The Exchange Management Console should be used. The Set-Acl cmdlet should be run. The Add-ADPermission cmdlet should be run.

Answer: D Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 212 212 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment for you. This environment contains two Mailbox servers respectively named S01 and S02. You find that the mailbox database on S01 is in a Dirty Shutdown state. You have to perform a soft recovery on the mailbox database on S01. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. A recovery storage group should be created, and then mount the database. The isinteg dump command should be run. The isinteg fix command should be run. The Database Troubleshooter tool should be used.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 213 213 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Microsoft Windows XP Professional and Microsoft Office 2003 are installed on all client computers. You deploy Outlook Anywhere and publish the service to the Internet. Now you receive report from some of your remote users. They told you that report that they cannot use Outlook Anywhere to connect. You have to make sure that all remote users are able to use Outlook Anywhere to connect. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. All client computers should be updated to Office 2003 Service Pack 1 (SP1). Outlook Mobile Access should be published. The remote users should be added to the Remote Access user group. All client computers should should be updated to Windows XP Professional Service Pack 1 (SP1).

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 214 214 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youhave an automatically generated CSV file with a list of your companys newly hired employees. All of the information that is required to create the mailboxes for the new employees is contained in the CSV file. According to the company requirement, you have to create new user accounts and mailboxes directly from the CSV file. So what action should you perform? A. The output of the Import-Alias cmdlet should be redirected to the New-Mailbox cmdlet with the appropriate parameters.

B. The output of the Import-CSV cmdlet should be redirected to the Enable-Mailbox cmdlet with the appropriate parameters. C. The output of the Import-CSV cmdlet should be redirected to the New-Mailbox cmdlet with the appropriate parameters. D. The output of the Export-CSV cmdlet should be redirected to the New-Mailbox cmdlet with the appropriate parameters. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 215 215 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. An Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server is installed by you. You plan to have a full database backup created before users are placed on the system. All databases offline are taken so that they are consistent. You utilize the Microsoft Windows Backup utility to initiate a backup. On the event of the instant backup failure, an error message is received. You are required to finish a full backup of the databases. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the information store should be shut down, and the backup should be restarted. To achieve the goal, all databases should be mounted on the server, and the backup should be restart. To achieve the goal, the backup should be run from the command line, with the /SNAP:ON switch. To achieve the goal, the backup should be run from the command line, with the /FU switch.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 216 216 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. There is a single Edge Transport server in your Exchange Server 2007 organization. The server is configured with a spam quarantine mailbox. Since there are large quantities of spam that reach userInboxes, you are asked to reduce the amount of spam. Besides, you have to be able to review marked messages and to monitor them for false positives. So what action should you perform to achieve your goal? A. B. C. D. The spam The spam The spam The spam confidence level confidence level confidence level confidence level (SCL) threshold value for rejecting e-mail should be reduced. (SCL) threshold value for quarantining e-mail should be reduced. (SCL) threshold value for deleting e-mail should be increased. (SCL) threshold value for quarantining e-mail should be increased.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 217 217 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. The email domain of your company is wiikigo.com. Internet mail will be received by three Edge Transport servers in your Exchange Server 2007 organization, which are respectively named EX01, EX02, and EX03. The company requires you to load balance EX02 and EX03. In addition, you are required to set EX01 as a backup server. Which three MX records should be specified? (Choose more than one.) A. B. C. D. E. F. wiikigo.com wiikigo.com wiikigo.com wiikigo.com wiikigo.com wiikigo.com MX preference = 20, mail MX preference = 20, mail MX preference = 20, mail MX preference = 10, mail MX preference = 10, mail MX preference = 10, mail exchanger = EX02.wiikigo.com exchanger = EX01.wiikigo.com exchanger = EX03.wiikigo.com exchanger = EX01.wiikigo.com exchanger = EX03.wiikigo.com exchanger = EX02.wiikigo.com

Answer: BEF Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 218 218 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You receive a report from a user saying that he sent a message a week ago, but the message was not delivered to its intended recipient. You have to find out the delivery status of the message. Which cmdlet should you run? A. B. C. D. E. Get-MessageTrackingLog should be run. Get-NetworkConnectionInfo should be run. Get-Queue should be run. Test-Mailflow should be run. Test-ServiceHealth should be run.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 219 219 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is a Mailbox server role and a Hub Transport server role on an Exchange Server 2007 computer and it is named EX01. Since you are the technical report, you are required to set the server to keep the tracking logs for a week. Which action should be performed to achieve this goal? (Choose more than one.) A. To achieve the goal, the Set-TransportConfig -Identity EX01 -MaxDumpsterTime 07.00:00:00 cmdlet should be run. B. To achieve the goal, the Set-MailboxServer -Identity EX01 -MessageTrackingLogMaxAge 07.00:00:00 cmdlet should be run.

C. To achieve the goal, a system policy should be created to move log files that are older than seven days. D. To achieve the goal, the Set-TransportServer -Identity EX01 -MessageTrackingLogMaxAge 07.00:00:00 cmdlet should be run. E. To achieve the goal, the Set-TransportServer -Identify EX01 -MessageTrackingLogEnabled:$true cmdlet should be run. Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 220 220 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youhave a server that has Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 and Microsoft Windows Server 2003 installed. But now a hardware failure occurs on the server. Hence you have to restore Exchange to a new server. You have to maintain configuration information from Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS). Which command should you run? A. B. C. D. You should run Setup /r:MB You should run Setup /m:Install You should run Setup /m:RecoverServer You should run Setup /DisasterRecovery

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 221 221 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Now you receive order from the company management. Since you are the technical support, you are asked to recover a single mailbox. You restore a backup of the mailbox database in a recovery storage group. Next, which cmdlet should be run? A. B. C. D. Import-Mailbox should be run. Enable-Mailbox should be run. Connect-Mailbox should be run. Restore-Mailbox should be run.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 222 222 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the

environment of Exchange Server 2007. You create a new distribution group named Marketing. Users in the Marketing distribution group report that they are not receiving messages that are sent to the group from the Internet. Since you are the technical support, you have to make sure that the Marketing distribution group is able to receive messages from the Internet. So what action should you perform to make sure of this? A. In order to make sure of this, the Set-DistributionGroup -Identity &quot;Marketing&quot; RequireSenderAuthenticationEnabled $True cmdlet. B. In order to make sure of this, the Set-DistributionGroup -Identity"Marketing&quot; RequireSenderAuthenticationEnabled $False cmdlet. C. In order to make sure of this, the Message Delivery Restrictions properties for the Marketing distribution groupc should be configured to accept messages from All senders. D. In order to make sure of this, the Message Delivery Restrictions properties of the user accounts of the users in the Marketing distribution group should be configured to accept messages fromAll senders. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

Exam O QUESTION 1 223. drag to proper position

Answer:

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 2 223. drag to proper position

Answer:

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

Exam P QUESTION 1 Users report that legitimate e-mail messages are being delivered to their Microsoft Office Outlook Junk E-mail folders . You confirm that the e-mail addresses of the message senders were on the Outlook Safe Senders List . You need to allow user -defined S afe Senders L ists to be used during the Exchange Edge Transport server message delivery . What should you do? A. B. C. D. On the Mailbox server content filter configuration, enable Outlook E-mail Postmark validation. On the Edge Transport server content filter configuration, enable authenticated message bypass. Enable anti-spam updates on the Edge Transport server. Run the Update-SafeList cmdlet for each users mailbox on the Mailbox server.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 2 Your companys Microsoft ActiveSync policy is configured to require inactive user s to provide their password every 10 minutes. A company executive request s that her mobile device be exempt from the inactivity timer. You need to exempt the executives mobile device from the timeout policy while maintaining the other corporate policy settings. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Remove the corporate ActiveSync policy from the executives mailbox. Create a new ActiveSync policy that has the required settings, and apply it to the executives mailbox. Change the password setting on the executives mobile device to override the ActiveSync policy. Reconfigure the executives mobile device for ActiveSync, and do not apply the corporate ActiveSync policy.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 3 You are preparing to configure e-mail retention on three managed custom folders for all mailboxes on an Exchange Server 2007 computer named Exch1. You perform the following actions. Create three managed custom folders. Create managed content settings for each folder, and configure the required retention settings. Create a new managed folder mailbox policy named MailRet . Add each managed custom folder to the MailRet policy.

Configure the managed folder assistant for Exch1. You need to finish configuring the messaging records management (MRM) retention settings so that the three folders are available for the mailboxe s on Exch1. What should you do? A. B. C. D. For each mailbox on Exch1, select the Enable retention hold for items in this mailbox check box. For each mailbox on Exch1, add the MailRet policy. Add managed content settings to the three managed custom folders. Create a new managed folder mailbox policy for each of the three managed custom folders.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 4 Your company has five Active Directory sites that are configured as shown in the exhibit. (Click the Exhibit button.) Each site has an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server and Hub Transport server. Currently all outbound email traffic goes through the New York site. You need to reconfigure the mail flow so that all outbound e-mail messages that are sent from users in the Seattle office are sent out of your Exchange organization through ExchHub5 in the Chicago office. Which cmdlet should you run? Exhibit:

A. Set- AdsiteLink -Id DNVR-CHI - ADCost 5 B. Set- AdSite -Identity Chicago - HubSiteEnabled:$true C. New- SendConnector -Name 'Chicago' - AddressSpaces:'smtp :*;1' - DNSRoutingEnabled:$trueSourceTransportServers:'ExchHub5' D. Set- SendConnector -Identity 'Seattle' - AddressSpaces:'smtp :*;1' - DNSRoutingEnabled:$falseSourceTransportServers:'ExchHub1' Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 5

Your Exchange Server 2007 organization contains two load balanced Client Access servers . Outlook Anywhere users on the corporate network have access to availability information. You need to allow access to availability information for users outside the corporate network who connect by using Outlook Anywhere. What should you do? A. Run the Set-CASMailbox cmdlet with the appropriate parameters on each of the Client Access servers. B. Add a replica of the Exchange organizations Free/Busy public folder to at least one of the Mailbox servers in the same site as the Client Access servers. C. Add the Full Details read permission to each users calendar properties by using the Microsoft Office Outlook client. D. Set the external URL by running the Set-WebServicesVirtualDirectory cmdlet on each of the Client Access servers. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 6 Your company has a separate business unit named Northwind Traders. All Northwind Traders employees have mailboxes on your companys Exchange Server 2007 computers. All Northwind Traders employee mailboxes have been assigned northwindtraders.com e-mail addresses. The e-mail address policy is configured as shown in the following exhibit . (Click the Exhibit button.) The Northwind Traders distribution groups have not been assigned northwindtraders.com e-mail addresses. You need to use an e-mail address policy to assign all of the Northwind Traders distribution groups an e-mail address from the northwindtraders.com domain. What should you do? Exhibit:

A. Run the Set-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet with the RecipientFilter parameter to add each of the distribution groups to the existing e-mail address policy. Run the Update-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet with appropriate parameters. B. Run the Set-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet with the IncludedRecipients parameter to add each of the distribution groups to the existing e-mail address policy. Run the Update-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet with the appropriate parameters. C. Assign a unique custom attribute value to each Northwind Traders distribution group. Modify the existing policy by adding the assigned custom attribute to the conditions list by using the Exchange Management Console. D. Assign a unique custom attribute value to each Northwind Traders distribution group. Add an additional e-mail address policy that filters for the assigned custom attribute. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 7 You need to configure a public folder to replicate on only Saturdays and Sundays. You also need to ensure that posts will be denied after the folders size reaches 500 MB. Which cmdlet should you run for the public folder? A. Set- PublicFolder - StorageQuota 500MB - ReplicationSchedule "Saturday.12:00 AM-Sunday.11:59 PM" B. Set- PublicFolder - PostStorageQuota 500MB - ReplicationSchedule "Saturday.12:00 AM-Sunday.11:59 PM" C. Set- PublicFolder - MaxItemSize 500MB - ReplicationSchedule "Saturday.12:00 AM-Sunday.11:59 PM" D. Set- PublicFolder - PostStorageQuota 500MB - UseDatabaseRetentionDefaults : $true Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 8 You create a new message classification named Customer Data. Messages that have this classification should not be sent outside the company. You need to r edirect to the CustData mailbox all outbound e-mail messages that have the Customer Data classification . What should you do? A. Run the Set-MessageClassification -Identity 'Customer Data' -UserDisplayEnabled:$true cmdlet. B. Add read permissions to the Customer Data message classification by running the SetMessageClassification cmdlet. C. Run the Set-MessageClassification -Identity 'Customer Data' -RetainClassificationEnabled:$true cmdlet. D. Create a new transport rule to redirect to the CustData mailbox all messages that are sent from internal users to only users outside the company and that are marked with the Customer Data classification.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 9 You are preparing to configure Outlook Anywhere on your existing Exchange Server 2007 organization. A Mailbox server named ExchMb1 contains all of the mailboxes that will be accessed by users who use Outlook Anywhere. A Client Access server named ExchCas1 is available from the Internet . Users will access Outlook Anywhere with mail.contoso.com as the host (A) name. You need to configure the Exchange organization so that Outlook Anywhere can be used by Microsoft Office Outlook clients from the Internet . Which three actions should you perform? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose three.) A. B. C. D. E. Install RPC over HTTP Proxy on ExchCas1. Install a valid SSL certificate for ExchMb1 on the default Web site. Install a valid SSL certificate for ExchCas1 on the default Web site. Install RPC over HTTP Proxy on ExchMb1. Run the Enable-OutlookAnywhere -Server:ExchCas1 -ExternalHostName:mail.contoso.comSSLOffLoading:$false -ExternalAuthenticationMethod:Basic cmdlet. F. Run the Enable-OutlookAnywhere -Server:ExchMb1 -ExternalHostName:mail.contoso.comSSLOffLoading:$true -ExternalAuthenticationMethod:Basic cmdlet. Answer: ACE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 10 Your native Exchange Server 2007 environment has the following server roles installed: Three Mailbox servers One Hub Transport server named ExchHub1 One Edge Transport server named ExchEdge1 The human resources (HR) department uses a W indows SMTP relay with an IP address of 192.168.10.25. Email from the HR department to all employees must be sent from this relay. You need to configure your Exchange environment to accept e-mail messages from the internal HR SMTP relay. Which cmdlet should you run? A. New- ReceiveConnector -Name 'HR e-mail' -Server ExchHub1 - RemoteIPRanges 192.168.10.25 AuthMechanism BasicAuth -Usage Internal B. New- ReceiveConnector -Name 'HR e-mail' -Server ExchHub1 - RemoteIPRanges 192.168.10.25 AuthMechanism BasicAuth -Usage Partner C. New- ReceiveConnector -Name 'HR e-mail' -Server ExchEdge1 - RemoteIPRanges 192.168.10.25 AuthMechanism BasicAuth -Usage Partner

D. New- ReceiveConnector -Name 'HR e-mail' -Server ExchEdge1 - RemoteIPRanges 192.168.10.25 AuthMechanism BasicAuth -Usage External Answer: A Section: (none)

QUESTION 11 A new virus is discovered in your Exchange Server 2007 organization. The file extension is . ext for this virus. The current settings for attachment filtering are configured to delete specified attachments and allow the message to be delivered . However , the virus files are not being filtered . You must stop the spread of this new virus. Neither the attachment nor the e-mail message should reach the email recipient. The message that contains the virus should not generate a non-delivery report (NDR). You need to add a filter for the file extension of the virus . Which two cmdlets should you run? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose two.) A. B. C. D. Add- AttachmentFilterEntry -Name *. ext -type ContentType Add- AttachmentFilterEntry -Name *. ext -type FileName Set- AttachmentFilterListConfig -Action Reject - RejectMessage "None" Set- AttachmentFilterListConfig -Action SilentDelete

Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 12 Your company normally does not allow out-of-office messages to be sent to users outside of your Exchange 2007 organization. The company makes an exception for a business partner named Northwind Traders. The SMTP domain for Northwind Traders is northwindtraders.com. You need to configure your Exchange organization to allow out-of-office messages to be sent to e-mail addresses in the northwindtraders.com domain. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Add northwindtraders.com as a remote domain and set the appropriate options. Add northwindtraders.com as an accepted domain and set the appropriate options. Create a transport rule and set the appropriate options. Create a Send connector for northwindtraders.com and set the appropriate options.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 13 In your Exchange Server 2007 organization, a report of the Exchange server settings indicates that the storage limits for the mailbox stores are not all the same . You need to create an Exchange Management Shell script that will reconfigure all of the Exchange server mailbox stores to have identical storage limits . How should you create the script to accomplish this goal? A. Redirect the output of the Get-ExchangeServer cmdlet to the Set-Mailbox Database cmdlet with the appropriate parameters. B. Redirect the output of the Get-MailboxDatabase cmdlet to the Set-Mailbox cmdlet with the appropriate parameters. C. Redirect the output of the Get-MailboxDatabase cmdlet to the Set-MailboxDatabase cmdlet with the appropriate parameters. D. Redirect the output of the Get-Mailbox cmdlet to the Set-MailboxDatabase cmdlet with the appropriate parameters. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 14 A mailbox has 40 KB of mailbox rules. You need to move the mailbox from your Exchange Server 2007 computer to an Exchange Server 2003 computer at a remote site. How should you achieve this goal? A. B. C. D. Use the Exchange Task wizard in Exchange Server 2003. Use the Move Mailbox wizard in Exchange Server 2007. Run the Move-Mailbox cmdlet with the IgnoreRuleLimitErrors parameter. Run the Move-Mailbox cmdlet with the IgnorePolicyMatch parameter.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 15 Your company's Exchange Server 2007 organization has a mail-enabled public folder named Monitoring . The folder is configured to receive automated alerts from the companys external m onitoring system. All corporate users can send e-mail to this public folder. Mail from the monitoring system is being returned with a non-delivery report (NDR). You need to ensure that the monitoring alerts will be received in the Monitoring public folder. What should you do? A. Use Microsoft Office Outlook to assign anonymous users the permission to create items in the Monitoring public folder.

B. Use Microsoft Office Outlook to assign default users the permission to create items in the Monitoring public folder. C. Run the Set-MailPublicFolder -RequireSenderAuthenticationEnabled: $true cmdlet for the Monitoring public folder. D. Run the Add-PublicFolderClientPermission -AccessRights: EditOwnedItems cmdlet for anonymous users for the Monitoring public folder. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 16 You need to configure the conference room resource mailboxes in your Exchange Server 2007 organization to remove attached files from meeting requests. Which cmdlet should you run? A. Get-Mailbox - RecipientTypeDetails RoomMailbox $true B. Get-Mailbox - RecipientTypeDetails RoomMailbox $true C. Get-Mailbox - RecipientTypeDetails RoomMailbox DeleteNonCalendarItems: $true D. Get-Mailbox - RecipientTypeDetails RoomMailbox DeleteNonCalendarItems : $true Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: ; Set-MailboxCalendarSettings - DeleteAttachments : | Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -DeleteAttachments: | Set- MailboxCalendarSettings; Set-MailboxCalendarSettings -

QUESTION 17 You need to configure your Exchange Server 2007 computer so that a specific distribution group will allow outof-office responses from the mailboxes of members of the distribution group. What should you do? A. B. C. D. On the distribution group properties, enable out-of-office responses to be sent to message senders. On the distribution group properties, enable delivery reports to be sent to message senders. On the default remote domain policy, enable out-of-office responses. Re-create the distribution group as a security group.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 18 You move a conference room mailbox named ConfRm 1 from an Exchange Server 2003 computer to an Exchange Server 2007 computer . You need to convert the ConfRm 1 mailbox to an Exchange 2007 resource mailbox. You need to ensure that the mailbox can be scheduled as a resource. Which two cmdlets should you run? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose two.) A. B. C. D. Set-Mailbox -Identity " Conf Rm1 " -Type Room Set-Mailbox -Identity " Conf Rm1 " -Type Regular Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " Conf Rm1 " - AutomateProcessing AutoAccept Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " Conf Rm1 " - AutomateProcessing Auto Update

Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 19 You need to allow the owner of each distribution group in your Exchange Server 2007 organization to modify membership for the group. You must not allow the owner to make any other changes. What should you do? A. On the Managed By tab of each distribution group, add the owner, and select the Manager can update membership list check box. B. Modify each distribution group by assigning the Send As permission to the owners user account. C. Modify each distribution group by assigning the Write permission to the owners user account. D. Add the user accounts of the distribution group owners to the Exchange Recipient Administrator role. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 20 In your Exchange Server 2007 organization, Microsoft ActiveSync is configured on the Exchange servers but is currently disabled for users . A user in the Exchange organization has a new mobile device. H e wants h is device to synchronize with the Exchange servers over a wireless network. You need to enable the ActiveSync feature for only this user. What are two possible ways to achieve this goal? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose two.) A. Run the Set-Mailbox cmdlet. B. Run the Set-CASMailbox cmdlet.

C. Run the Set-ActiveSyncMailboxPolicy cmdlet. D. Use the Active Directory Users and Computers console to enable the ActiveSync feature for the user. E. Use the Exchange Management Console to enable the ActiveSync feature for the user. Answer: BE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 21 Your Exchange Server 2007 organization has a resource mailbox named ExecConfRm . All users are able to schedule meetings for ExecConfRm . You need to modify the ExecConfRm settings to ensure that only two users named Maria and Marc are able to schedule meetings for ExecConfRm . Which cmdlet should you run? A. Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " ExecConf $false B. Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " ExecConf C. Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " ExecConf AllBookInPolicy $false D. Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " ExecConf Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Rm " - BookInPolicy Marc , Maria - AllBookInPolicy Rm " - Request InPolicy Marc , Maria Rm " - RequestOutof Policy Marc , Maria Rm " - ResourceDelegates Marc , Maria

QUESTION 22 An inappropriate message that has the subject line of Exchange is sent to all users on the Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named Exch1. You need to delete this message from all mailboxes. What should you do? A. On Exch1, find the message ID of the original message and then run the Remove-Message -Identity <IDnumber> cmdlet. B. On Exch1, find the message ID of the original message and then run the Export-Message -Identity <IDnumber> c:\temp cmdlet. Delete all of the messages in the directory. C. Create a new mailbox named TempMailbox that has a folder named Export. Run the Get-Mailbox -Server Exch1 | Export-Mailbox -TargetMailbox TempMailbox -TargetFolder Export -SubjectKeywords "Exchange" DeleteContent cmdlet. D. From the Exchange Management Console, create a new transport rule named Exchange delete. Set the condition to "when the Subject field contains Exchange". Set the action to "silently drop the message". Answer: C Section: (none)

QUESTION 23

In your Exchange Server 2007 environment, a users mailbox was purged from the mailbox server, and a backup of the mailbox database was restored to a recovery storage group. You need to recover the purged mailbox to a production database. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Run the Connect-Mailbox cmdlet from the Exchange server. Run the Restore-Mailbox cmdlet from the Exchange server. Run the Enable-Mailbox cmdlet from the Exchange server. Run the Exmerge utility from the Exchange server.

Answer: B Section: (none)

QUESTION 24 Your Exchange Server 2007 Edge Transport s erver r ole fails. You install a new Microsoft W indows Server 2003 computer and reinstall the E dge Transport server role on this new server . You find out that the address rewrites that were previously configured on the Edge Transport s erver r ole no longer function . You need to recover the address rewrite capability. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Run the Setup /m:RecoverServer command. Run the ImportEdgeConfig.ps1 script. Import the Edge Subscription file on the Hub Transport server. Copy the Edge Subscription file to the Hub Transport server.

Answer: B Section: (none)

QUESTION 25 Your company maintains a hot standby server named ExchDR1. An Exchange S erver 2007 computer named Exch1 fails. You perform the following actions. (1.) O n Exch1 , t ake the Exch1.edb database offline. (2.) On ExchDR1, c reate a new storage group named ExchDR and a database named ExchDR1.edb. (3.) Copy the Exch1.edb database from Exch1 to ExchDR1. (4.) On ExchDR1, r ename the copied database from Exch1.edb to ExchDR1.edb. Your attempt to mount the database is unsuccessful . You need to ensure that the copied database mounts on the new server. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Rename ExchDR1 to Exch1. Rename the database on ExchDR1 to Exch1.edb. Set the This database can be overwritten by restore attribute on the database properties. Run the Move-Mailbox -ConfigurationOnly -TargetDatabase ExchDR1.edb cmdlet.

Answer: C Section: (none)

QUESTION 26 Your companys Active Directory environment becomes corrupted on the morning of Thursday, March 1 7 . The Active Directory team restores all of the directory objects and settings from a backup that was taken on Monday, March 1 4 . Users who were assigned mailboxes between Monday , March 1 4 , and Thursday, March 17, now report that they cannot access their mailboxes. You need to restore mailbox access for these users. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Run the Enable-Mailbox cmdlet from the Exchange server. Run the Connect-Mailbox cmdlet from the Exchange server. Restore the latest mailbox database backup. Restore the latest System State backup.

Answer: B Section: (none)

QUESTION 27 Your company uses the Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS) to perform full back u p s of the Exchange Server 2007 mailbox databases every night. There is a backup window between 20:00 and 24:00 each week night and a backup window between 19:00 and 24:00 on Saturdays and Sundays . The full backups currently take five hours to complete. Management requests that you modify the backup configuration to meet the following requirements. At least one full backup must be performed per week. Logs must be truncated more often th a n once per week . Backups must be performed within the current backup windows . Database restores must require no more than two backup files. You need to configure the backups for the mailbox databases to meet the requirements. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Configure differential backups on week nights and full backups on Saturdays and Sundays. Configure incremental backups on week nights and full backups on Saturdays and Sundays. Configure daily full backups, and throttle the database checksum. Configure daily copy backups, and throttle the database checksum.

Answer: A Section: (none)

QUESTION 28 Your Exchange Server 2007 computer fails. You rebuild the server, and you recover all data in the mailbox database and the log directories. Users report that searches are slow and are not returning the expected results. You need to rebuild the full - text index catalog for all databases on the Mailbox server role.

Which three actions should you perform, and in what order should you perform them? To answer, move the three appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area, and arrange them in the correct order. Choose three.

Answer:

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 29 An Exchange Server 2007 computer named Exch2 runs all features of the Client Access server role. Exch2 fails . You install a new Microsoft Windows s erver named Exch5 and restore the System State data. You need to finish restoring the services as they were previously configured. Which two actions should you perform? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose two.) A. B. C. D. E. Restore the \ClientAccess\ directory. Restore the \bin\ directory. Enable Exchange ActiveSync integration for the Microsoft Office Outlook Web Access site. Reinstall the Client Access server role by running the Setup /role:ClientAccess command. Reinstall the Client Access server role by running the Setup /mode:RecoverServer command.

Answer: AE Section: (none)

QUESTION 30 Your Exchange Server 2007 environment is configured with cluster continuous replication (CCR). The name of the c lustered m ailbox s erver is ExchCMS1. You need to minimize downtime , and you need to ensure that no data loss occurs during a failover

operation . Which cmdlet should you run? A. B. C. D. Set- MailboxServer ExchCMS1 - AutoDatabaseMountDial:BestAvailability Set- MailboxServer ExchCMS1 - AutoDatabaseMountDial:Lossless Set- MailboxServer ExchCMS1 - ForceDatabaseMountAfter:Unlimited Set- MailboxDatabase -Identity "Mailbox Database" - RetainDeletedItemsUntilBackup $true

Answer: B Section: (none)

QUESTION 31 An Exchange Server 2007 computer name d Exch1 fails. You build a new Microsoft Windows Server 2003 computer named Exch1 to replace the failed computer. Before you restore the mailbox databases from backup, you need to restore the Exchange Mailbox s erver role on Exch1. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Restore the System State data and the Microsoft Information Store data. Run the Setup /NewProvisionedServer /role:Mailbox command. Run the Setup /m:Install /role:Mailbox command. Run the Setup /m:RecoverServer command.

Answer: D Section: (none)

QUESTION 32 Your Exchange Server 2007 environment is configured with cluster continuous replication (CCR). The Microsoft Windows Cluster service (MSCS) is installed on two servers named Server1 and Server2. The default cluster that runs on the MSCS cluster is named Clus1. The cluster mailbox server (CMS) is named ExchCMS1. Currently Clus1 and ExchCMS1 are running on the Server1 cluster node, and the CCR replica is running on the Server2 cluster node. You need to back up the CCR replica. In the backup application, which name should you specify? A. B. C. D. Server1 Server2 ExchCMS1 Clus1

Answer: C Section: (none)

QUESTION 33 Your company completes a migration to Exchange Server 2007. Each Mailbox server is configured with two storage groups and two databases per storage group. You want to provide fault tolerance by implementing local continuous replication (LCR).

You need to configure each Mailbox server with LCR. Which three actions should you perform, and in what order should these actions be performed? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order, Choose three.

Answer:

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 34 You install a new Exchange Server 2007 computer with the Edge Transport server role. You need to create a backup of the Edge Transport server r ole. What should you do? A. B. C. D. In the Microsoft Windows Backup utility, select Microsoft Exchange Server. In the Microsoft Windows Backup utility, select the file system location \TransportRoles\data\*. Run the ExportEdgeConfig.ps1 script with the -CloneConfigData parameter. Run the ExportEdgeConfig.ps1 script with the -CloneConfigAnswer parameter.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 35 Your native Exchange Server 2007 organization contains 10 Exchange servers. The roles on these servers are configured as shown in the following table. You need to generate a single report that indicates the number of disconnected mailboxes in your environment and how much storage space these mailboxes consume . You need to export the report to a file.

What should you do?

A. Run the Get-MailboxServer | Get-MailboxStatistics | Where {$_.DisconnectDate -ne $null} | Export-CsvPath c:\tmp\disconnect.csv cmdlet. B. Run the Get-Mailbox | Get-MailboxStatistics | Where {$_.DisconnectDate -ne $null} | Export-Csv -Path c: \tmp\disconnect.csv cmdlet. C. Run the Get-Recipient -RecipientType MailboxUser | Export-Csv -Path c:\tmp\disconnect.csv cmdlet. Then, open disconnect.csv and remove all entries for active mailboxes. D. In the Exchange Management Console, expand the Recipient Configuration work center and select the Disconnected Mailbox node. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 36 Your Exchange Server 2007 organization contains two Exchange servers. The roles on the two servers are configured as shown in the following table. Two users named Marc and Mari a have mailboxes on ExchMb1. Marcs computer is on s egment A. Marias computer is on s egment B. T he Exchange servers are on s egment C . Marc sends a message to Maria . The message leaves Marcs Outbox and is listed in his Sent Items folder. However, the message is never delivered to Mari as mailbox . You need to find out the most likely cause of the problem . What should you do?

A. B. C. D.

On ExchMb1, run the Test-ServiceHealth cmdlet. On ExchHub1, run the Test-ServiceHealth cmdlet. On ExchMb1, run the Test-MAPIConnectivity -Server ExchMb1 cmdlet. On a computer on segment A, run the Test-MAPIConnectivity -Server ExchMb1 cmdlet.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 37 You want to gather information about user connectivity on an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named Exch1. You need to generate a report of all Exch1 mailboxes that displays the latest user logon time. What should you do? A. In Performance Monitor, add the Active Client Logons counter with _Total instances from the MSExchangeIS Mailbox object. B. Run the Get-Mailbox -Server Exch1 cmdlet. C. Run the Get-MailboxStatistics -Server Exch1 cmdlet. D. Run the Get-LogonStatistics -Server Exch1 cmdlet. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 38 You need to find out the total size of a users mailbox. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Run the Database Troubleshooter in the Exchange Troubleshooting Assistant. Run the Get-MailboxDatabase cmdlet. Run the Get-MailboxStatistics cmdlet. Run the Get-Mailbox cmdlet.

Answer: C Section: (none)

QUESTION 39 The Hub Transport server role resides on a n Exchange Server 2007 computer named Exch H ub1. M essage tracking is enabled . Written company privacy policy states that the subject line of e-mail messages should not be stored in the tracking log. You need to track e-mail messages from ExchHub1 while complying with company policy. Which cmdlet should you run?

A. B. C. D.

Set- TransportServer Exch H ub1 - MessageTrackingLogEnabled : $false Set- TransportServer Exch H ub1 C MessageTrackingLogSubjectLoggingEnabled : $false Set- ReceiveConnector - ProtocolLoggingLevel None Get- MessageTrackingLog -Subject None

Answer: B Section: (none)

QUESTION 40 After a brief network outage, your monitoring system alerts you that a significant number of SMTP queues on your Hub Transport server are in a retry status. You need to force the Hub Transport server to send the queued e-mail immediately. Which cmdlet should you run? A. B. C. D. Retry-queue -filter {status - eq "retry"} Retry-queue -filter {status - eq "suspended"} Resume-queue -filter {status - eq "retry"} Resume-queue -filter {status - eq "suspended"}

Answer: A Section: (none)

QUESTION 41 Some of your companys mobile sales representatives use portable computers that run Microsoft Office Outlook 2007 and are configured to connect to your Exchange Server 2007 organization by using Outlook Anywhere. You need to monitor your environment to verify that these mobile users are able to connect to the Exchange organization, and that performance meets or exceeds the company standard . Which two cmdlets should you run? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose two.) A. B. C. D. E. Test- MAPIConnectivity Test- OutlookWebServices Test- WebServicesConnectivity Test- ServiceHealth Get- MailboxStatistics

Answer: AC Section: (none)

QUESTION 42 Your Exchange Server 2007 organization has three Exchange servers , as shown in the following table. A user in your Exchange organization sen ds a message to a recipient outside of your company. The recipients address is marc@contoso.com , and Latest Sales Figures is the subject of the message. Your user reports that the message has not been delivered. You need to find out whether the message has left your Exchange organization.

Which cmdlet should you run on the Hub Transport server?

A. B. C. D.

G et- R ecipient - F ilter { PrimarySmtpAddress - eq " marc @contoso.com"} Get-Message -Filter {Subject - eq "Latest Sales Figures"} Get-Queue -Filter { NextHopDomain - eq "contoso.com"} Get-queue - F ilter {status - eq "retry"}

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 43 You need to generate a report on all of the Exchange S erver 2007 computer s in your Exchange organization. The report must include: O perating system version N umber of processors T otal physical memory N umber of storage groups Nu mber of mailbox databases What should you do? A. B. C. D. Run the Get-ExchangeServer | Format-List cmdlet. Run the Get-OrganizationConfig cmdlet. Run the Test-SystemHealth cmdlet. Run the Health Check scan in the Exchange Best Practices Analyzer.

Answer: D Section: (none)

QUESTION 44 You are installing a two-node Single Copy Cluster (SCC) Mailbox server. You name the two network adapters Private and Public. You need to configure the TCP/IP binding order for the cluster servers. What should you do? A. In the Cluster Administrator console, open the properties of the cluster. On the Network Priority tab, move the Private network to the top. B. In the Cluster Administrator console, open the properties of the cluster. On the Network Priority tab, move the Public network to the top. C. In Control Panel, open Network Connections. On the Advanced menu, click Advanced Settings. On the Adapters and Bindings tab, move the Private connection to the top.

D. In Control Panel, open Network Connections. On the Advanced menu, click Advanced Settings. On the Adapters and Bindings tab, move the Public connection to the top. Answer: D Section: (none)

QUESTION 45 Your Exchange Server 2007 organization contains a Client Access server and a Hub Transport server. The Client Access server fails. You need to add the Client Access server role to the existing Hub Transport server. What are two possible ways to achieve this goal? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose two.) A. B. C. D. E. Use the Add or Remove Programs applet in Control Panel. Run the exsetup /mode:recoverserver /roles:ClientAccess command. Run the exsetup /mode:install /roles:ClientAccess command. Run the exsetup /mode:install /roles:ClientAccess,HubTransport command. Use Exchange System Manager, and configure the server as a front-end server.

Answer: AC Section: (none)

QUESTION 46 Your company has four Active Directory sites. A Hub Transport server role and a Mailbox server role are installed at each site. The network is configured as shown in the following diagram.

You need to ensure that messages between the Chicago and Seattle sites are routed through ExchHub2 in the Dallas site .

Which cmdlet should you run? A. B. C. D. Set- AdSiteLink -Identity SEA-DAL - ExchangeCost 5 Set- AdSiteLink -Identity SEA-DAL - ExchangeCost 25 Set- AdSite - Identity Dallas - HubSiteEnabled $ false Set- AdSite - Identity Dallas - HubSiteEnabled $true

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 47 You are performing a new installation of Exchange Server 2007. You complete the installation of a Hub Transport server named ExchHub1 and an Edge Transport server named ExchEdge1. You need to configure the e-mail routing to meet the following requirements . Configure ExchHub1 to route Internet e-mail to ExchEdge1. Configure ExchEdge1 to route e-mail between your Exchange organization and the Internet. Which two sets of actions should you perform? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose two.) A. On ExchHub1, create a new Send connector named Hub Edge. Add the * domain as an address space and specify to use DNS to route e-mail automatically.Add ExchHub1 as a source server. B. On ExchEdge1, open the Exchange Management Shell.Export a new Edge Subscription file. C. On ExchEdge1, create a new Send connector named Edge - Internet. Add the * domain as an address space and specify to use DNS to route e - mail automatically. Add ExchEdge1 as a source server. D. On ExchHub1, open the Exchange Management Console. Import the Edge Subscription file. Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 48 Your companys Active Directory structure contains a root domain in site A and a single child domain in site B. You are preparing to install Exchange Server 2007 in the child domain. In the root domain, you run the Setup /PrepareAD command. You need to ensure that you can install Exchange in the child domain. What are two possible ways to achieve this goal? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose two.) A. B. C. D. E. In the child domain, run the Setup /DomainPrep command. In the child domain, run the Setup /PrepareDomain command. In the root domain, run the Setup /ForestPrep command. In the root domain, run the Setup /PrepareDomain command. In the root domain, run the Setup /PrepareAllDomains command.

Answer: BE

Section: (none)

QUESTION 49 You need to install the necessary components prior to installing Exchange Server 2007 on a new server . Which three components should you install? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose three.) A. B. C. D. E. F. Windows PowerShell 1.0 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) Microsoft Management Console (MMC) 3.0 Microsoft .NET Framework 1.1 Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0

Answer: ADF Section: (none)

QUESTION 50 You are preparing to install the Mailbox server role on a new Exchange Server 2007 computer . You need to optimize read and write performance on this server. You also need to provide redundancy on this server. On which type of array should you place the mailbox database? A. B. C. D. RAID 1 containing the operating system partition RAID 1 dedicated RAID 0 dedicated RAID 10 dedicated

Answer: D Section: (none)

QUESTION 51 You need to identify the Exchange Server 2007 server role that must be installed on a stand-alone server . Which server role should you identify? A. B. C. D. Client Access Edge Transport Hub Transport Mailbox

Answer: B Section: (none)

QUESTION 52 You need to ensure that an administrator named Marc is able to create a Send connector on a Hub Transport server. You need to achieve this goal by assigning only the minimum

permissions necessary. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Run the Add-ExchangeAdministrator ?Role ServerAdmin ?Identity Marc cmdlet. Run the Add-ExchangeAdministrator ?Role OrgAdmin ?Identity Marc cmdlet. Delegate Exchange Full Administrator privileges to Marc at the organization level. Add Marc to the Domain Admins group.

Answer: B Section: (none)

QUESTION 53 You are preparing to transition from Exchange 2000 Server to Exchange Server 2007. The environment consists of a single Windows 2000 native mode Active Directory domain and an Exchange 2000 organization running in mixed mode. The schema master, domain naming master, and PDC emulator all run on a Microsoft Windows 2000 Server domain controller. You need to prepare the environment for Exchange 2007. Which two actions should you perform? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose two.) A. Move the PDC emulator role to a domain controller that runs Windows Server 2003 with Service Pack 1. B. Move the schema master role to a domain controller that runs Windows Server 2003 with Service Pack 1. C. Move the domain naming master role to a domain controller that runs Windows Server 2003 with Service Pack 1. D. Convert the Exchange 2000 organization to native mode. Answer: BD Section: (none)

QUESTION 54 Your companys e-mail domain is contoso.com. Three Edge Transport servers in your Exchange Server 2007 organization will accept Internet mail. The servers are named Exch1, Exch2, and Exch3. You need to load balance Exch2 and Exch3 , and you need to configure Exch1 as a backup server. Which three MX records should you specify? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose three.) A. B. C. D. E. F. contoso.com contoso.com contoso.com contoso.com contoso.com contoso.com MX preference = 10, mail MX preference = 10, mail MX preference = 10, mail MX preference = 20, mail MX preference = 20, mail MX preference = 20, mail exchanger = Exch1.contoso.com exchanger = Exch3.contoso.com exchanger = Exch2.contoso.com exchanger = Exch2.contoso.com exchanger = Exch1.contoso.com exchanger = Exch3.contoso.com

Answer: BCE Section: (none)

QUESTION 55 You are creating a cluster continuous replication (CCR) cluster. You create a failover cluster , and you install the Mailbox server role named ExchMB1 on the active node. You need to install the Mailbox server role on the passive node. What are two possible ways to achieve this

goal? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose two.) A. B. C. D. E. Run the Enable-StorageGroupCopy -Identity ExchMB1\SG1 command. Run the Setup /roles:Mailbox command. Run the Setup /newcms /CMSname:ExchMB1 command. Select the Passive Clustered Mailbox Role check box in the Exchange Server 2007 Setup wizard. Select the Mailbox Role check box in the Exchange Server 2007 Setup wizard.

Answer: BD Section: (none)

QUESTION 56 You plan to install the Hub Transport server role on an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named Exch1. The installation must occur during nonbusiness hours. You verify that Exchange Server 2007 is installed on Exch1 at C:\Program Files\Microsoft\Exchange Server. A copy of the Exchange installation files is located in the C:\InstallFiles custom directory. You create a new file named install.bat in the root directory of drive C. You need to schedule the installation of the Hub Transport server role on Exch1. What should you do? A. In the install.bat file, type the following command: "C :\InstallFiles\Setup" /mode Install /roles HubTransport Create a scheduled task to run the executable. B. In the install.bat file, type the following command: "C: \Program Files\Microsoft\Exchange Server\Setup" / mode Install /roles HubTransport Create a scheduled task to run the executable. C. In the install.bat file, type the following command: "C :\InstallFiles\Setup" /mode RecoverServer /roles HubTransport Create a scheduled task to run the executable. D. In the install.bat file, type the following command: "C :\Program Files\Microsoft\Exchange Server\Setup" / mode RecoverServer /roles HubTransport Create a scheduled task to run the executable. Answer: B Section: (none)

QUESTION 57 Your company s Active Directory forest consists of a single site that has a root domain and one child domain. You need to prepare Active Directory and the domains prior to installing the first Exchange Server 2007 computer . Which two commands should you run? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose two.) A. B. C. D. Setup /ForestPrep Setup /PrepareAD Setup /DomainPrep Setup /PrepareAllDomains

Answer: BD Section: (none)

QUESTION 58 You install an Exchange Server 2007 E dge Transport server role and Hub Transport server role . The server that has the Hub Transport server role is located in an Active

Directory site named Chicago . You need to synchronize your companys Active Directory information to the server that has the Edge Transport server role. Which two actions should you perform? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose two.) A. Run the New- EdgeSubscription - FileName " c:\EdgeServerSubscription.xml " cmdlet on the server that has the Edge Transport server role. B. Run the New-EdgeSubscription -FileName "c:\EdgeServerSubscription.xml" ?site "Chicago" cmdlet on the server that has the Hub Transport server role. C. Run the ADAMSync command on the server that has the Edge Transport server role. D. Run the ExportEdgeConfig -CloneConfigData "C:\CloneConfigData.xml" command on the server that has the Edge Transport server role. E. Run the Im portEdgeConfig - CloneConfigData " C:\CloneConfigData.xml " command on the server that has the Edge Transport server role. Answer: AB Section: (none)

QUESTION 59 A custom Security Configuration Wizard (SCW) policy is applied t o an Exchange Server 2007 Edge Transport server named Exch1. You want to apply this policy to a new Edge Transport server named Exch2. You install SCW on Exch2. You copy the existing SCW policy to Exch2 as C:\ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml. You need to apply the custom policy to Exch2. What should you do? A. First, use SCW to apply the C:\ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml policy. Then, run the Scwcmd register / kbname:"Ex2007KB" /kbfile:"%programfiles%\Microsoft\Exchange Server\scripts\Exchange2007Edge.xml" command. B. First, use SCW to apply the C:\ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml policy. Then, run the Scwcmd register / kbname:"Ex2007EdgeKB" /kbfile:"%programfiles%\Microsoft\Exchange Server\scripts\Exchange2007.xml" command. C. First, run the Sc wcmd register /kbname:" Ex2007KB " / kbfile:" %programfiles %\Microsoft\Exchange Server\scripts\Exchange2007 Edge .xml " command. Then, use SCW to apply the C: \ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml policy. D. First, r un the Scwcmd register /kbname:"Ex2007EdgeKB" / kbfile:" %programfiles %\Microsoft\Exchange Server\scripts\Exchange2007 .xml " command. Then, use SCW to apply the C:\ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml policy. Answer: C Section: (none)

QUESTION 60 You need to configure the minimum permissions necessary for a n ew administrator so that she can prepare Active Directory for Exchange Server 2007. Which two actions should you perform? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose two.) A. B. C. D. E. Add the new administrator as an Exchange Full Administrator at the organization level. Add the new administrators user account to the Exchange Enterprise Servers group. Add the new administrators user account to the Domain Admins group. Add the new administrators user account to the Enterprise Admins group. Add the new administrators user account to the Schema Admins group.

Answer: DE Section: (none)

QUESTION 61 You need to identify the Exchange Server 2007 server role that must be installed on a stand-alone server . Which server role should you identify? A. B. C. D. Client Access Edge Transport Hub Transport Mailbox

Answer: B Section: (none)

QUESTION 62 You need to configure the minimum permissions necessary for a user to be able to configure mailbox databases on an Exchange Server 2007 computer . What should you do? A. B. C. D. Delegate Exchange Administrator privileges to the user account at the organization level. Add the user account to the Exchange Server Administrators role. Add the user account to the Exchange Recipient Administrators role. Add the user account to the Exchange Organization Administrators role.

Answer: B Section: (none)

QUESTION 63 You are performing a new installation of Exchange Server 2007. You complete the installation of a Hub Transport server named ExchHub1 and an Edge Transport server named ExchEdge1. You need to configure the e-mail routing to meet the following requirements . Configure ExchHub1 to route Internet e-mail to ExchEdge1. Configure ExchEdge1 to route e-mail between your Exchange organization and the Internet. Which two sets of actions should you perform? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose two.) A. On ExchHub1, create a new Send connector named Hub - Edge. Add the * domain as an address space and specify to use DNS to route e -mail automatically. Add ExchHub1 as a source server. B. On ExchEdge1, open the Exchange Management Shell. Export a new Edge Subscription file. C. On ExchEdge1, create a new Send connector named Edge-Internet. Add the * domain as an address space and specify to use DNS to route e-mail automatically. Add ExchEdge1 as a source server. D. On ExchHub1, open the Exchange Management Console. Import the Edge Subscription file. Answer: BD Section: (none)

QUESTION 64 Your Exchange Server 2007 organization contains a single Hub Transport server named Ex ch Hub1 , and multiple M ailbox servers. A single Edge Transport server named Ex ch Edge1 is deployed. Message tracking logs are retained for 30 days. The mailbox for a user named Marc is located on a Mailbox server named Ex ch MB1 and has an SMTP address of marc@contoso.com . You need to generate a report that indicates the total number of messages that Marc sent during the last 30 days. What should you do? A. On ExchEdge1, run the Get-MessageTrackingLog -Sender marc@contoso.com -EventId "Receive" | export-csv c:\tmp\marc.csv cmdlet. B. On ExchHub1, run the Get-MailboxStatistics -Identity marc | export-csv -path c:\tmp\marc.csv cmdlet. C. On ExchHub1, run the Get-MailboxFolderStatistics -Identity marc -FolderScope SentItems | export-csv c: \tmp\marc.csv cmdlet. D. On ExchHub1, run the Get-MessageTrackingLog -Sender marc@contoso.com -EventId "Receive" | exportcsv c:\tmp\marc.csv cmdlet. Answer: D Section: (none)

QUESTION 65 Your Exchange Server 2007 organization has three Exchange servers , as shown in the following table.

A user in your Exchange organization sen ds a message to a recipient outside of your company. The recipients address is marc@contoso.com , and Latest Sales Figures is the subject of the message. Your user reports that the message has not been delivered. You need to find out whether the message has left your Exchange organization. Which cmdlet should you run on the Hub Transport server? A. B. C. D. G et- R ecipient - F ilter { PrimarySmtpAddress - eq " marc @contoso.com"} Get-Message -Filter {Subject - eq "Latest Sales Figures"} Get-Queue -Filter { NextHopDomain - eq "contoso.com"} Get-queue - F ilter {status - eq "retry"}

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 66 Some of your companys mobile sales representatives use portable computers that run Microsoft Office Outlook 2007 and are configured to connect to your Exchange Server 2007

organization by using Outlook Anywhere. You need to monitor your environment to verify that these mobile users are able to connect to the Exchange organization, and that performance meets or exceeds the company standard . Which two cmdlets should you run? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose two.) A. B. C. D. E. Test- MAPIConnectivity Test- OutlookWebServices Test- WebServicesConnectivity Test- ServiceHealth Get- MailboxStatistics

Answer: AC Section: (none)

QUESTION 67 You r native Exchange Server 2007 organization has a single Edge Transport server named Ex ch Edge1. Ex ch Edge1 has an Edge Subscription established with a Hub Transport server named Ex ch Hub1. The network connection from Ex ch Edge1 to the Internet i s interrupted for an extended period of time. After t he network connection is restored, no messages are being delivered. You need to restore message flow immediately. What should you do? A. B. C. D. On ExchHub1, run the Resume-Queue cmdlet. On ExchHub1, run the Retry-Queue cmdlet. On ExchEdge1, run the Resume-Queue cmdlet. On ExchEdge1, run the Retry-Queue cmdlet.

Answer: D Section: (none)

QUESTION 68 You want to gather information about user connectivity on an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named Exch1. You need to generate a report of all Exch1 mailboxes that displays the latest user logon time. What should you do? A. In Performance Monitor, add the Active Client Logons counter with _Total instances from the MSExchangeIS Mailbox object. B. Run the Get-Mailbox -Server Exch1 cmdlet. C. Run the Get-MailboxStatistics -Server Exch1 cmdlet. D. Run the Get-LogonStatistics -Server Exch1 cmdlet. Answer: C Section: (none)

QUESTION 69 Users report that they are unable to access their mailboxes on an Exchange Server 2007 computer named Exch1. You verify that connectivity to the server is functioning and that server hardware is functioning normally. Access to global catalogs is also functioning normally. You need to report on the status of all required Exchange-specific and Exchange-dependent services. What

should you do? A. B. C. D. From the Exchange Troubleshooting Assistant, run the Database Troubleshooter. Run the Test-ServiceHealth -Server Exch1 cmdlet. Run the Test-SystemHealth -Server Exch1 cmdlet. Run the Get-ExchangeServer -Identity Exch1 cmdlet.

Answer: B Section: (none)

QUESTION 70 Your Exchange Server 2007 environment contains a single Hub Transport server and a single Mailbox server . E -mail delivery to large dynamic distribution group s is slow. All MSExchangeADAccess Processes Performance Monitor counters on your Exchange servers display normal results . You need to improve delivery time for messages that are sent to dynamic distribution groups . What should you do? A. Add more RAM to the existing Mailbox server. B. Add more RAM to the existing domain controllers. C. Deploy an additional global catalog server. Configure the existing Hub Transport server to use the new global catalog server. D. Deploy a second Hub Transport server. Configure the dynamic distribution groups to use the new Hub Transport server as their expansion server. Answer: D Section: (none)

QUESTION 71 T he Mailbox server role and the Hub Transport server role reside on an Exchange Server 2007 computer named Exch1. You need to configure the server to retain the tracking logs for seven days. What are two possible ways to achieve this goal? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose two.) A. B. C. D. E. Create a system policy to remove log files that are older than seven days. Run the Set-TransportServer -Identity Exch1 -MessageTrackingLogMaxAge 07.00:00:00 cmdlet. Run the Set-TransportServer -Identify Exch1 -MessageTrackingLogEnabled:$true cmdlet. Run the Set-TransportConfig -Identity Exch1 -MaxDumpsterTime 07.00:00:00 cmdlet. Run the Set-MailboxServer -Identity Exch1 -MessageTrackingLogMaxAge 07.00:00:00 cmdlet.

Answer: BE Section: (none)

QUESTION 72 You need to find out if users can log on to your Mailbox server directly by using Microsoft Office Outlook. Which cmdlet should you run on the client network? A. Test- ServiceHealth

B. Test- SystemHealth C. Test- MAPIConnectivity D. Test- OutlookWebServices Answer: C Section: (none)

QUESTION 73 An Exchange Server 2007 Hub Transport s erver named ExchHub1 fails. You build a new Hub Transport s erver named ExchHub2 to replace ExchHub1. After service is restored , you want to recover all e-mail messages that remain in the mail.que database on ExchHub1. You perform the following actions on ExchHub2 . Flush all messages from the existing q ueue on ExchHub2 . Copy the mail.que database from the hard disk on ExchHub1 to C:\recoveryQueue on ExchHub2. You need to complete the recovery of the mail.que database from ExchHub1. Which two actions should you perform on ExchHub2? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose two.) A. Using the Database Recovery Management tool, perform a repair of the mail.que database in C:\recoveryQueue. B. Using the ISInteg utility, fix the mail.que database in C:\recoveryQueue. C. Using the Eseutil utility, perform a recovery of the mail.que database in C:\recoveryQueue. D. Using the Eseutil utility, perform a restore of the mail.que database in C:\recoveryQueue. E. Using the Eseutil utility, perform a defragmentation of the mail.que database in C:\recoveryQueue. Answer: CE Section: (none)

QUESTION 74 In your Exchange Server 2007 environment, a users mailbox was purged from the mailbox server, and a backup of the mailbox database was restored to a recovery storage group. You need to recover the purged mailbox to a production database. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Run the Connect-Mailbox cmdlet from the Exchange server. Run the Restore-Mailbox cmdlet from the Exchange server. Run the Enable-Mailbox cmdlet from the Exchange server. Run the Exmerge utility from the Exchange server.

Answer: B Section: (none)

QUESTION 75 You install a n Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox s erver. You want to create a full database backup before you place users on the system. You take all databases offline so that they

are consistent. You initiate a backup by using the Microsoft Windows Backup utility . The backup immediately fails , and you receive an error message. You need to complete a full backup of the databases. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Run the backup from the command line, with the /SNAP:ON switch. Run the backup from the command line, with the /FU switch. Shut down the information store, and restart the backup. Mount all databases on the server, and restart the backup.

Answer: D Section: (none)

QUESTION 76 Your company is preparing to move selected users to a new Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server. The time window for the user move , and other existing time windows , are shown in the following table.

Current b ackups take three hours to complete, and you expect that time to increase to four hours after the user moves begin. You need to create a new time window for the backups that will have minimal effect on the server . Which time window should you create for the backups? A. B. C. D. 20:00 - 24:00 18:00 - 22:00 02:00 - 06:00 19:00 - 23:00

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 77 Your Exchange Server 2007 computer fails. You rebuild the server, and you recover all data in the mailbox databases and the log directories. Users report that searches are slow and are not returning the expected results. You need to rebuild the full - text index catalog for all databases on the Mailbox server role. Which three actions should you perform, and in what order should you perform them?

To answer, move the three appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area, and arrange them in the correct order. Choose three.

Answer:

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 78 A user s e-mail account is configured to use POP3. The users mailbox is accidentally purged from the Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server. You restore a backup copy of the database that contained the mailbox to a recovery storage group on the same server. Th e user reports that he can not access his mailbox. You need to ensure that the user can access his mailbox. Before you reconnect the mailbox, what should you do? A. B. C. D. Enable POP3 access on the mailbox. Move the mailbox to a standard storage group. Instruct the user to use IMAP to connect to the mailbox. Instruct the user to use Outlook Web Access to connect to the mailbox.

Answer: B Section: (none)

QUESTION 79 An Exchange Server 2007 computer name d Exch1 fails. You build a new Microsoft Windows Server 2003 computer named Exch1 to replace the failed computer. Before you restore the mailbox databases from backup, you need to restore the Exchange Mailbox s erver role on Exch1. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Restore the System State data and the Microsoft Information Store data. Run the Setup /NewProvisionedServer /role:Mailbox command. Run the Setup /m:Install /role:Mailbox command. Run the Setup /m:RecoverServer command.

Answer: D Section: (none)

QUESTION 80 Your Exchange Server 2007 environment has three Exchange servers that have the Mailbox server role installed. The servers are configured to back up the existing Windows event logs and mailbox databases. You add the Hub Transport server role to the Exchange servers. You want to reconfigure the backups for the servers. Written company policy states that enough information must be retained to perform a root cause analysis on lost or corrupted e-mail messages and to recover as much data as possible in the event of a failure. You need to add backups for the Hub Transport server role. What should you add to the current backups? A. B. C. D. the \TransportRoles\Logs\ directory the \TransportRoles\data\Queue\ directory the Microsoft Information Store the IIS metabase

Answer: A

Section: (none)

QUESTION 81 Your environment contains t he following servers : Mailbox s erver named ExchM b 1 Client Access s erver named ExchCAS1 Standby Microsoft Windows Server 2003 computer named Server2 Two Hub Transport server s named ExchHub1 and ExchHub2 ExchHub1 fails. You need to restore ExchHub1 to its pre- failure configuration . What should you do? A. B. C. D. Rename Server2 to ExchHub1, and run the Setup /m:RecoverServer command on ExchHub1. Rename Server2 to ExchHub1, and run the Setup /m:Install /role:HT command on ExchHub1. On ExchHub2, run the Setup /m:RecoverServer command. On ExchHub2, run the Setup /m:Install /role:HT command.

Answer: A Section: (none)

QUESTION 82 Your company completes a migration to Exchange Server 2007. Each Mailbox server is configured with two storage groups and two databases per storage group. You want to provide fault tolerance by implementing local continuous replication (LCR). You need to configure each Mailbox server with LCR. Which three actions should you perform, and in what order should these actions be performed? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order, Choose three.

Answer:

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 83 Your Exchange Server 2007 organization is configured in two Active Directory sites named Site1 and Site2. Site1 is configured for the 10.10.5.0/24 subnet, and Site2 is configured for the 10.10.20.0/24 subnet. The Exchange servers in the two sites are shown in the following table.

ExchCAS1 fails. Site2 users report that they are unable to access Microsoft Office Outlook Web Access ( OWA ) . You need to restore OWA service to Site2 users. What should you do? A. B. C. D. On ExchMbCAS1, create a new OWA virtual directory. Move the mailbox configuration of the users on ExchCMS1 to ExchMbCAS1. Add the Client Access server role to ExchHub2. Add the Client Access server role to ExchHub1.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 84 An Exchange Server 2007 clustered mailbox server is installed on a Single Copy Cluster (SCC). You want to add another storage group and database to the clustered mailbox server. You perform the following actions. (1.) On the active and passive nodes of the cluster, mount a new database drive to D:\mounts\SG5\DB5_1, and mount a new log drive to D:\mounts\SG5\Log5_1. (2.) Create a new storage group named SG5, and point the log path to D:\mounts\SG5\Log5_1. (3.) Create a new database in SG5 named DB5_1, and point the database path to D:\mounts\SG5\DB5_1. You need to complete the addition of the storage group and database to the clustered mailbox server. What should you do?

A. Change the mount location of the database and log drives to drive letter locations on the active and passive nodes. B. Remove the drives from the passive node until the active node is configured. C. Add the drives as a cluster resource, and make the Microsoft Information Store dependent on those resources. D. Add the drives as a cluster resource, and make the storage group dependent on those resources. Answer: D Section: (none)

QUESTION 85 Your company merges with Contoso , Ltd. Each companys mixed e-mail system includes Exchange Server 2003 servers and Exchange Server 2007 servers , and Outlook 2003 clients and Outlook 2007 clients. Currently your company has a single remote SMTP domain for *, which is configured with the Allow none option. You need to configure the delivery of out-of-office (OOF) messages to the contoso.com domain, and you must ensure that no users outside of the two merged companies can receive OOF messages. What should you do? A. On the remote domain *, select the Allow external out-of-office only option. B. On the remote domain *, select the Allow external out-of-office and out-of-office set by Outlook 2003 or earlier clients and set on Exchange 2003 or earlier servers option. C. Add a new remote domain for *.contoso.com, and select the Allow external out-of-office only option. D. Add a new remote domain for *.contoso.com, and select the Allow internal out-of-office and out-of-office set by Outlook 2003 or earlier clients and set on Exchange 2003 or earlier servers option. Answer: D Section: (none)

QUESTION 86 Your companys Microsoft ActiveSync policy is configured to require inactive user s to provide their password every 10 minutes. A company executive request s that her mobile device be exempt from the inactivity timer. You need to exempt the executives mobile device from the timeout policy while maintaining the other corporate policy settings. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Remove the corporate ActiveSync policy from the executives mailbox. Create a new ActiveSync policy that has the required settings, and apply it to the executives mailbox. Change the password setting on the executives mobile device to override the ActiveSync policy. Reconfigure the executives mobile device for ActiveSync, and do not apply the corporate ActiveSync policy.

Answer: B Section: (none)

QUESTION 87 Your Exchange Server 2007 organization contains two load balanced Client Access servers . Outlook Anywhere users on the corporate network have access to availability information. You need to allow access to availability information for users outside the corporate network who connect by using Outlook Anywhere. What should you do?

A. Run the Set-CASMailbox cmdlet with the appropriate parameters on each of the Client Access servers. B. Add a replica of the Exchange organizations Free/Busy public folder to at least one of the Mailbox servers in the same site as the Client Access servers. C. Add the Full Details read permission to each users calendar properties by using the Microsoft Office Outlook client. D. Set the external URL by running the Set-WebServicesVirtualDirectory cmdlet on each of the Client Access servers. Answer: D Section: (none)

QUESTION 88 Your company purchases a company named Contoso , Ltd. Your company plans to accept e-mail messages that are sent to the contoso.com e-mail namespace on your companys existing e-mail servers. The Contoso , Ltd., e-mail servers will be decommissioned. You need to configure your companys Exchange 2007 organization to accept all e-mail messages that are sent to contoso.com. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Add contoso.com to the accepted domains as an external relay domain. Add contoso.com to the accepted domains as an internal relay domain. Add contoso.com to the accepted domains as an authoritative domain. Add a new e-mail address generation policy for contoso.com.

Answer: C Section: (none)

QUESTION 89 Your Exchange Server 2007 computers are configured with the default settings. You need to send copies of all e-mail messages that are sent and received by user@contoso.com to monitor@contoso.com. What should you do? A. Run the New-JournalRule -Name:'User' -JournalEmailAddress:'user@contoso.com' -Scope:'Global'Enabled:$true -Recipient:'monitor@contoso.com' cmdlet. B. Run the New-JournalRule -Name:'User' -JournalEmailAddress:'user@contoso.com' -Scope:'Internal'Enabled:$true -Recipient:'monitor@contoso.com' cmdlet. C. Run the Set-JournalRule -Name:'User' -JournalEmailAddress:'user@contoso.com' -Scope:'Global'-Enabled: $true -Recipient:'monitor@contoso.com' cmdlet. D. Configure e-mail forwarding on the users account. Set it to forward e-mail to monitor@contoso.com. Answer: A Section: (none)

QUESTION 90 You need to configure Outlook Web Access to allow Microsoft Office documents to be opened but not saved on public computers. What should you do? A. Enable direct file access for public computers.

B. Enable Force WebReady Document Viewing when a converter is available for public computers. C. Add the Office file formats to the supported document types for WebReady Document Viewing. D. Add the Office file formats to the direct file access Block list. Answer: B Section: (none)

QUESTION 91 Your Exchange Server 2007 organization contains a Mailbox server and a Client Access server. You are using Web-based distribution for the default offline address book (OAB). The OAB is no longer being updated on the Client Access server. You need to enable the Client Access server to retrieve the updated OAB from the Mailbox server. What should you do? A. B. C. D. On the Mailbox server, start the Microsoft Exchange Service Host service. On the Mailbox server, start the Microsoft Exchange Replication service. On the Client Access server, start the Microsoft Exchange Service Host service. On the Client Access server, start the Microsoft Exchange File Distribution service.

Answer: D Section: (none)

QUESTION 92 Your company has a group of accountants in the main office in Chicago. The company hires a new group of accountants for the branch office in Dallas. The Exchange Server 2007 computer in the Chicago office is named ExchChi. The Exchange Server 2007 computer in the Dallas office is named ExchDal. The new accounting group requires a local replica of the Accounting public folder that is located in the root of the public folder tree. You need to add a replica of the Accounting folder to the Exchange server in the Dallas office. Which cmdlet should you run? A. Set- PublicFolder " EXCHChi \Accounting" -replicas " EXCHDal \Public Folder Database" B. Set- PublicFolder "\Accounting" -replicas " EXCHDal \Public Folder Database" C. Set- PublicFolder "\Accounting" -replicas " EXCHChi \Public Folder Database","EXCHDal \Public Folder Database" D. Set- PublicFolder " EXCHDal \Accounting" -replicas " EXCHChi \Public Folder Database" Answer: C Section: (none)

QUESTION 93 You increase the anti-spam restrictions for your Exchange Server 2007 organization . You inform your company s partners that they should forward any e-mail message s that are being blocked by the content filters to anti-spam@contoso.com . The forwarded messages will be reviewed so that modifications can be made to S afe S enders L ists to prevent the blocking problem in the future. E xternal users are forward ing e-mail messages to anti-spam@contoso.com , but you discover that no message s from external users are in the anti-spam mailbox . You need to allow the anti-spam mailbox to receive e-mail messages that are classified as spam. Which cmdlet should you run?

A. B. C. D.

Set- RecipientFilterConfig - RecipientValidationEnabled $false Set- ContentFilterConfig - BypassedRecipients anti-spam@contoso.com Set- ContentFilterConfig - BypassedSenders anti-spam@contoso.com Set- RecipientFilterConfig - BlockListEnabled $false - BlockedRecipients anti-spam@contoso.com

Answer: B Section: (none)

QUESTION 94 Your Exchange Server 2007 organization has a single Edge Transport server, which is configured with a spam quarantine mailbox. You need to reduce the amount of spam that reaches user In boxes . You also need to be able to review marked messages and to monitor them for false positives. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Increase the spam confidence level (SCL) threshold value for deleting e-mail. Increase the spam confidence level (SCL) threshold value for quarantining e-mail. Reduce the spam confidence level (SCL) threshold value for rejecting e-mail. Reduce the spam confidence level (SCL) threshold value for quarantining e-mail.

Answer: D Section: (none)

QUESTION 95 A new mailbox is created at 9 A.M. Users of Microsoft Office Outlook Web Access are able to see and use the new mailbox in the global address list (GAL) at 10 A.M. Users of Outlook Anywhere are not able to see the new mailbox in the GAL until the next day. You need to configure the Exchange Server 2007 computer to allow users of Outlook Anywhere to see a new mailbox in the GAL within four hours after the mailbox is created. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Enable Web-based distribution for the offline address book (OAB). Enable Public Folder distribution for the offline address book (OAB). Enable support for Outlook 2003 with Service Pack 2 or later clients on the offline address book (OAB). Set a custom update schedule for the offline address book (OAB).

Answer: D Section: (none)

QUESTION 96 Your Exchange Server 2007 organization contains a Hub Transport server named ExchHub1. ExchHub1 has a Foreign connector named FaxCon that connects to a fax server named Fax1. You move the Drop directory for Fax1 by performing the following steps. On Fax1, create a new directory named FaxDir. Run the Set-ForeignConnector "FaxCon" -DropDirectory "FaxDir" cmdlet. Run the Set-TransportServer ExchHub1 -RootDropDirectoryPath "\\Fax1\Drop Directory" cmdlet. You need to ensure that all messages pending delivery are delivered.

What should you do? A. Add the Administrators group with Full Control permission to the new Drop directory. B. Copy all messages in the old Drop directory to the new Drop directory. C. Set the size of the Drop directory by running the Set-ForeignConnector cmdlet with the appropriate parameter. D. Set the maximum message size by running the Set-ForeignConnector cmdlet with the appropriate parameter. Answer: B Section: (none)

QUESTION 97 Your Exchange Server 2007 organization has a resource mailbox named ExecConfRm . All users are able to schedule meetings for ExecConfRm . You need to modify the ExecConfRm settings to ensure that only two users named Maria and Marc are able to schedule meetings for ExecConfRm . Which cmdlet should you run? A. Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " ExecConf $false B. Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " ExecConf C. Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " ExecConf AllBookInPolicy $false D. Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " ExecConf Answer: A Section: (none) Rm " - BookInPolicy Marc , Maria - AllBookInPolicy Rm " - Request InPolicy Marc , Maria Rm " - RequestOutof Policy Marc , Maria Rm " - ResourceDelegates Marc , Maria

QUESTION 98 Marc is Marias assistant . Marc needs to be able to view all of the folders and subfolders in Marias mailbox and to ope n and respond to Marias e- mail . You need to assign Marc the appropriate permissions. What should you do? A. Run the Add-ADPermission -Identity Maria ?User Marc ?AccessRights Self ?ExtendedRights Send-As cmdlet. B. Run the Add-MailboxPermission ?Identity Maria ?User Marc ?AccessRights ExternalAccount cmdlet. C. Run the Add-MailboxPermission ?Identity Maria ?User Marc ?AccessRights FullAccess cmdlet. D. In the Active Directory Users and Computers management console, assign Marc the Allow-Full Control permission for Marias user account. Answer: C Section: (none)

QUESTION 99 Your Exchange Server 2007 organization has two servers named Exch1 and Exch2. You need to move all of th e Exch1 mailboxes to Exch2 next Saturday at 11:00 P.M. You will be out of the office at that time . What should you do?

A. Run the Get-Mailbox -server Exch1 | Move-mailbox -TargetDatabase "Exch2\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database" cmdlet with the StartDate parameter set for next Saturday at 11 P.M. B. Run the Get-Mailbox | Move-mailbox -TargetDatabase "Exch2\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database" cmdlet with the StartDate parameter set for next Saturday at 11 P.M. C. Use Microsoft Windows scheduler to run the Get-Mailbox | Move-mailbox -TargetDatabase "Exch2\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database" cmdlet from the Exchange Management Shell next Saturday at 11 P.M. D. Use Microsoft Windows scheduler to run the Get-Mailbox -server Exch1 | Move-mailbox -TargetDatabase "Exch2\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database" cmdlet from the Exchange Management Shell next Saturday at 11 P.M. Answer: D Section: (none)

QUESTION 100 Your company is closing its Denver office. The employees in the Denver office have mailbox-enabled user accounts that use the value Denver in the City attribute. You disable the user accounts of the Denver employees . You need to disconnect the ir mailboxes. What are two possible ways to achieve the goal? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose two.) A. B. C. D. Run the Remove-Mailbox Denver cmdlet. Run the Get-User -Filter "City -like 'Denver'" | Remove-Mailbox cmdlet. Run the Get-User -Filter "City -like 'Denver'" | Disable-Mailbox cmdlet. From the Exchange Management Console, apply a filter to the City attribute to contain Denver. Highlight all of the filtered users and select Disable. E. From the Exchange Management Console, apply a filter to the City attribute to contain Denver . Highlight all of the filtered users and select Remove . Answer: CD Section: (none)

QUESTION 101 All users can receive e-mail that is sent directly to them from the Internet. A distribution group named WebResponse is configured to accept e-mail from all users. All corporate users can send messages to the WebResponse distribution group by using Microsoft Office Outlook. A ll messages that are sent to the distribution group from the Internet are rejected. You need to allow e-mail from internal and Internet users to be sent to the SMTP address of the WebResponse distribution group. What should you do? A. Modify the properties of the WebResponse distribution group so that the Everyone group has the Send As permission. B. Modify the properties of the WebResponse distribution group so that the group no longer requires all senders to be authenticated. C. Modify the SMTP Receive connectors on each Hub Transport server to allow anonymous users. D. Modify the properties of the WebResponse distribution group so that the group is no longer hidden from the Outlook global address list (GAL). Answer: B Section: (none)

QUESTION 102 You move a conference room mailbox named ConfRm 1 from an Exchange Server 2003 computer to an Exchange Server 2007 computer . You need to convert the ConfRm 1 mailbox to an Exchange 2007 resource mailbox. You need to ensure that the mailbox can be scheduled as a resource. Which two cmdlets should you run? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose two.) A. B. C. D. Set-Mailbox -Identity " Conf Rm1 " -Type Room Set-Mailbox -Identity " Conf Rm1 " -Type Regular Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " Conf Rm1 " - AutomateProcessing AutoAccept Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " Conf Rm1 " - AutomateProcessing Auto Update

Answer: AC Section: (none)

QUESTION 103 A mail-enabled public folder named Monitoring receive s automated alerts from your companys monitoring system. Some users send e-mail messages to the folder by selecting it from the global address list (GAL) in Microsoft Office Outlook. You need to prevent users from selecting the Monitoring folder from the GAL, and you need to ensure that the monitoring alerts will still be received . What should you do? A. B. C. D. Run the Set-MailPublicFolder cmdlet and set the DisplayName parameter to $false. Run the Set-MailPublicFolder cmdlet and set the HiddenFromAddressListsEnabled parameter to $true. Run the Set-AddressList "Public Folders" -RecipientFilter "DisplayName -is 'Monitoring'" cmdlet. Use the Outlook client to remove the Folder visible attribute for the Default name on the Monitoring public folder.

Answer: B Section: (none)

QUESTION 104 Your company uses both a distribution group and a security group for each department. Both groups contain the same members. All new users are added to both groups in their departments . You need to decrease the amount of time that is required to manage groups. You must achieve this goal while minimizing disruption to mail capabilities and to previously assigned access permissions. Which two actions should you perform? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose two.) A. B. C. D. E. Delete the departmental distribution groups. Delete the departmental security groups. Convert the departmental distribution groups to global security groups. Mail-enable the departmental security groups. Mail-enable the converted global security groups.

Answer: AD Section: (none)

QUESTION 105 Your Exchange Server 2007 organization contains two Exchange servers named Exch1 and Exch2. Exch1 fails and cannot be restored to service. You need to move all mailboxes from Exch1 to Exch2. Which cmdlet should you run? A. Get-Mailbox -Server Exch1 | Move-Mailbox Group\Mailbox Database" B. Get-Mailbox -Server Exch1 | Move-Mailbox Group\Mailbox Database" C. Get-Mailbox -Server Exch1 | Move-Mailbox \Mailbox Database" D. Get-Mailbox -Server Exch1 | Move-Mailbox Group\Mailbox Database" Answer: D Section: (none) - IgnorePolicyMatch - TargetDatabase "Exch2\First Storage - IgnoreRuleLimitErrors - TargetDatabase "Exch2\First Storage - ValidateOnly - TargetDatabase "Exch2\First Storage Group - ConfigurationOnly - TargetDatabase "Exch2\First Storage

QUESTION 106 You have an automatically generated CSV file with a list of your companys newly hired employees. The CSV file contains all of the information that is required to create the mailboxes for the new employees. You need to create new user accounts and mailboxes directly from the CSV file. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Redirect the output of Redirect the output of Redirect the output of Redirect the output of parameters. the Import-CSV cmdlet to the New-Mailbox cmdlet with the appropriate parameters. the Export-CSV cmdlet to the New-Mailbox cmdlet with the appropriate parameters. the Import-Alias cmdlet to the New-Mailbox cmdlet with the appropriate parameters. the Import-CSV cmdlet to the Enable-Mailbox cmdlet with the appropriate

Answer: A Section: (none)

Exam Q QUESTION 1 Users report that legitimate e-mail messages are being delivered to their Microsoft Office Outlook Junk E-mail folders . You confirm that the e-mail addresses of the message senders were on the Outlook Safe Senders List . You need to allow user -defined Safe Senders Lists to be used during the Exchange Edge Transport server message delivery . What should you do? A. B. C. D. On the Mailbox server content filter configuration, enable Outlook E-mail Postmark validation. On the Edge Transport server content filter configuration, enable authenticated message bypass. Enable anti-spam updates on the Edge Transport server. Run the Update-SafeList cmdlet for each users mailbox on the Mailbox server.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: The user Safelist, stored in Outlook and the Exchange mailbox, combines: 1. Safe senders and safe recipients lists, as full SMTP addresses. 2. Safe domains. 3. External contacts: By default, the Junk email filter deems addresses found in Outlook Contacts and the Exchange GAL as being safe. However, these arent actually added to the Safelist unless messages are sent to them while the option Automatically add people I email to the Safe Senders List is checked. Outlook contacts are included if Also trust email from my Contacts is likewise checked. Safelist entries are one-way hashed before being stored as array sets across two user object attributes, msExchangeSafeSenderHash and msExchangeSafeRecipientHash. Hashing reduces file size and renders the data unreadable by malicious outsiders. Safelist Aggregation collects Safelist settings from configured Outlook users and makes this data available to anti-spam agents operating on the Edge servers. This diminishes the rate of false positives. When Safelist Aggregation is set, the Content Filter identifies email from Safelist sources as okay and delivers it to the Inbox without further processing. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb125168.aspx To configure safelist aggregation: 1. Run Update-Safelist. 2. Schedule periodic updates (Use AT command in EM Shell). 3. Verify EdgeSync is replicating safelist data to the ADAM on the Edge server. 4. Verify content filtering is enabled on servers running anti-spam agents. To test whether safelist aggregation is working, create an account on a free Web-based email provider. Add this account to the Safe Senders list in Outlook. Next, run Update-SafeList. Then, send a message from this account that includes a word explicitly blocked by your content filter. This message should be deposited in your Inbox. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998280.aspx Use Update-SafeList to update safelist aggregation information for anti-spam filtering in AD. EdgeSync

replicates this data to Edge servers. Update-SafeList reads safelist aggregation from a users Outlook mailbox, hashes and then writes this data to the user object in AD. Use Type to choose whether to update the Safe Senders or Safe Recipients list, or both (Default, SafeSenders). Configuration changes made to the Content Filter Agent only happen on the local Edge server. If you have multiple Edge servers, you must duplicate filter changes to each computer. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb125034.aspx Email Postmark validation is a computational proof applied by Outlook to outgoing messages to help recipient mail systems distinguish between legitimate and junk email. When you enable Postmark validation, the Content Filter Agent parses each inbound message for a computational header. The presence of a valid, solved header demonstrates that the client generating the original email solved the postmark. This result is factored into the overall Spam Confidence Level for the message. It doesnt require significant processing time for a machine to solve individual computational postmarks. However, processing postmarks for bulk messages is prohibitive for a malicious sender. Anyone spewing out millions of emails is unlikely to invest in the processing power necessary to solve postmarks for all this outgoing spam. For this reason, if a senders email shows a valid, solved postmark, hes unlikely a spammer. By default, Postmark validation is enabled on an Edge server. To control this: Set-ContentFilterConfig -OutlookEmailPostmarkValidationEnabled <$true | $false> http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa996016.aspx EMC > Server Configuration > Edge or Hub Transport > Enable Anti-spam Updates... Use this wizard to determine the type of Forefront updates to retrieve. This service polls MU several times a day, both to check opt-in status and download new updates. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb691087.aspx

QUESTION 2 Your companys Microsoft ActiveSync policy is configured to require inactive users to provide their password every 10 minutes. A company executive requests that her mobile device be exempt from the inactivity timer. You need to exempt the executives mobile device from the timeout policy while maintaining the other corporate policy settings. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Remove the corporate ActiveSync policy from the executives mailbox. Create a new ActiveSync policy that has the required settings, and apply it to the executives mailbox. Change the password setting on the executives mobile device to override the ActiveSync policy. Reconfigure the executives mobile device for ActiveSync, and do not apply the corporate ActiveSync policy.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: EMC > Organization Configuration > Client Access > New ActiveSync Mailbox Policy... EMC > Recipient Configuration > Mailbox > Properties > Mailbox Features > Exchange ActiveSync > Properties > Apply an ActiveSync Mailbox Policy...

ActiveSync is a protocol, based on HTTP and XML and optimized for high-latency, low-bandwidth networks, that enables users of mobile devices to access email, calendar, contacts, and tasks on their mailboxes; and continue to access these features even when offline. When the CAS role is installed, EAS is enabled by default. So, any user can sync his mobile device to the Mailbox server. EAS also allows access to file shares and SharePoint Services sites. It can be disabled by halting Web services on the EAS virtual directory. Manage EAS by policy. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa995962.aspx Set-ActiveSyncMailboxPolicy enables you to apply EAS policy to a CAS. Some settings require a mobile device to have built-in features to enforce security and control. Set AllowNonProvisionableDevices to $true to permit all devices, including those lacking such features. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123756.aspx http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123484.aspx http://www.msexchange.org/articles_tutorials/exchange-server-2007/mobility-client-access/uncoveringexchange-activesync-enhancements-exchange-server-2007-service-pack-1.html

QUESTION 3 You are preparing to configure e-mail retention on three managed custom folders for all mailboxes on an Exchange Server 2007 computer named Exch1. You perform the following actions. Create three managed custom folders. Create managed content settings for each folder, and configure the required retention settings. Create a new managed folder mailbox policy named MailRet . Add each managed custom folder to the MailRet policy. Configure the managed folder assistant for Exch1. You need to finish configuring the messaging records management (MRM) retention settings so that the three folders are available for the mailboxes on Exch1. What should you do? A. B. C. D. For each mailbox on Exch1, select the Enable retention hold for items in this mailbox check box. For each mailbox on Exch1, add the MailRet policy. Add managed content settings to the three managed custom folders. Create a new managed folder mailbox policy for each of the three managed custom folders.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Messaging Records Management is the Exchange technology that helps organizations reduce legal risks associated with email and other communications. MRM makes it easier to keep messages needed to comply with company policy and government regulation and delete content with no legal or business value. This is accomplished thru managed folders, mailbox folders to which you apply managed content settings. A user sorts individual emails or entire folders into such managed folders, according to organization policy. Periodically, Exchange processes these messages, applying content settings. When an email reaches a retention limit, its archived, deleted, flagged for user scrutiny, or the event is simply logged.

MRM Strategy: 1. Users classify their own emails. 2. Obsolete messages removed. 3. Required messages retained. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb310756.aspx Deploying MRM: 1. Select a managed default folder (such as Inbox) to which you want to add MRM, or create a managed custom folder: EMC > Organization Configuration > Mailbox > Managed Custom Folders > New Managed Folder... 2. Create managed content settings for this folder: EMC > Organization Configuration > Mailbox > Managed Custom Folders > New Managed Content Settings... 3. Create managed folder mailbox policy: EMC > Organization Configuration > Mailbox > Managed Folder Mailbox Policies > New Policy... 4. Apply policy to users mailboxes: EMC > Recipient Configuration > Mailbox > Properties > Mailbox Settings > MRM > Properties... 5. Schedule managed folder assistant to apply changes to users' mailboxes: EMC > Server Configuration > Mailbox > Properties > MRM... http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123548.aspx http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb408414.aspx http://www.msexchange.org/articles_tutorials/exchange-server-2007/compliance-policies-archiving/exchange2007-messaging-records-management-part1.html?

QUESTION 4 Your company has five Active Directory sites that are configured as shown in the exhibit. (Click the Exhibit button.) Each site has an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server and Hub Transport server. Currently all outbound email traffic goes through the New York site. You need to reconfigure the mail flow so that all outbound e-mail messages that are sent from users in the Seattle office are sent out of your Exchange organization through ExchHub5 in the Chicago office. Which cmdlet should you run? Exhibit:

A. Set- AdsiteLink -Id DNVR-CHI - ADCost 5 B. Set- AdSite -Identity Chicago - HubSiteEnabled:$true C. New- SendConnector -Name 'Chicago' - AddressSpaces:'smtp :*;1' - DNSRoutingEnabled:$true SourceTransportServers:'ExchHub5' D. Set- SendConnector -Identity 'Seattle' - AddressSpaces:'smtp :*;1' - DNSRoutingEnabled:$false SourceTransportServers:'ExchHub1' Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Outbound email goes thru NYC site. So, there must be a Send Connector configured with ExchHub1 as a source server. Need to reconfigure mail flow so all outbound email from Seattle leaves the organization thru ExchHub5 in Chicago. Choice C is probably correct since its a necessary -- but not sufficient -- condition for this to occur. The IP Site-Link cost from Seattle to both the Chicago and NYC AD sites is identical; namely, 20. But the alphanumeric value of the Dallas site is less than that of the Denver site. Therefore, the email path from Seattle to NYC thru Dallas will still be favored over that to Chicago thru Denver. To guarantee all Seattle mail

exits from ExchHub5, you must also do something to lower the Exchange cost between Seattle and Chicago. Choice A is on the right track, but shows the wrong parameter. Instead, you could run something like: Set-AdSiteLink -ID DNVR-CHI -ExchangeCost 5 EMC > Organization Configuration > Hub or Edge Transport > Send Connectors > New Send Connector... A Send Connector represents a logical gateway thru which outbound messages are routed. Use a Send connectors to create next hop links from a transport server, either to the Internet or to a remote mail organization requiring specific configuration. (For example, some systems may use a smart host or need you to send messages larger than your standard limit.) By default, when the Hub or Edge server role is installed, no explicit Send connectors are created. However, implicit and invisible Send Connectors, automatically computed based on AD site topology, are used to route messages internally between Hub servers. End-to-end mail flow is only possible after the Edge servers are subscribed to an AD site. Other scenarios, such as Internet-facing Hub servers, require manual configuration of connectors. Send connectors are stored in AD and available to all Hub servers in the organization. Which connector to select to route mail to a particular recipient is determined during message categorization. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998662.aspx Use New-SendConnector to create a new connector on a Transport server. SourceTransportServers specifies Hub servers that can use the connector. Valid values for DnsRoutingEnabled are $True or $False (Default, $True; if choose a SmartHosts parameter, must be $False). AddressSpaces lists domain names to which connector sends messages. Syntax: <AddressSpaceType>:<AddressSpace>;<AddressSpaceCost>. AddressSpaceType: On an Edge server, must be SMTP. On a Hub server, may be SMTP, X400, or any other text string. AddressSpace: For SMTP, must be RFC 1035-compliant. AddressSpaceCost: If omitted, 1 is assumed. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998936.aspx Use Set-SendConnector to modify an existing Send connector on a Transport server. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998294.aspx Exchange uses AD sites and AD site-link costs to determine the least cost path linking the Hub servers in an organization. By default, email travels from the source Hub to the destination Hub server untouched. Servers residing at sites along the least cost path dont process the message in any way. Set-AdSite overrides this default behavior to configure a site as a hub site. When a hub site exists along a least cost path, messages get routed to a Hub server located at this site for processing before being relayed on to the next hop. Use HubSiteEnabled to control this behavior (Default, $false). http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124548.aspx By default, Exchange calculates least cost paths thru an organization by using the costs already assigned to AD site-links. Use Set-AdSiteLink to assign an Exchange-specific cost to such a link. This cost becomes a separate attribute, employed instead of the AD cost, to determine least cost paths. This cost is also used if, for some reason, a message cant be delivered to its final stop. In that case, mail will queue at a Hub server located in the most distant hop reachable along the path to its ultimate destination. By default, Exchange doesnt impose any size limit on relayed emails. If use Set-AdSiteLink to configure a maximum size on a site-link, routing will generate an NDR for any message exceeding this value attempting to proceed along this site-link. This setting is useful to control large emails addressed to remote sites connected

only by a low-bandwidth WAN link. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123696.aspx

QUESTION 5 Your Exchange Server 2007 organization contains two load balanced Client Access servers. Outlook Anywhere users on the corporate network have access to availability information. You need to allow access to availability information for users outside the corporate network who connect by using Outlook Anywhere. What should you do? A. Run the Set-CASMailbox cmdlet with the appropriate parameters on each of the Client Access servers. B. Add a replica of the Exchange organizations Free/Busy public folder to at least one of the Mailbox servers in the same site as the Client Access servers. C. Add the Full Details read permission to each users calendar properties by using the Microsoft Office Outlook client. D. Set the external URL by running the Set-WebServicesVirtualDirectory cmdlet on each of the Client Access servers. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: In Exchange 2007, Free & Busy data no longer has to be stored in public folders. Thus, issues of replication or latency dont have to be dealt with. Instead, the Availability Web service, deployed on CASs, retrieves this information directly from a mailbox calendar. This service also provides access to OOF messages. Outlook 2007 clients use the Autodiscover service to obtain the Availability URL. Autodiscover (similar to DNS) helps locate various Web services, such as UM, OAB, and Availability. Outlook and OWA Scheduling Assistant use Availability to: 1. Retrieve live Free & Busy data for local Exchange 2007 mailboxes. 2. Retrieve live Free & Busy data from other Exchange 2007 forests. 3. Retrieve published Free & Busy data from Public Folders (for legacy mailboxes or those using legacy Outlook clients). 4. View attendee working hours. 5. Show meeting time suggestions. Availability Improvements: 1. Free & Busy data guaranteed up-to-date to within a minute. 2. No publishing requirement. 3. Provides enhanced calendar information, such as Subject and Location. By default, Free & Busy displays only start and end appointment times. 4. More granular security. You can now determine how much calendar information to share with any user or group: Outlook > Mailbox > Calendar > Properties > Permissions> Permission Levels: 1. Nothing. 2. Free & Busy information. 3. Increased details. 4. Full calendar. How Availability works:

1. A client connects to a CAS using Availability URL. 2. If target mailbox is in same AD site, the CAS uses MAPI to connect to Mailbox server and obtain Free & Busy data. 3. If in another site, the CAS makes an HTTPS connection to the target CAS. This then uses MAPI to retrieve the requested data from local Mailbox server. Returns this to source CAS. 4. Which then returns Free & Busy information to client. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb232134.aspx http://msexchangeteam.com/archive/2006/10/23/429296.aspx Availability Web service is installed by default with Exchange. For a single forest topology, where all clients run Outlook 2007, only this is needed to obtain Free & Busy data. Where clients run both Outlook 2003 and 2007, both public folders (for 2003) and Availability (for 2007) are required. The internal Availability URL is accessed from the intranet; the external one, from the Internet. To use the same URL for both types of traffic, make sure DNS is properly configured, and that the URL is accessible from both sides of the firewall. Both mail.example.com and autodiscover.mail.example.com must point to the CAS NLB array. To configure Availability for NLB computers: Set-WebServicesVirtualDirectory -Identity "EWS*" -ExternalUrl "Https://Contoso.mail.com/EWS/Exchange. asmx" -InternalUrl "Https://Contoso.mail.com/EWS/Exchange.asmx" http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa997237.aspx Use Set-WebServicesVirtualDirectory to modify an existing Web Services Virtual Directory on a CAS. ExternalUrl parameter specifies the host name by which to connect from outside, and InternalUrl the host name to connect from inside the firewall. These settings are also crucial when using SSL. For a load balanced array of CASs, its sufficient to supply the name for only one of the servers. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa997233.aspx Set-CASMailbox operates on one mailbox at a time to set the CAS-related attributes for EAS, OWA, POP3, and IMAP4 for a specified user. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb125264.aspx

QUESTION 6 Your company has a separate business unit named Northwind Traders. All Northwind Traders employees have mailboxes on your companys Exchange Server 2007 computers. All Northwind Traders employee mailboxes have been assigned northwindtraders.com e-mail addresses. The e-mail address policy is configured as shown in the following exhibit . (Click the Exhibit button.) The Northwind Traders distribution groups have not been assigned northwindtraders.com e-mail addresses. You need to use an e-mail address policy to assign all of the Northwind Traders distribution groups an e-mail address from the northwindtraders.com domain. What should you do? Exhibit:

A. Run the Set-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet with the RecipientFilter parameter to add each of the distribution groups to the existing e-mail address policy. Run the Update-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet with appropriate parameters. B. Run the Set-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet with the IncludedRecipients parameter to add each of the distribution groups to the existing e-mail address policy. Run the Update-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet with the appropriate parameters. C. Assign a unique custom attribute value to each Northwind Traders distribution group. Modify the existing policy by adding the assigned custom attribute to the conditions list by using the Exchange Management Console. D. Assign a unique custom attribute value to each Northwind Traders distribution group. Add an additional email address policy that filters for the assigned custom attribute. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: EMC > Recipient Configuration > Distribution Group > Properties > General > Custom Attributes... For each recipient, there are 15 custom attributes provided, each with a separate condition. If you want an email address policy to include only recipients with a certain value set, check the box corresponding to that attribute. EMC > Organization Configuration > Hub Transport > New Email Address Policy... Address policies generate primary and secondary email addresses for recipients (users, contacts, and groups). By default, Exchange contains a policy for each mail-enabled user. This takes the local label (whats before @) from the user alias, along with the default domain. However, if you want to choose additional addresses for all, or a subset of recipients, modify this default or create a new address policy. You can use either precanned addresses (commonly used types) or custom SMTP formats, where variables specify alternate values for the local label. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb232171.aspx Use Set-EmailAddressPolicy to set AD attributes for a policy (Then use Update-EmailAddressPolicy to apply these changes). RecipientFilter filters recipients contained in a particular policy. IncludedRecipients filters recipient types used to build the GAL; available values: AllRecipients, MailboxUsers, Resources, Contacts, MailGroups. Cant be used with RecipientFilter parameter. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124517.aspx

QUESTION 7 You need to configure a public folder to replicate on only Saturdays and Sundays. You also need to ensure that posts will be denied after the folders size reaches 500 MB. Which cmdlet should you run for the public folder? A. Set- PublicFolder - StorageQuota 500MB - ReplicationSchedule "Saturday.12:00 AM-Sunday.11:59 PM" B. Set- PublicFolder - PostStorageQuota 500MB - ReplicationSchedule "Saturday.12:00 AM-Sunday.11:59 PM" C. Set- PublicFolder - MaxItemSize 500MB - ReplicationSchedule "Saturday.12:00 AM-Sunday.11:59 PM" D. Set- PublicFolder - PostStorageQuota 500MB - UseDatabaseRetentionDefaults : $true Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Use Set-PublicFolder to set PF attributes. PostStorageQuota specifies size when PF doesn't allow posting. StorageQuota, size when PF starts issuing warnings. MaxItemSize, maximum item size that can be posted (all in KB). These parameters mutually exclusive with UseDatabaseQuotaDefaults. ReplicationSchedule specifies replication schedule in format: Weekday.Hour:Minute [AM/PM]-Weekday.Hour: Minute [AM/PM]. Mutually exclusive with UseDatabaseReplicationSchedule. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998596.aspx

QUESTION 8 You create a new message classification named Customer Data. Messages that have this classification should not be sent outside the company. You need to redirect to the CustData mailbox all outbound e-mail messages that have the Customer Data classification. What should you do? A. Run the Set-MessageClassification -Identity 'Customer Data' -UserDisplayEnabled:$true cmdlet. B. Add read permissions to the Customer Data message classification by running the SetMessageClassification cmdlet. C. Run the Set-MessageClassification -Identity 'Customer Data' -RetainClassificationEnabled:$true cmdlet. D. Create a new transport rule to redirect to the CustData mailbox all messages that are sent from internal users to only users outside the company and that are marked with the Customer Data classification. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: EMC > Organization Configuration > Hub Transport > New Transport Rule... Message classification is an Outlook 2007 feature to help organizations comply with email policies and regulatory responsibilities. When a message is classified, it contains metadata describing its intended use or audience. Outlook or OWA can act on this metadata to display a friendly description of the category. Some fields that can be set: Display name, Sender description, Recipient description, Locale. By default, message classifications are purely informational. For the Transport service to act one, a transport rule must be configured. Attorney/Client Privilege is one of two default classifications installed with Exchange. Unless you create a rule, the Transport service wont take any special action on an A/C Privileged message. However, if all attorneys are grouped into an OU called Legal, you can set a rule to return to sender any such categorized message if

neither he, nor or at least one recipient on the To or Cc lines, belongs to the Legal OU. A classification can be added to an email either manually or by a rule. Rules are assigned relative priorities. By default, as long as no other classification or rule of higher precedence supervenes, a message will retain whatever classification it possesses until it exits the organization. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123498.aspx Use New-MessageClassification to create a message classification instance. Use New-TransportRule to bind this to a rule. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124400.aspx Before classifications can be applied to mail, Outlook needs a Classifications.xml file, showing definitions of the categories Exchange supports. A new registry key to enable classification and reference this XML file must be created on each client computer. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998271.aspx Use Set-MessageClassification to configure an existing classification instance in an organization. Identity takes a string value or GUID. When UserDisplayEnabled is set to $true, text entered in DisplayName and RecipientDescription parameters is displayed to email recipients. Use RetainClassificationEnabled to choose if a classification should persist with a message thats forwarded or replied to (Default, $true). http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb125250.aspx

QUESTION 9 You are preparing to configure Outlook Anywhere on your existing Exchange Server 2007 organization. A Mailbox server named ExchMb1 contains all of the mailboxes that will be accessed by users who use Outlook Anywhere. A Client Access server named ExchCas1 is available from the Internet . Users will access Outlook Anywhere with mail.contoso.com as the host (A) name. You need to configure the Exchange organization so that Outlook Anywhere can be used by Microsoft Office Outlook clients from the Internet. Which three actions should you perform? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose three.) A. B. C. D. E. Install RPC over HTTP Proxy on ExchCas1. Install a valid SSL certificate for ExchMb1 on the default Web site. Install a valid SSL certificate for ExchCas1 on the default Web site. Install RPC over HTTP Proxy on ExchMb1. Run the Enable-OutlookAnywhere -Server:ExchCas1 -ExternalHostName:mail.contoso.com SSLOffLoading:$false -ExternalAuthenticationMethod:Basic cmdlet. F. Run the Enable-OutlookAnywhere -Server:ExchMb1 -ExternalHostName:mail.contoso.com SSLOffLoading:$true -ExternalAuthenticationMethod:Basic cmdlet. Answer: ACE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: EMC > Server Configuration > Client Access > Actions > Server > Enable Outlook Anywhere Wizard Outlook Anywhere (RPC over HTTP in Exchange 2003) provides Internet access to an Exchange messaging environment, without the need for VPNs or open RPC ports in the firewall. Features: --Much simpler to manage than RPC over HTTP. --Unauthenticated Outlook requests dont access Mailboxes.

--Clients must trust CA issuing server cert. --Firewall need only permit Port 443. --Can use same URL, namespace, and SSL cert as for ActiveSync and OWA. --If Mailbox servers configuration changes, the CAS automatically adjusts access for Outlook 2007 clients. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123513.aspx http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/9026d461-ec6a-4ef5-ba9d-de33030858f3.aspx To enable Outlook Anywhere: 1. Install a valid SSL cert from trusted CA. 2. Install Windows RPC over HTTP Proxy component. 3. Enable Outlook Anywhere on at least one CAS. Enable-OutlookAnywhere -Server:'ServerName' -ExternalHostName:'ExternalHostName'ExternalAuthenticationMethod:'Basic' -SSLOffloading:$false Cmdlet can run successfully only if RPC over HTTP proxy already installed. Server specifies name of CAS. ExternalHostname is name used in Outlook profiles for enabled users. SSLOffloading shows if CAS requires SSL (Set $true only if SSL hardware solution runs in front of server). ExternalAuthenticationMethod selects authentication method to use in HTTP connections between Outlook and firewall and firewall and /rpc vd on CAS. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123889.aspx http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124993.aspx http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa997703.aspx

QUESTION 10 Your native Exchange Server 2007 environment has the following server roles installed: Three Mailbox servers One Hub Transport server named ExchHub1 One Edge Transport server named ExchEdge1 The human resources (HR) department uses a W indows SMTP relay with an IP address of 192.168.10.25. Email from the HR department to all employees must be sent from this relay. You need to configure your Exchange environment to accept e-mail messages from the internal HR SMTP relay. Which cmdlet should you run? A. New- ReceiveConnector -Name 'HR e-mail' -Server ExchHub1 -RemoteIPRanges 192.168.10.25 AuthMechanism BasicAuth -Usage Internal B. New- ReceiveConnector -Name 'HR e-mail' -Server ExchHub1 -RemoteIPRanges 192.168.10.25 AuthMechanism BasicAuth -Usage Partner C. New- ReceiveConnector -Name 'HR e-mail' -Server ExchEdge1 -RemoteIPRanges 192.168.10.25 AuthMechanism BasicAuth -Usage Partner D. New- ReceiveConnector -Name 'HR e-mail' -Server ExchEdge1 -RemoteIPRanges 192.168.10.25 AuthMechanism BasicAuth -Usage External Answer: A Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference: EMC > Server Configuration > Hub Transport > New Receive Connector... Hub and Edge Transport servers require Receive Connectors as logical gateways thru which to get messages from the Internet, email clients, and other mail servers. By default, Receive Connectors for internal mail flow are automatically created when the Hub role is installed; connectors for mail both from the Internet and from Hub servers are automatically created when the Edge role is installed. Create additional Receive Connectors when you want to control which servers receive email from a certain IP address or address range or when you want to configure special properties for mail from a particular source -such as, a larger allowed message size, more recipients per message, or additional inbound connections. Each Receive Connector is scoped to a particular server. For a Hub server, the settings are stored as a child of the server object in AD. For an Edge server, theyre stored in ADAM. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa996395.aspx Use New-ReceiveConnector to create a connector object on Hub or Edge servers. Server specifies machine to which the object is linked. RemoteIPRanges lists IP addresses from which the connector accepts messages. Valid syntax is <Starting IP Address>-<Ending IP Address>, such as 192.168.1.1-192.168.1.10. Can't specify this value when Internet, or Usage parameter with value of Internet, chosen (Default for Internet usage type is 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255). AuthMechanism selects advertised and accepted authentication mechanisms. Usage gives default permission groups and authentication methods assigned to connector. Valid values: Client, Custom, Internal, Internet, and Partner. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb125139.aspx

QUESTION 11 A new virus is discovered in your Exchange Server 2007 organization. The file extension is .ext for this virus. The current settings for attachment filtering are configured to delete specified attachments and allow the message to be delivered . H owever, the virus files are not being filtered . You must stop the spread of this new virus. Neither the attachment nor the e-mail message should reach the e-mail recipient. The message that contains the virus should not generate a non-delivery report (NDR). You need to add a filter for the file extension of the virus . Which two cmdlets should you run? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose two.) A. B. C. D. Add- AttachmentFilterEntry -Name *. ext -type ContentType Add- AttachmentFilterEntry -Name *. ext -type FileName Set- AttachmentFilterListConfig -Action Reject - RejectMessage "None" Set- AttachmentFilterListConfig -Action SilentDelete

Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Add-AttachmentFilterEntry -Name <String> -Type <Contenttype | FileName> Use Add-AttachmentFilterEntry to add an entry to the attachment filter list on an Edge server. Name specifies file name or MIME content type. Valid values are the exact file name or wildcard character, such as *.exe. Type sets kind of attachment to block. The Attachment Filter agent can block attachments from entering an organization based on the MIME content type or file name. MIME type shows what the attachment is. Email attachments are encoded as ASCII text. Mail programs use MIME type -- expressed as type/subtype; for example, image/jpeg -- to decode ASCII text into a usable binary file.

http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123931.aspx Set-AttachmentFilterListConfig [-Action <Reject | Strip | SilentDelete>] [-AdminMessage <String>] [ExceptionConnectors <MultiValuedProperty>] [-Instance <AttachmentFilteringConfig>] [-RejectResponse <String>] Use Set-AttachmentFilterListConfig to modify the setting for the Attachment Filter agent controlling how an Edge server processes attachments. Separately configure the filter list for each Edge server. Identical options apply to all entries on any server. Action determines how the agent handles an attachment matching an entry on its filter list (Default, Block). Valid values: 1. Reject: Prevents both message and attachment from delivery; NDR to sender. 2. Strip: Removes offending attachment, then delivers message with any remaining attachments. Adds removal notification to email. 3. SilentDelete: Prevents both message and attachment from delivery. No NDR to sender. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123483.aspx

QUESTION 12 Your company normally does not allow out-of-office messages to be sent to users outside of your Exchange 2007 organization. The company makes an exception for a business partner named Northwind Traders. The SMTP domain for Northwind Traders is northwindtraders.com. You need to configure your Exchange organization to allow out-of-office messages to be sent to e-mail addresses in the northwindtraders.com domain. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Add northwindtraders.com as a remote domain and set the appropriate options. Add northwindtraders.com as an accepted domain and set the appropriate options. Create a transport rule and set the appropriate options. Create a Send connector for northwindtraders.com and set the appropriate options.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: EMC > Organization Configuration > Hub Transport > Remote Domains > New Remote Domain Wizard... If Exchange is deployed in a topology with legacy Outlook clients, out-of-office replies may go to recipients not intended. When you create a Remote Domain, you can choose the format options and character sets for mail you exchange with it, as well as OOF message policy. Four OOF options are available: 1. Allow none. 2. Allow external only. 3. Allow external and those set by Outlook or Exchange 2003. 4. Allow internal and those set by Outlook or Exchange 2003. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb629608.aspx Good reasons to limit OOF replies: 1. Fuel for dictionary attack: For a spammer using random email names against an organization, an OOF reply is proof a given address is valid. 2. Evidence for recipients physical absence. 3. Social engineering: OOF replies with too much detail (e.g., a phone number) can give leverage to a hacker attempting social penetration. 4. Message-looping: Interactions by Exchange with other mail systems and fax clients may cause loops.

http://searchexchange.techtarget.com/tip/0,289483,sid43_gci1187498,00.html http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa997463.aspx In Outlook 2007, use OOF Assistant to control replies: http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb125142.aspx

QUESTION 13 In your Exchange Server 2007 organization, a report of the Exchange server settings indicates that the storage limits for the mailbox stores are not all the same . You need to create an Exchange Management Shell script that will reconfigure all of the Exchange server mailbox stores to have identical storage limits. How should you create the script to accomplish this goal? A. Redirect the output of the Get-ExchangeServer cmdlet to the Set-Mailbox Database cmdlet with the appropriate parameters. B. Redirect the output of the Get-MailboxDatabase cmdlet to the Set-Mailbox cmdlet with the appropriate parameters. C. Redirect the output of the Get-MailboxDatabase cmdlet to the Set-MailboxDatabase cmdlet with the appropriate parameters. D. Redirect the output of the Get-Mailbox cmdlet to the Set-MailboxDatabase cmdlet with the appropriate parameters. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: EMC > Server Configuration > Mailbox > Database Management > Storage Group > Database > Properties > Limits > Storage Limits... Use Get-MailboxDatabase to retrieve one or more mailbox database objects from a storage group, server, or organization. Without parameters, returns information about all such databases in the organization. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124924.aspx Use Set-MailboxDatabase to set database properties. IssueWarningQuota specifies mailbox size at which warning message is sent to user. ProhibitSendQuota, size at which user can no longer send messages. ProhibitSendReceiveQuota, size at which user can no longer send or receive messages. You must specify either an integer or unlimited (Default, 1.9 GB). These parameters apply to all mailboxes in a database not having individual attributes set. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123971.aspx Use Get-ExchangeServer to obtain attributes of a selected server. If none chosen, returns properties for all servers in organization. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123873.aspx Use Get-Mailbox to view mailbox objects and attributes, to populate property pages, or to supply input to other tasks. Without parameter, returns all mailboxes in the organization. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123685.aspx Use Set-Mailbox to modify settings of an existing mailbox.

http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123981.aspx

QUESTION 14 A mailbox has 40 KB of mailbox rules. You need to move the mailbox from your Exchange Server 2007 computer to an Exchange Server 2003 computer at a remote site. How should you achieve this goal? A. B. C. D. Use the Exchange Task wizard in Exchange Server 2003. Use the Move Mailbox wizard in Exchange Server 2007. Run the Move-Mailbox cmdlet with the IgnoreRuleLimitErrors parameter. Run the Move-Mailbox cmdlet with the IgnorePolicyMatch parameter.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Use Move-Mailbox to move mailboxes within an organization or between different forests. IgnorePolicyMatch determines whether to match recipient policies. IgnoreRuleLimitErrors prevents user rules from getting transferred to the target Exchange 2003 Server account. Choose this parameter to avoid Outlook 32K rules limit. By default, Move-Mailbox will also move rules, both in single forest and cross-forest moves. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa997599.aspx

QUESTION 15 Your company's Exchange Server 2007 organization has a mail-enabled public folder named Monitoring . The folder is configured to receive automated alerts from the companys external m onitoring system. All corporate users can send e-mail to this public folder. Mail from the monitoring system is being returned with a non-d elivery r eport (NDR). You need to ensure that the monitoring alerts will be received in the Monitoring public folder. What should you do? A. Use Microsoft Office Outlook to assign anonymous users the permission to create items in the Monitoring public folder. B. Use Microsoft Office Outlook to assign default users the permission to create items in the Monitoring public folder. C. Run the Set-MailPublicFolder -RequireSenderAuthenticationEnabled: $true cmdlet for the Monitoring public folder. D. Run the Add-PublicFolderClientPermission -AccessRights: EditOwnedItems cmdlet for anonymous users for the Monitoring public folder. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Outlook > Public Folders > All PFs > Properties > Permissions... Choice A corresponds to Outlook PF Contributor permission level. Default user represents all those who have access to a PF, but arent explicitly included in its permissions list. In top level PFs, this object is automatically granted Author role. When a PF receives mail from someone without permissions on it, it treats this as anonymous access. Make sure you maintain the Contributor role for the Anonymous account. Otherwise, such mail will be returned as undeliverable. Use Set-MailPublicFolder to configure mail-enabled PFs. (For basic settings use Set-PublicFolder.) RequireSenderAuthenticationEnabled determines whether senders must be authenticated.

http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123707.aspx Use Add-PublicFolderClientPermission to add permissions to a PF. AccessRights specifies rights being added. EditOwnedItems allows the user to edit items in the PF that he owns. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124743.aspx http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb310789.aspx

QUESTION 16 You need to configure the conference room resource mailboxes in your Exchange Server 2007 organization to remove attached files from meeting requests. Which cmdlet should you run? A. Get-Mailbox - RecipientTypeDetails RoomMailbox $true B. Get-Mailbox - RecipientTypeDetails RoomMailbox $true C. Get-Mailbox - RecipientTypeDetails RoomMailbox DeleteNonCalendarItems: $true D. Get-Mailbox - RecipientTypeDetails RoomMailbox DeleteNonCalendarItems: $true Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Use Get-Mailbox to view mailbox objects and properties or supply input to other tasks. RecipienttypeDetails specifies kind of recipients returned. For example, UserMailbox represents an AD user account with associated mailbox and RoomMailbox, a conference room mailbox. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123685.aspx Use Set-MailboxCalendarSettings to configure calendar processing. Set DeleteAttachments to $true to remove attachments from all incoming messages (ignored unless AutomateProcessing parameter set to AutoAccept). Set DeleteNonCalendarItems to $true to delete items that arent meetings from the Inbox. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa996340.aspx http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123609.aspx ; Set-MailboxCalendarSettings -DeleteAttachments: | Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -DeleteAttachments: | Set- MailboxCalendarSettings ; Set-MailboxCalendarSettings -

QUESTION 17 You need to configure your Exchange Server 2007 computer so that a specific distribution group will allow outof-office responses from the mailboxes of members of the distribution group. What should you do? A. B. C. D. On the distribution group properties, enable out-of-office responses to be sent to message senders. On the distribution group properties, enable delivery reports to be sent to message senders. On the default remote domain policy, enable out-of-office responses. Re-create the distribution group as a security group.

Answer: A Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference: EMC > Recipient Configuration > Distribution Groups > Properties > Advanced > Send OOF message to originator Distribution groups are mail-enabled AD objects facilitating wholesale message transmission in an Exchange organization. Select OOF box (By default, unchecked) to allow those who send messages to this group to receive OOF replies from any group member with an OOF rule turned on. As best practice, enable this option only for small groups where such responses are relevant. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa996055.aspx http://msexchangeteam.com/archive/2006/10/06/429115.aspx

QUESTION 18 You move a conference room mailbox named ConfRm 1 from an Exchange Server 2003 computer to an Exchange Server 2007 computer . You need to convert the ConfRm 1 mailbox to an Exchange 2007 resource mailbox. You need to ensure that the mailbox can be scheduled as a resource. Which two cmdlets should you run? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose two.) A. B. C. D. Set-Mailbox -Identity " Conf Rm1 " -Type Room Set-Mailbox -Identity " Conf Rm1 " -Type Regular Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " Conf Rm1 " - AutomateProcessing AutoAccept Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " Conf Rm1 " - AutomateProcessing Auto Update

Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: EMC > Recipient Configuration > Mailbox > New Mailbox Wizard > Room or Equipment Mailbox... Resource mailboxes represent conference rooms or shared equipment. They can be included in meeting requests, providing an organization with a simple and efficient way to utilize assets. In Exchange 2003, resources were represented by shared mailboxes. When migrating to 2007, to take full advantage, use Set-Mailbox to convert these to resource mailboxes. There are two types of resource mailboxes: Room and Equipment. The first represent meeting venues, such as a conference room; the second, assets not tied to any definite location, such as a portable projector, microphone, or company car. Use Set-ResourceConfig to provide custom resource properties. These additional features aid users who plan user meetings to choose just the appropriate room or piece of equipment. For example, you can create a custom property called AV and link this to all room mailboxes that host audio-visual equipment. Use Set-Mailbox to modify configuration of an existing mailbox. For bulk management of multiple mailboxes, pipeline output of various Get- cmdlets (for example, Get-Mailbox or Get-User). Type selects kind of mailbox: regular, room, equipment, shared. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123981.aspx Use Set-MailboxCalendarSettings to configure calendar processing and booking policy. This provides rules, such as when an asset can be scheduled, who can schedule it, what meeting particulars to expose on the calendar, what percentage of conflicts to tolerate. Also, use this cmdlet to delegate mailbox management. A manager can control out-of-policy meeting requests. Use AutomateProcessing to enable or disable mailbox processing. If set to None, both resource booking and

Calendar Attendant are disabled. If set to AutoUpdate, Calendar Attendant will process meeting requests and responses. If set to AutoAccept, resource booking will be enabled on the mailbox. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa996340.aspx http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124374.aspx http://knicksmith.blogspot.com/2007/05/managing-resource-mailbox-calendars.html

QUESTION 19 You need to allow the owner of each distribution group in your Exchange Server 2007 organization to modify membership for the group. You must not allow the owner to make any other changes. What should you do? A. On the Managed By tab of each distribution group, add the owner, and select the Manager can update membership list check box. B. Modify each distribution group by assigning the Send As permission to the owners user account. C. Modify each distribution group by assigning the Write permission to the owners user account. D. Add the user accounts of the distribution group owners to the Exchange Recipient Administrator role. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: ADUC > Distribution Group > Action > Properties > Change > Managed By tab > Manager can update membership list

QUESTION 20 In your Exchange Server 2007 organization, Microsoft ActiveSync is configured on the Exchange servers but is currently disabled for users . A user in the Exchange organization has a new mobile device. H e wants h is device to synchronize with the Exchange servers over a wireless network . You need to enable the ActiveSync feature for only this user. What are two possible ways to achieve this goal? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose two.) A. B. C. D. E. Run the Set-Mailbox cmdlet. Run the Set-CASMailbox cmdlet. Run the Set-ActiveSyncMailboxPolicy cmdlet. Use the Active Directory Users and Computers console to enable the ActiveSync feature for the user. Use the Exchange Management Console to enable the ActiveSync feature for the user.

Answer: BE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: EMC > Recipient Configuration > Mailbox > Properties > Mailbox Features > EAS > Enable Set-CASMailbox determines Client Access related attributes for ActiveSync, OWA, POP3, and IMAP4 for a specified user. Cmdlet operates on one mailbox at a time, to configure single or multiple properties. ActiveSyncEnabled permits ActiveSync. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb125264.aspx

QUESTION 21

Your Exchange Server 2007 organization has a resource mailbox named ExecConfRm . All users are able to schedule meetings for ExecConfRm . You need to modify the ExecConfRm settings to ensure that only two users named Maria and Marc are able to schedule meetings for ExecConfRm . Which cmdlet should you run? A. Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " ExecConf $false B. Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " ExecConf C. Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " ExecConf AllBookInPolicy $false D. Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " ExecConf Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Use Set-MailboxCalendarSettings to determine resource mailbox calendar processing. Use BookInPolicy to choose users permitted to submit in-policy meeting requests; these are automatically approved. Use AllBookInPolicy to decide whether to approve automatically in-policy requests from all users. Use ResourceDelegates to select mailbox delegates. Delegates are users that can approve or reject meeting requests. Use RequestInPolicy and RequestOutOfPolicy to list those permitted to submit in- and out-of-policy requests. All such requests are subject to approval by a mailbox delegate. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa996340.aspx http://msexchangeteam.com/archive/2007/05/14/438944.aspx Rm " - BookInPolicy Marc , Maria - AllBookInPolicy Rm " - Request InPolicy Marc , Maria Rm " - RequestOutof Policy Marc , Maria Rm " - ResourceDelegates Marc , Maria

QUESTION 22 An inappropriate message that has the subject line of Exchange is sent to all users on the Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named Exch1. You need to delete this message from all mailboxes. What should you do? A. On Exch1, find the message ID of the original message and then run the Remove-Message -Identity <IDnumber> cmdlet. B. On Exch1, find the message ID of the original message and then run the Export-Message -Identity <IDnumber> c:\temp cmdlet. Delete all of the messages in the directory. C. Create a new mailbox named TempMailbox that has a folder named Export. Run the Get-Mailbox -Server Exch1 | Export-Mailbox -TargetMailbox TempMailbox -TargetFolder Export -SubjectKeywords "Exchange" DeleteContent cmdlet. D. From the Exchange Management Console, create a new transport rule named Exchange delete. Set the condition to "when the Subject field contains Exchange". Set the action to "silently drop the message". Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Use Get-Mailbox to view mailbox objects and attributes or supply input to other tasks. Use Export-Mailbox to move contents of a mailbox to a specified mailbox folder. Source and target must be in the same forest. Can pipe in output from Get-Recipient or Get-Mailbox and export data either to a folder or PST file. Empty and special folders also get moved. TargetMailbox specifies the mailbox (which must already exist) in which the target folder is created. TargetFolder specifies the top-level folder this parameter will create. This will contain a subfolder -- Recovered

Data - <source mailbox alias> - <date time stamp> -- to hold exported data. SubjectKeywords specifies keyword filters for subjects of items in source mailbox. DeleteContent determines if source contents are deleted following export (Source folder not deleted). http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998579.aspx http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb266964.aspx Export-Mailbox is a task developed by the migration team to allow Admins to export content from one active mailbox to a folder inside another. The idea was for a complete replacement for ExMerge. ExMerge is a tool created in Exchange 5.5 time-frame to allow Admins to transfer mailbox content to/from PST files. Over the years, because of its flexibility, this tool became very popular, since it could be used in scenarios where other tools didnt exist. As a result, the Exchange team took over development of ExMerge for 2003 and released it on the Web. ExMerge was valuable, but there were problems that needed to be addressed for Exchange 2007.... Export-Mailbox was built to handle scenarios where you must copy mailbox contents from one active mailbox to another in the same forest, without migrating the entire mailbox object. Supported scenarios: 1. Transferring mailbox contents during litigation. 2. Exporting emails to former users. 3. IT Emergency Response: Admins can scan a great number of emails, based on specific criteria, then do mass deletion of any suspect messages turned up. Use -DeleteContent with various filter options to accomplish this. http://msexchangeteam.com/archive/2006/11/28/431669.aspx Use Remove-Message to delete a message from a queue on a Hub or Edge server. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa996371.aspx Transport rules apply policy to mail as it traverses your organization. http://www.msexchange.org/tutorials/Exchange-2007-Transport-Rules.html#

QUESTION 23 In your Exchange Server 2007 environment, a users mailbox was purged from the mailbox server, and a backup of the mailbox database was restored to a recovery storage group. You need to recover the purged mailbox to a production database. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Run the Connect-Mailbox cmdlet from the Exchange server. Run the Restore-Mailbox cmdlet from the Exchange server. Run the Enable-Mailbox cmdlet from the Exchange server. Run the Exmerge utility from the Exchange server.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Use Restore-Mailbox to extract mailbox content from a database restored to a Recovery Storage Group. For this operation to succeed, the source must be a disconnected mailbox in an RSG and the target, a connected mailbox in the same forest. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb125218.aspx

The RSG is a special administrative group that enables you to mount a mailbox database, extract data from it, then either copy this data to a folder in, or merge it with, an existing mailbox. In earlier versions, this task was accomplished using ExMerge. In Exchange 2007, data extraction is done using Restore-Mailbox, or the Disaster Recovery Analyzer (ExDRA) tool. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124039.aspx 1. Create the RSG: new-storagegroup -Server <Server_Name> -LogFolderPath <path_to_Logfiles> -Name <RSG_Name> -SystemFolderPath <Database_Path> -Recovery 2. Add recovery database: new-mailboxdatabase -mailboxdatabasetorecover <Database_Name> -storagegroup <Server_Name> \<RSG_Name> -EDBFilePath <Database_Path> 3. Set database to allow overwrites: set-mailboxdatabase -identity <Server_Name>\<RSG_Name>\<Database_Name> -AllowFileRestore:$True 4. Mount database: mount-database -identity <Server_Name>\<RSG_Name>\<Database_Name> 5. Recover mailbox of existing user: restore-mailbox -identity <User_name> -rsgdatabase <Server_Name>\<RSG_Name>\<Database_Name> 6. Recover mailbox to mailbox 'John Smith': Restore-Mailbox identity 'John Smith' RSGDatabase 'RSG\mailbox database' 7. Recover all mailboxes in RSG to respective active mailboxes: Get-MailboxStatistics database 'RSG\Mailbox Database' | restore-mailbox http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa997694.aspx http://www.msexchange.org/tutorials/Working-Recovery-Storage-Groups-Exchange-2007.html?printversion http://www.msexchange.org/tutorials/How-Recovery-Storage-Groups-Work.html Use Connect-Mailbox to connect a disconnected mailbox to an AD user object. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa997878.aspx Use Enable-Mailbox to mailbox-enable an existing user or InetOrgPerson. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998251.aspx

QUESTION 24 Your Exchange Server 2007 Edge Transport server role fails. You install a new Microsoft W indows Server 2003 computer and reinstall the E dge Transport server role on this new server . You find out that the address rewrites that were previously configured on the Edge Transport server role no longer function . You need to recover the address rewrite capability. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Run the Setup /m:RecoverServer command. Run the ImportEdgeConfig.ps1 script. Import the Edge Subscription file on the Hub Transport server. Copy the Edge Subscription file to the Hub Transport server.

Answer: B

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Unlike other server roles, Edge Transport uses ADAM to store configuration data. This means you cant recover a failed Edge server by running the /m:recoverserver switch. Instead, use the Cloned Configuration disaster recovery technique with scripts found in %Exchange Server%\Scripts directory: ExportEdgeConfig.ps1: Exports settings and data to an XML file. ImportEdgeConfig.ps1: Imports information stored in this XML file. 1. Run ExportEdgeConfig.ps1 to back up Edge configuration to an XML file. 2. Perform clean install of Edge role using same name as failed machine. 3. Run ImportEdgeConfig.ps1 to validate configuration in XML file and create an answer file with serverspecific settings. 4. Run ImportEdgeConfig.ps1 to import configuration. Validates script, then uses the XML and answer files to restore backed-up settings. 5. Run EdgeSync process to establish one-way data replication from AD to the ADAM instance on new Edge server. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb125150.aspx http://www.msexchange.org/tutorials/Configuring-Exchange-Server-2007-Preview-Chapter9-DisasterRecovery-Exchange-Server-2007.html Address rewriting -- configured on Edge server Send and Receive Connectors -- enables Exchange to modify addresses on transmitted messages in order to present external recipients with a convenient and consistent email appearance. This feature permits an organization to structure its enterprise by business, rather than technical, requirements. Address rewriting likewise facilitates appropriate inbound routing, so replies to rewritten messages, in turn, get delivered to the correct original sender. Address Rewriting agents process an address by rewriting its SMTP headers. On outbound email, several fields must be rewritten; on inbound, typically only one. Scenarios: 1. Group consolidation: A firm may split its internal operations into different domains for business reasons. This can make email seem to come from separate companies. Address rewriting can cure this problem. For example, outbound mail from na.contoso.com, eu.contoso.com, and as.contoso.com can all be rewritten to originate from a single contoso.com domain. The Edge server routes inbound messages addressed to contoso. com back to the sender. 2. Mergers and acquisitions: An acquired firm may continue to be run as a separate division, but address rewriting can portray all segments as one integrated organization. For example, Contoso acquires Fourth Coffee. Messages of both divisions pass thru Contoso Edge servers. There, email from someone@fourthcoffee.com gets rewritten to someone@contoso.com. Inbound messages addressed to adam@contoso.com are routed back to his adam@fourthcoffee.com account. Messages addressed to adam@fourthcoffee.com are likewise accepted, since this former domain still exists. 3. Partners: A firm may use an external partner for support services. To avoid confusion, it may want to conceal the partner domain. For example, Contoso provides support for Wingtip Toys. However, Wingtip wants to present a unified email experience to its customers. All outbound Contoso messages relating to Wingtip can be relayed thru Wingtip Edge servers, where contoso.com is rewritten to wingtiptoys.com. Inbound messages for support@wingtiptoys.com are delivered back to support@contoso.com. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa996806.aspx http://www.msexchange.org/articles_tutorials/exchange-server-2007/compliance-policies-archiving/exchange2007/2003-address-rewrite-feature.html

QUESTION 25 Your company maintains a hot standby server named ExchDR1. An Exchange S erver 2007 computer named Exch1 fails. You perform the following actions. 1. On Exch1 , take the Exch1.edb database offline. 2. On ExchDR1, create a new storage group named ExchDR and a database named ExchDR1.edb. 3. Copy the Exch1.edb database from Exch1 to ExchDR1. 4. On ExchDR1, rename the copied database from Exch1.edb to ExchDR1.edb. Your attempt to mount the database is unsuccessful . You need to ensure that the copied database mounts on the new server. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Rename ExchDR1 to Exch1. Rename the database on ExchDR1 to Exch1.edb. Set the This database can be overwritten by restore attribute on the database properties. Run the Move-Mailbox -ConfigurationOnly -TargetDatabase ExchDR1.edb cmdlet.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Mailbox data isnt specific to any one server. Why should access to this data be? This is the reason behind the Database Portability feature, enabling a mailbox database to be mounted on any server in the same forest. In earlier Exchange versions, such an object could only be mounted in an RSG. Only mailbox databases are portable. PF data should be moved by replication, not file copy. Database Portability cuts disaster recovery restore time: 1. Run eseutil /r <Enn> to commit all logs and put database into clean shutdown state. 2. Select a storage group on the replacement server and create the required database. 3. Enable: EMC > Server Configuration > Mailbox > Database Management > Properties > General > This database can be over written by restore. Or: Set-MailboxDatabase <Database Name> -AllowFileRestore:$true. 4. Move database files -- edb & log files, Exchange Search catalog -- to appropriate location on new server. 5. Mount database. 6. Run Move-Mailbox -ConfigurationOnly -- so accounts in AD will point to mailboxes on the replacement machine. After replication completes, when Outlook clients try to connect to their mail, the Autodiscover service will automatically redirect them to its new location. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123954.aspx http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998340.aspx http://www.msexchange.org/tutorials/Moving-Exchange-Server-2007-database-Mailbox-servers.html#

QUESTION 26 Your companys Active Directory environment becomes corrupted on the morning of Thursday, March 1 7 . The Active Directory team restores all of the directory objects and settings from a backup that was taken on Monday, March 1 4 . Users who were assigned mailboxes between Monday , March 1 4 , and Thursday, March 17, now report that they cannot access their mailboxes. You need to restore mailbox access for these users. What should you do?

A. B. C. D.

Run the Enable-Mailbox cmdlet from the Exchange server. Run the Connect-Mailbox cmdlet from the Exchange server. Restore the latest mailbox database backup. Restore the latest System State backup.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Use Connect-Mailbox to connect a disconnected mailbox to an AD user object. Since the messaging environment remains undamaged, you just need to re-connect any recently enabled mailboxes to their now restored domain user accounts. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa997878.aspx Use Enable-Mailbox to mailbox-enable an existing user or InetOrgPerson. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998251.aspx http://www.msexchange.org/tutorials/Managing-mailboxes-Exchange-Server-2007-Part2.html

QUESTION 27 Your company uses the Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS) to perform full backups of the Exchange Server 2007 mailbox databases every night. There is a backup window between 20:00 and 24:00 each week night and a backup window between 19:00 and 24:00 on Saturdays and Sundays . The full backups currently take five hours to complete. Management requests that you modify the backup configuration to meet the following requirements. At least one full backup must be performed per week. Logs must be truncated more often th a n once per week . Backups must be performed within the current backup windows . Database restores must require no more than two backup files. You need to configure the backups for the mailbox databases to meet the requirements. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Configure differential backups on week nights and full backups on Saturdays and Sundays. Configure incremental backups on week nights and full backups on Saturdays and Sundays. Configure daily full backups, and throttle the database checksum. Configure daily copy backups, and throttle the database checksum.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: 1. At least one full backup per week. 2. Truncate T-logs at least twice a week. Eliminates D. 3. Use current backup windows. Eliminates C and D. 3. Restore must require no more than two backup files. Eliminates B.

NTBackup is automatically modified to support Exchange when you install the Exchange management tools. NTBackup employs legacy streaming APIs to perform mailbox and PF database backups. It has VSS capability for file-level backups, but cant do Exchange-aware VSS backups. What NTBackup can back up: --Selected files and entire folders. --System State. --Mailbox and public folder databases. --Entire storage groups, including all log and database files. --Remote data. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124515.aspx http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998870.aspx Exchange online maintenance DB scanning: 1. Reads in database pages. 2. Checksums pages (Verifies integrity by computing a checksum value that depends on content of database). 3. If so configured, performs page zeroing (After streaming backup, overwrites database by chosen characters, rendering it unrecoverable). Use throttling to limit performance impact of first page zeroing pass. Throttling interrupts online DB scanning for a defined number of milliseconds between every 320 KB of I/O, allowing the server to perform other tasks. Settings are optional; default is zero ms (no throttling). http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb676537.aspx

QUESTION 28 Your Exchange Server 2007 computer fails. You rebuild the server, and you recover all data in the mailbox database and the log directories. Users report that searches are slow and are not returning the expected results. You need to rebuild the full - text index catalog for all databases on the Mailbox server role. Which three actions should you perform, and in what order should you perform them? To answer, move the three appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area, and arrange them in the correct order. Choose three see exhibit. Exhibit:

A.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: 1. Stop MS Exchange Search Service. 2. Delete full-text index catalog directory. 3. Start MS Exchange Search Service.

Exchange 2003 search functionality (content indexing) is replaced in 2007 by Exchange Search (aka, full-text indexing). This allows quick scrutiny inside emails using pre-built indexes. MSSearch creates an initial index by crawling all messages within a mailbox database. As new mail arrives, the index gets updated after notification by the Information Store service. An index isnt stored inside the database itself, but, rather, along with other files in the database folder. Indexes typically occupy about 5% of total database size. Features of Exchange Search: 1. Enabled by default for all new databases. No configuration required. 2. Provides more efficient use of system resources to build indexes. New messages typically analyzed within 10 seconds of arrival. 3. Supports indexing of text, Office documents, and HTML attachments. 4. Supports Search bar in OWA and query builder in Outlook 2007. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb232132.aspx Exchange Search can be managed by scripts (%Exchange Server%\Scripts): GetDatabaseForSearchIndex.ps1: Returns database names when index directory files provided. GetSearchIndexForDatabase.ps1: Returns index directories for specified database names. ResetSearchIndex.ps1: Removes index directories associated with specified database. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998289.aspx There are two ways to rebuild a full-text index catalog: 1. Programmatically: --Remove index directories associated with specified mailbox database: ResetSearchIndex.ps1 [-force] <dbname> [<dbname>] --Remove index folders for all databases: ResetSearchIndex.ps1 [-force] -all 2. Manually: --Run: Net Stop MsExchangeSearch --Delete full-text index catalog directory: GetDatabaseForSearchIndex IndexDirectoryName1 IndexDirectoryName2 or GetSearchIndexForDatabase MailboxdatabaseName1 MailboxdatabaseName2 -All (Directory name follows convention CatalogData-<guid>-<guid> where first <guid> is for database, and second represents Instance GUID, used on clustered mailbox server to distinguish between nodes.) --Run: Net Start MsExchangeSearch http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa995966.aspx http://msexchangeteam.com/archive/2006/10/11/429163.aspx

QUESTION 29 An Exchange Server 2007 computer named Exch2 runs all features of the Client Access server role. Exch2 fails . You install a new Microsoft Windows server named Exch5 and restore the System State data. You need to finish restoring the services as they were previously configured. Which two actions should you perform? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose two.) A. B. C. D. Restore the \ClientAccess\ directory. Restore the \bin\ directory. Enable Exchange ActiveSync integration for the Microsoft Office Outlook Web Access site. Reinstall the Client Access server role by running the Setup /role:ClientAccess command.

E. Reinstall the Client Access server role by running the Setup /mode:RecoverServer command. Answer: AE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Exch2 fails. You install a new server named Exch5 and restore the System State.... Exch5 must first be renamed to Exch2. Use /m:RecoverServer to recover a once fully functional server, or to move a computer to new hardware while maintaining its identity. This switch tells Setup to read AD configuration information for a computer with the same name. Setup will install Exchange files and services on the machine, then apply whatever role and settings are stored in AD. Dont use this switch as a repair tool. Nor can it function across different versions of Windows Server. This type of install will include only AD settings. No local databases or customizations will get migrated over. /m:RecoverServer doesnt support the Edge Transport role. This role doesnt store any data in AD. So, theres nothing for Setup to recover from it. Instead, install a fresh Edge server and restore information from Cloned Configuration backup. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998656.aspx Almost all Exchange configuration is stored in AD. /m:RecoverServer uses this data to rebuild a server with identical name and drive configuration. First, use dsa.msc to reset the computer account for the lost machine. Next, bring a new server online, and join it to the domain with the same name. Configure all drive logical assignments to match those of the lost machine. Then, run: setup /m:recoverserver. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123496.aspx /m:RecoverServer restores a role only to the default install state, ignoring any subsequent customization or end-user data stored in Exchange databases. Each server role requires characteristic additional steps to return it to pre-disaster state. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998656.aspx Configuration data for the CAS role is stored in AD, the IIS metabase, and some local files. Portions of IIS and AD data stores arent synchronized. Any non-default virtual directories created or changes made to default ones will be lost. If the IIS metabase and AD are out of synch because of a restore operation, the CAS will experience errors. Because of this, on a CAS dont recover the IIS Metabase after running /mode:RecoverServer. Instead, keep a detailed change log. Following disaster recovery, use this information to reapply any customizations. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998364.aspx

QUESTION 30 Your Exchange Server 2007 environment is configured with cluster continuous replication (CCR). The name of the c lustered m ailbox s erver is ExchCMS1. You need to minimize downtime , and you need to ensure that no data loss occurs during a failover operation . Which cmdlet should you run?

A. B. C. D.

Set- MailboxServer ExchCMS1 - AutoDatabaseMountDial:BestAvailability Set- MailboxServer ExchCMS1 - AutoDatabaseMountDial:Lossless Set- MailboxServer ExchCMS1 - ForceDatabaseMountAfter:Unlimited Set- MailboxDatabase -Identity "Mailbox Database" - RetainDeletedItemsUntilBackup $true

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Cluster continuous replication is a high availability solution combining the asynchronous log shipping and replay technology built into Exchange with failover and management features provided by the Cluster service. CCR Advantages: 1. No single point of failure. 2. No special hardware or shared storage requirements. 3. Can be deployed in one or two datacenter configurations. 4. Cuts frequency of full backups and volume of data to back up requirements; shortens SLA for recovery time from first failure. CCR enables continuous and asynchronous updating of a passive database instance with the changes made to the active copy. During install, each active storage group and database is copied to the passive node, an operation called seeding. After this first seeding, log copying and replay take place continuously. You can manually trigger a scheduled outage. When a clustered mailbox server needs maintenance, move it to a passive node. CCR Features: 1. Continuous asynchronous replication: Logs arent copied until closed and no longer in use by the Mailbox server. Therefore, except for a scheduled outage, the passive node usually wont hold a copy of every log existing on the active one. 2. Since CCR uses the passive node to copy and replay logs, replication places almost no CPU or I/O strain on the active one. 3. Over the lifetime of any cluster, alternations in active and passive nodes are handled automatically. After failover, the nodes switch roles, and the system automatically reverses the direction of replication. 4. Failover and scheduled outages are symmetric in performance: Either way, time necessary for failover is typically under two minutes. 5. VSS backups supported. Since the workload on the passive node is primarily log copying and replay, neither of which is constrained to real time, backups can be conveniently offloaded to this node. 6. Since CCR provides first line of defense against data loss, a double system failure must occur before any conventional restore operation is necessary. This means less volume of data must be backed up. 7. CCR can be combined with standby continuous replication to replicate storage groups locally in a primary data center (using CCR for high availability) and remotely in a secondary or backup datacenter (using SCR for site resilience). http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124521.aspx CCR accommodates both scheduled and unscheduled system outages. Use Move-ClusteredMailboxServer to trigger an extended outage of one node without any downtime to the clustered server. Since all active node log files get copied to the passive node, such a scheduled outage is always without data loss.

Unscheduled outages are unexpected events, arising from a system failure of some kind, resulting in the unavailability of service, data, or both. When an unscheduled outage takes place, CCR activates the Mailbox server on the passive node -- which now becomes the active node -- and mounts the replicated databases and storage groups. Which now become the source for subsequent cluster replication. Because node data updates asynchronously, such an unscheduled outage entails some information loss. At a minimum, logs currently being written to wont be available to any recovery mechanism. To address this situation and allow administrative control over the recovery operation, CCR provides Mailbox servers with the AutoDatabaseMountDial attribute. This attribute has three possible values: 1. Lossless: Zero logs lost. Under most circumstances, the system waits for a failed node to return before databases are mounted. Even then, all logs must be in good shape. After failover, the Information Store checks to see if the databases can be mounted without any data loss. If yes, this is done. If no, the system then periodically attempts to copy the logs. If the server returns with logs intact, this process will eventually succeed. If some logs are missing or corrupt, the affected databases wont mount. 2. Good availability: Three logs lost. Automatic recovery when replication is functioning normally. 3. Best availability (Default): Six logs lost. Automatic recovery when replication experiences additional latency. After failover, the new active node may be further behind the state of the old active one, increasing likelihood of database divergence. Which requires a full reseed to correct. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998584.aspx Use Set-MailboxServer to modify Mailbox server attributes. AutoDatabaseMountDial specifies automatic database mount behavior for a CCR solution after clustered mailbox server failover; possible values: 1. BestAvailability (Default): Databases will automatically mount if copy queue length (number of logs the passive node needs to replicate) <= six. 2. GoodAvailability: Databases will mount if queue <= to three. 3. Lossless: Databases wont mount until all logs generated on active node have been copied. If choose values 1 or 2, and all active node material hasnt been replicated, some data may be lost. However, transport dumpster feature (enabled by default) will resubmit email in dumpster queue. ForcedDatabaseMountAfter specifies time to wait after a mailbox server failover before databases automatically mount. If AutoDatabaseMountDial set to GoodAvailability or BestAvailability, and the databases have lost more than the permitted number of log files, the Mailbox server will wait the amount of time specified by this parameter and then automatically mounting the database. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998651.aspx

QUESTION 31 An Exchange Server 2007 computer name d Exch1 fails. You build a new Microsoft Windows Server 2003 computer named Exch1 to replace the failed computer. Before you restore the mailbox databases from backup, you need to restore the Exchange Mailbox s erver role on Exch1. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Restore the System State data and the Microsoft Information Store data. Run the Setup /NewProvisionedServer /role:Mailbox command. Run the Setup /m:Install /role:Mailbox command. Run the Setup /m:RecoverServer command.

Answer: D Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference: The first Exchange server in any domain must be installed by someone who is a member of both the Organization Admins and the local Admins groups. Provisioning a server with /NewProvisionedServer enables subsequent servers to be installed by delegated setup. This allows a delegated account -- one not a member of the Organization Admins group -- to install single Exchange instances in the domain. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb201741.aspx http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998656.aspx

QUESTION 32 Your Exchange Server 2007 environment is configured with cluster continuous replication (CCR). The Microsoft Windows Cluster service (MSCS) is installed on two servers named Server1 and Server2. The default cluster that runs on the MSCS cluster is named Clus1. The cluster mailbox server (CMS) is named ExchCMS1. Currently Clus1 and ExchCMS1 are running on the Server1 cluster node, and the CCR replica is running on the Server2 cluster node. You need to back up the CCR replica. In the backup application, which name should you specify? A. B. C. D. Server1 Server2 ExchCMS1 Clus1

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: One benefit of CCR is the ability to offload backups to the passive node. Since this procedure has almost no active node I/O impact, you can take a full backup of all databases during working hours, without impairing users whose mailboxes are stored on the clustered server. Functionally, this affords a 24-hour backup window. You can only benefit from this feature with VSS technology. Streaming backups are only supported from active storage groups. Such backups of passive databases cant be done using the ESE API. Unfortunately, NTBackup cant do VSS backups. So, you require a third-party tool or MS DPM v2. http://www.msexchange.org/tutorials/Backing-Up-Exchange-Databases-via-Passive-Node-Exchange-Server2007-CCR-Cluster.html

QUESTION 33 Your company completes a migration to Exchange Server 2007. Each Mailbox server is configured with two storage groups and two databases per storage group. You want to provide fault tolerance by implementing local continuous replication (LCR). You need to configure each Mailbox server with LCR. Which three actions should you perform, and in what order should these actions be performed? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order, Choose three. Exhibit:

A.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: 1. Change DB ratio to one DB per storage group. 2. Run Enable-DatabaseCopy. 3. Run Enable-StorageGroupCopy. Local continuous replication is a single-server disaster recovery solution using built-in asynchronous log shipping and replay technology to create and maintain a copy of a production storage group (active copy) on a second set of disks connected to the same server (passive copy). Manual activation of this reserve data copy is provided for. LCR Features:

1. Rapid, two-step recovery of a corrupted or failed production database. 2. Fewer regular full backups required. 3. Offload of VSS storage group backups from the active to the passive copy. All four backup types -- full, copy, incremental, and differential -- can be taken from the passive copy, preserving valuable disk I/O on active copy's LUNs. 4. Can use any supported storage type, including direct attached storage, serially attached SCSI, and Internet SCSI (iSCSI). In the event of a disaster, the passive storage group copy can be activated as a production database, then mounted and made available to clients. This can be accomplished by a configuration update, by changing active group and database paths or mount points for log or database volumes. While LCR provides significant advantages over older backup methods, it doesnt enable total availability. For this you need CCR. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb125195.aspx Implementing LCR involves preparing a storage group and database topology, then ensuring adequate drive support and monitoring. The LCR process entails log updates by the active copy and log reads on the passive one. So, plan for added I/O usage. Storage hardware for both copies should have similar capacity and performance. LCR cant be used on a clustered Mailbox server or for a recovery database. When a storage group is implemented for LCR, it can only contain a single database. If an existing group hosts multiple databases, LCR cant be enabled until all but one is removed. The storage group and database must already exist, mounted or dismounted. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124704.aspx To enable LCR for an existing storage group: EMC > Server Configuration > Mailbox > Database Management > Storage Group > Enable LCR Wizard... Or run: Enable-DatabaseCopy -Identity <Server>\<StorageGroup>\<Database> -CopyEDBFilePath: <FullPathIncludingDatabaseFileName> Then: Enable-StorageGroupCopy -Identity <Server>\<StorageGroup> -CopyLogFolderPath:<FullPath> CopySystemFolderPath:<FullPath> No Disable-DatabaseCopy cmdlet exists since an LCR copy will be fully disabled when you run DisableStorageGroupCopy. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998843.aspx http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998823.aspx

QUESTION 34 You install a new Exchange Server 2007 computer with the Edge Transport server role. You need to create a backup of the Edge Transport server role. What should you do? A. B. C. D. In the Microsoft Windows Backup utility, select Microsoft Exchange Server. In the Microsoft Windows Backup utility, select the file system location \TransportRoles\data\*. Run the ExportEdgeConfig.ps1 script with the -CloneConfigData parameter. Run the ExportEdgeConfig.ps1 script with the -CloneConfigAnswer parameter.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Only need to back up Edge Server role. ExportEdgeConfig.ps1 (located in %Exchange Server%\Scripts) exports user-configured settings and data from an Edge server to an XML file. Run this script after installing, or making any changes to settings for, the Edge role. Cloned configuration doesn't duplicate Edge Subscription settings. Certs used by this service arent cloned. EdgeSync must be run separately for each Edge server. This process overwrites any settings included in both cloned configuration and EdgeSync replication information. Copy script to root folder of user profile on server to be backed up. From EM Shell, run: ./ExportEdgeConfig cloneConfigData:"C:\CloneConfigData.xml" http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998256.aspx http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb125150.aspx

QUESTION 35 Your native Exchange Server 2007 organization contains 10 Exchange servers. The roles on these servers are configured as shown in the following table. You need to generate a single report that indicates the number of disconnected mailboxes in your environment and how much storage space these mailboxes consume . You need to export the report to a file. What should you do?

A. Run the Get-MailboxServer | Get-MailboxStatistics | Where {$_.DisconnectDate -ne $null} | Export-Csv Path c:\tmp\disconnect.csv cmdlet. B. Run the Get-Mailbox | Get-MailboxStatistics | Where {$_.DisconnectDate -ne $null} | Export-Csv -Path c: \tmp\disconnect.csv cmdlet. C. Run the Get-Recipient -RecipientType MailboxUser | Export-Csv -Path c:\tmp\disconnect.csv cmdlet. Then, open disconnect.csv and remove all entries for active mailboxes. D. In the Exchange Management Console, expand the Recipient Configuration work center and select the Disconnected Mailbox node. Answer: A Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference: Use Get-MailboxServer to return server object and all its attributes. Without parameter, returns complete list of mailbox servers. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123539.aspx Use Get-MailboxStatistics to obtain data about a mailbox, such as size, number of messages contained, and last time accessed. If Server specified, returns statistics for all mailboxes on all databases there, including recovery databases. Otherwise, returns logon data for local machine. Accepts pipeline input from GetExchangeServer and Get-MailboxServer cmdlets. Get-MailboxStatistics | Where {$_.DisconnectDate -ne $null} retrieves mailbox statistics for all disconnected mailboxes, using a WHERE clause. The $_ variable determines object passed on pipeline. The -ne operator means "not equal." http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124612.aspx Export-CSV lets you export data as a CSV file; call Export-Csv followed by path to file. http://www.microsoft.com/technet/scriptcenter/topics/msh/cmdlets/export-csv.mspx

QUESTION 36 Your Exchange Server 2007 organization contains two Exchange servers. The roles on the two servers are configured as shown in the following table. Two users named Marc and Mari a have mailboxes on ExchMb1. Marcs computer is on s egment A. Marias computer is on s egment B. T he Exchange servers are on s egment C. Marc sends a message to Maria . The message leaves Marcs Outbox and is listed in his Sent Items folder. However, the message is never delivered to Mari as mailbox . You need to find out the most likely cause of the problem . What should you do?

A. B. C. D.

On ExchMb1, run the Test-ServiceHealth cmdlet. On ExchHub1, run the Test-ServiceHealth cmdlet. On ExchMb1, run the Test-MAPIConnectivity -Server ExchMb1 cmdlet. On a computer on segment A, run the Test-MAPIConnectivity -Server ExchMb1 cmdlet.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Use Test-ServiceHealth to check if all required services configured for automatic start up have indeed initiated. Error returned for any service required, and set to start, by a configured role but which, for some reason, isnt actually running. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998852.aspx

The Hub Transport role is deployed inside the AD forest to control internal mail flow, apply routing policy, and transport and journaling rules. Its responsible for message delivery to the recipient's mailbox. A Hub server must be installed in each AD site that hosts a Mailbox server. Internet mail arrives at an Edge server in the perimeter network. This processes the messages, then relays them down to a Hub server. If no Edge server exists, the Hub server itself can be configured to handle incoming mail. In this case, edge agents can be directly installed on the Hub server to provide anti-spam and anti-virus protection. There are three ways a Hub server gets mail: by SMTP submission, from the Pickup directory, or when the store driver gathers messages from a user's Outbox. Mail is processed by the Categorizer, which expands distribution lists, identifies recipients and determines appropriate forwarding addresses. After applying policy and content conversion, the Hub server then routes each message along to next hop. Mail is delivered locally by the store driver, and remotely by SMTP. Values configured on any one Hub server are stored in AD. These include transport and journaling rules, as well as connector configuration. From there, this information gets replicated out to every other Hub server in the forest. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123494.aspx Use Test-MapiConnectivity to verify server functionality by logging onto a mailbox you select. Otherwise, cmdlet logs on to SystemMailbox on specified DB. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123681.aspx

QUESTION 37 You want to gather information about user connectivity on an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named Exch1. You need to generate a report of all Exch1 mailboxes that displays the latest user logon time. What should you do? A. In Performance Monitor, add the Active Client Logons counter with _Total instances from the MSExchangeIS Mailbox object. B. Run the Get-Mailbox -Server Exch1 cmdlet. C. Run the Get-MailboxStatistics -Server Exch1 cmdlet. D. Run the Get-LogonStatistics -Server Exch1 cmdlet. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Use Get-MailboxStatistics to obtain data about a mailbox, such as size, number of messages contained, and last time accessed. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124612.aspx Use Get-LogonStatistics to retrieve logon statistics, such as user name, logon time, last access time, client version, and adapter speed. Retrieves information about currently active sessions. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124415.aspx

QUESTION 38 You need to find out the total size of a users mailbox. What should you do?

A. B. C. D.

Run the Database Troubleshooter in the Exchange Troubleshooting Assistant. Run the Get-MailboxDatabase cmdlet. Run the Get-MailboxStatistics cmdlet. Run the Get-Mailbox cmdlet.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Use Get-MailboxStatistics to obtain data about a mailbox, such as size, number of messages contained, and last time accessed. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124612.aspx Use Get-LogonStatistics to retrieve logon statistics, such as user name, logon time, last access time, client version, and adapter speed. Retrieves information about currently active sessions. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124415.aspx

QUESTION 39 The Hub Transport server role resides on a n Exchange Server 2007 computer named Exch H ub1. M essage tracking is enabled . Written company privacy policy states that the subject line of e-mail messages should not be stored in the tracking log. You need to track e-mail messages from ExchHub1 while complying with company policy. Which cmdlet should you run? A. B. C. D. Set- TransportServer Exch H ub1 - MessageTrackingLogEnabled : $false Set- TransportServer Exch H ub1 C MessageTrackingLogSubjectLoggingEnabled : $false Set- ReceiveConnector - ProtocolLoggingLevel None Get- MessageTrackingLog -Subject None

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: EMC > Toolbox > Message Tracking By default, Message tracking is enabled on Mailbox and Transport servers, recording SMTP activity for all processed mail. Resulting logs (stored in %Exchange Server%\TransportRoles\Logs\MessageTracking) are useful for mail forensics, flow analysis, reporting, and troubleshooting. In SCC environment, move these files to a disk on a shared storage resource to facilitate log search even during failover. To set tracking: Set-TransportServer <Identity> -MessageTrackingLogEnabled <$true | $false> Set-MailboxServer <Identity> -MessageTrackingLogEnabled <$true | $false> By default, the subject line is stored in tracking log. To control this: Set-TransportServer <Identity> -MessageTrackingLogSubjectLoggingEnabled <$true | $false> http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa997984.aspx

QUESTION 40

After a brief network outage, your monitoring system alerts you that a significant number of SMTP queues on your Hub Transport server are in a retry status. You need to force the Hub Transport server to send the queued e-mail immediately. Which cmdlet should you run? A. B. C. D. Retry-queue -filter {status - eq "retry"} Retry-queue -filter {status - eq "suspended"} Resume-queue -filter {status - eq "retry"} Resume-queue -filter {status - eq "suspended"}

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: EMC > Toolbox > Queue Viewer > Queues > Create Filter > Select status equals retry > Apply Filter A queue is a temporary holding place for mail awaiting the next stage of processing. Queues exist only on transport servers. Each one represents a logical set of messages to be handled in a specific order. Exchange uses a single ESE database for queue storage. Once delivered, email is removed from the queue. Because of this transient nature, queues use circular logging and arent backed up. If a transport server cant connect to the next hop, its delivery queue goes into Retry status. When retrying a queue, you override the next scheduled retry time and attempt an immediate connection. If not successful, the retry interval timer gets reset. Delivery queue must be in Retry status for this action to have any effect. If retry works, the queue status returns to Active. From EM Shell, run either: Retry-queue -filter {status -eq "retry"} Retry-queue -identity Server\Queue Attempts connection to next hop. If no server listed, runs against local machine. Requires either Identity or Filter (mutually exclusive parameter sets). Valid Filter criteria: ...Status.... Options: Active, Ready, Retry, or Suspended. Use Resubmit to resubmit a queue to the Categorizer. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124568.aspx Use Resume-Queue to restart outbound activity on a queue with status of Suspended. Queue must have Suspended status for this action to have any effect. Status of messages in queue doesnt change. Suspended messages remain suspended and dont leave queue. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb629478.aspx http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998323.aspx

QUESTION 41 Some of your companys mobile sales representatives use portable computers that run Microsoft Office Outlook 2007 and are configured to connect to your Exchange Server 2007 organization by using Outlook Anywhere. You need to monitor your environment to verify that these mobile users are able to connect to the Exchange organization, and that performance meets or exceeds the company standard . Which two cmdlets should you run? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose two.) A. Test- MAPIConnectivity B. Test- OutlookWebServices C. Test- WebServicesConnectivity

D. Test- ServiceHealth E. Get- MailboxStatistics Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: You need to monitor your environment to verify Outlook Anywhere users can connect to the organization, and that performance meets or exceeds company standard. The EOA laptops connect to the CAS by HTTP, which then connect to the Mailbox server by MAPI RPCs. Definitely C is correct and E wrong. Test-WebServicesConnectivity performs basic operations to verify functionality of EOA on a CAS. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998328.aspx Use Get-MailboxStatistics to obtain information about a mailbox, such as size, number of messages contained, and last time accessed. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124612.aspx Choice D is useful but probably wrong. Use Test-ServiceHealth to test if all required services have indeed started. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998852.aspx Choices A and B are both good possibilities. Use Test-OutlookWebServices to verify Autodiscover service settings for Outlook on a CAS. Identity is any valid forest email address. TargetAddress chooses recipient used to test whether Availability service data can be retrieved. For example: test-OutlookWebServices -identity:example@contoso.com verifies information returned to Outlook by the Autodiscover service for a user named example@contoso.com for the following services: Availability, EOA, OAB, UM. Cmdlet tests for a connection to each service and also submits a request to the Availability service to see if the user's Free & Busy information is being correctly returned from the CAS to Outlook. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124509.aspx Use Test-MapiConnectivity to verify server functionality. Using credentials of your logged on account, cmdlet logs on to specified mailbox -- or to SystemMailbox if no Identity included -- and retrieves list of items in Inbox. This tests two critical protocols used when a client connects to a Mailbox server: MAPI and LDAP. During authentication, cmdlet indirectly verifies that MAPI server, Exchange store, and DSAccess are working. Three parameters are available: Database, Identity, and Server. Which test ability to log onto System mailbox on specified database, mailbox, and server. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123681.aspx Since Test-MapiConnectivity returns database latency, this is probably whats desired. So answer is to run C against the CAS and A against the Mailbox server. This is also the solution suggested by CBT Nuggets 70-236.

http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123513.aspx http://www.windowsitpro.com/articles/print.cfm?articleid=42877

QUESTION 42 Your Exchange Server 2007 organization has three Exchange servers , as shown in the following table. A user in your Exchange organization sen ds a message to a recipient outside of your company. The recipients address is marc@contoso.com , and Latest Sales Figures is the subject of the message. Your user reports that the message has not been delivered. You need to find out whether the message has left your Exchange organization. Which cmdlet should you run on the Hub Transport server?

A. B. C. D.

Get-Recipient - Filter { PrimarySmtpAddress - eq " marc @contoso.com"} Get-Message -Filter {Subject - eq "Latest Sales Figures"} Get-Queue -Filter { NextHopDomain - eq "contoso.com"} Get-queue - Filter {status - eq "retry"}

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Use Get-Message to view details of one or more messages in a Transport server queue. Filter parameter requires an expression, which includes a property name, followed by a comparison operator and value. Valid properties are: ...Subject: Text string representing email subject. Value taken from Subject header field. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124738.aspx Use Get-Queue to view queue configuration data on Transport servers. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124904.aspx Use Get-Recipient to retrieve list of recipient objects from AD. Returns attributes of selected recipient. Without parameter, returns complete list of recipients in organization. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa996921.aspx

QUESTION 43 You need to generate a report on all of the Exchange S erver 2007 computers in your Exchange organization. The report must include: Operating system version Number of processors Total physical memory Number of storage groups Number of mailbox databases What should you do?

A. B. C. D.

Run the Get-ExchangeServer | Format-List cmdlet. Run the Get-OrganizationConfig cmdlet. Run the Test-SystemHealth cmdlet. Run the Health Check scan in the Exchange Best Practices Analyzer.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: EMC > Toolbox > ExBPA > View Report > Informational Items... http://www.microsoft.com/technet/prodtechnol/exchange/2003/exbpaqsg.mspx http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb245701.aspx Use Get-ExchangeServer to obtain attributes of a server. If no machine selected, returns data from all servers in the organization. To view full attributes, pipe output to Format-List cmdlet. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123873.aspx Use Get-OrganizationConfig to get settings for an Exchange organization. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa997571.aspx Use Test-SystemHealth to gather and analyze Exchange data according to best practices. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998598.aspx

QUESTION 44 You are installing a two-node Single Copy Cluster (SCC) Mailbox server. You name the two network adapters Private and Public. You need to configure the TCP/IP binding order for the cluster servers. What should you do? A. In the Cluster Administrator console, open the properties of the cluster. On the Network Priority tab, move the Private network to the top. B. In the Cluster Administrator console, open the properties of the cluster. On the Network Priority tab, move the Public network to the top. C. In Control Panel, open Network Connections. On the Advanced menu, click Advanced Settings. On the Adapters and Bindings tab, move the Private connection to the top. D. In Control Panel, open Network Connections. On the Advanced menu, click Advanced Settings. On the Adapters and Bindings tab, move the Public connection to the top. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Exchange supports two types of clusters: Cluster Continuous Replication and Single Copy Clusters. SCC (similar to active/passive cluster in Exchange 2003) is a clustered Mailbox server, consisting of two or more nodes sharing the same database and log file storage, typically, a SAN or NAS. If one node fails, the other takes over. Node maintenance without messaging downtime is also available. SCC affords high availability, but is susceptible to failure of the shared storage subsystem. (CCR, on the other hand, provides storage group failover using log file shipping and reply technology.)

On both SCC nodes, name the external and internal NICS Public and Private, respectively: In Advanced Settings, make sure that the Public NIC is listed first in binding order and that File and Printer Sharing is unchecked for the Private NIC. http://www.msexchange.org/tutorials/Installing-Two-Node-Exchange-Server-2007-Single-Copy-Cluster-VirtualServer-Environment-Part1.html http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124695.aspx

QUESTION 45 Your Exchange Server 2007 organization contains a Client Access server and a Hub Transport server. The Client Access server fails. You need to add the Client Access server role to the existing Hub Transport server. What are two possible ways to achieve this goal? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose two.) A. B. C. D. E. Use the Add or Remove Programs applet in Control Panel. Run the exsetup /mode:recoverserver /roles:ClientAccess command. Run the exsetup /mode:install /roles:ClientAccess command. Run the exsetup /mode:install /roles:ClientAccess,HubTransport command. Use Exchange System Manager, and configure the server as a front-end server.

Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Control Panel > Add/Remove Programs > MS Exchange Server 2007 Use Setup to modify an Exchange installation. Navigate to %program files%\Microsoft\Exchange Server\bin directory. To add or remove a role from an existing server, run: Setup.com /mode:<setup mode> /roles:<server roles to install> Use /mode to specify: Install, Upgrade, Uninstall, RecoverServer. If none listed, Setup defaults to Install. Only use Upgrade to upgrade from a pre-release version of Exchange; RecoverServer to recover a server installation. Use /roles to select which roles to install or remove: ClientAccess (or CA, or C), EdgeTransport (or ET, or E), HubTransport (or HT, or H), Mailbox (or MB, or M), UnifiedMessaging (or UM, or U), Managementtools (or MT, or T). Edge Transport should be deployed outside the AD forest in a perimeter network and cant coexist on the same machine with any other role. Managementtools will install EMC, EM Shell cmdlets, Help file, ExBPA tool, and Troubleshooting Assistant. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124273.aspx

QUESTION 46 Your company has four Active Directory sites. A Hub Transport server role and a Mailbox server role are installed at each site. The network is configured as shown in the following diagram. You need to ensure that messages between the Chicago and Seattle sites are routed through ExchHub2 in the Dallas site . Which cmdlet should you run?

A. B. C. D.

Set- AdSiteLink -Identity SEA-DAL - ExchangeCost 5 Set- AdSiteLink -Identity SEA-DAL - ExchangeCost 25 Set- AdSite - Identity Dallas - HubSiteEnabled $ false Set- AdSite - Identity Dallas - HubSiteEnabled $true

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 47 You are performing a new installation of Exchange Server 2007. You complete the installation of a Hub Transport server named ExchHub1 and an Edge Transport server named ExchEdge1. You need to configure the e-mail routing to meet the following requirements . Configure ExchHub1 to route Internet e-mail to ExchEdge1. Configure ExchEdge1 to route e-mail between your Exchange organization and the Internet. Which two sets of actions should you perform? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose two.) A. On ExchHub1, create a new Send connector named Hub Edge. Add the * domain as an address space and specify to use DNS to route e-mail automatically. Add ExchHub1 as a source server. B. On ExchEdge1, open the Exchange Management Shell. Export a new Edge Subscription file. C. On ExchEdge1, create a new Send connector named Edge - Internet. Add the * domain as an address space and specify to use DNS to route e - mail automatically. Add ExchEdge1 as a source server. D. On ExchHub1, open the Exchange Management Console. Import the Edge Subscription file. Answer: BD Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference: An Edge server needs organization data to perform recipient lookup, security tasks, and connector configuration. But the Edge role, by default, has no access to AD. All configuration and recipient information is stored in the ADAM. The EdgeSync process copies these data requirements into an Edge Subscription file. This file holds the credentials necessary to authenticate and authorize the replication link between AD and the ADAM. To export the Edge Subscription file, run New-EdgeSubscription on each Edge server to be subscribed to a particular AD site. Next, import this same file into the Hub servers located in that site. For configuration purposes, the Edge server will now be associated with these Hub servers. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa997590.aspx Each AD site must contain at least one Hub server. Run New-EdgeSubscription on each one there to import the relevant Edge Subscription file. This will subscribe each Edge server to the site. After procedure completes, the Hub servers will establish an authenticated communication channel to the Edge server and data replication will commence. This operation will also create on the Edge server the Send connector required to route mail out to the Internet, as well as the Send connector to relay messages down into the organization. New-EdgeSubscription -FileName <LongPath> [-CreateInboundSendConnector <$true | $false>] [CreateInternetSendConnector <$true | $false>] [-Site <AdSiteIdParameter>] Use Site parameter to specify name of AD site with Hub servers this Edge server will associate with; used only, but required when, command is run on a Hub server. Use CreateInboundSendConnector to choose whether to create a Send connector from the Edge to the Hub server (Default, $True). Use CreateInternetSendConnector to choose whether to create a Send connector to the Internet (Default, $true). For this connector, address space will be set to all domains (*), the source, to the Edge server, and DNS routing, enabled. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123538.aspx http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123800.aspx

QUESTION 48 Your companys Active Directory structure contains a root domain in site A and a single child domain in site B. You are preparing to install Exchange Server 2007 in the child domain. In the root domain, you run the Setup /PrepareAD command. You need to ensure that you can install Exchange in the child domain. What are two possible ways to achieve this goal? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose two.) A. B. C. D. E. In the child domain, run the Setup /DomainPrep command. In the child domain, run the Setup /PrepareDomain command. In the root domain, run the Setup /ForestPrep command. In the root domain, run the Setup /PrepareDomain command. In the root domain, run the Setup /PrepareAllDomains command.

Answer: BE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: PrepareAD directs Setup to prepare a forest for Exchange 2007. This parameter does global messaging configuration: Imports schema and runs PrepareLegacyExchangePermissions (if needed), creates Exchange USGs and configuration in AD, and sets permissions. Also runs PrepareDomain for local domain. PrepareAD

combines all preparatory tasks, plus performs local AD configuration. Let these changes replicate thru the forest before installing first Exchange server. PrepareAllDomains directs Setup to prepare all forest domains for 2007. Use to set domain-specific permissions and forest configuration before installing Exchange. Unless computer running this parameter can reach every forest domain thatll contain Exchange servers or recipients, Setup will fail. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb288906.aspx http://www.messagingtalk.org/node/520/print

QUESTION 49 You need to install the necessary components prior to installing Exchange Server 2007 on a new server . Which three components should you install? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose three.) A. B. C. D. E. F. Windows PowerShell 1.0 Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) Microsoft Management Console (MMC) 3.0 Microsoft .NET Framework 1.1 Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0

Answer: ADF Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Install prerequisite tools on computer to host Exchange 2007 server roles. These include: .NET Framework 2.0, MMC 3.0, and PowerShell. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124350.aspx http://www.msexchange.org/articles_tutorials/exchange-server-2007/migration-deployment/installing-exchange2007-windows-server-2008.html

QUESTION 50 You are preparing to install the Mailbox server role on a new Exchange Server 2007 computer . You need to optimize read and write performance on this server. You also need to provide redundancy on this server. On which type of array should you place the mailbox database? A. B. C. D. RAID 1 containing the operating system partition RAID 1 dedicated RAID 0 dedicated RAID 10 dedicated

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: RAID 10 (sometimes called RAID 1+0, or RAID 1&0) is similar to a RAID 0+1, but RAID levels used are reversed: RAID 10 is a stripe of mirrors. Recommended configuration:

RAID 1 = System volume, OS, Exchange Server binaries. RAID 1 = Pagefile. RAID 0+1 = SMTP queues. RAID 1 = Log files from one Server storage group. RAID 0+1 = Exchange Server DBs from storage group. RAID tips : 1. Place storage group DB files on separate hard disks. 2. Never put indexing files and pagefile on same disk. 3. Place transaction log files for each storage group to dedicated RAID 1 or RAID 0+1 array. 4. Place SMTP queue on separate disk subsystem. http://searchexchange.techtarget.com/tip/0,289483,sid43_gci1195222,00.html

QUESTION 51 You need to identify the Exchange Server 2007 server role that must be installed on a stand-alone server . Which server role should you identify? A. B. C. D. Client Access Edge Transport Hub Transport Mailbox

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Exchange 2007 provides five server roles -- Mailbox, Client Access, Hub and Edge Transport, Unified Messaging -- each a logical unit grouping features and components required for a specific messaging function. You can deploy these roles individually on dedicated servers, or install multiple roles on a single machine. Each coexisting role is administered as a separate entity. CA, Hub, Mailbox, and UM roles can coexist in any combination on the same machine. Topology should be based strictly on capacity and performance constraints. Clustered Mailbox servers cant share hardware with any other roles. UM cant be run in a virtual environment. If the UM role is installed by itself, the organization must also host servers where the three basic roles are available. Edge Transport, however, cant coexist on the same machine with any other role. To store configuration and recipient information, the Edge role, when installed on Server 2003, requires ADAM, a stand-alone directory service, designed especially for use with directory-enabled apps. ADAM must be implemented on the server before the Edge role is installed. For Server 2008, ADAM is replaced by AD LDS. The Edge Transport role shouldnt be deployed on any domain member. Instead, it should be implemented on either a stand-alone DMZ machine or member server of a strictly perimeter domain. Even if installed on a domain computer, this role can never directly access AD, but, instead, will always store data using ADAM or AD LDS. Edge Role Tasks: 1. Internet Mail Flow: Accept all messages from the Internet. Process as necessary, then route mail down to the Hub servers. Accept and route all outbound mail from the Hub servers. For name resolution of foreign SMTP domains, use either DNS or forward messages to some external smart host. 2. Filter out spam and viruses at network perimeter. 3. Apply Edge Rules. These determine how mail is handled when certain conditions are true. Possible actions include quarantine, dropping or rejecting a message, appending additional recipients, or just logging an event.

4. Rewrite addresses to present a consistent mail format to external recipients. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124701.aspx Recommended order of deployment: CAS, Hub, Edge Transport server. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa997610.aspx

QUESTION 52 You need to ensure that an administrator named Marc is able to create a Send connector on a Hub Transport server. You need to achieve this goal by assigning only the minimum permissions necessary. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Run the Add-ExchangeAdministrator ?Role ServerAdmin ?Identity Marc cmdlet. Run the Add-ExchangeAdministrator ?Role OrgAdmin ?Identity Marc cmdlet. Delegate Exchange Full Administrator privileges to Marc at the organization level. Add Marc to the Domain Admins group.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: To add a user or group to a particular Exchange role: Add-ExchangeAdministrator -Identity <SecurityPrincipalIdParameter> -Role <OrgAdmin | RecipientAdmin | ServerAdmin | ViewOnlyAdmin | PublicFolderAdmin> [-Scope <String>] Scope parameter specifies server on which the user will have privileges. Required when define ServerAdmin role (For OrgAdmin or MailboxAdmin, scope is entire organization). http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124709.aspx Admin roles have permissions to manage three types of Exchange data: 1. Global: AD data not associated with any one server (mailbox policies, address lists, UM configuration). 2. Recipient: AD Objects that can transmit email (mail-enabled contacts, distribution groups, mailboxes, PF proxy objects). 3. Server: Data stored in server AD node (local settings, receive connectors, vds, mailbox and storage group information). Permissions for Organization Admin are necessary for tasks such as regulating enterprise configuration and server policy, creating or deleting connectors. A Server Admin can control Exchange settings on a particular server, either in AD or on the physical machine, but cant undertake any operation with global impact. Recipient Admins have full control over messaging properties of AD user objects. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa996881.aspx http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb331957.aspx

QUESTION 53 You are preparing to transition from Exchange 2000 Server to Exchange Server 2007. The environment consists of a single Windows 2000 native mode Active Directory domain and an Exchange 2000 organization running in mixed mode. The schema master, domain naming master, and PDC emulator all run on a Microsoft Windows 2000 Server domain controller. You need to prepare the environment for Exchange 2007. Which two actions should you perform? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose two.)

A. Move the PDC emulator role to a domain controller that runs Windows Server 2003 with Service Pack 1. B. Move the schema master role to a domain controller that runs Windows Server 2003 with Service Pack 1. C. Move the domain naming master role to a domain controller that runs Windows Server 2003 with Service Pack 1. D. Convert the Exchange 2000 organization to native mode. Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Exchange 2007 requires that both the Schema master and GC servers run Server 2003 SP1 and a DFL of at least 2000 native mode. Also, a DNS infrastructure must be in place. If installing Exchange 2007 into an existing organization, the Exchange mode must be set to native. This means no Exchange 5.5 servers anywhere. If you still have any such machines, they must be upgraded to 2000/2003 or completely eliminated before installing Exchange 2007. http://www.msexchange.org/tutorials/Installing-Exchange-2007-Part1.html http://thelazyadmin.com/blogs/thelazyadmin/archive/2007/09/28/transitioning-from-exchange-2000-to-2007part-2.aspx

Exam R QUESTION 1 Your companys e-mail domain is contoso.com. Three Edge Transport servers in your Exchange Server 2007 organization will accept Internet mail. The servers are named Exch1, Exch2, and Exch3. You need to load balance Exch2 and Exch3 , and you need to configure Exch1 as a backup server. Which three MX records should you specify? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose three.) A. B. C. D. E. F. contoso.com contoso.com contoso.com contoso.com contoso.com contoso.com MX preference = 10, mail MX preference = 10, mail MX preference = 10, mail MX preference = 20, mail MX preference = 20, mail MX preference = 20, mail exchanger = Exch1.contoso.com exchanger = Exch3.contoso.com exchanger = Exch2.contoso.com exchanger = Exch2.contoso.com exchanger = Exch1.contoso.com exchanger = Exch3.contoso.com

Answer: BCE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: For redundancy, deploy extra Edge servers in the perimeter network. Use cloned configuration scripts to achieve consistency in settings. Load balance inbound SMTP traffic by defining multiple MX records in DNS for your mail domain, each with the same priority. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb267003.aspx A DNS server can contain multiple domain MX records. Create a separate record for each Edge server. Instruct DNS to use round-robin processing to load balance inbound email evenly across these Edge machines. http://searchexchange.techtarget.com/tip/0,289483,sid43_gci1286048,00.html

QUESTION 2 You are creating a cluster continuous replication (CCR) cluster. You create a failover cluster , and you install the Mailbox server role named ExchMB1 on the active node. You need to install the Mailbox server role on the passive node. What are two possible ways to achieve this goal? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose two.) A. B. C. D. E. Run the Enable-StorageGroupCopy -Identity ExchMB1\SG1 command. Run the Setup /roles:Mailbox command. Run the Setup /newcms /CMSname:ExchMB1 command. Select the Passive Clustered Mailbox Role check box in the Exchange Server 2007 Setup wizard. Select the Mailbox Role check box in the Exchange Server 2007 Setup wizard.

Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb691022.aspx http://www.msexchange.org/tutorials/Installing-Two-Node-Exchange-Server-2007-Single-Copy-Cluster-VirtualServer-Environment-Part3.html?printversion

QUESTION 3

You plan to install the Hub Transport server role on an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named Exch1. The installation must occur during nonbusiness hours. You verify that Exchange Server 2007 is installed on Exch1 at C:\Program Files\Microsoft\Exchange Server. A copy of the Exchange installation files is located in the C:\InstallFiles custom directory. You create a new file named install.bat in the root directory of drive C. You need to schedule the installation of the Hub Transport server role on Exch1. What should you do? A. In the install.bat file, type the following command: "C :\InstallFiles\Setup" /mode Install /roles HubTransport Create a scheduled task to run the executable. B. In the install.bat file, type the following command: "C: \Program Files\Microsoft\Exchange Server\Setup" / mode Install /roles HubTransport Create a scheduled task to run the executable. C. In the install.bat file, type the following command: "C :\InstallFiles\Setup" /mode RecoverServer /roles HubTransport Create a scheduled task to run the executable. D. In the install.bat file, type the following command: "C :\Program Files\Microsoft\Exchange Server\Setup" / mode RecoverServer /roles HubTransport Create a scheduled task to run the executable. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Control Panel > Add/Remove Programs > MS Exchange Server 2007 Use Setup to modify an Exchange installation. Navigate to %program files%\Microsoft\Exchange Server\bin directory. To add or remove a role from an existing server, run: Setup.com /mode:<setup mode> /roles:<server roles to install> Use /mode to specify: Install, Upgrade, Uninstall, RecoverServer. If none listed, Setup defaults to Install. Only use Upgrade to upgrade from a pre-release version of Exchange; RecoverServer to recover a server installation. Use /roles to select which roles to install or remove: ClientAccess (or CA, or C), EdgeTransport (or ET, or E), HubTransport (or HT, or H), Mailbox (or MB, or M), UnifiedMessaging (or UM, or U), Managementtools (or MT, or T). Edge Transport should be deployed outside the AD forest in a perimeter network and cant coexist on the same machine with any other role. Managementtools will install EMC, EM Shell cmdlets, Help file, ExBPA tool, and Troubleshooting Assistant. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124273.aspx

QUESTION 4 Your companys Active Directory forest consists of a single site that has a root domain and one child domain. You need to prepare Active Directory and the domains prior to installing the first Exchange Server 2007 computer . Which two commands should you run? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose two.) A. B. C. D. Setup /ForestPrep Setup /PrepareAD Setup /DomainPrep Setup /PrepareAllDomains

Answer: BD Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference: PrepareAD directs Setup to prepare a forest for Exchange 2007. This parameter does global messaging configuration: Imports schema and runs PrepareLegacyExchangePermissions (if needed), creates Exchange USGs and configuration in AD, and sets permissions. Also runs PrepareDomain for local domain. PrepareAD combines all preparatory tasks, plus performs local AD configuration. Let these changes replicate thru the forest before installing first Exchange server. PrepareAllDomains directs Setup to prepare all forest domains for 2007. Use to set domain-specific permissions and forest configuration before installing Exchange. Unless computer running this parameter can reach every forest domain thatll contain Exchange servers or recipients, Setup will fail. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb288906.aspx http://www.messagingtalk.org/node/520/print

QUESTION 5 You install an Exchange Server 2007 E dge Transport server role and Hub Transport server role . The server that has the Hub Transport server role is located in an Active Directory site named Chicago . You need to synchronize your companys Active Directory information to the server that has the Edge Transport server role. Which two actions should you perform? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose two.) A. Run the New- EdgeSubscription - FileName " c:\EdgeServerSubscription.xml " cmdlet on the server that has the Edge Transport server role. B. Run the New-EdgeSubscription -FileName "c:\EdgeServerSubscription.xml" ?site "Chicago" cmdlet on the server that has the Hub Transport server role. C. Run the ADAMSync command on the server that has the Edge Transport server role. D. Run the ExportEdgeConfig -CloneConfigData "C:\CloneConfigData.xml" command on the server that has the Edge Transport server role. E. Run the Im portEdgeConfig - CloneConfigData " C:\CloneConfigData.xml " command on the server that has the Edge Transport server role. Answer: AB Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: An Edge server needs organization data to perform recipient lookup, security tasks, and connector configuration. But the Edge role, by default, has no access to AD. All configuration and recipient information is stored in the ADAM. The EdgeSync process copies these data requirements into an Edge Subscription file. This file holds the credentials necessary to authenticate and authorize the replication link between AD and the ADAM. To export the Edge Subscription file, run New-EdgeSubscription on each Edge server to be subscribed to a particular AD site. Next, import this same file into the Hub servers located in that site. For configuration purposes, the Edge server will now be associated with these Hub servers. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa997590.aspx Each AD site must contain at least one Hub server. Run New-EdgeSubscription on each one there to import the relevant Edge Subscription file. This will subscribe each Edge server to the site. After procedure completes, the Hub servers will establish an authenticated communication channel to the Edge server and data replication will commence. This operation will also create on the Edge server the Send connector required to route mail out to the Internet, as well as the Send connector to relay messages down into the organization.

New-EdgeSubscription -FileName <LongPath> [-CreateInboundSendConnector <$true | $false>] [CreateInternetSendConnector <$true | $false>] [-Site <AdSiteIdParameter>] Use Site parameter to specify name of AD site with Hub servers this Edge server will associate with; used only, but required when, command is run on a Hub server. Use CreateInboundSendConnector to choose whether to create a Send connector from the Edge to the Hub server (Default, $True). Use CreateInternetSendConnector to choose whether to create a Send connector to the Internet (Default, $true). For this connector, address space will be set to all domains (*), the source, to the Edge server, and DNS routing, enabled. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123538.aspx http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123800.aspx

QUESTION 6 A custom Security Configuration Wizard (SCW) policy is applied to an Exchange Server 2007 Edge Transport server named Exch1. You want to apply this policy to a new Edge Transport server named Exch2. You install SCW on Exch2. You copy the existing SCW policy to Exch2 as C:\ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml. You need to apply the custom policy to Exch2. What should you do? A. First, use SCW to apply the C:\ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml policy. Then, run the Scwcmd register / kbname:"Ex2007KB" /kbfile:"%programfiles%\Microsoft\Exchange Server\scripts\Exchange2007Edge.xml" command. B. First, use SCW to apply the C:\ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml policy. Then, run the Scwcmd register / kbname:"Ex2007EdgeKB" /kbfile:"%programfiles%\Microsoft\Exchange Server\scripts\Exchange2007.xml" command. C. First, run the Scwcmd register /kbname:" Ex2007KB " / kbfile:" %programfiles %\Microsoft\Exchange Server\scripts\Exchange2007 Edge .xml " command. Then, use SCW to apply the C: \ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml policy. D. First, run the Scwcmd register /kbname:"Ex2007EdgeKB" / kbfile:" %programfiles %\Microsoft\Exchange Server\scripts\Exchange2007 .xml " command. Then, use SCW to apply the C:\ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml policy. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: SCW is a tool introduced with Server 2003 SP1 to minimize the attack surface for an Exchange server by automating security best practices and disabling functionality not demanded by its role. A SCW template is provided for various roles to lock down unnecessary ports and services. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998208.aspx Run SCW to create a custom security policy. Use this to apply identical settings to every server hosting a similar role: 1. Install Exchange role. 2. Install SCW. 3. Register SCW extension for the particular role. 4. Create custom SCW policy for the role. 5. Copy XML file to the server where this policy will be applied. 6. Security Configuration Wizard > Apply existing policy... http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998838.aspx

http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998208.aspx Role extensions enable you to use SCW to create a security policy specific to server functionality. Exchange provides two different extension files (located in %Exchange%\Scripts) which must first be registered on each machine you wish to configure. For the Edge role, register Exchange2007Edge.xml: scwcmd register /kbname:Ex2007EdgeKB /kbfile:"%programfiles%\Microsoft\Exchange Server\scripts \Exchange2007Edge.xml" For other roles, register Exchange2007.xml: scwcmd register /kbname:Ex2007KB /kbfile:"%programfiles%\Microsoft\Exchange Server\scripts \Exchange2007.xml" To verify successful registration, view SCWRegistrar_log.xml in %windir%\security\msscw\logs. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124977.aspx

QUESTION 7 You need to configure the minimum permissions necessary for a new administrator so that she can prepare Active Directory for Exchange Server 2007. Which two actions should you perform? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose two.) A. B. C. D. E. Add the new administrator as an Exchange Full Administrator at the organization level. Add the new administrators user account to the Exchange Enterprise Servers group. Add the new administrators user account to the Domain Admins group. Add the new administrators user account to the Enterprise Admins group. Add the new administrators user account to the Schema Admins group.

Answer: DE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Q: What permissions are needed to run forest and domain prep steps? A: To run Setup /PrepareLegacyExchangePermissions, you must be member of Enterprise Admins. To run Setup /PrepareSchema, member of Schema and Enterprise Admins. To run Setup /PrepareAD, member of Enterprise Admins. To run Setup /PrepareDomain or Setup /PrepareAllDomains, member of Enterprise Admins or Domain Admins in every domain you will prepare. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb310792.aspx http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb288907.aspx

QUESTION 8 You need to identify the Exchange Server 2007 server role that must be installed on a stand-alone server . Which server role should you identify? A. Client Access B. Edge Transport C. Hub Transport

D. Mailbox Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 9 You need to configure the minimum permissions necessary for a user to be able to configure mailbox databases on an Exchange Server 2007 computer . What should you do? A. B. C. D. Delegate Exchange Administrator privileges to the user account at the organization level. Add the user account to the Exchange Server Administrators role. Add the user account to the Exchange Recipient Administrators role. Add the user account to the Exchange Organization Administrators role.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: To add a user or group to a particular Exchange role: Add-ExchangeAdministrator -Identity <SecurityPrincipalIdParameter> -Role <OrgAdmin | RecipientAdmin | ServerAdmin | ViewOnlyAdmin | PublicFolderAdmin> [-Scope <String>] Scope parameter specifies server on which the user will have privileges. Required when define ServerAdmin role (For OrgAdmin or MailboxAdmin, scope is entire organization). http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124709.aspx Admin roles have permissions to manage three types of Exchange data: 1. Global: AD data not associated with any one server (mailbox policies, address lists, UM configuration). 2. Recipient: AD Objects that can transmit email (mail-enabled contacts, distribution groups, mailboxes, PF proxy objects). 3. Server: Data stored in server AD node (local settings, receive connectors, vds, mailbox and storage group information). Permissions for Organization Admin are necessary for tasks such as regulating enterprise configuration and server policy, creating or deleting connectors. A Server Admin can control Exchange settings on a particular server, either in AD or on the physical machine, but cant undertake any operation with global impact. Recipient Admins have full control over messaging properties of AD user objects. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa996881.aspx http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb331957.aspx

QUESTION 10 You are performing a new installation of Exchange Server 2007. You complete the installation of a Hub Transport server named ExchHub1 and an Edge Transport server named ExchEdge1. You need to configure the e-mail routing to meet the following requirements .

Configure ExchHub1 to route Internet e-mail to ExchEdge1. Configure ExchEdge1 to route e-mail between your Exchange organization and the Internet. Which two sets of actions should you perform? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose two.) A. On ExchHub1, create a new Send connector named Hub - Edge. Add the * domain as an address space and specify to use DNS to route e -mail automatically. Add ExchHub1 as a source server. B. On ExchEdge1, open the Exchange Management Shell. Export a new Edge Subscription file. C. On ExchEdge1, create a new Send connector named Edge-Internet. Add the * domain as an address space and specify to use DNS to route e-mail automatically. Add ExchEdge1 as a source server. D. On ExchHub1, open the Exchange Management Console. Import the Edge Subscription file. Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: An Edge server needs organization data to perform recipient lookup, security tasks, and connector configuration. But the Edge role, by default, has no access to AD. All configuration and recipient information is stored in the ADAM. The EdgeSync process copies these data requirements into an Edge Subscription file. This file holds the credentials necessary to authenticate and authorize the replication link between AD and the ADAM. To export the Edge Subscription file, run New-EdgeSubscription on each Edge server to be subscribed to a particular AD site. Next, import this same file into the Hub servers located in that site. For configuration purposes, the Edge server will now be associated with these Hub servers. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa997590.aspx Each AD site must contain at least one Hub server. Run New-EdgeSubscription on each one there to import the relevant Edge Subscription file. This will subscribe each Edge server to the site. After procedure completes, the Hub servers will establish an authenticated communication channel to the Edge server and data replication will commence. This operation will also create on the Edge server the Send connector required to route mail out to the Internet, as well as the Send connector to relay messages down into the organization. New-EdgeSubscription -FileName <LongPath> [-CreateInboundSendConnector <$true | $false>] [CreateInternetSendConnector <$true | $false>] [-Site <AdSiteIdParameter>] Use Site parameter to specify name of AD site with Hub servers this Edge server will associate with; used only, but required when, command is run on a Hub server. Use CreateInboundSendConnector to choose whether to create a Send connector from the Edge to the Hub server (Default, $True). Use CreateInternetSendConnector to choose whether to create a Send connector to the Internet (Default, $true). For this connector, address space will be set to all domains (*), the source, to the Edge server, and DNS routing, enabled. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123538.aspx http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123800.aspx

QUESTION 11

Your Exchange Server 2007 organization contains a single Hub Transport server named Exch Hub1 , and multiple M ailbox servers. A single Edge Transport server named Exch Edge1 is deployed. Message tracking logs are retained for 30 days. The mailbox for a user named Marc is located on a Mailbox server named Exch MB1 and has an SMTP address of marc@contoso.com . You need to generate a report that indicates the total number of messages that Marc sent during the last 30 days. What should you do? A. On ExchEdge1, run the Get-MessageTrackingLog -Sender marc@contoso.com -EventId "Receive" | export-csv c:\tmp\marc.csv cmdlet. B. On ExchHub1, run the Get-MailboxStatistics -Identity marc | export-csv -path c:\tmp\marc.csv cmdlet. C. On ExchHub1, run the Get-MailboxFolderStatistics -Identity marc -FolderScope SentItems | export-csv c: \tmp\marc.csv cmdlet. D. On ExchHub1, run the Get-MessageTrackingLog -Sender marc@contoso.com -EventId "Receive" | exportcsv c:\tmp\marc.csv cmdlet. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Choice A eliminated, since, if Marc sent any mail to internal recipients, the Edge server wouldnt be involved. Message tracking and subject logging are enabled by default on Mailbox and Hub or Edge Transport servers. CA and UM roles don't support tracking. Use EM Shell to configure this service. Message tracking produces a detailing history of each processed email in a CSV log file on each server. These logs form the basis for reports. By default, theyre retained for 30 days. To search for entries in a log by specific criteria, use: EMC > Toolbox > Message Tracking or GetMessageTrackingLog in EM Shell. For this to work, the Transport Log Search service must be running. Although more than 20 data fields are available for each log entry, not every one is available as a search filter: ... --Sender: Uses sender field. --EventID: Event classification assigned each log entry; values: BADMAIL, DEFER, DELIVER, DSN, EXPAND, FAIL, POISONMESSAGE, RECEIVE, REDIRECT, RESOLVE, SEND, SUBMIT, and TRANSFER.... http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa997573.aspx http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124926.aspx http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124375.aspx Use Get-MailboxFolderStatistics to retrieve data about mailbox folders, including folder name and ID, number and size of items contained in it. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa996762.aspx Use Get-MailboxStatistics to obtain data about a mailbox, such as size, number of messages contained, last time accessed. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124612.aspx

QUESTION 12 Your Exchange Server 2007 organization has three Exchange servers, as shown in the following table.

A user in your Exchange organization sen ds a message to a recipient outside of your company. The recipients address is marc@contoso.com , and Latest Sales Figures is the subject of the message. Your user reports that the message has not been delivered. You need to find out whether the message has left your Exchange organization. Which cmdlet should you run on the Hub Transport server?

A. B. C. D.

Get-Recipient-Filter { PrimarySmtpAddress - eq " marc @contoso.com"} Get-Message-Filter {Subject - eq "Latest Sales Figures"} Get-Queue-Filter { NextHopDomain - eq "contoso.com"} Get-queue-Filter {status - eq "retry"}

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 13 Some of your companys mobile sales representatives use portable computers that run Microsoft Office Outlook 2007 and are configured to connect to your Exchange Server 2007 organization by using Outlook Anywhere. You need to monitor your environment to verify that these mobile users are able to connect to the Exchange organization, and that performance meets or exceeds the company standard . Which two cmdlets should you run? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose two.) A. B. C. D. E. Test- MAPIConnectivity Test- OutlookWebServices Test- WebServicesConnectivity Test- ServiceHealth Get- MailboxStatistics

Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 14 Your native Exchange Server 2007 organization has a single Edge Transport server named Exch Edge1. Exch Edge1 has an Edge Subscription established with a Hub Transport server named Exch Hub1. The network connection from Exch Edge1 to the Internet is interrupted for an extended period of time. After the network connection is restored, no messages are being delivered. You need to restore message flow immediately. What should you do? A. On ExchHub1, run the Resume-Queue cmdlet.

B. On ExchHub1, run the Retry-Queue cmdlet. C. On ExchEdge1, run the Resume-Queue cmdlet. D. On ExchEdge1, run the Retry-Queue cmdlet. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: EMC > Toolbox > Queue Viewer > Queues > Create Filter > Select status equals retry > Apply Filter A queue is a temporary holding place for mail awaiting the next stage of processing. Queues exist only on transport servers. Each one represents a logical set of messages to be handled in a specific order. Exchange uses a single ESE database for queue storage. Once delivered, email is removed from the queue. Because of this transient nature, queues use circular logging and arent backed up. If a transport server cant connect to the next hop, its delivery queue goes into Retry status. When retrying a queue, you override the next scheduled retry time and attempt an immediate connection. If not successful, the retry interval timer gets reset. Delivery queue must be in Retry status for this action to have any effect. If retry works, the queue status returns to Active. From EM Shell, run either: Retry-queue -filter {status -eq "retry"} Retry-queue -identity Server\Queue Attempts connection to next hop. If no server listed, runs against local machine. Requires either Identity or Filter (mutually exclusive parameter sets). Valid Filter criteria: ...Status.... Options: Active, Ready, Retry, or Suspended. Use Resubmit to resubmit a queue to the Categorizer. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124568.aspx Use Resume-Queue to restart outbound activity on a queue with status of Suspended. Queue must have Suspended status for this action to have any effect. Status of messages in queue doesnt change. Suspended messages remain suspended and dont leave queue. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb629478.aspx http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998323.aspx

QUESTION 15 You want to gather information about user connectivity on an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named Exch1. You need to generate a report of all Exch1 mailboxes that displays the latest user logon time. What should you do? A. In Performance Monitor, add the Active Client Logons counter with _Total instances from the MSExchangeIS Mailbox object. B. Run the Get-Mailbox-Server Exch1 cmdlet. C. Run the Get-MailboxStatistics-Server Exch1 cmdlet. D. Run the Get-LogonStatistics-Server Exch1 cmdlet. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 16 Users report that they are unable to access their mailboxes on an Exchange Server 2007 computer named Exch1. You verify that connectivity to the server is functioning and that server hardware is functioning normally. Access to global catalogs is also functioning normally. You need to report on the status of all required Exchange-specific and Exchange-dependent services. What should you do? A. B. C. D. From the Exchange Troubleshooting Assistant, run the Database Troubleshooter. Run the Test-ServiceHealth -Server Exch1 cmdlet. Run the Test-SystemHealth -Server Exch1 cmdlet. Run the Get-ExchangeServer -Identity Exch1 cmdlet.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Use Test-ServiceHealth to check if all required services configured for automatic start up have indeed initiated. Error returned for any service required, and set to start, by a configured role but which, for some reason, isnt actually running. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998852.aspx The Hub Transport role is deployed inside the AD forest to control internal mail flow, apply routing policy, and transport and journaling rules. Its responsible for message delivery to the recipient's mailbox. A Hub server must be installed in each AD site that hosts a Mailbox server. Internet mail arrives at an Edge server in the perimeter network. This processes the messages, then relays them down to a Hub server. If no Edge server exists, the Hub server itself can be configured to handle incoming mail. In this case, edge agents can be directly installed on the Hub server to provide anti-spam and anti-virus protection. There are three ways a Hub server gets mail: by SMTP submission, from the Pickup directory, or when the store driver gathers messages from a user's Outbox. Mail is processed by the Categorizer, which expands distribution lists, identifies recipients and determines appropriate forwarding addresses. After applying policy and content conversion, the Hub server then routes each message along to next hop. Mail is delivered locally by the store driver, and remotely by SMTP. Values configured on any one Hub server are stored in AD. These include transport and journaling rules, as well as connector configuration. From there, this information gets replicated out to every other Hub server in the forest. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123494.aspx Use Test-MapiConnectivity to verify server functionality by logging onto a mailbox you select. Otherwise, cmdlet logs on to SystemMailbox on specified DB. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123681.aspx

QUESTION 17 Your Exchange Server 2007 environment contains a single Hub Transport server and a single Mailbox server . E -mail delivery to large dynamic distribution groups is slow. All MSExchangeADAccess Processes Performance Monitor counters on your Exchange servers display normal results . You need to improve delivery time for messages that are sent to dynamic distribution groups . What should you do?

A. Add more RAM to the existing Mailbox server. B. Add more RAM to the existing domain controllers. C. Deploy an additional global catalog server. Configure the existing Hub Transport server to use the new global catalog server. D. Deploy a second Hub Transport server. Configure the dynamic distribution groups to use the new Hub Transport server as their expansion server. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Exchange 2007 supported group types: 1. Mail-enabled universal distribution group: AD object that can only receive messages. 2. Mail-enabled universal security group: AD object that can be used to receive messages as well as grant access perms to resources. 3. Mail-enabled non-universal group: Migrated from earlier Exchange version. 4. Dynamic distribution group (in Exchange 2003, query-based): AD object whose membership is based on filters and conditions, rather than some predetermined set of users, and which, therefore, must be re-calculated each time an email is directed to it. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb125256.aspx Message recipient resolution comprises expansion of all nested address levels into a complete list of individual addresses and then the categorical determination of paths to the various destinations. Complete resolution may require multiple trips thru the expansion mechanism. Not all recipients have to be expanded. However, all must undergo this process. The Categorizer on the Hub server matches each recipient to a corresponding AD object in the Exchange organization. At this point, any email restrictions are also enforced. Universal distribution groups are expanded based on the memberOf AD property; dynamic distribution groups, using the AD query definition. If the ExpansionServer parameter is designated, a group will be detoured to a specified Hub server for expansion. Should this machine be down, no mail addressed to that group will get delivered. Therefore, if you decide to employ dedicated expansion servers, a high availability solution should also be implemented. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb430743.aspx

QUESTION 18 The Mailbox server role and the Hub Transport server role reside on an Exchange Server 2007 computer named Exch1. You need to configure the server to retain the tracking logs for seven days. What are two possible ways to achieve this goal? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose two.) A. B. C. D. E. Create a system policy to remove log files that are older than seven days. Run the Set-TransportServer-Identity Exch1 -MessageTrackingLogMaxAge 07.00:00:00 cmdlet. Run the Set-TransportServer-Identify Exch1 -MessageTrackingLogEnabled:$true cmdlet. Run the Set-TransportConfig-Identity Exch1 -MaxDumpsterTime 07.00:00:00 cmdlet. Run the Set-MailboxServer-Identity Exch1 -MessageTrackingLogMaxAge 07.00:00:00 cmdlet.

Answer: BE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Use Set-MailboxServer to set attributes on a Mailbox server. To modify message tracking on a machine with both the Mailbox and Hub Transport roles installed, you can use parameters with either Set-MailboxServer or

Set-TransportServer. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998651.aspx Set-TransportServer lets you control transport-related attributes for a Hub or Edge server: --Domain identity. --Connection limiting. --Failed message retry intervals and time-outs. --DSN messages, intervals, and time-outs. --DNS sources. --Protocol, badmail, pickup storage location and file size. --Message tracking location, age, and log size. Changes to Hub servers are saved in AD; to an Edge server, on the local machine by using ADAM. MessageTrackingLogMaxAge specifies tracking log maximum file age. Default, 30 days. Older log files get deleted. To set value, enter as time span: dd.hh:mm:ss, where d = days, h = hours, m = minutes, and s = seconds. Valid input range is 00:00:00 to 24855.03:14:07. Set value to 00:00:00 to prevent automatic log files deletion. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124238.aspx

QUESTION 19 You need to find out if users can log on to your Mailbox server directly by using Microsoft Office Outlook. Which cmdlet should you run on the client network? A. B. C. D. Test-ServiceHealth Test-SystemHealth Test-MAPIConnectivity Test-OutlookWebServices

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: How do MAPI, POP3, and IMAP4 differ when connecting to an Exchange mailbox? MAPI permits full functionality to all Exchange services: --Direct live connection to the Mail Server. --Shared Inbox, Calendar, Contacts, Tasks, Notes and Free & Busy information. --Public Folders. --Out Of Office Assistant. --Server Side Rules and Alerts. --Access to OWA via any Web Browser. --Optional Server Side SPAM Management. IMAP4 affords less flexibility with live connection to mail server. POP3 offers least functionality of all. You can only transmit email. All connection types allow you to keep messages on the server and view your mailbox using OWA. http://www.fastmail.fm/docs/faqparts/ExternalMail.htm#ExternalIMAPVsPOP http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MAPI

QUESTION 20 An Exchange Server 2007 Hub Transport s erver named ExchHub1 fails. You build a new Hub Transport s erver named ExchHub2 to replace ExchHub1. After service is restored , you want to recover all e-mail messages that remain in the mail.que database on ExchHub1. You perform the following actions on ExchHub2 . Flush all messages from the existing q ueue on ExchHub2 . Copy the mail.que database from the hard disk on ExchHub1 to C:\recoveryQueue on ExchHub2. You need to complete the recovery of the mail.que database from ExchHub1. Which two actions should you perform on ExchHub2? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose two.) A. Using the Database Recovery Management tool, perform a repair of the mail.que database in C: \recoveryQueue. B. Using the ISInteg utility, fix the mail.que database in C:\recoveryQueue. C. Using the Eseutil utility, perform a recovery of the mail.que database in C:\recoveryQueue. D. Using the Eseutil utility, perform a restore of the mail.que database in C:\recoveryQueue. E. Using the Eseutil utility, perform a defragmentation of the mail.que database in C:\recoveryQueue. Answer: CE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: By default, the queue database and transaction logs are stored in: %ExchangeServer%\ TransportRoles\data \Queue. These comprise: --Mail.que: Queue database file. --Trn.chk: Checkpoint file. --Trn.log: Current log file. --Trntmp.log: Next provisioned log file created in advance. --Trnnnn.log: Other log files created when Trn.log reaches its 5 MB maximum size. --Trnres00001.jrs, Trnres00002.jrs, etc.: Placeholder log files. --Temp.edb: Database schema verifier file. If a Transport server fails with undelivered messages in a queue, you can move the database and its associated log files to a temporary storage area on a replacement server -- either in your organization or a different AD forest -- repair the database, then use it to replace the existing queue on the new server. Finally, you can restart this repaired database. Basic steps for queue database recovery: 1. Move database to temporary location on replacement server. 2. Perform recovery. Because the database uses circular logging, you cant use eseutil /c restore mode to replay old transaction logs into it. However, you can use eseutil /r recovery mode. This reads the checkpoint file and commits uncommitted log transactions to the database. If no checkpoint file exists, replay begins with the oldest available entry in transaction log. 3. After recovery, to reclaim empty white space and reduces the file size, use eseutil /d to run offline defrag on the fixed database. 4. On the replacement server, halt new mail inflow into the queues and allow existing messages to be

delivered. Then, overwrite the now vacant queue database and transaction logs with the recovered files. Next, start the repaired database. Email delivery should commence. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124343.aspx

QUESTION 21 In your Exchange Server 2007 environment, a users mailbox was purged from the mailbox server, and a backup of the mailbox database was restored to a recovery storage group. You need to recover the purged mailbox to a production database. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Run the Connect-Mailbox cmdlet from the Exchange server. Run the Restore-Mailbox cmdlet from the Exchange server. Run the Enable-Mailbox cmdlet from the Exchange server. Run the Exmerge utility from the Exchange server.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 22 You install an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox s erver. You want to create a full database backup before you place users on the system. You take all databases offline so that they are consistent. You initiate a backup by using the Microsoft Windows Backup utility . The backup immediately fails , and you receive an error message. You need to complete a full backup of the databases. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Run the backup from the command line, with the /SNAP:ON switch. Run the backup from the command line, with the /FU switch. Shut down the information store, and restart the backup. Mount all databases on the server, and restart the backup.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: http://support.microsoft.com/kb/296788

QUESTION 23 Your company is preparing to move selected users to a new Exchange Server 2007 M ailbox server. The time window for the user move , and other existing time windows , are shown in the following table.

Current backups take three hours to complete, and you expect that time to increase to four hours after the user moves begin . You need to create a new time window for the backups that will have minimal effect on the server .

Which time window should you create for the backups? A. B. C. D. 20:00 - 24:00 18:00 - 22:00 02:00 - 06:00 19:00 - 23:00

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: You expect backup time to increase to four hours....

QUESTION 24 Your Exchange Server 2007 computer fails. You rebuild the server, and you recover all data in the mailbox databases and the log directories. Users report that searches are slow and are not returning the expected results. You need to rebuild the full - text index catalog for all databases on the Mailbox server role. Which three actions should you perform, and in what order should you perform them? To answer, move the three appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area, and arrange them in the correct order. Choose three.

Answer:

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 25 A users e-mail account is configured to use POP3. The users mailbox is accidentally purged from the Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server. You restore a backup copy of the database that contained the mailbox to a recovery storage group on the same server. The user reports that he cannot access his mailbox. You need to ensure that the user can access his mailbox. Before you reconnect the mailbox, what should you do? A. B. C. D. Enable POP3 access on the mailbox. Move the mailbox to a standard storage group. Instruct the user to use IMAP to connect to the mailbox. Instruct the user to use Outlook Web Access to connect to the mailbox.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Use Restore-Mailbox to extract mailbox content from a database restored to a Recovery Storage Group. For this operation to succeed, the source must be a disconnected mailbox in an RSG and the target, a connected mailbox in the same forest. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb125218.aspx The RSG is a special administrative group that enables you to mount a mailbox database, extract data from it, then either copy this data to a folder in, or merge it with, an existing mailbox. In earlier versions, this task was accomplished using ExMerge. In Exchange 2007, data extraction is done using Restore-Mailbox, or the Disaster Recovery Analyzer (ExDRA) tool. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124039.aspx 1. Create the RSG: new-storagegroup -Server <Server_Name> -LogFolderPath <path_to_Logfiles> -Name <RSG_Name> -SystemFolderPath <Database_Path> -Recovery

2. Add recovery database: new-mailboxdatabase -mailboxdatabasetorecover <Database_Name> -storagegroup <Server_Name> \<RSG_Name> -EDBFilePath <Database_Path> 3. Set database to allow overwrites: set-mailboxdatabase -identity <Server_Name>\<RSG_Name>\<Database_Name> -AllowFileRestore:$True 4. Mount database: mount-database -identity <Server_Name>\<RSG_Name>\<Database_Name> 5. Recover mailbox of existing user: restore-mailbox -identity <User_name> -rsgdatabase <Server_Name>\<RSG_Name>\<Database_Name> 6. Recover mailbox to mailbox 'John Smith': Restore-Mailbox identity 'John Smith' RSGDatabase 'RSG\mailbox database' 7. Recover all mailboxes in RSG to respective active mailboxes: Get-MailboxStatistics database 'RSG\Mailbox Database' | restore-mailbox http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa997694.aspx http://www.msexchange.org/tutorials/Working-Recovery-Storage-Groups-Exchange-2007.html?printversion http://www.msexchange.org/tutorials/How-Recovery-Storage-Groups-Work.html Use Connect-Mailbox to connect a disconnected mailbox to an AD user object. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa997878.aspx Use Enable-Mailbox to mailbox-enable an existing user or InetOrgPerson. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998251.aspx

QUESTION 26 An Exchange Server 2007 computer named Exch1 fails. You build a new Microsoft Windows Server 2003 computer named Exch1 to replace the failed computer. Before you restore the mailbox databases from backup, you need to restore the Exchange Mailbox server role on Exch1. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Restore the System State data and the Microsoft Information Store data. Run the Setup /NewProvisionedServer /role:Mailbox command. Run the Setup /m:Install /role:Mailbox command. Run the Setup /m:RecoverServer command.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 27 Your Exchange Server 2007 environment has three Exchange servers that have the Mailbox server role installed. The servers are configured to back up the existing Windows event logs and mailbox databases. You add the Hub Transport server role to the Exchange servers. You want to reconfigure the backups for the servers. Written company policy states that enough information must be retained to perform a root cause analysis on lost or corrupted e-mail messages and to recover as much

data as possible in the event of a failure. You need to add backups for the Hub Transport server role. What should you add to the current backups? A. B. C. D. the \TransportRoles\Logs\ directory the \TransportRoles\data\Queue\ directory the Microsoft Information Store the IIS metabase

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: A Hub server stores its configuration in AD, its queues in ESE databases, its tracking and protocol logs in files, and a limited amount of data in the registry. After delivery, an email disappears from the queue. Because of its transient nature, a queue uses circular logging and isnt backed up. Queues and transaction logs arent considered essential to restoring Hub server functionality. Message tracking and protocol logs contain a record of all server transactions. One provides historical data for the path an email travels thru the system; the other, routing dialog on the various server connectors. These logs arent normally backed up. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998634.aspx

QUESTION 28 Your environment contains the following servers : Mailbox server named ExchMb 1 Client Access server named ExchCAS1 Standby Microsoft Windows Server 2003 computer named Server2 Two Hub Transport servers named ExchHub1 and ExchHub2 ExchHub1 fails. You need to restore ExchHub1 to its pre-failure configuration . What should you do? A. B. C. D. Rename Server2 to ExchHub1, and run the Setup /m:RecoverServer command on ExchHub1. Rename Server2 to ExchHub1, and run the Setup /m:Install /role:HT command on ExchHub1. On ExchHub2, run the Setup /m:RecoverServer command. On ExchHub2, run the Setup /m:Install /role:HT command.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Use /m:RecoverServer to recover a once fully functional server, or to move a computer to new hardware while maintaining its identity. This switch tells Setup to read AD configuration information for a computer with the same name. Setup will install Exchange files and services on the machine, then apply whatever role and settings are stored in AD. Dont use this switch as a repair tool. Nor can it function across different versions of Windows Server. This type of install will include only AD settings. No local databases or customizations will get migrated over.

/m:RecoverServer doesnt support the Edge Transport role. This role doesnt store any data in AD. So, theres nothing for Setup to recover from it. Instead, install a fresh Edge server and restore information from Cloned Configuration backup. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998656.aspx Almost all Exchange configuration is stored in AD. /m:RecoverServer uses this data to rebuild a server with identical name and drive configuration. First, use dsa.msc to reset the computer account for the lost machine. Next, bring a new server online, and join it to the domain with the same name. Configure all drive logical assignments to match those of the lost machine. Then, run: setup /m:recoverserver. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123496.aspx /m:RecoverServer restores a role only to the default install state, ignoring any subsequent customization or end-user data stored in Exchange databases. Each server role requires characteristic additional steps to return it to pre-disaster state. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998656.aspx Configuration data for the CAS role is stored in AD, the IIS metabase, and some local files. Portions of IIS and AD data stores arent synchronized. Any non-default virtual directories created or changes made to default ones will be lost. If the IIS metabase and AD are out of synch because of a restore operation, the CAS will experience errors. Because of this, on a CAS dont recover the IIS Metabase after running /mode:RecoverServer. Instead, keep a detailed change log. Following disaster recovery, use this information to reapply any customizations. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998364.aspx

QUESTION 29 Your company completes a migration to Exchange Server 2007. Each Mailbox server is configured with two storage groups and two databases per storage group. You want to provide fault tolerance by implementing local continuous replication (LCR). You need to configure each Mailbox server with LCR. Which three actions should you perform, and in what order should these actions be performed? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order, Choose three.

Answer:

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 30 Your Exchange Server 2007 organization is configured in two Active Directory sites named Site1 and Site2. Site1 is configured for the 10.10.5.0/24 subnet, and Site2 is configured for the 10.10.20.0/24 subnet. The Exchange servers in the two sites are shown in the following table.

ExchCAS1 fails. Site2 users report that they are unable to access Microsoft Office Outlook Web Access ( OWA ) . You need to restore OWA service to Site2 users. What should you do? A. B. C. D. On ExchMbCAS1, create a new OWA virtual directory. Move the mailbox configuration of the users on ExchCMS1 to ExchMbCAS1. Add the Client Access server role to ExchHub2. Add the Client Access server role to ExchHub1.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: With Site1 and Site2 on different subnets, remaining choices eliminated. CAS role supports OWA -- which lets you access email by any Web browser -- ActiveSync client apps, POP3 and IMAP4 protocols, as well as Autodiscover and Web services. CASs accept connections from software programs such as Outlook Express (using POP3 or IMAP4) and hardware clients, such as mobile devices (using ActiveSync, POP3, or IMAP4). http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb125134.aspx http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa996373.aspx

QUESTION 31 An Exchange Server 2007 clustered mailbox server is installed on a Single Copy Cluster (SCC). You want to add another storage group and database to the clustered mailbox server. You perform the following actions. 1. On the active and passive nodes of the cluster, mount a new database drive to D:\mounts\SG5\DB5_1, and mount a new log drive to D:\mounts\SG5\Log5_1. 2. Create a new storage group named SG5, and point the log path to D:\mounts\SG5\Log5_1. 3. Create a new database in SG5 named DB5_1, and point the database path to D:\mounts\SG5\DB5_1. You need to complete the addition of the storage group and database to the clustered mailbox server. What should you do? A. Change the mount location of the database and log drives to drive letter locations on the active and passive nodes. B. Remove the drives from the passive node until the active node is configured. C. Add the drives as a cluster resource, and make the Microsoft Information Store dependent on those resources. D. Add the drives as a cluster resource, and make the storage group dependent on those resources. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb125217.aspx

QUESTION 32 Your company merges with Contoso , Ltd. Each companys mixed e-mail system includes Exchange Server 2003 servers and Exchange Server 2007 servers , and Outlook 2003 clients and Outlook 2007 clients. Currently your company has a single remote SMTP domain for *, which is configured with the Allow none option. You need to configure the delivery of out-of-office (OOF) messages to the contoso.com domain, and you must ensure that no users outside of the two merged companies can receive OOF messages. What should you do? A. On the remote domain *, select the Allow external out-of-office only option. B. On the remote domain *, select the Allow external out-of-office and out-of-office set by Outlook 2003 or earlier clients and set on Exchange 2003 or earlier servers option. C. Add a new remote domain for *.contoso.com, and select the Allow external out-of-office only option. D. Add a new remote domain for *.contoso.com, and select the Allow internal out-of-office and out-of-office set by Outlook 2003 or earlier clients and set on Exchange 2003 or earlier servers option. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: EMC > Organization Configuration > Hub Transport > Remote Domains > New Remote Domain Wizard... If Exchange is deployed in a topology with legacy Outlook clients, out-of-office replies may go to recipients not intended. When you create a Remote Domain, you can choose the format options and character sets for mail you exchange with it, as well as OOF message policy. Four OOF options are available: 1. Allow none. 2. Allow external only. 3. Allow external and those set by Outlook or Exchange 2003. 4. Allow internal and those set by Outlook or Exchange 2003. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb629608.aspx Good reasons to limit OOF replies: 1. Fuel for dictionary attack: For a spammer using random email names against an organization, an OOF reply is proof a given address is valid. 2. Evidence for recipients physical absence. 3. Social engineering: OOF replies with too much detail (e.g., a phone number) can give leverage to a hacker attempting social penetration. 4. Message-looping: Interactions by Exchange with other mail systems and fax clients may cause loops. http://searchexchange.techtarget.com/tip/0,289483,sid43_gci1187498,00.html http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa997463.aspx In Outlook 2007, use OOF Assistant to control replies: http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb125142.aspx

QUESTION 33 Your companys Microsoft ActiveSync policy is configured to require inactive user s to provide their password every 10 minutes. A company executive request s that her mobile device be exempt from the inactivity timer. You need to exempt the executives mobile device from the timeout policy while maintaining the other corporate policy settings. What should you do?

A. B. C. D.

Remove the corporate ActiveSync policy from the executives mailbox. Create a new ActiveSync policy that has the required settings, and apply it to the executives mailbox. Change the password setting on the executives mobile device to override the ActiveSync policy. Reconfigure the executives mobile device for ActiveSync, and do not apply the corporate ActiveSync policy.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 34 Your Exchange Server 2007 organization contains two load balanced Client Access servers . Outlook Anywhere users on the corporate network have access to availability information. You need to allow access to availability information for users outside the corporate network who connect by using Outlook Anywhere. What should you do? A. Run the Set-CASMailbox cmdlet with the appropriate parameters on each of the Client Access servers. B. Add a replica of the Exchange organizations Free/Busy public folder to at least one of the Mailbox servers in the same site as the Client Access servers. C. Add the Full Details read permission to each users calendar properties by using the Microsoft Office Outlook client. D. Set the external URL by running the Set-WebServicesVirtualDirectory cmdlet on each of the Client Access servers. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 35 Your company purchases a company named Contoso , Ltd. Your company plans to accept e-mail messages that are sent to the contoso.com e-mail namespace on your companys existing e-mail servers. The Contoso , Ltd., e-mail servers will be decommissioned. You need to configure your companys Exchange 2007 organization to accept all e-mail messages that are sent to contoso.com. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Add contoso.com to the accepted domains as an external relay domain. Add contoso.com to the accepted domains as an internal relay domain. Add contoso.com to the accepted domains as an authoritative domain. Add a new e-mail address generation policy for contoso.com.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: EMC > Organization Configuration > Hub Transport > Accepted Domains An Accepted Domain is any SMTP namespace for which Exchange transmits mail. This includes internal domains for which the organization is authoritative, as well as internal and external domains for which it

receives and then relays mail. Accepted domains are configured as global settings. All domains for which Hub servers process and Edge servers accept and relay messages must be recognized as accepted domains. Create and manage accepted domains on Hub servers. Then edit a subscription to sync this configuration to the Edge servers. When an Edge server subscribes to an organization, EdgeSync replicates data on all accepted domains to it. There are three types of accepted domains: Authoritative: A domain is authoritative if an organization hosts mailboxes for its recipients. Edge servers must accept email addressed to any such domain. By default, when the first Hub server is installed, one authoritative domain is configured, the FQDN of the root of the forest. (When an Internet source directs email at your Edge servers addressed to recipients who arent part of any authoritative domain, this server is trying to relay messages off your organization. To prevent such open relay behavior, you can reject all such messages. However, in some cases, you may wish to let a partner or subsidiary relay some of its mail thru your servers.) Internal Relay: Recipients in this domain dont have mailboxes in your organization, but do have contacts in the address book. Mail for these addresses gets relayed thru your Hub servers, on which you must configure an appropriate Send connector. External Relay: Recipients in this domain dont have mailboxes in your organization. Mail for these addresses gets relayed thru your Edge servers, on which you must likewise configure an appropriate Send connector. Use a wildcard in the address space of an accepted domain to show all subdomains are accepted as well; for example, *.contoso.com. You must configure an accepted domain for an SMTP address space that you intend to use in an email address policy. If such a domain is later deleted, the policy also becomes invalid. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124423.aspx http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124907.aspx

QUESTION 36 Your Exchange Server 2007 computers are configured with the default settings. You need to send copies of all e-mail messages that are sent and received by user@contoso.com to monitor@contoso.com. What should you do? A. Run the New-JournalRule -Name:'User' -JournalEmailAddress:'user@contoso.com' -Scope:'Global' Enabled:$true -Recipient:'monitor@contoso.com' cmdlet. B. Run the New-JournalRule -Name:'User' -JournalEmailAddress:'user@contoso.com' -Scope:'Internal' Enabled:$true -Recipient:'monitor@contoso.com' cmdlet. C. Run the Set-JournalRule -Name:'User' -JournalEmailAddress:'user@contoso.com' -Scope:'Global' Enabled:$true -Recipient:'monitor@contoso.com' cmdlet. D. Configure e-mail forwarding on the users account. Set it to forward e-mail to monitor@contoso.com. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: A is undoubtedly correct but syntax should be:

New-JournalRule -Name User -Recipient user@contoso.com -JournalEmailAddress monitor@contoso.com Scope Global EMC > Organization Configuration > Hub Transport > Journaling > New Journal Rule To reduce the burden of data accumulating on system resources, back this data up and transfer it from its native environment to some inactive storage. This is archiving. Journaling, on the other hand, is the documentation of all communication -- including emails -- in an organization. Because of regulation, many companies must maintain detailed records of messaging that transpires when employees perform daily business tasks. The ability of an enterprise to journal all classes of information is an essential piece of IT architecture. Exchange 2007 provides both standard and premium journaling. To preserve organization email, the Journaling Agent must be enabled on Hub servers (Run Get-TransportAgent to check its status). When you create a new, or modify or delete an existing journal rule, this information is stored in AD. From there, it gets replicated out to every Hub server. This way all communication is subject to one consistent set of rules. The message generated when an email matches a journal rule is termed the journal report. Exchange supports only envelope journaling, where the email is attached, unaltered to this report. In the journal report, data from the original message is organized so that each header field produces a corresponding line. This enables any report to be quickly parsed either visually or by some automated process. Depending on the presence of bifurcation or distribution group expansion, a single email may generate more than one journal report. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb331962.aspx A journaling mailbox is the special depository used only to collect journal reports. You can create one journaling mailbox for all configured rules, or separate ones for any subset of rules. Since this object may contain very sensitive information, it should be carefully protected from unauthorized scrutiny. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998649.aspx New-JournalRule -Name <Journal Rule Name> -Recipient <Recipient SMTP address to be Journaled> JournalEmailAddress <Journal Mailbox Recipient Object> -Scope <Internal | External | Global> -Enabled < $True | $False> Use New-JournalRule to create a new rule for use with the Journaling Agent (By default, new rules are enabled). Recipient specifies the SMTP address of the mailbox, contact, or distribution group you wish to journal. All messages transmitted by or to this recipient get journaled. If a distribution group is chosen, all recipients in that group are likewise journaled. JournalEmailAddress specifies the secured mailbox to receive journal reports. Use Scope to select messages to which rule applies: 1. Global (Default): Process all mail passing thru the Hub server (includes messages already processed by internal and external rules). 2. Internal: Process email transmitted by internal recipients. 3. External: Process email from senders or to recipients outside the organization. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124723.aspx http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb125242.aspx Use Set-JournalRule to modify an existing rule on a Hub server. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb125010.aspx

QUESTION 37 You need to configure Outlook Web Access to allow Microsoft Office documents to be opened but not saved on public computers. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Enable direct file access for public computers. Enable Force WebReady Document Viewing when a converter is available for public computers. Add the Office file formats to the supported document types for WebReady Document Viewing. Add the Office file formats to the direct file access Block list.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: EMC > Server Configuration > Client Access > owa (Default Web Site) > Properties > Public (or Private) Computer File Access > WebReady Document Viewing Exchange 2007 includes a new feature called WebReady Document Viewing. This lets users view common file types -- DOC, PDF, XLS, PPT -- in the OWA Web browser, without requiring that the associated app be installed on the computer. You can specify files you want OWA users to access from both private and public computers (By default, public computer access is disabled). Direct file Access lets users open any file available thru OWA. This includes email attachments, network file shares, and SharePoint document libraries. (Settings for either tab applied to both Public and Private Computer Access.) WebReady Document Viewing enables supported documents to be converted to HTML and displayed in a Web browser. Select Force WebReady.... to force documents to be displayed in the browser before users can open them in the viewing app. This can be done only after Direct File Access has been approved. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa995967.aspx http://www.msexchange.org/tutorials/Drilldown-OWA-Direct-File-Access-Exchange-Server-2007-Part1.html? printversion

QUESTION 38 Your Exchange Server 2007 organization contains a Mailbox server and a Client Access server. You are using Web-based distribution for the default offline address book (OAB). The OAB is no longer being updated on the Client Access server. You need to enable the Client Access server to retrieve the updated OAB from the Mailbox server. What should you do? A. B. C. D. On the Mailbox server, start the Microsoft Exchange Service Host service. On the Mailbox server, start the Microsoft Exchange Replication service. On the Client Access server, start the Microsoft Exchange Service Host service. On the Client Access server, start the Microsoft Exchange File Distribution service.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: An OAB is a container to hold a collection of offline address lists from the GAL. MAPI clients, such as Outlook, can choose which such lists to download. This allows users to compose email even when not connected to the network. Outlook periodically checks for OAB updates. Admins can configure available OABs. Any OAB in the organization can be set as default. A new default OAB

is associated with all subsequently created mailbox databases. If you delete the default OAB, Exchange wont automatically assign this role to another list. You must do so manually. To facilitate smaller downloads, you can create additional custom OABs and associate them with a mailbox database or any subset of users. OAB generation creates new OAB files, compresses them, then places them in a local share. The OAB can be distributed two ways: 1. Web-based (Outlook 2007): CASs replicate OAB files. Enabled by default. No configuration required. 2. Public folder (Outlook 2003): Files placed in a PF. Then, PF replication copies them to other distribution points. When Exchange 2007 is installed, a default OAB holding the GAL is created, as well as a new OAB virtual directory in the default Web site, as the Web-based distribution point. (If users also connect to Outlook from beyond the firewall, add an external Web site). To provision recipients for an OAB: 1. Use Set-Mailbox to link the OAB to the recipient's mailbox. Cant pick PF database at this level. 2. Link OAB to mailbox database for PF download. After you create an OAB or modify its settings, users wont see any changes until OAB generation completes. Update the OAB to accomplish this. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124351.aspx Exchange 2007 and Outlook 2007 dont require Public Folders for OAB distribution. Instead, they can use Web-based distribution that relies on HTTP(S) and BITS technology. This supports more concurrent clients, less required bandwidth, and finer control over distribution points. These components must work together: --OABGen: System Attendant invokes OABGen.dll. This service runs on the OAB Generator (which must be a Mailbox server) to create the OAB. --Exchange File Distribution Service: FDS runs on CASs and is responsible for obtaining OAB content from the OABGen server. --OAB Virtual Directory: IIS vd on CAS from which OAB is downloaded. --Autodiscover: Runs on CAS to return appropriate OAB client URL. The updated OAB isnt downloaded by all CASs simultaneously. Each server has a poll interval (default, 8 hours) that initiates the copy down process as soon as fresh content is detected. Poll count starts when the FDS initializes. This, in turn, depends on when each machine was last rebooted. Since OAB download is controlled by the BITS mechanism and dispatched in small chunks, each CAS can accommodate a large number of concurrent connections. Bandwidth savings arise from the fact that the OAB is transmitted over the WAN link to a remote site only once. Outlook clients at this site can then copy this OAB from the local CAS. The OAB Virtual Directory supports direct connections as well as those thru an ISA server. However, the BITS client doesnt permit self-signed certs. So, by default, OAB distribution points are created to use HTTP. To enable SSL, you must furnish a trusted certificate in IIS. http://msexchangeteam.com/archive/2006/11/15/431502.aspx When you install Exchange 2007 with either the CAS or UM role, the new MSExchangeFDS.exe service is initialized. This controls two independent but similar tasks. On CASs, it keeps local OAB files in sync with the copy on the Mailbox server. On UM servers, it distributes voice prompts.

Exchange 2007 offers the option of configuration without any Public Folder database. In this case, Outlook 2007 supports web distribution of the OAB. As before, the System Attendant service, running on Mailbox servers, generates the OAB and publishes it to \\<MBXSERVER>\ExchangeOAB\<oabguid>. The FDS, running on each CAS, picks up these files from the share and delivers them to the local Web directory. As OAB data is periodically regenerated (by default, once a day), the FDS gathers new or updated files by its poll schedule (by default, every 8 hours). The Autodiscover service furnishes each Outlook client with a single URL -- for example: https://df.contoso. com/oab/429837a8-95f8-44a7-86ab-b73a04333585/oab.xml -- showing the OAB manifest. This file containing pointers to all OAB files associated with the user's mailbox. http://msexchangeteam.com/archive/2006/10/16/429204.aspx

QUESTION 39 Your company has a group of accountants in the main office in Chicago. The company hires a new group of accountants for the branch office in Dallas. The Exchange Server 2007 computer in the Chicago office is named ExchChi. The Exchange Server 2007 computer in the Dallas office is named ExchDal. The new accounting group requires a local replica of the Accounting public folder that is located in the root of the public folder tree. You need to add a replica of the Accounting folder to the Exchange server in the Dallas office. Which cmdlet should you run? A. Set- PublicFolder " EXCHChi \Accounting" -replicas " EXCHDal \Public Folder Database" B. Set- PublicFolder "\Accounting" -replicas " EXCHDal \Public Folder Database" C. Set- PublicFolder "\Accounting" -replicas " EXCHChi \Public Folder Database","EXCHDal \Public Folder Database" D. Set- PublicFolder " EXCHDal \Accounting" -replicas " EXCHChi \Public Folder Database" Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Public folders are organized into a hierarchy, stored in dedicated databases, and can be replicated between Exchange servers. They enable an easy and effective way to collect, organize, and share information in an organization. What PFs arent designed for is: 1. Archiving data. 2. Document sharing and collaboration (Dont provide versioning, controlled check-in and check-out, or automatic content update notification). A mail-enabled PF is one with an email address. It can appear in the GAL. This provides extra functionality. Besides posting messages, users can transmit email to such a folder. In Exchange 2007, PFs are an optional feature. If all clients run Outlook 2007, there are no PF dependencies for OAB download or Free & Busy data. Instead, these can be handled by Autodiscover, System Attendant, and File Distribution services. Computers running Outlook 2003, however, still require a public folder database (aka, store) to connect to Exchange 2007. When you first install the Mailbox role, Setup asks if any 2003 clients exist in the organization. Only if the answer is yes is a PF database created. Exchange 2003 supports a non-MAPI General Purpose PF tree; Exchange 2007, only the MAPI tree, divided into:

1. Default public folders (IPM_Subtree): Subfolders that Outlook users can access. 2. System folders (Non IPM_Subtree): Used to store Free & Busy information, OABs, and organizational forms. Not directly accessible. CCR, LCR, and SCR are available for a PF database only if its the only such database existing in an organization. For multiple databases, PF replication is implicitly taking place, even if not configured. This process cant be combined with storage group replication. Types of PF information replicated: 1. Hierarchy: Tree structure and properties. 2. Content: Individually configured. When a client app attempts to open a PF, Exchange determines which replica to access. This is termed referral. If no replica exists on the local machine, Exchange attempts to locate one in the same AD site. This mechanism can be controlled by choosing a list of replica servers and allowing referral traffic only across certain connectors and at defined routing costs. Best practices: 1. If PFs are in heavy use, deploy dedicated PF servers. Fewer, large databases, are easier to manage than many, tiny ones, for efficient backups, referrals, and replication. 2. A deep hierarchy (many vertically nested folders) scales better than a wide one (numerous upper level folders). 3. In any hierarchy, set simple and uniform permissions. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb397221.aspx Use Set-PublicFolder to set attributes of PFs. Use Identity to specify GUID or folder name. Can also include path using TopLevelPublicFolder\PublicFolder. (Identity label can be omitted.) Replicas lists Mailbox servers to which to replicate folder. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998596.aspx http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123509.aspx http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb691120.aspx

QUESTION 40 You increase the anti-spam restrictions for your Exchange Server 2007 organization . You inform your companys partners that they should forward any e-mail messages that are being blocked by the content filters to anti-spam@contoso.com . The forwarded messages will be reviewed so that modifications can be made to Safe Senders Lists to prevent the blocking problem in the future. External users are forward ing e-mail messages to anti-spam@contoso.com , but you discover that no messages from external users are in the anti-spam mailbox . You need to allow the anti-spam mailbox to receive e-mail messages that are classified as spam. Which cmdlet should you run? A. B. C. D. Set- RecipientFilterConfig - RecipientValidationEnabled $false Set- ContentFilterConfig - BypassedRecipients anti-spam@contoso.com Set- ContentFilterConfig - BypassedSenders anti-spam@contoso.com Set- RecipientFilterConfig - BlockListEnabled $false - BlockedRecipients anti-spam@contoso.com

Answer: B Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference: To instruct the Content Filter Agent not to block emails from specific senders or domains or to specific recipients: EMC > Edge or Hub Transport > Anti-spam > Content Filtering > Properties > Exceptions > Do not filter content in messages addressed to following recipients:... Or run: Set-ContentFilterConfig -BypassedRecipients <SmtpAddress> Set-ContentFilterConfig -BypassedSenders <SmtpAddress> Set-ContentFilterConfig -BypassedSenderDomains <SmtpDomainWithSubdomains> Set-ContentFilterConfig -BypassedSenderDomains *.example.com New names added to a content filter replace those already listed. To append senders or recipients to the existing names, create a variable in which to store the current settings. To add a sender to BypassedSender property, create a variable, $list, to hold BypassedSenders list: $list = (Get-ContentFilterConfig).BypassedSenders To verify $list contains data, type: $list, which should return a formatted list of SMTP addresses. To add entries to $list variable: $list.add("user1@contoso.com,user2@contoso.com") http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa995952.aspx Use Set-ContentFilterConfig to modify filter configuration on Edge or Hub servers. Content Filter Agent wont filter any messages received from addresses on BypassedSenders or bound to addresses on BypassedRecipients parameters. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa996791.aspx Set-RecipientFilterConfig [-BlockedRecipients <MultiValuedProperty>] [-BlockListEnabled <$true | $false>] [RecipientValidationEnabled <$true | $false>] [-RecipientValidationEnabled <$true | $false>] Use Set-RecipientFilterConfig to enable and configure the Recipient Filter agent on Edge or Hub servers. This anti-spam agent relies on RCPT TO SMTP header to determine what action, if any, to take on an inbound message. When RecipientValidationEnabled set to $true, Recipient Filter Agent blocks messages addressed to recipients that dont exist in your organization. When BlockListEnabled set to $true, RFA blocks emails sent to recipients listed in BlockedRecipients. Valid input for this parameter, one or more SMTP addresses. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998613.aspx

QUESTION 41 Your Exchange Server 2007 organization has a single Edge Transport server, which is configured with a spam quarantine mailbox. You need to reduce the amount of spam that reaches user In boxes . You also need to be able to review marked messages and to monitor them for false positives. What should you do? A. Increase the spam confidence level (SCL) threshold value for deleting e-mail. B. Increase the spam confidence level (SCL) threshold value for quarantining e-mail.

C. Reduce the spam confidence level (SCL) threshold value for rejecting e-mail. D. Reduce the spam confidence level (SCL) threshold value for quarantining e-mail. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: EMC > Organization Configuration > Edge or Hub Transport > Content Filtering > Properties > Action... You can define different spam confidence level thresholds on Edge or Hub servers to reject, delete, or quarantine incoming emails. This, along with Outlooks Junk Email folder, furnishes a comprehensive antispam strategy. The Content Filter Agent uses SmartScreen technology to judge each inbound email and assign it an SCL rating. This takes place after the message has already been processed by other anti-spam agents. These are more deterministic in nature. For example, the Connection Filter Agent rejects any message from an address on its real-time block list. Sender and Recipient Filter Agents work similarly. Since content filtering can never be 100% accurate, you need the ability to fine tune the assessments made by the Content Filter Agent and its consequent actions. By carefully adjusting the SCL threshold configuration, you can minimize the size of the quarantine mailbox, the number of false positives flagged, and the volume of true spam that reaches the users Inbox. SCL Thresholds Actions: 1. Delete: If SCL value >= delete threshold, message deleted. No response to sender. If SCL < delete threshold, value compared to reject threshold. 2. Reject: If SCL >= reject threshold, message deleted. Rejection response to originating domain. Possible NDR to sender. If SCL < reject threshold, value compared to quarantine threshold. 3. Quarantine: If SCL >= quarantine threshold, message forwarded to quarantine mailbox for review. If value < quarantine threshold, relayed on to Mailbox server. 4. Junk Email Folder: If SCL >= Junk threshold, message detoured into Outlook Junk folder. If value < Junk threshold, message delivered to the users Inbox. For example, if you set the SCL delete threshold to 8, the reject threshold to 7, the quarantine threshold to 6, and the Junk Email threshold to 5, only email with an SCL <= 4 reaches the user's Inbox. Best practice: Apply uniform SCL thresholds across all transport servers in the organization. Start by using the default values, which are optimized for wide deployments. Establish a baseline of SCL functionality. Then, analyze spam reports to determine what finer adjustments to levels are called for. Use Set-Mailbox to establish SCL thresholds on individual mailboxes, as well as to set the Junk Email folder level. Individual thresholds are stored in AD and replicated to Edge servers by EdgeSync. The Content Filter Agent will apply any per-recipient thresholds to configured users before relying on system-wide settings. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa995744.aspx http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa997658.aspx

QUESTION 42 A new mailbox is created at 9 A.M. Users of Microsoft Office Outlook Web Access are able to see and use the new mailbox in the global address list (GAL) at 10 A.M. Users of Outlook Anywhere are not able to see the new mailbox in the GAL until the next day. You need to configure

the Exchange Server 2007 computer to allow users of Outlook Anywhere to see a new mailbox in the GAL within four hours after the mailbox is created. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Enable Web-based distribution for the offline address book (OAB). Enable Public Folder distribution for the offline address book (OAB). Enable support for Outlook 2003 with Service Pack 2 or later clients on the offline address book (OAB). Set a custom update schedule for the offline address book (OAB).

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: OWA users see GAL changes in real time, while those connecting by Outlook Anywhere must rely on OAB updates. Summary of features included in Outlook 2007 but not provided in OWA: --Display of multiple calendars. --Propose new time for meetings. --To Do Bar. --Attach items to items. --Pasting inline images. --Hierarchical address book. --Features that require local file storage: --Cached Exchange Mode --Offline access --Offline address book (OAB) --Custom dictionaries --Customizable views --.pst files --Import/export data --Send to Microsoft Office OneNote http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb684897.aspx To schedule OAB updates: EMC > Organization Configuration > Mailbox > Offline Address Book > Properties > Update Schedule > Customize... Or: Set-OfflineAddressBook -Identity <OAB Name> -Schedule <Schedule> Make sure your schedule allows enough time for one OAB generation to complete before the next update starts. Frequent OAB updating isnt recommended. It can hamper both client and server performance. The server has to accommodate this additional generation procedure. Depending on the size of AD, this could take hours. For each update, Outlook must make a local copy of the new OAB and then process whatever incremental changes it discovers. Outlook has a throttling mechanism to slow this operation down when user activity is detected. If you wish to boost update frequency, make sure the OAB is small. From 1 MB to 25 MB is a reasonable uncompressed size. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa996330.aspx

QUESTION 43 Your Exchange Server 2007 organization contains a Hub Transport server named ExchHub1. ExchHub1 has a Foreign connector named FaxCon that connects to a fax server

named Fax1. You move the Drop directory for Fax1 by performing the following steps. On Fax1, create a new directory named FaxDir. Run the Set-ForeignConnector "FaxCon" -DropDirectory "FaxDir" cmdlet. Run the Set-TransportServer ExchHub1 -RootDropDirectoryPath "\\Fax1\Drop Directory" cmdlet. You need to ensure that all messages pending delivery are delivered. What should you do? A. Add the Administrators group with Full Control permission to the new Drop directory. B. Copy all messages in the old Drop directory to the new Drop directory. C. Set the size of the Drop directory by running the Set-ForeignConnector cmdlet with the appropriate parameter. D. Set the maximum message size by running the Set-ForeignConnector cmdlet with the appropriate parameter. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Hub servers require Foreign connectors to deliver messages to foreign gateways, such as third-party fax servers. The address space of the foreign connector -- SMTP or non-SMTP -- defines recipient domains to which the server can route mail. Outbound messages are deposited in a Drop directory, located on either the server or a remote network share. Each connector uses its own Drop directory. Any foreign gateway must be configured to pick up messages from its associated Drop directory. Foreign systems, in turn, relay mail into the organization by using the Replay folder on the Hub server. Foreign connectors are stored in AD -- as objects in a connector's container -- and are available to all servers in the organization. When a Hub server needs to route mail to the address space of a recognized foreign gateway, it forwards this mail to the Hub server hosting the appropriate connector. For fault tolerance, you can assign a given foreign connector to several different Hub servers. If one is down, mail gets forwarded to another. The defined Drop directory folder, however, must always be available. Drop directory location is controlled by: 1. RootDropDirectoryPath parameter in Set-TransportServer cmdlet. Used for all foreign connectors on the Hub server. May be a local or UNC path to a remote computer. 2. DropDirectory parameter in Set-ForeignConnector cmdlet. May be a simple folder name or an absolute file path. By default, RootDropDirectoryPath is blank -- indicating the value is the Exchange install folder -- and the DropDirectory value is the name of the Foreign connector. The Drop directory isnt automatically created. Each such folder must be set up manually and assigned the following permissions: Full Control for Admins and for System and Network Services. If you change the location for a Drop directory, messages already existing there arent copied over to the new folder. The new location becomes active immediately, but unretrieved mail stays in old folder. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa996779.aspx Use Set-TransportServer to configure transport options for Hub or Edge servers. RootDropDirectoryPath

specifies the top-level location of the Drop directory used by all Foreign connectors defined on server. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124238.aspx Use Set-ForeignConnector to modify an existing Foreign connector. Attribute changes overwrite existing values. DropDirectory specifies name of folder used by this Foreign connector. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123789.aspx

QUESTION 44 Your Exchange Server 2007 organization has a resource mailbox named ExecConfRm . All users are able to schedule meetings for ExecConfRm . You need to modify the ExecConfRm settings to ensure that only two users named Maria and Marc are able to schedule meetings for ExecConfRm . Which cmdlet should you run? A. Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " ExecConf $false B. Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " ExecConf C. Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " ExecConf AllBookInPolicy $false D. Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " ExecConf Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Rm " -BookInPolicy Marc , Maria -AllBookInPolicy Rm " -Request InPolicy Marc , Maria Rm " -RequestOutof Policy Marc , Maria Rm " -ResourceDelegates Marc , Maria

QUESTION 45 Marc is Marias assistant . Marc needs to be able to view all of the folders and subfolders in Marias mailbox and to ope n and respond to Marias e- mail . You need to assign Marc the appropriate permissions. What should you do? A. Run the Add-ADPermission -Identity Maria ?User Marc ?AccessRights Self ?ExtendedRights Send-As cmdlet. B. Run the Add-MailboxPermission ?Identity Maria ?User Marc ?AccessRights ExternalAccount cmdlet. C. Run the Add-MailboxPermission ?Identity Maria ?User Marc ?AccessRights FullAccess cmdlet. D. In the Active Directory Users and Computers management console, assign Marc the Allow-Full Control permission for Marias user account. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Use Add-MailboxPermission to add permissions to a mailbox. AccessRights specifies rights needed to perform this operation. Valid values include: FullAccess, SendAs, ExternalAccount, DeleteItem, ReadPermission, ChangePermission, ChangeOwner. To grant Ted Bremer full access to Ellen Adam's mailbox: Add-MailboxPermission -Identity "Ellen Adams" -User TedBrem -Accessright Fullaccess -InheritanceType all http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124097.aspx

If grant someone Full Access to a mailbox, he can open and read contents of the mailbox, but cant send as that mailbox without further permissions. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa996343.aspx To grant one user Send As permission for another's mailbox: Add-ADPermission "Mailbox" -User "Domain\User" -Extendedrights "Send As" Now outgoing mail will appear as if sent by the original owner. Send As permission isnt active until replication has occurred. To accomplish this, restart the Information Store service. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998291.aspx Use Add-ADPermission to add permissions to an AD object; for example, modifying an ACE on a server object. AccessRights and ExtendedRights specify rights and extended rights needed to perform this operation. Valid values include: Send-As, Receive-As, View Information Store status. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124403.aspx http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123879.aspx

QUESTION 46 Your Exchange Server 2007 organization has two servers named Exch1 and Exch2. You need to move all of th e Exch1 mailboxes to Exch2 next Saturday at 11:00 P.M. You will be out of the office at that time . What should you do? A. Run the Get-Mailbox -server Exch1 | Move-mailbox -TargetDatabase "Exch2\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database" cmdlet with the StartDate parameter set for next Saturday at 11 P.M. B. Run the Get-Mailbox | Move-mailbox -TargetDatabase "Exch2\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database" cmdlet with the StartDate parameter set for next Saturday at 11 P.M. C. Use Microsoft Windows scheduler to run the Get-Mailbox | Move-mailbox -TargetDatabase "Exch2\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database" cmdlet from the Exchange Management Shell next Saturday at 11 P.M. D. Use Microsoft Windows scheduler to run the Get-Mailbox -server Exch1 | Move-mailbox -TargetDatabase "Exch2\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database" cmdlet from the Exchange Management Shell next Saturday at 11 P.M. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: To automate Exchange tasks, the EM Shell -- built on PowerShell technology -- supports a rich scripting language, based on the .NET Framework. Constructs for looping, conditional, flow-control, and variable assignment are all available. Like batch files, EM Shell scripts are created using any text editor. They use the . ps1 file extension. The EM Shell uses a root directory for called scripts. By default, this is <root drive>:\Program Files\Microsoft \Exchange Server\bin. (Run $PSHome to verify current PSHome directory.) If a file is saved to the root directory, call it by its script name. If saved elsewhere, both path and script name must be provided. To run Exchange cmdlets, first load the EM Shell snap-in. To use Task Scheduler to run a script, call the EM Shell, including the script as a parameter: PowerShell.exe -PSConsoleFile "C:\Program Files\Microsoft\Exchange Server\Bin\ExShell.Mcf1" -Command ". '<Path to Your Script>'"

http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123798.aspx Use Get-Mailbox to supply mailbox data to other tasks. Use Server parameter to limit results to mailboxes on a particular server. Eliminates B & C. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123685.aspx Use Move-Mailbox to move mailboxes within an organization or between different forests. TargetDatabase specifies database to which mailbox will be moved. StartDate specifies a start date for filtering content to be transferred. Only mailbox items with date after this start date will get moved. Eliminates A. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa997599.aspx

QUESTION 47 Your company is closing its Denver office. The employees in the Denver office have mailbox-enabled user accounts that use the value Denver in the City attribute. You disable the user accounts of the Denver employees . You need to disconnect the ir mailboxes. What are two possible ways to achieve the goal? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose two.) A. B. C. D. Run the Remove-Mailbox Denver cmdlet. Run the Get-User -Filter "City -like 'Denver'" | Remove-Mailbox cmdlet. Run the Get-User -Filter "City -like 'Denver'" | Disable-Mailbox cmdlet. From the Exchange Management Console, apply a filter to the City attribute to contain Denver. Highlight all of the filtered users and select Disable. E. From the Exchange Management Console, apply a filter to the City attribute to contain Denver . Highlight all of the filtered users and select Remove . Answer: CD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: EMC > Recipient Configuration > Mailbox... The EMC enables you to filter objects under certain nodes. A filter is a rule containing one or more expressions. Rich Filtering supports up to 10 expressions in any rule. Each expression consists of an attribute, an operator, and a value. Attributes vary depending on the items youre filtering for. Available operators and acceptable values are based on the particular attribute. Values are chosen from a drop-down list. For some, you can type in the value field. You cant specify an AND or OR expression. However, default filter behavior is: Multiple expressions using the same attribute are considered an OR expression; expressions using different attributes are considered an AND expression. The currently applied filter can be saved so the EMC will always open a certain node displaying your desired expressions (View > Save Current Filter as Default). http://www.msexchange.org/tutorials/First-Look-New-Exchange-2007-System-Management-Console.html http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124566.aspx Use Get-User to retrieve all forest users matching certain criteria. Use -Filter to display a subset of returned objects. Many -Filter properties accept wildcard characters. Use like operator, which finds pattern matches in rich types, such as strings, instead of -eq, that returns an exact match. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa996896.aspx

http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb738155.aspx Use Disable-Mailbox to disable the mailbox of an existing user or InetOrgPerson and remove this object's Exchange attributes from AD. The User account remains in AD (the Mailbox isnt deleted, and can be reconnected by Connect-Mailbox). The mailbox will be disconnected once the cmdlet performs cleanup on it. (Normally, a mailbox is marked as disconnected right after either Disable- or Remove-Mailbox completes. However, if the Information Store service is halted, this wont happen. In this circumstance, run CleanMailboxDatabase to scan AD and finish updating all Mailbox databases.) http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa997210.aspx Use Remove-Mailbox to delete from AD a user associated with a particular mailbox and then process the disconnected mailbox according to selected options. Use Identity alone to disconnect mailbox from user and remove the user account from AD. By default, a mailbox remains in the database for 30 days, then gets deleted. Use Identity and Permanent parameters to disconnect a mailbox from a user, delete the user object from AD, and completely remove the mailbox from the Exchange database. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa995948.aspx

QUESTION 48 All users can receive e-mail that is sent directly to them from the Internet. A distribution group named WebResponse is configured to accept e-mail from all users. All corporate users can send messages to the WebResponse distribution group by using Microsoft Office Outlook. All messages that are sent to the distribution group from the Internet are rejected. You need to allow e-mail from internal and Internet users to be sent to the SMTP address of the WebResponse distribution group. What should you do? A. Modify the properties of the WebResponse distribution group so that the Everyone group has the Send As permission. B. Modify the properties of the WebResponse distribution group so that the group no longer requires all senders to be authenticated. C. Modify the SMTP Receive connectors on each Hub Transport server to allow anonymous users. D. Modify the properties of the WebResponse distribution group so that the group is no longer hidden from the Outlook global address list (GAL). Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: EMC > Recipient Configuration > Distribution Group > Properties > Mail Flow Settings > Message Delivery Restrictions > Require that all senders are authenticated Recipient restrictions: 1. Message size. 2. Mailbox size. 3. Message delivery. 4. Maximum recipients per message. Message size is the most common restriction configured, to prevent Exchange, and underlying network infrastructure, from getting overwhelmed. Recipient delivery restrictions: 1. Accept messages from a list of senders (By default, all senders accepted).

2. Reject messages from a list of senders (By default, no senders rejected). This overrides the first restriction: if a sender appears on both lists, his mail will be rejected. 3. Require that all senders are authenticated (By default, only for new Exchange 2007 and dynamic distribution groups; groups migrated from earlier Exchange versions wont have this requirement). Rejects mail from senders without valid logon credentials. Use this rule to prevent external mail from being delivered to a distribution group designed for purely company communication. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124405.aspx http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb397214.aspx

QUESTION 49 You move a conference room mailbox named ConfRm 1 from an Exchange Server 2003 computer to an Exchange Server 2007 computer . You need to convert the ConfRm 1 mailbox to an Exchange 2007 resource mailbox. You need to ensure that the mailbox can be scheduled as a resource. Which two cmdlets should you run? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose two.) A. B. C. D. Set-Mailbox -Identity " Conf Rm1 " -Type Room Set-Mailbox -Identity " Conf Rm1 " -Type Regular Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " Conf Rm1 " - AutomateProcessing AutoAccept Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " Conf Rm1 " - AutomateProcessing Auto Update

Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 50 A mail-enabled public folder named Monitoring receive s automated alerts from your companys monitoring system. Some users send e-mail messages to the folder by selecting it from the global address list (GAL) in Microsoft Office Outlook. You need to prevent users from selecting the Monitoring folder from the GAL, and you need to ensure that the monitoring alerts will still be received . What should you do? A. B. C. D. Run the Set-MailPublicFolder cmdlet and set the DisplayName parameter to $false. Run the Set-MailPublicFolder cmdlet and set the HiddenFromAddressListsEnabled parameter to $true. Run the Set-AddressList "Public Folders" -RecipientFilter "DisplayName -is 'Monitoring'" cmdlet. Use the Outlook client to remove the Folder visible attribute for the Default name on the Monitoring public folder.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Use Set-MailPublicFolder to configure mail settings of mail-enabled PFs (For basic settings not mail-related, use Set-PublicFolder). DisplayName gives name of Public Folder Proxy object. HiddenFromAddressListsEnabled selects if mailbox is viewable from address lists. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123707.aspx Use Set-AddressList to modify an existing address list. RecipientFilter specifies a filter for recipients to include

in the address list. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998847.aspx Use Folder Visible box to configure access to PFs. Without this permission as a minimum, users can't see a PF in the Outlook hierarchy. The Default user gets Folder Visible permission. Any user automatically receives any rights assigned to the Default user, including ability to view all PFs in organization. Therefore, removing this attribute from the Default user renders folder invisible. However, since this setting wont have any effect on the GAL entry, D is eliminated. http://www.windowsitpro.com/Articles/ArticleID/8651/8651.html

QUESTION 51 Your company uses both a distribution group and a security group for each department. Both groups contain the same members. All new users are added to both groups in their departments . You need to decrease the amount of time that is required to manage groups. You must achieve this goal while minimizing disruption to mail capabilities and to previously assigned access permissions. Which two actions should you perform? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose two.) A. B. C. D. E. Delete the departmental distribution groups. Delete the departmental security groups. Convert the departmental distribution groups to global security groups. Mail-enable the departmental security groups. Mail-enable the converted global security groups.

Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Both groups contain the same members. All new users added to both groups in their departments. Exchange 2007 cant be used to create new non-universal distribution groups. These are only allowed if migrated from previous Exchange versions. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb201680.aspx

QUESTION 52 Your Exchange Server 2007 organization contains two Exchange servers named Exch1 and Exch2. Exch1 fails and cannot be restored to service. You need to move all mailboxes from Exch1 to Exch2. Which cmdlet should you run? A. Get-Mailbox -Server Exch1 | Move-Mailbox Group\Mailbox Database" B. Get-Mailbox -Server Exch1 | Move-Mailbox Group\Mailbox Database" C. Get-Mailbox -Server Exch1 | Move-Mailbox \Mailbox Database" D. Get-Mailbox -Server Exch1 | Move-Mailbox Group\Mailbox Database" Answer: D - IgnorePolicyMatch - TargetDatabase "Exch2\First Storage - IgnoreRuleLimitErrors - TargetDatabase "Exch2\First Storage - ValidateOnly - TargetDatabase "Exch2\First Storage Group - ConfigurationOnly - TargetDatabase "Exch2\First Storage

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Use Get-Mailbox to retrieve mailbox objects and attributes from AD or supply input to other tasks. Without a parameter, returns all mailboxes in the organization. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123685.aspx Use Move-Mailbox to move mailboxes within an organization or between different forests. ConfigurationOnly changes server location in AD. Use this parameter to direct a mailbox to a functional server. Mailbox content isnt moved. IgnorePolicyMatch determines whether to match recipient policies. IgnoreRuleLimitErrors prevents user rules from being transferred to the target Exchange 2003 or 2000 account. ValidateOnly validate import without importing data. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa997599.aspx

QUESTION 53 You have an automatically generated CSV file with a list of your companys newly hired employees. The CSV file contains all of the information that is required to create the mailboxes for the new employees. You need to create new user accounts and mailboxes directly from the CSV file. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Redirect the output of Redirect the output of Redirect the output of Redirect the output of parameters. the Import-CSV cmdlet to the New-Mailbox cmdlet with the appropriate parameters. the Export-CSV cmdlet to the New-Mailbox cmdlet with the appropriate parameters. the Import-Alias cmdlet to the New-Mailbox cmdlet with the appropriate parameters. the Import-CSV cmdlet to the Enable-Mailbox cmdlet with the appropriate

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Use New-Mailbox to create a new user in AD and mailbox-enable that object. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa997663.aspx Import-Csv reads data from a CSV file and displays it in tabular format in the PowerShell console. http://www.microsoft.com/technet/scriptcenter/topics/msh/cmdlets/import-csv.mspx Bulk creation of mailboxes (and accompanying user accounts) in Exchange 2003 demanded elaborate scripting. Now, thanks to the EM Shell, this task can be accomplished with small effort. 1. Use a spreadsheet or text editor to create a CSV file with columns: Alias, Name, UPN (Add as many fields as you like). Include data for each new account in a separate line: Alias, Name, UPN User_One, User One, userone@yourUPNsuffix.com User_Two, User Two, usertwo@yourUPNsuffix.com User_Three, User Three, userthree@yourUPNsuffix.com Save this file as CreateRecipients.csv. 2. Fire up EM Shell and run: $Password=Read-Host "Enter Password" -AsSecureString This prompts for a password. The same one is used to start all mailbox-enabled users.

3. Next: Import-CSV CreateRecipients.csv | foreach {new-mailbox -alias $_.alias -name $_.name userPrincipalName $_.UPN -database "Mailbox Database" -org Users -Password $Password} Import-csv takes settings from the CSV file. The | pipes this data to the next command. Foreach parses each line in the CSV file, interpreting the first row as the header. Column headings & names get treated as field names. New-mailbox creates each new mailbox-enabled user. You can extract the value for any variable from the CSV file, provided theres a column for that variable with a heading. For instance, for the -alias field, use $_.alias to direct the script to locate a column titled alias and pick the value from the current line. http://www.exchangepedia.com/blog/2006/11/exchange-server-2007-bulk-creation-of.html http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb310752.aspx

Exam S QUESTION 1 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech. com. There is a Mailbox server named S01 in the company. On S01, the mailbox transaction log volume has very little free disk space remaining. At the time that you move several large mailboxes to another Mailbox server, no additional free disk space is made available on the mailbox transaction log volume on S01. You plan to increase the amount of free disk space on the mailbox transaction log volume on S01. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. A full backup of the database should be performed. The deleted item retention period should be decreased. An online defragmentation of the database should be run. An offline defragmentation of the database should be run.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 2 You work as an Exchange Administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named Server01. All features of the Client Access server role are provided by Server01. Server01 suffers a catastrophic hardware failure and need to be replaced. You install a new Exchange Server 2007 server named Server02 on the Hi-Tech.com network. You then restore the System State data of Server01 onto Server02 and install the Client Access server role on Server02. You now need to restore the services as they were provided by Server01. What should you do? (Each correct answer represents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. You should run the Set-CASMailbox cmdlet on Server02. You should restore the \bin\ directory from Server01 onto Server02. You should run the Setup /mode: RecoverServer command on Server02. You should restore the \ClientAccess\ directory from Server01 onto Server02.

Answer: CD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 3 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Now you receive an order from the company. You are asked to convert multiple shared mailboxes to resource mailboxes. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. Run the Set-Mailbox cmdlet. Run the Connect-Mailbox cmdlet. Run the Set-ResourceConfig cmdlet. Use the Exchange Management Console.

E. Use Active Directory Users and Computers. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 4 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Your Exchange Server 2007 computers are configured with the default settings. You need to send copies of all e-mail messages that are sent and received by user@wiikigo.com to monitor@wiikigo.com. What action should you perform? A. E-mail forwarding should be configured on the users account. It should be set to forward e-mail to monitor@wiikigo.com. B. Run the Set-JournalRule -Name:'User' -JournalEmailAddress:'user@wiikigo.com' -Scope:'Global' -Enabled: $true -Recipient:'monitor@wiikigo.com' cmdlet. C. Run the New-JournalRule -Name:'User' -JournalEmailAddress:'user@wiikigo.com' -Scope:'Global' Enabled:$true -Recipient:'monitor@wiikigo.com' cmdlet. D. Run the New-JournalRule -Name:'User' -JournalEmailAddress:'user@wiikigo.com' -Scope:'Internal' Enabled:$true -Recipient:'monitor@wiikigo.com' cmdlet. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 5 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. The company decides to have selected users removed to a new Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server. You can see the time window for the user move and other current time windows from the table listed below. It takes three hours to finish the existing backups, and it is expected that time should be enhanced to four hours after the user moves start. You are required to have a new time window created for the backups, and the amount of impact should be minimized on the server. From the following four time windows, which one should be created for the backups?

A. B. C. D.

Time window 18:00 - 22:00 should be created for the backups Time window 02:00 - 06:00 should be created for the backups Time window 19:00 - 23:00 should be created for the backups Time window 20:00 - 24:00 should be created for the backups

Answer: B Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 6 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. You are required to provide the necessary but least allowance for a new administrator. The administrator should make preparations of Active Directory for Exchange Server 2007. What should you do to achieve the goal? (Choose more than one.) A. To achieve the goal, the new administrators user account should be added to the Enterprise Admins group. B. To achieve the goal, the new administrators user account should be added to the Schema Admins group. C. To achieve the goal, the new administrator should be added as an Exchange Full Administrator at the organization level. D. To achieve the goal, the new administrators user account should be added to the Exchange Enterprise Servers group. E. To achieve the goal, the new administrators user account should be added to the Domain Admins group. Answer: AB Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 7 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Several of your technicians use Microsoft Office Outlook Web Access from kiosk computers. Now you receive report from the technicians saying that they receive a message stating that their access is blocked for attachments that have the .bas file extension. Since you are the technical support, you have to make sure that the technicians are able to use Outlook Web Access to access files that have the .bas file extension. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. The direct file access settings should be customized for public computers. The settings on the /Exchange virtual directory should be modified. The Enable direct file access check box for public computers should be cleared. The Enable direct file access check box for private computers should be cleared.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 8 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. According to the company requirement, you are asked to prevent your users from sending e-mail messages that contain sensitive financial information to recipients outside your company. So what action should you perform?

A. B. C. D. E.

A journal rule that applies to internal and external users should be created. A transport rule that applies to all messages from external users should be created. A transport rule that applies to all messages to external users should be created. A journal rule that applies only to all internal users should be created. A journal rule that applies only to all external users should be created.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 9 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. There is a Mailbox server named S01 in this environment. You have to disable subject logging on S01. You need to be able to continue to use message tracking. Which cmdlet should be run? A. B. C. D. You should run Set-MailboxServer S01 -MessageTrackingLogEnabled $false You should run Set-MailboxServer S01 -MessageTrackingLogEnabled $true You should run Set-MailboxServer S01 -MessageTrackingLogSubjectLoggingEnabled $false You should run Set-MailboxServer S01 -MessageTrackingLogSubjectLoggingEnabled $true

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 10 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. A custom Security Configuration Wizard (SCW) policy is applied to an Exchange Server 2007 Edge Transport server named Exch01. You want to apply this policy to a new Edge Transport server named Exch02. You need to apply the custom policy to Exch02. You install SCW on Exch02. You have the existing SCW policy copied to Exch02 as C:\ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml. So what action should you perform? A. First, apply the C:\ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml policy by using SCW. Then, run the Scwcmd register / kbname:"Ex2007EdgeKB" /kbfile:"%programfiles%\Microsoft\Exchange Server\scripts\Exchange2007.xml" command. B. First, apply the C:\ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml policy by using SCW. Then, run the Scwcmd register / kbname:"Ex2007KB" /kbfile:"%programfiles%\Microsoft\Exchange Server\scripts\Exchange2007Edge.xml" command. C. First, run the Scwcmd register /kbname:"Ex2007EdgeKB" /kbfile:"%programfiles%\Microsoft\Exchange Server\scripts\Exchange2007.xml" command. Then, apply the C:\ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml policy by using SCW. D. First, run the Scwcmd register /kbname:"Ex2007KB" /kbfile:"%programfiles%\Microsoft\Exchange Server \scripts\Exchange2007Edge.xml" command. Then, apply the C:\ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml policy by using SCW.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 11 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Your company merges with Luxware, Ltd. Each companys mixed e-mail system includes Exchange Server 2003 servers and Exchange Server 2007 servers, and Outlook 2003 clients and Outlook 2007 clients. At present your company has a single remote SMTP domain for *, which is configured with the Allow none option. You have to configure the delivery of out-of-office (OOF) messages to the luxware.com domain, and you must make sure that no users outside of the two merged companies can receive OOF messages. So what action should you perform? A. Add a new remote domain for *.luxware.com, and choose the Allow external out-of-office only option. B. Choose the Allow external out-of-office only option on the remote domain *. C. Add a new remote domain for *. luxware.com, and choose the Allow internal out-of-office and out-of-office set by Outlook 2003 or earlier clients and set on Exchange 2003 or earlier servers option. D. Choose the Allow external out-of-office and out-of-office set by Outlook 2003 or earlier clients and set on Exchange 2003 or earlier servers option on the remote domain *. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 12 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. It is reported by a user that after the mailbox is deleted, the mailbox cannot be found in the deleted mailbox retention dumpster. Therefore, you are required to have the mailbox restored. Which two actions should be performed to achieve the goal? (Choose more than one.) A. B. C. D. E. F. To achieve the goal, the Database Troubleshooter tool should be utilized. To achieve the goal, a dial tone recovery should be performed. To achieve the goal, the Connect-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the Import-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the Restore-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the database in a recovery storage group should be restored.

Answer: EF Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 13

You employed as the exchange Administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. The Hi-Tech.com network consists of four Active Directory sites. The four sites are named A, B, C and D respectively. There is a Hub Transport server role and a Mailbox server role installed on each of these Active Directory sites. The Active Directory sites on the Hi-Tech.com network are configured as shown in the exhibit below. Hi-Tech.com management decided that all messages between the A and D sites should be routed through the Exchange server that is installed in the C site. You need to ensure that the messages between the A and D sites are routed through -EX03 in the C site. What should you do?

A. B. C. D.

You should run the Set- AdSiteLink -Identity A-C - ExchangeCost 25 cmdlet. You should run the Set- AdSiteLink -Identity A-C - ExchangeCost 5 cmdlet. You should run the Set- AdSite - Identity C - HubsiteEnabled $true cmdlet. You should run the Set- AdSite - Identity C - HubsiteEnabled $false cmdlet.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 14 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. A full backup is implemented each night prior to the maintenance

window. You set the deleted item retention period to 10 days. According to the company requirements, the total storage that is required for backups should be decreased. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the deleted item retention period should be enhanced to 15 days. B. To achieve the goal, the backups should be performed after the maintenance window. C. To achieve the goal, an incremental backup should be performed each night, and a full backup should be performed each weekend. D. To achieve the goal, the deleted item retention period should be reduced to 5 days. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 15 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to have SMTP protocol logging enabled on the Exchange server for one of the Receive connectors. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, Performance Monitor should be utilized to add the MSExchangeTransport SmtpReceive object. B. To achieve the goal, the Set-ReceiveConnector cmdlet should be run. C. To achieve the goal, the Set-TransportServer cmdlet should be run. D. To achieve the goal, the MSExchangeTransport.exe.config file should be changed. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 16 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Now you receive an order from the company management. You are asked to reduce the total size that is required for the transaction log volume. What action should you perform? A. B. C. D. The deleted item retention period should be increased. The deleted item retention period should be decreased. A full backup should be run on the Mailbox server each night. A differential backup should be run on the Mailbox server each night.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 17 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You have an organizational unit (OU) named Marketing. You have to view a list of all users in the Marketing OU that have the word Manager in their title. Which cmdlet should you run? A. B. C. D. Get-Recipient should be run. Get-User should be run. Get-Mailbox should be run. Get-MailUser should be run.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 18 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. Exchange Server 2007 is utilized by you. Full backups are performed each night. You are required to confirm that valid mailbox data is included by a backup. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the Clean-MailboxDatabase cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the restored database backup should be mounted in a recovery storage group. To achieve the goal, the Eseutil.exe command-line tool should be utilized. To achieve the goal, the Database Troubleshooter tool should be utilized.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 19 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Now you need to view a report that displays the mailbox quota status for all of your users. Which cmdlet should be run? A. B. C. D. Get-MailboxStatistics should be run. Get-MailboxDatabase | fl should be run. Get-MailboxDatabase -Status should be run. Get-MailboxStatistics | ft DisplayName, ItemCount should be run.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 20 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. As you can see from the diagram listed below, an Exchange Server 2007 single copy cluster (SCC) is being configured on Windows Server 2003. You are required to have the network adapters set on each server, and the two network adapters are respectively named NetAdp01 and NetAdp02. You set the adapters so as to make sure that the private network connection between the two servers is not a single point of failure. How should you set the network adapters so as to achieve the goal?

A. NetAdp01 Client access only (public network)NetAdp02 All communications (mixed network) B. NetAdp01 Internal Cluster Communications only (private network)NetAdp02 All communications (mixed network) C. NetAdp01 Internal Cluster Communications only (private network) NetAdp02 Client access only (public network) D. NetAdp01 All communications (mixed network)NetAdp02 Client access only (public network) Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 21 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Your company issues a new e-mail policy to meet requirements in the

compliance regulations. According to the company requirement, you have to retain a copy of all messages that are received from external senders and retain a copy of all messages that are sent between your legal department and all employees. Besides, you have to make sure that no other messages are archived. What should you do to achieve your goal? (Choose more than one) A. B. C. D. A journaling rule that has an internal scope should be created for all your employees. A journaling rule that has a global scope should be created for your legal department. A journaling rule that has an internal scope should be created for your legal department. A transport rule should be created on your Edge Transport servers to archive messages that are sent to your legal department. E. A transport rule should be created on your Edge Transport servers to archive messages that are sent to all of your employees. Answer: CE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 22 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. There are four servers in the Exchange Server 2007 environment of your company. S01 plays the role of Mailbox server, S02 plays the role of Client Access server, S03 plays the role of Hub Transport Server, and S04 plays the role of Edge Transport Server. Users require Internet Message Access Protocol Version 4 rev1 (IMAP4) to access their e-mail. You have IMAP4 access enabled on the appropriate mailboxes. Since you are the technical support, you have to make sure that users are able to use IMAP4 to access their email. On which server should you configure the IMAP4 service? A. B. C. D. IMAP4 service should be configured on S01. IMAP4 service should be configured on S02. IMAP4 service should be configured on S03. IMAP4 service should be configured on S04.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 23 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. There is a Hub Transport server named ExchHub1 in your Exchange Server 2007 organization. ExchHub1 has a Foreign connector named FaxCon that connects to a fax server named Fax1. You move the Drop directory for Fax1 by performing the following steps. On Fax1, create a new directory named FaxDir. Run the Set-ForeignConnector "FaxCon" -DropDirectory "FaxDir" cmdlet.Run the Set-TransportServer ExchHub1 -RootDropDirectoryPath "\\Fax1\Drop Directory" cmdlet. You have to make sure that all messages pending delivery are delivered. So what action should you perform?

A. In order to make sure of this, all messages in the old Drop directory should be copied to the new Drop directory. B. In order to make sure of this, the Administrators group with Full Control permission should be added to the new Drop directory. C. In order to make sure of this, the Set-ForeignConnector cmdlet should be run with the appropriate parameter to set the maximum message size. D. In order to make sure of this, the Set-ForeignConnector cmdlet should be run with the appropriate parameter to set the size of the Drop directory. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 24 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. During routine maintenance of the Exchange server you discover that the settings that indicate the storage limits for the mailbox stores differ. You need to ensure that the Exchange server mailbox stored have similar storage limits and thus have to create an Exchange Management Shell script to accomplish this. What should you do? A. Create the script by ensuring that the output of the Get-MailboxDatabase cmdlet is redirected to the SetMailboxDatabase cmdlet with the correct parameters. B. Create the script by ensuring that the output of the Get-Mailbox cmdlet is redirected to the SetMailboxDatabase cmdlet with the correct parameters. C. Create the script by ensuring that the output of the Get-ExchangeServer cmdlet is redirected to the SetMailboxDatabase cmdlet with the correct parameters. D. Create the script by ensuring that the output of the Get-MailboxDatabase cmdlet is redirected to the SetMailbox cmdlet with the correct parameters. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 25 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Two Exchange servers named Exch1 and Exch2 are contained in your Exchange Server 2007 organization. Exch1 fails and cannot be restored to service. All mailboxes need to be moved from Exch1 to Exch2. Which cmdlet should be run? A. You should run Get-Mailbox -Server Exch1 | Move-Mailbox -ValidateOnly -TargetDatabase "Exch2\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database" B. You should run Get-Mailbox -Server Exch1 | Move-Mailbox -IgnoreRuleLimitErrors -TargetDatabase "Exch2\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database" C. You should run Get-Mailbox -Server Exch1 | Move-Mailbox -ConfigurationOnly -TargetDatabase "Exch2 \First Storage Group\Mailbox Database"

D. You should run Get-Mailbox -Server Exch1 | Move-Mailbox -IgnorePolicyMatch -TargetDatabase "Exch2 \First Storage Group\Mailbox Database" Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 26 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. There are three servers in your environment. S01 plays the role of Exchange Server 2003 Mailbox server, S02 plays the roles of Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox and Hub Tansport server, S03 plays the role of Exchange Server 2007 Client Access server. You receive report from users who have mailboxes on S01. They receive an error message when they attempt to synchronize through Exchange ActiveSync. Since you are the technical support, you have to make sure that all users can use Exchange ActiveSync. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. E. F. Basic authentication should be enabled on S01. Basic authentication should be enabled on S02. Basic authentication should be enabled on S03. Integrated Windows authentication should be enabled on S01. Integrated Windows authentication should be enabled on S02. Integrated Windows authentication should be enabled on S03.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 27 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Tom is John's assistant. Because of working requirements, Tom needs to be able to view all of the folders and subfolders in John's mailbox and to open and respond to John's e-mail. Since you are the technical support, you have to give Tom the appropriate permissions. So what action should you perform? A. The Add-ADPermission -Identity John -User Tom-AccessRights Self -ExtendedRights Send-As cmdlet should be run. B. The Add-MailboxPermission -Identity John -User Tom-AccessRights FullAccess cmdlet should be run. C. The Add-MailboxPermission -Identity John -User Tom-AccessRights ExternalAccount cmdlet should be run. D. The Allow-Full Control permission for Johns user account should be assigned to Tom in the Active Directory Users and Computers management console. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 28 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. The Hub Transport server role should be installed on an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server, the Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server is named Ex01. You must implement the installation during non-business hours. You confirm that the location of Exchange Server 2007 installation, it is installed on EX01 at C:\Program Files\Microsoft\Exchange Server. In addition, a copy of the Exchange installation files is in the C:\InstallFiles custom directory. A new file named install.bat is created in the root directory of drive C. Since you are exchange administrator, you are required to have the installation of the Hub Transport server role scheduled on EX01. Which action should you perform to achieve the goal? A. You should type the following command: "C:\Program Files\Microsoft\Exchange Server\Setup" /mode RecoverServer /roles HubTransportCreate a scheduled task to run the executable in the install.bat file. B. You should type the following command: "C:\InstallFiles\Setup" /mode Install /roles HubTransportCreate a scheduled task to run the executable in the install.bat file. C. You should type the following command: "C:\Program Files\Microsoft\Exchange Server\Setup" /mode Install /roles HubTransportCreate a scheduled task to run the executable in the install.bat file. D. You should type the following command: "C:\InstallFiles\Setup" /mode RecoverServer /roles HubTransportCreate a scheduled task to run the executable in the install.bat file. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 29 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. Your company sets Exchange Server 2007 organization in two Active Directory sites named S01 and S02. S01 is set for the 10.10.5.0/24 subnet, and S02 is set for the 10.10.20.0/24 subnet. You can see the Exchange servers in the two sites from the table below. A problem occurs that ExCAS01 fails to work. It is reported by S02 users that Microsoft Office Outlook Web Access (OWA) cannot be accessed. You are required to recover OWA service to S02 users. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal?

A. To achieve the goal, the Client Access server role should be added to ExHub02. B. To achieve the goal, the Client Access server role should be added to ExHub01. C. To achieve the goal, a new OWA virtual directory should be created on ExMbCAS1.

D. To achieve the goal, the mailbox configuration of the users should be removed on ExCMS1 to ExMbCAS1. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 30 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. And a single Hub Transport server named Ser01 is contained. In addition, a legacy SMTP server is contained. The legacy SMTP server is set to deliver e-mail to the Internet through Ser01. However, you find a problem that the messages which are received by internet users are not from the legacy SMTP server. Since you are the exchange administrator, you are required to make sure that the legacy SMTP server should be enabled to deliver e-mail to the Internet through Ser01. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. A new Receive connector should be created. And then, the Anonymous permission should be added. At last, the Relay permission should be assigned to Anonymous users on the Receive connector. B. A new Receive connector should be created. And then, the Anonymous permission should be added. At last, the IP address of the legacy server should be added to the remote network settings on the Receive connector. C. The legacy server should be updated to deliver e-mail messages to Ser01 on port 587. D. The IP address of the legacy server should be added to the remote network settings on the Default Ser01 Receive connector. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 31 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Your companys Active Directory forest consists of a single site that has a root domain and one child domain. According to the company requirement, you have to prepare Active Directory and the domains before installing the first Exchange Server 2007 computer. Of the following commands, which should you run? (Choose more than one) A. B. C. D. Setup /PrepareAD should be run. Setup /DomainPrep should be run. Setup /ForestPrep should be run. Setup /PrepareAllDomains should be run.

Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 32

You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. The servers listed below are included by your environment. They respectively are Mailbox server named ExMB01, Client Access server named ExCAS01, Standby Microsoft Windows Server 2003 computer named Ser02, and Two Hub Transport servers named ExHub01 and ExHub02. Now a problem occurs that ExHub01 cannot work. You are required to have ExHub01 recovered to its pre-failure configuration. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the Setup /m:RecoverServer command should be run on ExHub02. B. To achieve the goal, the Setup /m:Install /role:HT command should be run on ExHub02. C. To achieve the goal, Ser02 should be renamed to ExHub01, and the Setup /m:RecoverServer command should be run on ExHub01. D. To achieve the goal, Ser02 should be renamed to ExHub01, and the Setup /m:Install /role:HT command should be run on ExHub01. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 33 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You complete a new installation of the Client Access server role on an Exchange Server 2007 computer named Exch01. An SSL certificate for Exch01 is issued to mail.wiikigo.com. Users will use Outlook Anywhere with Microsoft Office Outlook 2007 to connect to their e-mail. You have to make sure that the Exchange Server 2007 Availability service can be accessed from the Internet. Which cmdlet should be run? A. You should run Set-AutodiscoverVirtualDirectory -Identity "Exch01\autodiscover (default web site)" ExternalURL https://mail.wiikigo.com B. You should run Set-WebServicesVirtualDirectory -Identity "Exch01\EWS (default web site)" -ExternalURL https://mail.wiikigo.com C. You should run Set-AutodiscoverVirtualDirectory -Identity "Exch01\EWS (default web site)" -ExternalURL "https://mail.wiikigo.com/EWS/Exchange.asmx" D. You should run Set-WebServicesVirtualDirectory -Identity "Exch01\EWS (default web site)" -ExternalURL https://mail.wiikigo.com/EWS/Exchange.asmx Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 34 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 clustered mailbox server, and it is installed on a Single Copy Cluster (SCC). According to the company requirements, you are asked to have another storage group and database added to the clustered mailbox server. The following actions are performed. 1. On the active and passive nodes of the cluster, a new database drive is mounted to

D:\mounts\SG5\DB5_1, and a new log drive is mounted to D:\mounts\SG5\Log5_1. 2. A new storage group named SG5 is created, and the log path is pointed to D:\mounts\SG5\Log5_1. 3. A new database should be created in SG5 named DB5_1, and the database path should be pointed to D:\mounts\SG5\DB5_1. You are required to have the storage group and database added to the clustered mailbox server. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the drives should be added as a cluster resource, and the Microsoft Information Store should be made dependent on those resources. B. To achieve the goal, the drives should be added as a cluster resource, and the storage group should be made dependent on those resources. C. To achieve the goal, the mount location of the database and log drives to drive letter locations on the active and passive nodes should be modified. D. To achieve the goal, the drives should be removed from the passive node until the active node is configured. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 35 You work as an Exchange Administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. A Hi-Tech.com user named Mia Hamm complains that she cannot access her mailbox. You investigate and discover that Mia Hamm's mailbox was purged from an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named Server01. You need to recover Mia Hamm's mailbox. You thus restore the mailbox database to a recovery storage group. You must now recover Mia Hamm's mailbox to the production database. What should you do? A. B. C. D. E. You should run the Enable-Mailbox cmdlet on Server01. You should run the Exmerge utility on Server01. You should run the ISInteg utility on Server01. You should run the Connect-Mailbox cmdlet on Server01. You should run the Restore-Mailbox cmdlet on Server01.

Answer: E Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 36 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. In your company, there are two Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) forests with a current forest trust. An Exchange Server 2007 organization is contained by each forest. You are setting a cross-forest connector between the Hub Transport servers in the two Exchange 2007 organizations. You decide to utilize Basic authentication for the cross-forest connector. A service account named Acc01 is created in the first forest. You are required to make sure that Acc01 can be utilized to authenticate with the receiving server in the second forest. Which group should you add Acc01 to?

A. B. C. D.

Acc01 should be added to Exchange Recipient Administrators Acc01 should be added to Exchange Server Administrators Acc01 should be added to Exchange Servers Acc01 should be added to Exchange Organization Administrators

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 37 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. According to the company requirements, you should configure the custom resource property for each of your Exchange Server 2007 resource mailboxes. The training organizers should be enabled to see whether a projector is present in a given training room. Before you can set the custom resource properties, which action should be performed? A. The Set-ResourceConfig -ResourcePropertySchema "Room/Projector" cmdlet should be run. B. The Set-ResourceConfig -ResourcePropertySchema "Equipment/Projector" cmdlet should be run. C. A resource mailbox should be created for each projector as type Equipment and this resource mailbox should be assigned as a delegate for each training-room resource mailbox. D. The Set-Mailbox -ResourceCapacity 10 cmdlet should be run for each training-room resource mailbox. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 38 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 organization, and a Mailbox server and a Client Access server are included in the Exchange Server 2007 organization. Web-based distribution is utilized for the default offline address book (OAB). On the Client Access server, the OAB perform the update no more. You are required to have the Client Access server enabled to restore the updated OAB from the Mailbox server. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. On the Client Access server, the Microsoft Exchange Service Host service should be started. On the Client Access server, the Microsoft Exchange File Distribution service should be started. On the Mailbox server, the Microsoft Exchange Service Host service should be started. On the Mailbox server, the Microsoft Exchange Replication service should be started.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 39 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. According to the company requirements, you are required to have information exported from all mailboxes to a file named mailboxes.csv. Which action should be performed? A. B. C. D. The Get-MailUser | Export-Csv mailboxes.csv command should be run. The Get-Mailbox | Export-Csv mailboxes.csv command should be run. The Get-Mailbox Export-Csv > mailboxes.csv command should be run. The Mailbox node under the Server Configuration node should be utilized in the Exchange Management Console.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 40 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. You are required to find out whether users can utilize Microsoft Office Outlook to log on to your Mailbox server directly. On the client network, which cmdlet should be run? A. B. C. D. On the client network, Test-SystemHealth should be run. On the client network, Test-MAPIConnectivity should be run. On the client network, Test-OutlookWebServices should be run. On the client network, Test-ServiceHealth should be run.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 41 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. According to the company requirements, you are required to terminate the circulation of an e-mail message which a virus is included within your company. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the Export-Mailbox cmdlet should be run with the -AllContentKeywords parameter. To achieve the goal, a transport rule should be created on all Edge Transport servers. To achieve the goal, a transport rule should be created on a single Hub Transport server. To achieve the goal, a recipient filter based should be created on the original sender of the first message that the virus is included.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 42 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. Microsoft Office Outlook Web Access is utilized by some of your technicians. According to the company requirements, you are required to make sure that the technicians are able to utilize can Outlook Web Access to access a specific file server. In the Exchange Management Console, which tab should be utilized to configure the proper settings? A. B. C. D. The Public Computer File Access tab should be utilized to configure the proper settings. The Remote File Servers tab should be utilized to configure the proper settings. The Segmentation tab should be utilized to configure the proper settings. The Private Computer File Access tab should be utilized to configure the proper settings.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 43 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. According to the company requirements, you are required to view IMAP4 settings for multiple users on the Client Access server. Which cmdlet should be run to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. E. To achieve the goal, Get-MailboxStatistics should be run. To achieve the goal, Get-IMAPSettings should be run. To achieve the goal, Get-CASMailbox should be run. To achieve the goal, Get-Mailbox should be run. To achieve the goal, Test-ImapConnectivity should be run.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 44 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. The mobile devices which are owned by all the users are installed with Windows Mobile 6.0. Since you are the Exchange administrator, you are required to permit users to securely synchronize e-mail and contact information; in addition, their mobile device doesn't need to connect to their client computer. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, Microsoft Office Outlook Web Access should be configured on the Exchange server. B. To achieve the goal, the mobile devices should be configured to use Microsoft ActiveSync. C. To achieve the goal, the mobile devices to use IMAP4 should be set.

D. To achieve the goal, the mobile devices to use POP3 should be set. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 45 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to have a mail-enabled user created. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the Set-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the New-MailUser cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the Connect-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the Enable-MailUser cmdlet should be run.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 46 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. The Exchange Server 2007 organization of Hi-Tech.com contains a resource mailbox. The resource mailbox is named ResourceBox. Currently all users on the Hi-Tech.com network are capable of scheduling meetings for ResourceBox. Due to Staff shuffling only Dean Austin and Tom must be able to schedule meetings for ResourceBox in future. You need to configure the appropriate settings for ResourceBox that will allow only Dean Austin and Tom to schedule meetings. What should you do? A. You should run the Set- MailboxCalendarSettings-Identity"ResourceBox"-ResourceDelegates DeanAustin , ThomasKnepper cmdlet. B. You should run the Set- MailboxCalendarSettings-Identity"ResourceBox"-RequestOutof Policy DeanAustin , ThomasKnepper - AllBookInPolicy cmdlet. C. You should run the Set-MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " ResourceBox"-BookInPolicy DeanAustin , ThomasKnepper - AllBookInPolicy $false cmdlet. D. You should run the Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity" ResourceBox"-Request InPolicy DeanAustin , ThomasKnepper cmdlet. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 47

You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. Three Exchange servers are contained by your Exchange Server 2007 environment, and the Mailbox server role is installed on the three Exchange servers. The servers are configured to back up the existing Windows event logs and mailbox databases. The Hub Transport server role is added to the Exchange servers. You are required to set the backups for the servers. According to the company requirements, you should keep enough information so as to perform a root cause analysis on lost or corrupted e-mail messages and to restore the maximum amount of data in case of a failure. The company requires you to have backups added for the Hub Transport server role. From the following four options, which one should be added to the present backups? A. B. C. D. The Microsoft Information Store should be added to the present backups. The IIS metabase should be added to the present backups. The \TransportRoles\Logs\ directory should be added to the present backups. The \TransportRoles\data\Queue\ directory should be added to the present backups.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 48 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. You set a users e-mail account to utilize POP3. It is reported by a user that the users mailbox happened to be removed from the Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server. A backup copy of the database is recovered, and the mailbox is included by the database to a recovery storage group on the same server. In addition, it is said by the user that his mailbox can not be accessed. You are required to make sure that the mailbox is available to the user. Before the mailbox is reconnected, which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the user should be instructed to utilize Outlook Web Access to connect to the mailbox. To achieve the goal, POP3 access should be enabled on the mailbox. To achieve the goal, the mailbox should be moved to a standard storage group. To achieve the goal, the user should be instructed to utilize IMAP to connect to the mailbox.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 49 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server. A boot volume and a database volume are contained by the server. It is manifested by your benchmarks that your mailbox storage volume is not experiencing an optimal performance. You are required to implement track alignment on this Mailbox server. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the shift.exe command should be run on the database volume. B. To achieve the goal, the diskpart.exe command should be run on the boot volume.

C. D. E. F.

To achieve the goal, the format.exe command should be run on the boot volume. To achieve the goal, the shift.exe command should be run on the boot volume. To achieve the goal, the diskpart.exe command should be run on the database volume. To achieve the goal, the format.exe command should be run on the database volume.

Answer: E Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 50 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. It is reported by users of Microsoft Office Outlook 2007 that the problem of connection timeouts happens frequently and e-mail messages are staying in their Outbox for too long time. You are required to utilize your administrative computer so as to confirm client performance and server functionality. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? (Choose more than one.) A. To achieve the goal, the Queue Viewer should be utilized in the Exchange Management Console. B. To achieve the goal, Performance Monitor should be utilized to view the MSExchangeIS Client object counters. C. To achieve the goal, the Test-OutlookWebServices cmdlet should be run. D. To achieve the goal, the Test-MAPIConnectivity cmdlet should be run. E. To achieve the goal, the Test-Mailflow cmdlet should be run. Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 51 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You have a resource named Conference Room. Employees are allowed to book the Conference Room resource. You have to customize the response message that users will receive when they book the Conference Room resource. What action should you perform? A. B. C. D. Active Directory Users and Computers should be used. The Set-ResourceConfig cmdlet should be run. The Exchange Management Console should be used. The Set-MailboxCalendarSettings cmdlet should be run.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 52

You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. At 9 A.M, a new mailbox is created. Users of Microsoft Office Outlook Web Access are able to see and use the new mailbox in the global address list (GAL) at 10 A.M. But users of Outlook Anywhere are not able to see the new mailbox in the GAL until the next day. The Exchange Server 2007 computer needs to be configured to allow users of Outlook Anywhere to see a new mailbox in the GAL within four hours after the mailbox is created. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. A custom update schedule should be set for the offline address book (OAB). Web-based distribution should be enabled for the offline address book (OAB). Public Folder distribution should be enabled for the offline address book (OAB). Support for Outlook 2003 with Service Pack 2 or later clients on the offline address book (OAB) should be enabled.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 53 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. The company requires you to set the necessary but least allowance for a user. The user should be enabled to have mailbox databases set on an Exchange Server 2007 computer. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the user account should be added to the Exchange Recipient Administrators role. B. To achieve the goal, the user account should be added to the Exchange Organization Administrators role. C. To achieve the goal, Exchange Administrator privileges should be delegated to the user account at the organization level. D. To achieve the goal, the user account should be added to the Exchange Server Administrators role. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 54 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to have a user mailbox transformed to a resource mailbox. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the Set-ResourceConfig cmdlet should be run. And then, the ResourcePropertySchema parameter should be set to be Room. B. To achieve the goal, the Set-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. And then, the Type value should be set to be Regular. C. To achieve the goal, the Set-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. And then, the Type value should be set to be Room.

D. To achieve the goal, the Set-ResourceConfig cmdlet should be run. And then, the Instance parameter should be set to be Regular. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 55 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. There are two servers named Exch01 and Exch02 in your Exchange Server 2007 organization. All of the Exch01 mailboxes need to be moved to Exch02 next Saturday at 11:00 P.M. You will not be at the office at that time. So what action should you perform? A. You should run the Get-Mailbox | Move-mailbox -TargetDatabase "Exch02\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database" cmdlet with the StartDate parameter set for next Saturday at 11 P.M. B. You should run the Get-Mailbox -server Exch01 | Move-mailbox -TargetDatabase "Exch02\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database" cmdlet with the StartDate parameter set for next Saturday at 11 P.M. C. You should run the Get-Mailbox -server Exch01 | Move-mailbox -TargetDatabase "Exch02\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database" cmdlet from the Exchange Management Shell next Saturday at 11 P.M by using Windows scheduler. D. You should run the Get-Mailbox | Move-mailbox -TargetDatabase "Exch02\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database" cmdlet from the Exchange Management Shell next Saturday at 11 P.M by using Microsoft Windows scheduler. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 56 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. Your external e-mail client access should be set to utilize IMAP4. The external firewall is set to permit TCP port 993. According to the company requirements, you should make sure that your external e-mail clients are enabled to deliver messages safely from the Internet by utilizing your Exchange servers. An SSL certificate is set for secure authenticated SMTP. Which action should be performed next? A. The external firewall should be set to permit TCP port 25. B. The external firewall should be set to permit TCP port 587. C. The Enable Domain Security (Mutual Auth TLS) check box should be chosen on the default client Receive connector. D. The Externally Secured (for example, with IPsec) check box should be chosen on the default client Receive connector. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 57 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment for you. This environment contains a Client Access server named S01. Now S01 fails. It needs to be restored. So what action should you perform first? A. B. C. D. A dial tone recovery should be run. The Setup /NewCMS command should be run. The Setup /RecoverCMS command should be run. The Setup /m:RecoverServer command should be run.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 58 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You disconnect a users mailbox. According to the company requirement, you have to reconnect this mailbox to a new Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) user account. Which cmdlet should be run? A. B. C. D. Restore-Mailbox should be run. Update-Recipient should be run. Enable-Mailbox should be run. Connect-Mailbox should be run.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 59 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Your company is closing its Dallas office. The employees in the Dallas office have mailbox-enabled user accounts that use the value Dallas in the City attribute. You disable the user accounts of the Dallas employees. You have to disconnect their mailboxes. What action should you perform to achieve the goal? (Choose more than one) A. B. C. D. The Remove-Mailbox Dallas cmdlet should be run. The Get-User -Filter "City -like 'Dallas'" | Disable-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. The Get-User -Filter "City -like 'Dallas'" | Remove-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. From the Exchange Management Console, a filter should be applied to the City attribute to contain Dallas. Highlight all of the filtered users and choose Remove. E. From the Exchange Management Console, a filter should be applied to the City attribute to contain Dallas. Highlight all of the filtered users and choose Disable.

Answer: BE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 60 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. All users are able to receive e-mail that is sent directly to them from the Internet. A distribution group named WebResponse is configured to accept e-mail from all users. All corporate users can use Microsoft Office Outlook to send messages to the WebResponse distribution group. All messages that are sent to the distribution group from the Internet are rejected. You have to allow e-mail from internal and Internet users to be sent to the SMTP address of the WebResponse distribution group. So what action should you perform to achieve this? A. The SMTP Receive connectors on each Hub Transport server should be modified to allow anonymous users. B. The properties of the WebResponse distribution group should be modified so that the Everyone group has the Send As permission. C. The properties of the WebResponse distribution group should be modified so that the group no longer requires all senders to be authenticated. D. The properties of the WebResponse distribution group should be modified so that the group is no longer hidden from the Outlook global address list (GAL). Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 61 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. A single Hub Transport server and a single Mailbox server are included by your Exchange Server 2007 environment. It is reported that they are experiencing a slow performance on e-mail delivery to large dynamic distribution groups. You verify that all MSExchangeADAccess Processes Performance Monitor counters on your Exchange servers are functioning normally. The company requires you to minimize the delivery time for messages which are delivered to dynamic distribution groups. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, an additional global catalog server should be deployed. And then, the existing Hub Transport server should be set to utilize the new global catalog server. B. To achieve the goal, a second Hub Transport server should be deployed. And then, the dynamic distribution groups should be set to utilize the new Hub Transport server as their expansion server. C. To achieve the goal, more RAM should be added to the existing Mailbox server. D. To achieve the goal, more RAM should be added to the existing domain controllers. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 62 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. For your Exchange Server 2007 organization, you increase the anti-spam restrictions. You inform your company's partners that they should forward any e-mail messages that are being blocked by the content filters to anti-spam@wiikigo.com. The forwarded messages will be reviewed so that modifications can be made to Safe Senders Lists to prevent the blocking problem in the future. External users are forwarding e-mail messages to anti-spam@wiikigo.com, but you find that no messages from external users are in the anti-spam mailbox. You have to allow the antispam mailbox to receive e-mail messages that are classified as spam. Which cmdlet should be run? A. Set-RecipientFilterConfig -BlockListEnabled $false -BlockedRecipients anti-spam@wiikigo.com should be run. B. Set-RecipientFilterConfig -RecipientValidationEnabled $false should be run. C. Set-ContentFilterConfig -BypassedRecipients anti-spam@wiikigo.com should be run. D. Set-ContentFilterConfig -BypassedSenders anti-spam@wiikigo.com should be run. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 63 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. A failure occurs on an Exchange Server 2007 Hub Transport server, which is named ExHub01. A new Hub Transport server is built to replace ExHub01, and it is named ExHub02. After you have service recovered, you plan to restore all e-mail messages that keep in the mail.que database on ExHub01. The actions listed below are performed on ExHub02. First, all messages are flushed from the current queue on ExHub02. Second, the mail.que database from the hard disk on ExHub01 should be replicated to C:\recoveryQueue on ExHub02. You have the recovery of the mail.que database restored from ExHub01. On ExHub02, which two actions should be performed? (Choose more than one.) A. A recovery of the mail.que database should be performed in C:\recoveryQueue by utilizing the Eseutil utility. B. A restore of the mail.que database should be performed in C:\recoveryQueue by utilizing the Eseutil utility. C. A defragmentation of the mail.que database should be performed in C:\recoveryQueue by utilizing the Eseutil utility,. D. A repair of the mail.que database should be performed in C:\recoveryQueue by utilizing the Database Recovery Management tool,. E. The mail.que database should be fixed in C:\recoveryQueue by utilizing the ISInteg utility. Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 64 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. It is

reported by users that their mailboxes on an Exchange Server 2007 computer can not be accessed by them, and the Exchange Server 2007 computer is named EX01. You confirm that connectivity to the server works well and that server hardware also works well. In addition, access to global catalogs work well. The company requests you to report on the status of all required Exchange-specific and Exchange-dependent services. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the Test-SystemHealth -Server EX01 cmdlet should be run. B. To achieve the goal, the Get-ExchangeServer -Identity EX01 cmdlet should be run. C. To achieve the goal, the Database Troubleshooter should be run from the Exchange Troubleshooting Assistant. D. To achieve the goal, the Test-ServiceHealth -Server EX01 cmdlet should be run. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 65 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1 (SP1). You have a server named S01 in a cluster continuous replication (CCR) cluster. You have a single standby continuous replication (SCR) target server named S02 at a different location. S01 is configured to use SCR to replicate all of its storage groups to S02. S02 is not receiving a copy of the databases or log files. You find that the status of the SCR replication is Suspended. You have to make sure that SCR is functioning properly. Which cmdlet should you run? A. B. C. D. E. Resume-StorageGroupCopy should be run. Enable-ContinuousReplicationHostName should be run. Enable-DatabaseCopy should be run. Enable-StorageGroupCopy should be run. Restore-StorageGroupCopy should be run.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 66 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. This environment has a Hub Transport server named S01. Now S01 fails. Since you are the technical support, the company asks you to perform role recovery on S01. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. The Eseutil.exe command should be run. The Setup /RecoverCMS command should be run. The Setup /m:RecoverServer command should be run. Add or Remove Programs should be used in Control Panel.

Answer: C

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 67 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You are in charge of a server. This server has Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 with Service Pack 1 (SP1) and Microsoft Windows Server 2008 installed. The mailbox database fails. You have to make sure that users are able to send and receive e-mail during the recovery of the mailbox database. In order to achieve this goal, what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. In order to achieve this, the New-MailboxDatabase cmdlet should be run. In order to achieve this, a dial tone recovery should be performed. In order to achieve this, a recovery storage group should be created. In order to achieve this, the Exchange Mail Flow Troubleshooter should be used.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 68 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1 (SP1) environment for you. You have a Mailbox server role with a single database. According to the company order, you have to identify whether the server is completing its daily online defragmentation successfully. So what action should you perform to achieve this? A. B. C. D. The Get-MessageTrackingLog cmdlet should be. The Get-MailboxStatistics cmdlet should be run. The event log should be viewed. The Database Troubleshooter tool should be used.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 69 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. And two Mailbox servers, two Client Access servers, two Hub Transport servers, and two Edge Transport servers are included. The company requests you to offer high availability for the Availability service. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, Network Load Balancing on the Hub Transport servers should be set. B. To achieve the goal, Network Load Balancing on the Client Access servers should be set.

C. To achieve the goal, Network Load Balancing on the Edge Transport servers should be set. D. To achieve the goal, clustering on the Mailbox servers should be set. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 70 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. The default e-mail address policy is changed. You are required to have the modified policy applied. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. E. To achieve the goal, the New-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the Update-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the Microsoft Exchange Transport service should be restarted. To achieve the goal, the New E-Mail Address Policy Wizard should be utilized. To achieve the goal, the Set-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet should be run.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 71 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is a single Exchange Server 2007 server. Backups of the database are performed every night from 10:00 P.M. to 1:00 A.M. A third-party application should be utilized, and the Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS) and virtual tape library (VTL) should be utilized. You start to recover a database in a recovery storage group at 9:30 P.M. The database cannot be recovered. You are required to have the database restored. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the database at 10:00 A.M should be restored. B. To achieve the goal, the name of the active database should be changed, and then the recovery should be performed. C. To achieve the goal, the database should be restored in the active storage group. D. To achieve the goal, Windows Server Backup should be utilized. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 72 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. A

single Edge transport server is contained by your native Exchange Server 2007 organization, and the single Edge transport server is named ExEdge01. On the ExEdge01, an Edge Subscription is created with a Hub Transport server named ExHub01. It lasts an extended period of time for the interruption of the network connection from ExEdge01 to the Internet. And later, you have the network connection recovered, but no messages are being sent. You are required to have the message flow recovered instantly. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the Resume-Queue cmdlet should be run on ExEdge01. To achieve the goal, the Retry-Queue cmdlet should be run on ExEdge01. To achieve the goal, the Resume-Queue cmdlet should be run on ExHub01. To achieve the goal, the Retry-Queue cmdlet should be run on ExHub01.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 73 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. And there is a single Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) forest which is named wiikigo.com. You are required to have the mailbox and the AD DS user account deleted instantly for a resource named R01. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. In the Exchange Management Shell, the Remove-Mailbox -Identity wiikigo\R01 Permanent $True cmdlet should be run. B. In the Exchange Management Shell, the Disable-Mailbox -Identity wiikigo\R01 -Confirm cmdlet should be run. C. In Active Directory Users and Computers, the Exchange Tasks Wizard should be run. D. In Active Directory Users and Computers, the R01 object should be deleted. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 74 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You are creating a cluster continuous replication (CCR) cluster. You create a failover cluster, and have the Mailbox server role named ExchMB1 installed on the active node. According to the company requirement, the Mailbox server role needs to be installed on the passive node. So what action should you perform to achieve this? A. B. C. D. E. The Setup /roles:Mailbox command should be run. The Setup /newcms /CMSname:ExchMB1 command should be run. The Enable-StorageGroupCopy -Identity ExchMB1\SG1 command should be run. You should choose the Mailbox Role check box in the Exchange Server 2007 Setup wizard. You should choose the Passive Clustered Mailbox Role check box in the Exchange Server 2007 Setup wizard.

Answer: AE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 75 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. User accounts are set to stop users from delivering messages which are more than 10 MB. Since you are the Exchange administrator, you are required to enable only a user named Mary to deliver messages that are no more than 20 MB. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the Set-Mailbox -Identity "Mary"-ProhibitSendQuota 20480 cmdlet should be run. B. To achieve the goal, the Get-RoutingGroupConnector | Set-RoutingGroupConnector -MaxMessageSize unlimited cmdlet should be run. C. To achieve the goal, the Set-Mailbox -Identity "Mary" -MaxSendSize 20MB cmdlet should be run. D. To achieve the goal, the Get-RoutingGroupConnector | Set-RoutingGroupConnector -MaxMessageSize 20MB cmdlet should be run. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 76 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. The place for a transaction log volume on a Mailbox server is too limited now. And it is reported by some users that their mailboxes are not available. You should recover service to these users in the shortest time. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, 100 of the oldest transaction logs should be moved, and the Mount-Database cmdlet should be run. At last, a full backup of the database should be implemented. B. To achieve the goal, the database volume should be compressed, and the Mount-Database cmdlet should be run. At last, a full backup of the database should be performed. C. To achieve the goal, circular logging should be enabled, and the Mount-Database cmdlet should be run. D. To achieve the goal, the Clean-MailboxDatabase cmdlet should be run, and the Mount-Database cmdlet should be run. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 77 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to permit users to book a specific resource

mailbox, and approval from an administrator or another resource delegate should not be requested. Which cmdlet should be run to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. E. To achieve the goal, Start-ManagedFolderAssistant should be run. To achieve the goal, Set-MailboxCalendarSettings should be run. To achieve the goal, Set-Resourceconfig should be run. To achieve the goal, Set-OrganizationConfig should be run. To achieve the goal, Set-ManagedFolderMailboxPolicy should be run.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 78 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Tom and Jason are employees of wiikigo, Ltd. Their mailbox accounts are located on an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named Exch1. The Hub Transport server role also resides on Exch1. Jason sends a message to Tom, but Tom does not receive the message. You need to find all messages that were sent from Jason to Tom. What should you do? A. The Get-MailboxFolderStatistics -Identity Tom -FolderScope All cmdlet should be run. B. The Get-MessageTrackingLog -Recipients Tom@ wiikigo.com -Sender Marc@ wiikigo.com -Server Exch1 -EventID SEND cmdlet should be run. C. Open the Exchange Mail Flow Troubleshooter by running the Exchange Troubleshooting Assistant. Run the Expected messages from senders are delayed or are not received by some recipients test. D. Open the Message Tracking tool by using the Exchange Troubleshooting Assistant. Create a new search, and specify Jason@ wiikigo.com as the sender, Tom@ wiikigo.com as the recipient, and Exch1 as the server. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 79 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. You decide to install a two-node Single Copy Cluster (SCC) Mailbox server on the Exchange Server 2007 organization of Hi-Tech.com. You then name the network adapters APPublic and APPrivate. You have received instruction from the Manager to configure the TCP/IP binding order for the cluster servers. What should you do? A. You should move the Public connection to the top of the Adapters and Bindings tab. B. You should move the Private connection to the top of the Adapters and Bindings tab. C. You should open the properties of the cluster and move the APPrivate network to the top of the Network Priority tab. D. You should open the properties of the cluster and move the APPublic network to the top of the Network Priority tab.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 80 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You have an Exchange Server 2007 Edge Transport server role and Hub Transport server role installed. The server that has the Hub Transport server role is located in an Active Directory site named Huston. You have to synchronize your companys Active Directory information to the server that has the Edge Transport server role. So what action should you perform? (Choose more than one) A. The ADAMSync command should be run on the server that has the Edge Transport server role. B. The ExportEdgeConfig -CloneConfigData "C:\CloneConfigData.xml" command should be run on the server that has the Edge Transport server role. C. The ImportEdgeConfig -CloneConfigData "C:\CloneConfigData.xml" command should be run on the server that has the Edge Transport server role. D. The New-EdgeSubscription -FileName "c:\EdgeServerSubscription.xml"cmdlet should be run on the server that has the Edge Transport server role. E. The New-EdgeSubscription -FileName "c:\EdgeServerSubscription.xml" -site "Huston" cmdlet should be run on the server that has the Hub Transport server role. Answer: DE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 81 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Your company has a head office in New York. There is a group of accountants in this head office. The company hires a new group of accountants for the branch office in Huston. The Exchange Server 2007 computer in the New York office is named Exch1. The Exchange Server 2007 computer in the Huston office is named Exch2. The new accounting group requires a local replica of the Accounting public folder that is located in the root of the public folder tree. Now a replica of the Accounting folder has to be added to the Exchange server in the Huston office. Which cmdlet should be run? A. B. C. D. Set-PublicFolder "\Accounting" -replicas "EXCH2\Public Folder Database" should be run Set-PublicFolder "EXCH1\Accounting" -replicas "EXCH2\Public Folder Database" should be run. Set-PublicFolder "EXCH2\Accounting" -replicas "EXCH1\Public Folder Database" should be run Set-PublicFolder "\Accounting" -replicas "EXCH1\Public Folder Database","EXCH2\Public Folder Database" should be run.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 82 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 contained in your company environment. Message tracking is set to keep tracking logs for a month. When you try to have a message that was sent two weeks ago tracked, you find that no data for the message can be accessed on the Mailbox server. Therefore, you plan to make sure that message data can be tracked for a month. Which action should be performed to accomplish the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the maximum message tracking log file size should be enhanced. To achieve the goal, the maximum message tracking log directory size should be enhanced. To achieve the goal, the message tracking file retention should be set to be one and a half month. To achieve the goal, the message tracking log directory should be removed to a different volume.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 83 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You set the mailbox database with 200-MB mailbox quotas. You are required to remove the quota from the mailbox of a user named Peter. Which action should you perform to achieve the goal? A. In the Exchange Management Shell, you should run the Set-Mailbox -Identity "Peter" -IssueWarningQuota 0 -ProhibitSendQuota 0 -ProhibitSendReceiveQuota 0 -UseDatabaseQuotaDefaults $False cmdlet. B. In the Exchange Management Shell, you should run the Set-Mailbox -Identity "Peter" -IssueWarningQuota 104857600 -ProhibitSendQuota 104857600 -ProhibitSendReceiveQuota 104857600 UseDatabaseQuotaDefaults $False cmdlet. C. In the Exchange Management Console, on the Storage quotas dialog box, you should clear the Use mailbox database defaults check box on Peters user account. And then, you should make sure that the Issue warning at (KB), Prohibit send at (KB), and Prohibit send and receive at (KB) check boxes are cleared. D. In the Exchange Management Console, on the Storage quotas dialog box, you should clear the Use mailbox database defaults check box on Peters user account. And then, you should choose the Issue warning at (KB) check box and set its value to 0. And then, you should choose the Prohibit send at (KB) check box and set its value to 0. Select the Prohibit send and receive at (KB) check box and set its value to 0. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 84 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1 (SP1) environment. According to the company requirements, you are required to have a list of all e-mail messages displayed, and the messages were delivered by a specific

user in the last week. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. E. To achieve the goal, the Exchange Queue Viewer should be viewed. To achieve the goal, the Routing Log Viewer should be viewed. To achieve the goal, the Message Tracking tool should be utilized. To achieve the goal, the Database Troubleshooter tool should be utilized. To achieve the goal, the Mail Flow Troubleshooter should be utilized.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 85 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. This environment has an Edge Transport server in the perimeter network and a Hub Transport server in the internal network. The company asks you to make sure that all external e-mail messages that are received by your Exchange environment are not impersonated. What action should you perform? A. B. C. D. In order to make sure of In order to make sure of In order to make sure of In order to make sure of modified. this, the Sender ID settings on the Hub Transport server should be modified. this, the Sender ID settings on the Edge Transport server should be modified. this, the Sender Filtering settings on the Hub Transport server should be modified. this, the Sender Filtering settings on the Edge Transport server should be

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 86 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You are deploying file-level anti-virus scanners on a Mailbox server. You need to define scan exclusions for only the Mailbox role on the Mailbox server. You define scan exclusions for the Offline Address Book files and the Exchange databases. What action should you perform next? A. B. C. D. The Microsoft Exchange Transport Log Search service should be restarted. The Microsoft Exchange Information Store service should be restarted. Scan exclusions for the transaction logs and the database content indexes should be defined. Scan exclusions for the %Program Files%\Microsoft\Exchange Server\Public folder should be defined.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 87 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Your nightly backups are scheduled to run on Mailbox servers at 1:00 A.M. Each backup takes approximately four hours. Your maintenance window is currently set to start at 10:00 P.M. and to end at 3:00 A.M. You find that online defragmentations are not finishing successfully. This operation typically takes 4.5 hours. You have to make sure that database backups and online defragmentations finish successfully before 6:00 A.M. each day. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. The backups should be configured to start at 10:00 P.M. The backups should be configured to start at 12:00 A.M. The maintenance window should be configured to end at 1:30 A.M. The maintenance window should be configured to start at 8:00 P.M.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 88 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You can see the servers which are included by the environment from table below. However, hardware fails on Ser01. According to the company requirements, you are required to perform a role recovery to one or both of the other servers. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal?

A. To achieve the goal, the Client Access server role should be installed on Ser03. And then, the Mailbox server role should be installed on Ser02. B. To achieve the goal, the Client Access server role and the Mailbox server role should be installed on Ser02. C. To achieve the goal, the Client Access server role and the Mailbox server role should be installed on Ser03. D. To achieve the goal, the Client Access server role should be installed on Ser02. And then, the Mailbox server role should be installed on Ser03. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 89 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment and a single Client Access server is contained. The Autodiscover service is utilized. A failure happens on the Client Access server. You are required to have the Autodiscover service settings recovered to a new computer. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the Setup/m:RecoverServer command should be run. To achieve the goal, the Set-AcceptedDomain cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the Internet Information Services (IIS) configuration should be restored. To achieve the goal, the Register-ExchangeSCW.ps1 script should be run.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 90 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Exchange Server 2007 Organization of Hi-Tech.com contains a Client Access Server as well as a Hub Transport server. The server hosting the Client Access Server role is named Server01 and the server hosting the Hub Transport Server role is named Server02. You discover that Server01 has failed. You need to add the Client Access Server role to the existing Server02. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. You should run the exsetup /mode:Install /roles:ClientAccess,HubTransport command. You should run the exsetup /mode:Install /roles:ClientAccess command. You should use the Add or Remove Programs applet in the Control Panel. You should configure the server as a front-end server using the Exchange System Manager.

Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 91 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) and Exchange Server 2007 in your company. There is a user in your company. He has an Exchange 2007 mailbox and an AD DS user account. They are respectively named kimi.george@wiikigo.com and wiikigo\kimi.george. It is reported by Kimi that he doesn't want to use his mailbox any more. However, his AD DS user account is still needed. Kimi's user account should be changed so that he won't have a mailbox but he should be permitted to log on to AD DS with his user account. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the Export-Mailbox -Identity kimi.george@wiikigo.com TargetMailbox ExportMailbox TargetFolder KimData command should be run B. To achieve the goal, the Remove-Mailbox Identity wiikigo\kimi.george command should be run. C. To achieve the goal, the Disable-Mailbox kimi.george@wiikigo.com command should be run.

D. To achieve the goal, the Set-Mailbox Identity wiikigo\kimi.george -HiddenFromAddressListsEnabled $true command should be run Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 92 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Your company acquired a company which is named Wiikigo. Your company plans to accept e-mail messages that are sent to the wiikigo. com e-mail namespace on your company's existing e-mail servers. The Wiikigo, Ltd., e-mail servers will be decommissioned. According to the company requirement, your companys Exchange 2007 organization needs to be configured to accept all e-mail messages that are sent to wiikigo.com. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. A new e-mail address generation policy for wiikigo.com should be added. Wiikigo.com should be added to the accepted domains as an authoritative domain. Wiikigo.com should be added to the accepted domains as an external relay domain. Wiikigo.com should be added to the accepted domains as an internal relay domain.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 93 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1 (SP1) environment. According to the company requirements, you should have a legal disclaimer contained in all external e-mail messages that are delivered by your users. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the appropriate Send connector should be changed. To achieve the goal, the Update-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the New Transport Rule Wizard should be run. To achieve the goal, the New Journal Rule Wizard should be run.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 94 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to have the e-mail address for a specific vendor contained in your company's global address list (GAL). In addition, you should avoid permitting the vendor

access to your internal network resources. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, a Microsoft Exchange recipient object should be created. To achieve the goal, a mail contact should be created. To achieve the goal, a mailbox-enabled user should be created. To achieve the goal, a mail-enabled user should be created.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 95 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. There is a single Active Directory Domain Services(AD DS) domain in your company. The DNS name of the domain is corp.wiikigo.local. A stand-alone DNS server on the perimeter network has a standard primary DNS zone named wiikigo.local. A server on the corporate network has the Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox, Client Access, and Hub Transport server roles installed. You are preparing to deploy a stand-alone server on the perimeter network that will have the Edge Transport server role installed. You have to make sure that the Edge Transport server will be able to resolve the DNS name of the Hub Transport server. What should you do? A. For the Hub Transport server, a host (A) resource record should be created manually in the wiikigo.local DNS zone. B. For the Hub Transport server, a service (SRV) resource record should be created manually in the corp. wiikigo.local DNS zone. C. For the Hub Transport server, a host (A) resource record should be created manually in the corp.wiikigo. local DNS zone. D. For the Hub Transport server, a service (SRV) resource record should be created manually in the wiikigo. local DNS zone. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 96 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Your company has several vendors that deliver license keys by using e-mail. You register a new e-mail address named licensing@wiikigo.com for the vendors to use. You have to create a single folder to which the vendors e-mail messages can be delivered. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. A new custom managed folder should be created. A new managed default folder should be created. A new mail-enabled public folder that has an e-mail address of licensing@wiikigo.com should be created. A mail-enabled group that has an e-mail address of licensing@wiikigo.com should be created.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 97 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. A mail-enabled public folder named Monitoring receives automated alerts from the monitoring system of your company. Some users send e-mail messages to the folder by selecting it from the global address list (GAL) in Microsoft Office Outlook. You have to prevent users from selecting the Monitoring folder from the GAL, and you have to make sure that the monitoring alerts will still be received. So what action should you perform? A. The Set-AddressList "Public Folders" -RecipientFilter "DisplayName -is 'Monitoring'" cmdlet should be run. B. The Folder visible attribute for the Default name on the Monitoring public folder should be removed by using the Outlook client. C. The Set-MailPublicFolder cmdlet should be run and the DisplayName parameter should be set to $false. D. The Set-MailPublicFolder cmdlet and the HiddenFromAddressListsEnabled parameter should be set to $true. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 98 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You have a user named Tom. You have to make sure that a specific laptop is available as a resource mailbox. You have to make sure that Tom is able to control only the scheduling of the laptop, and you have to make sure that Tom is the only user who has that ability. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. A room mailbox should be created and Full Access permission should be assigned to Tom. An equipment mailbox should be created and Full Access permission should be assigned to Tom. An equipment mailbox should be created and the Set-ResourceConfig cmdlet should be run. An equipment mailbox should be created and Tom should be assigned as a resource delegate.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 99 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. And a single Hub Transport server is contained. Hardware fails on the Hub Transport server. A role recovery to a new computer is performed by you. You plan to view routing information for an e-mail message that was sent before the hardware fails. Which action should be performed

to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the message tracking logs from backup should be restored. To achieve the goal, the GetMessageTrackingLogE2EWithTime.ps1 script should be run. To achieve the goal, the Setup /DisasterRecovery command should be run. To achieve the goal, the Setup /m:RecoverServer command should be run.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 100 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment, and servers and users at two locations named Loc01 and Loc02 are included. A attachment size for e-mail messages which are sent between the two locations should be set to the largest. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the Set-MessageClassification cmdlet from either location should be run. B. To achieve the goal, the maximum message size should be set on the Active Directory site link between Loc01 and Loc02. C. To achieve the goal, the maximum message size should be set on the routing group connector. D. To achieve the goal, the Set-ContentFilterConfig cmdlet from Loc01 and Loc02 should be run. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 101 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named Server01. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. You have been informed that the server running Exchange Server 2007 has failed. You need to get the server operational and thus proceeded as follows: You rebuild the server; you recover the information in the mailbox database as well as the log directories. After the rebuild and recovery the Hi-Tech.com users complained that Server01 is unacceptably slow and does not return the expected results either. You need to address the situation by rebuilding the full - text index catalog for all databases on the Mailbox server role. What should you do? A. First delete the full-text index catalog directory. Then run the Mount-Database cmdlet. Then start the Microsoft Exchange Search Service. B. First run the Dismount-Database cmdlet. Then delete the full-text index catalog directory. Then start the Microsoft Exchange Search Service. C. First stop the Microsoft Exchange Search Service. Then delete the full-text index catalog directory. Then start the Microsoft Exchange Search Service. D. First stop the Microsoft Exchange Search Service. Then run the Set-MailboxDatabase -IndexEnabled:$true cm

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 102 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. There is a single Exchange organization and the following four servers in the Exchange Server 2007 environment of the company. The four servers are respectively the Mailbox server, Hub Transport server, Edge Transport server and Client Access server. A user in your Exchange organization sends a message to a recipient inside your company. But the recipient does not receive the message. Since you are the technical support, you are asked to find out the status of the message. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. The queue on the Edge Transport server should be viewed. The message tracking log on the Edge Transport server should be viewed. The Exchange Best Practices Analyzer should be used. The queue on the Hub Transport server should be viewed.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 103 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. A single Hub Transport server named ExHub01 and multiple Mailbox servers are included by your Exchange Server 2007 organization. And the company has a single Edge Transport server named ExEdge01 deployed. In addition, the company sets message tracking logs to be kept for a month. There is a mailbox for a user named Peter. The mailbox is located on a Mailbox server named ExMB01, and it has an SMTP address of Peter@wiikigo.com. Since you are the IT professional, you are required to generate a report. In the report, the total number of messages that Peter delivered during the last month should be indicated. Which action should you perform to achieve the goal? A. You should run the Get-MailboxFolderStatistics -Identity Peter -FolderScope SentItems | export-csv c:\tmp\Peter.csv cmdlet on ExHub01. B. You should run the Get-MessageTrackingLog -Sender Peter@wiikigo.com -EventId "Receive" | export-csv c:\tmp\Peter.csv cmdlet on ExHub01. C. You should run the Get-MessageTrackingLog -Sender Peter@wiikigo.com -EventId "Receive" | export-csv c:\tmp\Peter.csv cmdlet on ExEdge01. D. You should run the Get-MailboxStatistics -Identity Peter | export-csv -path c:\tmp\Peter.csv cmdlet on ExHub01. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 104 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Recently your company deployed Exchange Server 2007. Either Microsoft Office Outlook 2003 or Microsoft Office Outlook 2007 is installed on client computers. Now you receive report from Outlook 2003 users saying that they cannot access the offline address book (OAB). But you find that Outlook 2007 users can access the OAB. You must make sure that all users are able to access the OAB. Which check box should you choose on the Offline Address Book properties? A. B. C. D. Custom Schedule should be used. Public folder distribution should be enabled. Web-based distribution should be enabled. The Default Global Address List should be included.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 105 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. You are making preparations to have an Exchange Server 2003 environment upgraded to an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to make sure that the mailboxes can be accessed by internal users and remote users during the upgrading. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the Exchange 2007 Mailbox server role should be installed. To achieve the goal, an Exchange 2003 front-end server should be installed. To achieve the goal, the Exchange 2007 Client Access server role should be installed. To achieve the goal, the Exchange 2007 Hub Transport server role should be installed.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 106 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1 (SP1). The environment has a single Mailbox server. Now you receive an order from the company management. According to the company requirement, local continuous replication (LCR) should be enabled for an existing storage group. You successfully run the EnableDatabaseCopy cmdlet on the storage group. Which cmdlet should be run next? A. B. C. D. Enable-StorageGroupCopy should be run next. Update-StorageGroupCopy should be run next. Test-ReplicationHealth should be run next. Resume-StorageGroupCopy should be run next.

E. Suspend-StorageGroupCopy should be run next. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 107 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. There is a single Edge Transport server in your environment. You have an additional Edge Transport server deployed. You have to make sure that inbound e-mail messages are distributed between the two Edge Transport servers. What are two possible ways to achieve this goal? A. netmask ordering on your public DNS servers should be disabled. B. On each of the Edge Transport servers, a new transport rule should be configured. C. Both Edge Transport servers should be connected to the same switch. The Edge Transport server cloned configuration scripts should be run. D. A new DNS MX record should be configured for the new Edge Transport server with the same Mail Server Priority value as the existing MX record. E. In a Network Load Balancing (NLB) cluster, both Edge Transport servers should be configured. The public DNS MX and A records should be configured for the NLB cluster name and IP address. Answer: DE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 108 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You create a dynamic distribution group named Sales Team that contains all users in the sales department. Now you receive report from users in the sales department. According to their report, external e-mail messages that are sent to the Sales Team distribution group are not being delivered. Since you are the technical support, you have to make sure that external e-mail that is sent to Sales Team is delivered to all users in the sales department. So what action should you perform? A. In order to make sure of this, the Reject messages should be cleared from check box on the Sales Team distribution group. B. In order to make sure of this, the Reject messages should be cleared from check box on the user accounts of all users in the sales department. C. In order to make sure of this, the Require that all senders are authenticated check box on the Sales Team distribution group should be cleared. D. In order to make sure of this, the Require that all senders are authenticated check box on the user accounts of all users in the sales department should be cleared. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 109 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You issue Microsoft Windows Mobile 6.0 devices to some of your users. A minimum password policy needs to be configured for all mobile device users. What action should you perform? A. The Set-ActiveSyncVirtualDirectory cmdlet should be run with the WindowsAuthEnabled parameter. B. A group policy for minimum password length should be created, and the group policy should be applied to all mobile device users. C. A Password Settings object (PSO) that has the minimum password length should be created, the PSO should be applied to a security group that contains all mobile device users. D. The minimum password length for the default ActiveSync mailbox policy should be configured, and the policy should be applied to all mobile device users. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 110 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment, and an Edge Transport server is contained in the perimeter network and a Hub Transport server is contained in the internal network. Exchange EdgeSync service should be set between the two servers. Your company corporate with a company named Green Mood. A third-party messaging server is utilized by Green Mood. The same address space will be shared by both companies. You will set E-mail for the combined companies to route through the Exchange 2007 environment. The public DNS records for Green Mood are updated to point to the Edge Transport server in your Exchange 2007 environment. The Green Mood domain is set as an accepted domain. You are required to make sure that external e-mail for Green Moods users is delivered to Green Moods thirdparty messaging server. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. An internal relay domain should be set on the Hub Transport server. And then, a Send connector should be created on the Hub Transport server that points to Green Moods messaging server. B. An external relay domain should be set on the Edge Transport server. And then, a Send connector should be created on the Edge Transport server that points to the Hub Transport server. C. An internal relay domain should be set on the Edge Transport server. And then, a Send connector should be created on the Hub Transport server that points to Green Moods messaging server. D. An external relay domain should be set on the Edge Transport server. And then, a Send connector should be created on the Edge Transport server that points to Green Moods messaging server. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 111 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to set external Out of Facility (OOF) messages on a per-user basis. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the Set-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlethould be run. To achieve the goal, the Exchange Management Console should be utilized. To achieve the goal, the Set-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the Set-MailUser cmdlethould be run.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 112 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is a single Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) forest for you. This forest contains many domains. You are making preparations for installing Exchange Server 2007 into your forest. An error message is sent to you at the time you try to run the setup /PrepareAD command. The error message says that you do not have the necessary permissions to run this command. But you need to be able to run the setup /PrepareAD command. So what action should you perform? A. In order to achieve this, you should log on with an account that is a member of Administrators group. B. In order to achieve this, you should log on with an account that is a member of C. In order to achieve this, you should log on with an account that is a member of D. In order to achieve this, you should log on with an account that is a member of group. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: the Exchange Organization the Domain Admins group. the Schema Admins group. the Enterprise Admins

QUESTION 113 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment for you. According to the company requirement, you should be able to manage e-mail messages on the basis of the reputation of the senders e-mail address. Of the following types of filtering, which one should be used? A. B. C. D. E. sender filtering content filtering sender ID filtering recipient filtering connection filtering

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 114 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. Exchange Server 2007 is utilized by your company, and they are in four locations throughout the country. It is reported by users at two of the locations that Exchange experiences a slow response. You are required to implement a health check of each locations infrastructure. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the Test-ServiceHealth cmdlet on each Exchange server should be run. To achieve the goal, the Test-ExchangeSearch cmdlet on each Exchange server should be run. To achieve the goal, the Exchange Best Practices Analyzer should be utilized. To achieve the goal, the Get-EventLogLevel cmdlet on each Exchange server should be run.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 115 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Now you receive an order from the company management, you are asked to generate a report on all mailboxes in your Exchange Server 2007 organization. The report must detail the number of items per mailbox folder. Which cmdlet should be run? A. You should run Get-ExchangeServer | Get-Message | Export-Csv -Path c:\allmbfstats.csv B. You should run Get-Mailuser | Get-MailboxFolderStatistics | Export-Csv -Path c:\allmbfstats.csv C. You should run Get-ExchangeServer | Get-Mailbox | Get-MailboxStatistics | Export-Csv -Path c:\allmbstats.csv D. You should run Get-ExchangeServer | Get-Mailbox | Get-MailboxFolderStatistics | Export-Csv -Path c:\allmbfstats.csv Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 116 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Now you receive an order from the company management. According to the company requirement, the LDAP search time on your Hub Transport server should be decreased. So what action should you perform?

A. B. C. D.

Another Hub Transport server should be added. Another global catalog server should be added. Memory should be added on the Hub Transport server. An additional CPU should be added on the Hub Transport server.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 117 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You install a new Client Access server into this environment. Your company domain is named wiikigo.com. You create a new DNS A resource record that points autodiscover. wiikigo.com to the external IP address of the Client Access server. You receive report from users saying that they cannot use the Autodiscover service. But the users are able to access Outlook Web Access, which is on the same server as the Autodiscover service. Since you are the technical support, you have to make sure that all users are able to use the Autodiscover service. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. A trusted encryption certificate should be installed on your Client Access server. A trusted encryption certificate should be installed on your Mailbox server. A DNS SRV record that points to autodiscover.wiikigo.com should be created. A DNS CNAME record that points autodiscover.wiikigo.com to your Mailbox servers DNS name should be created. E. A DNS CNAME record that points autodiscover.wiikigo.com to your Client Access servers DNS name should be created. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 118 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. Exchange Server 2007 is being installed on a new member server. Your login account joins the local administrators group. You enter the server, and try to have the Hub Transport server role installed. An error message is received, and the message says that the Hub Transport server role cannot be installed. You should install the Hub Transport server role successfully. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, your user account should be added to the Exchange Read-Only Administrators group. B. To achieve the goal, your user account should be added to the Exchange Organization Administrators group. C. To achieve the goal, the setup.exe /PrepareLegacyExchangePermissions command should be run. D. To achieve the goal, the computer account should be added to the Exchange Servers group. E. To achieve the goal, the computer account should be added to the Exchange Administrators group. Answer: B

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 119 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You should be enabled to have POP3 connections monitored. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the MSExchangeIS Client performance monitoring object should be added. To achieve the goal, the MSExchangePop3 performance monitoring object should be added. To achieve the goal, the Test-OutlookWebServices cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the MSExchangeIS Mailbox performance monitoring object should be added.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 120 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. Multiple databases on each logical unit number (LUN) contained by your Exchange Server 2007 environment. The individual database restores should be permitted, so that you must have the databases backed up in such a way that the databases can be recovered to a file server. You are required to choose a proper backup type. To satisfy the requirements, which backup types should be utilized? (Choose more than one.) A. B. C. D. To satisfy the requirements, streaming full backups should be utilized. To satisfy the requirements, streaming copy backups should be utilized. To satisfy the requirements, Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS) full backups should be utilized. To satisfy the requirements, Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS) copy backups should be utilized.

Answer: CD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 121 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. In your company, each branch office has a single dedicated organizational unit (OU). A branch office moves to a new location. The old street address is 101 Main Street. The new street address is 201 Main Street. Since you are the technical support, you are asked to update the street address in the global address list (GAL) for all employees in the relocated branch office. Which cmdlet should be run? A. Get-User -OrganizationalUnit '100 Main Street' | Set-User -StreetAddress "201 Main Street" B. Get-Mailbox -OrganizationalUnit '100 Main Street' | Set-User -StreetAddress "201 Main Street"

C. Get-User -Filter "StreetAddress -eq '100 Main Street'" | Set-User -StreetAddress "201 Main Street" D. Get-User -Filter "StreetAddress -eq '100 Main Street'" > Set-User -StreetAddress "201 Main Street" Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 122 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Now you receive an order from the company management. According to the company requiremement, new disk resources should be added to an existing Exchange Server 2007 Single Copy Cluster (SCC). Which tool should you choose to use? A. B. C. D. You should choose to use Cluster Administrator You should choose to use Exchange Setup utility You should choose to use Exchange Management Shell You should choose to use Exchange Management Console

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 123 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Now you receive an order from the company management. According to the company requirement, Outlook Web Access needs to be configured to allow Microsoft Office documents to be opened but not saved on public computers. So what action should you perform? A. The Office file formats should be added to the direct file access Block list. B. Direct file access should be enabled for public computers. C. Force WebReady Document Viewing should be enabled when a converter is available for public computers. D. The Office file formats should be added to the supported document types for WebReady Document Viewing. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 124 You work as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization that has four Exchange servers. Two of the Exchange servers host the Mailbox server role, and the other two Exchange servers host the Hub Transport server role. A user in the marketing department sent an e-mail message to a customer outside the Hi-Tech.com network.

The e-mail address of the customer is roryallen@Test-Tech.com. The e-mail message contains the latest product line. However the e-mail never reached the intended recipient. You need to determine whether the e-mail did indeed leave the Hi-Tech.com Exchange organization. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should run the Get-Queue - Filter {status - eq "retry" cmdlet. You should run the Get- Recipient - Filter { PrimarySmtpAddress - eq roryallen@Test-Tech.com} cmdlet. You should run the Get-Queue -Filter { NextHopDomain - eq "Test-Tech.com"} cmdlet. You should run the Get-Message -Filter {Subject - eq "Latest Production Line"} cmdlet.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 125 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to confirm that full backups are completing successfully by utilizing your Mailbox server. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, you should confirm To achieve the goal, you should confirm To achieve the goal, you should confirm To achieve the goal, you should confirm that the message tracking logs have been flushed. that the mailbox database size has been reduced. that the transaction logs have been flushed. that the agent logs have been flushed.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 126 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You plan to have a new Hub Transport server added. You are required to set anti-spam agents on the new Hub Transport server before the e-mail is accepted by server. The current e-mail flow should not be interrupted. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the Background Intelligent Transfer Service (BITS) should be pervented, and then the setup command should be run. B. To achieve the goal, a new transport rule should be set on the current Hub Transport server. C. To achieve the goal, the setup /DoNotStartTransport command should be run. D. To achieve the goal, the setup /UpdatesDir command should be run. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 127 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. In the mailbox delivery queue, there is a great amount of e-mail messages queued for delivery. After viewing the queue, you find a problem that there are many unsolicited messages with the same subject, and they have been sent to multiple recipients. You are required to move all of the unsolicited e-mail messages which the same subject is included. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. In the Exchange Queue Viewer, a filter based on the sender criteria should be created, and then the messages should be deleted. B. In the Exchange Queue Viewer, a filter based on the subject criteria should be created, and then the messages should be deleted. C. In the Exchange Management Console, a managed folder mailbox policy should be created, and the policy to all users should be applied. D. In the Exchange Management Console, a connection filter for all users should be created, and then the messages should be deleted. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 128 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. You can see the configuration of your Exchange Server 2007 environment from the table listed below. It is reported by the users that a lot of spam e-mail messages are sent to them from the Internet. You are required to minimize the amount of unwanted messages from the Internet, and the internal messages should not be filtered. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal?

A. To achieve the goal, the value for the spam confidence level (SCL) threshold on the content filter should be enhanced on Ser01. B. To achieve the goal, the value for the spam confidence level (SCL) threshold on the content filter should be enhanced on Ser03. C. To achieve the goal, the anti-spam agents should be enabled on Ser01. D. To achieve the goal, the anti-spam agents should be installed and enabled on Ser03. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 129 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Tom is an administrator for Wiikigo, Ltd. In order to make sure that Tom is able to install the Hub Transport server role on an Exchange Server 2007 computer named ExchHub1, you have to assign the minimum permissions necessary. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose two.) A. B. C. D. E. Tom should be added to the Domain Admins group. Tom should be added to the ExchHub1 local Administrators group. The Add-ExchangeAdministrator -Identity wiikigo\Tom -Role OrgAdmin cmdlet should be run. The Add-ExchangeAdministrator -Identity wiikigo\Tom -Role ServerAdmin cmdlet should be run. The Setup /NewProvisionedServer ExchHub1.wiikigo.com /ServerAdmin wiikigo\Maria command should be run.

Answer: BE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 130 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Now you receive an order from the company management. According to the company requirement, the prohibit send quota for all users should be increased. Which cmdlet should you run? A. B. C. D. E. Set-ManagedContentSettings should be run. Set-Mailbox should be run. Set-MailUser should be run. Set-MailboxDatabase should be run. Set-EmailAddressPolicy should be run.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 131 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You have Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 deployed. Now you receive an order from the company management. Since you are the technical support, you are asked to make sure that users are able to access their e-mail by using POP3. So what action should you perform to achieve this? A. B. C. D. The Connection settings in the Exchange Management Console should be modified. The POP3 service Startup type should be configured to be Automatic, and start the POP3 service. The IMAP4 Mailbox Feature setting should be disabled. The Retrieval Settings for POP3 in the Exchange Management Console should be modified.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 132 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. Since you are the exchange administrator, you are required to have a snapshot of a mailbox database performed. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the Clean-MailboxDatabase cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the Set-StorageGroup cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the Vssadmin.exe command-line tool should be utilized. To achieve the goal, the Eseutil.exe command-line tool should be utilized.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 133 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. The table bellows shows the configuration of the servers in your companys environment. You have to prepare the environment for installing Exchange Server 2007. You type setup.exe at the command prompt. Which parameter should you add to the command?

A. B. C. D.

/DomainController:S02 should be added to the command. /DomainController:S01 should be added to the command. /NewProvisionedServer:S04 should be added to the command. /NewProvisionedServer:S03 should be added to the command.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 134 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. You can see the configuration of the servers in your Exchange Server 2007 organization from the table below. An Edge Transport server named Ser04 is added. You are required to have Ser04 linked with the Exchange organization. In addition, recipient and configuration data should be copied from Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS). What should be done to achieve the goal? (Choose the three correct actions, and then put them in the right order.) 1. A Send connector should be added from Ser04 to the Internet. 2. The Edge subscription file should be exported on Ser04. 3. The Edge subscription file should be imported on Ser02. 4. A Receive connector on Ser02 should be added for Ser04. 5. The Edge subscription file should be copied to Ser02. 6. Active Directory Application Mode (ADAM) should be installed on Ser02.

A. B. C. D.

2??5??3 2??6??3 5??4??1 3??6??5

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 135 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. HiTech.com makes use of Microsoft ActiveSync policy. As a security measure the Microsoft ActiveSync policy is configured to ensure that idle clients provide their password every 20 minutes. You therefore decide to configure an inactivity timer on the network computers. You receive a request from the Marketing manager named Amy Wilson, to ensure that her laptop computer is not affected by the inactivity timer. Her laptop computer is named CL01. You need to ensure that CL01 is not affected by the timeout policy. However, you need to take care that the other corporate policy settings are maintained. What should you do? A. You should consider reconfiguring CL01 for ActiveSync. Then ensure that the corporate ActiveSync policy is not applied. B. You should consider removing the ActiveSync policy from the Amy Wilson mailbox. C. You should create a new ActiveSync policy that contains all the necessary settings. Then apply it to Amy Wilson's mailbox. D. You should change the password setting on CL01 in order to override the ActiveSync policy. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 136 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. You have an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You create a new e-mail address policy by utilizing the Exchange Management Shell. You are required to view the recipients which the new e-mail address policy applies to. Which actions should be performed? (Choose more than one.) A. To achieve the goal, the Exchange Management Console should be utilized. B. To achieve the goal, the Group Policy Management Console should be utilized. C. To achieve the goal, the Get-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet should be run, and then the Get-Recipient cmdlet should be run. D. To achieve the goal, the Set-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet should be run, and then the Get-Recipient cmdlet should be run. E. To achieve the goal, the Get-AddressList cmdlet should be run. Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 137 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. The following servers in the tables below are included by your environment. Hardware fails on Ser02. You are required to restore the Hub Transport role to one or more of the other servers. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal?

A. To achieve the goal, the Hub Transport server role should be restored on Ser04. B. To achieve the goal, the Client Access server role should be removed to Ser01. And then, the Hub Transport server role should be restored on Ser03. C. To achieve the goal, the Hub Transport server role should be restored on Ser01. D. To achieve the goal, the Hub Transport server role should be restored on Ser03. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 138

You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. You can see the servers which are included by your current Exchange Server 2003 environment from the table below. You are making preparations to have Exchange Server 2007 installed. The Exchange 2007 Edge Transport server role is installed on a server named Ser03. You plan to have Exchange 2007 Mailbox, Client Access, and Hub Transport server roles installed on a server named Ser04.wiikigo.com. You are required to perform an unattended installation of Exchange Server 2007. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal?

A. To achieve the goal, the Setup /mode:Install /roles:ClientAccess,HubTransport,Mailbox LegacyRoutingServer:ser04.wiikigo.com command should be run. B. To achieve the goal, the Setup /mode:Install /roles:ClientAccess,HubTransport,Mailbox LegacyRoutingServer:Ser01.wiikigo.com command should be run. C. To achieve the goal, the Setup /mode:Install /roles:ClientAccess,HubTransport,Mailbox LegacyRoutingServer:ser02.wiikigo.com command should be run. D. To achieve the goal, the Setup /mode:Install /roles:ClientAccess,HubTransport,Mailbox LegacyRoutingServer:Ser03 command should be run. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

/ / / /

QUESTION 139 You work as an Exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain named Hi-Tech.com that contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 server named Server01. You need to design a backup strategy that uses a backup media device for database on Server01. The database needs to back up every weekday and on Saturdays. You need to ensure that no more than two backup media devices are required to restore the database. What is should you do? A. Run an incremental backup during the week and a full backup on Saturdays. B. Run a differential backup during the week, except Fridays. On Fridays and Saturday she needs to perform an incremental backup. C. Run a differential backup during the week and a full backup on Saturdays. D. Run a full backup every working day and then start with an incremental backup on Saturdays. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 140 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. The Exchange Server organization contains a mail-enabled public folder. This folder is named EOFolder and is configured to receive automated alerts. All automated alerts are sent by an external monitoring system. The clients of Hi-Tech.com are able to send e-mail messages to EOFolder. You receive numerous complaints from clients stating that the mail from the monitoring system is returned with a non-delivery report. You need to make sure that the clients receive monitoring alerts in EOFolder. What should you do? A. You should run the Add-PublicFolderClientPermission -AccessRights: EditOwnedItems cmdlet for anonymous users for EOFolder. B. You should run the Set-MailPublicFolder -RequireSenderAuthenticationEnabled: $true cmdlet for EOFolder. C. You should use Microsoft Office Outlook to assign default clients the permission to create items in EOFolder. D. You should use Microsoft Office Outlook to allocate anonymous clients the permission to create items in TestMonitor. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 141 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1 (SP1) environment for you. Two Exchange organizations are in this environment. The network connectivity between the organizations is limited to TCP port 25 and TCP port 443. You receive an order from the company management. Mailboxes between the two Exchange organizations should be removed. So what should you do to achieve this? (Choose more than one) A. B. C. D. E. The Get-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. The enable-CrossForestConnector.ps1 script should be run. The Move-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. The Export-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. The Import-Mailbox cmdlet should be run.

Answer: DE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 142 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech. com. The Edge Transport Server role is installed on a server named Server01 and the Hub Transport Server role is installed on a server named Server02. It has been brought to your attention that Server01 failed. Consequently you need to make alternative arrangements regarding the Edge Transport server role and thusdecide to install a new Microsoft Windows Server 2003 server as well as reinstalling the Edge Transport Server role on

Server01. You discover that the address rewrites configured before on Server01 is not functioning. It is imperative that you recover the address rewrite capabilities. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should import the Edge Subscription file on the Server02. You should run the Setup /m: RecoverServer command on the new server. You should copy the Edge Subscription file to the Server02. You should run the ImportEdgeConfig.ps1 script on the new server.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 143 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. In your environment, there are servers that either Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange Server 2003 installed. For limiting the number of recipients that are allowed per message, a policy is created by you. You must make sure that the policy is enforced for all users. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. Server limits should be set. Global limits should be set. Connector limits should be set. Organizational limits should be set.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 144 You work as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. You are currently preparing your Exchange 2007 organization in order to install the Mailbox server role on a newly purchased Exchange Server 2007 server named Server01. You have received instruction from the Manager to ensure that the Server01 read and write performance is optimal. In addition you also need to implement redundancy on Server01. You thus have to choose the appropriate type of array on which the mailbox database should be placed. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Make use of Make use of Make use of Make use of a dedicated RAID 10 array. a dedicated RAID 0 array. a dedicated RAID 1 array. a RAID 1 array that contains the operating system partition.

Answer: A Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 145 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is a single server named S01 for you. S01 has Exchange Server 2007 with Service Pack 1 (SP1) installed. Besides, S01 has three server roles installed: Mailbox, Client Access, and Hub Transport. You get report from users saying that they can send e-mail messages inside the company. But they cannot send e-mail messages outside the company. You have to solve this problem as soon as possible, making sure that all users can send e-mail messages outside the company. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. In order to achieve this, hightech.com should be added as an accepted domain. In order to achieve this, a Send connector should be created with a * address space. In order to achieve this, a Send connector should be created with a contoso.com address space. In order to achieve this, a Foreign connector should be created with a contoso.com address space.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 146 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1 (SP1) environment for you. You receive an order from the company management. You are asked to schedule replication for a public folder. Of the following cmdlets, which one should be run? A. B. C. D. E. Set-JournalRule should be run. Set-PublicFolder should be run. Set-MailPublicFolder should be run. Enable-ContinuousReplicationHostName should be run. Disable-ContinuousReplicationHostName should be run.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 147 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. In your Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment, there is a single Client Access server. Microsoft Office Outlook 2007 has been installed on all client computers. An external firewall is used by you. According to the company requirement, you must make sure that all users can access e-mail, free/busy information, and public folders from the Internet. So what action should you perform to make sure of this? A. Outlook Anywhere should be enabled on the Client Access server.

B. A new Exchange ActiveSync Mailbox Policy should be created, and it should be assigned to all users. C. TCP port 993 connections from the Internet to the corporate network should be permitted on the firewall. Outlook should be configured to use IMAP over SSL. D. TCP port 995 connections from the Internet to the corporate network should be permitted on the firewall. Outlook should be configured to use POP3 over SSL. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 148 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. Hi-Tech.com has its headquarters in Chicago and a branch office in Dallas. You have been assigned to the Dallas site office. Your instructions are to install Exchange Server 2007 on the new server. To ensure that no problems occur that might hinder the users of the Dallas site to perform their duties you decide to install the required components on the new server before you install Exchange Server 2007. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose THREE.) A. B. C. D. E. F. Install Install Install Install Install Install Windows PowerShell 1.0. Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP). Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP). Microsoft Management Console (MMC) 3.0. Microsoft .NET Framework 1.1. Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0

Answer: ADF Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 149 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. You were compelled to restore the directory objects and settings from a backup that was taken on Monday, November 13 after the Hi-Tech.com Active Directory environment became corrupted on the Friday, November 18. However, after the restoration a number of users reported that they are unable to access their mailboxes and they were assigned mailboxes between the Monday, November 13 and the corruption of the Active Directory environment on Friday November 18. These users all require access to their mailboxes and you thus need to address the issue. What should you do? A. B. C. D. The most recent System State backup should be restored. You should run the Enable-Mailbox cmdlet on the Exchange server. You should run the Connect-Mailbox cmdlet from the Exchange server. The most recent mailbox database backup should be restored.

Answer: C

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 150 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named Server01. You must collect data regarding Server01 user connectivity. You need to produce a report of all the Server01 mailboxes on the Hi-Tech.com network that shows the most recent logon time. What should you do? A. B. C. D. E. Generate the report you need by running the Get-MailboxDatabase -Server Server01 cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Get-MailboxServer Server01 cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Get-LogonStatistics -Server Server01 cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Set-Mailbox cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Get-MailboxStatistics -Server Server01 cmdlet.

Answer: E Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 151 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains of an Exchange Server 2007 server named ESERVER01. You need to prepare and configure e-mail retention on four custom managed folders for all mailboxes on ESERVER01. To accomplish this task you proceed as follows: 1. Configure the managed folder assistant for ESERVER01 2. Create four managed custom folders 3. Create a new managed folder mailbox policy named POMail 4. Add all the custom managed folders to the POMail policy 5. Create managed content settings for every folder as well as configuring the required retention settings 6. Complete the configuration of the messaging records management (MRM) retention settings Now you need to make these four mailboxes available for the mailboxes on ESERVER01. What should you do? A. You have to create a new managed folder mailbox policy for the managed custom folders. B. You have to ensure that the managed custom content settings are added to the four managed custom folders. C. You have to ensure that the POMail policy is added for every mailbox on ESERVER01. D. You have to ensure that the enable retention hold for items in the mailbox check box is selected for all mailboxes on ESERVER01. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 152 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. Your company has a separate business unit named Luxware Traders. All Luxware Traders employees have mailboxes on your companys Exchange Server 2007 computers. All Luxware Traders employee mailboxes have been assigned luxwaretraders.com e-mail addresses. The exhibit below shows the configuration of e-mail address policy. The Luxware Traders distribution groups have not been assigned Luxwaretraders.com e-mail addresses. You need to assign all of the Luxware Traders distribution groups an e-mail address from the Luxwaretraders.com domain by using an e-mail address policy. What action should you perform?

A. A unique custom attribute value should be assigned to each Luxware Traders distribution group. Add an additional e-mail address policy that filters for the assigned custom attribute. B. A unique custom attribute value should be assigned to each Luxware Traders distribution group. Modify the existing policy by adding the assigned custom attribute to the conditions list by using the Exchange Management Console. C. Each of the distribution group should be added to the existing e-mail address policy by running the SetEmailAddressPolicy cmdlet with the RecipientFilter parameter. The Update-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet should be run with appropriate parameters. D. Each of the distribution groups should be added to the existing e-mail address policy by running the SetEmailAddressPolicy cmdlet with the IncludedRecipients parameter. The Update-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet should be run with the appropriate parameters. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 153 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Exchange 2007 Organization of HiTech.com network contains a server named Server01 that holds the Mailbox server role and a server named Server02 that holds the Hub Transport server role. All the Hi-Tech.com Exchange servers are located on subnet3. All Hi-Tech.com users have been assigned mailboxes on Server01. Two users named Martin Sheen and Rory

Allen must communicate regularly via their mailboxes since Martin Sheen is located on subnet1 and Rory Allen on subnet2. Martin Sheen informs you that he sent an e-mail message to Rory Allen which was never delivered. You need to troubleshoot the situation. Thus you check and discover that the message left the Martin Sheen Outbox and was listed in the Sent Items folder. You need to identify the reason for the error. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should run the Test-MAPIConnectivity -Server Server01 cmdlet on Server01. You should run the Test-MAPIConnectivity -Server Server01 cmdlet on a workstation on subnet1. You should run the Test-ServiceHealth cmdlet on Server01. You should run the Test-ServiceHealth cmdlet on Server02.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 154 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There are two Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) forests in the company. The two forests are respectively named ForestA and ForestB. ForestA has domain controllers and member servers that are located on the corporate network. ForestB has domain controllers and member servers that are located on the perimeter network. You intend to have the Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1 (SP1) Edge Transport server role installed on a server named S01. S01 is a stand-alone server that has a Server Core installation of Windows Server 2008. You have to make preparations of S01 for installation of the Exchange 2007 SP1 Edge Transport server role. So what should you do? (Choose more than one) A. B. C. D. S01 should be joined to ForestB. S01 should be joined to ForestA. Windows Web Server 2008 should be installed on S01. Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Full Installation should be installed on S01.

Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 155 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. Help desk technicians are given with the permissions to manage mail-enabled groups. You receive report from them saying that they fail to mail-enable a specific group which is used to grant access to file shares. You have to solve this problem, making sure that they can mail-enable the group. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. In order to achieve your goal, the group should be converted to a universal security group. In order to achieve your goal, the group should be converted to a global distribution group. In order to achieve your goal, the group should be converted to a domain local security group. In order to achieve your goal, the group should be converted to a universal distribution group.

Answer: A

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 156 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. Hi-Tech.com employs another administrator to assist with the workload. You need to make sure that the new administrator, Rory Allen will be able to create a Send connector on a Hub transport server. In your solution you must remember the Hi-Tech.com written security policy of least privilege and must thus assign Rory Allen the least amount of permissions required to fulfill his duties. What should you do? A. You should consider delegating Exchange Full Administrator privileges at the organizational level to Rory Allen. B. You should consider adding Rory Allen to the Domain Admins group to enable him to create a Send connector. C. You should consider running the Add-ExchangeAdminstrator -Role ServerAdmin-Identity RoryAllen cmdlet. D. You should consider running the Add-ExchangeAdministrator -Role OrgAdmin-Identity RoryAllen cmdlet. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 157 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. You have received several reports from clients in various departments stating that important e-mail messages pertaining their work are delivered to their Microsoft Office Outlook Junk E-mail folders. They need these emails to continue with their duties. You need to address the situation. You check and detect that the e-mail addresses of the message senders were on the Outlook Safe Senders List. Now you need to ensure that user defined Safe Senders Lists are used during the Exchange Edge Transport server message delivery so the email messages are not delivered to the Microsoft Office Outlook Junk E-mail folders. What should you do? A. The authenticated message bypass on the Edge Transport server content filter configuration should be enabled. B. The Update-SafeList cmdlet should be run on the Mailbox server for each mailbox. C. The Outlook E-mail Postmark validation on the Mailbox server content filter configuration should be enabled. D. The anti-spam updates on the Edge Transport server should be enabled. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 158

You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There are two load balanced Client Access servers in your Exchange Server 2007 organization. On the corporate network, outlook Anywhere users have access to availability information. According to the company requirement, you have to allow access to availability information for users outside the corporate network who connect by using Outlook Anywhere. What action should you perform? A. The Full Details read permission should be added to each users calendar properties by using the Microsoft Office Outlook client. B. The external URL should be set by running the Set-WebServicesVirtualDirectory cmdlet on each of the Client Access servers. C. On each of the Client Access servers, the Set-CASMailbox cmdlet should be run with the appropriate parameters. D. A replica of the Exchange organizations Free/Busy public folder should be added to at least one of the Mailbox servers in the same site as the Client Access servers. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 159 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. Hi-Tech.com has headquarters in London and a branch office in Paris. The Exchange Server 2007 server in the London office is named Server01 and the Exchange Server 2003 server in the London office is names Server02. At present the Server01 server contains a mailbox that has 25 KB of mailbox rules. You need to move the mailbox from Server01 to Server02. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should run the move-Mailbox cmdlet with the IgnorePolicyMatch parameter. You should run the Move-Mailbox cmdlet with the IgnoreRuleLimitErrors parameter. You should use the Exchange Server 2003 Exchange Task wizard. You should use the Exchange Server 2007 Move Mailbox wizard.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 160 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named Server01. During routine maintenance you notice that an inappropriate message with the subject line of Exchange is sent to all clients on Server01. You need to ensure that the message is deleted from the mailboxes on Server01. What should you do?

A. First create a new mailbox named NewMail that contains a folder named Export. Then run the Get-Mailbox -Server Server01 | Export-Mailbox ????C TargetMailbox NewMail - TargetFolder Export -SubjectKeywords "Exchange"-DeleteContent cmdlet. B. First locate the message ID of the original message on Server01. Then run the Export-Message -Identity <IDnumber> c:\temp cmdlet. Then delete the messages in the directory. C. First create a new transport rule named ExcRule from the Exchange Management Console. Then set the condition to "when the Subject field contains ExcRule". Then set the action to "silently drop the message". D. First locate the message ID of the original message on Server01. Then run the Remove-Message -Identity <IDnumber> cmdlet. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 161 You work as an Exchange Administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 environment that is configured with cluster continuous replication (CCR). The Microsoft Windows Cluster service (MSCS) runs on two servers named Server01 and Server02 and the default cluster MSCS is named DECluster. The cluster mailbox server (CMS) for the DECluster is named EXServer02. Both DECluster and EXServer02 are configured to run on the Server01 cluster node. However, the CCR replica is configured to run on the Server02 cluster node. You must backup the CCR replica. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should specify EXServer02 in the backup operation. You should specify Server01 in the backup operation. You should specify DECluster in the backup operation. You should specify Server02 in the backup operation.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 162 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 computer named Server01. The Hub Transport server role resides on Server01. You notice that message tracking is enabled on Server01. A new Hi-Tech.com directive regarding company privacy policy states that the subject line of e-mail messages should be not stored in the tracking log. You need to track the e-mail messages from Server01 whilst ensuring that you comply with the Hi-Tech.com privacy policy. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should make use of You should make use of You should make use of You should make use of the Set- ReceiveConnector - ProtocolLoggingLevel None cmdlet. the Set- TransportServer Server01 - MessageTrackingLogEnabled : $false cmdlet. the Get- MessageTrackingLog -Subject None cmdlet. the Set- Transport Server Server01 C MessageTrackingLogSubjectLoggin

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 163 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. You need to create a report on the Exchange Server 2007 servers that are currently on the company network. In your report you need to take a number of aspects into consideration. These are: the amount of storage groups, the total physical memory, the operating system version, the amount of processors as well as the amount of mailbox databases. What should you do? A. B. C. D. Generate the report you need by running the Test-SystemHealth cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Health Check scan in the Exchange Best Practices Analyzer. Generate the report you need by running the Get-ExchangeServer | Format-List cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Get-OrganizationConfig cmdlet.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 164 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com Exchange Server network has just been migrated to Exchange Server 2007. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. Every mailbox server on the Hi-Tech.com network is configured with two storage groups as well as two databases for each of the storage groups. You have received instruction from the Manager to ensure that the Hi-Tech.com Exchange Server network is fault tolerant. You thus decide to implement local continuous replication (LCR). Now you need to configure the Mailbox server with LCR. What should you do? A. First change the ratio to a single database per storage group. Then run the Enable-DatabaseCopy cmdlet. Then run the Enable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. B. First run the Disable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. Then change the databases into a single storage group. Then run the Enable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. C. First change the database ratio to a single database per storage group. Then run the DisableStorageGroupCopy cmdlet. Then run the Enable-DatabaseCopy cmdlet. D. First run the Disable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. Then change the databases ratio into a single storage group. Then run the Enable-DatabaseCopy cmdlet. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 165

You work as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization named Server01. Your main job function includes managing the Hi-Tech.com network. A new Hi-Tech.com policy states that all attached files should be removed from meeting requests. You thus need to configure the conference room resource mailboxes in Server01 to remove attached files from meeting requests so as to comply with the policy. What should you do? A. You should consider running the Get-Mailbox - RecipientTypeDetails RoomMailbox MailboxCalendarSettings -DeleteAttachments: $true cmdlet. B. You should consider running the Get-Mailbox - RecipientTypeDetails RoomMailbox MailboxCalendarSettings -DeleteNonCalendarItems: $true cmdlet. C. You should consider running the Get-Mailbox - RecipientTypeDetails RoomMailbox MailboxCalendarSettings - DeleteAttachments : $true cmdlet. D. You should consider running the Get-Mailbox - RecipientTypeDetails RoomMailbox MailboxCalendarSettings - DeleteNonCalendarItems : $true cmdlet. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: | Set| Set; Set; Set-

QUESTION 166 You work as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains a stand-alone server named Server01. You have received instruction from the Manager to install the appropriate Exchange Server 2007 server role on Server01. What should you do? A. B. C. D. The Hub Transport server role should be installed on Server01. The Mailbox server role should be installed on Server01. The Client Access server role should be installed on Server01. The Edge Transport server role should be installed on Server01.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 167 You work as the Exchange Administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. Hi-Tech.com has acquired a business partner named Test-Tech Ltd. The Hi-Tech.com written security policy states that employees are not permitted to send out-of-office messages to users outside the companies Exchange 2007 organization. After the acquisition of the new partner Hi-Tech.com were compelled to make an exception to this policy to allow an operational arrangement of the Exchange Server organization. The SMTP domain for Willow Bridge Ltd is Test-Tech.com. You need to configure the Exchange organization of Hi-Tech.com. You thus have to ensure that out-of-office messages can be sent to the e-mail addresses in the Test-Tech.com domain. What should you do? A. First create a Send connector for Test-Tech.com. Then set the correct options.

B. First add Test-Tech.com as an accepted domain. Then set the correct options. C. First add Test-Tech.com as a remote domain. Then set the correct options. D. First create a transport rule. Then set the correct options. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 168 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. The Research and Development department is located at a remote site. They make use of their mobile workstations to log onto the company network by making use of Outlook Anywhere. The mobile workstations are all configured to run Microsoft Office Outlook 2007. Top Management wants you to ensure that the personnel in the Research and Development department have access to the company network. You need to ensure that the Research and Development personnel maintain the performance set by Hi-Tech.com. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. E. You should run the Test- ServiceHealth cmdlet. You should run the Test- MAPIConnectivity cmdlet. You should run the Get-MailboxDatabase cmdlet. You should run the Get- MailboxStatistics cmdlet. You should run the Test- WebServicesConnectivity cmdlet.

Answer: BE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 169 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. At present Microsoft ActiveSync is configured on the Exchange servers but is presently disabled for user on the Exchange Server 2007 organization. A Hi-Tech.com employee named Tom works in the Research and Development department. She is assigned a new laptop workstation named Client01. She requests that Client01 is synchronized with the Exchange servers over a wireless network so as to accommodate her research tasks. You need to allow ONLY Tom to use the ActiveSync feature. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. You should enable Microsoft ActiveSync using the Active Directory Users and Computers console. You should enable Microsoft ActiveSync using the Exchange Management Console. You should enable Microsoft ActiveSync by running the Set-CASMailbox cmdlet. You should enable Microsoft ActiveSync by running the Set-Mailbox cmdlet.

Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 170 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains a native Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. Following are the server roles currently installed on the Hi-Tech.com network: 1. Four Mailbox servers 2. One Edge Transport server named Server01 3. One Hub Transport server named Server02 The Hi-Tech.com Sales department makes use of a Windows SMTP relay with an IP address of 192.168.10.200. A new policy in the Sales department states that e-mail from the department to personnel must be sent from this SMTP relay. You thus need to make the necessary configuration changes so that the Exchange environment to accept e-mail messages from the internal sales SMTP relay. What should you do?FR198724 A. You should run the New- ReceiveConnector -Name 'Sales e-mail'-Server Server01 - RemoteIPRanges 192.168.10.25 - AuthMechanism BasicAuth -Usage Partner cmdlet. B. You should run the New- ReceiveConnector -Name 'Sales e-mail'-Server Server01 - RemoteIPRanges 192.168.10.25 - AuthMechanism BasicAuth -Usage External cmdlet. C. You should run the New- ReceiveConnector -Name 'Sales e-mail'-Server Server02 - RemoteIPRanges 192.168.10.25 - AuthMechanism BasicAuth -Usage Partner cmdlet. D. You should run the New- ReceiveConnector -Name 'Sales e-mail' -Server Server02 - RemoteIPRanges 192.168.10.25 - AuthMechanism BasicAuth -Usage Internal cmdlet. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 171 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com management wants a new message classification that will be for exclusive use inside the company. To this end you then create this new message classification and name it InMessage. You need to ensure that InMessage is not sent outside the company. Now you need to redirect all outbound e-mail messages that have the InMessage classification to the Docs mailbox. What should you do? A. You should run the Set-MessageClassification -Identity'InMessage'-RetainClassificationEnabled:$true cmdlet. B. You should run the Set-MessageClassification-Identity'InMessage'-UserDisplayEnabled:$true cmdlet. C. You should redirect all messages sent from internal clients to clients outside the company as well as messages marked InMessage to the Docs mailbox by creating a new transport rule. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 172 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There

is an Exchange Server 2007 environment for you. You have a Mailbox server named Corp01. You have a toplevel public folder named Folder01. According to the company order, you have to create a public folder named Sales in Folder01 on Corp01. What action should you perform? A. B. C. D. Active Directory Users and Computers should be used. The New-PublicFolder -Path "Folder01\Sales" -Server Corp01 command should be run. The Set-PublicFolder -Identity "Folder01\Sales" -Server Corp01 command should be run. The New-PublicFolder -Name "Sales" -Path \Folder01 -Server Corp01 command should be run.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 173 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. In your Exchange Server 2007 environment, there is a Mailbox server named S01 and a Client Access server named S02. According to the company requirement, you have to view a list of all mailboxes. Besides, the list should include the protocols that are enabled for each mailbox. So what action should you perform to accomplish your task? A. B. C. D. E. The Get-User cmdlet should be run. The Get-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. The Get-CASMailbox cmdlet should be run. The Get-MailboxStatistics cmdlet should be run. The Get-ClientAccessServer cmdlet should be run with the -Identity Server2 parameter.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 174 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. Your company has an Exchange Server 2003 environment. Now the company performs the migration to Exchange Server 2007. Now the Exchange 2007 Client Access servers are used by all Outlook Web Access clients. Public folders can be viewed by users of the Microsoft Office Outlook client. But users of Outlook Web Access cannot view any public folders. You have to solve this problem immediately, providing access to the company??s public folders from both the Outlook clients and the Outlook Web Access clients. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. Replicas of all public folders should be added to an Exchange 2003 public folder server. Replicas of all public folders should be added to an additional Exchange 2007 public folder server. An Exchange 2003 front-end server should be installed for Outlook Web Access. The Client Access server role should be installed on the server that holds the mailboxes of the Outlook Web Access users.

Answer: A Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 175 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com management wants all staff to make use of Outlook Anywhere. You need to make the necessary preparations. Following is the current configuration: 1. There is a Mailbox server named SERVER02. SERVER02 holds the mailboxes that will be accessed by clients who use Outlook Anywhere. 2. There is a Client Access server named SERVER03. SERVER03 is available from the Internet. 3. All clients with mail. Hi-Tech.com as the host (A) name will access Outlook Anywhere. You need to configure the Exchange organization to allow Microsoft Office Outlook clients from the Internet the ability to use Outlook Anywhere. What should you do? A. You should run the Enable-OutlookAnywhere -Server: SERVER03-ExternalHostName:mail. Hi-Tech.com-SSLOffLoading:$false-ExternalAuthenticationMethod:Basic cmdlet. B. You should install RPC over the HTTP Proxy on SERVER02. C. You should run the Enable-OutlookAnywhere -Server: SERVER02-ExternalHostName:mail. Hi-Tech.com SSLOffLoading:$true-ExternalAuthenticationMethod:Basic cmdlet. D. You should install RPC over the HTTP Proxy on SERVER03. E. You should install a valid SSL certificate for SERVER03 on the default web site. Answer: ADE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 176 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. The Exchange Server 2007 Organization of Hi-Tech.com network contains a conference room mailbox named MeetBox. You need to move MeetBox from an Exchange Server 2003 server to an Exchange Server 2007 server. In your solution you must ensure that MeetBox can be scheduled as a resource when you convert it to an Exchange 2007 resource mailbox. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. You should run the Set- MAilboxCalendarSettings -Identity " MeetBox "- AutomateProcessing Auto Update cmdlet. B. You should run the Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity " MeetBox "- AutomateProcessing AutoAccept cmdlet. C. You should run the Set-Mailbox -Identity "MeetBox "-Type Room cmdlet. D. You should run the Set-Mailbox-Identity " MeetBox "-Type Regular cmdlet. Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 177 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named Server01. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. In your Exchange Server 2007 environment, there is a Mailbox server named S01. S01 is a node in a Single Copy Cluster (SCC). Now it fails. According to the company requirement, you have to restore S01. So what action should you perform first? A. B. C. D. First the Setup /RecoverCMS command should be run. First the Setup /m:RecoverServer command should be run. First the failed cluster node should be re-created, and then should be joined to the existing cluster. First the failed cluster node should be re-created, and then the Setup /DisasterRecovery command should be run.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 178 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. You have received instruction from the Manager to ensure that the owners of every distribution group within the organization are able to modify the membership of that particular group. However, you need to ensure that the owner is not allowed to make any other changes by making the appropriate configuration changes to each distribution group. What should you do? A. You should assign the Exchange Recipient Administrator role to the user accounts of the distribution group owners'. B. You should assign the Write permission to the owners user account. C. You should assign the Send As permission to the owners user account. D. You should add the owner on the Managed By tab of every distribution group. Then select the Manager can update membership list check box. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 179 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. In the Exchange Server 2007 environment, there are four servers. Server A plays the role of Hub Transport server, Server B plays the role of Edge Transport server, Server C plays the role of Mailbox server, Server D plays the role of Client Access server. You receive report from internal users saying that they are not receiving external e-mail. You investigate the problem by using the Exchange Queue Viewer on your desktop computer. You see no messages in the queue. You need to be able to view the undelivered messages. You need to be able to view the undelivered messages. What action should you perform to achieve this? A. The Number of items to display per page option in Queue Viewer Viewer should be modified.

B. The Queue Viewer on ServerB should be opened. C. The Get-Queue -Identity ServerC cmdlet should be run. D. The Refresh interval (seconds) option in Queue Viewer should be modified. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 180 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com marketing department required a public folder. You have received instruction to configure a public folder for the marketing department. You want the public folder to replicate on Fridays and Saturdays as well as ensuring that posts to the public folder will be denied after the folders size reaches 300 MB. You thus have to determine the appropriate cmdlet to accomplish the task. What should you do? A. You should run the Set- PublicFolder - PostStorageQuota 300MB -UseDatabaseRetentionDefaults : $true cmdlet. B. You should run the Set- PublicFolder - MaxItemSize 300MB - RelicationSchedule "Friday.06:00 AMSunday.05:59 PM" cmdlet. C. You should run the Set- PublicFolder - StorageQuota 300MB - ReplicationSchedule "Friday.06:00 AMSaturday.05:59 PM" cmdlet. D. You should run the Set- PublicFolder - PostStorageQuota 300MB -ReplicationSchedule "Friday.06:00 AMSaturday.05:59 PM" cmdlet. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 181 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is a single Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) forest. The forest has Exchange Server 2003 installed in the following domains. Look at the following table. According to the company requirement, you are transitioning from an Exchange Server 2003 environment to an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You need to ensure that after you update the AD DS schema for Exchange 2007, the Recipient Update Service functions properly. Your environment should be affected as little as possible when you try to achieve this. What action should you perform?

A. The setup /PrepareSchema command should be run. B. The setup /PrepareAD command should be run.

C. The setup /PrepareLegacyExchangePermissions command should be run. D. The setup /PrepareLegacyExchangePermissions:contoso.com command should be run. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 182 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. A short network outage occurred on the Hi-Tech.com network. Soon after the outage you receive numerous alerts from the monitoring system bringing to your attention that there are quite a number of sent e-mails were queued up. This is evident in the number of SMTP queues on the Hub Transport server that are being displayed in a retry status. You need to force the Hub Transport server in order to send the queued e-mail without delay. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should make use of You should make use of You should make use of You should make use of the Resume-queue -filter {status - eq "retry"} cmdlet. the Resume-queue -filter {status - eq "suspended"} cmdlet. the Retry-queue -filter {status - eq "retry"} cmdlet. the Retry-queue -filter {status - eq "suspended"} cmdlet.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 183 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment for the company. Your company has a customer named Luxware. There is also an Exchange Server 2007 environment for Luxware. Your company staffs often send e-mail to employees of Luxware through the internet. The company manager asks you to make sure that all e-mail that is sent by your company staffs to Luxware employees is encrypted using Transport Layer Security (TLS). What action should you perform to achieve this? A. B. C. D. A new remote domain should be created in the Exchange Management Console. A new Send connector should be created in the Exchange Management Console. A new transport rule should be configured in the Exchange Management Console. The New-SendConnector cmdlet should be run with the RedirectMessage parameter in the Exchange Management Shell.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 184

You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. You receive an order from your company. You are asked to preserve a mail-enabled users account, and create a mailbox in your Exchange Server 2007 organization. Of the following cmdlets, which should be run? (Choose more than one) A. B. C. D. E. Set-Mailbox should be run. Enable-Mailbox should be run. Enable-MailUser should be run. Remove-MailUser should be run. Disable-MailUser should be run.

Answer: BE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 185 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. In your Exchange Server 2007 environment, there is an Edge Transport server in the perimeter network and a Hub Transport server in the internal network. You find out a specific IP address which is sending unsolicited email to your company. According to the company, all e-mail from this specific IP address should be rejected. You are assigned this task to make sure of this. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. On the Hub Transport server, the Sender Filtering settings should be modified. On the Edge Transport server, the Sender Filtering settings should be modified. On the Hub Transport server, the Connection Filtering settings should be modified. On the Edge Transport server, the Connection Filtering settings should be modified.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 186 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. Two Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) forests are contained in your company. Both forests have a forest functional level of Windows Server 2003 interim. In the two forests, all domains have a domain functional level of Windows 2000 Server native. All domain controllers have either Windows Server 2003 or Windows Server 2008 installed. You are making preparations of installing Exchange Server 2007 into both forests. You must make sure that users are able to choose the type of free/busy information that will be available to users in another forest. What should you do? A. B. C. D. The forest functional level should be raised to Windows Server 2003 in both forests. The forest functional level should be raised to Windows Server 2008 in both forests. The domain functional level should be raised to Windows Server 2008 in all domains in both forests. The domain functional level should be raised to Windows Server 2003 in all domains in both forests.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 187 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment for you. In this environment, there is a Mailbox server named S01. Disk corruption occurs on S01. You have to repair the mailbox database, rebuild the indexes, defragment the database, and resolve problems at the application level. So what action should you perform? A. The Exchange Best Practices Analyzer should be used. B. The Performance Troubleshooter tool should be used. C. The Eseutil /P command should be run, the Eseutil /D command should be run, and then the defrag command should be run. D. The Eseutil /P command should be run, the Eseutil /D command should be run, and then the isinteg command should be run. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 188 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network consists of five Active Directory sites. The sites are named A, B, C, D, and E respectively. These sites are configured as shown in the exhibit below. All the sites are equipped with an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server as well as a Hub Transport server. The Hi-Tech.com management wants the mail flow to be reconfigured because at present all the outbound e-mail traffic goes via the A site. The purpose of the reconfiguration is to ensure that all outbound e-mail messages sent from the clients in the C office will be sent out of your Exchange organization via -EX05 in the E office. You need to perform the appropriate reconfiguration. What should you do?

A. You should consider making use of the New- SendConnector -Name ' E' -AddressSpaces:'smtp :*;1'DNSRoutingEnabled:$true-SourceTransportServers:' -EX05' command. B. You should consider making use of the Set- AdsiteLink -Id D- E -ADCost 5 command. C. You should consider making use of the Set- SendConnector -Identity ' C' -AddressSpaces:'smtp :*,1'DNSRoutingEnabled:$false-SourceTransportServers:' -EX01' command. D. You should consider making use of the Set- AdSite -Identity E -HubSiteEnabled:$true command. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 189 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. You are in the process of converting your Exchange 2000 Server environment to Exchange Server 2007. The Hi-Tech.com network contains a Windows 2000 native mode Active Directory domain as well as an Exchange 2000 organization. The Exchange 2000 organization is configured to run in mixed mode. You have been informed by the Manager that the schema

master, the domain naming master as well as the PDC emulator all run on a Microsoft Windows 2000 Server domain controller. You receive instructions to prepare the environment for Exchange 2007. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. You should change the mixed mode Exchange 2000 organization to native mode. B. You should move the PDC emulator role to a Windows Server 2003 domain controller that has Service Pack 1 installed. C. You should move the schema master role to a Windows Server 2003 domain controller that has Service Pack 1. D. You should move the domain naming master role to a Windows Server 2003 domain controller that has Service Pack 1. Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 190 You work as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named Server01 and a hot standby server named Server02. During routine maintenance you discover that that Server01 has failed. You need to address the situation and proceed as follows: You take the Server01 .edb database offline on Server01; you create a new storage group named GStore and a database named Server02 edb on Server02; you copy Server01 .edb database from Server01 to Server02; you rename the copied database from Server01 .edb to Server02 .edb on Server02. However you are unable to mount the database on the new server after executing the actions. You need to make sure that the copied database mounts on the new server. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should rename the database on Server02 to Server01.edb. You should set the database can be overwritten by restore attribute on the database properties. You should run the Move-Mailbox -ConfigurationOnly -TargetDatabase Server01.edb cmdlet. You should rename Server02 to Server01.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 191 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment for you. You receive an order from the company management. A performance baseline report needs to be created. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. The Health Check scan should be run in the Exchange Best Practices Analyzer. The Connectivity Test scan should be run in the Exchange Best Practices Analyzer. The Exchange 2007 Readiness Check scan should be run in the Exchange Best Practices Analyzer. The Performance Troubleshooter tool should be used.

Answer: A

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 192 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. The Exchange organization of Hi-Tech.com contains a Hub Transport server named Server01 as well as numerous mailbox servers. One Exchange server named Server02 holds the Edge Transport server role. At present the message tracking logs are retained for twenty-two days. A Mailbox server role is configured on a server named Server03. A Hi-Tech.com user named Martin Sheen has an SMTP address of Martinsheen@ HiTech.com and has his mailbox on Server03. It is required of you to create a report that will specify the number of messages Andy sent during the last twenty-two day period. What should you do? A. You should consider running the Get-MailboxStatistics -Identity Martinsheen | export-csv -path c:\tmp\Martinsheen.csv cmdlet on Server01. B. You should consider running the Get-MailboxFolderStatistics -Identity Martinsheen -FolderScope SentItems | export-csv -c:\tmp\Martinsheen.csv cmdlet on Server01. C. You should consider running the Get-MailboxTrackingLog -Sender Martinsheen@ Hi-Tech.com -EventId "Receive" | export-csv -c:\tmp\Martinsheen.csv cmdlet on Server01. D. You should consider running the Get-MessageTrackingLog -Sender Martinsheen@ Hi-Tech.com -EventId "Receive" | export-csv -c:\tmp\Martinsheen.csv cmdlet on Server02. E. You should consider running the Get-MessageTrackingLog -Sender Martinsheen@ Hi-Tech.com -EventId "Receive" | export-csv -c:\tmp\Martinsheen.csv cmdlet on Server01. Answer: E Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 193 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. A server named S01 has the following roles installed in your Exchange Server 2007 environment: Client Access, Hub Transport and Mailbox. According to the company requirement, the Unified Messaging server role should be added to S01. The company assigns this task to you. So what action should you perform to achieve this? (Choose more than one) A. B. C. D. In order to achieve this, the Setup command-line tool should be used. In order to achieve this, the Exchange Management Console should be used. In order to achieve this, the Setup Wizard should be used. In order to achieve this, Add or Remove Programs from Control Panel should be used.

Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 194 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. The manager of the Hi-Tech.com IP department wants to know the total size of the mailboxes. You need to supply the relevant information. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should run the Get-Mailbox cmdlet. You should run the Database Troubleshooter in the Exchange Troubleshooting Assistant. You should run the Get-MailboxDatabase cmdlet. You should run the Get-MailboxStatistics cmdlet.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 195 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network ontains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. During routine maintenance you detect a new virus with an .ext file extension manifested itself on the Exchange 2007 organization. The existing attachment filtering settings of the Hi-Tech.com network are configured to delete specified attachments as well as to permit the message to be delivered. You discover that the virus files are not being filtered. You thus need to address the issue. You need to: Stop the virus from spreading; ensure that the e-mail recipient receives neither the attachment nor the e-mail message; ensure that the message containing the virus do not produce a non-delivery report (NDR); add a filter for the .ext file extension of the virus What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should run the Set -AttachmentFiterListConfig -Action Reject -RejectMessage "None" cmdlet. You should run the Set -AttachmentFilterListConfig -Action SilentDelete cmdlet. You should add the Set -AttachmentFilterEntry -Name *.ext -type ContentType cmdlet. You should add the Set -AttachmentFilterEntry -Name *.ext -type FileName cmdlet.

Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 196 You work as an Exchange Administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named Server01. One day Server01 suffers catastrophic hardware failure. You replace Server01 with a new Microsoft Windows Server 2003 computer that you name as Server01. You need to configure Server01 with the Exchange Mailbox server role before you restore the mailbox databases from backup. What should you do? A. You should run the Setup /NewProvisionedServer /role:Mailbox command on Server01. B. You should run the Setup /m:RecoverServer command on Server01. C. You should restore the System State information and Microsoft Information Store data from backup.

D. You should run the Setup /m:Install /install /role:Mailbox command on Server01. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 197 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech. com. A server named Server01 has Exchange Server 2007 installed. You have received instruction from the Manager to create a backup of the Edge Transport role that is currently on Server01. What should you do? A. You should run the ExportEdgeConfig.ps1 script with the -CloneConfigAnswer parameter. B. You should select the Microsoft Exchange server option in the Microsoft Windows Backup utility. C. You should select the file system location \TransportRoles\data\* option in the Microsoft Windows Backup Utility. D. You should run the ExportEdgeConfig.ps1 script with the -CloneConfigData parameter. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 198 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. You are in the process of installing a new Exchange Server 2007 Organization. The native Exchange Server 2007 environment of Hi-Tech.com has the following server roles installed: 1. One Edge Transport server named Server01 2. One Hub Transport server named Server02 You have received instruction from the Manager to configure the e-mail routing you're your solution you need to ensure that Server01 is configured is such a way so as to route e-mail between the Exchange organization and the Internet; and that Server02 is configured in such a way so as to route Internet e-mail to Server01. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. On Server02, first open the Exchange Management Console. Then import the Edge Subscription file. B. On Server01, first create a new Send connector named CONNEdge - Internet. Then add the *domain as an address space and specify to use DNS to route e-mail automatically. Then add Server01 as a source server. C. On Server02, first create a new Send connector named CONNHub. Then add the *domain as an address space and specify to use DNS to route e-mail automatically. Then add Server02 as a source server. D. On Server01, first open the Exchange Management Shell. Then export a new Edge Subscription file. Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 199 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech. com. The Exchange Server 2007 organization is configured with cluster continuous replication (CCR). The clustered mailbox server is named Server01. You have received instruction from the Manager to implement a failover operation. In your solution you need to ensure that there are offline times are kept to a minimum as well as ensure that no information is lost during the failover operation. What should you do? A. You should consider running the Set- MailboxDatabase -Identity "Mailbox Database" RetainDeletedItemsUntilBackup $true cmdlet. B. You should consider running the Set- MailboxServer Server01 - AutoDatabaseMountDial:BestAvailability cmdlet C. You should consider running the Set- MailboxServer Server01 - AutoDatabaseMountDial:Lossless cmdlet. D. You should consider running the Set- MailboxServer Server01 - ForceDatabaseMountAfter:Unlimited cmdlet. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 200 You work as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. The Active Directory structure of Hi-Tech.com consists of a root domain and a single child domain. The root domain is in Site1 and the child domain in Site2. You are in the process of installing Exchange Server 2007 in the child domain. In order to accomplish this task you decide to run the Setup /PrepareADcommand in the root domain. In your solution you need to ensure that Exchange can be installed on the child domain as well. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. You should run the Setup /ForestPrep command in the root domain. You should run the Setup /PrepareAllDomains command in the root domain. You should run the Setup /PrepareDomain command in the root domain. You should run the Setup /PrepareDomain command in the child domain.

Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 201 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. You have got a single server. This server has Exchange Server 2007 with Service Pack 1 (SP1) installed. You create and mail-enable a new public folder named Sales. But you receive report from users saying that they cannot view Sales. You have to solve this problem, making sure that Sales can be accessed by all users. So

what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. E. A new security group should be created and all users should be added to this group. The Set-PublicFolder cmdlet should be run. The Add-PublicFolderClientPermission cmdlet should be run. The Add-PublicFolderAdministratorPermission cmdlet should be run. The Update-PublicFolderHierarchy cmdlet should be run.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 202 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There are two Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) forests in the company. Exchange Server 2007 installed has been installed on both the forests. Now you receive an order from the company management. According to the company requirement, a mailbox should be moved from one forest to the other. So what action should you perform to achieve this? A. B. C. D. In order to achieve this, the Move-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. In order to achieve this, the Move Mailbox Wizard should be used. In order to achieve this, the dsmove.exe command-line utility should be used. In order to achieve this, Active Directory Users and Computers should be used.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 203 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. In your Exchange Server 2007 environment, there are some clustered Mailbox servers and several standard Mailbox servers. You need to obtain a report which lists all mailbox databases in your Exchange organization. Of the following cmdlets, which should be run? A. B. C. D. E. Get-StorageGroup should be run. Get-ExchangeServer should be run. Get-MailboxDatabase should be run. Get-OrganizationConfig should be run. Get-ClusteredMailboxServerStatus should be run.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 204 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. Two Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) forests are contained in your company. The table below shows the configuration of the forests. You try to run the Move-Mailbox cmdlet to move the mailboxes from ForestA to ForestB. But it fails. As required by the company, mailboxes need to be moved from the Exchange organization in ForestA to the Exchange organization in ForestB. So what action should you perform to achieve this?

A. The Move Mailbox Wizard should be used. B. The Exchange Task Wizard should be used. C. A domain controller that has Windows Server 2003 with Service Pack 1 installed should be deployed in ForestA. D. A domain controller that has Windows Server 2003 with Service Pack 1 installed should be deployed in ForestB. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 205 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. Now you receive an order from your company management. According to the company requirement, the management of a distribution group should be delegated to a specific user. So what action should you perform to achieve this? A. The user should be added to the Managed By property on the group by using the Exchange Management Console. B. The user should be added to the Managed By property on the group by using Active Directory Users and Computers. C. The user should be granted the WriteProperty permission on the Members attribute of the group by using the Exchange Management Shell. D. The user should be granted the WriteProperty permission on the MemberOf attribute of the group by using the Exchange Management Shell. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 206

You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. Now you are deploying Exchange Server 2007. You have to perform an unattended installation of Exchange Server 2007 on multiple servers. What action should you perform? A. B. C. D. The Exchange Management Shell should be used. The ServerManagerCmd command-line tool should be used. The Setup Wizard should be used. The Setup command-line tool should be used.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 207 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Edge Transport server in your Exchange Server 2007 environment. A hardware fails. According to the company requirement, the Edge Transport server settings should be restored to a new computer. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. The Setup /m:RecoverServer command should be run. The Setup /m:RecoverCMS command should be run. The ImportEdgeConfig.ps1 script should be run. The Start-EdgeSynchronization cmdlet should be run on the new computer.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 208 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. For each department, both a distribution group and a security group are used in your company. Both groups contain the same members. All new users are added to both groups in their departments. Now you receive an order from the company management. You are asked to decrease the amount of time that is required to manage groups. When you try to achieve this, you have to reduce disruption to mail capabilities and to previously assigned access permissions. So what should you do to accomplish your task? (Choose more than one) A. B. C. D. The departmental security groups should be deleted. The departmental distribution groups should be deleted. The departmental security groups should be mail-enabled. The converted global security groups should be mail-enabled.

Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 209 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. A Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS) backs up your Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server. A problem occurs that the Mailbox server cannot work, so that you should restore the mailbox database. You confirm that the recent transaction log files are complete. And you are required to have the mailbox database restored and have all accessible transaction logs replayed into the database. From the following four options, which one should be run to finish the task? A. B. C. D. To finish the task, Set-MailboxDatabase -AllowFileRestore:$true should be run. To finish the task, Restore-Mailbox -TargetFolder should be run. To finish the task, Eseutil.exe /R should be run. To finish the task, Eseutil.exe /C should be run.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 210 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You have a distribution list that contains all employees. Now you receive an order from the company management. According to the company requirement, you have to make sure that only external senders are unable to send e-mail to this distribution list. So what action should you perform? A. The settings on your Edge Transport server should be modified to require authentication for SMTP transport. B. Use Active Directory Users and Computers to modify the rejected senders list in Active Directory. C. The message delivery restrictions should be modified to require authentication on the distribution list. D. The settings on your Hub Transport server should be modified to require authentication for SMTP transport. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 211 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007.Now you receive an order from the company management. Since you are the technical support, you are asked to make sure that a user is able to modify group membership of a distribution group. So what action should you perform? A. The Set-DistributionGroup cmdlet should be run. B. The Exchange Management Console should be used.

C. The Set-Acl cmdlet should be run. D. The Add-ADPermission cmdlet should be run. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 212 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment for you. This environment contains two Mailbox servers respectively named S01 and S02. You find that the mailbox database on S01 is in a Dirty Shutdown state. You have to perform a soft recovery on the mailbox database on S01. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. A recovery storage group should be created, and then mount the database. The isinteg dump command should be run. The isinteg fix command should be run. The Database Troubleshooter tool should be used.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 213 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Microsoft Windows XP Professional and Microsoft Office 2003 are installed on all client computers. You deploy Outlook Anywhere and publish the service to the Internet. Now you receive report from some of your remote users. They told you that report that they cannot use Outlook Anywhere to connect. You have to make sure that all remote users are able to use Outlook Anywhere to connect. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. All client computers should be updated to Office 2003 Service Pack 1 (SP1). Outlook Mobile Access should be published. The remote users should be added to the Remote Access user group. All client computers should should be updated to Windows XP Professional Service Pack 1 (SP1).

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 214 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You have an automatically generated CSV file with a list of your companys newly hired employees. All of the information that is required to create the mailboxes for the new employees is contained in the CSV file. According to the company

requirement, you have to create new user accounts and mailboxes directly from the CSV file. So what action should you perform? A. The output of the Import-Alias cmdlet should be redirected to the New-Mailbox cmdlet with the appropriate parameters. B. The output of the Import-CSV cmdlet should be redirected to the Enable-Mailbox cmdlet with the appropriate parameters. C. The output of the Import-CSV cmdlet should be redirected to the New-Mailbox cmdlet with the appropriate parameters. D. The output of the Export-CSV cmdlet should be redirected to the New-Mailbox cmdlet with the appropriate parameters. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 215 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. An Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server is installed by you. You plan to have a full database backup created before users are placed on the system. All databases offline are taken so that they are consistent. You utilize the Microsoft Windows Backup utility to initiate a backup. On the event of the instant backup failure, an error message is received. You are required to finish a full backup of the databases. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the information store should be shut down, and the backup should be restarted. To achieve the goal, all databases should be mounted on the server, and the backup should be restart. To achieve the goal, the backup should be run from the command line, with the /SNAP:ON switch. To achieve the goal, the backup should be run from the command line, with the /FU switch.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 216 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. There is a single Edge Transport server in your Exchange Server 2007 organization. The server is configured with a spam quarantine mailbox. Since there are large quantities of spam that reach user Inboxes, you are asked to reduce the amount of spam. Besides, you have to be able to review marked messages and to monitor them for false positives. So what action should you perform to achieve your goal? A. B. C. D. The spam The spam The spam The spam confidence level confidence level confidence level confidence level (SCL) threshold value for rejecting e-mail should be reduced. (SCL) threshold value for quarantining e-mail should be reduced. (SCL) threshold value for deleting e-mail should be increased. (SCL) threshold value for quarantining e-mail should be increased.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 217 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. The email domain of your company is wiikigo.com. Internet mail will be received by three Edge Transport servers in your Exchange Server 2007 organization, which are respectively named EX01, EX02, and EX03. The company requires you to load balance EX02 and EX03. In addition, you are required to set EX01 as a backup server. Which three MX records should be specified? (Choose more than one.) A. B. C. D. E. F. wiikigo.com wiikigo.com wiikigo.com wiikigo.com wiikigo.com wiikigo.com MX preference = 20, mail MX preference = 20, mail MX preference = 20, mail MX preference = 10, mail MX preference = 10, mail MX preference = 10, mail exchanger = EX02.wiikigo.com exchanger = EX01.wiikigo.com exchanger = EX03.wiikigo.com exchanger = EX01.wiikigo.com exchanger = EX03.wiikigo.com exchanger = EX02.wiikigo.com

Answer: BEF Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 218 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You receive a report from a user saying that he sent a message a week ago, but the message was not delivered to its intended recipient. You have to find out the delivery status of the message. Which cmdlet should you run? A. B. C. D. E. Get-MessageTrackingLog should be run. Get-NetworkConnectionInfo should be run. Get-Queue should be run. Test-Mailflow should be run. Test-ServiceHealth should be run.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 219 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is a Mailbox server role and a Hub Transport server role on an Exchange Server 2007 computer and it is named EX01. Since you are the technical report, you are required to set the server to keep the tracking logs for

a week. Which action should be performed to achieve this goal? (Choose more than one.) A. To achieve the goal, the Set-TransportConfig -Identity EX01 -MaxDumpsterTime 07.00:00:00 cmdlet should be run. B. To achieve the goal, the Set-MailboxServer -Identity EX01 -MessageTrackingLogMaxAge 07.00:00:00 cmdlet should be run. C. To achieve the goal, a system policy should be created to move log files that are older than seven days. D. To achieve the goal, the Set-TransportServer -Identity EX01 -MessageTrackingLogMaxAge 07.00:00:00 cmdlet should be run. E. To achieve the goal, the Set-TransportServer -Identify EX01 -MessageTrackingLogEnabled:$true cmdlet should be run. Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 220 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You have a server that has Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 and Microsoft Windows Server 2003 installed. But now a hardware failure occurs on the server. Hence you have to restore Exchange to a new server. You have to maintain configuration information from Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS). Which command should you run? A. B. C. D. You should run Setup /r:MB You should run Setup /m:Install You should run Setup /m:RecoverServer You should run Setup /DisasterRecovery

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 221 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Now you receive order from the company management. Since you are the technical support, you are asked to recover a single mailbox. You restore a backup of the mailbox database in a recovery storage group. Next, which cmdlet should be run? A. B. C. D. Import-Mailbox should be run. Enable-Mailbox should be run. Connect-Mailbox should be run. Restore-Mailbox should be run.

Answer: D Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 222 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You create a new distribution group named Marketing. Users in the Marketing distribution group report that they are not receiving messages that are sent to the group from the Internet. Since you are the technical support, you have to make sure that the Marketing distribution group is able to receive messages from the Internet. So what action should you perform to make sure of this? A. In order to make sure of this, the Set-DistributionGroup -Identity "Marketing" RequireSenderAuthenticationEnabled $True cmdlet. B. In order to make sure of this, the Set-DistributionGroup -Identity "Marketing" RequireSenderAuthenticationEnabled $False cmdlet. C. In order to make sure of this, the Message Delivery Restrictions properties for the Marketing distribution groupc should be configured to accept messages from All senders. D. In order to make sure of this, the Message Delivery Restrictions properties of the user accounts of the users in the Marketing distribution group should be configured to accept messages from All senders. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

Exam T QUESTION 1 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech. com. There is a Mailbox server named S01 in the company. On S01, the mailbox transaction log volume has very little free disk space remaining. At the time that you move several large mailboxes to another Mailbox server, no additional free disk space is made available on the mailbox transaction log volume on S01. You plan to increase the amount of free disk space on the mailbox transaction log volume on S01. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. A full backup of the database should be performed. The deleted item retention period should be decreased. An online defragmentation of the database should be run. An offline defragmentation of the database should be run.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 2 You work as an Exchange Administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named Server01. All features of the Client Access server role are provided by Server01. Server01 suffers a catastrophic hardware failure and need to be replaced. You install a new Exchange Server 2007 server named Server02 on the Hi-Tech.com network. You then restore the System State data of Server01 onto Server02 and install the Client Access server role on Server02. You now need to restore the services as they were provided by Server01.What should you do? (Each correct answer represents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. You should run the Set-CASMailbox cmdlet on Server02. You should restore the \bin\ directory from Server01 onto Server02. You should run the Setup /mode: RecoverServer command on Server02. You should restore the \ClientAccess\ directory from Server01 onto Server02.

Answer: CD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 3 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Now you receive an order from the company. You are asked to convert multiple shared mailboxes to resource mailboxes. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. Run the Set-Mailbox cmdlet. Run the Connect-Mailbox cmdlet. Run the Set-ResourceConfig cmdlet. Use the Exchange Management Console.

E. Use Active Directory Users and Computers. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Set-Mailbox - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123981.aspx The Type parameter specifies the type for the mailbox. You can use the following values: Regular Room Equipment Shared

QUESTION 4 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Your Exchange Server 2007 computers are configured with the default settings. You need to send copies of all e-mail messages that are sent and received by user@wiikigo.com to monitor@wiikigo.com. What action should you perform? A. E-mail forwarding should be configured on the users account. It should be set to forward e-mail to monitor@wiikigo.com. B. Run the Set-JournalRule -Name:"User" -JournalEmailAddress:"user@wiikigo.com" -Scope:"Global" Enabled:$true -Recipient:"monitor@wiikigo.com" cmdlet. C. Run the New-JournalRule -Name:"User" -JournalEmailAddress:"user@wiikigo.com" -Scope:"Global" Enabled:$true -Recipient:"monitor@wiikigo.com" cmdlet. D. Run the New-JournalRule -Name:"User" -JournalEmailAddress:"user@wiikigo.com" -Scope:"Internal" Enabled:$true -Recipient:"monitor@wiikigo.com" cmdlet. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: New-JournalRule - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb125242.aspx Use scope parameter to specify the e-mail messages to which the journal rule is applied. Valid values for this parameter are as follows: Global Global rules process all e-mail messages that pass through a Hub Transport server. This includes email messages that were already processed by the external and internal rules. The default value is Global. Internal Internal rules process e-mail messages that are sent and received by recipients in the Exchange Server 2007 organization. External External rules process e-mail messages that are sent to recipients or from senders outside the Exchange Server 2007 organization.

QUESTION 5 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. The company decides to have selected users removed to a new Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server. You can see the time window for the user move and other current time windows from the table listed below.It takes three hours to finish the existing backups, and it is expected that time should be enhanced to four hours after the user moves start. You are required to have a new time window created for the backups, and the amount of impact should be minimized on the server. From the following four time windows, which one should be created for the backups?

A. B. C. D.

Time window 18:00 - 22:00 should be created for the backups Time window 02:00 - 06:00 should be created for the backups Time window 19:00 - 23:00 should be created for the backups Time window 20:00 - 24:00 should be created for the backups

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 6 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. You are required to provide the necessary but least allowance for a new administrator. The administrator should make preparations of Active Directory for Exchange Server 2007. What should you do to achieve the goal? (Choose more than one.) A. To achieve the goal, the new administrators user account should be added to the Enterprise Admins group. B. To achieve the goal, the new administrators user account should be added to the Schema Admins group. C. To achieve the goal, the new administrator should be added as an Exchange Full Administrator at the organization level. D. To achieve the goal, the new administrators user account should be added to the Exchange Enterprise Servers group. E. To achieve the goal, the new administrators user account should be added to the Domain Admins group. Answer: AB Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 7 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Several of your technicians use Microsoft Office Outlook Web Access from kiosk computers. Now you receive report from the technicians saying that they receive a message stating that their access is blocked for attachments that have the .bas file extension. Since you are the technical support, you have to make sure that the technicians are able to use Outlook Web Access to access files that have the .bas file extension. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. The direct file access settings should be customized for public computers. The settings on the /Exchange virtual directory should be modified. The Enable direct file access check box for public computers should be cleared. The Enable direct file access check box for private computers should be cleared.

Answer: A

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 8 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. According to the company requirement, you are asked to prevent your users from sending e-mail messages that contain sensitive financial information to recipients outside your company. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. E. A journal rule that applies to internal and external users should be created. A transport rule that applies to all messages from external users should be created. A transport rule that applies to all messages to external users should be created. A journal rule that applies only to all internal users should be created. A journal rule that applies only to all external users should be created.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Exchange 2007 Transport Rules - http://www.msexchange.org/tutorials/Exchange-2007-Transport-Rules.html A transport rule is used to apply policies to messages passing through an Edge Transport or Hub Transport server. These policies can do such things as Archive messages Apply a disclaimer to all mail leaving the organization Redirect messges coming in or out of the organization Filter messages containing confidential information

QUESTION 9 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. There is a Mailbox server named S01 in this environment. You have to disable subject logging on S01. You need to be able to continue to use message tracking. Which cmdlet should be run? A. B. C. D. You should run Set-MailboxServer S01 -MessageTrackingLogEnabled $false You should run Set-MailboxServer S01 -MessageTrackingLogEnabled $true You should run Set-MailboxServer S01 -MessageTrackingLogSubjectLoggingEnabled $false You should run Set-MailboxServer S01 -MessageTrackingLogSubjectLoggingEnabled $true

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Set-MailboxServer - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998651.aspx The MessageTrackingLogSubjectLoggingEnable parameter specifies if the message subject should be included in the message tracking log. The default value is $True.

QUESTION 10 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. A custom Security Configuration Wizard (SCW) policy is applied to an Exchange Server 2007 Edge Transport server named Exch01. You want to apply this policy to a new Edge Transport server named Exch02. You need to apply the custom policy to Exch02. You install SCW on Exch02.You have the existing SCW policy copied to Exch02 as C:\ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml. So what action should you perform? A. First, apply the C:\ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml policy by using SCW. Then, run the Scwcmd register / kbname:"Ex2007EdgeKB" /kbfile:"%programfiles%\Microsoft\Exchange Server\scripts\Exchange2007.xml" command. B. First, apply the C:\ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml policy by using SCW. Then, run the Scwcmd register / kbname:"Ex2007KB" /kbfile:"%programfiles%\Microsoft\Exchange Server\scripts\Exchange2007Edge.xml" command. C. First, run the Scwcmd register /kbname:"Ex2007EdgeKB" /kbfile:"%programfiles%\Microsoft\Exchange Server\scripts\Exchange2007.xml" command. Then, apply the C:\ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml policy by using SCW. D. First, run the Scwcmd register /kbname:"Ex2007KB" /kbfile:"%programfiles%\Microsoft\Exchange Server \scripts\Exchange2007Edge.xml" command. Then, apply the C:\ExchangeSCWPolicy.xml policy by using SCW. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: How to Register Exchange Server Role SCW Extensions - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ bb124977.aspx

QUESTION 11 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Your company merges with Luxware, Ltd. Each companys mixed e-mail system includes Exchange Server 2003 servers and Exchange Server 2007 servers, and Outlook 2003 clients and Outlook 2007 clients. At present your company has a single remote SMTP domain for *, which is configured with the Allow none option. You have to configure the delivery of out-of-office (OOF) messages to the luxware.com domain, and you must make sure that no users outside of the two merged companies can receive OOF messages. So what action should you perform? A. Add a new remote domain for *.luxware.com, and choose the Allow external out-of-office only option. B. Choose the Allow external out-of-office only option on the remote domain *. C. Add a new remote domain for *. luxware.com, and choose the Allow internal out-of-office and out-of-office set by Outlook 2003 or earlier clients and set on Exchange 2003 or earlier servers option. D. Choose the Allow external out-of-office and out-of-office set by Outlook 2003 or earlier clients and set on Exchange 2003 or earlier servers option on the remote domain *. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 12 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There

is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. It is reported by a user that after the mailbox is deleted, the mailbox cannot be found in the deleted mailbox retention dumpster. Therefore, you are required to have the mailbox restored. Which two actions should be performed to achieve the goal? (Choose more than one.) A. B. C. D. E. F. To achieve the goal, the Database Troubleshooter tool should be utilized. To achieve the goal, a dial tone recovery should be performed. To achieve the goal, the Connect-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the Import-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the Restore-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the database in a recovery storage group should be restored.

Answer: EF Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 13 You employed as the exchange Administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. The Hi-Tech.com network consists of four Active Directory sites. The four sites are named A, B, C and D respectively. There is a Hub Transport server role and a Mailbox server role installed on each of these Active Directory sites. The Active Directory siteson the Hi-Tech.com network are configured as shown in the exhibit below.Hi-Tech.com management decided that all messages between the A and D sites should be routed through the Exchange server that is installed in the C site. You need to ensure that the messages between the A and D sites are routed through -EX03 in the C site.What should you do?

A. You should run the Set- AdSiteLink -Identity A-C - ExchangeCost 25 cmdlet.

B. You should run the Set- AdSiteLink -Identity A-C - ExchangeCost 5 cmdlet. C. You should run the Set- AdSite - Identity C - HubsiteEnabled $true cmdlet. D. You should run the Set- AdSite - Identity C - HubsiteEnabled $false cmdlet. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 14 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. A full backup is implemented each night prior to the maintenance window. You set the deleted item retention period to 10 days. According to the company requirements, the total storage that is required for backups should be decreased. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the deleted item retention period should be enhanced to 15 days. B. To achieve the goal, the backups should be performed after the maintenance window. C. To achieve the goal, an incremental backup should be performed each night, and a full backup should be performed each weekend. D. To achieve the goal, the deleted item retention period should be reduced to 5 days. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 15 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to have SMTP protocol logging enabled on the Exchange server for one of the Receive connectors. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, Performance Monitor should be utilized to add the MSExchangeTransport SmtpReceive object. B. To achieve the goal, the Set-ReceiveConnector cmdlet should be run. C. To achieve the goal, the Set-TransportServer cmdlet should be run. D. To achieve the goal, the MSExchangeTransport.exe.config file should be changed. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Set-ReceiveConnector - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb125140.aspx ProtocolLoggingLevel parameter enables or disables protocol logging for the specified Receive connector. A value of Verbose enables protocol logging for the connector. A value of None disables protocol logging for the connector. The default value is None. The location of the Receive connector protocol logs for all Receive connectors that are configured on a Hub Transport server or an Edge Transport server is specified by using the

ReceiveProtocolLogPath parameter of the Set-TransportServer cmdlet.

QUESTION 16 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Now you receive an order from the company management. You are asked to reduce the total size that is required for the transaction log volume. What action should you perform? A. B. C. D. The deleted item retention period should be increased. The deleted item retention period should be decreased. A full backup should be run on the Mailbox server each night. A differential backup should be run on the Mailbox server each night.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 17 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You have an organizational unit (OU) named Marketing. You have to view a list of all users in the Marketing OU that have the word Manager in their title. Which cmdlet should you run? A. B. C. D. Get-Recipient should be run. Get-User should be run. Get-Mailbox should be run. Get-MailUser should be run.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Get-User - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa996896.aspx Use the Get-User cmdlet to retrieve all users in the forest that match the specified conditions. The Filter parameter specifies a set of attributes that restricts the recipients that are returned by the query.

QUESTION 18 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. Exchange Server 2007 is utilized by you. Full backups are performed each night. You are required to confirm that valid mailbox data is included by a backup. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the Clean-MailboxDatabase cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the restored database backup should be mounted in a recovery storage group. To achieve the goal, the Eseutil.exe command-line tool should be utilized. To achieve the goal, the Database Troubleshooter tool should be utilized.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 19 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Now you need to view a report that displays the mailbox quota status for all of your users. Which cmdlet should be run? A. B. C. D. Get-MailboxStatistics should be run. Get-MailboxDatabase | fl should be run. Get-MailboxDatabase -Status should be run. Get-MailboxStatistics | ft DisplayName, ItemCount should be run.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Get-MailboxStatistics - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124612.aspx Use the Get-MailboxStatistics cmdlet to obtain information about a mailbox, such as the size of the mailbox, the number of messages it contains, and the last time it was accessed.

QUESTION 20 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. As you can see from the diagram listed below, an Exchange Server 2007 single copy cluster (SCC) is being configured on Windows Server 2003. You are required to have the network adapters set on each server, and the two network adapters are respectively named NetAdp01 and NetAdp02. You set the adapters so as to make sure that theprivate network connection between the two servers is not a single point of failure. How should you set the network adapters so as to achieve the goal?

A. NetAdp01 Client access only (public network)NetAdp02 All communications (mixed network) B. NetAdp01 Internal Cluster Communications only (private network)NetAdp02 All communications (mixed network) C. NetAdp01 Internal Cluster Communications only (private network) NetAdp02 Client access only (public network) D. NetAdp01 All communications (mixed network)NetAdp02 Client access only (public network) Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 21 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Your company issues a new e-mail policy to meet requirements in the compliance regulations. According to the company requirement, you have to retain a copy of all messages that are received from external senders and retain a copy of all messages that are sent between your legal department and all employees. Besides, you have to make sure that no other messages are archived. What should you do to achieve your goal? (Choose more than one) A. B. C. D. A journaling rule that has an internal scope should be created for all your employees. A journaling rule that has a global scope should be created for your legal department. A journaling rule that has an internal scope should be created for your legal department. A transport rule should be created on your Edge Transport servers to archive messages that are sent to your legal department. E. A transport rule should be created on your Edge Transport servers to archive messages that are sent to all of your employees. Answer: CE Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 22 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. There are four servers in the Exchange Server 2007 environment of your company. S01 plays the role of Mailbox server, S02 plays the role of Client Access server, S03 plays the role of Hub Transport Server, and S04 plays the role of Edge Transport Server. Users require Internet Message Access Protocol Version 4 rev1 (IMAP4) to access their e-mail. You have IMAP4 access enabled on the appropriate mailboxes. Since you are the technical support, you have to make sure that users are able to use IMAP4 to access their e-mail. On which server should you configure the IMAP4 service? A. B. C. D. IMAP4 service should be configured on S01. IMAP4 service should be configured on S02. IMAP4 service should be configured on S03. IMAP4 service should be configured on S04.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: How to Enable IMAP4 in Exchange 2007 - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124489.aspx Using POP3 and IMAP4 to Access Exchange 2007 (Part 1) - http://www.msexchange.org/articles_tutorials/ exchange-server-2007/mobility-client-access/using-pop3-imap4-access-exchange-2007-part1.html Using POP3 and IMAP4 to Access Exchange 2007 (Part 2) - http://www.msexchange.org/articles_tutorials/ exchange-server-2007/mobility-client-access/using-pop3-imap4-access-exchange-2007-part2.html

QUESTION 23 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. There is a Hub Transport server named ExchHub1 in your Exchange Server 2007 organization. ExchHub1 has a Foreign connector named FaxCon that connects to a fax server named Fax1. You move the Drop directory for Fax1 by performing the following steps. On Fax1, create a new directory named FaxDir. Run theSet-ForeignConnector "FaxCon" -DropDirectory "FaxDir" cmdlet.Run the Set-TransportServer ExchHub1 -RootDropDirectoryPath "\ \Fax1\Drop Directory" cmdlet. You have to make sure that all messages pending delivery are delivered. So what action should you perform? A. In order to make sure of this, all messages in the old Drop directory should be copied to the new Drop directory. B. In order to make sure of this, the Administrators group with Full Control permission should be added to the new Drop directory. C. In order to make sure of this, the Set-ForeignConnector cmdlet should be run with the appropriate parameter to set the maximum message size. D. In order to make sure of this, the Set-ForeignConnector cmdlet should be run with the appropriate parameter to set the size of the Drop directory. Answer: A Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 24 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. During routine maintenance of the Exchange server you discover that the settings that indicate the storage limits for the mailbox stores differ. You need to ensure that the Exchange server mailbox store have similar storage limits and thus have to create an Exchange Management Shell script to accomplish this.What should you do? A. Create the script by ensuring that the output of the Get-MailboxDatabase cmdlet is redirected to the SetMailboxDatabase cmdlet with the correct parameters. B. Create the script by ensuring that the output of the Get-Mailbox cmdlet is redirected to the SetMailboxDatabase cmdlet with the correct parameters. C. Create the script by ensuring that the output of the Get-ExchangeServer cmdlet is redirected to the SetMailboxDatabase cmdlet with the correct parameters. D. Create the script by ensuring that the output of the Get-MailboxDatabase cmdlet is redirected to the SetMailbox cmdlet with the correct parameters. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 25 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Two Exchange servers named Exch1 and Exch2 are contained in your Exchange Server 2007 organization. Exch1 fails and cannot be restored to service. All mailboxes need to be moved from Exch1 to Exch2. Which cmdlet should be run? A. You should run Get-Mailbox -Server Exch1 | Move-Mailbox Storage Group\Mailbox Database" B. You should run Get-Mailbox -Server Exch1 | Move-Mailbox "Exch2\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database" C. You should run Get-Mailbox -Server Exch1 | Move-Mailbox \First Storage Group\Mailbox Database" D. You should run Get-Mailbox -Server Exch1 | Move-Mailbox \First Storage Group\Mailbox Database" Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Get-Mailbox - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123685.aspx The Server parameter specifies an individual server and is used to limit the results. If you use this parameter, you will only get mailboxes that reside on the server that you specify. Use the common name of the server that you want to specify. Move-Mailbox - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa997599.aspx -ValidateOnly -TargetDatabase "Exch2\First -IgnoreRuleLimitErrors -TargetDatabase -ConfigurationOnly -TargetDatabase "Exch2 -IgnorePolicyMatch -TargetDatabase "Exch2

The ConfigurationOnly parameter changes the Exchange server location in the Active Directory directory service. Use this parameter to direct the mailbox to a functional server. The mailbox content is not moved. To use this parameter, the destination mailbox must be located on an Exchange 2007 server. The ConfigurationOnly parameter does not let you change an Exchange 2007 mailbox location to an Exchange 2003 or Exchange 2000 mailbox location. Also, we recommend that the source Mailbox server be available when you use this parameter. If the source Mailbox server is not available the operation takes much longer than expected. The TargetDatabase parameter specifies the database to which the mailbox will be moved. If the Get-Mailbox command is piped, this parameter is not required. If you do not specify the server name, the cmdlet will search for the database on the local server. If you have multiple databases with the same name on the same server, you must specify the storage group.

QUESTION 26 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. There are three servers in your environment. S01 plays the role of Exchange Server 2003 Mailbox server, S02 plays the roles of Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox and Hub Tansport server, S03 plays the role of Exchange Server 2007 Client Access server. You receive report from users who have mailboxes on S01. They receive an error message when they attempt to synchronize through Exchange ActiveSync. Since you are the technical support, you have to make sure that all users can use Exchange ActiveSync. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. E. F. Basic authentication should be enabled on S01. Basic authentication should be enabled on S02. Basic authentication should be enabled on S03. Integrated Windows authentication should be enabled on S01. Integrated Windows authentication should be enabled on S02. Integrated Windows authentication should be enabled on S03.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 27 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Tom is John&apos;s assistant. Because of working requirements, Tom needs to be able to view all of the folders and subfolders in John's mailbox and to open and respond to John's e-mail. Since you are the technical support, you have to give Tom the appropriate permissions. So what action should you perform? A. The Add-ADPermission -Identity John -User Tom -AccessRights Self -ExtendedRights Send-As cmdlet should be run. B. The Add-MailboxPermission -Identity John -User Tom -AccessRights FullAccess cmdlet should be run. C. The Add-MailboxPermission -Identity John -User Tom -AccessRights ExternalAccount cmdlet should be run. D. The Allow-Full Control permission for Johns user account should be assigned to Tom in the Active Directory Users and Computers management console. Answer: B Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference: Add-MailboxPermission - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124097.aspx This cmdlet allows you to grant permissions to a mailbox, for example, granting a user full access to another user's mailbox.

QUESTION 28 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. The Hub Transport server role should be installed on an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server, the Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server is named Ex01. You must implement the installation during non-business hours. You confirm that the location of Exchange Server 2007 installation, it is installed on EX01 at C:\Program Files\Microsoft\Exchange Server. In addition, a copy of the Exchange installation files is in the C:\InstallFiles custom directory. A new file named install.bat is created in the root directory of drive C. Since you are exchange administrator, you are required to have the installation of the Hub Transport server role scheduled on EX01. Which action should you perform to achieve the goal? A. You should type the following command: "C:\Program Files\Microsoft\Exchange Server\Setup" /mode RecoverServer /roles HubTransport. Create a scheduled task to run the executable in the install.bat file. B. You should type the following command: "C:\InstallFiles\Setup" /mode Install /roles HubTransport. Create a scheduled task to run the executable in the install.bat file. C. You should type the following command: "C:\Program Files\Microsoft\Exchange Server\Setup" /mode Install /roles HubTransport. Create a scheduled task to run the executable in the install.bat file. D. You should type the following command: "C:\InstallFiles\Setup" /mode RecoverServer /roles HubTransport. Create a scheduled task to run the executable in the install.bat file. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 29 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. Your company sets Exchange Server 2007 organization in two Active Directory sites named S01 and S02. S01 is set for the 10.10.5.0/24 subnet, and S02 is set for the 10.10.20.0/24 subnet. You can see the Exchange servers in the two sites from the table below.A problem occurs that ExCAS01 fails to work. It is reported by S02 users that Microsoft Office Outlook Web Access (OWA) cannot be accessed. You are required to recover OWA service to S02 users. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal?

A. B. C. D.

To achieve the goal, the Client Access server role should be added to ExHub02. To achieve the goal, the Client Access server role should be added to ExHub01. To achieve the goal, a new OWA virtual directory should be created on ExMbCAS1. To achieve the goal, the mailbox configuration of the users should be removed on ExCMS1 to ExMbCAS1.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 30 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. And a single Hub Transport server named Ser01 is contained. In addition, a legacy SMTP server is contained. The legacy SMTP server is set to deliver e-mail to the Internet through Ser01. However, you find a problem that the messages which are received by internet users are not from the legacy SMTP server. Since you are the exchange administrator, you are required to make sure that the legacy SMTP server should be enabled to deliver e-mail to the Internet through Ser01. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. A new Receive connector should be created. And then, the Anonymous permission should be added. At last, the Relay permission should be assigned to Anonymous users on the Receive connector. B. A new Receive connector should be created. And then, the Anonymous permission should be added. At last, the IP address of the legacy server should be added to the remote network settings on the Receive connector. C. The legacy server should be updated to deliver e-mail messages to Ser01 on port 587. D. The IP address of the legacy server should be added to the remote network settings on the Default Ser01 Receive connector. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 31 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Your companys Active Directory forest consists of a single site that has a root domain and one child domain. According to the company requirement, you have to prepare Active Directory and the domains before installing the first Exchange Server 2007 computer. Of the following commands, which should you run? (Choose more than one) A. B. C. D. Setup /PrepareAD should be run. Setup /DomainPrep should be run. Setup /ForestPrep should be run. Setup /PrepareAllDomains should be run.

Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 32 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. The servers listed below are included by your environment. They respectively are Mailbox server named ExMB01, Client Access server named ExCAS01, Standby Microsoft Windows Server 2003 computer named Ser02, and Two Hub Transport servers named ExHub01 and ExHub02.Now a problem occurs that ExHub01 cannot work. You are required to have ExHub01 recovered to its pre-failure configuration. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the Setup /m:RecoverServer command should be run on ExHub02. B. To achieve the goal, the Setup /m:Install /role:HT command should be run on ExHub02. C. To achieve the goal, Ser02 should be renamed to ExHub01, and the Setup /m:RecoverServer command should be run on ExHub01. D. To achieve the goal, Ser02 should be renamed to ExHub01, and the Setup /m:Install /role:HT command should be run on ExHub01. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 33 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You complete a new installation of the Client Access server role on an Exchange Server 2007 computer named Exch01. An SSL certificate for Exch01 is issued to mail.wiikigo.com. Users will use Outlook Anywhere with Microsoft Office Outlook 2007 to connect to their e-mail. You have to make sure that the Exchange Server 2007 Availability service can be accessed from the Internet. Which cmdlet should be run? A. You should run Set-AutodiscoverVirtualDirectory -Identity "Exch01\autodiscover (default web site)" ExternalURL https://mail.wiikigo.com B. You should run Set-WebServicesVirtualDirectory -Identity "Exch01\EWS (default web site)" -ExternalURL https://mail.wiikigo.com C. You should run Set-AutodiscoverVirtualDirectory -Identity "Exch01\EWS (default web site)" -ExternalURL https://mail.wiikigo.com/EWS/Exchange.asmx D. You should run Set-WebServicesVirtualDirectory -Identity "Exch01\EWS (default web site)" -ExternalURL https://mail.wiikigo.com/EWS/Exchange.asmx Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Set-WebServicesVirtualDirectory - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa997233.aspx ExternalURL parameter specifies the host name that will be used to connect to the Exchange server from outside the firewall. This setting is also important when Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) is used.

QUESTION 34 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an

Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 clustered mailbox server, and it is installed on a Single Copy Cluster (SCC). According to the company requirements, you are asked to have another storage group and database added to the clustered mailbox server. The following actions are performed.1. On the active and passive nodes of the cluster, a new database drive is mounted to D:\mounts\SG5\DB5_1, and a new log drive is mounted to D: \mounts\SG5\Log5_1.2. A new storage group named SG5 is created, and the log path is pointed to D:\mounts \SG5\Log5_1.3. A new database should be created in SG5 named DB5_1, and the database path should be pointed to D:\mounts\SG5\DB5_1. You are required to have the storage group and database added to the clustered mailbox server. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the drives should be added as a cluster resource, and the Microsoft Information Store should be made dependent on those resources. B. To achieve the goal, the drives should be added as a cluster resource, and the storage group should be made dependent on those resources. C. To achieve the goal, the mount location of the database and log drives to drive letter locations on the active and passive nodes should be modified. D. To achieve the goal, the drives should be removed from the passive node until the active node is configured. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 35 You work as an Exchange Administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization.A Hi-Tech.com user named Mia Hamm complains that she cannot access her mailbox. You investigate and discover that Mia Hamm's mailbox was purged from an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named Server01. You need to recover Mia Hamm's mailbox. You thus restore the mailbox database to a recovery storage group. You must now recover Mia Hamm's mailbox to the production database. What should you do? A. B. C. D. E. You should run the Enable-Mailbox cmdlet on Server01. You should run the Exmerge utility on Server01. You should run the ISInteg utility on Server01. You should run the Connect-Mailbox cmdlet on Server01. You should run the Restore-Mailbox cmdlet on Server01.

Answer: E Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Restore-Mailbox - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb125218.aspx Use the Restore-Mailbox cmdlet to extract mailbox content from a database restored to a recovery storage group.

QUESTION 36 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. In your company, there are two Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) forests with a current forest trust. An Exchange Server 2007 organization is contained by each forest. You are setting a cross-forest connector

between the Hub Transport servers in the two Exchange 2007 organizations. You decide to utilize Basic authentication for the cross-forest connector. A service account named Acc01 is created in the first forest. You are required to make sure that Acc01 can be utilized to authenticate with the receiving server in the second forest. Which group should you add Acc01 to? A. B. C. D. Acc01 should be added to Exchange Recipient Administrators Acc01 should be added to Exchange Server Administrators Acc01 should be added to Exchange Servers Acc01 should be added to Exchange Organization Administrators

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 37 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. According to the company requirements, you should configure the custom resource property for each of your Exchange Server 2007 resource mailboxes. The training organizers should be enabled to see whether a projector is present in a given training room. Before you can set the custom resource properties, which action should be performed? A. The Set-ResourceConfig -ResourcePropertySchema "Room/Projector" cmdlet should be run. B. The Set-ResourceConfig -ResourcePropertySchema "Equipment/Projector" cmdlet should be run. C. A resource mailbox should be created for each projector as type Equipment and this resource mailbox should be assigned as a delegate for each training-room resource mailbox. D. The Set-Mailbox -ResourceCapacity 10 cmdlet should be run for each training-room resource mailbox. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Set-ResourceConfig - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998861.aspx Use the Set-ResourceConfig cmdlet to set resource property schema and resource locations on the Resource Config object in Active Directory. ResourcePropertySchema parameter specifies a list of custom strings that you can use to tag resources.

QUESTION 38 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 organization, and a Mailbox server and a Client Access server are included in the Exchange Server 2007 organization. Web-based distribution is utilized for the default offline address book (OAB). On the Client Access server, the OAB perform the update no more. You are required to have the Client Access server enabled to restore the updated OAB from the Mailbox server. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. On the Client Access server, the Microsoft Exchange Service Host service should be started. B. On the Client Access server, the Microsoft Exchange File Distribution service should be started.

C. On the Mailbox server, the Microsoft Exchange Service Host service should be started. D. On the Mailbox server, the Microsoft Exchange Replication service should be started. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Exchange 2007 Offline Address Book Web Distribution - http://msexchangeteam.com/ archive/2006/11/15/431502.aspx

QUESTION 39 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. According to the company requirements, you are required to have information exported from all mailboxes to a file named mailboxes.csv. Which action should be performed? A. B. C. D. The Get-MailUser | Export-Csv mailboxes.csv command should be run. The Get-Mailbox | Export-Csv mailboxes.csv command should be run. The Get-Mailbox Export-Csv > mailboxes.csv command should be run. The Mailbox node under the Server Configuration node should be utilized in the Exchange Management Console.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 40 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. You are required to find out whether users can utilize Microsoft Office Outlook to log on to your Mailbox server directly. On the client network, which cmdlet should be run? A. B. C. D. On the client network, Test-SystemHealth should be run. On the client network, Test-MAPIConnectivity should be run. On the client network, Test-OutlookWebServices should be run. On the client network, Test-ServiceHealth should be run.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Test-MapiConnectivity - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123681.aspx Use the Test-MapiConnectivity cmdlet to verify server functionality by logging on to the mailbox that you specify. If you do not specify a mailbox, the cmdlet will log on to the SystemMailbox on the database that you specify.

QUESTION 41 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There

is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. According to the company requirements, you are required to terminate the circulation of an e-mail message which a virus is included within your company. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the Export-Mailbox cmdlet should be run with the -AllContentKeywords parameter. To achieve the goal, a transport rule should be created on all Edge Transport servers. To achieve the goal, a transport rule should be created on a single Hub Transport server. To achieve the goal, a recipient filter based should be created on the original sender of the first message that the virus is included.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 42 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. Microsoft Office Outlook Web Access is utilized by some of your technicians. According to the company requirements, you are required to make sure that the technicians are able to utilize can Outlook Web Access to access a specific file server. In the Exchange Management Console, which tab should be utilized to configure the proper settings? A. B. C. D. The Public Computer File Access tab should be utilized to configure the proper settings. The Remote File Servers tab should be utilized to configure the proper settings. The Segmentation tab should be utilized to configure the proper settings. The Private Computer File Access tab should be utilized to configure the proper settings.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 43 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. According to the company requirements, you are required to view IMAP4 settings for multiple users on the Client Access server. Which cmdlet should be run to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. E. To achieve the goal, Get-MailboxStatistics should be run. To achieve the goal, Get-IMAPSettings should be run. To achieve the goal, Get-CASMailbox should be run. To achieve the goal, Get-Mailbox should be run. To achieve the goal, Test-ImapConnectivity should be run.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

Get-CASMailbox - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124754.aspx The Get-CASMailbox cmdlet returns a complete list of the attributes of a mailbox on an Exchange 2007 Client Access server. A variety of CASMailbox attributes are returned. The types of attributes that are returned include Outlook Web Access, ActiveSync, POP3, and IMAP4. By default, all attributes are returned for all mailboxes in the Exchange organization. You can filter these results by using the functionality in the Exchange Management Shell.

QUESTION 44 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. The mobile devices which are owned by all the users are installed with Windows Mobile 6.0. Since you are the Exchange administrator, you are required to permit users to securely synchronize e-mail and contact information; in addition, their mobile device doesn&apos;t need to connect to their client computer. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, Microsoft Office Outlook Web Access should be configured on the Exchange server. To achieve the goal, the mobile devices should be configured to use Microsoft ActiveSync. To achieve the goal, the mobile devices to use IMAP4 should be set. To achieve the goal, the mobile devices to use POP3 should be set.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 45 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to have a mail-enabled user created. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the Set-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the New-MailUser cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the Connect-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the Enable-MailUser cmdlet should be run.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: New-MailUser - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa996335.aspx Use the New-MailUser cmdlet to create a new mail-enabled user.

QUESTION 46 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.The Exchange Server 2007 organization of Hi-Tech.com contains a resource mailbox. The resource mailbox is named ResourceBox. Currently all users on the Hi-Tech.com network are capable of scheduling meetings for

ResourceBox. Due to Staff shuffling only Dean Austin and Tom must be able to schedule meetings for ResourceBox in future. You need to configure the appropriate settings for ResourceBox that will allow only Dean Austin and Tom to schedule meetings.What should you do? A. You should run the Set-MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity "ResourceBox" -ResourceDelegates DeanAustin , ThomasKnepper cmdlet. B. You should run the Set-MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity "ResourceBox" -RequestOutof Policy DeanAustin , ThomasKnepper - AllBookInPolicycmdlet. C. You should run the Set-MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity "ResourceBox" -BookInPolicy DeanAustin , ThomasKnepper - AllBookInPolicy $false cmdlet. D. You should run the Set-MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity "ResourceBox" -Request InPolicy DeanAustin , ThomasKnepper cmdlet. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Set-MailboxCalendarSettings - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa996340.aspx Use the BookInPolicy parameter to specify a list of users who are allowed to submit in-policy meeting requests to the resource mailbox. Any in-policy meeting requests from these users will automatically be approved.

QUESTION 47 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. Three Exchange servers are contained by your Exchange Server 2007 environment, and the Mailbox server role is installed on the three Exchange servers. The servers are configured to back up the existing Windows event logs and mailbox databases. The Hub Transport server role is added to the Exchange servers. You are required to set the backups for the servers. According to the company requirements, you should keep enough information so as to perform a root cause analysis on lost or corrupted e-mail messages and to restore the maximum amount of data in case of a failure. The company requires you to have backups added for the Hub Transport server role. From the following four options, which one should be added to the present backups? A. B. C. D. The Microsoft Information Store should be added to the present backups. The IIS metabase should be added to the present backups. The \TransportRoles\Logs\ directory should be added to the present backups. The \TransportRoles\data\Queue\ directory should be added to the present backups.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 48 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. You set a users e-mail account to utilize POP3. It is reported by a user that the users mailbox happened to be removed from the Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server. A backup copy of the database is recovered, and the mailbox is included by the database to a recovery storage group on the same server. In addition, it is said by the user that his mailbox can not be accessed. Youare required to make sure that the mailbox is available to the user. Before the mailbox is reconnected, which action should be performed to achieve the goal?

A. B. C. D.

To achieve the goal, the user should be instructed to utilize Outlook Web Access to connect to the mailbox. To achieve the goal, POP3 access should be enabled on the mailbox. To achieve the goal, the mailbox should be moved to a standard storage group. To achieve the goal, the user should be instructed to utilize IMAP to connect to the mailbox.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 49 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server. A boot volume and a database volume are contained by the server. It is manifested by your benchmarks that your mailbox storage volume is not experiencing an optimal performance. You are required to implement track alignment on this Mailbox server. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. E. F. To achieve the goal, the shift.exe command should be run on the database volume. To achieve the goal, the diskpart.exe command should be run on the boot volume. To achieve the goal, the format.exe command should be run on the boot volume. To achieve the goal, the shift.exe command should be run on the boot volume. To achieve the goal, the diskpart.exe command should be run on the database volume. To achieve the goal, the format.exe command should be run on the database volume.

Answer: E Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 50 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. It is reported by users of Microsoft Office Outlook 2007 that the problem of connection timeouts happens frequently and e-mail messages are staying in their Outbox for too long time. You are required to utilize your administrative computer so as to confirm client performance and server functionality. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? (Choose more than one.) A. To achieve the goal, the Queue Viewer should be utilized in the Exchange Management Console. B. To achieve the goal, Performance Monitor should be utilized to view the MSExchangeIS Client object counters. C. To achieve the goal, the Test-OutlookWebServices cmdlet should be run. D. To achieve the goal, the Test-MAPIConnectivity cmdlet should be run. E. To achieve the goal, the Test-Mailflow cmdlet should be run. Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 51 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You have a resource named Conference Room. Employees are allowed to book the Conference Room resource. You have to customize the response message that users will receive when they book the Conference Room resource. What action should you perform? A. B. C. D. Active Directory Users and Computers should be used. The Set-ResourceConfig cmdlet should be run. The Exchange Management Console should be used. The Set-MailboxCalendarSettings cmdlet should be run.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Set-MailboxCalendarSettings - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa996340.aspx Use the AdditionalResponse parameter to specify the additional information to be included in responses to meeting requests. The AddAdditionalResponse parameter specifies whether additional information would be sent from the resource mailbox when responding to meeting requests. This parameter is ignored unless the AutomateProcessing parameter is set to AutoAccept.

QUESTION 52 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. At 9 A.M, a new mailbox is created. Users of Microsoft Office Outlook Web Access are able to see and use the new mailbox in the global address list (GAL) at 10 A.M. But users of Outlook Anywhere are not able to see the new mailbox in the GAL until the next day. The Exchange Server 2007 computer needs to be configured to allow users of Outlook Anywhere to see a new mailbox in the GAL within four hours after the mailbox is created. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. A custom update schedule should be set for the offline address book (OAB). Web-based distribution should be enabled for the offline address book (OAB). Public Folder distribution should be enabled for the offline address book (OAB). Support for Outlook 2003 with Service Pack 2 or later clients on the offline address book (OAB) should be enabled.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: How to View and Modify Offline Address Book Settings - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa997668. aspx Offline Address Book Properties > General Tab - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124719.aspx

QUESTION 53

You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. The company requires you to set the necessary but least allowance for a user. The user should be enabled to have mailbox databases set on an Exchange Server 2007 computer. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the user account should be added to the Exchange Recipient Administrators role. B. To achieve the goal, the user account should be added to the Exchange Organization Administrators role. C. To achieve the goal, Exchange Administrator privileges should be delegated to the user account at the organization level. D. To achieve the goal, the user account should be added to the Exchange Server Administrators role. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 54 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to have a user mailbox transformed to a resource mailbox. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the Set-ResourceConfig cmdlet should be run. And then, the ResourcePropertySchema parameter should be set to be Room. B. To achieve the goal, the Set-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. And then, the Type value should be set to be Regular. C. To achieve the goal, the Set-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. And then, the Type value should be set to be Room. D. To achieve the goal, the Set-ResourceConfig cmdlet should be run. And then, the Instance parameter should be set to be Regular. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Set-Mailbox - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123981.aspx The Type parameter specifies the type for the mailbox. You can use the following values: Regular Room Equipment Shared

QUESTION 55 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. There are two servers named Exch01 and Exch02 in your Exchange Server 2007 organization. All of the Exch01 mailboxes need to be moved to Exch02 next Saturday at 11:00 P.M. You will not be at the office at that time. So what action should you perform?

A. You should run the Get-Mailbox | Move-mailbox -TargetDatabase &quot;Exch02\First Storage Group \Mailbox Database&quot; cmdlet with the StartDate parameter set for next Saturday at 11 P.M. B. You should run the Get-Mailbox -server Exch01 | Move-mailbox -TargetDatabase &quot;Exch02\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database&quot; cmdlet with the StartDate parameter set for next Saturday at11 P. M. C. You should run the Get-Mailbox -server Exch01 | Move-mailbox -TargetDatabase &quot;Exch02\First Storage Group\Mailbox Database&quot; cmdlet from the Exchange Management Shell next Saturday at 11 P.M by using Windows scheduler. D. You should run the Get-Mailbox | Move-mailbox -TargetDatabase &quot;Exch02\First Storage Group \Mailbox Database&quot; cmdlet from the Exchange Management Shell next Saturday at 11 P.M by using Microsoft Windows scheduler. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 56 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. Your external e-mail client access should be set to utilize IMAP4. The external firewall is set to permit TCP port 993. According to the company requirements, you should make sure that your external e-mail clients are enabled to deliver messages safely from the Internet by utilizing your Exchange servers. An SSL certificate is set for secure authenticated SMTP. Which action should be performed next? A. The external firewall should be set to permit TCP port 25. B. The external firewall should be set to permit TCP port 587. C. The Enable Domain Security (Mutual Auth TLS) check box should be chosen on the default client Receive connector. D. The Externally Secured (for example, with IPsec) check box should be chosen on the default client Receive connector. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 57 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment for you. This environment contains a Client Access server named S01. Now S01 fails. It needs to be restored. So what action should you perform first? A. B. C. D. A dial tone recovery should be run. The Setup /NewCMS command should be run. The Setup /RecoverCMS command should be run. The Setup /m:RecoverServer command should be run.

Answer: D

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 58 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You disconnect a users mailbox. According to the company requirement, you have to reconnect this mailbox to a new Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) user account. Which cmdlet should be run? A. B. C. D. Restore-Mailbox should be run. Update-Recipient should be run. Enable-Mailbox should be run. Connect-Mailbox should be run.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Connect-Mailbox - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa997878.aspx Use the Connect-Mailbox cmdlet to connect a disconnected mailbox to an Active Directory directory service user object.

QUESTION 59 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Your company is closing its Dallas office. The employees in the Dallas office have mailbox-enabled user accounts that use the value Dallas in the City attribute. You disable the user accounts of the Dallas employees. You have to disconnect their mailboxes. What action should you perform to achieve the goal? (Choose more than one) A. B. C. D. The Remove-Mailbox Dallas cmdlet should be run. The Get-User -Filter "City -like 'Dallas'" | Disable-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. The Get-User -Filter "City -like 'Dallas'" | Remove-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. From the Exchange Management Console, a filter should be applied to the City attribute to contain Dallas. Highlight all of the filtered users and choose Remove. E. From the Exchange Management Console, a filter should be applied to the City attribute to contain Dallas. Highlight all of the filtered users and choose Disable. Answer: BE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 60 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. All users are able to receive e-mail that is sent directly to them from the Internet. A distribution group named WebResponse is configured to accept e-mail from all users. All corporate users can use Microsoft Office Outlook to send

messages to the WebResponse distribution group. All messages that are sent to the distribution group from the Internet are rejected. You have to allow e-mail frominternal and Internet users to be sent to the SMTP address of the WebResponse distribution group. So what action should you perform to achieve this? A. The SMTP Receive connectors on each Hub Transport server should be modified to allow anonymous users. B. The properties of the WebResponse distribution group should be modified so that the Everyone group has the Send As permission. C. The properties of the WebResponse distribution group should be modified so that the group no longer requires all senders to be authenticated. D. The properties of the WebResponse distribution group should be modified so that the group is no longer hidden from the Outlook global address list (GAL). Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 61 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. A single Hub Transport server and a single Mailbox server are included by your Exchange Server 2007 environment. It is reported that they are experiencing a slow performance on e-mail delivery to large dynamic distribution groups. You verify that all MSExchangeADAccess Processes Performance Monitor counters on your Exchange servers are functioning normally. The company requires you to minimize the delivery time for messages which are delivered to dynamic distribution groups. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, an additional global catalog server should be deployed. And then, the existing Hub Transport server should be set to utilize the new global catalog server. B. To achieve the goal, a second Hub Transport server should be deployed. And then, the dynamic distribution groups should be set to utilize the new Hub Transport server as their expansion server. C. To achieve the goal, more RAM should be added to the existing Mailbox server. D. To achieve the goal, more RAM should be added to the existing domain controllers. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 62 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. For your Exchange Server 2007 organization, you increase the anti-spam restrictions. You inform your company&apos;s partners that they should forward any e-mail messages that are being blocked by the content filters to anti-spam@wiikigo.com. The forwarded messages will be reviewed so that modifications can be made to Safe Senders Lists to prevent the blocking problem in the future. External users are forwarding e-mail messages to anti-spam@wiikigo.com, but you find that no messages from external users are in the anti-spam mailbox. You have to allow the antispam mailbox to receive e-mail messages that are classified as spam. Which cmdlet should be run?

A. Set-RecipientFilterConfig -BlockListEnabled $false -BlockedRecipients anti-spam@wiikigo.com should be run. B. Set-RecipientFilterConfig -RecipientValidationEnabled $false should be run. C. Set-ContentFilterConfig -BypassedRecipients anti-spam@wiikigo.com should be run. D. Set-ContentFilterConfig -BypassedSenders anti-spam@wiikigo.com should be run. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Set-ContentFilterConfig - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa996791.aspx Use the Set-ContentFilterConfig cmdlet to modify the content filter configuration on a computer that has the Edge Transport server role or the Hub Transport server role installed. -BypassedSenders parameter takes the SMTP address values of recipients in your organization. The Content Filter agent does not process any content filtering for messages that are bound to the addresses that are listed on this parameter. To enter multiple SMTP addresses, separate the addresses by using a comma as follows, for example: recipient1@contoso.com, recipient2@contoso.com The maximum number of recipients you can input is 800

QUESTION 63 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. A failure occurs on an Exchange Server 2007 Hub Transport server, which is named ExHub01. A new Hub Transport server is built to replace ExHub01, and it is named ExHub02. After you have service recovered, you plan to restore all e-mail messages that keep in the mail.que database on ExHub01. The actions listed below are performed on ExHub02.First, all messages are flushed from the current queue on ExHub02.Second, the mail.que database from the hard disk on ExHub01 should be replicated to C:\recoveryQueue on ExHub02. You have the recovery of the mail.que database restored from ExHub01. On ExHub02, which two actions should be performed? (Choose more than one.) A. A recovery of the mail.que database should be performed in C:\recoveryQueue by utilizing the Eseutil utility. B. A restore of the mail.que database should be performed in C:\recoveryQueue by utilizing the Eseutil utility. C. A defragmentation of the mail.que database should be performed in C:\recoveryQueue by utilizing the Eseutil utility,. D. A repair of the mail.que database should be performed in C:\recoveryQueue by utilizing the Database Recovery Management tool,. E. The mail.que database should be fixed in C:\recoveryQueue by utilizing the ISInteg utility. Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 64 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. It is reported by users that their mailboxes on an Exchange Server 2007 computer can not be accessed by them, and the Exchange Server 2007 computer is named EX01. You confirm that connectivity to the server works well and that server hardware also works well. In addition, access to global catalogs work well. The company

requests you to report on the status of all required Exchange-specific and Exchange-dependent services. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the Test-SystemHealth -Server EX01 cmdlet should be run. B. To achieve the goal, the Get-ExchangeServer -Identity EX01 cmdlet should be run. C. To achieve the goal, the Database Troubleshooter should be run from the Exchange Troubleshooting Assistant. D. To achieve the goal, the Test-ServiceHealth -Server EX01 cmdlet should be run. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Test-ServiceHealth - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998852.aspx Use the Test-ServiceHealth cmdlet to test whether all the required services that are configured to start automatically on a server have started. The Test-ServiceHealth cmdlet returns an error for any service that is required by a configured role and is set to start automatically but is not currently running.

QUESTION 65 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1 (SP1). You have a server named S01 in a cluster continuous replication (CCR) cluster. You have a single standby continuous replication (SCR) target server named S02 at a different location. S01 is configured to use SCR to replicate all of its storage groups to S02. S02 is not receiving a copy of the databases or log files. You find that the status of the SCR replication is Suspended. You have to make sure that SCR is functioning properly. Which cmdlet should you run? A. B. C. D. E. Resume-StorageGroupCopy should be run. Enable-ContinuousReplicationHostName should be run. Enable-DatabaseCopy should be run. Enable-StorageGroupCopy should be run. Restore-StorageGroupCopy should be run.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Resume-StorageGroupCopy - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124529.aspx Use the Resume-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet to resume replication and replay activities (log copying and replay) for a storage group that is enabled for local continuous replication (LCR) or cluster continuous replication (CCR). This cmdlet can also be used to resume replication and replay activities for a storage group enabled for standby continuous replication (SCR).

QUESTION 66 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. This environment has a Hub Transport server named S01. Now S01 fails. Since you are the technical support, the company asks you to perform role recovery on S01. So what action should you perform? A. The Eseutil.exe command should be run.

B. The Setup /RecoverCMS command should be run. C. The Setup /m:RecoverServer command should be run. D. Add or Remove Programs should be used in Control Panel. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 67 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youare in charge of a server. This server has Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 with Service Pack 1 (SP1) and Microsoft Windows Server 2008 installed. The mailbox database fails. You have to make surethat users are able to send and receive e-mail during the recovery of the mailbox database. In order to achieve this goal, what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. In order to achieve this, the New-MailboxDatabase cmdlet should be run. In order to achieve this, a dial tone recovery should be performed. In order to achieve this, a recovery storage group should be created. In order to achieve this, the Exchange Mail Flow Troubleshooter should be used.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 68 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1 (SP1) environment for you. You have a Mailbox server role with a single database. According to the company order, you have to identify whether the server is completing its daily online defragmentation successfully. So what action should you perform to achieve this? A. B. C. D. The Get-MessageTrackingLog cmdlet should be. The Get-MailboxStatistics cmdlet should be run. The event log should be viewed. The Database Troubleshooter tool should be used.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 69 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. And two Mailbox servers, two Client Access servers, two Hub

Transport servers, and two Edge Transport servers are included. The company requests you to offer high availability for the Availability service. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, Network Load Balancing on the Hub Transport servers should be set. To achieve the goal, Network Load Balancing on the Client Access servers should be set. To achieve the goal, Network Load Balancing on the Edge Transport servers should be set. To achieve the goal, clustering on the Mailbox servers should be set.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 70 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. The default e-mail address policy is changed. You are required to have the modified policy applied. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. E. To achieve the goal, the New-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the Update-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the Microsoft Exchange Transport service should be restarted. To achieve the goal, the New E-Mail Address Policy Wizard should be utilized. To achieve the goal, the Set-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet should be run.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 71 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is a single Exchange Server 2007 server. Backups of the database are performed every night from 10:00 P.M. to 1:00 A.M. A third-party application should be utilized, and the Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS) and virtual tape library (VTL) should be utilized. You start to recover a database in a recovery storage group at 9:30 P.M. The database cannot be recovered. Youare required to have the database restored. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the database at 10:00 A.M should be restored. B. To achieve the goal, the name of the active database should be changed, and then the recovery should be performed. C. To achieve the goal, the database should be restored in the active storage group. D. To achieve the goal, Windows Server Backup should be utilized. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 72 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. A single Edge transport server is contained by your native Exchange Server 2007 organization, and the single Edge transport server is named ExEdge01. On the ExEdge01, an Edge Subscription is created with a Hub Transport server named ExHub01. It lasts an extended period of time for the interruption of the network connection from ExEdge01 to the Internet. And later, you have the network connection recovered, but no messages are being sent. You are required to have the message flow recovered instantly. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the Resume-Queue cmdlet should be run on ExEdge01. To achieve the goal, the Retry-Queue cmdlet should be run on ExEdge01. To achieve the goal, the Resume-Queue cmdlet should be run on ExHub01. To achieve the goal, the Retry-Queue cmdlet should be run on ExHub01.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Retry-Queue - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124081.aspx Use the Retry-Queue cmdlet to force a connection attempt for a queue on a computer that has the Hub Transport server role or the Edge Transport server role installed. Use the Server parameter to specify the name of the server to connect to by using remote procedure call (RPC) that contains the queues that hold the messages that you want to retry. Enter the server name as a host name or a fully qualified domain name (FQDN). If this parameter is not used, the local server is queried.

QUESTION 73 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. And there is a single Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) forest which is named wiikigo.com. You are required to have the mailbox and the AD DS user account deleted instantly for a resource named R01. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. In the Exchange Management Shell, the Remove-Mailbox -Identity wiikigo\R01 Permanent $True cmdlet should be run. B. In the Exchange Management Shell, the Disable-Mailbox -Identity wiikigo\R01 -Confirm cmdlet should be run. C. In Active Directory Users and Computers, the Exchange Tasks Wizard should be run. D. In Active Directory Users and Computers, the R01 object should be deleted. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 74 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youare creating a cluster

continuous replication (CCR) cluster. You create a failover cluster, and have the Mailbox server role named ExchMB1 installed on the active node. According to the company requirement, the Mailbox server role needs to be installed on the passive node. So what action should you perform to achieve this? A. B. C. D. E. The Setup /roles:Mailbox command should be run. The Setup /newcms /CMSname:ExchMB1 command should be run. The Enable-StorageGroupCopy -Identity ExchMB1\SG1 command should be run. You should choose the Mailbox Role check box in the Exchange Server 2007 Setup wizard. You should choose the Passive Clustered Mailbox Role check box in the Exchange Server 2007 Setup wizard.

Answer: AE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 75 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. User accounts are set to stop users from delivering messages which are more than 10 MB. Since you are the Exchange administrator, you are required to enable only a user named Mary to deliver messages that are no more than 20 MB. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the Set-Mailbox -Identity "Mary"-ProhibitSendQuota 20480 cmdlet should be run. B. To achieve the goal, the Get-RoutingGroupConnector | Set-RoutingGroupConnector -MaxMessageSize unlimited cmdlet should be run. C. To achieve the goal, the Set-Mailbox -Identity "Mary" -MaxSendSize 20MB cmdlet should be run. D. To achieve the goal, the Get-RoutingGroupConnector | Set-RoutingGroupConnector -MaxMessageSize 20MB cmdlet should be run. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 76 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. The place for a transaction log volume on a Mailbox server is too limited now. And it is reported by some users that their mailboxes arenot available. You should recover service to these users in the shortest time. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, 100 of the oldest transaction logs should be moved, and the Mount-Database cmdlet should be run. At last, a full backup of the database should be implemented. B. To achieve the goal, the database volume should be compressed, and the Mount-Database cmdlet should be run. At last, a full backup of the database should be performed. C. To achieve the goal, circular logging should be enabled, and the Mount-Database cmdlet should be run. D. To achieve the goal, the Clean-MailboxDatabase cmdlet should be run, and the Mount-Database cmdlet should be run.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 77 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to permit users to book a specific resource mailbox, and approval from an administrator or another resource delegate should not be requested. Which cmdlet should be run to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. E. To achieve the goal, Start-ManagedFolderAssistant should be run. To achieve the goal, Set-MailboxCalendarSettings should be run. To achieve the goal, Set-Resourceconfig should be run. To achieve the goal, Set-OrganizationConfig should be run. To achieve the goal, Set-ManagedFolderMailboxPolicy should be run.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 78 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Tom and Jason are employees of wiikigo, Ltd. Their mailbox accounts are located on an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named Exch1. The Hub Transport server role also resides on Exch1. Jason sends a message to Tom, but Tom does not receive the message. You need to find all messages that were sent from Jason to Tom. What should you do? A. The Get-MailboxFolderStatistics -Identity Tom -FolderScope All cmdlet should be run. B. The Get-MessageTrackingLog -Recipients Tom@ wiikigo.com -Sender Marc@ wiikigo.com -Server Exch1 -EventID SEND cmdlet should be run. C. Open the Exchange Mail Flow Troubleshooter by running the Exchange Troubleshooting Assistant. Run the Expected messages from senders are delayed or are not received by some recipients test. D. Open the Message Tracking tool by using the Exchange Troubleshooting Assistant. Create a new search, and specify Jason@ wiikigo.com as the sender, Tom@wiikigo.com as the recipient, and Exch1 as the server. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 79 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.You

decide to install a two-node Single Copy Cluster (SCC) Mailbox server on the Exchange Server 2007 organization of Hi-Tech.com. You then name the network adapters APPublic and APPrivate. You have received instruction from the Manager to configure the TCP/IP binding order for the cluster servers.What should you do? A. You should move the Public connection to the top of the Adapters and Bindings tab. B. You should move the Private connection to the top of the Adapters and Bindings tab. C. You should open the properties of the cluster and move the APPrivate network to the top of the Network Priority tab. D. You should open the properties of the cluster and move the APPublic network to the top of the Network Priority tab. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 80 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youhave an Exchange Server 2007 Edge Transport server role and Hub Transport server role installed. The server that has the Hub Transport server role is located in an Active Directory site named Huston. You have to synchronize your companys Active Directory information to the server that has the Edge Transport server role. So what action should you perform? (Choose more than one) A. The ADAMSync command should be run on the server that has the Edge Transport server role. B. The ExportEdgeConfig -CloneConfigData "C:\CloneConfigData.xml" command should be run on the server that has the Edge Transport server role. C. The ImportEdgeConfig -CloneConfigData "C:\CloneConfigData.xml" command should be run on the server that has the Edge Transport server role. D. The New-EdgeSubscription -FileName "C:\EdgeServerSubscription.xml" cmdlet should be run on the server that has the Edge Transport server role. E. The New-EdgeSubscription -FileName "C:\EdgeServerSubscription.xml" -site "Huston" cmdlet should be run on the server that has the Hub Transport server role. Answer: DE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 81 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Your company has a head office in New York. There is a group of accountants in this head office. The company hires a new group of accountants for the branch office in Huston. The Exchange Server 2007 computer in the New York office is named Exch1. The Exchange Server 2007 computer in the Huston office is named Exch2. The new accounting group requires a local replica of the Accounting public folder that is located in the root of the public folder tree. Now a replica of the Accounting folder has to be added to the Exchange server in the Huston office. Which cmdlet should be run? A. Set-PublicFolder "\Accounting" -replicas "EXCH2\Public Folder Database" should be run

B. Set-PublicFolder "EXCH1\Accounting" -replicas "EXCH2\Public Folder Database" should be run. C. Set-PublicFolder "EXCH2\Accounting" -replicas "EXCH1\Public Folder Database" should be run D. Set-PublicFolder "\Accounting" -replicas "EXCH1\Public Folder Database","EXCH2\Public Folder Database" should be run. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 82 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 contained in your company environment. Message tracking is set to keep tracking logs for a month. When you try to have a message that was sent two weeks ago tracked, you find that no data for the message can be accessed on the Mailbox server. Therefore, you plan to make sure that message data can be tracked for a month. Which action should be performed to accomplish the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the maximum message tracking log file size should be enhanced. To achieve the goal, the maximum message tracking log directory size should be enhanced. To achieve the goal, the message tracking file retention should be set to be one and a half month. To achieve the goal, the message tracking log directory should be removed to a different volume.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 83 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You set the mailbox database with 200-MB mailbox quotas. You are required to remove the quota from the mailbox of a user named Peter. Which action should you perform to achieve the goal? A. In the Exchange Management Shell, you should run the Set-Mailbox -Identity &quot;Peter&quot; IssueWarningQuota 0 -ProhibitSendQuota 0 -ProhibitSendReceiveQuota 0 -UseDatabaseQuotaDefaults $False cmdlet. B. In the Exchange Management Shell, you should run the Set-Mailbox -Identity &quot;Peter&quot; IssueWarningQuota 104857600 -ProhibitSendQuota 104857600 -ProhibitSendReceiveQuota 104857600 UseDatabaseQuotaDefaults $False cmdlet. C. In the Exchange Management Console, on the Storage quotas dialog box, you should clear the Use mailbox database defaults check box on Peters user account. And then, you should make sure that the Issue warning at (KB), Prohibit send at (KB), and Prohibit send and receive at (KB) check boxes are cleared. D. In the Exchange Management Console, on the Storage quotas dialog box, you should clear the Use mailbox database defaults check box on Peters user account. And then, you should choosethe Issue warning at (KB) check box and set its value to 0. And then, you should choose the Prohibit send at (KB) check box and set its value to 0. Select the Prohibit send and receive at (KB)check box and set its value to 0.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 84 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1 (SP1) environment. According to the company requirements, you are required to have a list of all e-mail messages displayed, and the messages were delivered by a specific user in the last week. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. E. To achieve the goal, the Exchange Queue Viewer should be viewed. To achieve the goal, the Routing Log Viewer should be viewed. To achieve the goal, the Message Tracking tool should be utilized. To achieve the goal, the Database Troubleshooter tool should be utilized. To achieve the goal, the Mail Flow Troubleshooter should be utilized.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 85 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. This environment has an Edge Transport server in the perimeter network and a Hub Transport server in the internal network. The company asks you to make sure that all external e-mail messages that are received by your Exchange environment are not impersonated. What action should you perform? A. B. C. D. In order to make sure of In order to make sure of In order to make sure of In order to make sure of modified. this, the Sender ID settings on the Hub Transport server should be modified. this, the Sender ID settings on the Edge Transport server should be modified. this, the Sender Filtering settings on the Hub Transport server should be modified. this, the Sender Filtering settings on the Edge Transport server should be

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 86 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You are deploying file-level anti-virus scanners on a Mailbox server. You need to define scan exclusions for only the Mailbox role on the Mailbox server. You define scan exclusions for the Offline Address Book files and the Exchange databases. What action should you perform next?

A. B. C. D.

The Microsoft Exchange Transport Log Search service should be restarted. The Microsoft Exchange Information Store service should be restarted. Scan exclusions for the transaction logs and the database content indexes should be defined. Scan exclusions for the %Program Files%\Microsoft\Exchange Server\Public folder should be defined.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 87 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Your nightly backups are scheduled to run on Mailbox servers at 1:00 A.M. Each backup takes approximately four hours. Your maintenance window is currently set to start at 10:00 P.M. and to end at 3:00 A.M. You find that online defragmentations are not finishing successfully. This operation typically takes 4.5 hours. You have to makesure that database backups and online defragmentations finish successfully before 6:00 A.M. each day. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. The backups should be configured to start at 10:00 P.M. The backups should be configured to start at 12:00 A.M. The maintenance window should be configured to end at 1:30 A.M. The maintenance window should be configured to start at 8:00 P.M.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 88 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You can see the servers which are included by the environment from table below. However, hardware fails on Ser01. According to the company requirements, you are required to perform a role recovery to one or both of the other servers. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal?

A. To achieve the goal, the Client Access server role should be installed on Ser03. And then, the Mailbox server role should be installed on Ser02. B. To achieve the goal, the Client Access server role and the Mailbox server role should be installed on Ser02. C. To achieve the goal, the Client Access server role and the Mailbox server role should be installed on Ser03. D. To achieve the goal, the Client Access server role should be installed on Ser02. And then, the Mailbox server role should be installed on Ser03.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 89 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment and a single Client Access server is contained. The Autodiscover service is utilized. A failure happens on the Client Access server. You are required to have the Autodiscover service settings recovered to a new computer. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the Setup/m:RecoverServer command should be run. To achieve the goal, the Set-AcceptedDomain cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the Internet Information Services (IIS) configuration should be restored. To achieve the goal, the Register-ExchangeSCW.ps1 script should be run.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 90 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Exchange Server 2007 Organization of Hi-Tech.com contains a Client Access Server as well as a Hub Transport server.The server hosting the Client Access Server role is named Server01 and the server hosting the Hub Transport Server role is named Server02. You discover that Server01 has failed. You need to add the Client Access Server role to the existing Server02.What should you do? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. You should run setup /mode:Install /roles:ClientAccess,HubTransport command. You should run setup /mode:Install /roles:ClientAccess command. You should use the Add or Remove Programs applet in the Control Panel. You should configure the server as a front-end server using the Exchange System Manager.

Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 91 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) and Exchange Server 2007 in your company. There is a user in your company. He has an Exchange 2007 mailbox and an AD DS user account. They are respectively named kimi.george@wiikigo.com and wiikigo\kimi.george. It is reported by Kimi that he doesn&apos;t want to use his mailbox any more. However, his AD DS user account is still needed. Kimi&apos;s user account should be changed so that he won&apos;t have a mailbox but he should be permitted to log on to AD DS with his user account. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal?

A. To achieve the goal, the Export-Mailbox -Identity kimi.george@wiikigo.com TargetMailbox ExportMailbox TargetFolder KimData command should be run B. To achieve the goal, the Remove-Mailbox Identity wiikigo\kimi.george command should be run. C. To achieve the goal, the Disable-Mailbox kimi.george@wiikigo.com command should be run. D. To achieve the goal, the Set-Mailbox Identity wiikigo\kimi.george -HiddenFromAddressListsEnabled $true command should be run Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 92 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Your company acquired a company which is named Wiikigo. Your company plans to accept e-mail messages that are sent to the wiikigo. com e-mail namespace on your company&apos;s existing e-mail servers. The Wiikigo, Ltd., e-mail servers will be decommissioned. According to the company requirement, your companys Exchange 2007 organization needs to be configured to accept all e-mail messages that are sent to wiikigo.com. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. A new e-mail address generation policy for wiikigo.com should be added. Wiikigo.com should be added to the accepted domains as an authoritative domain. Wiikigo.com should be added to the accepted domains as an external relay domain. Wiikigo.com should be added to the accepted domains as an internal relay domain.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 93 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1 (SP1) environment. According to the company requirements, you should have a legal disclaimer contained in all external e-mail messages that are delivered by your users. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the appropriate Send connector should be changed. To achieve the goal, the Update-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the New Transport Rule Wizard should be run. To achieve the goal, the New Journal Rule Wizard should be run.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 94 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to have the e-mail address for a specific vendor contained in your company&apos;s global address list (GAL). In addition, you should avoid permitting the vendor access to your internal network resources. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, a Microsoft Exchange recipient object should be created. To achieve the goal, a mail contact should be created. To achieve the goal, a mailbox-enabled user should be created. To achieve the goal, a mail-enabled user should be created.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 95 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. There is a single Active Directory Domain Services(AD DS) domain in your company. The DNS name of the domain is corp.wiikigo. local. A stand-alone DNS server on the perimeter network has a standard primary DNS zone named wiikigo. local. A server on the corporate network has the Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox, Client Access, and Hub Transport server roles installed. You are preparing to deploy a stand-alone server on the perimeter network that will have the Edge Transport server role installed. You have to make sure that the Edge Transport server will be able to resolve the DNS name of the Hub Transport server. What should you do? A. For the Hub Transport server, a host (A) resource record should be created manually in the wiikigo.local DNS zone. B. For the Hub Transport server, a service (SRV) resource record should be created manually in the corp. wiikigo.local DNS zone. C. For the Hub Transport server, a host (A) resource record should be created manually in the corp.wiikigo. local DNS zone. D. For the Hub Transport server, a service (SRV) resource record should be created manually in the wiikigo. local DNS zone. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 96 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Your company has several vendors that deliver license keys by using e-mail. You register a new e-mail address named licensing@wiikigo.com for the vendors to use. You have to create a single folder to which the vendors e-mail messages can be delivered. So what action should you perform? A. A new custom managed folder should be created. B. A new managed default folder should be created.

C. A new mail-enabled public folder that has an e-mail address of licensing@wiikigo.com should be created. D. A mail-enabled group that has an e-mail address of licensing@wiikigo.com should be created. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 97 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. A mail-enabled public folder named Monitoring receives automated alerts from the monitoring system of your company. Some users send e-mail messages to the folder by selecting it from the global address list (GAL) in Microsoft Office Outlook. You have to prevent users from selecting the Monitoring folder from the GAL, and you have to make sure that the monitoring alerts will still be received. So what action should you perform? A. The Set-AddressList &quot;Public Folders&quot; -RecipientFilter &quot;DisplayName -is &apos; Monitoring&apos;&quot; cmdlet should be run. B. The Folder visible attribute for the Default name on the Monitoring public folder should be removed by using the Outlook client. C. The Set-MailPublicFolder cmdlet should be run and the DisplayName parameter should be set to $false. D. The Set-MailPublicFolder cmdlet and the HiddenFromAddressListsEnabled parameter should be set to $true. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 98 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You have a user named Tom. You have to make sure that a specific laptop is available as a resource mailbox. You have to make sure that Tom is able to control only the scheduling of the laptop, and you have to make sure that Tom is the only user who has that ability. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. A room mailbox should be created and Full Access permission should be assigned to Tom. An equipment mailbox should be created and Full Access permission should be assigned to Tom. An equipment mailbox should be created and the Set-ResourceConfig cmdlet should be run. An equipment mailbox should be created and Tom should be assigned as a resource delegate.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 99 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an

Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. And a single Hub Transport server is contained. Hardware fails on the Hub Transport server. A role recovery to a new computer is performed by you. You plan to view routing information for an e-mail message that was sent before the hardware fails. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the message tracking logs from backup should be restored. To achieve the goal, the GetMessageTrackingLogE2EWithTime.ps1 script should be run. To achieve the goal, the Setup /DisasterRecovery command should be run. To achieve the goal, the Setup /m:RecoverServer command should be run.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 100 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment, and servers and users at two locations named Loc01 and Loc02 are included. A attachment size for e-mail messages which are sent between the two locations should be set to the largest. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the Set-MessageClassification cmdlet from either location should be run. B. To achieve the goal, the maximum message size should be set on the Active Directory site link between Loc01 and Loc02. C. To achieve the goal, the maximum message size should be set on the routing group connector. D. To achieve the goal, the Set-ContentFilterConfig cmdlet from Loc01 and Loc02 should be run. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 101 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named Server01. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.You have been informed that the server running Exchange Server 2007 has failed. You need to get the server operational and thus proceeded as follows: You rebuild the server; you recover the information in the mailbox database as well as the log directories.After the rebuild and recovery the Hi-Tech.com users complained that Server01 is unacceptably slow and does not return the expected results either. You need to address the situation by rebuilding the full - text index catalog for all databases on the Mailbox server role. What should you do? A. First delete the full-text index catalog directory. Then run the Mount-Database cmdlet. Then start the Microsoft Exchange Search Service. B. First run the Dismount-Database cmdlet. Then delete the full-text index catalog directory. Then start the Microsoft Exchange Search Service. C. First stop the Microsoft Exchange Search Service. Then delete the full-text index catalog directory. Then start the Microsoft Exchange Search Service.

D. First stop the Microsoft Exchange Search Service. Then run the Set-MailboxDatabase -IndexEnabled:$true cm Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 102 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. There is a single Exchange organization and the following four servers in the Exchange Server 2007 environment of the company. The four servers are respectively the Mailbox server, Hub Transport server, Edge Transport server and Client Access server. A user in your Exchange organization sends a message to a recipient inside your company. But the recipient does not receive the message. Since you are the technical support, you are asked to find out the status of the message. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. The queue on the Edge Transport server should be viewed. The message tracking log on the Edge Transport server should be viewed. The Exchange Best Practices Analyzer should be used. The queue on the Hub Transport server should be viewed.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 103 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. A single Hub Transport server named ExHub01 and multiple Mailbox servers are included by your Exchange Server 2007 organization. And the company has a single Edge Transport server named ExEdge01 deployed. In addition, the company sets message tracking logs to be kept for a month. There is a mailbox for a user named Peter. The mailbox is located on a Mailbox server named ExMB01, and it has an SMTP address of Peter@wiikigo.com. Since you are the IT professional, you are required to generate a report. In the report, the total number of messages that Peter delivered during the last month should be indicated. Which action should you perform to achieve the goal? A. You should run the Get-MailboxFolderStatistics -Identity Peter -FolderScope SentItems | export-csv c:\tmp \Peter.csv cmdlet on ExHub01. B. You should run the Get-MessageTrackingLog -Sender Peter@wiikigo.com -EventId &quot;Receive&quot; | export-csv c:\tmp\Peter.csv cmdlet on ExHub01. C. You should run the Get-MessageTrackingLog -Sender Peter@wiikigo.com -EventId &quot;Receive&quot; | export-csv c:\tmp\Peter.csv cmdlet on ExEdge01. D. You should run the Get-MailboxStatistics -Identity Peter | export-csv -path c:\tmp\Peter.csv cmdlet on ExHub01. Answer: B Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 104 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Recently your company deployed Exchange Server 2007. Either Microsoft Office Outlook 2003 or Microsoft Office Outlook 2007 is installed on client computers. Now you receive report from Outlook2003 users saying that they cannot access the offline address book (OAB). But you find that Outlook 2007 users can access the OAB. You must make sure that all users are able to access the OAB. Which check box should you choose on the Offline Address Book properties? A. B. C. D. Custom Schedule should be used. Public folder distribution should be enabled. Web-based distribution should be enabled. The Default Global Address List should be included.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 105 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. You are making preparations to have an Exchange Server 2003 environment upgraded to an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to make sure that the mailboxes can be accessed by internal users and remote users during the upgrading. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the Exchange 2007 Mailbox server role should be installed. To achieve the goal, an Exchange 2003 front-end server should be installed. To achieve the goal, the Exchange 2007 Client Access server role should be installed. To achieve the goal, the Exchange 2007 Hub Transport server role should be installed.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 106 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1 (SP1). The environment has a single Mailbox server. Now you receive an order from the company management. According to the company requirement, local continuous replication (LCR) should be enabled for an existing storage group. You successfully run the EnableDatabaseCopy cmdlet on the storage group. Which cmdlet should be run next? A. Enable-StorageGroupCopy should be run next. B. Update-StorageGroupCopy should be run next.

C. Test-ReplicationHealth should be run next. D. Resume-StorageGroupCopy should be run next. E. Suspend-StorageGroupCopy should be run next. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 107 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. There is a single Edge Transport server in your environment. You have an additional Edge Transport server deployed. You have to make sure that inbound e-mail messages are distributed between the two Edge Transport servers. What are two possible ways to achieve this goal? A. netmask ordering on your public DNS servers should be disabled. B. On each of the Edge Transport servers, a new transport rule should be configured. C. Both Edge Transport servers should be connected to the same switch. The Edge Transport server cloned configuration scripts should be run. D. A new DNS MX record should be configured for the new Edge Transport server with the same Mail Server Priority value as the existing MX record. E. In a Network Load Balancing (NLB) cluster, both Edge Transport servers should be configured. The public DNS MX and A records should be configured for the NLB cluster name and IP address. Answer: DE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: High Availability - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124721.aspx You can deploy multiple Edge Transport servers and use multiple DNS Mail Exchanger (MX) records to load balance activity across those servers. You can also use NLB to provide load balancing and high availability for Edge Transport servers.

QUESTION 108 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You create a dynamic distribution group named Sales Team that contains all users in the sales department. Now you receive report from users in the sales department. According to their report, external e-mail messages that are sent to the Sales Team distributiongroup are not being delivered. Since you are the technical support, you have to make sure that external e-mail that is sent to Sales Team is delivered to all users in the sales department. So what action should you perform? A. In order to make sure of this, the Reject messages should be cleared from check box on the Sales Team distribution group. B. In order to make sure of this, the Reject messages should be cleared from check box on the user accounts of all users in the sales department. C. In order to make sure of this, the Require that all senders are authenticated check box on the Sales Team distribution group should be cleared.

D. In order to make sure of this, the Require that all senders are authenticated check box on the user accounts of all users in the sales department should be cleared. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 109 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You issue Microsoft Windows Mobile 6.0 devices to some of your users. A minimum password policy needs to be configured for all mobile device users. What action should you perform? A. The Set-ActiveSyncVirtualDirectory cmdlet should be run with the WindowsAuthEnabled parameter. B. A group policy for minimum password length should be created, and the group policy should be applied to all mobile device users. C. A Password Settings object (PSO) that has the minimum password length should be created, the PSO should be applied to a security group that contains all mobile device users. D. The minimum password length for the default ActiveSync mailbox policy should be configured, and the policy should be applied to all mobile device users. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Understanding Exchange ActiveSync Mailbox Policies - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123484. aspx How to Create an Exchange ActiveSync Mailbox Policy - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa997310. aspx How to Modify Exchange ActiveSync Mailbox Policy Settings - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ aa995989.aspx Minimum password length - This setting specifies the minimum password length.

QUESTION 110 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment, and an Edge Transport server is contained in the perimeter network and a Hub Transport server is contained in the internal network. Exchange EdgeSync service should be set between the two servers. Your company corporate with a company named Green Mood. A third-party messaging server is utilized by Green Mood. The same address space will be shared by both companies. You will set E-mail for the combined companies to route through the Exchange 2007 environment. The public DNS records for Green Mood are updated to point to the Edge Transport server in your Exchange 2007 environment. The Green Mood domain is set as an accepted domain. You are required to make sure that external e-mail for Green Moods users is delivered to Green Moods third-party messaging server. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. An internal relay domain should be set on the Hub Transport server. And then, a Send connector should be created on the Hub Transport server that points to Green Moods messaging server.

B. An external relay domain should be set on the Edge Transport server. And then, a Send connector should be created on the Edge Transport server that points to the Hub Transport server. C. An internal relay domain should be set on the Edge Transport server. And then, a Send connector should be created on the Hub Transport server that points to Green Moods messaging server. D. An external relay domain should be set on the Edge Transport server. And then, a Send connector should be created on the Edge Transport server that points to Green Moods messaging server. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 111 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to set external Out of Facility (OOF) messages on a per-user basis. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the Set-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlethould be run. To achieve the goal, the Exchange Management Console should be utilized. To achieve the goal, the Set-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the Set-MailUser cmdlethould be run.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Set-Mailbox - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123981.aspx The ExternalOofOptions parameter specifies the option for sending an Out of Office message to external senders. You can use the following values: External InternalOnly

QUESTION 112 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is a single Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) forest for you. This forest contains many domains. You are making preparations for installing Exchange Server 2007 into your forest. An error message is sent to you at the time you try to run the setup /PrepareAD command. The error message says that you do not have the necessary permissions to run this command. But you need to be able to run the setup /PrepareAD command. So what action should you perform? A. In order to achieve this, you should log on with an account that is a member of Administrators group. B. In order to achieve this, you should log on with an account that is a member of C. In order to achieve this, you should log on with an account that is a member of D. In order to achieve this, you should log on with an account that is a member of group. Answer: D the Exchange Organization the Domain Admins group. the Schema Admins group. the Enterprise Admins

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 113 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment for you. According to the company requirement, you should be able to manage e-mail messages on the basis of the reputation of the senders e-mail address. Of the following types of filtering, which one should be used? A. B. C. D. E. sender filtering content filtering sender ID filtering recipient filtering connection filtering

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 114 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. Exchange Server 2007 is utilized by your company, and they are in four locations throughout the country. It is reported by users at two of the locations that Exchange experiences a slow response. You are required to implement a health check of each locations infrastructure. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the Test-ServiceHealth cmdlet on each Exchange server should be run. To achieve the goal, the Test-ExchangeSearch cmdlet on each Exchange server should be run. To achieve the goal, the Exchange Best Practices Analyzer should be utilized. To achieve the goal, the Get-EventLogLevel cmdlet on each Exchange server should be run.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: The Exchange Best Practices Analyzer programmatically collects settings and values from data repositories such as Active Directory, registry, metabase and performance monitor. Once collected, a set of comprehensive best practice rules are applied to the topology. Administrators running this tool will get a detailed report listing the recommendations that can be made to the environment to achieve greater performance, scalability and uptime.

QUESTION 115 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Now you receive an order from the company management, you are asked to generate a report on all mailboxes in your Exchange Server 2007 organization. The report must detail the number of items per mailbox folder. Which cmdlet should be

run? A. You should run Get-ExchangeServer | Get-Message | Export-Csv -Path c:\allmbfstats.csv B. You should run Get-Mailuser | Get-MailboxFolderStatistics | Export-Csv -Path c:\allmbfstats.csv C. You should run Get-ExchangeServer | Get-Mailbox | Get-MailboxStatistics | Export-Csv -Path c:\allmbstats. csv D. You should run Get-ExchangeServer | Get-Mailbox | Get-MailboxFolderStatistics | Export-Csv -Path c: \allmbfstats.csv Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 116 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Now you receive an order from the company management. According to the company requirement, the LDAP search time on your Hub Transport server should be decreased. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. Another Hub Transport server should be added. Another global catalog server should be added. Memory should be added on the Hub Transport server. An additional CPU should be added on the Hub Transport server.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 117 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You install a new Client Access server into this environment. Your company domain is named wiikigo.com. You create a new DNS A resource record that points autodiscover. wiikigo.com to the external IP address of the Client Access server. You receive report from users saying that they cannot use the Autodiscover service. But the users are able to access Outlook Web Access, which is on the same server as the Autodiscover service. Since you are the technical support, you have to make sure that all users are able to use the Autodiscover service. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. A trusted encryption certificate should be installed on your Client Access server. A trusted encryption certificate should be installed on your Mailbox server. A DNS SRV record that points to autodiscover.wiikigo.com should be created. A DNS CNAME record that points autodiscover.wiikigo.com to your Mailbox servers DNS name should be created. E. A DNS CNAME record that points autodiscover.wiikigo.com to your Client Access servers DNS name should be created. Answer: A

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 118 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. Exchange Server 2007 is being installed on a new member server. Your login account joins the local administrators group. You enter the server, and try to have the Hub Transport server role installed. An error message is received, and the message says that the Hub Transport server role cannot be installed. You should install the Hub Transport server role successfully. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, your user account should be added to the Exchange Read-Only Administrators group. B. To achieve the goal, your user account should be added to the Exchange Organization Administrators group. C. To achieve the goal, the setup.exe /PrepareLegacyExchangePermissions command should be run. D. To achieve the goal, the computer account should be added to the Exchange Servers group. E. To achieve the goal, the computer account should be added to the Exchange Administrators group. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 119 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You should be enabled to have POP3 connections monitored. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the MSExchangeIS Client performance monitoring object should be added. To achieve the goal, the MSExchangePop3 performance monitoring object should be added. To achieve the goal, the Test-OutlookWebServices cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the MSExchangeIS Mailbox performance monitoring object should be added.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 120 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. Multiple databases on each logical unit number (LUN) contained by your Exchange Server 2007 environment. The individual database restores should be permitted, so that you must have the databases backed up in such a way that the databases can be recovered to a file server. You are required to choose a proper backup type. To satisfy the requirements, which backup types should be utilized? (Choose more than one.)

A. B. C. D.

To satisfy the requirements, streaming full backups should be utilized. To satisfy the requirements, streaming copy backups should be utilized. To satisfy the requirements, Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS) full backups should be utilized. To satisfy the requirements, Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS) copy backups should be utilized.

Answer: CD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 121 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. In your company, each branch office has a single dedicated organizational unit (OU). A branch office moves to a new location. The old street address is 101 Main Street. The new street address is 201 Main Street. Since you are the technical support, you are asked to update the street address in the global address list (GAL) for all employees in the relocated branch office. Which cmdlet should be run? A. B. C. D. Get-User -OrganizationalUnit '100 Main Street' | Set-User -StreetAddress "201 Main Street" Get-Mailbox -OrganizationalUnit '100 Main Street' | Set-User -StreetAddress "201 Main Street" Get-User -Filter "StreetAddress -eq '100 Main Street' " | Set-User -StreetAddress "201 Main Street" Get-User -Filter "StreetAddress -eq '100 Main Street' " &gt; Set-User -StreetAddress "201 Main Street"

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 122 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Now you receive an order from the company management. According to the company requiremement, new disk resources should be added toan existing Exchange Server 2007 Single Copy Cluster (SCC). Which tool should you choose to use? A. B. C. D. You should choose to use Cluster Administrator You should choose to use Exchange Setup utility You should choose to use Exchange Management Shell You should choose to use Exchange Management Console

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 123 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007

Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Now you receive an order from the company management. According to the company requirement, Outlook Web Access needs to be configured to allow Microsoft Office documents to be opened but not saved on public computers. So what action should you perform? A. The Office file formats should be added to the direct file access Block list. B. Direct file access should be enabled for public computers. C. Force WebReady Document Viewing should be enabled when a converter is available for public computers. D. The Office file formats should be added to the supported document types for WebReady Document Viewing. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 124 You work as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization that has four Exchange servers.Two of the Exchange servers host the Mailbox server role, and the other two Exchange servers host the Hub Transport server role.A user in the marketing department sent an e-mail message to a customer outside the Hi-Tech.com network. The e-mail address of the customer is roryallen@Test-Tech.com. The e-mail message contains the latest product line.However the e-mail never reached the intended recipient. You need to determine whether the e-mail did indeed leave the Hi-Tech.com Exchange organization.What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should run the Get-Queue - Filter {status - eq "retry"} cmdlet. You should run the Get- Recipient - Filter {PrimarySmtpAddress - eq roryallen@Test-Tech.com} cmdlet. You should run the Get-Queue -Filter {NextHopDomain - eq "Test-Tech.com"} cmdlet. You should run the Get-Message -Filter {Subject - eq "Latest Production Line"} cmdlet.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 125 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You are required to confirm that full backups are completing successfully by utilizing your Mailbox server. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, you should confirm To achieve the goal, you should confirm To achieve the goal, you should confirm To achieve the goal, you should confirm that the message tracking logs have been flushed. that the mailbox database size has been reduced. that the transaction logs have been flushed. that the agent logs have been flushed.

Answer: C Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 126 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You plan to have a new Hub Transport server added. You are required to set anti-spam agents on the new Hub Transport server beforethe e-mail is accepted by server. The current e-mail flow should not be interrupted. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. To achieve the goal, the Background Intelligent Transfer Service (BITS) should be pervented, and then the setup command should be run. B. To achieve the goal, a new transport rule should be set on the current Hub Transport server. C. To achieve the goal, the setup /DoNotStartTransport command should be run. D. To achieve the goal, the setup /UpdatesDir command should be run. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 127 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. In the mailbox delivery queue, there is a great amount of e-mail messages queued for delivery. After viewing the queue, you find a problem that there are many unsolicited messages with the same subject, and they have been sent to multiple recipients. You are required to move all of the unsolicited e-mail messages which the same subject is included. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. In the Exchange Queue Viewer, a filter based on the sender criteria should be created, and then the messages should be deleted. B. In the Exchange Queue Viewer, a filter based on the subject criteria should be created, and then the messages should be deleted. C. In the Exchange Management Console, a managed folder mailbox policy should be created, and the policy to all users should be applied. D. In the Exchange Management Console, a connection filter for all users should be created, and then the messages should be deleted. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 128 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. You can see the configuration of your Exchange Server 2007 environment from the table listed below. It is reported by the users that a lot of spam e-mail messages are sent to them from the Internet. You are required to minimize the amount of unwanted messages from the Internet, and the internal messages should not be

filtered. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal?

A. To achieve the goal, the value for the spam confidence level (SCL) threshold on the content filter should be enhanced on Ser01. B. To achieve the goal, the value for the spam confidence level (SCL) threshold on the content filter should be enhanced on Ser03. C. To achieve the goal, the anti-spam agents should be enabled on Ser01. D. To achieve the goal, the anti-spam agents should be installed and enabled on Ser03. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 129 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Tom is an administrator for Wiikigo, Ltd. In order to make sure that Tom is able to install the Hub Transport server role on an Exchange Server 2007 computer named ExchHub1, you have to assignthe minimum permissions necessary. What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose two.) A. B. C. D. E. Tom should be added to the Domain Admins group. Tom should be added to the ExchHub1 local Administrators group. The Add-ExchangeAdministrator -Identity wiikigo\Tom -Role OrgAdmin cmdlet should be run. The Add-ExchangeAdministrator -Identity wiikigo\Tom -Role ServerAdmin cmdlet should be run. The Setup /NewProvisionedServer ExchHub1.wiikigo.com /ServerAdmin wiikigo\Maria command should be run.

Answer: BE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 130 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Now you receive an order from the company management. According to the company requirement, the prohibit send quota for all users should be increased. Which cmdlet should you run? A. B. C. D. Set-ManagedContentSettings should be run. Set-Mailbox should be run. Set-MailUser should be run. Set-MailboxDatabase should be run.

E. Set-EmailAddressPolicy should be run. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 131 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You have Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 deployed. Now you receive an order from the company management. Since you are the technical support, you are asked to make sure that users are able to access their e-mail by using POP3. So what action should you perform to achieve this? A. B. C. D. The Connection settings in the Exchange Management Console should be modified. The POP3 service Startup type should be configured to be Automatic, and start the POP3 service. The IMAP4 Mailbox Feature setting should be disabled. The Retrieval Settings for POP3 in the Exchange Management Console should be modified.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: How to Enable POP3 in Exchange 2007 - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124934.aspx When you install Exchange 2007, the POP3 service is not started. You can use the Services snap-in in Microsoft Management Console (MMC) or the Exchange Management Shell to set the POP3 service to start automatically.

QUESTION 132 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. Since you are the exchange administrator, you are required to have a snapshot of a mailbox database performed. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the Clean-MailboxDatabase cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the Set-StorageGroup cmdlet should be run. To achieve the goal, the Vssadmin.exe command-line tool should be utilized. To achieve the goal, the Eseutil.exe command-line tool should be utilized.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 133 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. The table bellows shows the configuration of the servers in your companys environment.You have to prepare the environment for installing Exchange Server 2007. You type

setup.exe at the command prompt. Which parameter should you add to the command?

A. B. C. D.

/DomainController:S02 should be added to the command. /DomainController:S01 should be added to the command. /NewProvisionedServer:S04 should be added to the command. /NewProvisionedServer:S03 should be added to the command.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 134 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. You can see the configuration of the servers in your Exchange Server 2007 organization from the table below.An Edge Transport server named Ser04 is added.You are required to have Ser04 linked with the Exchange organization. In addition, recipient and configuration data should be copied from Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS).What should be done to achieve the goal? (Choose the three correct actions, and then put them in the right order.) 1. A Send connector should be added from Ser04 to the Internet. 2. The Edge subscription file should be exported on Ser04. 3. The Edge subscription file should be imported on Ser02. 4. A Receive connector on Ser02 should be added for Ser04. 5. The Edge subscription file should be copied to Ser02. 6. Active Directory Application Mode (ADAM) should be installed on Ser02.

A. B. C. D.

2,5,3 2,6,3 5,4,1 3,6,5

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 135 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. Hi-

Tech.com makes use of Microsoft ActiveSync policy.As a security measure the Microsoft ActiveSync policy is configured to ensure that idle clients provide their password every 20 minutes. You therefore decide to configure an inactivity timer on the network computers. You receive a request from the Marketing manager named Amy Wilson, to ensure that her laptop computer is not affected by the inactivity timer. Her laptop computer is named CL01.You need to ensure that CL01 is not affected by the timeout policy. However, you need to take care that the other corporate policy settings are maintained.What should you do? A. You should consider reconfiguring CL01 for ActiveSync. Then ensure that the corporate ActiveSync policy is not applied. B. You should consider removing the ActiveSync policy from the Amy Wilson mailbox. C. You should create a new ActiveSync policy that contains all the necessary settings. Then apply it to Amy Wilson's mailbox. D. You should change the password setting on CL01 in order to override the ActiveSync policy. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 136 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. You have an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You create a new e-mail address policy by utilizing the Exchange Management Shell. You are required to view the recipients which thenew e-mail address policy applies to. Which actions should be performed? (Choose more than one.) A. To achieve the goal, the Exchange Management Console should be utilized. B. To achieve the goal, the Group Policy Management Console should be utilized. C. To achieve the goal, the Get-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet should be run, and then the Get-Recipient cmdlet should be run. D. To achieve the goal, the Set-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet should be run, and then the Get-Recipient cmdlet should be run. E. To achieve the goal, the Get-AddressList cmdlet should be run. Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 137 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment. The following servers in the tables below are included by your environment. Hardware fails on Ser02. You are required to restore the Hub Transport role to one or more of the other servers. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal?

A. To achieve the goal, the Hub Transport server role should be restored on Ser04. B. To achieve the goal, the Client Access server role should be removed to Ser01. And then, the Hub Transport server role should be restored on Ser03. C. To achieve the goal, the Hub Transport server role should be restored on Ser01. D. To achieve the goal, the Hub Transport server role should be restored on Ser03. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 138 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. You can see the servers which are included by your current Exchange Server 2003 environment from the table below. You are making preparations to have Exchange Server 2007 installed. The Exchange 2007 Edge Transport server role is installed on a server named Ser03. You plan to have Exchange 2007 Mailbox,Client Access, and Hub Transport server roles installed on a server named Ser04.wiikigo.com. You are required to perform an unattended installation of Exchange Server 2007. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal?

A. To achieve the goal, the Setup /mode:Install /roles:ClientAccess,HubTransport,Mailbox LegacyRoutingServer:ser04.wiikigo.com command should be run. B. To achieve the goal, the Setup /mode:Install /roles:ClientAccess,HubTransport,Mailbox LegacyRoutingServer:Ser01.wiikigo.com command should be run. C. To achieve the goal, the Setup /mode:Install /roles:ClientAccess,HubTransport,Mailbox LegacyRoutingServer:ser02.wiikigo.com command should be run. D. To achieve the goal, the Setup /mode:Install /roles:ClientAccess,HubTransport,Mailbox LegacyRoutingServer:Ser03 command should be run. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

/ / / /

QUESTION 139 You work as an Exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network consists of a single Active Directory domain named Hi-Tech.com that contains a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 server named Server01.You need to design a backup strategy that uses a backup media device for database on Server01. The database needs to back up every weekday and on Saturdays. You need to ensure that no more than two backup media devices are required to restore the database.What is should you do? A. Run an incremental backup during the week and a full backup on Saturdays. B. Run a differential backup during the week, except Fridays. On Fridays and Saturday she needs to perform an incremental backup.

C. Run a differential backup during the week and a full backup on Saturdays. D. Run a full backup every working day and then start with an incremental backup on Saturdays. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 140 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.The Exchange Server organization contains a mail-enabled public folder. This folder is named EOFolder and is configured to receive automated alerts. All automated alerts are sent by an external monitoring system. The clients of Hi-Tech.com are able to send e-mail messages to EOFolder.You receive numerous complaints from clients stating that the mail from the monitoring system is returned with a non-delivery report. You need to make sure that the clients receive monitoring alerts in EOFolder.What should you do? A. You should run the Add-PublicFolderClientPermission -AccessRights: EditOwnedItems cmdlet for anonymous users for EOFolder. B. You should run the Set-MailPublicFolder -RequireSenderAuthenticationEnabled: $true cmdlet for EOFolder. C. You should use Microsoft Office Outlook to assign default clients the permission to create items in EOFolder. D. You should use Microsoft Office Outlook to allocate anonymous clients the permission to create items in TestMonitor. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 141 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1 (SP1) environment for you. Two Exchange organizations are in this environment. The network connectivity between the organizationsis limited to TCP port 25 and TCP port 443. You receive an order from the company management. Mailboxes between the two Exchange organizations should be removed. So what should you do toachieve this? (Choose more than one) A. B. C. D. E. The Get-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. The enable-CrossForestConnector.ps1 script should be run. The Move-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. The Export-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. The Import-Mailbox cmdlet should be run.

Answer: DE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 142 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech. com.The Edge Transport Server role is installed on a server named Server01 and the Hub Transport Server role is installed on a server named Server02. It has been brought to your attention that Server01 failed. Consequently you need to make alternative arrangements regarding the Edge Transport server role and thusdecide to install a new Microsoft Windows Server 2003 server as well as reinstalling the Edge Transport Server role on Server01.You discover that the address rewrites configured before on Server01 is not functioning. It is imperative that you recover the address rewrite capabilities.What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should import the Edge Subscription file on the Server02. You should run the Setup /m: RecoverServer command on the new server. You should copy the Edge Subscription file to the Server02. You should run the ImportEdgeConfig.ps1 script on the new server.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 143 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. In your environment, there are servers that either Exchange Server 2007 or Exchange Server 2003 installed. For limiting the number of recipients that are allowed per message, a policy is created by you. You must make sure that the policy is enforced for all users. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. Server limits should be set. Global limits should be set. Connector limits should be set. Organizational limits should be set.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 144 You work as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.You are currently preparing your Exchange 2007 organization in order to install the Mailbox server role on a newly purchased Exchange Server 2007 server named Server01. You have received instruction from the Manager to ensure that the Server01 read and write performance is optimal. In addition you also need to implement redundancy on Server01. You thus have to choose the appropriate type of array on which the mailbox database should be placed.What should you do? A. Make use of a dedicated RAID 10 array. B. Make use of a dedicated RAID 0 array.

C. Make use of a dedicated RAID 1 array. D. Make use of a RAID 1 array that contains the operating system partition. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 145 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is a single server named S01 for you. S01 has Exchange Server 2007 with Service Pack 1 (SP1) installed. Besides, S01 has three server roles installed: Mailbox, Client Access, and Hub Transport. You get report from users saying that they can send e-mail messages inside the company. But they cannot send e-mail messages outside the company. You have to solve this problem as soon as possible, making sure that all users can send e-mail messages outside the company. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. In order to achieve this, hightech.com should be added as an accepted domain. In order to achieve this, a Send connector should be created with a * address space. In order to achieve this, a Send connector should be created with a contoso.com address space. In order to achieve this, a Foreign connector should be created with a contoso.com address space.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 146 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1 (SP1) environment for you. You receive an order from the company management. You are asked to schedule replication for a public folder. Of the following cmdlets, which one should be run? A. B. C. D. E. Set-JournalRule should be run. Set-PublicFolder should be run. Set-MailPublicFolder should be run. Enable-ContinuousReplicationHostName should be run. Disable-ContinuousReplicationHostName should be run.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 147 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. In

your Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 environment, there is a single Client Access server. Microsoft Office Outlook 2007 has been installed on all client computers. An external firewall is used by you. According to the company requirement, you must make sure that all users can access e-mail, free/busy information, and public folders from the Internet. So what action should you perform to make sure of this? A. Outlook Anywhere should be enabled on the Client Access server. B. A new Exchange ActiveSync Mailbox Policy should be created, and it should be assigned to all users. C. TCP port 993 connections from the Internet to the corporate network should be permitted on the firewall. Outlook should be configured to use IMAP over SSL. D. TCP port 995 connections from the Internet to the corporate network should be permitted on the firewall. Outlook should be configured to use POP3 over SSL. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 148 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. Hi-Tech.com has its headquarters in Chicago and a branch office in Dallas.You have been assigned to the Dallas site office. Your instructions are to install Exchange Server 2007 on the new server. To ensure that no problems occur that might hinder the users of the Dallas site to perform their duties you decide to install the required components on the new server before you install Exchange Server 2007.What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose THREE.) A. B. C. D. E. F. Install Install Install Install Install Install Windows PowerShell 1.0. Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP). Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP). Microsoft Management Console (MMC) 3.0. Microsoft .NET Framework 1.1. Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0

Answer: ADF Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 149 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.You were compelled to restore the directory objects and settings from a backup that was taken on Monday, November 13 after the Hi-Tech.com Active Directory environment became corrupted on the Friday, November 18. However, after the restoration a number of users reported that they are unable to access their mailboxes and they were assigned mailboxes between the Monday, November 13 and the corruption of the Active Directory environment on Friday November 18. These users all require access to their mailboxes and you thus need to address the issue.What should you do? A. The most recent System State backup should be restored. B. You should run the Enable-Mailbox cmdlet on the Exchange server. C. You should run the Connect-Mailbox cmdlet from the Exchange server.

D. The most recent mailbox database backup should be restored. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Connect-Mailbox - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa997878.aspx Use the Connect-Mailbox cmdlet to connect a disconnected mailbox to an Active Directory directory service user object.

QUESTION 150 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named Server01. You must collect data regarding Server01 user connectivity. You need to produce a report of all the Server01 mailboxes on the Hi-Tech.com network that shows the most recent logon time.What should you do? A. B. C. D. E. Generate the report you need by running the Get-MailboxDatabase -Server Server01 cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Get-MailboxServer Server01 cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Get-LogonStatistics -Server Server01 cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Set-Mailbox cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Get-MailboxStatistics -Server Server01 cmdlet.

Answer: E Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 151 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.The Hi-Tech.com network contains of an Exchange Server 2007 server named ESERVER01. You need to prepare and configure e-mail retention on four custom managed folders for all mailboxes on ESERVER01. To accomplish this task you proceed as follows:1. Configure the managed folder assistant for ESERVER012. Create four managed custom folders3. Create a new managed folder mailbox policy named POMail4. Add all the custom managed folders to the POMail policy5. Create managed content settings for every folder as well as configuring the required retention settings6. Complete the configuration of the messaging records management (MRM) retention settingsNow you need to make these four mailboxes available for the mailboxes on ESERVER01.What should you do? A. You have to create a new managed folder mailbox policy for the managed custom folders. B. You have to ensure that the managed custom content settings are added to the four managed custom folders. C. You have to ensure that the POMail policy is added for every mailbox on ESERVER01. D. You have to ensure that the enable retention hold for items in the mailbox check box is selected for all mailboxes on ESERVER01. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 152 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network forHi-Tech.com.Your company has a separate business unit named Luxware Traders. All Luxware Traders employees have mailboxes on your companys Exchange Server 2007 computers. All Luxware Traders employee mailboxes have been assigned luxwaretraders.com e-mail addresses. The exhibit below shows the configuration of e-mail address policy. The Luxware Traders distribution groups have not been assigned Luxwaretraders.com e-mail addresses. You need to assign all of the Luxware Traders distribution groups an e-mail address from the Luxwaretraders.com domain by using an e-mail address policy. What action should you perform?

A. A unique custom attribute value should be assigned to each Luxware Traders distribution group. Add an additional e-mail address policy that filters for the assigned custom attribute. B. A unique custom attribute value should be assigned to each Luxware Traders distribution group. Modify the existing policy by adding the assigned custom attribute to the conditions list by using the Exchange Management Console. C. Each of the distribution group should be added to the existing e-mail address policy by running the SetEmailAddressPolicy cmdlet with the RecipientFilter parameter. The Update-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet should be run with appropriate parameters. D. Each of the distribution groups should be added to the existing e-mail address policy by running the SetEmailAddressPolicy cmdlet with the IncludedRecipients parameter. The Update-EmailAddressPolicy cmdlet should be run with the appropriate parameters. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 153 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Exchange 2007 Organization of HiTech.com network contains a server named Server01 that holds the Mailbox server role and a server named Server02 that holds the Hub Transport server role. All the Hi-Tech.com Exchange servers are located on subnet3. All Hi-Tech.com users have been assigned mailboxes on Server01. Two users named Martin Sheen and Rory Allen must communicate regularly via their mailboxes since Martin Sheen is located on subnet1 and

Rory Allen on subnet2. Martin Sheen informs you that he sent an e-mail message to Rory Allen which was never delivered. You need to troubleshoot the situation. Thus you check and discover that the message left the Martin Sheen Outbox and was listed in the Sent Items folder. You need to identify the reason for the error. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should run the Test-MAPIConnectivity -Server Server01 cmdlet on Server01. You should run the Test-MAPIConnectivity -Server Server01 cmdlet on a workstation on subnet1. You should run the Test-ServiceHealth cmdlet on Server01. You should run the Test-ServiceHealth cmdlet on Server02.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Test-ServiceHealth - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998852.aspx The Server parameter specifies the server on which you will check that the required services are running. If you do not specify this parameter, the command will check the services on the local server.

QUESTION 154 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There are two Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) forests in the company. The two forests are respectively named ForestA and ForestB. ForestA has domain controllers and member servers that are located on the corporate network. ForestB has domain controllers and member servers that are located on the perimeter network. You intend to have the Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1 (SP1) Edge Transport server role installed on a server named S01. S01 is a stand-alone server that has a Server Core installation of Windows Server 2008. You have to make preparations of S01 for installation of the Exchange 2007 SP1 Edge Transport server role. So what should you do? (Choose more than one) A. B. C. D. S01 should be joined to ForestB. S01 should be joined to ForestA. Windows Web Server 2008 should be installed on S01. Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Full Installation should be installed on S01.

Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 155 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. Help desk technicians are given with the permissions to manage mail-enabled groups. You receive report from them saying that they fail to mail-enable a specific group which is used to grant access to file shares. You have to solve this problem, making sure that they can mail-enable the group. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. In order to achieve your goal, the group should be converted to a universal security group. In order to achieve your goal, the group should be converted to a global distribution group. In order to achieve your goal, the group should be converted to a domain local security group. In order to achieve your goal, the group should be converted to a universal distribution group.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 156 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.HiTech.com employs another administrator to assist with the workload. You need to make sure that the new administrator, Rory Allen will be able to create a Send connector on a Hub transport server. In your solution you must remember the Hi-Tech.com written security policy of least privilege and must thus assign Rory Allen the least amount of permissions required to fulfill his duties.What should you do? A. You should consider delegating Exchange Full Administrator privileges at the organizational level to Rory Allen. B. You should consider adding Rory Allen to the Domain Admins group to enable him to create a Send connector. C. You should consider running the Add-ExchangeAdminstrator -Role ServerAdmin-Identity RoryAllen cmdlet. D. You should consider running the Add-ExchangeAdministrator -Role OrgAdmin-Identity RoryAllen cmdlet. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 157 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.You have received several reports from clients in various departments stating that important e-mail messages pertaining their work are delivered to their Microsoft Office Outlook Junk E-mail folders.They need these emails to continue with their duties. You need to address the situation.You check and detect that the e-mail addresses of the message senders were on the Outlook Safe Senders List. Now you need to ensure that user defined Safe Senders Lists are used during the Exchange Edge Transport server message delivery so the email messages are not delivered to the Microsoft Office Outlook Junk E-mail folders.What should you do? A. The authenticated message bypass on the Edge Transport server content filter configuration should be enabled. B. The Update-SafeList cmdlet should be run on the Mailbox server for each mailbox. C. The Outlook E-mail Postmark validation on the Mailbox server content filter configuration should be enabled. D. The anti-spam updates on the Edge Transport server should be enabled. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Update-SafeList - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb125034.aspx Use the Update-SafeList cmdlet to update the safelist aggregation data in the Active Directory directory service. Safelist aggregation data is used in anti-spam filtering in Microsoft Exchange Server 2007. EdgeSync

replicates safelist aggregation data to computers that have the Edge Transport server role installed. The Update-SafeList cmdlet reads the safelist aggregation data that is stored on a Microsoft Office Outlook user mailbox and then hashes and writes the data to the corresponding user object in Active Directory. Safelist aggregation data contains the Outlook user's Safe Senders List and Safe Recipients List.

QUESTION 158 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There are two load balanced Client Access servers in your Exchange Server 2007 organization. On the corporate network, outlook Anywhere users have access to availability information. According to the company requirement, you have to allow access to availability information for users outside the corporate network who connect by using Outlook Anywhere. What action should you perform? A. The Full Details read permission should be added to each users calendar properties by using the Microsoft Office Outlook client. B. The external URL should be set by running the Set-WebServicesVirtualDirectory cmdlet on each of the Client Access servers. C. On each of the Client Access servers, the Set-CASMailbox cmdlet should be run with the appropriate parameters. D. A replica of the Exchange organizations Free/Busy public folder should be added to at least one of the Mailbox servers in the same site as the Client Access servers. Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 159 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.Hi-Tech.com has headquarters in London and a branch office in Paris. The Exchange Server 2007 server in the London office is named Server01 and the Exchange Server 2003 server in the London office is names Server02.At present the Server01 server contains a mailbox that has 25 KB of mailbox rules. You need to move the mailbox from Server01 to Server02.What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should run the move-Mailbox cmdlet with the IgnorePolicyMatch parameter. You should run the Move-Mailbox cmdlet with the IgnoreRuleLimitErrors parameter. You should use the Exchange Server 2003 Exchange Task wizard. You should use the Exchange Server 2007 Move Mailbox wizard.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Move-Mailbox - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa997599.aspx Use the Move-Mailbox cmdlet to move mailboxes within your organization or between different organizations The IgnoreRuleLimitErrors parameter specifies that the command will not move the user's rules to the target Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 or Exchange 2000 Server account. You can specify this parameter to avoid the Microsoft Outlook 32K rules limit. By default, the Move-Mailbox cmdlet will move rules, both in single forest and cross-forest moves.

QUESTION 160 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server named Server01. During routine maintenance you notice that an inappropriate message with the subject line of Exchangeis sent to all clients on Server01. You need to ensure that the message is deleted from the mailboxes on Server01.What should you do? A. First create a new mailbox named NewMail that contains a folder named Export. Then run the Get-Mailbox -Server Server01 | Export-Mailbox ????C TargetMailbox NewMail - TargetFolder Export -SubjectKeywords &quot;Exchange&quot;-DeleteContent cmdlet. B. First locate the message ID of the original message on Server01. Then run the Export-Message -Identity &lt;IDnumber&gt; c:\temp cmdlet. Then delete the messages in the directory. C. First create a new transport rule named ExcRule from the Exchange Management Console. Then set the condition to &quot;when the Subject field contains ExcRule&quot;. Then set the action to &quot;silently drop the message&quot;. D. First locate the message ID of the original message on Server01. Then run the Remove-Message -Identity &lt;IDnumber&gt; cmdlet. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 161 You work as an Exchange Administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 environment that is configured with cluster continuous replication (CCR).The Microsoft Windows Cluster service (MSCS) runs on two servers named Server01 and Server02 and the default cluster MSCS is named DECluster. The cluster mailbox server (CMS) for the DECluster is named EXServer02. Both DECluster and EXServer02 are configured to run on the Server01 cluster node. However, the CCR replica is configured to run on the Server02 cluster node. Youmust backup the CCR replica.What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should specify EXServer02 in the backup operation. You should specify Server01 in the backup operation. You should specify DECluster in the backup operation. You should specify Server02 in the backup operation.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 162 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 computer named Server01. The Hub Transport server role resides on Server01.You notice that message tracking is enabled on Server01. A new Hi-Tech.com directive regarding company privacy policy states that the subject line of e-mail messages should be not stored in the tracking log. You need to track the e-mail messages from Server01 whilst ensuring that you comply with the Hi-Tech.com privacy policy.What should you do?

A. B. C. D.

You should make use of You should make use of You should make use of You should make use of

the Set- ReceiveConnector - ProtocolLoggingLevel None cmdlet. the Set- TransportServer Server01 - MessageTrackingLogEnabled : $false cmdlet. the Get- MessageTrackingLog -Subject None cmdlet. the Set- Transport Server Server01 C MessageTrackingLogSubjectLoggin

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 163 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.You need to create a report on the Exchange Server 2007 servers that are currently on the company network. In your report you need to take a number of aspects into consideration. These are: the amount of storage groups, the total physical memory, the operating system version, the amount of processors as well as the amount of mailbox databases.What should you do? A. B. C. D. Generate the report you need by running the Test-SystemHealth cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Health Check scan in the Exchange Best Practices Analyzer. Generate the report you need by running the Get-ExchangeServer | Format-List cmdlet. Generate the report you need by running the Get-OrganizationConfig cmdlet.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 164 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com Exchange Server network has just been migrated to Exchange Server 2007. You are responsible for managing theExchange network for Hi-Tech.com.Every mailbox server on the Hi-Tech.com network is configured with two storage groups as well as two databases for each of the storage groups. You have received instruction from the Manager to ensure that the Hi-Tech.com Exchange Server network is fault tolerant. You thus decide to implement local continuous replication (LCR). Now you need to configure the Mailbox server with LCR.What should you do? A. First change the ratio to a single database per storage group. Then run the Enable-DatabaseCopy cmdlet. Then run the Enable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. B. First run the Disable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. Then change the databases into a single storage group. Then run the Enable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. C. First change the database ratio to a single database per storage group. Then run the DisableStorageGroupCopy cmdlet. Then run the Enable-DatabaseCopy cmdlet. D. First run the Disable-StorageGroupCopy cmdlet. Then change the databases ratio into a single storage group. Then run the Enable-DatabaseCopy cmdlet. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 165 You work as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization named Server01.Your main job function includes managing the Hi-Tech.com network. A new Hi-Tech.com policy states that all attached files should be removed from meeting requests. You thus need to configure the conference room resource mailboxes in Server01 to remove attached files from meeting requests so as to comply with the policy.What should you do? A. You should consider running the Get-Mailbox - RecipientTypeDetails RoomMailbox MailboxCalendarSettings -DeleteAttachments: $true cmdlet. B. You should consider running the Get-Mailbox - RecipientTypeDetails RoomMailbox MailboxCalendarSettings -DeleteNonCalendarItems: $true cmdlet. C. You should consider running the Get-Mailbox - RecipientTypeDetails RoomMailbox MailboxCalendarSettings - DeleteAttachments : $true cmdlet. D. You should consider running the Get-Mailbox - RecipientTypeDetails RoomMailbox MailboxCalendarSettings - DeleteNonCalendarItems : $true cmdlet. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: | Set| Set; Set; Set-

QUESTION 166 You work as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.The HiTech.com network contains a stand-alone server named Server01. You have received instruction from the Manager to install the appropriate Exchange Server 2007 server role on Server01.What should you do? A. B. C. D. The Hub Transport server role should be installed on Server01. The Mailbox server role should be installed on Server01. The Client Access server role should be installed on Server01. The Edge Transport server role should be installed on Server01.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 167 You work as the Exchange Administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. Hi-Tech.com has acquired a business partner named Test-Tech Ltd.The Hi-Tech. com written security policy states that employees are not permitted to send out-of-office messages to users outside the companies Exchange 2007 organization. After the acquisition of the new partner Hi-Tech.com were compelled to make an exception to this policy to allow an operational arrangement of the Exchange Server organization. The SMTP domain for Willow Bridge Ltd is Test-Tech.com.You need to configure the Exchange organization of Hi-Tech.com. You thus have to ensure that out-of-office messages can be sent to the e-mail addresses in the Test-Tech.com domain.What should you do? A. First create a Send connector for Test-Tech.com. Then set the correct options.

B. First add Test-Tech.com as an accepted domain. Then set the correct options. C. First add Test-Tech.com as a remote domain. Then set the correct options. D. First create a transport rule. Then set the correct options. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 168 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.The Research and Development department is located at a remote site. They make use of their mobile workstations to log onto the company network by making use of Outlook Anywhere. The mobile workstations are all configured to run Microsoft Office Outlook 2007.Top Management wants you to ensure that the personnel in the Research and Development department have access to the company network. You need to ensure that the Research and Developmentpersonnel maintain the performance set by Hi-Tech.com.What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. E. You should run the Test- ServiceHealth cmdlet. You should run the Test- MAPIConnectivity cmdlet. You should run the Get-MailboxDatabase cmdlet. You should run the Get- MailboxStatistics cmdlet. You should run the Test- WebServicesConnectivity cmdlet.

Answer: BE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 169 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.At present Microsoft ActiveSync is configured on the Exchange servers but is presently disabled for user on the Exchange Server 2007 organization. A Hi-Tech.com employee named Tom works in the Research and Development department. She is assigned a new laptop workstation named Client01. She requests that Client01 is synchronized with the Exchange servers over a wireless network so as to accommodate her research tasks. You need to allow ONLY Tom to use the ActiveSync feature.What should you do? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. You should enable Microsoft ActiveSync using the Active Directory Users and Computers console. You should enable Microsoft ActiveSync using the Exchange Management Console. You should enable Microsoft ActiveSync by running the Set-CASMailbox cmdlet. You should enable Microsoft ActiveSync by running the Set-Mailbox cmdlet.

Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 170 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains a native Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. Following are the server roles currently installed on the Hi-Tech.com network:1. Four Mailbox servers2. One Edge Transport server named Server013. One Hub Transport server named Server02The Hi-Tech.com Sales department makes use of a Windows SMTP relay with an IP address of 192.168.10.200. A new policy in the Sales department states that e-mail from the department to personnel must be sent from this SMTP relay. You thus need to make the necessary configuration changes so that the Exchange environment to accept e-mail messages from the internal sales SMTP relay.What should you do?FR198724 A. You should run the New- ReceiveConnector -Name &apos;Sales e-mail&apos;-Server Server01 RemoteIPRanges 192.168.10.25 - AuthMechanism BasicAuth -Usage Partner cmdlet. B. You should run the New- ReceiveConnector -Name &apos;Sales e-mail&apos;-Server Server01 RemoteIPRanges 192.168.10.25 - AuthMechanism BasicAuth -Usage External cmdlet. C. You should run the New- ReceiveConnector -Name &apos;Sales e-mail&apos;-Server Server02 RemoteIPRanges 192.168.10.25 - AuthMechanism BasicAuth -Usage Partner cmdlet. D. You should run the New- ReceiveConnector -Name &apos;Sales e-mail&apos; -Server Server02 RemoteIPRanges 192.168.10.25 - AuthMechanism BasicAuth -Usage Internal cmdlet. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 171 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.The Hi-Tech.com management wants a new message classification that will be for exclusive use inside the company. To this end you then create this new message classification and name it InMessage. You need to ensure that InMessage is not sent outside the company. Now you need to redirect all outbound e-mail messages that have the InMessage classification to the Docs mailbox.What should you do? A. You should run the Set-MessageClassification -Identity&apos;InMessage&apos;RetainClassificationEnabled:$true cmdlet. B. You should run the Set-MessageClassification-Identity&apos;InMessage&apos;-UserDisplayEnabled:$true cmdlet. C. You should redirect all messages sent from internal clients to clients outside the company as well as messages marked InMessage to the Docs mailbox by creating a new transport rule. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 172 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment for you. You have a Mailbox server named Corp01. You have a toplevel public folder named Folder01. According to the company order, you have to create a public folder named Sales in Folder01 on Corp01. What action should you perform?

A. B. C. D.

Active Directory Users and Computers should be used. The New-PublicFolder -Path &quot;Folder01\Sales&quot; -Server Corp01 command should be run. The Set-PublicFolder -Identity &quot;Folder01\Sales&quot; -Server Corp01 command should be run. The New-PublicFolder -Name &quot;Sales&quot; -Path \Folder01 -Server Corp01 command should be run.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 173 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. In your Exchange Server 2007 environment, there is a Mailbox server named S01 and a Client Access server named S02. According to the company requirement, you have to view a list of all mailboxes. Besides, the list should include the protocols that are enabled for each mailbox. So what action should you perform to accomplish your task? A. B. C. D. E. The Get-User cmdlet should be run. The Get-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. The Get-CASMailbox cmdlet should be run. The Get-MailboxStatistics cmdlet should be run. The Get-ClientAccessServer cmdlet should be run with the -Identity Server2 parameter.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 174 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. Your company has an Exchange Server 2003 environment. Now the company performs the migration to Exchange Server 2007. Now the Exchange 2007 Client Access servers are used by all Outlook Web Access clients. Public folders can be viewed by users of the Microsoft Office Outlook client. But users of Outlook Web Access cannot view any public folders. You have to solve this problem immediately, providing access to the company??s public folders from both the Outlook clients and the Outlook Web Access clients. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. Replicas of all public folders should be added to an Exchange 2003 public folder server. Replicas of all public folders should be added to an additional Exchange 2007 public folder server. An Exchange 2003 front-end server should be installed for Outlook Web Access. The Client Access server role should be installed on the server that holds the mailboxes of the Outlook Web Access users.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 175 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.The Hi-Tech.com management wants all staff to make use of Outlook Anywhere. You need to make the necessary preparations. Following is the current configuration:1. There is a Mailbox server named SERVER02. SERVER02 holds the mailboxes that will be accessed by clients who use Outlook Anywhere.2. There is a Client Access server named SERVER03. SERVER03 is available from the Internet.3. All clients with mail. HiTech.com as the host (A) name will access Outlook Anywhere.You need to configure the Exchange organization to allow Microsoft Office Outlook clients from the Internet the ability to use Outlook Anywhere. What should you do? A. You should run the Enable-OutlookAnywhere -Server: SERVER03-ExternalHostName:mail. Hi-Tech.comSSLOffLoading:$false-ExternalAuthenticationMethod:Basic cmdlet. B. You should install RPC over the HTTP Proxy on SERVER02. C. You should run the Enable-OutlookAnywhere -Server: SERVER02-ExternalHostName:mail. Hi-Tech.comSSLOffLoading:$true-ExternalAuthenticationMethod:Basic cmdlet. D. You should install RPC over the HTTP Proxy on SERVER03. E. You should install a valid SSL certificate for SERVER03 on the default web site. Answer: ADE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 176 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.The Exchange Server 2007 Organization of Hi-Tech.com network contains a conference room mailbox named MeetBox. You need to move MeetBox from an Exchange Server 2003 server to an Exchange Server 2007 server. In your solution you must ensure that MeetBox can be scheduled as a resource when you convert it to an Exchange 2007 resource mailbox.What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. You should run the Set- MAilboxCalendarSettings -Identity &quot; MeetBox &quot;- AutomateProcessing Auto Update cmdlet. B. You should run the Set- MailboxCalendarSettings -Identity &quot; MeetBox &quot;- AutomateProcessing AutoAccept cmdlet. C. You should run the Set-Mailbox -Identity &quot;MeetBox &quot;-Type Room cmdlet. D. You should run the Set-Mailbox-Identity &quot; MeetBox &quot;-Type Regular cmdlet. Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 177 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named Server01. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. In your Exchange Server 2007 environment, there is a Mailbox server named S01. S01 is a node

in a Single Copy Cluster (SCC). Now it fails. According to the company requirement, you have to restore S01. So what action should you perform first? A. B. C. D. First the Setup /RecoverCMS command should be run. First the Setup /m:RecoverServer command should be run. First the failed cluster node should be re-created, and then should be joined to the existing cluster. First the failed cluster node should be re-created, and then the Setup /DisasterRecovery command should be run.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 178 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.You have received instruction from the Manager to ensure that the owners of every distribution group within the organization are able to modify the membership of that particular group. However, you need to ensure that the owner is not allowed to make any other changes by making the appropriate configuration changes to each distribution group.What should you do? A. You should assign the Exchange Recipient Administrator role to the user accounts of the distribution group owners&apos;. B. You should assign the Write permission to the owners user account. C. You should assign the Send As permission to the owners user account. D. You should add the owner on the Managed By tab of every distribution group. Then select the Manager can update membership list check box. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 179 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. In the Exchange Server 2007 environment, there are four servers. Server A plays the role of Hub Transport server, Server B plays the role of Edge Transport server, Server C plays the role of Mailbox server, Server D plays the role of Client Access server. You receive report from internal users saying that they are not receiving external e-mail. You investigate the problem by using the Exchange Queue Viewer on your desktop computer. You see no messages in the queue. You need to be able to view the undelivered messages. You need to be able to view the undelivered messages. What action should you perform to achieve this? A. B. C. D. The Number of items to display per page option in Queue Viewer Viewer should be modified. The Queue Viewer on ServerB should be opened. The Get-Queue -Identity ServerC cmdlet should be run. The Refresh interval (seconds) option in Queue Viewer should be modified.

Answer: B

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 180 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.The Hi-Tech.com marketing department required a public folder. You have received instruction to configure a public folder for the marketing department. You want the public folder to replicate on Fridays and Saturdays as well as ensuring that posts to the public folder will be denied after the folders size reaches 300 MB. You thus have to determine the appropriate cmdlet to accomplish the task.What should you do? A. You should run the Set- PublicFolder - PostStorageQuota 300MB -UseDatabaseRetentionDefaults : $true cmdlet. B. You should run the Set- PublicFolder - MaxItemSize 300MB - RelicationSchedule &quot;Friday.06:00 AMSunday.05:59 PM&quot; cmdlet. C. You should run the Set- PublicFolder - StorageQuota 300MB - ReplicationSchedule &quot;Friday.06:00 AM-Saturday.05:59 PM&quot; cmdlet. D. You should run the Set- PublicFolder - PostStorageQuota 300MB -ReplicationSchedule &quot;Friday.06:00 AM-Saturday.05:59 PM&quot; cmdlet. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 181 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is a single Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) forest. The forest has Exchange Server 2003 installed in the following domains. Look at the following table.According to the company requirement, you are transitioning from an Exchange Server 2003 environment to an Exchange Server 2007 environment. You need to ensure that after you update the AD DS schema for Exchange 2007, the Recipient Update Service functions properly. Your environment should be affected as little as possible when you try to achieve this. What action should you perform?

A. B. C. D.

The setup /PrepareSchema command should be run. The setup /PrepareAD command should be run. The setup /PrepareLegacyExchangePermissions command should be run. The setup /PrepareLegacyExchangePermissions:contoso.com command should be run.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 182 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.A short network outage occurred on the Hi-Tech.com network. Soon after the outage you receive numerous alerts from the monitoring system bringing to your attention that there are quite a number of sent e-mails were queued up. This is evident in the number of SMTP queues on the Hub Transport server that are being displayed in a retry status. You need to force the Hub Transport server in order to send the queued e-mail without delay.What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should make use of You should make use of You should make use of You should make use of the Resume-queue -filter {status - eq &quot;retry&quot;} cmdlet. the Resume-queue -filter {status - eq &quot;suspended&quot;} cmdlet. the Retry-queue -filter {status - eq &quot;retry&quot;} cmdlet. the Retry-queue -filter {status - eq &quot;suspended&quot;} cmdlet.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 183 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment for the company. Your company has a customer named Luxware. There is also an Exchange Server 2007 environment for Luxware. Your company staffs often send e-mail to employees of Luxware through the internet. The company manager asks you to make sure that all e-mail that is sent by your company staffs to Luxware employees is encrypted using Transport Layer Security (TLS). What action should you perform to achieve this? A. B. C. D. A new remote domain should be created in the Exchange Management Console. A new Send connector should be created in the Exchange Management Console. A new transport rule should be configured in the Exchange Management Console. The New-SendConnector cmdlet should be run with the RedirectMessage parameter in the Exchange Management Shell.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 184 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. You receive an order from your company. You are asked to preserve a mail-enabled users account, and create a mailbox in your Exchange Server 2007 organization. Of the following cmdlets, which should be run? (Choose more than one) A. Set-Mailbox should be run. B. Enable-Mailbox should be run.

C. Enable-MailUser should be run. D. Remove-MailUser should be run. E. Disable-MailUser should be run. Answer: BE Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 185 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. In your Exchange Server 2007 environment, there is an Edge Transport server in the perimeter network and a Hub Transport server in the internal network. You find out a specific IP address which is sending unsolicited email to your company. According to the company, all e-mail from this specific IP address should be rejected. You are assigned this task to make sure of this. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. On the Hub Transport server, the Sender Filtering settings should be modified. On the Edge Transport server, the Sender Filtering settings should be modified. On the Hub Transport server, the Connection Filtering settings should be modified. On the Edge Transport server, the Connection Filtering settings should be modified.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 186 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. Two Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) forests are contained in your company. Both forests have a forest functional level of Windows Server 2003 interim. In the two forests, all domains have a domain functional level of Windows 2000 Server native. All domain controllers have either Windows Server 2003 or Windows Server 2008 installed. You are making preparations of installing Exchange Server 2007 into both forests. You must make sure that users are able to choose the type of free/busy information that will be available to users in another forest. What shouldyou do? A. B. C. D. The forest functional level should be raised to Windows Server 2003 in both forests. The forest functional level should be raised to Windows Server 2008 in both forests. The domain functional level should be raised to Windows Server 2008 in all domains in both forests. The domain functional level should be raised to Windows Server 2003 in all domains in both forests.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 187

You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment for you. In this environment, there is a Mailbox server named S01. Disk corruption occurs on S01. You have to repair the mailbox database, rebuild the indexes, defragment the database, and resolve problems at the application level. So what action should you perform? A. The Exchange Best Practices Analyzer should be used. B. The Performance Troubleshooter tool should be used. C. The Eseutil /P command should be run, the Eseutil /D command should be run, and then the defrag command should be run. D. The Eseutil /P command should be run, the Eseutil /D command should be run, and then the isinteg command should be run. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Eseutil - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998249.aspx The Exchange Server Database Utilities (Eseutil.exe) is a tool that you can use to verify, modify, and repair an Exchange database file. When a database is corrupt or damaged, you can restore data from backup or repair it using Eseutil. Eseutil is a command-line tool that works with the Extensible Storage Engine (ESE), database files, and log files associated with a Microsoft Exchange database. Repair - /P Repairs a corrupt offline database by discarding any pages that cannot be fixed. In repair mode, the Eseutil tool fixes individual tables but does not maintain the relationships between tables. Use the Information Store Integrity Checker Defragmentation - /D Defragments the database offline but leaves the new, defragmented database in the temporary location with or without overwriting the original database. This mode reduces the gross size on the disk of the database (.edb) by discarding most empty pages and by rebuilding indexes. Description of the Isinteg utility - http://support.microsoft.com/kb/182081/en-us

QUESTION 188 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network forHi-Tech.com.The Hi-Tech.com network consists of five Active Directory sites. The sites are named A, B, C, D, and E respectively. These sites are configured as shown in the exhibit below.All the sites are equipped with an Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server as well as a Hub Transport server. The Hi-Tech.com management wants the mail flow to be reconfigured because at present all the outbound e-mail traffic goes via the A site. The purpose of the reconfiguration is to ensure that all outbound e-mail messages sent from the clients in the C office will be sent out of your Exchange organization via -EX05 in the E office. You need to perform the appropriate reconfiguration.What should you do?

A. You should consider making use of the New- SendConnector -Name &apos; E&apos; -AddressSpaces: &apos;smtp :*;1&apos;- DNSRoutingEnabled:$true-SourceTransportServers:&apos; -EX05&apos; command. B. You should consider making use of the Set- AdsiteLink -Id D- E -ADCost 5 command. C. You should consider making use of the Set- SendConnector -Identity &apos; C&apos; -AddressSpaces: &apos;smtp :*,1&apos;- DNSRoutingEnabled:$false-SourceTransportServers:&apos; -EX01&apos; command. D. You should consider making use of the Set- AdSite -Identity E -HubSiteEnabled:$true command. Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 189 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. You are in the process of converting your Exchange 2000 Server environment to Exchange Server 2007.The Hi-Tech.com network contains a Windows 2000 native mode Active Directory domain as well as an Exchange 2000 organization. The Exchange 2000 organization is configured to run in mixed mode. You have been informed by the Manager that the schema master, the domain naming master as well as the PDC emulator all run on a Microsoft Windows 2000 Server domain controller. You receive instructions to prepare the environment for Exchange 2007.What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. You should change the mixed mode Exchange 2000 organization to native mode. B. You should move the PDC emulator role to a Windows Server 2003 domain controller that has Service Pack 1 installed. C. You should move the schema master role to a Windows Server 2003 domain controller that has Service Pack 1.

D. You should move the domain naming master role to a Windows Server 2003 domain controller that has Service Pack 1. Answer: AC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 190 You work as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named Server01 and a hot standby server named Server02.During routine maintenance you discover that that Server01 has failed. You need to address the situation and proceed as follows: You take the Server01 .edb database offline on Server01; you create a new storage group named GStore and a database named Server02 edb on Server02; you copy Server01 .edb database from Server01 to Server02; you rename the copied database from Server01 .edb to Server02 .edb on Server02.However you are unable to mount the database on the new server after executing the actions. You need to make sure that the copied database mounts on the new server. What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should rename the database on Server02 to Server01.edb. You should set the database can be overwritten by restore attribute on the database properties. You should run the Move-Mailbox -ConfigurationOnly -TargetDatabase Server01.edb cmdlet. You should rename Server02 to Server01.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 191 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment for you. You receive an order from the company management. A performance baseline report needs to be created. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. The Health Check scan should be run in the Exchange Best Practices Analyzer. The Connectivity Test scan should be run in the Exchange Best Practices Analyzer. The Exchange 2007 Readiness Check scan should be run in the Exchange Best Practices Analyzer. The Performance Troubleshooter tool should be used.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 192 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.The Exchange organization of Hi-Tech.com contains a Hub Transport server named Server01 as well as numerous mailbox servers. One Exchange server named Server02 holds the Edge Transport server role. At present the

message tracking logs are retained for twenty-two days.A Mailbox server role is configured on a server named Server03. A Hi-Tech.com user named Martin Sheen has an SMTP address of Martinsheen@ Hi-Tech.com and has his mailbox on Server03. It is required of you to create a report that will specify the number of messages Andy sent during the last twenty-two day period.What should you do? A. You should consider running the Get-MailboxStatistics -Identity Martinsheen | export-csv -path c:\tmp \Martinsheen.csv cmdlet on Server01. B. You should consider running the Get-MailboxFolderStatistics -Identity Martinsheen -FolderScope SentItems | export-csv -c:\tmp\Martinsheen.csv cmdlet on Server01. C. You should consider running the Get-MailboxTrackingLog -Sender Martinsheen@ Hi-Tech.com -EventId &quot;Receive&quot; | export-csv -c:\tmp\Martinsheen.csv cmdlet on Server01. D. You should consider running the Get-MessageTrackingLog -Sender Martinsheen@ Hi-Tech.com -EventId &quot;Receive&quot; | export-csv -c:\tmp\Martinsheen.csv cmdlet on Server02. E. You should consider running the Get-MessageTrackingLog -Sender Martinsheen@ Hi-Tech.com -EventId &quot;Receive&quot; | export-csv -c:\tmp\Martinsheen.csv cmdlet on Server01. Answer: E Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 193 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. A server named S01 has the following roles installed in your Exchange Server 2007 environment: Client Access, Hub Transport and Mailbox. According to the company requirement, the Unified Messaging server role should be added to S01. The company assigns this task to you. So what action should you perform to achieve this? (Choose more than one) A. B. C. D. In order to achieve this, the Setup command-line tool should be used. In order to achieve this, the Exchange Management Console should be used. In order to achieve this, the Setup Wizard should be used. In order to achieve this, Add or Remove Programs from Control Panel should be used.

Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 194 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com.The manager of the Hi-Tech.com IP department wants to know the total size of the mailboxes. You need to supply the relevant information.What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should run the Get-Mailbox cmdlet. You should run the Database Troubleshooter in the Exchange Troubleshooting Assistant. You should run the Get-MailboxDatabase cmdlet. You should run the Get-MailboxStatistics cmdlet.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 195 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network ontains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. During routine maintenance you detect a new virus with an .ext file extension manifested itself on the Exchange 2007 organization. The existing attachment filtering settings of the Hi-Tech.com network are configured to delete specified attachments as well as to permit the message to be delivered. You discover that the virus files are not being filtered. You thus need to address the issue. You need to:Stop the virus from spreading; ensure that the e-mail recipient receives neither the attachment nor the e-mail message; ensure that the message containing the virus do not produce a non-delivery report (NDR); add a filter for the .ext file extension of the virusWhat should you do? A. You should run the Set-AttachmentFilterListConfig -Action Reject -RejectMessage &quot;None&quot; cmdlet. B. You should run the Set -AttachmentFilterListConfig -Action SilentDelete cmdlet. C. You should add the Set -AttachmentFilterEntry -Name *.ext -type ContentType cmdlet. D. You should add the Set -AttachmentFilterEntry -Name *.ext -type FileName cmdlet. Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Set-AttachmentFilterListConfig - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123483.aspx Use the Set-AttachmentFilterListConfig cmdlet to modify the configuration of the Attachment Filter agent on the computer running Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 that has the Edge Transport server role installed.

QUESTION 196 You work as an Exchange Administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 server named Server01.One day Server01 suffers catastrophic hardware failure. You replace Server01 with a new Microsoft Windows Server 2003 computer that you name as Server01. You need to configure Server01 with the Exchange Mailbox server role before you restore the mailbox databases from backup.What should you do? A. B. C. D. You should run the Setup /NewProvisionedServer /role:Mailbox command on Server01. You should run the Setup /m:RecoverServer command on Server01. You should restore the System State information and Microsoft Information Store data from backup. You should run the Setup /m:Install /install /role:Mailbox command on Server01.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 197 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an

Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech. com.A server named Server01 has Exchange Server 2007 installed. You have received instruction from the Manager to create a backup of the Edge Transport role that is currently on Server01. What should you do? A. You should run the ExportEdgeConfig.ps1 script with the -CloneConfigAnswer parameter. B. You should select the Microsoft Exchange server option in the Microsoft Windows Backup utility. C. You should select the file system location \TransportRoles\data\* option in the Microsoft Windows Backup Utility. D. You should run the ExportEdgeConfig.ps1 script with the -CloneConfigData parameter. Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: How to Back Up Edge Transport Servers by Using Cloned Configuration Tasks - http://technet.microsoft.com/ en-us/library/aa998256.aspx Run the ExportEdgeConfig.ps1 script after you install and configure the Edge Transport server role. You should also run the script to back up the server whenever you make any configuration changes.

QUESTION 198 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. You are in the process of installing a new Exchange Server 2007 Organization.The native Exchange Server 2007 environment of Hi-Tech.com has the following server roles installed:1. One Edge Transport server named Server012. One Hub Transport server named Server02You have received instruction from the Manager to configure the e-mail routing you&apos;re your solution you need to ensure that Server01 is configured is such a way so as to route e-mail between the Exchange organization and the Internet; and that Server02 is configured in such a way so as to route Internet e-mail to Server01.What should you do? (Each correct answer presents part of the solution. Choose TWO.) A. On Server02, first open the Exchange Management Console. Then import the Edge Subscription file. B. On Server01, first create a new Send connector named CONNEdge - Internet. Then add the *domain as an address space and specify to use DNS to route e-mail automatically. Then add Server01 as a source server. C. On Server02, first create a new Send connector named CONNHub. Then add the *domain as an address space and specify to use DNS to route e-mail automatically.Then add Server02 as a source server. D. On Server01, first open the Exchange Management Shell. Then export a new Edge Subscription file. Answer: AD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 199 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech. com.The Exchange Server 2007 organization is configured with cluster continuous replication (CCR). The clustered mailbox server is named Server01. You have received instruction from the Manager to implement a failover operation. In your solution you need to ensure that there are offline times are kept to a minimum as well as ensure that no information is lost during the failover operation.What should you do? A. You should consider running the Set- MailboxDatabase -Identity &quot;Mailbox Database&quot; RetainDeletedItemsUntilBackup $true cmdlet.

B. You should consider running the Set- MailboxServer Server01 - AutoDatabaseMountDial:BestAvailability cmdlet C. You should consider running the Set- MailboxServer Server01 - AutoDatabaseMountDial:Lossless cmdlet. D. You should consider running the Set- MailboxServer Server01 - ForceDatabaseMountAfter:Unlimited cmdlet. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Set-MailboxServer - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998651.aspx The AutoDatabaseMountDial parameter specifies the automatic database mount behavior for a cluster continuous replication (CCR) solution after a clustered mailbox server failover. You can use the following values: BestAvailability. If you specify this value, the databases will automatically mount if the copy queue length is less than or equal to six. The copy queue length is the number of logs recognized by the passive node that need to be replicated. If the copy queue length is more than six, the databases will not automatically mount. When the copy queue length is less than or equal to six, Exchange will attempt to replicate the remaining logs to the passive node and will mount the databases. GoodAvailability. If you specify this value, the databases will automatically mount immediately after a failover if the copy queue length is less than or equal to three. The copy queue length is the number of logs recognized by the passive node that need to be replicated. If the copy queue length is more than three, the databases will not automatically mount. When the copy queue length is less than or equal to two, Exchange will attempt to replicate the remaining logs to the passive node and will mount the databases. Lossless. If you specify this value, the databases will not automatically mount until all logs that were generated on the active node have been copied to the passive node. The default value is BestAvailability. If you specify either BestAvailability or GoodAvailability, and all of the data on the active node has not been replicated to the passive node, you may lose some mailbox data. However, the transport dumpster feature (which is enabled by default) will help protect against data loss by resubmitting messages that are in the transport dumpster queue. For more information about the transport dumpster, see Cluster Continuous Replication. If specifying one of these values results in a database not being mounted after a failover, you can use the ForcedDatabaseMountAfter parameter to force the database to mount after a specified amount of time.

QUESTION 200 You work as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange Server 2007 Organization. The Active Directory structure of Hi-Tech.com consists of a root domain and a single child domain.The root domain is in Site1 and the child domain in Site2. You are in the process of installing Exchange Server 2007 in the child domain. In order to accomplish this task you decide to run the Setup/PrepareADcommand in the root domain. In your solution you need to ensure that Exchange can be installed on the child domain as well.What should you do? (Each correct answer presents a complete solution. Choose TWO.) A. B. C. D. You should run the Setup /ForestPrep command in the root domain. You should run the Setup /PrepareAllDomains command in the root domain. You should run the Setup /PrepareDomain command in the root domain. You should run the Setup /PrepareDomain command in the child domain.

Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 201 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. You have got a single server. This server has Exchange Server 2007 with Service Pack 1 (SP1) installed. You create and mail-enable a new public folder named Sales. But you receive report from users saying that they cannot view Sales. You have to solve this problem, making sure that Sales can be accessed by all users. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. E. A new security group should be created and all users should be added to this group. The Set-PublicFolder cmdlet should be run. The Add-PublicFolderClientPermission cmdlet should be run. The Add-PublicFolderAdministratorPermission cmdlet should be run. The Update-PublicFolderHierarchy cmdlet should be run.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Add-PublicFolderClientPermission - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124743.aspx Use the Add-PublicFolderClientPermission cmdlet to add permissions to public folders.

QUESTION 202 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There are two Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) forests in the company. Exchange Server 2007 installed has been installed on both the forests. Now you receive an order fromthe company management. According to the company requirement, a mailbox should be moved from one forest to the other. So what action should you perform to achieve this? A. B. C. D. In order to achieve this, the Move-Mailbox cmdlet should be run. In order to achieve this, the Move Mailbox Wizard should be used. In order to achieve this, the dsmove.exe command-line utility should be used. In order to achieve this, Active Directory Users and Computers should be used.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 203 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. In your Exchange Server 2007 environment, there are some clustered Mailbox servers and several standard Mailbox servers. You need to obtain a report which lists all mailbox databases in your Exchange organization. Of the following cmdlets, which should be run? A. Get-StorageGroup should be run. B. Get-ExchangeServer should be run. C. Get-MailboxDatabase should be run.

D. Get-OrganizationConfig should be run. E. Get-ClusteredMailboxServerStatus should be run. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 204 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. Two Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) forests are contained in your company. The table below shows the configuration of the forests.You try to run the Move-Mailbox cmdlet to move the mailboxes from ForestA to ForestB. But it fails. As required by the company, mailboxes need to be moved from the Exchange organization in ForestA to the Exchange organization in ForestB. So what action should you perform to achieve this?

A. The Move Mailbox Wizard should be used. B. The Exchange Task Wizard should be used. C. A domain controller that has Windows Server 2003 with Service Pack 1 installed should be deployed in ForestA. D. A domain controller that has Windows Server 2003 with Service Pack 1 installed should be deployed in ForestB. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 205 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. Now you receive an order from your company management. According to the company requirement, the management of a distribution group should be delegated to a specific user. So what action should you perform to achieve this? A. The user should be added to the Managed By property on the group by using the Exchange Management Console. B. The user should be added to the Managed By property on the group by using Active Directory Users and Computers. C. The user should be granted the WriteProperty permission on the Members attribute of the group by using the Exchange Management Shell. D. The user should be granted the WriteProperty permission on the MemberOf attribute of the group by using the Exchange Management Shell.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 206 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. Now you are deploying Exchange Server 2007. You have to perform an unattended installation of Exchange Server 2007 on multiple servers. What action should you perform? A. B. C. D. The Exchange Management Shell should be used. The ServerManagerCmd command-line tool should be used. The Setup Wizard should be used. The Setup command-line tool should be used.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 207 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Edge Transport server in your Exchange Server 2007 environment. A hardware fails. According to the company requirement, the Edge Transport server settings should be restored to a new computer. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. The Setup /m:RecoverServer command should be run. The Setup /m:RecoverCMS command should be run. The ImportEdgeConfig.ps1 script should be run. The Start-EdgeSynchronization cmdlet should be run on the new computer.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 208 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. For each department, both a distribution group and a security group are used in your company. Both groups contain the same members. All new users are added to both groups in their departments. Now you receive an order from the company management. You are asked to decrease the amount of time that is required to manage groups. When you try to achieve this, you have to reduce disruption to mail capabilities and to previously assigned access permissions. So what should you do to accomplish your task? (Choose more than one) A. The departmental security groups should be deleted.

B. The departmental distribution groups should be deleted. C. The departmental security groups should be mail-enabled. D. The converted global security groups should be mail-enabled. Answer: BC Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 209 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. A Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS) backs up your Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server. A problem occurs that the Mailbox server cannot work, so that you should restore the mailbox database. You confirm that the recent transaction log files are complete. And you are required to have the mailbox database restored and have all accessible transaction logs replayed into the database. From the following four options, which one should be run to finish the task? A. B. C. D. To finish the task, Set-MailboxDatabase -AllowFileRestore:$true should be run. To finish the task, Restore-Mailbox -TargetFolder should be run. To finish the task, Eseutil.exe /R should be run. To finish the task, Eseutil.exe /C should be run.

Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 210 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You have a distribution list that contains all employees. Now you receive an order from the company management. According to the companyrequirement, you have to make sure that only external senders are unable to send e-mail to this distribution list. So what action should you perform? A. The settings on your Edge Transport server should be modified to require authentication for SMTP transport. B. Use Active Directory Users and Computers to modify the rejected senders list in Active Directory. C. The message delivery restrictions should be modified to require authentication on the distribution list. D. The settings on your Hub Transport server should be modified to require authentication for SMTP transport. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 211

You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007.Now you receive an order from the company management. Since you are the technical support, you are asked to make sure that a user is able to modify group membership of a distribution group. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. The Set-DistributionGroup cmdlet should be run. The Exchange Management Console should be used. The Set-Acl cmdlet should be run. The Add-ADPermission cmdlet should be run.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 212 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Hi-Tech.com. The Hi-Tech.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Hi-Tech.com. There is an Exchange Server 2007 environment for you. This environment contains two Mailbox servers respectively named S01 and S02. You find that the mailbox database on S01 is in a Dirty Shutdown state. You have to perform a soft recovery on the mailbox database on S01. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. A recovery storage group should be created, and then mount the database. The isinteg dump command should be run. The isinteg fix command should be run. The Database Troubleshooter tool should be used.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 213 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youwork under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Microsoft Windows XP Professional and Microsoft Office 2003 are installed on all client computers. You deploy Outlook Anywhere and publish the service to the Internet. Now you receive report from some of your remote users. They told you that report that they cannot use Outlook Anywhere to connect. You have to make sure that all remote users are able to use Outlook Anywhere to connect. So what action should you perform? A. B. C. D. All client computers should be updated to Office 2003 Service Pack 1 (SP1). Outlook Mobile Access should be published. The remote users should be added to the Remote Access user group. All client computers should should be updated to Windows XP Professional Service Pack 1 (SP1).

Answer: A Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 214 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. Youhave an automatically generated CSV file with a list of your companys newly hired employees. All of the information that is required to create the mailboxes for the new employees is contained in the CSV file. According to the company requirement, you have to create new user accounts and mailboxes directly from the CSV file. So what action should you perform? A. The output of the Import-Alias cmdlet should be redirected to the New-Mailbox cmdlet with the appropriate parameters. B. The output of the Import-CSV cmdlet should be redirected to the Enable-Mailbox cmdlet with the appropriate parameters. C. The output of the Import-CSV cmdlet should be redirected to the New-Mailbox cmdlet with the appropriate parameters. D. The output of the Export-CSV cmdlet should be redirected to the New-Mailbox cmdlet with the appropriate parameters. Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 215 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. An Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox server is installed by you. You plan to have a full database backup created before users are placed on the system. All databases offline are taken so that they are consistent. You utilize the Microsoft Windows Backup utility to initiate a backup. On the event of the instant backup failure, an error message is received. You are required to finish a full backup of the databases. Which action should be performed to achieve the goal? A. B. C. D. To achieve the goal, the information store should be shut down, and the backup should be restarted. To achieve the goal, all databases should be mounted on the server, and the backup should be restart. To achieve the goal, the backup should be run from the command line, with the /SNAP:ON switch. To achieve the goal, the backup should be run from the command line, with the /FU switch.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 216 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. There is a single Edge Transport server in your Exchange Server 2007 organization. The server is configured with a spam quarantine mailbox. Since there are large quantities of spam that reach userInboxes, you are asked to reduce the amount of spam. Besides, you have to be able to review marked messages and to monitor them for false positives. So

what action should you perform to achieve your goal? A. B. C. D. The spam The spam The spam The spam confidence level confidence level confidence level confidence level (SCL) threshold value for rejecting e-mail should be reduced. (SCL) threshold value for quarantining e-mail should be reduced. (SCL) threshold value for deleting e-mail should be increased. (SCL) threshold value for quarantining e-mail should be increased.

Answer: B Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 217 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. The email domain of your company is wiikigo.com. Internet mail will be received by three Edge Transport servers in your Exchange Server 2007 organization, which are respectively named EX01, EX02, and EX03. The company requires you to load balance EX02 and EX03. In addition, you are required to set EX01 as a backup server. Which three MX records should be specified? (Choose more than one.) A. B. C. D. E. F. wiikigo.com wiikigo.com wiikigo.com wiikigo.com wiikigo.com wiikigo.com MX preference = 20, mail MX preference = 20, mail MX preference = 20, mail MX preference = 10, mail MX preference = 10, mail MX preference = 10, mail exchanger = EX02.wiikigo.com exchanger = EX01.wiikigo.com exchanger = EX03.wiikigo.com exchanger = EX01.wiikigo.com exchanger = EX03.wiikigo.com exchanger = EX02.wiikigo.com

Answer: BEF Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 218 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You receive a report from a user saying that he sent a message a week ago, but the message was not delivered to its intended recipient. You have to find out the delivery status of the message. Which cmdlet should you run? A. B. C. D. E. Get-MessageTrackingLog should be run. Get-NetworkConnectionInfo should be run. Get-Queue should be run. Test-Mailflow should be run. Test-ServiceHealth should be run.

Answer: A Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

Get-MessageTrackingLog - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa997573.aspx Use the Get-MessageTrackingLog cmdlet to search message information that is stored in the message tracking log.

QUESTION 219 You are employed as the exchange administrator at wiikigo.com. The wiikigo.com network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for wiikigo.com. There is a Mailbox server role and a Hub Transport server role on an Exchange Server 2007 computer and it is named EX01. Since you are the technical report, you are required to set the server to keep the tracking logs for a week. Which action should be performed to achieve this goal? (Choose more than one.) A. To achieve the goal, the Set-TransportConfig -Identity EX01 -MaxDumpsterTime 07.00:00:00 cmdlet should be run. B. To achieve the goal, the Set-MailboxServer -Identity EX01 -MessageTrackingLogMaxAge 07.00:00:00 cmdlet should be run. C. To achieve the goal, a system policy should be created to move log files that are older than seven days. D. To achieve the goal, the Set-TransportServer -Identity EX01 -MessageTrackingLogMaxAge 07.00:00:00 cmdlet should be run. E. To achieve the goal, the Set-TransportServer -Identify EX01 -MessageTrackingLogEnabled:$true cmdlet should be run. Answer: BD Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Set-MailboxServer - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998651.aspx The MessageTrackingLogMaxAge parameter specifies the message tracking log maximum file age. Log files that are older than the specified value are deleted. The default value is 30 days. To specify a value, enter the value as a time span: dd.hh:mm:ss, where d = days, h = hours, m = minutes, and s = seconds. The valid input range for this parameter is 00:00:00 to 24855.03:14:07. Setting the value of the MessageTrackingLogMaxAge parameter to 00:00:00 prevents the automatic removal of message tracking log files because of their age. Set-TransportServer - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124238.aspx This parameter specifies the message tracking log maximum file age. Log files that are older than the specified value are deleted. The default value is 30 days. To specify a value, enter the value as a time span: dd.hh:mm: ss, where d = days, h = hours, m = minutes, and s = seconds. The valid input range for this parameter is 00:00:00 to 24855.03:14:07. Setting the value of the MessageTrackingLogMaxAge parameter to 00:00:00 prevents the automatic removal of message tracking log of files because of their age.

QUESTION 220 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You have a server that has Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 and Microsoft Windows Server 2003 installed. But now a hardware failure occurs on the server. Hence you have to restore Exchange to a new server. You have to maintain configuration information from Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS). Which command should you run? A. You should run Setup /r:MB B. You should run Setup /m:Install C. You should run Setup /m:RecoverServer

D. You should run Setup /DisasterRecovery Answer: C Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Recovering an Exchange 2007 Server using the RecoverServer switch - http://www.msexchange.org/tutorials/ Recovering-Exchange-2007-Server-RecoverServer-switch.html Understanding Setup /M:RecoverServer - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa998656.aspx How to Recover a Lost Exchange Server - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb123496.aspx

QUESTION 221 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. Now you receive order from the company management. Since you are the technical support, you are asked to recover a single mailbox. You restore a backup of the mailbox database in a recovery storage group. Next, which cmdlet should be run? A. B. C. D. Import-Mailbox should be run. Enable-Mailbox should be run. Connect-Mailbox should be run. Restore-Mailbox should be run.

Answer: D Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: Restore-Mailbox - http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb125218.aspx Use the Restore-Mailbox cmdlet to extract mailbox content from a database restored to a recovery storage group.

QUESTION 222 You are employed as the exchange administrator at Wiikigo. The Wiikigo network contains an Exchange 2007 Organization. You are responsible for managing the Exchange network for Wiikigo. You work under the environment of Exchange Server 2007. You create a new distribution group named Marketing. Users in the Marketing distribution group report that they are not receiving messages that are sent to the group from the Internet. Since you are the technical support, you have to make sure that the Marketing distribution group is able to receive messages from the Internet. So what action should you perform to make sure of this? A. In order to make sure of this, the Set-DistributionGroup -Identity "Marketing" RequireSenderAuthenticationEnabled $True cmdlet. B. In order to make sure of this, the Set-DistributionGroup -Identity"Marketing" RequireSenderAuthenticationEnabled $False cmdlet. C. In order to make sure of this, the Message Delivery Restrictions properties for the Marketing distribution group should be configured to accept messages from All senders. D. In order to make sure of this, the Message Delivery Restrictions properties of the user accounts of the users in the Marketing distribution group should be configured to accept messages from All senders. Answer: B Section: (none)

Explanation/Reference: Set-DistributionGroup : http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb124955.aspx The RequireSenderAuthenticationEnabled parameter requires e-mail message delivery from authenticated senders. If the value is $true, messages are accepted only from authenticated senders. Valid values are $true or $false. The default value is $true.

Exam U QUESTION 1 drag to proper position

Answer:

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 2 drag to proper position

Answer:

Section: (none) Explanation/Reference: